MSC Nastran 2012: DMAP Programmer's Guide

MSC Nastran DMAP Programmer’s Guide
MSC Nastran 2012
DMAP Programmer’s Guide
Main Index
Corporate Europe Asia Pacific
MSC.Software Corporation MSC.Software GmbH Asia Pacific
2 MacArthur Place Am Moosfeld 13 MSC.Software Japan Ltd.
Santa Ana, CA 92707 81829 Munich Shinjuku First West 8F
Telephone: (800) 345-2078 GERMANY 23-7 Nishi Shinjuku
FAX: (714) 784-4056 Telephone: (49) (89) 43 19 87 0 1-Chome, Shinjuku-Ku
Fax: (49) (89) 43 61 71 6 Tokyo 160-0023, JAPAN
Telephone: 0120-924-832 (toll
free, Japan only)
Mobile phone: 03-6911-1222
Fax: (81) (3)-6911-1201
Worldwide Web
www.mscsoftware.com
Disclaimer
MSC.Software Corporation reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained
in this document without prior notice.
The concepts, methods, and examples presented in this text are for illustrative and educational purposes only,
and are not intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular engineering problem or design. MSC.Software
Corporation assumes no liability or responsibility to any person or company for direct or indirect damages resulting
from the use of any information contained herein.

User Documentation: Copyright  2011 MSC.Software Corporation. Printed in U.S.A. All Rights Reserved.
This notice shall be marked on any reproduction of this documentation, in whole or in part. Any reproduction or
distribution of this document, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of MSC.Software Corporation is
prohibited.
This software may contain certain third-party software that is protected by copyright and licensed from
MSC.Software suppliers. PCGLSS 6.0, Copyright © 1992-2005, Computational Applications and System
Integration Inc. All rights reserved. PCGLSS 6.0 is licensed from Computational Applications and System
Integration Inc. METIS is copyrighted by the regents of the University of Minnesota. A copy of the METIS product
documentation is included with this installation. Please see "A Fast and High Quality Multilevel Scheme for
Partitioning Irregular Graphs". George Karypis and Vipin Kumar. SIAM Journal on Scientific Computing, Vol. 20,
No. 1, pp. 359-392, 1999.
MSC, MD, Dytran, Marc, MSC Nastran, MD Nastran, Patran, the MSC.Software corporate logo, OpenFSI and
Simulating Reality are trademarks or registered trademarks of the MSC.Software Corporation in the United States
and/or other countries.
NASTRAN is a registered trademark of NASA. PAMCRASH is a trademark or registered trademark of ESI Group.
SAMCEF is a trademark or registered trademark of Samtech SA. LS-DYNA is a trademark or registered trademark
of Livermore Software Technology Corporation. Revision 0. July 15, 2010
Revision 0. November 15, 2011

NA*V2012*Z*DMAP*Z*DC-PROG
Main Index
C O N T E N T S
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Preface  About This Book, viii
 List of MSC Nastran Books, ix
 Technical Support, x
1
Direct Matrix  Introduction, 2
Abstraction
 The MSC Nastran DMAP Language, 3
 Parameters, 4
 Constant Parameters, 4
 Variable Parameters, 6
 Expressions and Operators, 8
 Data Blocks, 12
 Table Trailers, 12
 Matrix Trailers, 12
 Data Block Type and Status, 13
 Instructions, 15
 Modules, 15
 Statements, 18
 “Output from a Previous Module” Rule, 37
 Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks, 38
 Preface Modules and SOLution 100, 39
 Processing of User Errors, 40
 SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH, 41
 WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43
2
Data Blocks  Introduction, 46
 Matrix Data Blocks, 47
Main Index
 Table Data Blocks, 49
 IFP Tables, 49
 IFP Table Header Words and Trailer Bits, 49
 OFP Tables, 50
 Table_code, 52
 Table Descriptions, 65
 Data Block Descriptions, 66
- BGPDT, 66 - GEOM301, 270
- BGPDT68, 68 - GEOM4, 271
- CASECC, 69 - GEOM4705, 299
- CLAMA, 88 - GPDT68, 300
- CONTAB, 90 - GPL, 302
- CSTM, 91 - HIS, 303
- CSTM68, 93 - KDICT, 304
- DBCOPT, 99 - LAMA, 306
- DESTAB, 101 - MPT, 308
- DIT, 102 - OBJTAB, 324
- DSCMCOL, 107 - OEE, 325
- DVPTAB, 116 - OEF, 329
- DYNAMIC, 117 - OES, 381
- EGPSF, 133 - OGF, 505
- EGPSTR, 137 - OGS, 510
- ELDCT, 140 - OPG, 516
- EPT, 142 - OPTPRM, 521
- EPT01, 179 - OQG, 523
- EQEXIN, 181 - OUG, 528
- ERROR, 183 - R1MAP, 538
- FOL, 184 - R1TAB, 539
- GEOM1, 185 - RESP12, 546
- GEOM168, 198 - SEMAP, 550
- GEOM2, 201 - SET, 554
- GEOM201, 246 - TOL, 555
- GEOM3, 255 - VIEWTB, 556
3
Nastran Data  NDDL Summary, 562
Definition Language
 Detailed Description of NDDL Statements, 563
(NDDL)
- DATABLK, 564 - PATH, 577
- DEPEN, 573 - QUAL, 578
- PARAM, 575
4
DMAP Modules and  DMAP Module and Statement List, 580
Statements  Matrix Modules, 580
Main Index
 Utility Modules, 581
 Executive Modules and Statements, 581
 Miscellaneous Modules and Statements, 582
 DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary, 585
 Matrix Modules, 585
 Utility Modules, 586
 Executive Modules and Statements, 587
 Obsolete Modules and Statements, 588
 Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 589
- ACMG, 589 - DBDELETE, 682
- ADAMSMNF, 592 - DBDICT, 684
- ADAMSRBM, 595 - DBEQUIV, 698
- ADAPT, 596 - SubDMAP DBFETCH, 701
- ADD, 599 - SubDMAP DBMGR, 703
- ADD5, 601 - DBSTATUS, 707
- ADG, 603 - SubDMAP DBSTORE, 708
- ADJMOD, 605 - DBVIEW, 710
- ADR, 606 - DCMP, 713
- AELOOP, 608 - DDR2, 717
- AEMODEL, 611 - DDRMM, 720
- AFPMP, 612 - DECOMP, 723
- AIEMGA, 614 - DELETE, 728
- AMG, 616 - DIAGONAL, 729
- AMP, 618 - DISDCMP, 731
- APD, 620 - DISFBS, 733
- APPEND, 622 - DISOFPM, 734
- ASDR, 625 - DISOFPS, 735
- ASG, 627 - DISOPT, 736
- AXMDRV, 629 - DISPARM, 739
- AXMPR1, 630 - DISUTIL, 740
- AXMPR2, 631 - DIVERG, 744
- BCDR, 632 - DLT2SLT, 746
- BDRYINFO, 634 - DMPCASE, 747
- BGCASO, 636 - DMIIN, 748
- BGP, 637 - DOM10, 749
- BMG, 639 - DOM11, 752
- BNDSPC, 641 - DOM12, 754
- CAMPREP, 643 - DOM6, 760
- CASE, 645 - DOM9, 762
- CEAD, 650 - DOPFS, 765
- CMPZPR, 655 - DOPR1, 767
- CMSENGY, 656 - DOPR2, 771
- COPY, 659 - DOPR3, 773
- CURV, 660 - DOPR3X, 777
- CURVPLOT, 662 - DOPR4, 778
- CYCLIC1, 664 - DOPR5, 779
- CYCLIC2, 666 - DOPR6, 781
- CYCLIC3, 668 - DOPRAN, 783
- CYCLIC4, 670 - DPD, 784
- DBC, 674 - DRMH1, 787
Main Index
- DRMH3, 789 - FBODYLD, 889
- DRMS1, 791 - FBS, 890
- DSABO, 793 - FILE, 893
- DSAD, 795 - FORTIO, 895
- DSADJ, 802 - FRLG, 897
- DSADX, 805 - FRLGEN, 899
- DSAE, 807 - FRQDRV, 901
- DSAF, 809 - FRRD1, 902
- DSAH, 811 - FRRD2, 905
- DSAJ, 815 - GENTRAN, 908
- DSAL, 817 - GETCOL, 910
- DSAM, 821 - GETMKL, 911
- DSAN, 822 - GI, 912
- DSAP, 823 - GIC2C, 914
- DSAPRT, 825 - GKAM, 915
- DSAR, 826 - GNFM, 919
- DSARLP, 828 - GP0, 921
- DSARME, 830 - GP1, 923
- DSARSN, 831 - GP2, 925
- DSAW, 833 - GP3, 927
- DSDVRG, 834 - GP4, 929
- DSFLTE, 835 - GP5, 933
- DSFLTF, 837 - GPFDR, 935
- DSGRDM, 838 - GPJAC, 939
- DSMA, 839 - GPSP, 940
- DSPRM, 841 - GPSTR1, 944
- DSTA, 844 - GPSTR2, 945
- DSTAP2, 846 - GPSTRPBX, 947
- DSVG1, 847 - GPWG, 948
- DSVG1P, 850 - GUST, 953
- DSVG2, 852 - GUSTLDW, 955
- DSVG3, 854 - GYROLD, 956
- DSVGP4, 855 - IFP, 957
- DSVGP5, 857 - IFP1, 960
- DTIIN, 859 - IFP3, 962
- DUMMOD1, 860 - IFP4, 964
- DUMMOD2, 861 - IFP5, 966
- DUMMOD3, 862 - IFP6, 968
- DUMMOD4, 863 - IFP7, 970
- DVIEWP, 864 - IFP8, 971
- DYNCXPNT, 866 - IFP9, 972
- EFFMASS, 867 - IFP10, 974
- ELFDR, 869 - IFPINDX, 975
- ELTPRT, 870 - IFPBSH2, 976
- EMA, 873 - IFT, 977
- EMAKFR, 875 - ILMP1, 982
- EMG, 876 - ILMP2, 983
- EQUIVX, 881 - ILMPGPF, 984
- ESTINDX, 883 - INDXBULK, 985
- EXPORTLD, 884 - INPUTT2, 986
- FA1, 885 - INPUTT4, 989
- FA2, 887 - INTERR, 991
Main Index
- ISHELL, 993 - MODUSET, 1155
- LAMX, 995 - MONVEC, 1158
- LANCZOS, 1000 - MONVEC3, 1159
- LCGEN, 1003 - MPP, 1160
- LMATPRT, 1005 - MPPTRAN, 1162
- MACOFP, 1006 - MPYAD, 1164
- MAKAEFA, 1007 - MRGCOMP, 1170
- MAKAEFS, 1009 - MRGCSTM, 1171
- MAKAEMON, 1010 - MRGMON, 1172
- MAKCOMP, 1011 - MSGHAN, 1173
- MAKENEW, 1012 - MSGSTRES, 1174
- MAKEOLD, 1014 - MTRXIN, 1175
- MAKETR, 1016 - NASSETS, 1181
- MAKMON, 1018 - NDINTERP, 1182
- MASSCOMB, 1019 - NEWUSET, 1183
- MATGEN, 1020 - NLCOMB, 1184
- MATGPR, 1033 - NLHARM, 1186
- MATMOD, 1038 - NLICLOOP, 1188
- MATOFP, 1084 - NLITER, 1189
- MATPCH, 1088 - NLRSLOOP, 1195
- MATPRN, 1090 - NLRSMAP, 1197
- MATPRT, 1091 - NLSOLV, 1198
- MATREDU, 1092 - NLTRD, 1205
- MCE1, 1095 - NLTRD2, 1209
- MCE2, 1096 - NLTRLG, 1214
- MCFRAC, 1098 - NORM, 1216
- MDATA, 1100 - NSMEPT, 1218
- MDCASE, 1102 - OFP, 1219
- MDENZO, 1106 - OPTGP0, 1222
- MDISUTIL, 1111 - ORTHOG, 1224
- MERGE, 1112 - OUTADF, 1226
- MERGEOFP, 1117 - OUTPRT, 1227
- MESSAGE, 1118 - OUTPUT2, 1230
- MGEN, 1120 - OUTPUT4, 1241
- MKCNTRL, 1122 - PARAML, 1247
- MKCSTMA, 1123 - PARTN, 1267
- MKMNTIFP, 1124 - PCOMB, 1272
- MKRBVEC, 1125 - PCOPY, 1274
- MKSPLINE, 1127 - PFCALC, 1275
- MODACC, 1129 - PFOFP, 1279
- MODCASE, 1131 - PLOT, 1280
- MODENRGY, 1132 - PLTHBDY, 1282
- MODEPF, 1134 - PLTSET, 1283
- MODEPOUT, 1137 - PNCHGRP, 1285
- MODEPT, 1140 - PNMKGRP, 1286
- MODGDN, 1141 - PRESOL, 1288
- MODGM2, 1142 - PROJVER, 1291
- MODGM4, 1146 - PRTMSG, 1292
- MODQSET, 1148 - PRTPARM, 1293
- MODTRK, 1150 - PURGEX, 1295
- MODTRL, 1152 - PVT, 1296
- MODUG, 1154 - RANDOM, 1298
Main Index
- RBMG3, 1306 - SEPR1, 1415
- RBMG4, 1308 - SEQP, 1416
- READ, 1309 - SHPCAS, 1422
- RESMOD, 1317 - SMA3, 1423
- RESTART, 1322 - SMPYAD, 1424
- RMDUPBLK, 1325 - SOLVE, 1426
- RMG2, 1326 - SOLVIT, 1428
- ROTOR, 1328 - SSG1, 1434
- ROTRDR1, 1330 - SSG2, 1438
- ROTRDR2, 1332 - SSG3, 1441
- ROTRUTL, 1334 - SSG4, 1444
- RSPEC, 1343 - ST2DYN, 1446
- SCALAR, 1345 - STATICS, 1447
- SDP, 1347 - STDCON, 1449
- SDR1, 1349 - STRSORT, 1451
- SDR2, 1353 - TA1, 1453
- SDR3, 1358 - TA1M, 1456
- SDRCOMP, 1359 - TABEDIT, 1458
- SDRHT, 1361 - TABPRT, 1463
- SDRNL, 1363 - TABPT, 1472
- SDRP, 1365 - TAFF, 1473
- SDRX, 1368 - TAHT, 1474
- SDRXD, 1370 - TASNP1, 1476
- SDSA, 1372 - TASNP2, 1477
- SDSB, 1374 - TIMETEST, 1479
- SDSC, 1376 - TOLAPP, 1485
- SECONVRT, 1377 - TRD1, 1487
- SEDR, 1378 - TRD2, 1498
- SEDRDR, 1380 - TRLG, 1500
- SEEFMBND, 1383 - TRNSP, 1504
- SEEFMCLF, 1384 - TYPE, 1505
- SEEFMDMP, 1386 - UEIGL, 1509
- SEEFMLST, 1387 - UGVADD, 1512
- SEEFMNOR, 1388 - UMERGE, 1513
- SEEFMOUT, 1389 - UMERGE1, 1516
- SEEFMXIT, 1390 - UPARTN, 1519
- SELA, 1391 - UREDUC, 1522
- SEMA, 1393 - VDR, 1524
- SEP1, 1395 - VEC, 1526
- SEP1X, 1397 - VECPLOT, 1529
- SEP2, 1400 - VIEW, 1534
- SEP2CT, 1402 - VIEWP, 1535
- SEP2DR, 1403 - WEIGHT, 1537
- SEP2X, 1407 - XSORT, 1539
- SEP3, 1409 - XYPLOT, 1541
- SEP4, 1411 - XYTRAN, 1542
- SEPLOT, 1413
Glossary  Data Block Glossary, 1547
 Data Block Naming Conventions, 1628
 Parameter Glossary, 1632
 Parameter Naming Conventions, 1690
Main Index
Preface
Preface

About This Book

List of MSC Nastran Books
 Technical Support
Main Index
viii DMAP Programmer’s Guide
About This Book
About This Book

The MSC Nastran 2012 DMAP Programmer's Guide is a replacement for and update of the former
Version 2005 r3 DMAP Modules and Data Blocks book. Contained in this Guide is the introduction to
DMAP, syntax and concepts, data block descriptions, and NDDL statement descriptions. The guide also
contains material that is more frequently referenced: the DMAP Module descriptions.
Main Index
Preface ix

Below is a list of some of the MSC Nastran documents. You may find any of these documents from
MSC.Software at http://simcompanion.mscsoftware.com.
Installation and Release Guides

• Installation and Operations Guide
• Release Guide
Guides
Reference Books
• Quick Reference Guide
• DMAP Programmer’s Guide
• Reference Manual
User’s Guides
• Getting Started
• Linear Static Analysis
• Dynamic Analysis
• MSC Nastran Demonstration Problems
• Thermal Analysis
• Superelements
• Design Sensitivity and Optimization
• Implicit Nonlinear (SOL 600)
• Explicit Nonlinear (SOL 700)
• Aeroelastic Analysis
• User Defined Services
• EFEA User’s Guide
• EFEA Tutorial
• EBEA User’s Guide
Main Index
x DMAP Programmer’s Guide
Technical Support
Technical Support
For technical support phone numbers and contact information, please visit:
http://www.mscsoftware.com/Contents/Services/Technical-Support/Contact-Technical-Support.aspx
Support Center (www.simcompanion.mscsoftware.com)
Support Online. The Support Center provides technical articles, frequently asked questions and
documentation from a single location.
Main Index
Chapter 1: Direct Matrix Abstraction
1 Direct Matrix Abstraction
 Introduction

The MSC Nastran DMAP Language

Data Blocks
 Instructions

“Output from a Previous Module” Rule

Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks
 Preface Modules and SOLution 100

Processing of User Errors

SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH
 WHERE and CONVERT Clauses
Main Index
2 DMAP Programmer’s Guide
Introduction
Introduction
MSC Nastran DMAP (Direct Matrix Abstraction Program) is a high-level language with its own
compiler and grammatical rules. This section provides a summary description of the MSC Nastran
DMAP language, rules, and syntax.
A DMAP program consists of a series of functional blocks called “modules,” each of which has a unique
name and a specific function. Modules are executed sequentially; branching and looping operations are
performed by DMAP control statements. Modules communicate through the MSC Nastran Executive
System (NES) via logical collections of data called “data blocks” and “parameters.”
Data blocks come in two distinct forms: “matrices” that obey the rules of matrix algebra, and “tables”
that represent a convenient collection of data items. Data blocks are given arbitrary names (mnemonic
names are recommended) and have header and trailer information defining their characteristics.
Parameters are scalar items used for specifying control, operation, or system characteristics. Modules can
use “input parameters,” “output parameters,” or both. Input parameters affect the internal operation of
the modules. Output parameters are used to control DMAP logic and/or to pass scalar information to
subsequent modules.
Data blocks and parameters can be written onto either scratch or permanent physical files. When the
normal MSC Nastran execution is completed, data blocks and parameters written to scratch files are
erased, and those written to the permanent physical file are available for future use. The NDDL (MSC
Nastran Data Definition Language) designates whether a data block is scratch or permanent. A detailed
description of the NDDL statements can be found in Nastran Data Definition Language (NDDL), 561.
MSC Nastran provides the user with a variety of prewritten solution sequences. These solution sequences
consist of a series of DMAP statements. MSC Nastran allows the user to modify prewritten solution
sequences or to write his or her own solution sequences using DMAP. The compilation, linkage, and
execution of a DMAP program is specified by executive control statements in the input file. The creation
of and access to databases is specified by file management statements also contained in the input file. File
management statements are described in the File Management Statements (Ch. 2) in the MSC Nastran
Quick Reference Guide.
Main Index
Chapter 1: Direct Matrix Abstraction 3

The basic components, or objects, of the DMAP language are:
Parameters Scalar quantities used to control the flow of DMAP

execution and to communicate options and/or values
to modules or functions.
Data Blocks Tables or matrices represented by a symbolic name.
Instructions Statements or modules that process parameters and/or
data blocks as input and/or output.
The basic syntax of the DMAP language is:

• The DMAP language uses free-field input format and is case insensitive.
• A physical entry consists of information in columns 1 through 72. Columns 73 through 80 can be
used for comments, but these columns do not appear in the printed listing and are not stored on
the database.
• For the specification of modules or statements, a parent entry continues to a subsequent entry if it
terminates in a comma [ , ] or a slash [ / ], or if it is missing a right parenthesis [ ) ].
• The dollar sign [ $ ] ends any DMAP instruction and causes all subsequent data to be treated as
commentary. The recommended convention is to terminate all DMAP instructions with a dollar
sign.
• DMAP symbolic names are used to identify variable parameters, data blocks, DBVIEW view-
names, subDMAPs, or LABEL statements. A symbolic name is composed of alphanumeric
characters 1 to 8 characters in length. The following characters are allowed: A through Z, and 0
through 9. The first character must be a character from A through Z.
Main Index
Parameters
Parameters
Parameters can be either constants, variables, or expressions and can represent one of several types:
Type Description Example(s)

Integer whole number 10 or -4
Real decimal number that is a whole number and a 27000. or 2.7E5 or
decimal point, with an optional decimal fraction. 2.7D5
Complex a pair of real numbers representing the real and (1.1,2.3) or
imaginary parts of a complex quantity (1.D0,3.5D1)
Logical represents either TRUE or FALSE TRUE or FALSE
Character a string of 1 to 80 characters 'GEORGE'
Also, the real and complex types are either single or double precision. The following table indicates the
storage units required as a function of data type. One storage unit is the basic word size on a computer.
Typically, a word is 32 bits long on a short-word computer and 64 bits on a long-word computer.
Type No. of words

Integer 1
Real single precision 1
Real double precision 2
Complex single precision 2
Complex double precision 4
Logical 1
Character 1 to 20
The type of a parameter must be declared in at least one of three ways:
Constant Inherent in its specification or construction

Explicit On a TYPE statement for variable parameters
Implicit In a module’s parameter list for variable parameters
Constant Parameters
A constant represents a fixed value and is a number (integer, real, or complex), logical, or character
string.
Main Index
Parameters
Integer Constants
An integer constant is a whole number with no decimal point. Its form is
snn
where:
s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)

nn = a string of digits (0 through 9)
s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign must be used to indicate a negative integer constant.
The absolute value of an integer constant cannot be greater than
31
2 – 1 = 214748367.
Real Constants
A real constant is a whole number with a decimal point that can be followed by a decimal fraction and/or
a decimal exponent. The complete form is:
snn.ddEsee for single precision

snn.ddDsee for double precision
where:
s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)

nn, dd, ee = strings of digits (0 through 9)
E or D = that snn.dd is multiplied by ee raised to the power of 10. E indicates single precision,
and D indicates double precision.
s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign (-) indicates a negative real constant or negative
exponent. D is required to specify double precision. E is optional if no exponent is required and the
constant is single precision. However, if either E or D is specified, then an integer must follow, even if
the exponent is 0.
Only the leftmost 14 digits in nn.dd are used by MSC Nastran. Leading zeros are ignored in counting the
leftmost 14 digits.
Complex Constants
A complex constant is a pair of real constants separated by a comma and enclosed in parentheses. The
first real constant represents the real part of the complex number, and the second real constant represents
the imaginary part.
Main Index
Parameters
Logical Constants
A logical constant is specified as TRUE or FALSE.
Character Constants
A character constant is a string of 1 through 80 characters that may have embedded blanks. A character
constant must also be enclosed by right hand single quotation marks.
Variable Parameters
A variable parameter is represented by a symbolic name, and its value may change during the DMAP
execution. The name of a variable parameter does not have to be unique with respect to symbolic names
for modules, data blocks, subDMAPs, or LABELs. The name of a variable parameter cannot be NOT,
AND, XOR, OR, or EQV.
Variable parameters can have their attributes (type, authorization, and default) set explicitly with a TYPE
DMAP statement or implicitly by a module. (Variable parameters that are saved on the database must
also be designated as NDDL parameters in the TYPE DMAP statement). Variable parameters that are not
specified with a TYPE DMAP statement use the attributes from the DMAP instruction where the
parameter first appears.
All variable parameters that are used as input to a DMAP instruction must be initialized on a TYPE
statement or previously defined in one or more of the following:
• Assignment (=) statement output
• DMAP module output with "S,N" prefix
• CALL statement output with "S," prefix
• SUBDMAP statement parameter list
If one or more of the above is not satisfied, then User Fatal Message 439 will be issued during DMAP
compilation.
Value of a Variable Parameter

During a DMAP execution or when restarting a DMAP from the database, the value of a variable
parameter is determined by the first applicable value on the following sequential list:
1. Value from the most recently executed assignment DMAP statement or the most recently
executed save function (S,N prefix. See DMAP Modules and Statements, 579).
2. Value from the PARAM Bulk Data entry, if the parameter NAME has the Y authorization.
3. Value saved on the database, if the parameter NAME is listed with an NDDL TYPE DMAP
statement and the run is a restart.
4. Value from the NAME=v, if present in a non-NDDL parameter TYPE instruction. This value is
determined at DMAP compile time from the TYPE instruction (regardless of its location in
DMAP) that contains the statement.
Main Index
Parameters
5. Default value from the NDDL, if the NDDL keyword is specified on the TYPE DMAP statement.
Parameters listed in the NDDL always have a default value of zero, blank, or FALSE, unless a
value is explicitly given in the PARAM NDDL statement.
Determining the current value of a variable parameter is also summarized in the following table.
TYPEd and NDDL TYPEd and Not NDDL Not TYPEd

Last executed assignment statement or module output with "S,N," prefix or CALL statement output
with "S," prefix. The qualifier values for NDDL parameters cannot change.
Bulk Data PARAM entry override, if parameter is type Y and has not been previously reassigned in an
assignment (=) statement (unless the PVT module has been executed to reset the Bulk Data and Case
Control PARAM entries).
Value on the data base name=v Will cause UFM 439
from its first occurrence in a
TYPE statement
NDDL default value TYPE statement default
Predefined Variable Parameters

The program predefines the value of some variable parameters. It is not necessary to type these
parameters with a TYPE DMAP statement, nor is it possible to change their type. We do not recommend
changing these parameter values. The predefined variable parameters are:
NAME VALUE TYPE

ALWAYS -1 Integer
NEVER +1 Integer
TRUE TRUE Logical
FALSE FALSE *Logical
NOGO 0 Integer
Initial values for variable parameters can be specified using the PARAM Bulk Data entry or the PARAM
Case Control command.
Parameter values from the Bulk Data Section are brought into the DMAP sequence via the IFP module.
Parameter values from case control are brought into the DMAP sequence via the PVT module. The PVT
module reads the case control PARAM commands and resolves parameter values specified in both the
Case Control and Bulk Data Sections.
Recommended Parameter Type Specification

Follow these recommendations to produce a more readable DMAP sequence where all Y parameters and
parameters with non-MPL defaults are specified on TYPE statements.
Main Index
Parameters
• If the parameter's value is to be specified in the Case Control or Bulk Data Section, then type the
parameter near the top of the DMAP sequence:
TYPE PARM,,type,Y,param_name $
• If the parameter's default value is defined on the NDDL PARAM statement and you wish to use
the NDDL default value, then type the parameter near the top of the DMAP sequence:
TYPE PARM,NDDL,type,Y,param_name $
• If the desired default value differs from the MPL default, then specify the parameter and the
default value on a TYPE statement:
TYPE PARM,,type,Y,param_name=default_value $
• Specify in module instructions, as needed, "/param_name/" or "/S,N,param_name/"
• Do not use the following obsolete parameter prefix specifications in module instructions:
/V,Y,param_name/
/S,Y,param_name/
/V,N,param_name/
/C,Y,param_name/
/C,N,param_name/
For example, the following sequence is recommended for setting the TYPE of ALPHA:
TYPE PARM,,CS,Y,ALPHA=(1.,1.) $
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,ALPHAX $
.
.
.
ALPHAX=ALPHA $
IF( FLAG ) ALPHAX=CMPLX(BETA,GAMMA) $
.
.
.
ADD A,B/C/ALPHAX $
and the following is not recommended:
IF( FLAG ) PARAMR //'COMPLEX'//BETA/GAMMA/S,Y,ALPHA $

.
.
.
ADD A,B/C/V,Y,ALPHA=(1.,1.) $
Expressions and Operators

An expression represents a single value and consists of one or more constant and/or variable parameters
separated by operators. Expressions are classified as arithmetic, relational, logical, or character.
Arithmetic expressions produce numerical values; relational and logical expressions produce logical
values. An expression can contain intrinsic functions. An expression is specified:
Main Index
Parameters
• In the right hand side of an assignment (=) statement

• As arguments for intrinsic functions
• As logical expressions in control statements:
DO WHILE, IF, IF-THEN, ELSE IF-THEN
• As logical expressions in the WHERE clause of DBVIEW, DBEQUIV, and DBDELETE
statements
Arithmetic Operators
The allowable arithmetic operations are shown in the table below in the order of execution precedence.
Parentheses are used to change the order of precedence. Operations within parentheses are performed
first, with the usual order of precedence being maintained within the parentheses.
Sample
Operator Operation Expressions Interpreted As
-,+ Negative or Positive X-Y X(-Y)
immediately preceded
by exponentiation
** Exponentiation -X**Y -(X**Y)
-,+ Negative or Positive -X - Y (-X) - Y
*,/ Multiplication or Division X*Y+Z (X*Y)+Z
+,- Addition or Subtraction X+Y X+Y
In general, mixed mode expressions are not supported. For example, to compute A=B*C, where A and
B are complex, but C is real, it is necessary to convert C to a complex number: A=B*CMPLX (C), where
CMPLX is described under “Intrinsic Functions” in this section.
Character Operator
The only character operation is concatenation. Its form is shown below.
Operator Operation Sample Expressions

& Concatenation ‘ABC’ & ‘DE’ = ‘ABCDE’
Relational Operators
Relational operators are used to compare two expressions. The result of the comparison is a logical
TRUE or FALSE. When arithmetic and relational operators are combined in one expression, the
arithmetic operations are performed first. The table below shows the allowable relational operators.
Main Index
Parameters
Operator Relation Tested Expression

= Equality X=Y
<>,>< Inequality X<>Y, X><Y
< Less than X<Y
> Greater than X>Y
< Less than or equal X<Y
> Greater than or equal X>Y
Logical Operators
Logical operators perform tests on multiple relations or Boolean operations. A logical operator returns a
result that is either TRUE or FALSE. The outcome of a logical operation is determined as shown in the
table below. These outcomes are listed in order of precedence. Parentheses are used to change the order
of precedence.
Operations within parentheses are performed first, with the usual order of precedence being maintained
within the parentheses.
Operator X Y Output
NOT TRUE n/a FALSE
FALSE n/a TRUE
X AND Y TRUE TRUE TRUE
TRUE FALSE FALSE
FALSE TRUE FALSE
FALSE FALSE FALSE
X OR Y TRUE TRUE TRUE
TRUE FALSE TRUE
FALSE TRUE TRUE
FALSE FALSE FALSE
X XOR Y TRUE TRUE FALSE
TRUE FALSE TRUE
FALSE TRUE TRUE
FALSE FALSE FALSE
Main Index
Parameters
Operator X Y Output
X EQV Y TRUE TRUE TRUE
TRUE FALSE FALSE
FALSE TRUE FALSE
FALSE FALSE TRUE
Main Index
Data Blocks
Data Blocks
A data block is a table or matrix represented by a symbolic name. All data blocks are comprised of
records. Each record can contain a variable number of words.
The first record ("Record 0") is called the header record, of which the first two words (when
concatenated) form the name of the data block. The third and subsequent words are not usually used.
The subsequent records are sometimes called "data records." For tables the data record can contain a
mixture of any type of data; i.e, real, integer, complex, character, etc. For matrices the data record
corresponds to the nonzero values in the column of the matrix; e.g., record 3 corresponds to the nonzero
values in column 3.
The last record is called the trailer record and contains summary information about the table or matrix.
More detailed descriptions of a data block’s records are appear in Data Blocks, 45.
Table Trailers
In tables, the trailer record contains six words. The contents vary among the tables and are described in
Data Blocks, 45 at the end of the table’s description. Table trailers are printed when DIAG 15 is specified
in the Executive Control or DIAGON(15) is specified in the DMAP sequence.
Matrix Trailers
In matrices the characteristics of a matrix are described in a twelve-word matrix trailer. Matrix trailers
are printed when DIAG 8 is present in the Executive Control Section DIAGON(8) or is specified in the
DMAP sequence. The contents of a matrix trailer are as follows:
Word Contents
1 Number of columns in matrix
2 Number of rows in matrix
3 Form of the matrix (square, rectangular, etc.)
4 Type of matrix (real, complex, etc.)
5 Largest number of nonzero words among all columns
6 Density of the matrix multiplied by 10000
7 Size in blocks
8 Maximum string length over all strings
9 Number of strings
10 Average bandwidth
11 Maximum bandwidth
12 Number of null columns
Main Index
Data Blocks
Form is defined as one of the following:
Form Meaning
1 Square
2 Rectangular
3 Diagonal
4 Lower triangular factor
5 Upper triangular factor
6 Symmetric
8 Identity
9 Pseudoidentity
10 Cholesky factor
11 Trapezoidal factor
13 Sparse lower triangular factor
15 Sparse upper triangular factor
Type is defined as one of the following:
Type Meaning
1 Real, single precision
2 Real, double precision
3 Complex, single precision
4 Complex, double precision
Data Block Type and Status

The data block type depends on whether the data block is stored on a permanent or scratch DBset and
whether its name appears on a TYPE DB statement. A DBset is a physical file that is a subdivision of the
database; see Chapter 12 of the MSC Nastran Reference Manual.
There are three types of DMAP data blocks:
Permanent NDDL Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned to a permanent

DBset through the NDDL
Main Index
Data Blocks
Scratch NDDL Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned to the

SCRATCH DBset through the NDDL
Local Not referenced on a TYPE DB statement and automatically
assigned to the SCRATCH DBset
At any point during a DMAP execution a data block is in one of the three following states:
Generated The data block has been created.

Not generated The data block has been deleted or is not yet created.
Empty The data block has been created but has no data (or purged). In
other words, the name of the data block is stored on a permanent
DBset without any associated data.
Permanent blocks can have all states: generated, not generated, and empty. Empty data blocks are created
when a module is executed, but no data is actually generated for the data block. For example, the ADD
module has two inputs; if both inputs do not exist (not generated), then the output is empty or purged.
Empty data blocks are required to support automatic restarts. A permanent data block can be explicitly
purged with the PURGEX statement. Permanent data blocks can be deleted from the database with the
DELETE statement.
Scratch data blocks can have only two states: generated and not generated. These data blocks can be
deleted with the DELETE or PURGEX statements.
Main Index
Instructions
Instructions
A DMAP instruction can be classified as either a module or a statement. A module is similar to a "macro"
function and, in general, processes data blocks as input and/or output. A module may also have
parameters as input and/or output. A statement is any instruction that is not a module and that does not
operate on data blocks.
Modules
A module instruction has the following form: the name of the module followed by a comma [,] and a list
of input data block names separated by commas, a slash [/], a list of output data block names separated
by commas, a slash, and a list of parameter (variable names or constants) separated by slashes:
module_name , input_data_block_list /
output_data_block_list /
parameter_list $
The dollar sign [$] is required to terminate the module instruction. The modules are described in Detailed
Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 589. Most modules have a prescribed number of inputs,
outputs, and parameters, which are defined in the Module Property List (MPL). The MPL is an internal
MSC Nastran table that prescribes the exact format of all modules--the number of input and output data
block lists and the number, type, and default of the parameters in the parameter list. The MPL can be
listed by specifying DIAG 31 in the Executive Control Section. The position of the data block and
parameter names is critical to the proper execution of the module.
Below is an example using the MPYAD module, which performs the following matrix operation:
[D] = SIGNAB*[A][B] + SIGNC*[C]
or
[D] = SIGNAB*[A]T[B] + SIGNC*[C]
where [A], [B], [C] and [D] represent matrices, and SIGNAB and SIGNC represent the sign to be applied
to the product and additive matrices, respectively.
The format of the MPYAD module is:
MPYAD , A , B , C / D / T / SIGNAB / SIGNC / PREC / FORM $
where A, B, and C, represent the input data block names, D represents the output data block name, and
T, SIGNAB, SIGNC, PREC, and FORM represent the parameter names.
The MPL listing for the MPYAD and PARAML modules appears below:
Main Index
Instructions
Listing 1-1 Module Properties List
M O D U L E
P R O P E R T I E S L I S T
- - - - - - - P A R A M E T E R S - - - - - - - -
MPLID NWDS WD1 MOD-NAME TYP IN OUT SCR TOT ID TYP P DEFAULT (IF ANY) W1-W2 FLG
104 17 1594 MPYAD 1 3 1 1 5
1. INT 1601 0 1
2. INT 1603 1 2
3. INT 1605 1 3
4. INT 1607 0 4
5. INT 1609 0 5
116 78 1854 PARAML 1 1 1 0 2

1. BCD 1861 -- NO DEFAULT -- 1- 2
2. INT 1862 1 3
3. INT 1864 1 4
The MPL listing contains useful information under the following column headers:
Header Description
MOD-NAME Module name
IN Number of input data blocks
OUT Number of output data blocks
ID Parameter position
TYP • type of parameter:
• INT - integer
• RSP - real single precision
• RDP - real double precision
• CSP - complex single precision
• CDP - complex double precision
• BCD - character
• LOG - logical
DEFAULT Default value of parameter
The other column headers are less important to the DMAP programmer.
Some or all data blocks and parameters can be left unspecified (or purged), according to the module
description in Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 589. If a parameter is
unspecified, then the default value is assumed and obtained from the MPL. For example,
MPYAD A , B , / D $
Main Index
Instructions
According to the MPYAD module description, if C is unspecified, then only the matrix multiplication of
A and B is performed. Also, by default, T=0 and therefore A is not transposed. SIGNAB and SIGNC
parameters are defaulted to 1 resulting in:
[D] = [A][B]
However, if no default is defined in the MPL, then a constant or variable parameter must be specified for
the first parameter. For example,
-- NO DEFAULT --
on the PARAML module indicates there is no default value for the first parameter.
The first comma after the module name can be omitted as long as the first input data block name is
specified. For example, the ELTPRT module has the following format:
ELTPRT ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,UNUSED4,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,CASECC/
VELEM/PROUT/S,N,ERROR $
To obtain a printout of the elements connected to each grid point, only GPECT and BGPDTS need to be
specified; however, a comma must also be specified after the module name:
ELTPRT , ,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $
In addition, trailing commas can be left unspecified:
ELTPRT , ,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $
Parameters can be specified on a module as:

• Input only
• Input and output
• Output only
Each module has its own rules for parameter specification, as described in Detailed Descriptions of DMAP
Modules and Statements, 589. If a parameter is specified as input, then either a constant or variable can
be specified. Note that character strings or variables specified for parameters are limited to eight
characters in length.
For example, the first parameter of the ADD module specifies a scalar multiplier of 1+2i on the first input
matrix:
ADD A , B / C / (1.,2.) $
or ALPHA:
Main Index
Instructions
ADD A , B / C / ALPHA $
If a parameter is to be used as both input and output, or output only, then a variable name must be
specified and preceded by S, N,. For example, on the PARAML module, the fourth parameter, TERM, is
an output parameter:
PARAML A // 'DMI' / 4 / 7 / S, N, TERM $
TERM is the value of matrix A at column 4 and row 7, which will be returned by the PARAM module
for later use in the DMAP program. If the S,N prefix is omitted, then TERM is assumed to be input only,
no fatal message is issued, and the TERM value is incorrect.
Statements
A statement is any instruction that is not a module and that typically does not produce output data blocks
from input data blocks or parameters. Another distinction is that a statement has no definition in the MPL
(Module Property List). The different types of statements are:
• Assignment (=)
• Function
• Control
• Declarative
• Data Base Function
Assignment Statement
The assignment statement evaluates an expression and assigns the resulting value to a variable parameter.
This statement has the following form:
v = e $
where v is a variable parameter name, and e is an expression. The dollar sign [$] is required to terminate
the statement. Assignment statements are arithmetic, logical, or character, depending on the type of the
variable parameter. The type of the variable and the expression must be the same. In other words, no
mixed mode specification is allowed.
Type conversions can be performed with the INT, REAL, CMPLX, ITOL, and LTOI DMAP functions.
For character assignment statements, if the length of the expression does not match the size of the
variable, the expression is adjusted as follows:
• If the expression is shorter than the variable, the expression is padded with enough blanks on the
right before the assignment takes place to make the sizes equal.
• If the expression is longer than the variable, characters on the right are truncated to make the
sizes the same.
Main Index
Instructions
Function Statement
Functions can only appear within an arithmetic or logical expression; they cannot be referenced within
module or CALL statements. Execution of the function causes the evaluation of the function and returns
a value to the referencing expression. Some functions, however, may appear as a DMAP statement
without appearing in an arithmetic or logical expression. These functions are DIAGON, DIAGOFF,
NOOP, PUTSYS, PUTDIAG, RDIAGOFF, and RDIAGON.
The type of the value returned from a function is dependent on the type of the argument(s) supplied, in
addition to the functional operation. In general, the precision (single, double) and form (integer, real,
complex) of the result returned by the function carries at least as much information as the arguments
supplied. For example, ACOS(X) is typed as follows:
X ACOS(X)
I RS
RS RS
RD RD
CS CS
CD CD
Returned values for character functions can be processor dependent.

The following table shows the complete function library. The abbreviations in the far right column
signify types:
Abbreviation Type
I Integer
R, RS, or RD Real
C, CS, or CD Complex
A Character
L Logical
Main Index
Instructions
Argument Type
Format Definition Result to Result Type
ABS  x  absolute value x if x is I or R I to I
2 2
a +b x, if x = a + ib
R and C to R
ACOS  x  arccosine –1
cos  x  where I and R to C
– 1  x  1 , if x is I or R
C to C
The result is computed in radians.
ACOSH  x  hyperbolic arccosine cosh (x)
–1 I and R to R
x1
C to C
For real and integer arguments, values less than 1 result in errors.
ANDL  x y  numeric AND TRUE if x  0 and y  0 I, R, and C to L
FALSE otherwise
ASIN  x  arcsin –1
sin  x  where I and R to R
– 1  x  1 , if x is I or R
C to C
ASINH  x  hyperbolic sine sinh (x)
–1 I and R to R
C to C
ATAN  x  arctangent –1
tan (x) I and R to R
C to C
ATAN2  x1 x2  arctangent of quotient –1
tan (x1  x2) I and R to R
C to C
Main Index
Instructions
Argument Type
If both arguments are zero, then the result is zero.
If x1 and x2 are real and:
x1 = 0 and x2  0 , then the result is 0.
x1 = 0 and x2  0 , then the result is .
x1  0 and x2 = 0 , then the result is   2 .
x1  0 and x2 = 0 , then the result is –   2 .
If x1 and x2 are complex  x1 = a + bi and x2 = c + di  and:
a = b = 0 and (sign of c ) = (sign of d ), then the result is 0.
a = b = 0 and  sign of c    sign of d  , then the result is .
(sign of a ) = (sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is   2 .
 sign of a    sign of b  and c = d = 0 , then the result is –   2 .
ATANH  x  hyperbolic arctangent –1
tanh  x  where I and R to R
– 1  x  1 , if x is I or R
C to C
ATANH2 (x1,x2) hyperbolic arctangent –1
tanh  x1  x2  I and R to R
of quotient
C to C
For real arguments, the following must be true: x1  x2 and x2  0 .
If x1 and x2 are complex ( x1 = a + bi and x2 = c + di ) and:
a = b = 0 and (sign of c ) = (sign of d ), then the result is 0.
a = b = 0 and  sign of c    sign of d  , then the result is .
(sign of a ) = (sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is   2 .
 sign of a    sign of b  and c = d = 0 , then the result is –   2 .
CHAR  x  character value See note below. I to A
The function takes the processor collating sequence equivalent (e.g.,
ASCII or EBCDIC) of a character and converts it to the character value.
The integer value must be within the range 1 to n – 1 , where
 number of bits per character 
n = 2 .
CLEN  c  character length Character string length in A to I
multiples of 4
CLOCK( ) CPU time in sec. since I
job started
Main Index
Instructions
Argument Type
CMPLX  a b  convert to complex a + ib See below
x, if complex
CMPLX  x  x + i0 , otherwise
For real arguments if one value is specified, the result is (value, 0). The
precision of the complex number is dependent on the precision of the
argument; i.e., integer and real single values create complex single
results, and real double values create complex double results.
For complex arguments only one value can be specified. The result is
the value and type of the argument.
Integer, real single, and real double values are allowed with two
arguments only. The results are complex double if either or both
arguments are real double. The results are complex single if neither
argument is real double.
CONCAT1(a1,a2) full word concatenation a1 & a2 A to A
CONCAT2(a1,a2) concatenation a1 & a2 A to A
Any trailing blanks of a1 are compressed to a single blank before a2 is
concatenated.
CONCAT3(a1,a2) concatenation a1 & a2 A to A
The result is argument 1, with trailing blanks removed and argument 2
concatenated together.
CONJG  x  complex a – ib is conjugate to C to C
conjugate a + ib
COS  x  cosine cos  x  I,R to R, C to C

The angle must be in radians.
COSH  x  hyperbolic cosine cosh  x  I,R to R, C to C
The angle must be in radians.
DBLE  x  convert to I to RD, R to RD
double precision C to CD
Integer and real single values are converted to real double values.
Real double values are not changed.
Complex single values are converted to complex double values.
Complex double values are not changed.
DIAGOFF(x1,..) turn off DIAG TRUE if 0 < x1...xn<65 I to L
FALSE otherwise
DIAGON(x1,..) turn on DIAG TRUE if 0 < x1...xn<65 I to L
FALSE otherwise
Main Index
Instructions
Argument Type
DIM (x1,x2) positive difference x1 - MIN(x1,x2) I to I, R to R
C not allowed
Mixed arguments are allowed, but function result depends solely on
type of first argument. The second argument is converted to the type
of the first argument prior to application of the function.
DLABLANK  x  remove all blanks ’AB’ = DLABLANK(’A A to A
(collapse string) B’)
DLXBLANK  x  replace multiple blanks ’AB’ = DLXBLANK(’A A to A
with blank (compress B’)
string)
DPROD(x1,x2) double product x1  x2 I to RD, R to RD
C to CD
Mixed arguments are allowed. The result is complex double, if either
or both arguments are complex single. If neither argument is complex
single, the result is real double.
EQVL (x,y) numeric equivalence I,R,C to L
The result is TRUE if both arguments are negative, zero, or positive,
FALSE otherwise.
EXP  x  exponential e
x I,R to R, C to C
GETDIAG  x  get DIAG cell I to I

Function returns the value of DIAG cell x , where x = 1 or 2. Please see
PUTDIAG, GETDIAG, 30.
GETSYS (x,y) get value of SYSTEM I to I
cell y
The value extracted has the same type (I, RS, RD ...) as x .
The value x must be a variable parameter.
In order to obtain the value for later use in the DMAP, specify
x = GETSYS(x,y). Please see PUTSYS, GETSYS, 30.
ICHAR  x  return integer value ASCII code A to I
The function returns the ASCII code of the character argument.
Integer returned I  2  number of bits per character  .
Main Index
Instructions
Argument Type
IMAG  x  imaginary part b, for x = a + ib I,R,C to R
For integer arguments, the result is zero. Results are single precision
real.
For real arguments, the result is zero. Resultant precision is the same
as the argument.
For complex numbers, the result is the imaginary component, with
precision equal to that of the argument.
IMPL (x,y) numeric implication I,R,C to L
The result is FALSE if the first argument is negative and the second is
positive or zero. The result is true otherwise.
INDEX (a1,a2) start position of a2 in 2 = INDEX(’ABC’,’B’) A to I
a1
The result is zero if the second string is not found in the first string.
INDEXSTR start position of a2 A,I to I
(a1,a2 x1 x2) from x1 to x2 in a1
Arguments 1 and 2 must be character strings.
Arguments 3 and 4 must be numeric values. Prior to use as substring
subscripts, both arguments are converted to integers and checked for
range of 1 to 80.
If the lower string subscript is less than 1, it is changed to 1. If the
upper string subscript is greater than 80, it is changed to 80.
The larger string subscript value becomes the upper substring
subscript.
The result is zero if the second string is not found in the substring of
the first string.
INT  x  type to I largest integer in abs  x  I,R,C to I
with sign of x
For complex arguments the function is applied to the real component.
ITOL  x  type to L TRUE, if x  0 I,R to L
FALSE, if x  0
LEQ (a1,a2) lexical TRUE, if a1 = a2 A to L
equality FALSE otherwise
LGE (a1,a2) lexical greater TRUE, if a1  a2 A to L
than or equal to FALSE, if a1  a2
Main Index
Instructions
Argument Type
LGT (a1,a2) lexical greater TRUE, if a1  a2 A to L
than FALSE, if a1  a2
LLE (a1,a2) lexical less TRUE, if a1  a2 A to L
than or equal FALSE otherwise
LLT (a1,a2) lexical less TRUE, if a1  a2 A to L
than FALSE otherwise
LNE (a1,a2) lexical not TRUE, if a1  a2 A to L
equal to FALSE otherwise
Both arguments must be character strings. For arguments of the same
length, the results are TRUE if the strings satisfy the lexical
comparison, and FALSE otherwise.
For strings of different lengths, the shorter string is padded with
blanks on the right to the same size. The strings are then compared as
equal length strings.
LOG  x  natural logarithm log e x  I,R to R, C to C
For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in
errors. For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error.
LOG10  x  Common logarithm log 10 x  I,R to R, C to C
For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in
errors. For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error.
LOGX (x1,x2) base x logarithm log 1 x2  I,R to R C to C
The first argument is the base of the logarithm.
The second argument is the number for which the logarithm must be
determined.
If the first argument is negative or 0, natural logarithms are assumed.
If the first argument is 1, common logarithms are assumed. If the first
argument is positive and not equal to 1, this value is used as the
logarithm base.
LTOI  x  type to I -1, if x is TRUE L to I
+1, if x is FALSE
MCGETSYS (x,y) MODCOM get I output
The value of y ranges from 1 to 10.
Returns the value of system cell 70 + y . The command is similar in
operation to GETSYS (x,70 + y) .
MCPUTSYS (x,y) MODCOM put I output
Main Index
Instructions
Argument Type
The value of y ranges from 1 to 10.
Returns the value of system cell 70 + y . The command is similar in
operation to PUTSYS (x,70 + y) .
MAX( x1 , x2 ,...) choosing the largest max(x1,x2,...) I to I, R to R
argument
The argument list must have at least two arguments and can have up
to the system limit (100) of arguments.
Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types are not
allowed.
The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least
one argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real
double if at least one argument is real double.
MIN(x1,x2,...) choosing the smallest min(x1,x2,...) I to I, R to R
The argument list must have at least two arguments and may have up
to the system limit (100) of arguments.
Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types not
allowed.
The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least
one argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real
double if at least one argument is real double.
MOD(x1,x2) remainder  x1 – x2   INT(x1  x2) I to I, R to R
The results are integer only if both arguments are integer, real single if
at least one argument is real single and neither argument is real
double, and real double if at least one argument is real double.
x2 must not be equal to 0.
NEQVL(X,Y) numeric I,R,C to L
nonequivalence
The result is TRUE if the signs of the arguments are different, FALSE
otherwise.
NINT  x  type to I with Round-off INT  x + 0.5  , if x  0 I,R,C to I
INT  x – 0.5  , if x  0
For complex arguments the function is applied to the real component.
NOOP() no-operation returns TRUE logical output
no input
Main Index
Instructions
Argument Type
NORMAL  x  normalize 2 2 C to R
a +b
if x = a + ib
NOTL  x  numeric not FALSE if x  0 I,R,C to L
TRUE otherwise
NUMEQ (x1,x2) equality TRUE, if x1 = x2 I,R,C to L
FALSE otherwise
NUMGE (x1,x2) greater than or TRUE if x1  x2 I,R,C to L
equal to FALSE, if x1  x2
NUMGT(x1,x2) greater than TRUE, if x1  x2 I,R,C to L
FALSE, if x1  x2
NUMLE(x1,x2) less than or equal to TRUE if x1  x2 I,R,C to L
FALSE otherwise
NUMLT(x1,x2) less than TRUE, if x1  x2 I,R,C to L
FALSE otherwise
NUMNE(x1,x2) not equal to TRUE, if x1  x2 I,R,C to L
FALSE otherwise
ORL(x1,x2) numeric or TRUE, if x1 <0 or x2 < 0 I,R,C to L
FALSE otherwise
PI(x) multiples of pi x I,R to R, C to C
Complex arguments of (a,b) form return a b results.

PRECISON() current analysis integer output
precision
The function returns the currently requested precision: 1, single
precision, 2, double precision.
PUTDIAG(x,y) put x into DlAG cell y I to I
The function deposits the value x into DIAG cell y, where y = 1 or 2.
Please see PUTDIAG, GETDIAG, 30.
PUTSYS(x,y) modify system cell put x into system cell y I to I
The function deposits the value x into system cell y.
PUTSYS returns the value x on completion.
In order to reset the value for later use in the DMAP, specify PUTSYS
(0,126); for example, to set system cell 126 to zero.
Please see PUTSYS, GETSYS, 30.
Main Index
Instructions
Argument Type
RAND(x) random number x = seed if x>0 I,R to R
generator Use last RAND(x) as
seed if x=0. If x<0
use wall clock as seed.
Result precision determined by argument precision. Real double
arguments return real double results. Integer and real single
arguments return real single results.
If the argument is greater than 0, calculate new random seed value,
based on this value, before generating random number. Provides
reproducible random sequence.
If the argument equals 0, generate new random number from last
random number generated.
If the argument is less than 0, calculate new random seed value, based
on this value and current wall clock time, before generating random
number. Provides nonreproducible random sequence.
RDIAGON(x,y) turns on DIAG TRUE if x>0, and y<65 I to L
over range x to y FALSE otherwise
The function turns on the DIAGs within the range x,y.
The value of TRUE is returned if the operation was successful.
REAL(x) Type to R real(x) I,R to R, C to R
a, if x=a+ib
Integer, real single, and complex single arguments return real single
values.
Real double and complex double arguments return real double values.
Complex arguments return the real component.
RTIMTOGO() remaining CPU time returns R
Returns the CPU time remaining to the nearest hundredth of a second.
Time remaining is found by subtracting the current CPU time from the
value on the TIME execution control statement.
SETCORE(x) set core Initialize all words in I,RS,L
memory to the value x
SIGN(x1,x2) transfer of sign x1 , if x2  0 I to I, R to R
– x1 , if x2  0
Resultant type determined by first argument.
SIN(x) sine sin(x) I,R to R, C to C
The angles are given in radians.
Main Index
Instructions
Argument Type
SINH(x) hyperbolic sine sinh(x) I,R to R, C to C
The angles are given in radians.
SNGL(x) convert to single I,R to RS, C to
CS
SPROD(x1,x2) single prec product x1  x2 RD to RS, CD to
CS
The results are real single if both arguments are real double and
complex single if at least one of the arguments is complex double.
SQRT(x) square root x I,R to R, C to C
If the value of integer or real arguments is less than 0, then an error
results.
For complex arguments the principal square root is returned. That is,
the first component is always greater than or equal to 0.
SUBSTRIN substring SUBSTRIN x1,x2 may be I, R
(A,x1,x2)  ABC  2 3   BC or C
Return substring of first argument with length of ABS(x2-x1)+1.
Arguments 2 and 3 must be numeric values. Prior to use as substring
subscripts, both arguments are converted to integers and checked for
range of 1 to 80. If the lower string subscript is less than 1, it is changed
to 1. If the upper string subscript is greater than 80, it is changed to 80.
The larger string subscript value becomes the upper substring
subscript.
TAN(x) tangent tan(x) I,R to R, C to C
TANH(x) hyperbolic tangent tanh(x) I,R to R, C to C
TIMETOGO() remaining CPU Time returns I
Returns the remaining CPU time in integer seconds. Time remaining is
found by subtracting the current CPU time from the value on the
TIME executive control statement.
WLEN(x) VPS word length Returns VPS word length A,I,R,C,L to I
of argument
Returns VPS word length of argument. Constant for all types, except
character data that ranges from 1-20.
XORL(x1,x2) numeric exclusive OR TRUE, if x1 or x2 <0 I,R,C to L
FALSE otherwise
Main Index
Instructions
PUTDIAG, GETDIAG
In the PUTDIAG and GETDIAG examples below, DVALUE is an integer whose 32 bits from left to right
represent 32 DIAG values.
DVALUE=GETDIAG(DWORD) $
PUTDIAG(DVALUE,DWORD) $
DWORD=1 represents the 1st through 32nd DIAG settings and DWORD=2, the 33rd through 64th
DIAG settings. GETDIAG and PUTDIAG are best used in pairs. For example, to turn on DIAG 8
temporarily and then restore the original DIAG 8 setting, the following sequence may be used:
TYPE PARM,,I,,DIAG32 $
DIAG32=GETDIAG(1) $
DIAGON(8) $ DIAG 8 WILL BE ON HERE REGARDLESS OF SETTING IN
$ EXEC. CONTROL
.
.
.
PUTDIAG(DIAG32,1) $ RESTORE DIAGs TO THEIR ORIGINAL VALUE
PUTSYS, GETSYS
System cell values may be set and recovered via the PUTSYS and GETSYS DMAP functions. See
nastran Command and NASTRAN Statement (Ch. 1) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide for a
description of various system cells. System cells 253 through 262 are reserved for the DMAP writer. This
permits the DMAP writer to pass parameter values in via the NASTRAN statement or between
subDMAPs.
For example,
NASTRAN SYSTEM(253)=4
SOL MYDMAP
COMPILE MYDMAP
SUBDMAP MYDMAP $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,NP $
.
.
.
IF ( GETSYS(NP,253)<>4 ) THEN $
.
.
.
ENDIF $
Control Statement
The MSC Nastran DMAP language contains control statements that perform conditional branching and
looping similar to those found in the FORTRAN programming language.
The control statements are:
Main Index
Instructions
Conditional Execution IF
Unconditional Branching JUMP and LABEL
Conditional Branching IF( )THEN, ELSE IF( )THEN, ELSE, and
ENDIF
Looping DO WHILE and ENDDO
Calling SubDMAP Operations SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN
Suspension HALT
Termination EXIT and END
Conditional Execution -- IF Statement

The IF statement conditionally executes a single DMAP instruction:
IF ( logical expression ) instruction $
In other words, if the logical expression is true, then the instruction is executed. Instruction is any DMAP
module or statement, except a control statement or the FILE, DBVIEW, TYPE and SUBDMAP
statements. Examples include:
IF ( NOGOA=-1 ) ADD GOAT,GOAQ/GOA $
IF ( ERRFLAG<0 ) CALL ERROR //S,GO/ERROR $
IF ( A AND B ) X=2*Y $
Unconditional Branching -- JUMP and LABEL Statements

The JUMP and LABEL statements are analogous to the GO TO and CONTINUE statements in
FORTRAN, except the LABEL statement cannot appear above the JUMP statement. For example,
JUMP n $
.
.
.
LABEL n $
where n is character string, up to eight alphanumeric characters in length, and the first character must be
alphabetic.
JUMP and LABEL can be used to jump out of a DO WHILE loop or IF( )THEN block, but JUMP and
LABEL cannot be used to jump into a DO WHILE loop or IF( )THEN block.
JUMP can appear on an IF statement; however, in this case we recommend an
IF( )THEN statement.
Main Index
Instructions
Conditional Branching -- IF ( ) THEN Statement

The IF ( ) THEN operation has the following form:
1. IF(expression)THEN $
. DMAP executed if expression is TRUE
ENDIF $
2. IF(expression)THEN $
. DMAP executed if expression is TRUE
ELSE $
. DMAP executed if expression is FALSE
ENDIF $
3. IF(expression 1)THEN $
. DMAP executed if expression 1 is TRUE
ELSE IF(expression 2)THEN $
. DMAP executed if expression 1 is FALSE and expression 2 is

TRUE
ELSE IF(expression n)THEN $
. DMAP executed if expression 1 through expression n-1 are

FALSE and expression
n is TRUE
ELSE $
. DMAP executed if expression 1 through expression n are

FALSE
ENDIF $
The expressions in the above examples are relational and/or logical operations that result in a logical
output of either TRUE or FALSE. The allowable relational operators are discussed under Expressions
and Operators, 8.
Looping -- DO WHILE ( ) Statement

DO WHILE(expression) $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
Instructions
The expression in the above example is a relational and/or logical operation that results in a logical output
of either TRUE or FALSE. The allowable relational and logical operators are discussed under
Expressions and Operators, 8. There is no limit to the allowable number of DO WHILE statements.
Scratch NDDL and local blocks (see page 13), which are first referenced and created inside a DO
WHILE loop, are automatically deleted at the end of the loop (see page 38). The FILE statement with
the APPEND or SAVE keyword may be specified to override the automatic deletion in order to "save" a
scratch data block for subsequent passes through the DO WHILE loop. See the APPEND and FILE
statement descriptions in DMAP Modules and Statements, 579 for examples.
Calling SubDMAP Operations -- SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN Statements

The CALL and SUBDMAP statements allow for the definition of DMAP subprograms called
subDMAPs. The RETURN statement can be used in a subDMAP to return to the calling subDMAP.
The SUBDMAP statement denotes the beginning of a DMAP subprogram, either a main subDMAP or a
called subDMAP. A main subDMAP can be invoked with the SOL Executive Control statement and
cannot have any arguments. A called subDMAP may or may not have arguments and is invoked by a
CALL statement in another subDMAP, defined as the calling subDMAP.
The form of the SUBDMAP and CALL statements are:
SUBDMAP subDMAP-name [I1,I2,I3,.../
O1,O2,O3,.../
P1/P2/P3/... $]
CALL subDMAP-name [I1,I2,I3,.../
O1,O2,O3,.../
[S,]P1/[S,]P2/[S,]P3/...] $
where subDMAP-name is the name of a subDMAP. The arguments Ii, Oi, and Pi are the list of input data
block names, output data block names, and variable parameter names or constant parameters. The
specification of arguments is optional. If arguments are specified, the CALL and SUBDMAP statements
must agree in order, in number, and, for parameters only, in type.
The linker checks for correspondence of the arguments. The linker also checks for consistent parameter
authorization if NASTRAN SYSTEM(147)=1. In addition, a view-name defined by the DBVIEW
statement cannot be specified in the argument list.
If an argument list is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, no argument can be left unspecified. Also,
all parameter arguments must be variable parameter names. Any data block argument on the CALL
statement can be left unspecified. Inside the called subDMAP, the data block argument is treated as
purged. All parameters must be specified on the CALL statement, but the parameters can be either a
variable parameter name or a constant value. Also on the CALL statement, parameter values, such as
qualifiers or local parameters (which are computed in the called subDMAP), can be returned to calling
subDMAP by preceding the parameter name with "S,". This method is called the save option. The save
option is not required for parameters specified on TYPE PARM,NDDL statements in the called
subDMAP.
The RETURN statement can be specified anywhere in the subDMAP. This statement terminates
execution of the current subDMAP and resumes execution of the calling subDMAP. If the RETURN
Main Index
Instructions
statement is not specified in the subDMAP, all DMAP execution is terminated at the END statement
(discussed in the next section).
Below is an example using the SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN statements. The main subDMAP is
called MAIN and contains two calls to subDMAP TEST. In the first CALL to subDMAP TEST, the
second input and output data blocks are marked as ",," and are not generated. The value of Q1 is returned
as computed in TEST. In both CALL statements, the value of P2 is returned from TEST. Although Q3
may have changed in subDMAP TEST, Q3’s value is not returned to MAIN. In the second call a constant
value of 0 is specified for P1.
SUBDMAP MAIN $ Main SUBDMAP
TYPE PARM,,I,N,Q1=5 $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,P1,P2,P3,Q3 $
.
.
.
CALL TEST A,,C/D,,F/P1/S,P2/S,Q1 $
.
.
.
CALL TEST A,B,C/I,J,K/0/S,P2/Q3 $
.
.
.
END $
SUBDMAP TEST X,Y,Z/L,M,N/A1/A2/A3 $

TYPE PARM,,I,Y,A3 $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,A1,A2 $
.
.
.
RETURN $
END $
The following should also be noted:
• The data block names specified on the SUBDMAP statement argument list are called local
names and will not appear in any diagnostic output. Diagnostic output, such as data base
directory print or DIAGs 8 and 15, only indicate the top-level name. The top-level name is the
name of the data block in the highest CALL statement in which it appears. In the example above
the local names are X, Y, Z, etc., and the top-level names are A, B,C, etc.
• All input data blocks specified on a CALL statement must have been previously defined by
output from a module in the calling subDMAP or from a previously specified CALL statement,
or specified on TYPE DB statements. See the TYPE, 1505 statement.
• Recursive subDMAP calls are allowed; i.e., a subDMAP can call itself either directly or
indirectly.
• The last parameter in the argument list must not be followed by a slash (/).
• In a restart, if a CALL statement has no output data blocks or saved parameters ("S,") then the
CALL statement will be skipped; e.g.,
Main Index
Instructions
CALL MYDMAP A,B//PAR1 $

There are several ways to avoid this behavior; (1) specify "S," in front of PAR1, (2) specify a
dummy output data block or parameter; or (3) precede the CALL with PUTSYS(1,109) $
Suspension -- HALT statement

The HALT statement defines a breakpoint in the DMAP sequence. DMAP execution will stop when the
breakpoint is reached.
Example
sol prtmat
compile prtmat list
subdmap prtmat $
$
type db, zuzr01 $
$
halt $
matprn zuzr01 // $
$
end $
diag 8
cent
begin bulk
end data
DMAP execution will be stopped when the HALT statement is reached. Now the client program will
place data block ZUZR01 into the database. Subsequently, DMAP execution is resumed, and the
MATPRN module will print data block ZUZR01.
Termination -- EXIT and END statements

Both EXIT and END statements terminate the DMAP execution. However, the EXIT statement can be
specified at any time in a subDMAP, and the END statement can be specified only once and must appear
at the end of a subDMAP.
The following example demonstrates the use of both statements:
SUBDMAP AAA $
.
. (some DMAP instructions)
.
IF(ERROR)EXIT$
.
. (some DMAP instructions)
.
END $
If ERROR is true, the EXIT statement is used to terminate the subDMAP. The END statement is required
and must be the last statement in the subDMAP.
Main Index
Instructions
Declarative Statement
The declarative statements are TYPE, DBVIEW, and FILE. See DMAP Modules and Statements (Ch. 4)
for a description and “Output from a Previous Module” Rule, 37 and Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data
Blocks, 38 for related discussion.
Data Base Function Statement

The data base function statements are DBEQUIV and DBDELETE. See DMAP Modules and Statements
(Ch. 4) for a description.
Main Index

If a data block has already been specified as output by a previous module and is specified as output from
another module, User Fatal Message 1126 is issued during execution. This principle is called the “output
from a previous module” or “output twice” rule. This rule is waived if any of the following is true:
• The data block is specified on a FILE statement with the APPEND or OVRWRT keyword.
• The data block is TYPE’d (specified on a TYPE DB statement), and its current qualifier values
are different from the qualifier values given at the time of the previous module execution.
• The data block is specified as output on a CALL statement and TYPE’d.
Main Index

Scratch NDDL and local data blocks are stored on the SCRATCH DBset (page 13). A DBset is a physical
file that is a subdivision of the database; see Interface With Other Programs (Ch. 1) in the MSC Nastran
Reference Manual. To minimize the size of the SCRATCH DBset, module scratch files are automatically
deleted upon completion of the module and DMAP scratch data blocks are automatically deleted after
the DMAP instruction in which they are used last. The location of this DMAP instruction is called the
last-time-used (LTU). An LTU is assigned to every data block. When the LTU of an Scratch NDDL data
block is reached, the data block is deleted if the current qualifier values match. If the data block’s LTU
is skipped, then the entire family is deleted, regardless of the current qualifier values.
Special rules apply for data blocks specified in the following situations:
• For a scratch data block specified before a loop and last used inside the loop, the LTU is
extended to the bottom of the loop (e.g, ENDDO), meaning that the data block is deleted when
the loop is exited. If the data block is Scratch NDDL, the entire family is deleted, regardless of
the current qualifier values.
• For a local data block created inside a DMAP loop and last used after the loop, the data block is
deleted after the next execution of the top of the loop, e.g., DO WHILE, even though the data
block’s LTU is located after the loop (i.e., when the loop is exited). Thus, the last generated data
block can be used after the loop exits.
• For a scratch data block created and last used inside a DMAP loop, the FILE statement with the
SAVE keyword extends the data block’s original LTU to the bottom of the loop; otherwise, the
data block is deleted at the original LTU within the loop.
• For a Scratch NDDL data block used in a DBVIEW statement, the data block is deleted at the
LTU of the view name or the data block name, whichever is last.
DlAG 57 prints the LTU information of all data blocks and a message indicating when they are deleted.
Main Index
Preface Modules and SOLution 100
Preface Modules and SOLution 100

The preface modules IFP1, XSORT, IFPi, DTIIN, and DMIIN generate data blocks related to the Case
Control, Bulk Data, and DMI or DTI entries. These modules are specified at the beginning of all MSC
Nastran Solution Sequences.
SOLution 100 is also provided for the DMAP writer who wishes to execute his/her DMAP sequences
without having to specify the Preface modules IFP1, XSORT, and IFPi. The DMAP writer needs to insert
the following DMAP statements in the Executive Control of the input data:
1. SOL 100
COMPILE USERDMAP
ALTER 2
2. If matrices or tables are to be input with DMI or DTI Bulk Data entries, the DMIIN or DTIIN
modules must be specified by the DMAP writer. For example, the following DMAP statements
generate matrices A, B, C, D, and E and tables TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE:
DMIINDMI,DMINDX/A,B,C,D,E,,,,,/ $
DTIINDIT,DTINDX/TA,TB,TC,TD,TE,,,,,/ $
Data block names A, B, C, D, E, TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE can now be referenced in subsequent
DMAP statements.
3. The DMAP writer’s DMAP sequence can now be inserted.
4. TYPE statements that reference data blocks or parameters defined in the NDDL of the structured
solution sequences (SOLutions 101 through 200) can also be inserted.
Main Index

Modules used in Phase I of the superelement SOLution sequences (SOLs 101 through 200) include an
option to continue processing after fatal errors are discovered and printed in the output file. The module
completes processing as best it can and then sets a special integer parameter named NOGO to -1. The
output files may be purged or incomplete. If no errors are discovered, NOGO is set to 0. The DMAP
writer can choose to branch to the end of a loop or take other actions when error conditions are
discovered. This option is selected by setting SYSTEM cell 82 to 1. Users who insert alters into Phase l
should be aware of this option.
An example of this option, based on the method used in SOLs 101 through 200, is:
PUTSYS(1,82) $ALLOWS DMAP TO FIELD NOGO FLAGS
.
.
.
GP2 GEOM2S,EQEXINS,,GEOM2A,EPTA/ECTS,ECTAS $
IF ( NOGO = -1 ) THEN $
CALL ERRPH1 //SUBDMAP/0/-1/DUMMY $ LOOPER
RETURN $ CONTINUE TO NEXT SE ALTHOUGH
ENDIF $ ERROR FOUND IN CURRENT SE
.
.
.
PUTSYS (0,82) $ DISALLOWS DMAP TO FIELD NOGO FLAGS
The GEOM2S file contains element connectivity data. If the GP2 module detects errors in this data, it
will set NOGO to -1.
Modules that presently have this option include:
DCMP MGEN
DECOMP MTRXIN
DYCNTRL SEDR
EMG SELA
GP2 SEMA
GP3 SSG1
GP4 TA1
LCGEN
Main Index

The DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH module capabilities prior to Version 66 have been replaced
by subDMAPs, as described below.
CALL DBMGR //OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
CALL DBSTORE DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $
CALL DBFETCH /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/Q1/Q2/FLAG/0/S,SUCCESS $
The complete descriptions can be found in DMAP Modules and Statements (Ch. 4) under subDMAPs
DBFETCH, DBMGR, and DBSTORE.
Prior to Version 66, data blocks could be stored, fetched, and manipulated from the database via the
DMAP modules DBSTORE, DBFETCH and DBMGR. In Version 66, these modules were removed in
favor of a more robust and automatic capability. To help users store data blocks that are not already
defined in the NDDL, a set of subDMAPs are available that emulate most of the capabilities in those
modules. The subDMAPs and their capabilities are:
CALL DBSTORE store data blocks on the database

CALL DBFETCH retrieve data blocks from the database
CALL DBMGR perform various functions related to data blocks stored using CALL
DBSTORE
DIAG 47 can be specified in the Executive Control Section to print diagnostics related to these
operations.
These subDMAPs are stored in the delivery database and do not have to be compiled by the user if they
are being used in any MSC Nastran solution sequences. For example:
SOL 101
DIAG 47
COMPILE SEDRCVR
ALTER ’AFTER ELEMENT STRESS’
CALL DBSTORE OES1,,,,//0/SEID/’ ’/0 $
CEND
These subDMAPs are also used in a user’s solution sequence.
SOL MYDMAP
COMPILE MYDMAP
SUBDMAP MYDMAP $
.
.
.
CALL DBSTORE A,,,,//0/1/’ ’/0 $
.
.
.
END $
CEND
Main Index
A listing of these subDMAPs and the subDMAPs that they call (DBSTOR and FNAME) can be obtained
with the following input file:
COMPILE DBFETCH REF LIST
COMPILE DBSTORE REF LIST
COMPILE DBFTCH REF LIST
COMPILE DBSTOR REF LIST
COMPILE FNAME REF LIST
COMPILE DBMGR REF LIST
CEND
Main Index
WHERE and CONVERT Clauses

The WHERE clause is used in the selection of items (data blocks and parameters) on the DBDICT,
DBDELETE, DBEQUIV, and DBVIEW DMAP statements. The CONVERT clause modifies qualifier
values of items selected by the WHERE clause on the DBEQUIV DMAP statements.
The WHERE and CONVERT clauses specify values for PROJECT, VERSION, qualifiers, and DBSET.
PROJECT specifies the project-identification numberthat is originally defined on the PROJECT FMS
statement at the time the project is created. VERSION specifies the desired version-identification
numberunder the project-ID. Qualifiers are used to uniquely identify items on the database with the same
name. For example, data block KAA has SEID as one of its qualifiers, which is the superelement ID. An
item may have more than one qualifier and the collection of all qualifiers assigned to an item is called a
path. All data blocks and parameters with qualifiers are defined in the NDDL Sequence ( see Nastran
Data Definition Language (NDDL), 561). Data blocks and parameters are defined on the DATABLK and
PARAM NDDL statements. The DATABLK and PARAM statements specify the name of the data block,
parameter, and also its pathname. The pathnames are defined on the PATH NDDL statement, which lists
the qualifiers assigned to the path. Qualifiers are defined on the QUAL NDDL statement. DBSET
specifies the desired DBset. The DBset of an item is specified after the LOCATION keyword on the
DATABLK and PARAM NDDL statement.
The format of the WHERE clause is:
WHERE (where-expr)
where-expr is a logical expression that specifies the desired values of qualifiers, PROJECT, VERSION,
and DBSET. If the result of the logical expression is TRUE for an item on the database then the item is
selected. For example, WHERE(VERSlON=4 AND SElD<>2 AND SElD>0) selects all items under
version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2.
A simple where-expr is a comparison using the following relational operators =,>‘<‘<, >, or utortu. For
example, SElD>0 means if SEID is greater than zero, then the logical expression is true. Several simple
where-exprs may be joined into one where-expr by the following logical operators: AND, OR, XOR, and
EQV. The NOT operator may be used to negate a where where-expr. For example, NOT(SEID>0) is the
same as SEID>0. Arithmetic operations and DMAP functions may also be specified in the where-expr
(see Expressions and Operators, 8).
If a qualifier in a where-expr is not a qualifier in the path of a specified item, then the where-expr is set
to FALSE. If the where-expr does not contain a specification for all qualifiers in the path of an item, then
the unspecified qualifiers will be wildcarded (i.e., quali=*, all values will be selected). The default values
of qualifiers, PROJECT, VERSION, and DBSET are described under the statement in which the
WHERE clause is specified.
If where-expr is to be used on a DBVIEW statement to define an output data block from a module, then
the following restrictions apply:
• The only operator allowed between qualifier assignments is the ";", for example, WHERE
(SEID=10; PEID=20).
Main Index
• Only one data block can be specified by the DBVIEW statement (families are not supported for
output data blocks).
• PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION where-expr modifier "WILDCARD" and the use of
qualifier_name=* are not allowed in the where-expr.
Examples of the WHERE clause are:
1. Select all items in the database for all superelements except 10 and 30 from Version 1.
WHERE (VERSION=1 AND SEID>0 AND NOT(SEID=10 OR SEID=30))
2. Select all entries in database on DBSET=DBALL from all projects and versions.
WHERE(PROJECT=PROJECT AND VERSlON>0 AND DBSET=’DBALL’)
The CONVERT clause modifies project- and version-ID, DBset-name (see INIT (p. 89) in the MSC
Nastran Quick Reference Guide statement), and qualifier values of items selected by the WHERE clause
on the DBEQUIV statements. It contains one or more assignment statements separated by semicolons.
The format of CONVERT clause is:
CONVERT(PROJECT=project-expr; VERSION=version-expr; ,
DBSET=DBset-expr;quali=qual-expri[;...])
The PROJECT and VERSION statements modify the project-identification number(see PROJ (p. 94) in
the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide statement) and version-ID. The DBSET statement modifies the
DBset-name. The value of quali will be replaced by qual-expri for selected items that have quali in their
path. qual-expri is any valid expression (see Expressions and Operators, 8 containing constants or any
qualifier name defined in the path of the item. If qual-expri contains names of qualifiers not in the path
of the selected item, then a fatal message is issued. If project-expr and/or version-expr produces a project-
or version-identification numberthat does not exist, then one will be created. Also, all version-lDs less
than version-expr that do not exist will be created; but they will be “empty.”
Examples of the CONVERT clause are:
1. Set qualifiers SEID, PEID, and SPC to constants 10, 20, 102 respectively.
CONVERT(SEID=10;PEID=20;SPC=102)
If more than one value of a qualifier is found for an item by the WHERE clause, then each value
is processed in qual-expri to define the new qualifier value for each of the selected items. In the
example below, if the original values of PEID were 1, 2, and 3, then the new values for the SElD
qualifier will be 2, 4, and 6.
2. Set all values of qualifier SElD to be twice the value of the PEID qualifier.
CONVERT(SElD=2*PElD)
Main Index
Chapter 2: Data Blocks
2 Data Blocks
 Introduction

Matrix Data Blocks

Table Data Blocks
 Table Descriptions

Data Block Descriptions
Main Index
46 MSC Nastran DMAP Programmer’s Guide
Introduction
Introduction
Data block descriptions are provided for all matrices and tables that are currently processed by the
OUTPUT2 and DBC modules in the MSC Nastran solution sequences with PARAM,POST.
Main Index
Chapter 2: Data Blocks 47
Matrix Data Blocks
Matrix Data Blocks

The rows and columns of most matrices correspond to degree-of-freedom sets which are defined in the
USET table. Matrices are usually named according to __rc where r and c are the names of the degree-of-
freedom sets for the row and column, respectively. For example, the rows and columns of KFS
correspond to the f-set and the s-set.
The rows and columns corresponding to degree-of-freedom sets are ordered according to an ascending
internal point identification number sequence. This is the same as the external (user-assigned) grid point
identification number sequence unless resequencing is requested (PARAM,OLDSEQ,>-1).
Some matrices are also named with pseudo-degree-of-freedom set names.
w -- The set omitted after auto-omit (a-set combines x-set and w-set)
x -- The set retained after auto-omit (complement of w-set)
J -- Superelement interior degrees-of-freedom; for example, KJJ and PJ
H -- Modal degrees-of-freedom; for example, PHDH, MHH, PHF and UHF
In some matrices, the columns correspond to subcases, normal modes, time steps, or forcing frequencies.
These matrices are usually related to loads and solutions and named __r__ where r is the name of the
degree-of-freedom set. For example, PG is static loads applied to the g-set and PHA is the a-set
eigenvector matrix. In frequency and transient response, a "F" or "T" may also be added to the name. For
example, UDF and UDT are the solution matrices at the d-set for frequency and transient response.
Analysis Type Columns correspond to ascending

Linear Statics Subcase identification number
Nonlinear Statics Loop identification number
Normal or Complex Eigenvalues Mode number
Frequency Response Subcase identification numberand forcing frequency value
Transient Response Time step value
In transient response analysis, the columns of the solution matrix U_T correspond to "time step triplets".
The first column in the triplet represents displacement, then velocity and acceleration. The triplet is then
repeated for each time step. For example, if there are 10 time steps, then U_T will have 30 columns. If
multiple TSTEP command subcases are requested, then there will be a separate solution matrix for each
subcase. The columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce, and SPCForce matrices; P_T, QM_T, and Q_T,
correspond to time step and, using the example above, they will each have 10 columns.
In frequency response analysis, the columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce, SPCForce, and solution
matrices (P_F, QM_F, Q_F, and U_F), correspond to forcing frequency. If multiple dynamic load
(DLOAD) subcases are requested with NFREQ number of forcing frequencies, the first NFREQ columns
represent the first DLOAD subcase and NFREQ frequencies, the second NFREQ columns the second
subcase, etc. For example, if an analysis is performed with four forcing frequencies and three DLOAD
subcases, then the solution matrix will have 12 columns in which the first four columns correspond to all
forcing frequencies in the first subcase. If multiple FREQUENCY command subcases are requested, then
Main Index
Matrix Data Blocks
there will be a separate solution matrix for each subcase. For a description of matrix trailers, see Data
Blocks, 12.
Main Index
Table Data Blocks
Table Data Blocks

This section discusses common attributes across several tables:
• IFP tables
• OFP tables
• Element types
See Table Descriptions, 65.
IFP Tables
The IFP module processes the Bulk Data Section and creates data blocks that contain images of each Bulk
Data entry. Then the modules IFP2 through IFP9, MODEPT, MODGM2, GP0, SEQP, and MODGM4
create pseudo-images based on the presence of elements used in hydroelastic, axisymmetric, laminated
composite, composite beam, acoustic, hyperelastic, beam library and p-version analyses. For example,
the IFP6 module converts PCOMP and MAT8 images to MAT2 and PSHELL pseudo-images. All of the
tables produced by these modules are also called "IFP Tables". In an IFP Table, there is one record written
for each image type present in, or derived from, the Bulk Data Section and that record contains all of the
images for that type. If the image type is not present, then no record is written.
IFP Table Header Words and Trailer Bits

The first three words in all IFP Tables uniquely identify or label the contents of the record and are called
"header words". The second header word indicates a bit position, called a "trailer bit", in the table trailer.
The trailer bit indicates the presence of a record type in the data block; i.e., if the record is present in the
table, then the bit is turned on in the trailer.
There are a total of 176 trailer bits. The first 96 trailer bits correspond to bit positions 1 through 16,
numbered from the right, in each trailer word and beginning with trailer word 1. The second 80 trailer
bits correspond to bit positions 17 through 32, numbered from the right, in each trailer word and
beginning with trailer word 1. The table below shows that correspondence between a trailer bit and its
word and bit location in the trailer.
Location in Trailer
Trailer Bit Word Position
1 -- 16 1 16 -- 1
17 -- 32 2 16 -- 1
33 -- 48 3 16 -- 1
49 -- 64 4 16 -- 1
65 -- 80 5 16 -- 1
81 -- 96 6 16 -- 1
Main Index
Table Data Blocks
Location in Trailer
Trailer Bit Word Position
97 -- 112 1 32 -- 17
113 -- 128 2 32 -- 17
129 -- 144 3 32 -- 17
145 -- 160 4 32 -- 17
161 -- 176 5 32 -- 17
For example, the GRID record in the GEOM1 data block is assigned to trailer bit 45 that corresponds to
the 4th bit position, numbered from the right, in trailer word 3. Based on the trailer bit, the following
FORTRAN statements may be used to determine the corresponding trailer word and bit position:
WORD = MOD(TBIT-1,96)/16 + 1
BIT = 16*(1+TBIT/97) -- MOD(TBIT-1,16)
where TBIT = trailer bit from second word of header record
WORD = trailer word
BIT = trailer word bit position numbered from the right
and all variables are defined as integers.
OFP Tables
Header Record
The header record of all OFP tables contains codes that indicate how the output should be labeled,
formatted, and printed.
Word Name Contains

1 approach_code Analysis type and output device type(s)
2 table_code Header, labeling, and sort types
9 format_code Data types (real or complex)
11 stress_code Stress/strain, von Mises/max. shear, strain-curvature/strain-fiber flags
12 jflag Acoustic element output flag
13 iacflg Acoustic displacement (pressure) output request flag:
2 = Yes and 0 = No
14 q4cstr CQUAD4 corner output stress option
21 metrik Electromagnetic units code (1 thru 6 or 10, default=10)
Main Index
Table Data Blocks
Word Name Contains

22 emssol Electromagnetic static solution code
(0=CF+MAG,1=CF,2=ELEC,3=MAGN)
23 thermal Thermal (heat transfer) element or scaled response spectra output:
Bit Description
1 Thermal
2 Scaled response spectra ABS
3 Scaled response spectra SRSS
4 Scaled response spectra NRL
5 Scaled response spectra NRLO
Approach_Code
Approach_code indicates analysis type and device type(s).
1. Analysis type is equal to approach_code/10 indicates:
Type Description
1 Statics
2 Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues)
3 Differential stiffness 0 (obsolete)
4 Differential stiffness 1 (obsolete)
5 Frequency
6 Transient
7 Pre-buckling
8 Post-buckling
9 Complex eigenvalues
10 Nonlinear statics
11 Geometric nonlinear statics
2. Device type(s) are extracted from the bit pattern equal to MOD(approach_code,10). The bits
numbered from the right are:
Bit Description
1 Print
Main Index
Table Data Blocks
Bit Description
2 Plot
3 Punch
Therefore, MOD(approach_code,10) can be one of the following values:
Value Device Type(s)

0 None
1 Print
2 Plot
3 Print and plot
4 Punch
5 Print and punch
6 Plot and punch
7 Print, plot, and punch
Examples:
Approach_code Description
61 Print transient response results
15 Print and punch statics results
106 Plot and punch nonlinear statics results
Table_code
Table_code indicates basic table content (displacements, stresses, etc.), data format (Real or complex),
and sort type (SORT1 or SORT2).
1. MOD(table_code,1000) indicates table content; e.g., displacements, stresses, etc.
Chapter 2
Type Name Description
1 OUG Displacement vector
2 OPG Load vector
3 OQG SPCforce vector
4 OEF Element force (or flux)
5 OES Element stress(or strain)
Main Index
Table Data Blocks
Chapter 2
6 LAMA Eigenvalue summary
7 OUG Eigenvector
8 none Grid point singularity table (obsolete)
9 OEIGS Eigenvalue analysis summary
10 OUG Velocity vector
11 OUG Acceleration vector
12 OPG Nonlinear force vector
13 OGPWG Grid point weight generator
14 OUG Eigenvector (solution set)
15 OUG Displacement vector (solution set)
16 OUG Velocity vector (solution set)
17 OUG Acceleration vector (solution set)
18 OEE Element strain energy
19 OGF Grid point force balance
20 OES Stresses at grid points (from the CURV module)
21 OES Strain/curvature at grid points
22 OELOF1 Element internal forces and moments
23 OELOP1 Summation of element oriented forces on adjacent elements
24 OEP Element pressures
25 OEF Composite failure indices
26 OGS Grid point stresses (surface)
27 OGS Grid point stresses (volume -- direct)
28 OGS Grid point stresses (volume -- principal)
29 OGS Element stress discontinuities (surface)
30 OGS Element stress discontinuities (volume -- direct)
31 OGS Element stress discontinuities (volume -- principal)
32 OGS Grid point stress discontinuities (surface)
33 OGS Grid point stress discontinuities (volume -- direct)
34 OGS Grid point stress discontinuities (volume -- principal)
35 OGS Grid point stresses (plane strain)
36 OEE Element kinetic energy
37 OEE Element energy loss
Main Index
Table Data Blocks
Chapter 2
38 OMM MAXMIN summary
39 OQG MPC forces
40 OGPKE Grip point kinetic energy
2. Data format, sort type and random type is extracted from the bit pattern equal to table_code/1000.
Bits numbered from the right are:
Bit Description
1 Complex (on) flag
2 SORT2 (on) flag
3 Random (on) flag
Therefore, table_code/1000 can be one of the following values:
Value Sort Type Data Format Random ?

0 SORT1 Real No
1 SORT1 Complex No
2 SORT2 Real No
3 SORT2 Complex No
4 SORT1 Real Yes
5 SORT2 Real Yes
table_code Description
4 Real force in SORT1
5 Real stress/strain in SORT1
1005 Complex stress/strain in SORT1
2010 Real velocities in SORT2
3005 Complex stress/strain in SORT2
5003 Random SPCforces in SORT2
Main Index
Table Data Blocks
Foremat_code
Format_code is somewhat redundant and may conflict with table_code. In regards to real or complex,
table_code/1000 always overrides format_code and if table_code indicates complex data, then
format_code is used to distinguish between real/imaginary and magnitude/phase output.
Value Data Format

1 Real
2 Real/imaginary
3 Magnitude/phase
Stress_code
In the OES data block description, word 11 (stress_code) of the header record determines the following:
• Octahedral (or maximum shear) or Hencky-von Mises
• Stress or strain
• If the strain is curvature or fibre
• If the strain or stress is in the material coordinate system
Stress_code is a bit pattern and the bits numbered from the right are:
Bit Description
1 Hencky von Mises (on) flag
2 Strain (on) flag
3 Strain/curvature (on) flag
4 Same as bit 2
5 Material coordinate system (on) flag
Main Index
Table Data Blocks
Therefore, stress_code can be one of the following values:
Coordinate
Value On bits System Description
0 00000 Element Stress maximum shear or octahedral
1 00001 Stress von Mises
10 01010 Strain curvature maximum shear or octahedral
11 01011 Strain curvature von Mises
14 01110 Strain fiber maimum shear or octahedral
15 01111 Strain fiber von Mises
16 10000 Material Stress maximum shear or octahedral
17 10001 Stress von Mises
26 11010 Strain curvature maximum shear or octahedral
27 11011 Strain curvature von Mises
30 11110 Strain fiber maimum shear or octahedral
31 11111 Strain fiber von Mises
Main Index
Table Data Blocks
Element Type
Some tables reference an element type number; for example, EST, KDICT, OES, and EGPSF. The
element type numbers are unique across all tables but do not necessarily appear in all tables. Some
element types are pseudo-elements for data recovery purposes only; e.g., see types 85 through 98, 100,
144, and 201 through 223.

00 Grid
01 ROD Rod
02 BEAM Beam
03 TUBE Tube
04 SHEAR Shear panel
05 FORMON12 FORCEi/MOMENTi follower stiffness
06 FORCE Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA1)
07 PLOAD4 PLOAD4 follower stiffness
08 PLOADX1 PLOADX1 follower stiffness
09 PLOAD/PLOAD2 PLOAD/PLOAD2 follower stiffness
10 CONROD Rod with properties
11 ELAS1 Scalar spring
12 ELAS2 Scalar spring with properties
13 ELAS3 Scalar spring to scalar points only
14 ELAS4 Scalar spring to scalar points only with properties
15 AEROT3
16 AEROBEAM
17 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA2)
18 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD2)
19 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD1)
20 DAMP1 Scalar damper
21 DAMP2 Scalar damper with properties
22 DAMP3 Scalar damper to scalar points only
23 DAMP4 Scalar damper to scalar points only with properties
24 VISC Viscous damper
25 MASS1 Scalar mass
26 MASS2 Scalar mass with properties
Main Index
Table Data Blocks

27 MASS3 Scalar mass to scalar points only
28 MASS4 Scalar mass to scalar points only with properties
29 CONM1 Concentrated mass -- general form
30 CONM2 Concentrated mass -- rigid body form
31 PLOTEL Plot
32 Unused
33 QUAD4 Quadrilateral plate
34 BAR Simple beam (see also Type=100)
35 CONE Axisymmetric shell
36 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG)
37 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG)
38 GAP Gap
39 TETRA Four-sided solid
40 BUSH1D Rod type spring and damper
41 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA1)
42 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA2)
43 FLUID2 Fluid with 2 points
46 FLMASS
47 AXIF2 Fluid with 2 points
50 SLOT3 Three-point slot
51 SLOT4 Four-point slot
52 HBDY Heat transfer plot for CHBDYG and CHBDYP
53 TRIAX6 Axisymmetric triangular
54 Unused (Pre-V69 TRIM6)
55 DUM3 Three-point dummy
56 DUM4 Four-point dummy
57 DUM5 Five-point dummy
58 DUM6 Six-point dummy
59 DUM7 Seven-point dummy
Main Index
Table Data Blocks

60 DUM8 Eight-point dummy (also two-dimensional crack tip CRAC2D)
61 DUM9 Nine-point dummy (also three-dimensional crack tip CRAC3D)
62 Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM1)
63 Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM2)
64 QUAD8 Curved quadrilateral shell
65 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX8)
66 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX20)
67 HEXA Six-sided solid
68 PENTA Five-sided solid
69 BEND Curved beam or pipe
70 TRIAR Triangular plate with no membrane-bending coupling
71 Unused
72 AEROQ4
73 Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE)
74 TRIA3 Triangular plate
75 TRIA6 Curved triangular shell
76 HEXPR Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid
77 PENPR Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid
78 TETPR Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid
79 Unused
80 Unused
81 Unused
82 QUADR Quadrilateral plate with no membrane-bending coupling
83 HACAB Acoustic absorber
84 HACBR Acoustic barrier
85 TETRANL Nonlinear data recovery four-sided solid
86 GAPNL Nonlinear data recovery gap
87 TUBENL Nonlinear data recovery tube
88 TRIA3NL Nonlinear data recovery triangular plate
89 RODNL Nonlinear data recovery rod
90 QUAD4NL Nonlinear data recovery quadrilateral plate
91 PENTANL Nonlinear data recovery five-sided solid
92 CONRODNL Nonlinear data recovery rod with properties
Main Index
Table Data Blocks

93 HEXANL Nonlinear data recovery six-sided solid
94 BEAMNL Nonlinear data recovery beam
95 QUAD4LC Composite data recovery quadrilateral plate
96 QUAD8LC Composite data recovery curved quadrilateral shell
97 TRIA3LC Composite data recovery triangular shell
98 TRIA6LC Composite data recovery curved triangular shell
99 Unused
100 BARS Simple beam with intermediate station data recovery
101 AABSF Acoustic absorber with frequency dependence
102 BUSH Generalized spring and damper
103 QUADP p-version quadrilateral shell
104 TRIAP p-version triangular shell
105 BEAMP p-version beam
106 DAMP5 Heat transfer scalar damper with material property
107 CHBDYE Heat transfer geometric surface -- element form
108 CHBDYG Heat transfer geometric surface -- grid form
109 CHBDYP Heat transfer geometric surface -- property form
110 CONV Heat transfer boundary with free convection
111 CONVM Heat transfer boundary with forced convection
112 QBDY3 Heat transfer boundary heat flux load for a surface
113 QVECT Heat transfer thermal vector flux load
114 QVOL Heat transfer volume heat addition
115 RADBC Heat transfer space radiation
116 SLIF1D Slideline contact
117 WELDC Weld (Formats ELEMID and GRID with MSET=off)
118 WELDP Weld (Formats ELPAT and PARTPAT)
119 SEAM Seam (future development)
120 GENEL General element
121 DMIG Direct matrix input g-set
122 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic DIEL)
123 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic HEXAE)
124 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic IND)
125 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINE)
Main Index
Table Data Blocks

126 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic PENTAE)
127 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CQUAD)
128 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CQUADX)
129 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic RELUC)
130 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic RES )
131 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CTETRAE)
132 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CTRIA)
133 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAX)
134 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEOB)
135 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXOB)
136 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADOB)
137 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAOB)
138 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEX )
139 QUAD4FD Hyperelastic 4-noded quadrilateral shell
140 HEXA8FD Hyperelastic 8-noded solid
141 HEXAP p-version six-sided solid
142 PENTAP p-version five-sided solid
143 TETRAP p-version four-sided solid
144 QUAD144 Quadrilateral plate with data recovery for corner stresses
145 VUHEXA p-version six-sided solid display
146 VUPENTA p-version five-sided solid display
147 VUTETRA p-version four-sided solid display
148 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic HEXAM)
149 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic PENTAM)
150 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TETRAM)
151 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADM)
152 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAM)
153 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADXM)
154 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAXM)
155 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADPW)
156 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAPW)
157 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEPW)
158 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADOBM)
Main Index
Table Data Blocks

159 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAOBM)
160 PENTA6FD Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded
161 TETRA4FD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded
162 TRIA3FD Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded
163 HEXAFD Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded
164 QUADFD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 9-noded
165 PENTAFD Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded
166 TETRAFD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded
167 TRIAFD Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded
168 TRIAX3FD Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 3-noded
169 TRIAXFD Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 6-noded
170 QUADX4FD Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 4-noded
171 QUADXFD Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 9-noded
172 QUADRNL Nonlinear QUADR
173 TRIARNL Nonlinear TRIAR
174 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEOBM)
175 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXOBM)
176 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADWGM)
177 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAWGM)
178 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADIB )
179 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAIB )
180 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEIB )
181 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXIB )
182 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADIBM)
183 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAIBM)
184 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEIBM)
185 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXIBM)
186 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADPWM)
187 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAPWM)
188 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEPWM)
189 VUQUAD p-version quadrilateral shell display
190 VUTRIA p-version triangular shell display
191 VUBEAM p-version beam display
Main Index
Table Data Blocks

192 CVINT Curve interface
193 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADFR)
194 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAFR)
195 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEFR)
196 Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXFR)
197 SFINT Surface interface
198 CNVPEL
199 VUHBDY p-version HBDY display
200 WELD Weld (Formats ALIGN, ELEMID, and GRIDID with MSET=on)
201 QUAD4FD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear data recovery
Gauss/grid
202 HEXA8FD Hyperelastic hexahedron 8-noded nonlinear data recovery
Gauss/grid
203 SLIF1D? Slideline contact
204 PENTA6FD Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded nonlinear format Gauss/Grid
205 TETRA4FD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded nonlinear format Gauss
206 TRIA3FD Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format Gauss
207 HEXAFD Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format Gauss
208 QUADFD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format Gauss
209 PENTAFD Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format Gauss
210 TETRAFD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format Grid
211 TRIAFD Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded nonlinear format Gauss/Grid
212 TRIAX3FD Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 3-noded nonlinear format
Gauss
213 TRIAXFD Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 6-noded nonlinear format
Gauss/Grid
214 QUADX4FD Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear
format Gauss/Grid
215 QUADXFD Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear
format Gauss
216 TETRA4FD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded nonlinear format Grid
217 TRIA3FD Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format Grid
218 HEXAFD Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format Grid
219 QUADFD Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format Grid
Main Index
Table Data Blocks

220 PENTAFD Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format Grid
221 TETRAFD Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format Gauss
222 TRIAX3FD Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 3-noded nonlinear format
Grid
223 QUADXFD Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear
format Grid
224 ELAS1 Nonlinear ELAS1
225 ELAS3 Nonlinear ELAS3
226 BUSH Nonlinear BUSH
227 RBAR Rigid bar
228 RBE1 Rigid body form 1
229 RBE3 Rigid body form 3
230 RJOINT Rigid joint
231 RROD Rigid pin element
232 QUADRLC Composite QUADR
233 TRIARLC Composite TRIAR
Main Index
Table Descriptions
Table Descriptions
Table descriptions are arranged alphabetically by the generic name of the data block. A data block
description may encompass descriptions of several data blocks from different modules; for example, the
OES data block description describes data blocks OES1, OES2, OESNL, OSTR1, and OES1C, which are
output by the SDR2, SDR3, SDRNL, and SDRCOMP modules. The generic name of a data block also
appears in the Data Block Glossary, 1547 at the end of DMAP Modules and Statements (Ch. 4).
Main Index
66 BGPDT
BGPDT Basic grid point definition table
Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z locations in the basic
coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system identification number.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word Name Type Description

1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Data block name
Record 1 -- DATA

1 CID I Coordinate system identification number
2 SIL I Internal (scalar) identification number
3 EXTID I External (user) identification number
4 DOF_TYPE I Degree of freedom/point type
5 PSC I Permanent set constraint
6 BGID I Boundary grid identification number of
-EXTID
7 XCOORD RX x in basic coordinate system
8 YCOORD RX y in basic coordinate system
9 ZCOORD RX z in basic coordinate system
Words 1 through 9 repeat until End of Record
Record 2 -- XIDMAP

1 EXTID I External identification number
2 INTID I Internal identification number
Main Index
BGPDT 67
Basic grid point definition table
Record 3 -- BIDMAP

1 BGID I Boundary (system) identification number
Record 4 -- NORMAL

1 XNORM RX X normal in aerodynamic system
2 YNORM RX Y normal in aerodynamic system
3 ZNORM RX Z normal in aerodynamic system
Record 5 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of grid points and scalar points
2 WORD2 I Number of boundary points
3 WORD3 I Number of degrees-of-freedom
4 WORD4 I Precision of the real values; i.e., type=RX
5 WORD5 I Number of scalar points
6 WORD6 I Maximum external identification number
Notes: 1. For partitioned superelements the locations are in the superelement’s basic
coordinate system. In other words, each partitioned superelement has its own basic
coordinate system.
2. Scaler points are identified by CID=-1 and XCOORD = YCOORD = ZCOORD = 0.
3. If WORD2, number of boundary grids, is zero, then record BIDMAP does not exist
and XIDMAP will be used.
Main Index
68 BGPDT68
Basic grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
BGPDT68 Basic grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z locations in the basic
coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system identification number.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- DATA

2 XCOORD RS x in basic coordinate system
3 YCOORD RS y in basic coordinate system
4 ZCOORD RS z in basic coordinate system
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of grid and scalar points
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Note: 1. Scaler points are identified by CID = -1 and XCOORD = YCOORD = ZCOORD =
0.
Main Index
CASECC 69
Case Control information
CASECC Case Control information
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat

1 SID I Subcase identification number
2 MPCSET I Multipoint constraint set (MPC)
3 SPCSET I Single point constraint set (SPC)
4 ESLSET I External static load set (LOAD)
5 REESET I Real eigenvalue extraction set
(METHOD(STRUCTURE))
6 ELDSET I Element deformation set (DEFORM)
7 THLDSET I Thermal load set (TEMP(LOAD))
8 THMATSET I Thermal material set TEMP(MAT or INIT)
9 TIC I Transient initial conditions (IC)
10 NONPTSET I Nonlinear load output set (NLLOAD)
11 NONMEDIA I Nonlinear load output media (NLLOAD)
12 NONFMT I Nonlinear load output format (NLLOAD)
13 DYMLDSET I Dynamic load set (DLOAD)
14 FEQRESET I Frequency response set (FREQUENCY)
15 TFSET I Transfer function set (TFL)
16 SYMFLG I Symmetry flag (SYMSEQ and SUBSEQ)
17 LDSPTSET I Load output set (OLOAD)
18 LDSMEDIA I Load output media (OLOAD)
19 LDSFMT I Load output format (OLOAD)
20 DPLPTSET I Displacement, temperature, or pressure output
set (DISP,THERM,PRES)
21 DPLMEDIA I Displacement, temperature, or pressure output
media (DISP,THERM,PRES)
Main Index
70 CASECC

22 DPLFMT I Displacement, temperature, or pressure output
format (DISP,THERM,PRES)
23 STSPTSET I Stress output set (STRESS)
24 STSMEDIA I Stress output media (STRESS)
25 STSFMT I Stress output format (STRESS)
26 FCEPTSET I Force (or flux) output set (FORCE or FLUX)
27 FCEMEDIA I Force (or flux) output media (FORCE or FLUX)
28 FCEFMT I Force (or flux) output format (FORCE or FLUX)
29 ACCPTSET I Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output set
(ACCEL or HDOT)
30 ACCMEDIA I Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output media
(ACCE, HDOT)
31 ACCFMT I Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output format
(ACCE, HDOT)
32 VELPTSET I Velocity (or enthalpy) output set (VELOCITY or
ENTHALPY)
33 VELMEDIA I Velocity (or enthalpy) output media
(VELOCITY) or ENTHALPY)
34 VELFMT I Velocity (or enthalpy) output format
(VELOCITY) or ENTHALPY)
35 FOCPTSET I Forces of single-point constraint output set
(SPCFORCE)
36 FOCMEDIA I Forces of single-point constraint output media
(SPCFORCE)
37 FOCFMT I Forces of single-point constraint output format
(SPCFORCE)
38 TSTEPTRN I Time step set for transient analysis (TSTEP)
39 TITLE(32) CHAR4 Title character string (TITLE)
71 SUBTITLE(32) CHAR4 Subtitle character string (SUBTITLE)
103 LABEL(32) CHAR4 LABEL character string (LABEL)
135 STPLTFLG I Model plot flag: set to 1 if OUTPUT(PLOT) is
specified
136 AXSYMSET I Axisymmetric set (AXISYMMETRIC)
137 NOHARMON I Number of harmonics to output (HARMONICS)
138 TSTRV I Need definition
Main Index
CASECC 71

139 K2PP(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (p-set) stiffness matrix
(K2PP)
141 M2PP(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (p-set) mass matrix (M2PP)
143 B2PP(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (p-set) damping matrix
(B2PP)
145 OUTRESPV I Output frequencies or times (OFREQ or OTIME)
146 SEDR I Data recovery superelement list (SEDR)
147 FLDBNDY I Fluid boundary element selection (MFLUID)
148 CEESET I Complex eigenvalue extraction set (CMETHOD)
149 DAMPTBL I Structural damping table set
(SDAMP(STRUCT)
150 DYNRED I Dynamic reduction selection (DYNRED)
151 SSDSET I Solution set displacements output set (SDISP)
152 SSDMEDIA I Solution set displacements output media
(SDISP)
153 SSDFMT I Solution set displacements output format
(SDISP)
154 SSVSET I Solution set velocities output set (SVELO)
155 SSVMEDIA I Solution set velocities output media (SVELO)
156 SSVFMT I Solution set velocities output format (SVELO)
157 SSASET I Solution set accelerations output set (SACCE)
158 SSAMEDIA I Solution set accelerations output media
(SACCE)
159 SSAFMT I Solution set accelerations output format
(SACCE)
160 NONLINLD I Nonlinear load set in transient problems
(NONLINEAR)
161 PARTIT I Partitioning set (PARTN)
162 CYCLIC I Symmetry option in cyclic symmetry (DSYM)
163 RANDOM I Random analysis set (RANDOM)
164 NONPARAM I Nonlinear static analysis control parameters
(NLPARM)
165 FLUTTER I Flutter set (FMETHOD)
166 LCC I Number of words in this record up to LSEM
167 GPFSET I Grid point force output set (GPFORCE)
Main Index
72 CASECC

168 GPFMEDIA I Grid point force output media (GPFORCE)
169 GPFFMT I Grid point force output format (GPFORCE)
170 ESESET I Strain energy output set (ESE)
171 ESEMEDIA I Strain energy output media (ESE)
172 ESEFMT I Strain energy output format (ESE)
173 ARFPTSET I Aerodynamic force output set (AEROF)
174 ARFMEDIA I Aerodynamic force output media (AEROF)
175 ARFFMT I Aerodynamic force output format (AEROF)
176 SEID I Superelement identification number(SUPER)
177 LCN I Load column number (SUPER)
178 GUST I Gust load selection (GUST)
179 SEFINAL I Final superelement identification
number(SEFINAL)
180 SEMG I Generate matrices (K,M,B,K4) for superelement
set or identification number(SEMG)
181 SEKR I Reduce stiffness matrix (K) for superelement set
or identification number (SEKR)
182 SELG I Generate static loads for superelement set or
identification number (SELG)
183 SELR I Reduce static loads for superelement set or
identification number (SELR)
184 SEEX I Superelement set or identification number to be
excluded (SEEXCLUDE)
185 K2GG(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness matrix
(K2GG)
187 M2GG(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness matrix
(M2GG)
189 B2GG(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness matrix
(B2GG)
191 SVSET I Solution eigenvector output set (SVECTOR)
192 SVMEDIA I Solution eigenvector output media (SVECTOR)
193 SVFMT I Solution eigenvectors output format
(SVECTOR)
194 FLUPTSET I Fluid pressure output set (MPRES)
195 FLUMEDIA I Fluid pressure output media (MPRES)
Main Index
CASECC 73

196 FLUFMT I Fluid pressure output format (MPRES)
197 HOUT(3) I Cyclic symmetry harmonic output (HOUTPUT)
200 NOUT(3) I Cyclic symmetry physical output (NOUTPUT)
203 P2G(2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) static loads matrix
(P2G)
205 LOADSET I Sequence of static loads sets (LOADSET)
206 SEMR I Generate matrices (M,B,K4) for superelement
set or identification number (SEMG)
207 VONMISES I von Mises fiber (STRESS)
208 SECMDFLG I Superelement command existence flag
209 GPSPTSET I Grid point stress output set (GPSTRESS)
210 GPSMEDIA I Grid point stress output media (GPSTRESS)
211 GPSFMT I Grid point stress output format (GPSTRESS)
212 STFSET I Grid point stress field output set (STRFIELD)
213 STFMEDIA I Grid point stress field output media (STRFIELD
214 STFFMT I Grid point stress field output format
(STRFIELD)
215 CLOAD I Superelement static load combination set
(CLOAD)
216 SET2ID I Old design sensitivity contraint and variable set
(SET2)
217 DSAPRT I Old design sensitivity analysis print option
(SENSITY)
218 DSASTORE I Old design sensitivity analysis store option
(SENSITY)
219 DSAOUTPT I Old design sensitivity analysis OUTPUT4 option
(SENSITY)
220 STNSET I Strain output set (STRAIN)
221 STNMEDIA I Strain output media (STRAIN)
222 STNFMT I Strain output format (STRAIN)
223 APRESS I Aerodynamic pressure output set
(APRESSURE)
224 TRIM I Aerostatic trim variable constrain set (TRIM)
225 MODLIST I Output modes list set (OMODES)
Main Index
74 CASECC

226 REESETF I Real eigenvalue extraction set for fluid
(METHOD(FLUID))
227 ESDPTSET I Element stress discontinuity output set
(ELSDCON)
228 ESDMEDIA I Element stress discontinuity output media
(ELSDCON)
229 ESDFMT I Element stress discontinuity output format
(ELSDCON)
230 GSDPTSET I Grid point stress discontinuity output set
(GPSDCON)
231 GSDMEDIA I Grid point stress discontinuity output media
(GPSDCON)
232 GSDFMT I Grid point stress discontinuity output format
(GPSDCON)
233 SEDV I Generate pseudo-loads for superelement set or
identification number (SEDV)
234 SERE I Generate responses for superelement set or
identification number (SERESP)
235 SERS I Restart processing for superelement set or
identification number (SERS)
236 CNTSET I Slideline contact output set (BOUTPUT)
237 CNTMEDIA I Slideline contact output media (BOUTPUT)
238 CNTFMT I Slideline contact output format (BOUTPUT)
239 DIVERG I Aerostatic divergence control parameter set
(DIVERG)
240 OUTRCV I p-element output control parameters (OUTRCV)
241 STATSUBP I Static subcase identification number for pre-load
(STATSUB(PRELOAD))
242 UNDEF(2 ) none 242
244 DFT1 RS Displacement Filter T1 component or TM
magnitude**2
245 DFT2 RS Displacement Filter T2 component
246 ADAPT I p-element adaptivity control parameter set
(ADAPT)
247 DESOBJ I Design objective set (DESOBJ)
248 DESSUB I Design constraint set for current subcase
(DESSUB)
Main Index
CASECC 75

249 SUBSPAN I Design constraint span set (DRSPAN)
250 DESGLB I Design constraint set for all subcases (DESGLB)
251 ANALYSIS CHAR4 Type of analysis (ANALYSIS)
252 GPQSTRS I CQUAD4 grid point corner stress option
(STRESS)
253 GPQFORC I CQUAD4 grid point corner force option
(STRESS)
254 GPQSTRN I CQUAD4 grid point corner strain option
(STRESS)
255 SUPORT1 I Supported degree-of-freedom set (SUPORT1)
256 STATSUBB I Static subcase identification number for buckling
(STATSUB(BUCKLE))
257 BCID I Boundary condition identification number (BC)
258 AUXMODEL I Auxiliary model identification number
(AUXMODEL)
259 ADACT I p-element adaptivity active subcase flag
(ADACT)
260 DATSET I p-element output set (DATAREC)
261 DATMEDIA I p-element output media (DATAREC)
262 DATFMT I p-element output format (DATAREC)
263 VUGSET I View-grid and element output set (VUGRID)
264 VUGMEDIA I View-grid and element output media (VUGRID)
265 VUGFMT I View-grid and element output format (VUGRID)
266 MPCFSET I Forces of multipoint constraint output set
(MPCFORCE)
267 MPCMEDIA I Forces of multipoint constraint output media
(MPCFORCE)
268 MPCFFMT I Forces of multipoint constraint output format
(MPCFORCE)
269 REUESET I Real unsymmetric eigenvalue extraction set
(UMETHOD)
270 DAMPTBLF I Structural damping table set for the fluid
(SDAMP(FLUID)
271 ITERMETH I Iterative solver control parameters (SMETHOD)
272 NLSSET I Nonlinear stress output set (NLSTRESS)
273 NLSMEDIA I Nonlinear stress output media (NLSTRESS)
Main Index
76 CASECC

274 NLSFMT I Nonlinear stress output format (NLSTRESS)
275 MODTRKID I Mode tracking control parameter set
(MODTRAK)
276 DSAFORM I Design sensitivity output format: 1 = yes, 2 = no
(DSAPRT)
277 DSAEXPO I Design sensitivity output export: 1 = no, 2 = yes
(DSAPRT)
278 DSABEGIN I Design sensitivity output start iteration
(DSAPRT)
279 DSAINTVL I Design sensitivity output interval (DSAPRT)
280 DSAFINAL I Design sensitivity output final iteration
(DSAPRT)
281 DSASETID I Design sensitivity output set (DSAPRT)
282 SORTFLG I Overall SORT1/SORT2 flag: 1 means SORT1
and 2 means SORT2.
283 RANDBIT I Random analysis request bit pattern
(DISP,VELO,etc.)
284 AECONFIG(2) CHAR4 Aerodynamic configuration name
286 AESYMXY I Symmetry flag for aerodynamic xy plane
287 AESYMXZ I Symmetry flag for aerodynamic xz plane
288 UNDEF none
289 UNDEF none
290 UNDEF none
291 GPEPTSET I Grid point strain output set (GPSTRAIN)
292 GPEMEDIA I Grid point strain output media (GPSTRAIN)
293 GPEFMT I Grid point strain output format (GPSTRAIN)
294 TEMPMAT I Thermal material set TEMP(MAT)
295 AECSSSET I Aerodynamic control surface schedule
(CSSCHD)
296 EKEPTSET I Element kinetic energy output set (EKE)
297 EKEMEDIA I Element kinetic energy media (EKE)
298 EKEFMT I Element kinetic energy format (EKE)
299 EKETHRSH RS Element kinetic energy threshold (EKE)
300 EDEPTSET I Element damping energy output set (EDE)
301 EDEMEDIA I Element damping energy media (EDE)
Main Index
CASECC 77

302 EDEFMT I Element damping energy format (EDE)
303 EDETHRSH RS Element damping energy threshold (EDE)
304 DFT3 RS Displacement Filter T3 component
305 DFR1 RS Displacement Filter R1 component or RM
magnitude**2
306 DFR2 RS Displacement Filter R2 component
307 DFR3 RS Displacement Filter R3 component
308 K42GG (2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) structural element
damping matrix (K42GG)
310 A2GG (2) CHAR4 Name of direct input (g-set) area matrix (A2GG)
312 NK42GG I Internal set identification number for K42GG
313 NA2GG I Internal set identification number for A2GG
314 EFFMASET I Modal effective mass output set (MEFFMASS)
315 EFFMAGID I Modal effective mass GID (MEFFMASS)
316 EFFMATHR RS Modal effective mass threshold (MEFFMASS)
317 EQUILMED I EQUILIBRIUM print/punch bit pattern
318 EQUILGRD I EQUILIBRIUM grid point identification number
319 RCRSET I RCROSS output set
320 RCRFMT I RCROSS format
321 AEUXREF I AEUXREF
322 GCHK I Ground check flag (GROUNDCHECK)
323 GCHKOUT I Ground check output (GROUNDCHECK)
324 GCHKSET I Ground check set (GROUNDCHECK)
325 GCHKGID I Ground check GID (GROUNDCHECK)
326 GCHKTHR RS Ground check THRESH (GROUNDCHECK)
327 GCHKRTHR RS Ground check RTHRESH (GROUNDCHECK)
328 GCHKDREC I Ground check data recovery
(GROUNDCHECK)
329 ASPCMED I Output media request (AUTOSPC)
330 ASPCEPS RS EPS value for fixup (AUTOSPC)
331 ASPCPRT I EPS value for printing (AUTOSPC)
332 ASPCPCH I Punch Set identification number (AUTOSPC)
333 UNDEF none
334 UNDEF none
Main Index
78 CASECC

335 NK2PP I Internal set identification number for K2PP
336 NM2PP I Internal set identification number for M2PP
337 NB2PP I Internal set identification number for B2PP
338 NK2GG I Internal set identification number for K2GG
339 NM2GG I Internal set identification number for M2GG
340 NB2GG I Internal set identification number for B2GG
341 NP2G I Internal set identification number for P2G
342 GEODSET I Geometry check DISP set identification number
(GEOMCHECK)
343 GEODMXMN I Geometry check DISP max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
344 GEODOCID I Geometry check DISP max/min output
coordinate system (GEOMCHECK)
345 GEODNUMB I Geometry check number of DISP max/min
output (GEOMCHECK)
346 GEOLSET I Geometry check OLOAD set identification
number (GEOMCHECK)
347 GEOLMXMN I Geometry check OLOAD max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
348 GEOLOCID I Geometry check OLOAD max/min output
349 GEOLNUMB I Geometry check number of OLOAD max/min
output (GEOMCHECK)
350 GEOSSET I Geometry check SPCF set identification number
(GEOMCHECK)
351 GEOSMXMN I Geometry check SPCF max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
352 GEOSOCID I Geometry check SPCF max/min output
353 GEOSNUMB I Geometry check number of SPCF max/min
output (GEOMCHECK)
354 GEOMSET I Geometry check MPCF set identification number
(GEOMCHECK)
355 GEOMMXMN I Geometry check MPCF max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
356 GEOMOCID I Geometry checkMPCF max/min output
Main Index
CASECC 79

357 GEOMNUMB I Geometry check No. of MPCF max/min output
(GEOMCHECK)
358 GEOASET I Geometry check ACCE Set identification
number (GEOMCHECK)
359 GEOAMXMN I Geometry check ACCE max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
360 GEOAOCID I Geometry check ACCE max/min output
361 GEOANUMB I Geometry check number of ACCE max/min
output (GEOMCHECK)
362 GEOVSET I Geometry check VELO set identification number
(GEOMCHECK)
363 GEOVMXMN I Geometry check VELO max/min
(GEOMCHECK)
364 GEOVOCID I Geometry check VELO max/min output
365 GEOVNUMB I Geometry check number of VELO max/min
output (GEOMCHECK)
366 NTFL I Internal set identification number for TFL
367 UNDEF none
368 GPKESET I Grid point kinetic energy output set (GPKE)
369 GPKEMEDI I Grid point kinetic energy media (GPKE)
370 GPKEFMT I Grid point kinetic energy format (GPKE)
371 UNDEF none
372 WCHK I Weight check flag (WEIGHTCHECK)
373 WCHKOUT I Weight check output (WEIGHTCHECK)
374 WCHKSET I Weight check set identification number
(WEIGHTCHECK)
375 WCHKGID I Weight check GID (WEIGHTCHECK)
376 WCHKCGI I Weight check CGI (WEIGHTCHECK)
377 WCHKWM I Weight check weight/mass units
(WEIGHTCHECK)
378 EXSEOUT I External superelement output items
(EXTSEOUT)
379 EXSEMED I External superelement output media
(EXTSEOUT)
Main Index
80 CASECC

380 EXSEUNIT I External superelement unit (EXTSEOUT)
381 EXSERES1 I External superelement reserved (EXTSEOUT)
382 EXSERES2 I External superelement reserved (EXTSEOUT)
383 FK2PP I Internal set identification number for K2PP
factors
384 FM2PP I Internal set identification number for M2PP
factors
385 FB2PP I Internal set identification number for B2PP
factors
386 FK2GG I Internal set identification number for K2GG
factors
387 FM2GG I Internal set identification number for M2GG
factors
388 FB2GG I Internal set identification number for B2GG
factors
389 TICTYPE CHAR4 TIC type (physical, static, modal)
390 FK42GG I Internal set identification number for K42GG
factors
391 FA2GG I Internal set identification number for A2GG
factors
392 NLTYPE I Type of the nonlinear analysis
393 STEPID I STEP identification number for nonlinear
analysis
394 NSMID I Set identification number for the nonstructural
mass
395 ROUTDISP I Random output of DISPLACEMENT request
396 ROUTVELO I Random output of VELOCITY request
397 ROUTACCE I Random output of ACCELERATION request
398 ROUTLOAD I Random output of OLOAD request
399 ROUTSPCF I Random output of SPCFORCES request
400 ROUTSTRS I Random output of STRESS request
401 ROUTFORC I Random output of FORCE request
402 ROUTSTRN I Random output of STRAIN request
403 ROUTMSCF I Random output of MPCFORCES request
404 MDLSSET I Modal strain energy output set
Main Index
CASECC 81

405 MDLSMEDIA I Modal strain energy output media
406 MDLSFMT I Modal strain energy output format
407 MDLSESRT I Modal strain energy output option
408 MDLSTHRE RS Modal strain energy output option THRESH
409 MDLSTFVL I Modal strain energy output option
410 MDLKSET I Modal kinetic energy output set (410)
411 MDLKMEDIA I Modal kinetic energy output media
412 MDLKFMT I Modal kinetic energy output format
413 MDLKESRT CHAR4 Modal kinetic energy output option ESORT
414 MDLKTHRE RS Modal Kinetic energy output option THRSESH
415 MDLKTFVL I Modal Kinetic energy output option
TIME/FREQ
416 UNDEF none
417 UNDEF none
418 UNDEF none
419 UNDEF none
420 UNDEF none
421 SEEFMNO I Energy flow modeling Case Control set
identification number
422 SEEFMHV CHAR4 Damping options
423 SEEFMDLF I Damping loss factor identification number
424 SEEFMBND I Frequency bands identification number
425 SEEFMSDP I Damping identification number
426 UNDEF none
427 ESETHRSH RS ESE threshold value
428 POSTUNIT I POST fortran unit number
429 POSTOPT1 I POST control bit pattern word 1
430 POSTOPT2 I POST control bit pattern word 2 (430)
431 TICDIFF CHAR4 Initial condition (TIC) differential stiffness flag
432 DSAESEID I EID set for ESE processing in design sensitivity
433 MXMNGSET I MAXMIN grid set selection
434 MXMNGMDA I MAXMIN grid output media
435 MXMNGFMT I MAXMIN grid output format
Main Index
82 CASECC

436 MXMNESET I MAXMIN element set selection
437 MXMNEMDA I MAXMIN element output media
438 MXMNEFMT I MAXMIN element output format
439 MCFRSET I Modal contribution fraction set identification
number
440 MCFRSOLN I Modal contribution fraction solution flag (440)
441 MCFRFILT RS Modal contribution fraction filter
442 MCFROPT I Modal contribution fraction options bit pattern
443 ELSUMID I Element summary output set identification
number (ELSUM)
444 ELSUMOPT I Element summary output options bit pattern
(ELSUM)
445 ELSUMDUM I Element summary dummy placeholder
-- REQUIRED (ELSUM)
446 RGYRO I RGYRO set identification number
447 CMSESET I Component modal energy (CMSENRGY) set
448 CMSEMDIA I Component modal energy (CMSENRGY) media
449 CMSEOPTS I Component modal energy (CMSENRGY) bit
pattern
450 CMSETHRE RS Component modal energy (CMSENRGY)
threshold (450)
451 CMSETOPN I Component modal energy (CMSENRGY)
number of top values
452 GPRSORT I Global ply result, sorted with global ply
identification numbers
453 MASSSET I Mass Combination set for aerodynamics
454 UNDEF none
455 UNDEF none
456 POSTO2NM(2) CHAR4 POST op2 logical file name
458 RANDVAR I Random variable selection for stochastics
(RANDVAR)
459 RSVCRQTS I RESVEC Case Control request for system modes
460 RSVCOPTS I RESVEC options for system modes (460)
461 RSVCSTBS I RESVEC STATSUB set identification number
for system modes
Main Index
CASECC 83

462 RSVCRQTC I RESVEC Case Control request for component
modes
463 RSVCOPTC I RESVEC options for component modes
464 RSVCSTBC I RESVEC STATSUB set identification number
for component modes
465 DESVAR I Design variable selection for optimization
(DESVAR)
466 BCONTACT I BCONTACT set identification number number
467 BCONTACT CHAR4 BCONTACT other options
468 MODSELS1 I MODESELECT flag for the structure (468)
469 MODSELS2 I MODESELECT set ID/LMODENM for the
structure
470 MODSELS3 I MODESELECT HMODENM for the structure
471 MODSELS4 RS MODESELECT LFREQ/T1FR for the structure
472 MODSELS5 RS MODESELECT HFREQ/T2FR for the structure
473 MODSELS6 RS MODESELECT T3FR for the structure
474 MODSELS7 RS MODESELECT R1FR for the structure
477 UNDEF none
478 MODSELF1 I MODESELECT flag for the fluid (478)
479 MODSELF2 I MODESELECT set ID/LMODENM for the fluid
480 MODSELF3 I MODESELECT HMODENM for the fluid
481 MODSELF4 RS MODESELECT LFREQ/T1FR for the fluid
482 MODSELF5 RS MODESELECT HFREQ/T2FR for the fluid
483 MODSELF6 RS MODESELECT T3FR for the fluid
484 MODSELF7 RS MODESELECT R1FR for the fluid
487 UNDEF none
488 FTNURN I Fortran (TOCASE) logical unit reference number
(488)
489 SUFNAM1 I Suffix file name(1) (489)
490 SUFNAM2 I Suffix file name(2) (490)
Main Index
84 CASECC

491 ENVELOP1 CHAR4 ENVELOPE ID(1) (491)
492 ENVELOP2 CHAR4 ENVELOPE ID(2) (492)
493 GPFLXSET I grid point heat flux output set (493)
494 GPFLXMED I grid point heat flux output media selection (494)
495 UNDEF(105) none
600 LSEM(C) I Number of symmetry subcase coefficients from
item SYMFLG
601 COEF RS Symmetry subcase coefficients (SUBSEQ or
SYMSEQ)
Word 601 repeats LSEM times
602 SETID I Set identification number
603 SETLEN(C) I Length of this set
604 SETMEM I Set member identification number
Word 604 repeats SETLEN times
Words 602 through 604 repeat NSETS times
605 PARA CHAR4 Hard-coded to "PARA"
606 PARLEN(C) I Length of this parameter value specification
607 CHTYPE(C) I Character type flag: 3 means character, 2
otherwise
608 PARAM(2) CHAR4 Hard-coded to "PARA" and "M "
610 PNAME(2) CHAR4 Name of parameter
PARLEN =8 Length
612 INTEGER I Integer value
PARLEN =9 Real-double parameter value
612 TYPE I Real type -- hard-coded to -4
613 REAL RD Real-double value
PARLEN =10 Complex-single parameter value
612 RTYPE I Real part type -- hard-coded to -2
613 REAL RS Real part value
614 ITYPE I Imaginary part type -- hard-coded to -2
615 IMAG RS Imaginary part value
PARLEN =12 Complex-double parameter value
612 RTYPE I Real part type -- hard-coded to -4
613 REAL RD Real part value
Main Index
CASECC 85

614 ITYPE I Imaginary part type -- hard-coded to -4
615 IMAG RD Imaginary part value
End PARLEN
Words 605 through max repeat until NANQ occurs
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of records
2 WORD2 I Number of records
3 WORD3 I Maximum record length
4 WORD4 I Plot flag
5 UNDEF(2) none
Main Index
86 CASECC
Notes: 1. Possible values for output media (___MEDIA) are:

• 1 = print
• 2 = plot
• 4 = punch
and their sums; e.g., 3 indicates print and plot.
2. Possible values for SORT1 output format (___FMT) are:
• 1 = real
• 2 = real/imaginary
• 3 = magnitude/phase
For SORT2, the same values are negative.
3. Possible values for SYMFLG are:
• 0 = no symmetry
• -1 = REPCASE and
• N = number of SYMSEQ or SUBSEQ coefficients
4. Possible values for DSAPRT are:
• 1 = Print (default)
• 0 = No print
5. Possible values for DSASTORE are:
• 1 = Store on data base and
• 0 = Don't store on data base (default)
6. Possible values for DSAOUTPT are:
• 1 = Store via OUTPUT2 and
• 0 = Don't store via OUTPUT2 (default)
7. Possible values for AXSYMSET are:
• 1 = Sine
• 2 = Cosine or fluid
8. Possible values for the SECMDFLG are:
• 0 = at least one of SEMG, SEKR, SEMR, SELG, SELR or SEALL is specified
• -1 = none are specified
Main Index
CASECC 87
Notes: 9. DSAFINAL=-1 means the last iteration.

10. DSASETID=-1 means the all design sensitivities.
11. RANDBIT contains bit pairs for the selection of PSDF and ATOC beginning with
left handed bits 1 and 2 for DISP and continuing with VELO, ACCE, OLOAD,
SPCF, STRESS, FORCE, STRAIN, and MPCF Case Control commands for bits 3
through 18. The bit pair value of "00" means none, "01" means ATOC, "10" means
PSDF, and "11" means RALL.
12. Possible values for AESYMXY and AESYMXZ are:
• 2 = antisymmetric
• 3 = asymmetric
• 4 = antisymmetric
Main Index
88 CLAMA
Complex eigenvalue summary table
CLAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- OFPID

1 RECID(2) I Constants 90 and 1006
3 UNDEF(7 ) none
10 SIX I Constant 6
11 UNDEF(40 ) none
Record 2 -- LAMA
Repeats for each eigenvalue.

1 MODE I Mode number
2 ORDER I Extraction order
3 REIGEN RS Eigenvalue -- real part
4 IEIGEN RS Eigenvalue -- imaginary part
5 FREQ RS Frequency: ABS(IEIGEN)/(2*Pi)
6 DAMP RS Damping Coefficient:
(-2*REIGEN)/ABS(IEIGEN)
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I 1006
2 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
CLAMA 89
Complex eigenvalue summary table

5 SIX I Constant 6
6 UNDEF none
Main Index
90 CONTAB
Design constraint table
CONTAB Design constraint table
Contains a record for each design constraint. Records are sorted by the internal constraint identification
number.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat -- Repeated for each design constraint

1 IDCID I Internal design constraint identification number
2 DCID I DCONSTR Bulk Data entry identification number
3 IRID I Internal response identification number
4 RTYPE I Response type
5 TYPE I Type of response (1 or 2)
6 LUFLAG I Bound type (1=lower,2=upper)
7 BOUND RS Bound value
8 REGION I Internal region identification number
9 SCID I Subcase identification number
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of records; i.e., design constraints
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
CSTM 91
Coordinate system transformation matrices table
CSTM Coordinate system transformation matrices table
The transformation is from global to basic.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- IDENT

2 TYPE I Type of system
3 IINDEX I Index into INTDATA record
4 RINDEX I Index into REALDATA record
Record 2 -- REALDATA

1 REALDATA RX Real data
Record 3 -- INTDATA

1 INTDATA I Integer data
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of grid points + number of scalar points
2 WORD2 I Number of coordinate systems
3 WORD3 I Type of systems present -- see Note 1
4 WORD4 I Precision of REALDATA record -- 1 or 2
5 WORD5 I Length of REALDATA record
6 WORD6 I Length of INTDATA record
Main Index
92 CSTM
Notes: 1. Coordinate system type as specified in IDENT:TYPE and by bit numbers numbered
right to left in TRAILER:WORD3:
1 = rectangular
2 = cylindrical
3 = spherical
4 = convective -- defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair
5 = convective -- defined on a GMSURF
6 = convective -- defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair
7 = convective -- defined on a FEFACE
8 = general -- sequence of rotational angles on CORD3G entry
2. REALDATA is intended for IDENT:TYPE’s 1, 2, and 3 and contains real data
similar to CSTM68.
3. INTDATA is intended for IDENT:TYPE’s 4 through 8 and contains GMCURV,
etc. Identification numbers similar to CSTM68. XYZi data found in CSTM68 are
converted to grid entry indices into BGPDT.
Main Index
CSTM68 93
CSTM68 Coordinate system transformation matrices table
(Pre-Version 69)
The transformation is from global to basic.
Record 0 -- HEADER

1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Data Block Name
Record 1 -- HEADER

2 CIDTYPE I Coordinate system type
CIDTYPE =0 Unknown
3 TR1 RS Translation in direction 1
6 R11 RS Direction cosine in 1-1
CIDTYPE =1 Rectanglar
Main Index
94 CSTM68

CIDTYPE =2 Cylindrical
CIDTYPE =3 Spherical
CIDTYPE =4 Convective defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair
Main Index
CSTM68 95

3 UNDEF(2 ) none Reserved
5 CURVID I GMCURV identification number
6 SURFID I GMSURF identification number
7 CURCID I Coordinate System where GMCURV is defined
8 SURCID I Coordinate System where GMSURF is defined
CIDTYPE =5 Convective defined on a GMSURF
5 SURFID I GMSURF identification number
6 SURCID I Coordinate System where GMSURF is defined
CIDTYPE =6 Convective defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair
3 RECINDX I Record index number
RECINDX =1 Index 1
4 RECTOTAL I Total number of records ( = 8 )
5 EDGEID I FEEDGE identification number
6 FACEID I FEFACE identification number
7 GP(4) I Grid identification numbers of 4 FEEDGE grids
11 GFACE(4) I Grid identification numbers of first 4 of 12
FEFACE grids
RECINDX =2 Index 2
5 GFACE(8) I Grid identification number of next 8 of 12
FEFACE grids
RECINDX =3 Index 3
5 XYZ1(3) RS Basic coordinates of FEEDGE grid 1
11 XYZ(3) RS Basic coordinates of FEEDGE grid 3
14 UNDEF none Reserved
RECINDX =4 Index 4
Main Index
96 CSTM68

8 XYZ2(3) RS Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 1
11 XYZ(3) RS Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 2
RECINDX =5 Index 5
RECINDX =6 Index 6
RECINDX =7 Index 7
RECINDX =8 Index 8
End RECINDX
CIDTYPE =7 Convective defined on a FEFACE
3 RECINDX I Record index number
RECINDX =1 Index 1
5 FACEID I FEFACE identification number
Main Index
CSTM68 97

6 GFACE(9) I Grid identification numbers of first 9 of 12
FEFACE grids
RECINDX =2 Index 2
5 GFACE(3) I Grid identification numbers of next 3 of 12
FEFACE grids
RECINDX =3 Index 3
RECINDX =4 Index 4
RECINDX =5 Index 5
RECINDX =6 Index 6
4 RECTOTAL I Total no of records. Should be 6
End RECINDX
End CIDTYPE
Main Index
98 CSTM68
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of grid and scalar points
2 WORD2 I Number of coordinate systems
3 UNDEF(4 ) none
Notes: 1. Coordinate system type:

1 = rectangular
2 = cylindrical
3 = spherical
4 = convective coordinate system defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair
5 = convective coordinate system defined on a GMSURF
6 = convective coordinate system defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair
7 = convective coordinate system defined on a FEFACE
Main Index
DBCOPT 99
Design optimization history table for postprocessing
DBCOPT Design optimization history table for postprocessing
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- EXACT

1 REAL RS Objective function values, exact from analysis
Word 1 repeats until End of Record
Record 2 -- APPRX

1 REAL RS Objective function values, optimal w.r.t approximation
Record 3 -- MAXIM

1 REAL RS Objective function values, maximum values of
constraints
Record 4 -- DVIDS

1 INTGR I Design variable identification number
Record 5 -- INITV

1 REAL RS Design variable values, 1st cycle ?
Main Index
100 DBCOPT
Design optimization history table for postprocessing
Record 6 Record 6 -- COL17

1 REAL RS Design variable value, Nth cycle ?
Record 7 -- DVLABEL

1 IDVID I Internal design variable identification number
2 DVID I External design variable identification number
3 LABEL1 CHAR4 First part of design variable
4 LABEL2 CHAR4 Second part of design variable
Record 8 -- TRAILER

1 NFEA I Number of finite element analyses
2 NAOP I Number of optimization cycles with respect to
approximate model
3 NDV I Number of design variables
4 NCC I Convergence criterion
5 UNDEF(2 ) none
Notes: 1. Convergence criterion:

1 = Hard convergence
2 = Soft convergence
3 = Compromise
4 = Maximum design cycles reached
Main Index
DESTAB 101
Design variable attributes
DESTAB Design variable attributes
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat

1 IDVID I Internal design variable identification number
2 DVID I External design variable identification number
3 LABEL1 CHAR4 First part of design variable
4 LABEL2 CHAR4 Second part of design variable
5 VMIN RS Lower bound
6 VMAX RS Upper bound
7 DELX RS Move limit for a design cycle
Record 2 -- TRAILER

2 NDVI I Number of independent design variables
3 NDVD I Number of dependent design variables
4 UNDEF(3 ) none
Note: 1. Independent design variables are given first in ascending IDVID followed by
dependent design variables in ascending IDVID order.
Main Index
102 DIT
Direct input tables
DIT Direct input tables
Contains images of TABLEij, TABDMP1 and GUST Bulk Data entries.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- GUST(1005,10,174)

1 SID I Gust load identification number
2 DLOAD I TLOADi or RLOADi identification number
3 WG RS Scale factor
4 X0 RS Streamwise location of the gust reference point
5 V RS Velocity of vehicle
Record 2 -- TABDMP1(15,21,162)

1 ID I Table identification number
2 UNDEF(7 ) none
9 F RS Natural frequency
10 G RS Damping
Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs
Record 3 -- TABLE3D(4000,40,460)

2 X0 RS X offset of the independent variable
3 Y0 RS Y offset of the independent variable
4 Z0 RS Z offset of the independent variable
5 F0 RS Offset of the dependent variable
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
DIT 103
Direct input tables

9 XI RS X independent variable
10 YI RS Y independent variable
11 ZI RS Z independent variable
12 FI RS Dependent variable
Record 4 -- TABLED1(1105,11,133)

2 CODEX I Type of interpolation for the x-axis
3 CODEY I Type of interpolation for the y-axis
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
9 X RS X tabular value
10 Y RS Y tabular value
Record 5 -- TABLED2(1205,12,134)

2 X1 RS X-axis shift
3 UNDEF(6 ) none
9 X RS X value
10 Y RS Y value
Record 6 -- TABLED3(1305,13,140)

3 X2 RS X-axis normalization
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
9 X RS X value
Main Index
104 DIT
Direct input tables

10 Y RS Y value
Record 7 -- TABLED4(1405,14,141)

3 X2 RS X-axis normalization
4 X3 RS X value when x is less than X3
5 X4 RS X value when x is greater than X4
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
9 A RS
Record 8 -- TABLEDR(4201,42,648)

1 TIB I Table rate identification number
2 VALUE RS Value related to the following TABLED1
3 TBID I TABLED1 identification number
Record 9 -- TABLEM1(105,1,93)
Same as record TABLED1 description (page 103).
Main Index
DIT 105
Direct input tables
Record 13 -- TABLES1(3105,31,97)

2 UNDEF(7 ) none
9 X RS X value
10 Y RS Y value
Record 13 -- TABLEST(1905,19,178)

2 UNDEF(7 ) none
9 TI RS Temperature
10 TIDI I TABLES1 Bulk Data entry identification number
Record 14 -- TABRND1(55,25,191)

2 CODEX I Type of interpolation for the x-axis
3 CODEY I Type of interpolation for the y-axis
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
9 F RS Frequency
10 G RS Power spectral density
Record 15 -- TABRNDG(56,26,303)
Power spectral density for gust loads in aeroelastic analysis.

2 TYPE I Power spectral density type
3 LU RS Scale of turbulence divided by velocity
Main Index
106 DIT
Direct input tables

4 WG RS Root-mean-square gust velocity
5 UNDEF(4 ) none
Record 16 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Record presence trailer word 1
2 WORD2 I Record presence trailer word 2
3 UNDEF(4 ) none
Notes: 1. Type of interpolation (CODEX and CODEY):

0 = linear
1 = log
Main Index
DSCMCOL 107
Design sensitivity parameters
DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- TYPE1 -- Type 1 Responses

2 RID I External response identification number
3 RTYPE I Response Type
RTYPE =1 Weight
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
9 SEID I Superelement identification number
RTYPE =2 Volume
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
RTYPE =3 Buckling
5 UNDEF none
6 SUBCASE I Subcase identification number
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =4 Normal modes
5 UNDEF none
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =5 Static or modal displacement
4 GRID I Grid identification number
5 COMP I Displacement component number
Main Index
108 DSCMCOL

7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =6 Static or modal stress
4 EID I Element identification number
5 COMP I Stress component number
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =7 Static or modal strain
5 COMP I Strain component number
7 VIEWID I View element identification number
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =8 Static or modal force
5 COMP I Force component number
7 VIEWID I View element identification number
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =9 Composite failure
5 COMP I Failure component number
7 UNDEF none
8 PLY I Ply number
RTYPE =10 Composite stress
Main Index
DSCMCOL 109

7 UNDEF none
8 PLY I Ply number
RTYPE =11 Composite strain
5 COMP I Strain component number
7 UNDEF none
8 PLY I Ply number
RTYPE =13 Static SPC Force
5 COMP I SPC Force component number
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =14 Strain Energy
5 COMP I Strain Energy component number
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =15 Complex eigenvalue
4 CMODE I Complex mode number
5 UNDEF none
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =16 Acoustic Pressure
5 COMP I Acoustic pressure component number
Main Index
110 DSCMCOL

7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =18 Grid point force
5 COMP I Grid point force component number
7 UNDEF none
8 MODE I Mode number for normal nodes analysis
RTYPE =40 Frequency response displacement
7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =41 Frequency response velocity
5 COMP I Velocity component number
7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =42 Frequency response acceleration
5 COMP I Acceleration component number
7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =43 Frequency response SPC Force
Main Index
DSCMCOL 111

5 COMP I SPC Force component number
7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =44 Frequency response stress
7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =45 Frequency response force
7 FREQ RS Frequency
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =46 PSD displacement
7 UNDEF none
8 RANDPS I RANDPS identification number
RTYPE =47 PSD velocity
7 UNDEF none
Main Index
112 DSCMCOL

RTYPE =48 PSD acceleration
7 UNDEF none
RTYPE =49 RMS displacement
7 UNDEF none
RTYPE =50 RMS velocity
7 UNDEF none
RTYPE =51 RMS acceleration
7 UNDEF none
8 FREQ RS Frequency
RTYPE =60 Transient response displacement
7 TIME RS Time
Main Index
DSCMCOL 113

8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =61 Transient response velocity
7 TIME RS Time
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =62 Transient response acceleration
7 TIME RS Time
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =63 Transient response SPC Force
5 COMP I SPC force component number
7 TIME RS Time
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =64 Transient response stress
7 TIME RS Time
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =65 Transient response force
Main Index
114 DSCMCOL

7 TIME RS Time
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =81 Aeroelastic divergence
5 UNDEF none
6 ROOT I Root
7 MACH RS Mach number
8 UNDEF none
RTYPE =82 Aeroelastic trim
5 UNDEF none
6 XID I
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
RTYPE =83 Aeroelastic stability derivative
5 RU I R/U
6 COMP I Component number
7 UNDEF none
8 XID I
RTYPE =84 Aeroelastic flutter damping
6 DENSITY RS Density
8 VEL RS Velocity
End RTYPE
Main Index
DSCMCOL 115
Record 2 -- TYPE2 -- Type 2 Responses

4 DFLAG I Dynamic response flag (See Note )
5 FREQTIME RS Frequency or time step
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 NR1 I Number of Type 1 responses
2 NR2 I Number of Type 2 responses
3 UNDEF(4 ) none
Notes: 1. Record 1 contains NR1 * 9 words.

2. Record 2 contains NR2 * 6 words.
3. If the subcase identification number on record 2 is ’SPAN’, the response spans
subcases (not currently supported).
4. The DFLG attribute identifies the dynamic response type.
5. 1 -- Response is not dynamic. FREQ/TIME not required.
6. 2 -- Response is dynamic. FREQ/TIME required.
7. ? -- Response is dynamic and spans frequency or time steps FREQ/TIME not
defined.
8. If the superlement identification number attribute on record 2 is ’SPAN’, the
response spans superelements (not currently supported).
Main Index
116 DVPTAB
Designed property table
DVPTAB Designed property table
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat
By ascending internal property identification number order. Type one properties are first and type two
follow.

1 IPID I Internal property identification number
2 DVTYP I DVPRELi Bulk Data entry identification number
3 EPPNT I Property type (1 or 2)
4 PTYP1 CHAR4 First word of the property type
5 PTYP2 CHAR4 Second word of the property type
6 PID I Property identification number
7 FID I Property field position
8 PMIN RS Minimum property value
9 PMAX RS Maximum property value
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 NPROP I Number of designed properties (number of records
in table
2 NENT1 I Number of designed properties from DVPREL1
Bulk Data entries
3 NENT2 I Number of DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries
4 UNDEF(3 ) none
Note: 1. There are as many records as there are designed properties. (NPROP = NENT1 +
NENT2).
Main Index
DYNAMIC 117
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- ACSRCE(5307,53,379)
Power versus frequency for a simple acoustic source.

1 SID I Load set identification number
2 DAREA I DAREA Bulk Data entry identification number
3 DPHASE I DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification number
4 DELAY I DELAY Bulk Data entry identification number
5 TC I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification number for
C(f)
6 RHO RS Density of the fluid
7 B RS Bulk modulus of the fluid
8 T RS Time delay
9 PH RS Phase lead
Record 2 -- DAREA(27,17,182)
Scale factor for dynamic loads.

2 P I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number
3 C I Component number
4 A RS Scale factor
Record 3 -- DELAY(37,18,183)
Main Index
118 DYNAMIC
Time delay parameter for dynamic loads.

4 T RS Time delay
Record 4 -- DLOAD(57,5,123)
Linear combination of dynamic loads.

2 S RS Overall scale factor
3 SI RS Scale factor i
4 LI I Load set identification number i
Record 5 -- DPHASE(77,19,184)
Phase lead parameter in dynamic loading.

4 TH RS Phase lead
Record 6 -- DYNRED(4807,48,306)

2 FMAX RS Highest frequency of interest
3 NIRV I Number of initial random vectors
4 NIT I Number of iterations
5 IDIR I Starting point to generate initial random vectors
Main Index
DYNAMIC 119

6 NQDES I Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
Record 7 -- EIGB(107,1,86)

2 METHOD(2) CHAR4 Method of eigenvalue extraction
4 L1 RS Lower bound of eigenvalue range of interest
5 L2 RS Upper bound of eigenvalue range of interest
6 NEP I Estimate of number of roots in positive range
7 NDP I Desired number of positive roots
8 NDN I Desired number of negative roots
9 UNDEF none
10 NORM(2) CHAR4 Method for normalizing eigenvectors
12 G I Grid or scalar point identification number
14 UNDEF(5 ) none
Record 8 -- EIGC(207,2,87)

8 E RS Convergence criterion
9 ND1 I Number of desired eigenvectors
10 CONTFLG I Continuation flag
CONTFLG =0 With continuation
11 AAJ RS Location of A on real axis
12 WAJ RS Location of A on imaginary axis
13 ABJ RS Location of B on real axis
Main Index
120 DYNAMIC

14 WBJ RS Location of B on imaginary axis
15 LJ RS Width of search region
16 NEJ I Number of estimated roots
17 NDJ I Number of desired eigenvectors
Words 11 through 17 repeat until (-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1) occ
CONTFLG =-1 Without continuation
End CONTFLG
Record 9 -- EIGP(257,4,158)

2 ALPHA RS Location of pole on real axis
3 OMEGA RS Location of pole on imaginary axis
4 M I Multiplicity of complex root at pole
Record 10 -- EIGR(307,3,85)

4 F1 RS Lower bound of frequency range of interest
5 F2 RS Upper bound of frequency range of interest
6 NE I Number of estimated roots
7 ND I Number of desired roots
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
14 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
DYNAMIC 121
Record 11 -- EIGRL(308,8,348)

1 SID I Set identification number
2 V1 RS Lower bound of frequency range of interest
3 V2 RS Upper bound of frequency range of interest
4 ND I Number of desired eigenvectors
5 MSGLVL I Diagnostic level
6 MAXSET I Number of vectors in block or set
7 SHFSCL RS Estimate of first flexible mode
8 FLAG1 LOGI V1 specification flag -- set to 1 if V1 is specified
9 FLAG2 LOGI V2 specification flag -- set to 1 if V2 is specified
12 ALPH RS Constant for quadratic frequency segment
distribution
13 NUMS I Number of frequency segments
14 FI RS Frequency at the upper boundary of the
i-th segment
Word 14 repeats NUMS times
Record 12 -- EPOINT(707,7,124)

1 ID I Extra point identification number
Record 13 -- FREQ(1307,13,126)

2 F RS Frequency
Record 14 -- FREQ1(1007,10,125)

2 F1 RS First frequency
Main Index
122 DYNAMIC

3 DF RS Frequency increment
4 NDF I Number of frequency increments
Record 15 -- FREQ2(1107,11,166)

2 F1 RS First frequency
3 F2 RS Last frequency
4 NF I Number of logarithmic intervals
Record 16 -- FREQ3(1407,14,39)

2 F1 RS Lower bound of modal frequency range
3 F2 RS Upper bound of modal frequency range
4 TYPE CHAR4 Type of interpolation: LINE or LOG
5 NEF I Number of frequencies
6 BIAS RS Clustering bias parameter
Record 17 -- FREQ4(1507,15,40)

4 FSPD RS Frequency spread
5 NFM I Number of evenly spaced frequencies per spread
Record 18 -- FREQ5(1607,16,41)

Main Index
DYNAMIC 123

4 FRI RS Fractions of natural frequencies
Record 19 -- NLRSFD(3807,38,505)

2 GA I Inner grid identification number
3 GB I Outer grid identification number
4 PLANE(2) CHAR4 Radial gap orientation plan
6 BDIA RS Inner journal diameter
7 BLEN RS Damper length
8 BCLR RS Damper radial clearance
9 SOLN(2) CHAR4 Solution option
11 VISCO RS Lubricant viscosity
12 PVAPCO RS Lubricant vapor pressure
13 NPORT I Number of lubication ports
14 PRES1 RS Boundary pressure for port 1
15 THETA1 RS Angular position for port 1
16 PRES2 RS Boundary pressure for port 2
17 THETA2 RS Angular position for port 2
18 NPNT I Number of finite diff points
19 OFFSET1 RS Offset in the SFD direction 1
20 OFFSET2 RS Offset in the SFD direction 2
Record 20 -- NOLIN1(3107,31,127)

2 GI I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of I
3 CI I Component number for GI.
4 S RS Scale factor
5 GJ I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of J
Main Index
124 DYNAMIC

6 CJ I Component number for GJ
7 T I Identification number of a TABLEDi Bulk Data entry.
8 UNDEF none
Record 21 -- NOLIN2(3207,32,128)

4 S RS Scale factor
7 GK I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of K
8 CK I Component number for GK
Record 22 -- NOLIN3(3307,33,129)

4 S RS Scale factor
7 A RS Exponent of the forcing function
8 UNDEF none
Record 23 -- NOLIN4(3407,34,130)

4 S RS Scale factor
Main Index
DYNAMIC 125

7 A RS Exponent of the forcing function
8 UNDEF none
Record 24 -- RANDPS(2107,21,195)

2 J I Subcase identification number of the excited set
3 K I Subcase identification number of the applied load set
4 X RS X component
5 Y RS Y component
6 TID I Identification number of a TABRNDi entry that defines
G(F)
Record 25 -- RANDT1(2207,22,196)

2 N I Number of time lag intervals
3 TO RS Starting time lag
4 TMAX RS Maximum time lag
Record 26 -- RLOAD1(5107,51,131)

3 DPHASE RS DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification number
4 DELAY RS DELAY Bulk Data entry identification number
5 TC I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification number for
C(f)
6 TD I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification number for
D(f)
Main Index
126 DYNAMIC

7 TYPE I Nature of the dynamic excitation
8 T RS Time delay
9 PH RS Phase lead
Record 27 -- RLOAD2(5207,52,132)

3 DPHASE I DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification number
5 TB I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification number for
B(f)
6 TP I TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification number for
Phi(f)
8 T RS Time delay
9 PH RS Phase lead
Record 28 -- RGYRO(10701,107,117)

1 SID I RGYRO identification number
2 ATYPE(2) CHAR4 ASYNC/SYNC flag
4 REFROT I Reference rotor identification number
5 UNIT(2) CHAR4 RPM/FREQ flag for speed input
7 SPDLOW RS Lower limit of speed range
8 SPDHGH RS Upper limit of speed range
9 SPEED RS Specific speed
Record 29 -- ROTORG(10801,108,242)

1 RID I Rotor identification number
2 THRUFLAG I Thru range flag
Main Index
DYNAMIC 127

THRUFLAG=1 No
3 ID I Grid identification number
THRUFLAG=2 THRUFLAG
3 ID1 First grid identification number
4 ID2 Second grid identification number
5 BY Grid increment
6 MINUS1 End entry
End THRUFLAG
Record 30 -- RSPINR(10901,109,260)

2 GRIDA I Grid A for rotation direction vector
3 GRIDB I Grid B for rotation direction vector
4 GR RS Rotor damping coefficient
7 SPEED RS List of rotor speeds
Record 31 -- RSPINT(11001,110,310)

2 GRIDA I Grid A for rotation direction vector
3 GRIDB I Grid B for rotation direction vector
4 GR RS Rotor damping coefficient
7 TABLEID I Table identification number for speed history
Main Index
128 DYNAMIC
Record 32 -- SEQEP(5707,57,135)

1 ID I Extra point identification number
2 SEQID I Sequenced identification number
Record 33 -- TF(6207,62,136)

2 GD I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number
3 CD I Component number for point GD
4 B0 RS Transfer function coefficient
7 GI I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number
8 CI I Component number for point GI
9 A0I RS Transfer function coefficient
Words 7 through 11 repeat until (-1,-1,-1,-1,-1) occurs
Record 34 -- TIC(6607,66,137)

2 G I Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number
3 C I Component number for point GD
4 U0 RS Initial displacement
5 V0 RS Initial velocity
Record 35 -- TIC(11601,116,655)

1 SID I ID of a set of loads
2 G I Number of grid points at the center of rotation
Main Index
DYNAMIC 129

3 UNDEF none
4 SCALE RS Scale
5 XVEL RS X-component of initial translational velocity
6 YVEL RS Y-component of initial translational velocity
7 ZVEL RS Z-component of initial translational velocity
8 XROT RS X-component of initial rotational velocity
9 YROT RS Y-component of initial rotational velocity
10 ZROT RS Z-component of initial rotational velocity
11 THRUFLA I Thru range flag
G
THRUFLAG=0 No
12 GI I Grid identification number
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
12 G1 I Starting Grid identification number
13 G2 I Ending Grid identification number
14 GINC I Increment of Grid identification number
End THRUFLAG
Words 11 through max repeat until End of Record
Record 36 -- TIC3(11601,116,655)

1 SID I ID of a set of loads
2 G I Number of grid points at the center of rotation
3 UNDEF none
4 SCALE RS Scale
5 XVEL RS X-component of initial translational velocity
6 YVEL RS Y-component of initial translational velocity
7 ZVEL RS Z-component of initial translational velocity
8 XROT RS X-component of initial rotational velocity
9 YROT RS Y-component of initial rotational velocity
10 ZROT RS Z-component of initial rotational velocity
Main Index
130 DYNAMIC

THRUFLAG=0 No
12 GI I Grid identification number
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
12 G1 I Starting Grid identification number
13 G2 I Ending Grid identification number
14 GINC I Increment of Grid identification number
End THRUFLAG
Record 37 -- TLOAD1(7107,71,138)

5 TID I Identification number of TABLEDi entry that gives
F(t)
6 U0 RS Initial displacement factor for enforced motion
7 V0 RS Initial velocity factor for enforced motion
8 T RS Time delay
Record 38 -- TLOAD2(7207,72,139)

5 T1 RS Time constant 1
6 T2 RS Time constant 2
7 F RS Frequency
8 P RS Phase angle
Main Index
DYNAMIC 131

9 C RS Exponential coefficient
10 B RS Growth coefficient
11 U0 RS Initial displacement factor for enforced motion
12 V0 RS Initial velocity factor for enforced motion
13 T RS Time delay
Record 39 -- TSTEP(8307,83,142)

2 N I Number of time steps of value DTi
3 DT RS Time increment
4 NO I Skip factor for output
Words 2 through 4 repeat until (-1,-1,-1) occurs
Record 40 -- UNBALNC(11101,111,368)

2 MASS I Mass versus time
MASS =1 TABLED1
3 MTABLE I
MASS =2 Constant
3 MASS RS
End MASS
4 GRID I Grid for imbalance application
5 X1 RS T1 direction for orientation vector
8 ROFFSET I ROFFSET versus time
ROFFSET =1 TABLED1
9 ROFFTAB I
ROFFSET =2 Constant
9 ROFFSET RS
Main Index
132 DYNAMIC

End ROFFSET
10 THETA RS Initial angular position
11 ZOFFSET I ZOFFSET versus time
ZOFFSET =1 TABLED1
12 ZOFFTAB I
ZOFFSET =2 Constant
12 ZOFFSET RS
End ZOFFSET
13 TON RS Start time for imbalance
14 TOFF RS Stop time for imbalance
15 CFLAG(2) CHAR4 Correction flag

1 BIT(6) I Record presence trailer words
Main Index
EGPSF 133
Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors
EGPSF Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors
Contains surface and volume data and element stress factors for each grid point in that surface or volume.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- IDENT

1 SRFTYP(C) I Entity Type: 2=surface and 3=volume. See Note 1.
Record 2 -- DATA

SRFTYP =2 Surface definition
1 SURFID I Surface identification number
2 NKEYS(C) I Number of keywords in surface data
5 FIBRE I Fibre code for surfaces
6 OCID I Output coordinated system identification number
7 AXIS I Axis code
8 NORMAL I Normal code
9 METH I Method of calculation
10 TOL RS Tolerance
11 MSG I Branch message flag
12 BREAK I Break flag
13 ECID I Element coordinate system usage flag
14 UNDEF(7 ) none
21 UWMREF I Reference message flag
22 GPELREC I Record number of GPEL
23 NELS(C) I Number of elements in surface
Main Index
134 EGPSF

24 EID I Element identification numbers in surface
Word 24 repeats NELS times
25 NG(C) I Number of grid points in surface
26 GRID I Grid point identification number (internal)
27 REFID I Reference element identification number
28 NE(C) I No. of elements contributing to stress at this grid
29 ELTYPE I Element type
30 ELID I Element identification number
31 THETA RS Angle stress point flag
32 FLAG I Angle stress point flag
33 FACTOR RS Stress Factor
Words 29 through 33 repeat NE times
Words 26 through 33 repeat NG times
SRFTYP =3 Volume definition
1 VOLID I volume identification number
2 NKEYS(C) I Number of keywords in volume data
3 VOLIDN I Negative of volume identification number
5 STRESS I Stress code
6 UNDEF(7 ) none
13 ECID I Element coordinate system usage flag
14 UNDEF(8 ) none
22 GPELREC I Record number of GPEL
23 NELS(C) I Number of elements in volume
24 EID I Element identification numbers in volume
Word 24 repeats NELS times
25 NG(C) I Number of grid points in volume
26 GRID I Grid point identification number (internal)
27 REFID I Reference element identification number
28 NE(C) I No. of elements contributing to stress at this grid
31 TOE(9) RS Element stress output 3x3 trans. matrix
Main Index
EGPSF 135

40 FLAG I 10*connectivity+identity flag. See Note 2.
41 FACTOR RS Factor to apply to stress
Words 29 through 41 repeat NE times
Words 26 through 41 repeat NG times
SRFTYP =-1 End of Data
End SRFTYP
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 NSV I Number of surfaces and volumes
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Notes: 1. Records IDENT and DATA are repeated for each surface and volume.
2. In FLAG for volumes, connectivity refers to grid point position on connection entry
and identity flag will be 1 if TOE is an identity matrix.
3. Possible values for items in RECORD=DATA are
FIBRE Fibre code for surfaces

0 All (Z1,Z2,MID) (default)
1 Z1 only
2 Z2 only
3 Z1 and Z2
4 MID only
5 Z1 and MID
6 Z2 and MID
7 All
STRESS Stress code for volumes
2 Principal
1 Direct
0 Both
OCID Output coordinate system identification number
Main Index
136 EGPSF
0 Basic system (default)

>0 User defined coordinate system
AXIS Axis code (surfaces only)
0 X axis (default)
1 Y axis
2 Z axis
NORMAL Normal code (surfaces only)
0 Radius
1 X axis
2 Y axis
3 Z axis
-1 -X axis
-2 -Y axis
-3 -Z axis
10 Radius vector normal
METH Method of calculation (surfaces only)
0 Topological (default)
1 Geometric
MSG Branch message flag (surfaces only)
0 No message (default)
1 Issue messages
BREAK Break flag (surfaces only)
0 No break
1 Break
ECID Element coordinate system usage flag
0 Not used
-1 Used
Notes: 4. GPELREC is nonzero if warning messages concerning the reference normal or

reference axis have been issued.
Main Index
EGPSTR 137
Element grid point stress table
EGPSTR Element grid point stress table
Provides grid point stress data for postprocessing.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat
See EGPSF, 133 for a description of surface and volume definition data.

1 SUBVEC I Subcase or vector identification number
2 TSEIG RS Eigenvalue or time step value
3 TYPE(C) I Surface/volume type
4 SVID I Surface/volume identification number
5 NE(C) I Number of elements
6 EID I Element identification numbers
Word 6 repeats NE times
7 NS(C) I Number of words of in surface or volume data
8 DATA I Surface/volume definition data (See note above)
Word 8 repeats NS times
9 NG(C) I Number of grid points
10 GRID I Grid point identification number
TYPE =2 Surface stresses
12 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre name
13 SX RS Normal x
14 SY RS Normal y
15 TXY RS Shear xy
16 A RS Shear angle
17 SMAJ RS Major principal
18 SMIN RS Minor principal
Main Index
138 EGPSTR

19 TMAX RS Maximum shear
20 HVM RS Hencky/Von Mises
Words 12 through 20 repeat NF times
TYPE =3 Volume stresses
12 SX RS Normal x
13 SY RS Normal y
14 SZ RS Normal z
15 TXY RS Shear xy
16 TYZ RS Shear yz
17 TZX RS Shear zx
18 MP RS Mean pressure
19 HVM RS Hencky-von Mises
20 SA RS Principal stresses in a-direction
21 SB RS Principal stresses in b-direction
22 SC RS Principal stresses in c-direction
23 LXA RS x-a direction cosine
24 LXB RS x-b direction cosine
25 LXC RS x-c direction cosine
26 LYA RS y-a direction cosine
27 LYB RS y-b direction cosine
28 LYC RS y-c direction cosine
29 LZA RS z-a direction cosine
30 LZB RS z-b direction cosine
31 LZC RS z-c direction cosine
End TYPE
Words 10 through max repeat NG times
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Main Index
EGPSTR 139
Notes: 1. NF is based on the value of FIBRE and whether strain/curvature or stresses are
being processed.
2. SUBVEC and TSEIG may have the following values:
3. The element identification number is 0 unless more than one grid stress was output
for a given grid point. In that case the element identification number defines the
connected element for the given grid point stress.
Main Index
140 ELDCT
Element stress discontinuity table
ELDCT Element stress discontinuity table
Similar in format to EGPSTR, 137.
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- Repeat
See EGPSF, 133 for a description of surface and volume definition data.

1 SUBVEC I Subcase or vector identification number
2 TSEIG RS Eigenvalue or time step value
3 TYPE(C) I Surface/volume type
4 SVID I Surface/volume identification number
5 NS(C) I Number of words of in surface or volume data
6 DATA I Surface/volume definition data (See note above)
Word 6 repeats NS times
7 NE(C) I Number of elements
9 TYPE I Element type
TYPE =2 Surface stress discontinuities
10 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre name
11 SX RS Normal x
12 SY RS Normal y
13 TXY RS Shear xy
14 A RS Shear angle
15 SMAJ RS Major principal
16 SMIN RS Minor principal
18 HVM RS Hencky/Von Mises
19 ERR RS Error estimate
Main Index
ELDCT 141
Element stress discontinuity table

Words 10 through 19 repeat NF times
TYPE =3 Volume stresse discontinuities
10 SX RS Normal x
11 SY RS Normal y
12 SZ RS Normal z
13 TXY RS Shear xy
14 TYZ RS Shear yz
15 TZX RS Shear zx
18 SA RS Principal stresses in a-direction
19 SB RS Principal stresses in b-direction
20 SC RS Principal stresses in c-direction
21 ERRN RS Error estimate for normal stress
22 ERRP RS Error estimate for principal stress
End TYPE
Words 8 through max repeat NE times
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Notes: 1. NF is based on the value of FIBRE and whether strain/curvature or stresses are
being processed:
If strain/curvature and FIBRE = 4 then NF=1
If strain/curvature and FIBRE <> 4 then NF=2
If stress FIBRE=1, 2, or 4 then NF=1
If stress FIBRE=0, 3, 5, 6, or, 7 then NF=3
Main Index
142 EPT
Element property table
EPT Element property table
Record 0 -- HEADER

2 PROP CHAR4
3 TYPE CHAR4 Set of property or elements

4 ORIGIN I Entry origin
ORIGIN =0 NSM Bulk Data entry
5 ID I Property or element identification number
6 VALUE RS Nonstructural mass value
ORIGIN =2 NSML Bulk Data entry
End ORIGIN
Record 1 -- HGSUPPR(13901,139,654)

1 HID I Hourglass suppression identification number
2 PROP(2) CHAR4 Property type
5 HGTYPE I Hourglass control type
6 HGCMEM RS Membrane damping coefficient
7 HGCWRP RS Warping damping coefficient
8 HGCTWS RS Twisting damping coefficient
9 HGCSOL RS Soilid damping coefficient
10 IBQ I Bulk viscosity type
11 Q1 RS Quadratic bulk viscosity
12 Q2 RS Linear bulk viscosity
Main Index
EPT 143
Record 2 -- NSM(3201,32,55)

2 PROP CHAR4 Set of property or elements
Record 3 -- NSM1(3301,33,56)

2 PROP CHAR4
3 TYPE CHAR4 Set of property or elements

4 ORIGIN I Entry origin
ORIGIN =0 NSM Bulk Data entry
6 SPECOPT I Specification option
SPECOPT =1 By IDs
7 ID I

SPECOPT =2 All
7 ALL(2) CHAR4

SPECOPT =3 Thru range
7 ID I
8 THRU(2) CHAR4
10 ID I

SPECOPT =4 Thru range with by
7 ID I
8 THRU(2) CHAR4
Main Index
144 EPT

10 ID I
11 BY(2) CHAR4
13 N I

End SPECOPT
ORIGIN =2 NSML Bulk Data entry
SPECOPT =1 By IDs
7 ID I

SPECOPT =2 All
7 ALL(2) CHAR4

7 ID I
8 THRU(2) CHAR4
10 ID I

7 ID I
8 THRU(2) CHAR4
10 ID I
11 BY(2) CHAR4
13 N I

End SPECOPT
End ORIGIN
Main Index
EPT 145
Record 4 -- NSML1(3601,36,62)

3 VALUE RS Lumped nonstructural mass value
SPECOPT =1 By IDs
SPECOPT =2 All
5 ALL(2) CHAR4 Keyword ALL
5 ID1 I Starting identification number
6 THRU(2) CHAR4 Keyword THRU
8 ID2 I Ending identification number
5 ID1 I Starting identification number
6 THRU(2) CHAR4 Keyword THRU
8 ID2 I Ending identification number
9 BY(2) CHAR4 Keyword BY
11 N I Increment
End SPECOPT
Main Index
146 EPT
Record 5 -- NSMADD(3401,34,57)

2 ID I
Record 6 R -- NSML(3501,35,58)

Record 7 -- NSML1(3601,36,62)

SID I I Set identification number
SPECOPT =1 By identification numbers
5 ID I
SPECOPT =2 All
5 ALL(2) CHAR4
5 ID I
6 THRU(2) CHAR4
8 ID I
5 ID I
Main Index
EPT 147

6 THRU(2) CHAR4
8 ID I
9 BY(2) CHAR4
11 N I
End SPECOPT
Record 8 -- PAABSF(1502,15,36) -- Acoustic absorber element with frequency

dependence
Defines the properties of a frequency-dependent acoustic absorber.

2 TZREID I TABLEDi entry identification number for resistance
3 TZMID I TABLEDi entry identification number for reactance
4 S RS Impedance scale factor
5 A RS Area factor when only 1 or 2 grid points are specified
6 B RS Equivalent structural damping
7 K RS Equivalent stiffness
8 RHOC RS Constant used for absorption coefficient
Record 9 -- PACABS(8300,83,382) -- Acoustic absorber element

Defines the properties of the acoustic absorber element.

2 SYNTH I Request the calculation of B, K, and M
3 TID1 I TABLEDi entry identification number for resistance
4 TID2 I TABLEDi entry identification number for reactance
5 TID3 I TABLEDi entry identification number for weighting
function
6 TESTAR RS Area of the test specimen
7 CUTFR RS Cutoff frequency for tables referenced above
Main Index
148 EPT

8 B RS Equivalent structural damping values
9 K RS Equivalent structural stiffness
10 M RS Equivalent mass
Record 10 -- PACBAR(8500,85,384) -- Acoustic barrier element

2 MBACK RS Mass per unit area of the backing material
3 MSEPTM RS Mass per unit area of the septum material
4 FRESON RS Resonant frequency of the sandwich construction
5 KRESON RS Resonant stiffness of the sandwich construction
Record 11 -- PBAR(52,20,181) -- Simple beam element

2 MID I Material identification number
3 A RS Area
4 I1 RS Area moment of inertia in plane 1
6 J RS Torsional constant
7 NSM RS Nonstructural mass per unit length
8 FE RS
9 C1 RS Stress recovery location at point C in element y-axis
10 C2 RS Stress recovery location at point C in element z-axis
11 D1 RS Stress recovery location at point D in element y-axis
12 D2 RS Stress recovery location at point D in element z-axis
13 E1 RS Stress recovery location at point E in element y-axis
14 E2 RS Stress recovery location at point E in element z-axis
15 F1 RS Stress recovery location at point F in element y-axis
16 F2 RS Stress recovery location at point F in element z-axis
17 K1 RS Area factor for shear in plane 1
Main Index
EPT 149

19 I12 RS Area product of inertia for plane 1 and 2
Record 12 -- PBARL(9102,91,52)

3 GROUP(2) CHAR4 Cross-section group name
5 TYPE(2) CHAR4 Cross section type
7 VALUE RS Cross-section dimensions and NSM
Record 13 -- PBCOMP(5403,55,349)

3 A RS Area
11 M1 RS Location center of gravity of nonstructural mass
along y-axis
12 M2 RS Location center of gravity of nonstructural mass
along y-axis
13 N1 RS Location neutral axis along element’s
y-axis
14 N2 RS Location neutral axis along element’s
y-axis
15 NSECT(C) I Number of lumped areas
Main Index
150 EPT

NSECT =0
16 Y RS Lumped area location along element’s
y-axis
17 Z RS Lumped area location along element’s
z-axis
18 UNDEF(3 ) none
Words 16 through 20 repeat 4 times
NSECT =1
y-axis
z-axis
18 C RS Fraction of the total area for the lumped area
20 UNDEF none
Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times
NSECT =2
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =3
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =4
Main Index
EPT 151

y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =5
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =6
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =7
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
Main Index
152 EPT

NSECT =8
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =9
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =10
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =11
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
Main Index
EPT 153

NSECT =12
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =13
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =14
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =15
y-axis
z-axis
Main Index
154 EPT

20 UNDEF none
NSECT =16
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =17
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =18
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
NSECT =19
y-axis
z-axis
Main Index
EPT 155

20 UNDEF none
NSECT =20
y-axis
z-axis
20 UNDEF none
End NSECT
Record 14 -- PBEAM(5402,54,262)

3 NSEGS I Number of segments (or intermediate stations??)
4 CCF I Constant cross-section flag: 1=yes and 0=no
5 X RS
6 SO RS Stress output request
7 XXB RS Distance ratio from end A
8 A RS Area
Main Index
156 EPT

24 S1 RS Shear relief coefficient due to taper for plane 1
25 S2 RS Shear relief coefficient due to taper for plane 1
26 NSIA RS Nonstructural mass moment of inertia per unit length
at end A
27 NSIB RS Nonstructural mass moment of inertia per unit length
at end B
28 CWA RS Warping coefficient for end A
29 CWB RS Warping coefficient for end B
30 M1A RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end A along
y-axis
31 M2A RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end A along
z-axis
32 M1B RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end B along
y-axis
33 M2B RS Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end B along
z-axis
34 N1A RS Location of neutral axis at end A along element’s y-
axis
35 N2A RS Location of neutral axis at end A along element’s z-
axis
36 N1B RS Location of neutral axis at end B along element’s y-
axis
37 N2B RS Location of neutral axis at end B along element’s z-
axis
Main Index
EPT 157
Record 15 -- PBEAML(9202,92,53)

3 GROUP(2) CHAR4 Cross-section group name
5 TYPE(2) CHAR4 Cross section type
7 VALUE RS Cross section values for XXB, SO, NSM, and
dimensions
Word 7 repeats until (-1) occurs
Record 16 -- PBEND(2502,25,248)

3 A RS Area
7 FSI I flexibility and stress intensification factors
8 RM RS Mean cross-sectional radius of the curved pipe
9 T RS Wall thickness of the curved pipe
10 P RS Internal pressure
11 RB RS Bend radius of the line of centroids
12 THETAB RS Arc angle of element
Main Index
158 EPT

24 RC RS Radial offset of the geometric centroid
25 ZC RS Offset of the geometric centroid
26 DELTAN I Radial offset of the neutral axis from the geometric
centroid
Record 17 -- PBMSECT(13301,133,509)

3 FORM(C) I Cross-section form; 1=GS, 2=OP, and 3=CP
4 RECLEN I Record Length
5 NUMSTAT(C) I Number of stations - variable from 1 to 11
6 STATID I 1-9 for intermediate, -1 for 'A', -2 for B, 0 for none
7 SRECL I Station RECord Length
8 SO RS Stress output request
9 XXB RS Distance ratio from end A
10 NSM RS Non-structural mass per unit length
11 OUTP I ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of OUTer
Perimeter
12 OUTG I ID of GMCURV defining part of OUTer Perimeter
FORM =1 GS
13 PTNUMINP I Position of NUMINP in record
14 PTNUMING I Position of NUMING in record
15 NUMINP(C) I Number of Point INner Perimeters defined
16 INPEXTID I INner Perimeter EXTernal identification number
17 INP I ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of INner
Perimeter
Words 16 through 17 repeat NUMINP times
18 NUMING(C) I Number of GMCURV INner Perimeters defined
19 INGEXTID I INner Perimeter EXTernal identification number
20 ING I ID of GMCURV defining part of INner Perimeter
Main Index
EPT 159

Words 19 through 20 repeat NUMING times
FORM = CP and OP
13 PTNUMBRP I Position of NUMBRP in record
14 PTNUMBRG I Position of NUMBRG in record
15 PTNUMHEI I Position of NUMHEI in record
16 PTNUMWID I Position of NUMWID in record
17 PTNUMLEN I Position of NUMLEN in record
18 PTNUMTHI I Position of NUMTHI in record
19 NUMBRP(C) I Number of BRanch Profile defined
20 EXTBRPID I External BRanch Profile identification number
21 BRP I ID of SET1 or SET3 specifying branch
Words 20 through 21 repeat NUMBRP times
22 NUMBRG(C) I Number of BRanch GMCURV defined
23 EXTBRGID I External BRanch GMCURV identification number
24 BRG I ID of GMCURV specifying branch
Words 23 through 24 repeat NUMBRG times
25 NUMHEI(C) I Number of heights/vertical dimensions
26 EXTHGTID I External Height identification number
27 HGPTID1 I Height - identification number of point1
29 NUMWID(C) I Number of widths/horizontal dimensions
30 EXTWIDID I External Width identification number
31 WDPTID1 I Width - identification number of point1
Words 30 through 32 repeat NUMWID times
33 NUMLEN(C) I Number of lengths/slant dimensions
34 EXTLENID I External Length identification number
35 LNPTID1 I Length - identification number of point1
Words 34 through 36 repeat NUMLEN times
37 NUMTHI(C) I Number of specified thicknesses
38 EXTTHKID I External Thickness identification number
39 THICKNES RS Thickness of the segment
Main Index
160 EPT

SPECOPT =1 GMCURV
41 THGMID I ID of GMCURV
42 UNDEF none
SPECOPT =2 Point identification number

41 THPTID1 I Thickness - identification number of point1
SPECOPT =0 Other
41 UNDEF(2 ) none
End SPECOPT
Words 38 through max repeat NUMTHI times
End FORM
43 OHEIGHT RS Overall Station Height
44 OWIDTH RS Overall Station Width
Words 6 through max repeat NUMSTAT times
Record 18 -- PBRSECT(13201,132,513)

3 FORM(C) I Cross-section form; 1=GS, 2=OP, and 3=CP
4 RECLEN I Record Length
5 NSM RS Non-structural mass per unit length
6 OUTP I ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of OUTer
Perimeter
7 OUTG I ID of GMCURV defining part of OUTer Perimeter
FORM =1 GS
8 PTNUMINP I Position of NUMINP in record
9 PTNUMING I Position of NUMING in record
10 NUMINP(C) I Number of Point INner Perimeters defined
11 INPEXTID I INner Perimeter EXTernal identification number
12 INP I ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of INner
Perimeter
Main Index
EPT 161

Words 11 through 12 repeat NUMINP times
13 NUMING(C) I Number of GMCURV INner Perimeters defined
14 INGEXTID I INner Perimeter EXTernal identification number
15 ING I ID of GMCURV defining part of INner Perimeter
Words 14 through 15 repeat NUMING times
FORM = CP and OP
8 PTNUMBRP I Position of NUMBRP in record
9 PTNUMBRG I Position of NUMBRG in record
10 PTNUMHEI I Position of NUMHEI in record
11 PTNUMWID I Position of NUMWID in record
12 PTNUMLEN I Position of NUMLEN in record
13 PTNUMTHI I Position of NUMTHI in record
14 NUMBRP(C) I Number of BRanch Profile defined
15 EXTBRPID I External BRanch profile identification number
16 BRP I ID of SET1 or SET3 specifying branch
Words 15 through 16 repeat NUMBRP times
17 NUMBRG(C) I Number of BRanch GMCURV defined
18 EXTBRGID I External BRanch GMCURV identification number
19 BRG I ID of GMCURV specifying branch
Words 18 through 19 repeat NUMBRG times
20 NUMHEI(C) I Number of heights/vertical dimensions
21 EXTHGTID I External Height identification number
Words 21 through 23 repeat NUMHEI times
24 NUMWID(C) I Number of widths/horizontal dimensions
25 EXTWIDID I External width identification number
Words 25 through 27 repeat NUMWID times
28 NUMLEN(C) I Number of lengths/slant dimensions
29 EXTLENID I External length identification number
Main Index
162 EPT

Words 29 through 31 repeat NUMLEN times
32 NUMTHI(C) I Number of specified thicknesses
33 EXTTHKID I External Thickness identification number
34 THICKNES RS Thickness of the segment
SPECOPT =1 GMCURV
36 THGMID I Identification number of GMCURV
37 UNDEF none
SPECOPT =2 Point identification number

SPECOPT =0 Other
36 UNDEF(2 ) none
End SPECOPT
Words 33 through max repeat NUMTHI times
End FORM
38 OHEIGHT RS Overall Heighth
39 OWIDTH RS Overall Width
Record 19 -- PBUSH(1402,14,37)

2 K(6) RS Nominal stiffness values
8 B(6) RS Nominal damping coefficient
14 GE(6) RS Nominal structural damping constant
20 SA RS Stress recovery coefficient in the translational
component
21 ST RS Stress recovery coefficient in the rotational component
22 EA RS Strain recovery coefficient in the translational
component
23 ET RS Strain recovery coefficient in the rotational component
Main Index
EPT 163
Record 20 -- PBUSH1D(3101,31,219)

2 K RS Stiffness
3 C RS Viscous Damping
4 M RS Mass
5 ALPHA RS Temperature coefficient
6 SA RS Stress recovery coefficient
7 EA RS Strain recovery coefficient
8 TYPEA I Shock data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation
9 CVT RS Coefficient of translation velocity tension
10 CVC RS Coefficient of translation velocity compression
11 EXPVT RS Exponent of velocity tension
12 EXPVC RS Exponent of velocity compression
13 IDTSU I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification number
for scale factor vs displacement
14 IDTCU I DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor
vs displacement
15 IDTSUD I DEQATN entry identification number for derivative
tension
16 IDCSUD I DEQATN entry identification number for derivative
compression
17 TYPES I Spring data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation
18 IDTS I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification number
for tension compression
19 IDCS I DEQATN entry identification number for
compression
20 IDTDU I DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor
vs displacement
21 IDCDU I DEQATN entry identification number for force vs
displacement
22 TYPED I Damper data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation
23 IDTD I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification number
24 IDTD I DEQATN entry identification number for
compression
Main Index
164 EPT

25 IDTDV I DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor
versus velocity
26 IDCDV I DEQATN entry identification number for force
versus velocity
27 TYPEG I General data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation
28 IDTG I TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification number
29 IDCG I DEQATN entry identification number for
compression
30 IDTDU I DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor
versus displacement
31 IDCDU I DEQATN entry identification number for force
versus displacement
32 IDTDV I DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor
versus velocity
33 IDCDV I DEQATN entry identification number for force vs
velocity
34 TYPEF I Fuse data type: 0=Null, 1=Table
35 IDTF I TABLEDi entry identification number for tension
36 IDCF I TABLEDi entry identification number for
compression
37 UT RS Ultimate tension
38 UC RS Ultimate compression
Record 21 -- PBUSHT(702,7,38)

2 TKID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for stiffness
8 TBID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for viscous
damping
14 TGEID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification number for structural
damping
20 TKNID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for force
versus deflection
Main Index
EPT 165
Record 22 -- PCOMP(2706,27,287)

2 N(C) I Number of plies
3 Z0 RS Distance from the reference plane to the bottom
surface
4 NSM RS Nonstructural mass per unit area
5 SB RS Allowable shear stress of the bonding material
6 FT I Failure theory
7 TREF RS Reference temperature
8 GE RS Damping coefficient
10 T RS Thicknesses of the ply
11 THETA RS Orientation angle of the longitudinal direction of the
ply
12 SOUT I Stress or strain output request of the ply
Words 9 through 12 repeat N times
Record 23 -- PCOMPA(13100,131,547)

2 FORM(2) CHAR4 Element formulation, similar to PSHELL1
4 SHFACT RS Shear correction factor
5 REF CHAR4 Reference surface, TOP, MID or BOT
6 STRDEF(2) CHAR4 Definition in stress-strain output
8 DT1D CHAR4 Time step skip for one-dimensional failure, YES or NO
9 STRNOUT CHAR4 Strain output option, YES or NO
10 CLT I Option to use Classical Lamination Theory
11 SPINCOR CHAR4 Spin correction, YES or NO
Main Index
166 EPT
Record 24 -- PCONEAX(152,19,147)

2 MID1 I Material identification number for membrane
3 T1 RS Membrane thickness
4 MID2 I Material identification number for bending
5 I RS Moment of inertia per unit width
6 MID3 I Material identification number for transverse shear
7 T2 RS Transverse shear thickness
9 Z1 RS Fiber distance 1 from the middle surface for stress
recovery
10 Z2 RS Fiber distance 2 from the middle surface for stress
recovery
11 PHI RS Azimuthal angle for stress recovery
Word 11 repeats 14 times
Record 25 -- PCONV(11001,110,411)

3 FORM I Type of formula used for free convection
4 EXPF RS Free convection exponent
5 FTYPE I Formula type for various tabular functions
6 TID I ID of a TABLEHT entry
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
9 CHLEN RS Characteristic length

10 GIDIN I ID of the referenced inlet point
11 CE I Coordinate system for defining the flow direction
12 E(3) RS Vector components of flow direction
Main Index
EPT 167
Record 26 -- PCONVM(2902,29,420)

3 FORM I Type of formula used for free convection
4 FLAG I Flag for mass flow convection
5 COEF RS Constant coefficient used for forced convection
6 EXPR RS Reynolds number convection exponent
7 EXPPI RS Prandtl number convection exponent into the working
fluid
8 EXPPO RS Prandtl number convection exponent out of the
working fluid
Record 27 -- PDAMP(202,2,45)

2 B RS Force per unit velocity
Record 28 -- PDAMPT(1202,12,33)

2 TBID I TABLEDi entry identification number for viscous
damping
Record 29 -- PDAMP5(8702,87,412)

3 B RS Damping multiplier
Main Index
168 EPT
Record 30 -- PDUM1(6102,61,116)

1 UNDEF none
Record 31 -- PDUM2(6202,62,117)

1 UNDEF none
Record 32 -- PDUM3(6302,63,118)

1 UNDEF none
Record 33 -- PDUM4(6402,64,159)

1 UNDEF none
Record 34 -- PDUM5(6502,65,160)

1 UNDEF none
Record 35 -- PDUM6(6602,66,161
)

1 UNDEF none
Main Index
EPT 169
Record 36 -- PDUM7(6702,67,163)

1 UNDEF none
Record 37 -- PDUM8(6802,68,164)

1 UNDEF none
Record 38 -- PDUM9(6902,69,165)

1 UNDEF none
Record 39 -- PELAS(302,3,46)

2 K RS Elastic property value
4 S RS Stress coefficient
Record 40 - PFAST(13501,135,510)

2 MID I Material property identification number
3 D RS Diameter of the fastener
4 CONNBEH I Connection behavior (0=FF/F, 1=FR, 10=RF/R,
11=RR)
5 CONNTYPE I Connection type (0=clamp, 1=hinge, 2=bolt)
6 EXTCON I External constraint flag (0=off, 1=on)
7 CONDTYPE I Condition type (0=rigid, 1=equivalent)
Main Index
170 EPT

8 WELDTYPE I Weld type (0=spot weld, 1=but seam, 2=T-seam)
9 MINLEN RS Minimum length of spot weld
10 MAXLEN RS Maximum length of spot weld
11 GMCHK I Perform geometry check
12 SPCGS I SPC the master grid GS
13 CMASS RS Concentrated mass
14 GE RS Structureal Damping
15 UNDEF(3 ) none
18 MCID I Element stiffness coordinate system

19 MFLAG I Defined the coordinate system type
20 KT(3) RS Stiffness values in direction 1
23 KR(3) RS Rotation stiffness values in direction 1
Record 41 -- PELAST(1302,13,34)

2 TKID I TABLEDi entry identification number for stiffness
3 TGEID I TABLEDi entry identification number for structural
damping
4 TKNID I TABLEDi entry identification number for force versus
deflection
Record 42 -- PGAP(2102,21,121)

2 UO RS Initial gap opening
3 FO RS Preload
4 KA RS Axial stiffness for the closed gap
5 KB RS Axial stiffness for the open gap
6 KT RS Transverse stiffness when the gap is closed
7 MU1 RS Coefficient of static friction
8 MU2 RS Coefficient of kinetic friction
Main Index
EPT 171

9 TMAX RS Maximum allowable penetration
10 MAR RS Maximum allowable adjustment ratio
11 TRMIN RS Fraction of TMAX for the lower bound of penetration
Record 43 -- PHBDY(2802,28,236)

2 AF RS Area factor of the surface
3 D1 RS Diameter 1 associated with the surface
4 D2 RS Diameter 1 associated with the surface
Record 44 -- PINTC(12001,120,480)

2 TOL RS Tolerance between interface elements and
subdomain boundaries
3 DSCALE RS Scaling parameter for Lagrange multiplier functions
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
Record 45 -- PINTS(12101,121,484)

2 TOL RS Tolerance between interface elements and
subdomain boundaries
3 DSCALE RS Scaling parameter for Lagrange multiplier functions
4 UNDEF(5 ) none
Record 46 -- PLPLANE(4606,46,375)

Main Index
172 EPT

4 STR CHAR4 Location of stress and strain output
5 UNDEF(7 ) none
Record 47 -- PLSOLID(4706,47,376)

3 STR CHAR4 Location of stress and strain output
4 UNDEF(4 ) none
Record 48 -- PMASS(402,4,44)

2 M RS Mass
Record 49 -- PROD(902,9,29)

3 A RS Area
5 C RS Coefficient to determine torsional stress
Record 50 -- PSHEAR(1002,10,42)

3 T RS Thickness o
4 NSM RS Nonstructural mass per unit area.
Main Index
EPT 173

5 F1 RS Effectiveness factor for stiffness along edges 1-2 and 3-
4
6 F2 RS Effectiveness factor for stiffness along edges 2-3 and 1-
4
Record 51 -- PSHELL(2302,23,283)

2 MID1 I Material identification number for the membrane
3 T RS Default membrane thickness for Ti on the connection
entry
4 MID2 I Material identification number for bending
5 BK RS Bending moment of inertia ratio
6 MID3 I Material identification number for transverse shear
7 TS RS Transverse shear thickness ratio
9 Z1 RS Fiber distance 1 for stress calculation
10 Z2 RS Fiber distance 1 for stress calculation
11 MID4 I Material identification number for membrane-bending
coupling
Record 52 -- PSOLID(2402,24,281)

3 CORDM I Material coordinate system identification number
4 IN I Integration network
5 STRESS I Location selection for stress output
6 ISOP I Integration scheme
7 FCTN CHAR4 Fluid element flag
Main Index
174 EPT
Record 53 -- PSOLIDL(7602,76,370)

2 FT I
3 TREF RS
4 GE RS
5 NSM RS
6 NLAY I
8 T1 RS
9 THETA RS
10 SOUT I
Record 54 -- PTRIA6(6202,62,117)

3 REAL(4) RS
Record 55 -- PTSHELL(13801,138,645)

3 ELFORM I Element formulation
4 SHRF RS Shear factor
5 NIP(C) I Number of through shell thickness integration points
6 PROPT RS Printout option
7 QR RS Quadrature rule
8 ICOMP I Flag for layered composite material mode
9 B RS Material angle at i-th integration point
Word 9 repeats NIP times
Main Index
EPT 175
Record 56 -- PTUBE(1602,16,30)
This record is slightly unstructured: OD2 is only written out if heat transfer.

3 OD RS Outside diameter of tube
4 T RS Thickness of tube
6 OD2 RS Heat transfer only: Outside diameter of tube
Record 57 -- PSET(10301,103,399)

1 ID I p-value set identification number
2 POLY1 I Polynomial order in 1 direction of the CID system
6 TYPE CHAR4 Type of set provided: "SET" or "ELID"
7 TYPEID I SET identification number or element identification
number with this p-value specification.
Record 58 -- PVAL(10201,102,400)

1 ID I p-value set identification number
6 TYPE CHAR4 Type of set provided: "SET" or "ELID"
Main Index
176 EPT

7 TYPEID I SET identification number or element identification
number with this p-value specification.
Record 59 -- PVISC(1802,18,31)

2 CE RS Viscous damping for extension
3 CR RS Viscous damping for rotation
Record 60 -- PWELD(11801,118,560)

3 D RS Diameter of the spot weld
11=RR)
14 UNDEF(1) NONE
Record 61 -- PWSEAM(13701,137,638)

Main Index
EPT 177

3 W RS Width of spot weld
4 T RS thickness of seam
11=RR)
Record 62 -- VIEW(2606,26,289)

1 IVIEW I View identification number
2 ICAVITY I Cavity identification number
3 SHADE I Shadowing flag for the face of CHBDYi element
4 NB I Subelement mesh size in the beta direction
5 NG I Subelement mesh size in the gamma direction
6 DISLIN RS Displacement of a surface perpendicular to the
surface
Record 63 -- VIEW3D(3002,30,415)

1 ICAVITY I Radiant cavity identification number
2 GITB I Gaussian integration order for third-body shadowing
3 GIPS I Gaussian integration order for self-shadowing
4 CIER I Discretization level
5 ETOL RS Error estimate
6 ZTOL RS Zero tolerance
Main Index
178 EPT

7 WTOL RS Warpage tolerance
8 RADCHK I Radiation exchange diagnostic output level

Main Index
EPT01 179
Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001
EPT01 Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001
Note: EPT01 is identical in format and content to EPT except for the following records.
Record 0 – PBUSH(1402,14,37)

2 K(6) RS Nominal stiffness values
8 B(6) RS Nominal damping coefficient
14 GE1 RS Nominal structural damping constant
15 SA RS Stress recovery coefficient in the translational
component
16 ST RS Stress recovery coefficient in the rotational component
17 EA RS Strain recovery coefficient in the translational
component
18 ET RS Strain recovery coefficient in the rotational component
Record 1 – PBUSHT(702,7,38)

2 TKID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for stiffness
8 TBID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for viscous
damping
14 TGEID I TABLEDi entry identification number for structural
damping
15 TKNID(6) I TABLEDi entry identification numbers for force
versus deflection
Main Index
180 EPT01
Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001
Record 2 -- PTSHELL(13801,138,645)

3 ELFORM I Element formulation
4 SHRF RS Shear factor
5 NIP(C) I Number of through shell thickness integration
points
6 PROPT RS Printout option
7 QR RS Quadrature rule
8 ICOMP I Flag for layered composite material mode
9 B RS Material angle at i-th integration point
Word 9 repeats NIP times
Record 3 - PWSEAM(13701,137,638)

3 W RS Width of spot weld
4 T RS thickness of seam
11=RR)
Main Index
EQEXIN 181
Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers
EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- EXT2INT
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and internal numbers in external sort.

1 GRIDID I External grid or scalar identification number
Record 2 -- EXT2SIL
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar numbers and coded SIL numbers in external sort.

2 TENXSIL I 10*SIL number + code (see note)
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 NGS I Total number of grid scalar points
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
182 EQEXIN
Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers
Note: 1. In TENXSIL, SIL number (scalar index value) is the degree-of-freedom counter
and in this context represents the first degree-of-freedom of the grid or scalar point.
Code represents the type of point:
1 for grid point

2 for scalar point
3 for extra point
For example, if there are three grid points in the model, then the three SIL numbers are 1, 7, and
13 and the TENXSIL numbers are 11, 71, and 131.
Main Index
ERROR 183
Table of p-element error tolerances
ERROR Table of p-element error tolerances
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- ERROR

2 ERRMAX RS Accumulated Maximum error for all subcases
3 P(3) I Polynomial order in x,y,z directions
6 ERRCAS RS Calculated error for current subcase
7 WHYCAS I Why an element is excluded from error analysis
8 WHYALL I Accumulation over all subcases of previous item
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 NWERRN I Used by OFPVUI subroutine
2 ERRPRN I Accumulates error print requests
3 PVALDV I Accumulates PVAL card print/punch requests.
4 ILOOP I To check with current ILOOP for new adaptivity
loop
5 PVALID I To be used as old PVAL identification number.
Updated only when SEID=0
6 UNDEF none
Note: 1. WHYCAS is composed of bits for internal use only. Bits include values for
ERRTOL,SIGTOL,EPSTOL,ERRGRD,ERRELM.
Main Index
184 FOL
Frequency response frequency output list
FOL Frequency response frequency output list
Record 0 -- HEADER

3 FREQ RS Frequency
Record 1 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of frequencies
2 WORD2 I Frequency set record number
3 WORD3 I Number of loads
4 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
GEOM1 185
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Record 0 -- HEADER

Record 1 -- CORD1C(1701,17,6)

2 TWO I Constant 2
3 ONE I Constant 1
4 G1 I Grid point 1 identification number
Record 2 -- CORD1R(1801,18,5)

2 ONE1 I Constant 1
3 ONE2 I Constant 1
Record 3 -- CORD1S(1901,19,7)

2 THREE I Constant 3
3 ONE I Constant 1
Main Index
186 GEOM1

Record 4 -- CORD2C(2001,20,9)

2 TWO1 I Constant 2
3 TWO2 I Constant 2
4 RID I Reference coordinate system identification number
5 A1 RX Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID
8 B1 RX Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID
11 C1 RX Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID
Record 5 -- CORD2R(2101,21,8)

2 ONE I Constant 1
3 TWO I Constant 2
Main Index
GEOM1 187

Record 6 -- CORD2S(2201,22,10)

2 SIXTY5 I Constant 65 or 3?
3 EIGHT I Constant 8 or 2?
Record 7 -- CORD3R(14301,143,651)

1 CID I Unique coordinate system identification number
2 N1 I First grid point identification number
3 N2 I Second grid point identification number
4 N3 I Third grid point identification number
Record 8 -- CSUPER(2301,23,304)

1 SSID I Coded identification number for secondary
superelement
2 PSID I Primary superelement identification number
Main Index
188 GEOM1

3 G I Exterior grid or scalar point identificaiton numbers
Record 9 -- CSUPEXT(5501,55,297)

2 G I Grid or scalar point identification numbers in the
downstream superelement
Record 10 -- EXTRN(1627,16,463)

1 GID I Grid point identification numbers to connect external
SE
2 C I Component numbers
Record 11 -- FEEDGE(6101,61,388)

1 EDGEID I Edge identification number
2 GRID1 I Identification number of end GRID 1
5 GEOMIN CHAR4 Type of referencing entry: "GMCURV" or "POINT"
6 GEOMID1 I Identification number of a POINT or GMCURV
entry
7 GEOMID2 I Identification number of a POINT or GMCURV
entry
Main Index
GEOM1 189
Record 12 -- GMCURV(6601,66,392)

1 CURVID I Curve identification number
2 GROUP(2) CHAR4 Group of curves/surfaces to which this curve
belongs
4 CIDIN I Coordinate system identification number for the
geometry
5 CIDBC I Coordinate system identification number for the
constraints
6 DATA CHAR4 Geometry evaluator specific data
Record 13 -- FEFACE(6201,62,389)

1 FACEID I Face identification number
6 CIDBC I Coordinate system identification number for
the constraints
7 SURFID(2) I Alternate method used to specify the geometry
Record 14 -- POINT(6001,60,377)

1 ID I Point identification number
3 X1 RX Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CID
Main Index
190 GEOM1
Record 15 -- GMSURF(10101,101,394)

1 ID I Surface Identification number
2 GROUP(2) CHAR4 Group of curves/surfaces to which this curve
belongs
4 CIDIN I Coordinate system identification number for
the geometry
5 CIDBC I Coordinate system identification number for
the constraints
6 DATA CHAR4 Geometry evaluator specific data
Record 16 -- GMCORD(6401,64,402)

2 ENTITY CHAR4 Bulk Data entry used to define the coordinate
system
3 ID1 I Entity identification number 1
4 ID2 I Entity identification number 2
Record 17 -- GRID(4501,45,1)

1 ID I Grid point identification number
2 CP I Location coordinate system identification
number
3 X1 RX Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP
6 CD I Degree-of-freedom coordinate system
7 PS I Permanent single-point constraints
Main Index
GEOM1 191
Record 18 -- SEBNDRY(1527,15,466)

1 SEIDA I Superelement A identification number
2 SEIDB I Superelement B identification number
3 G I Boundary grid point identification number in
SEIDA
Record 19 -- SEBULK(1427,14,465)

2 TYPE I Superelement type
3 RSEID I Reference superelement identification number
4 METHOD I Boundary point search method: 1=automatic
or 2=manual
5 TOL RS Location tolerance
6 LOC I Coincident location check option: yes=1 or
no=2
7 MEDIA I Media format of boundary data of external SE
8 UNIT I FORTRAN unit number of OP2 and OP4
input of external SE
Record 20 -- SECONCT(427,4,453)

2 SEIDB I Superelement B identification number
3 TOL RS Location tolerance
4 LOC I Coincident location check option: yes=1 or
no=2
5 UNDEF(4 ) none
9 GA I Grid point identification number in SEIDA
10 GB I Grid point identification number in SEIDB
Main Index
192 GEOM1
Record 21 -- SEELT(7902,79,302)

Record 22 -- SEEXCLD(527,72,454)

2 SEIDB I Superelement B identification number or -1
for all
3 GA I Grid point identification number in SEIDA
Record 23 -- SELABEL(1027,10,459)

2 LABEL(14) CHAR4 Label associated with superelement SEID
Record 24 -- SELOC(827,8,457)

2 GA1 I Grid point 1 identification number in SEID
5 GB1 I Grid point 1 identification number in the main
Bulk Data
Bulk Data
Bulk Data
Main Index
GEOM1 193
Record 25 -- SEMPLN(927,9,458)

2 MIRRTYPE I Mirror type
MIRRTYPE=1 Plane
3 G1 I Grid point 1 identification number in the main
Bulk Data
Bulk Data
Bulk Data
6 UNDEF(2 ) none Not Defined
MIRRTYPE=2 Normal
3 G I Grid point identification number in the main
Bulk Data
5 N1 RS Normal component in direction 1 of CID
End MIRRTYPE
Record 26 -- SENQSET(1327,13,464)

2 NQSET I Number of internally generated scalar points
Record 27 -- SEQGP(5301,53,4)

1 ID I Grid or scalar point identification number
2 SEQID I Sequenced identification number
Main Index
194 GEOM1
Record 28 -- SEQSEP(5401,54,305)

1 SSID I Secondary superelement identification
number
3 G I Exterior grid or scalar point identificaiton
numbers
Record 29 -- SESET(5601,56,296)

Record 30 -- SETREE(1227,12,462)

2 SEUPI I Upstream superelement identification number
Record 31 -- SNORM(5678,71,475)

1 GID I Grid point identification number
Main Index
GEOM1 195
Record 32 -- CSUPER1(5701,57,323)
This record is obsolete and will be removed eventually.

3 TYPE I ,{
4 VIEW I ,{
5 DIROPT I ,{
6 DIRTOL RS ,{
7 GEOMTOL RS ,{
8 CARDID I ,{
9 MODEL I ,{
10 SOLID I ,{
11 DBSET I ,{
12 COPY I ,{
13 DELETE I ,{
14 GRIDLIST I ,{
15 XX I xx
XX =0 xx
16 G I ,{
17 C I ,{
XX =-1 yy
End XX
Record 33 -- SUPUP(5801,58,324)
This record is obsolete and will be removed eventually.

1 SEUP1 I ,{
3 SEDOWN1 I ,{
4 SEUP2 I ,{
Main Index
196 GEOM1

6 SEDOWN2 I ,{
Record 34 -- SWLDPRM(14101,141,403)

1 PARMID(C) I Spot weld parameter internal identification
number
PARMID =1 Maximum angle between normal vectors
2 GSPROJ RS
PARMID =2 Tolerance to accept the projected point
2 PROJTOL RS
PARMID =3 Maximum number of times GS is moved
2 GSMOVE 1
PARMID =4 Stop the run after the connectivities of are generated
2 CHKRUN I
PARMID =5 Print diagnostic output for CWELD elements
2 PRTSW I
PARMID =6
2 SAVSW I
PARMID =7 Maximum number of times the diameter D is reduced
2 NREDIA I
End PARMID

Main Index
GEOM1 197
Notes: 1. CSUPER1 and CSUPUP records are only recognized by IFP module and will be
removed eventually.
2. ADUMi records are not written. Rather, the contents are coded and stored in words
45 thru 54 of the system cell common block.
3. There is no record for the GRDSET entry. Rather, the GRID record is modified
accordingly.
4. When GEOM1 is an alias for GEOM1VU, view grids are appended to the GRID
record. The starting view grid identification number is controlled by system cell
180.
On the SEBULK entry, the allowable values for superelement type are 1=PRIMARY
2=COLLECTOR 3=IDENTICAL 4=REPEATED 5=EXTERNAL 6=MIRROR.
Main Index
198 GEOM168
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran Version 68
GEOM168 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran
Version 68
GEOM168 is identical in format and content to GEOM1 except for the following records.
Record 0 -- CORD2C(2001,20,9)

2 TWO1 I Constant 2
3 TWO2 I Constant 2
4 RID I Reference coordinate system identification
number
5 A1 RS Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID
8 B1 RS Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID
11 C1 RS Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID
Main Index
GEOM168 199
Record 1 -- CORD2R(2101,21,8)

2 ONE I Constant 1
3 TWO I Constant 2
number
Record 2 -- CORD2S(2201,22,10)

2 SIXTY5 I Constant 65
3 EIGHT I Constant 8
number
Main Index
200 GEOM168
Record 3 -- GRID(4501,45,1)

number
3 X1 RS Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP
Record 4 -- POINT(6001,60,377)

1 ID I Point identification number
3 X1 RS Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CID
Main Index
GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
GEOM2 also contains information on scalar points. ECT is identical in format to GEOM2 except all grid
and scalar point external identification numbers are replaced by internal numbers. Also, ECT does not
contain SPOINT records.
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- AEROQ4(2002,20,0)

1 EID I Box identification number
2 COMPID I Component number in AECOMP
3 COMPTYPE(2) CHAR4 Component type: SLBD (slender body)
5 G(4) I Grid identification numbers in AEGRID
defining perimeter
Record 3 -- AEROT3(1801,18,0)

2 COMPID I component number in AECOMP
defining perimeter
Record 4 -- BEAMAERO(1701,17,0)

2 COMPID I component number in AECOMP
defining perimeter
Main Index
202 GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 5 -- CAABSF(2708,27,59)

Record 6 -- CAXIF2(2108,21,224)

2 IDF1 I GRIDF point 1 identification number
4 RHO RS Fluid density in mass units
5 B RS Fluid bulk modulus
6 UNDEF none
Record 7 -- CAXIF3(2208,22,225)

4 IFD3 I GRIDF point 2 identification number
7 UNDEF none
Record 8 -- CAXIF4(2308,23,226)

Main Index
GEOM2 203

4 IFD3 I GRIDF point 2 identification number
8 UNDEF none
Record 9 -- CBAR(2408,24,180)

3 GA I Grid point identification number at end A
4 GB I Grid point identification number at end B
F, 65539=0 XYZ option -- basic coordinate system
5 X1 RS T1 component of orientation vector from
GA
GA
GA
8 F I Orientation vector flag = 1
F, 65539=1 XYZ option -- global coordinate system
GA
GA
GA
F, 65539=2 Grid option
5 GO I Grid point identification number at end of
orientation vector
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
204 GEOM2

End F
9 PA I Pin flags for end A
10 PB I Pin flags for end B
11 W1A RS T1 component of offset vector from GA
14 W1B RS T1 component of offset vector from GB
Record 10 -- CBARAO(4001,40,275)

2 SCALE I Scale of Xi values
3 X1 RS 1st intermediate station for data recovery
4 X2 RS 2nd intermediate station for data recovery
5 X3 RS 3rd intermediate station for data recovery
6 X4 RS 4th intermediate station for data recovery
9 UNDEF none
Record 11 -- CBEAM(5408,54,261)

3 GA I Grid point end A identification number
5 SA I Scalar or grid point identification number at
end A for warping
6 SB I Scalar or grid point identification number at
end B for warping
Main Index
GEOM2 205

F, 65539=0 XYZ option -- basic coordinate system
GA
GA
GA
F, 65539=1 XYZ option -- global coordinate system
GA
GA
GA
10 F I Orientation vector flag =1
F, 65539=2 Grid option
orientation vector
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
Main Index
206 GEOM2
Record 12 -- CBEAMP(11401,114,9016)

3 G(4) I Internal indices of grid points
7 SA I Scalar or grid point identification number at
end A for warping
8 SB I Scalar or grid point identification number at
end B for warping
F =0 Z
GA
GA
GA
12 F I Orientation vector flag
F =1 XYZ option -- global coordinate system
GA
GA
GA
F =2 Grid option
orientation vector
10 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
13 BIT RS Built In Twist
Main Index
GEOM2 207

22 UNDEF(2 ) none
Record 13 -- CBEND(4601,46,298)

F =0 Z
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
F =2 Grid option
orientation vector
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
Main Index
208 GEOM2

9 UNDEF(4 ) none
13 GEOM I Element geometry option
Record 14 -- CBUSH(2608,26,60)

F =-1 Use Element CID below for orientation
5 UNDEF(3 ) none
8 F I Orientation vector flag = -1
F =0 XYZ option -- Basic coordinate system -- SECONVRT
module
GA
GA
GA
F =1 XYZ option
GA
GA
GA
F =2 Grid option
orientation vector
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
GEOM2 209

End F
9 CID I Element coordinate system identification
10 S RS Location of spring damper
11 OCID I Coordinate system for spring offset
12 S1 RS T1 component of spring-damper offset in
the OCID system
the OCID system
the OCID system
Record 15 -- CBUSH1D(5608,56,218)

3 G(2) I Grid point identification numbers
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
Record 16 -- CCONE(2315,23,0)

3 RINGA I Ringa + 1000000 * n
4 RINGB I Ringb + 100000 * n
Record 17 -- CDAMP1(201,2,69)

Main Index
210 GEOM2

5 C1 I Component number at grid point 1
Record 18 -- CDAMP2(301,3,70)

2 B RS Value of the scalar damper
Record 19 -- CDAMP3(401,4,71)

3 S1 I Scalar point 1 identification number
Record 20 -- CDAMP4(501,5,72)

2 B RS Value of the scalar damper
Record 21 -- CDAMP5(10608,106,404)

Main Index
GEOM2 211

Record 22 -- CDUM2(6208,62,108)

1 UNDEF none
Record 23 -- CDUM3(6308,63,109)

1 UNDEF none
Record 24 -- CDUM4(6408,64,110)

1 UNDEF none
Record 25 -- CDUM5(6508,65,111)

1 UNDEF none
Record 26 -- CDUM6(6608,66,112)

1 UNDEF none
Main Index
212 GEOM2
Record 27 -- CDUM7(6708,67,113)

1 UNDEF none
Record 28 -- CDUM8(6808,68,114)

1 UNDEF none
Record 29 -- CDUM9(6908,69,115)

1 UNDEF none
Record 30 -- CELAS1(601,6,73)

Record 31 -- CELAS2(701,7,74)

2 K RS Stiffness of the scalar spring
Main Index
GEOM2 213

8 S RS Stress coefficient
Record 32 -- CELAS3(801,8,75)

Record 33 -- CELAS4(901,9,76)

2 K RS Stiffness of the scalar spring
Record 34 -- CFAST(9801,98,506)

3 GS I Spot weld master node identification
numberGS
4 FORMAT(C) I Connection format (0=gridid)
5 GA I ID of GA
6 GB I ID of GB
7 TYPE I Types of upper and lower elements for
FORM="GRIDID"
8 CID I C
9 GUPPER(8) I Grid IDs of the upper shell
FORMAT =0 GRIDID of GBI
17 GLOWER(8) I
Main Index
214 GEOM2

FORMAT =1 ALIGN (not used)
17 GLOWER(8) I
FORMAT =2 ELEMID (not used)

17 GLOWER(8) I
FORMAT =9 ELPAT for xyz

17 XYZ(3) RS
20 UNDEF(5 ) none
FORMAT =10 PARTPAT for xyz

17 XYZ(3) RS
20 UNDEF(5 ) none
End FORMAT
25 TAVG RS Average shell thickness
26 UNDEF(2 ) none
28 TMIN RS Minimum shell thickness
Record 35 -- CFASTP(9301,93,607)

number GS
4 FORMAT I Connection format (0=gridid)
5 GA I ID of GA
6 GB I ID of GB
7 NMAP RS Map of the shell element pairs
8 CID I C
9 GUPPER(16) I Grid IDs of the upper shell
25 GLOWER(16) I Grid IDs of the lower shell
41 TAVG RS Average shell thickness
42 TMIN RS Minimum shell thickness
43 XYZS(3) RS Coordinates of grid identification number
GS in basic
Main Index
GEOM2 215

46 XYZA(3) RS Coordinates of grid identification
numberGA in basic
49 XYZB(3) RS Coordinates of grid identification number
GB in basic
52 NSEQ(24) I Node sequence table of upper and lower
shell
76 GIDA(4) I Grid IDS of EIDA where GA is located
80 GIDB(3) I Grid IDS of EIDB where GB is located
Record 36 -- CFLUID2(8515,85,0)

2 IDF1 I RINGFL point 1 identification number
4 RHO RS Mass density
5 B RS Bulk modulus
6 HARMINDX I Harmonic index
Record 37 -- CFLUID3(8615,86,0)

6 B RS Bulk modulus
Record 38 -- CFLUID4(8715,87,0)

Main Index
216 GEOM2

7 B RS Bulk modulus
Record 39 -- CINT(7701,77,8881)

3 PTELC I Pointer to element identification number
4 NSEG I Number of segments
5 PTSGR I Pointer to segment displacements
6 NBOUND I Number of boundaries
7 BID I Boundary identification number
8 NEDGE I Number of edges
9 PTBND I Pointer to boundary identification number
10 PTBGR I Pointer to boundary grid displacements
11 PTBED I Pointer to boundary edge displacements
12 PTBGL I Pointer to boundary grid Lagrange
Multipliers
13 PTBEL I Pointer to boundary edge Lagrange
Multipliers
14 UNDEF(2 ) none
Record 40 -- CGAP(1908,19,104)

Main Index
GEOM2 217

F =0 Z
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
F =2 Grid option
orientation vector
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
9 CID I Element coordinate system identification
number
Record 41 -- CHACAB(8100,81,381)

3 G(20) I Grid point identification numbers of
connection points
Main Index
218 GEOM2
Record 42 -- CHACBR(8200,82,383)

connection points
Record 43 -- CHBDYE(8308,83,405)

2 EID2 I Heat conduction element identification
number
3 SIDE I Consistent element side identification
number
4 IVIEWF I VIEW entry identification number for the
front face
5 IVIEWB I VIEW entry identification number for the
back face
6 RADMIDF I RADM entry identification number for front
face
7 RADMIDB I RADM entry identification number for back
face
Record 44 -- CHBDYG(10808,108,406)

2 UNDEF none
3 TYPE I Surface type
front face
back face
face
Main Index
GEOM2 219

face
8 UNDEF none
connection points
Record 45 -- CHBDYP(10908,109,407)

3 TYPE I Surface type
front face
back face
orientation vector
face
face
11 DISLIN I
12 CE I Coordinate system for defining orientation
vector
13 E1 RS T1 components of the orientation vector in
the CE system
the CE system
the CE system
Main Index
220 GEOM2
Record 46 -- CHEXA(7308,73,253)

connection points
Record 47 -- CHEXA20F(16300,163,9999)
Same as record CHEXA description.
Record 48 -- CHEXAFD(14000,140,9990)
Record 49 -- CHEXAL(7908,79,369)

connection points
23 THETA RS Material property orientation angle
Record 50 -- CHEXP(12001,120,9011)

connection points
11 E1(24) I
35 F(6) I
41 B1 I
42 E2(24) I
Record 51 -- CHEXPR(7409,74,9991)
Main Index
GEOM2 221
Record 52 -- CMASS1(1001,10,65)

Record 53 -- CMASS2(1101,11,66)

2 M RS Scalar mass value
Record 54 -- CMASS3(1201,12,67)

Record 55 -- CMASS4(1301,13,68)

2 M RS Scalar mass value
Main Index
222 GEOM2
Record 56 -- CMFREE(2508,25,0)

2 S I
3 S2 I
4 Y RS
5 N I
Record 57 -- CONM1(1401,14,63)

2 G I Grid point identification number
4 M1(1) RS Mass matrix term M11
5 M2(2) RS Mass matrix terms M21 through M22
Record 58 -- CONM2(1501,15,64)

4 M RS Mass
5 X1 RS T1 offset from the grid point to the center of
gravity
gravity
gravity
8 I1(1) RS Mass moments of inertia term I11
Main Index
GEOM2 223

9 I2(2) RS Mass moments of inertia term I21 through
I22
11 I3(3) RS Mass moments of inertia term I31 through
I33
Record 59 -- CONROD(1601,16,47)

5 A RS Area
7 C RS Coefficient for torsional stress
Record 60 -- CONV(12701,127,408)

2 PCONID I Convection property identification number
3 FLMND I Point for film convection fluid property
temperature
4 CNTRLND I Control point for free convection boundary
condition
5 TA I Ambient points used for convection
6 WT RS Weighting factors of ambient points
Record 61 -- CONVM(8908,89,422)

2 PCONID I Convection property identification number
Main Index
224 GEOM2

3 FLMND I Point for film convection fluid property
temperature
4 CNTMDOT I Control point used for controlling mass
flow.
Record 62 -- CPENP(12101,121,9012)

connection points
9 E1(18) I
27 F(5) I
32 B1 I
33 E2(14) I
Record 63 -- CPENTA(4108,41,280)

connection points
Record 64 -- CPENPR(7509,75,9992)
Same as record CPENTA description.
Record 65 -- CPENT15F(16500,165,9999)
Record 66 -- CPENT6FD(16000,160,9999)
Main Index
GEOM2 225
Record 67 -- CQDX4FD(17000,170,9999)

connection points
Record 68 -- CQDX9FD(17100,171,9999)
Same as record CQDX4FD description.
Record 69 -- CQUAD(9108,91,507)

connection points
Record 70 -- CQUAD4(2958,51,177)

connection points
7 THETA RS Material property orientation angle or coded
 512.0   CID + 1   coordinate system
8 ZOFFS RS Offset from the surface of grid points
reference plane
9 UNDEF none
10 TFLAG I Relative thickness flag
11 T(4) RS Membrane thickness of element at grid
points
Record 71 -- CQUAD4FD(13900,139,9989)
Same as record CQUAD description.
Main Index
226 GEOM2
Record 72 -- CQUAD8(4701,47,326)

connection points
points
15 THETA RS Material property orientation angle or
coordinate system identification number
reference plane
Record 73 -- CQUAD9FD(16400,164,9999)

connection points
Record 74 -- CQUADP(11101,111,9014)

3 G(17) I Internal indices of connection points
20 UNDEF(7 ) none
27 INORM I Flag for normals
reference plane
30 UNDEF none
Main Index
GEOM2 227

points
Record 75 -- CQUADR(8009,80,367)
Same as record CQUAD4 description.
Record 76 -- CQUADX(9008,90,508)
Same as record CQUAD description.
Record 77 -- CRBAR(14700,147,6662)

2 GA I Grid point A identification number

3 GB I Grid point B identification number
4 LMID1 I Lagrange multiplier identification number
5 NDOFS I Number of DOF for Lagrange multiplier
6 CNA I Component numbers of independent DOFs
at end A
7 CNB I Component numbers of independent DOFs
at end B
8 CMA I Component numbers of dependent DOFs at
end A
9 CMB I Component numbers of dependent DOFs at
end B
10 ALPHA RS Thermal expansion cofficient
Record 78 -- CRBE1(17300,173,6664)

2 NWE I Number of words for the element
3 ELTYPE I Element type: 1-RBE1 2-RBE2 3-RTRPLT
4-RTRPLT1
Main Index
228 GEOM2

4 GN I Grid point identification number for
independent DOFs
5 CN I Component numbers of independent DOFs
6 GM I Grid point identification number for
dependent DOFs
7 CM I Component numbers of dependent DOFs
9 UNDEF none
10 LMID I Lagrange multiplier identification number
11 NDOF I Number of DOF for each Lagrange
multiplier identification number
Record 79 -- CRBE3(17200,172,6663)

3 REFG I Reference grid point identification number
4 REFC I Component numbers at the reference grid
point
5 WT1 RS Weighting factor for components of motion
at G
dependent DOFs
9 CM I Component numbers of dependent DOFs
Main Index
GEOM2 229

Record 80 -- CRJOINT(11000,110,6667)

6 CB I Component numbers of dependent DOFs at
end B
Record 81 -- CROD(3001,30,48)

connection points
Record 82 -- CRROD(12600,126,6661)

5 CMA I Component numbers of dependent DOFs at
end A
Main Index
230 GEOM2

6 CMB I Component numbers of dependent DOFs at
end B
Record 83 -- CSEAM(13801,138,570)

2 PID I Property ID
3 NSIL I Number of non zero sils
4 PRJTOL RS Projection tolerance
5 AVGTHK RS Half the ave thick of shell A and B
6 GS I Starting grid id
7 GE I Ending grid id
8 PCID I Coor. sys. id for the projection direction,-1
element
9 IECT(32) I sill numbers of upper and lower patches
41 XYZS(3) RS Coord of GS
44 XYZE(3) RS Coord of GE
47 T1S(3) RS T1S vector of the element tangent coord.
sys.
50 T1E(3) RS T1E vector of the element tangent coord.
sys.
53 T2S(3) RS T2S vector of the element tangent coord.
sys.
56 T2E(3) RS T2E vector of the element tangent coord.
sys.
59 NSEQ(24) I Node sequence table of the upper and lower
shells
Main Index
GEOM2 231
Record 84 -- CSHEAR(3101,31,61)

connection points
Record 85 -- CSLOT3(4408,44,227)

2 IDS(3) I GRIDS identification numbers
7 M I Number of slots in circumferential direction
Record 86 R -- CSLOT4(4508,45,228)

2 IDS(4) I GRIDS identification numbers
8 M I Number of slots in circumferential direction
Record 87 -- CTETP(12201,122,9013)

connection points
7 E1(12) I
19 F(4) I
Main Index
232 GEOM2

23 B1 I
24 E2(4) I
Record 88 -- CTETRA(5508,55,217)

connection points
Record 89 -- CTETPR(7609,76,9993)
Same as record CTETRA description.
Record 90 -- CTETR10F(16600,166,9999)
Record 91 -- CTETR4FD(16100,161,9999)
Record 92 -- CTQUAD(14801,148,643)

connection points
Record 93 -- CTTRIA(14901,149,644)

connection points
Main Index
GEOM2 233
Record 94 -- CTRIA3(5959,59,282)

connection points
reference plane
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
points
Record 95 -- CTRIA3FD(16200,162,9999)

connection points
Record 96 -- CTRIA6(4801,48,327)

connection points
reference plane
points
Main Index
234 GEOM2
Record 97 -- CTRIA6FD(16700,167,9999)
Same as record CTRIA3FD description.
Record 98 -- CTRIAP(11301,113,9015)

14 UNDEF(3 ) none
reference plane
19 UNDEF(2 ) none
points
Record 99 -- CTRIAR(9200,92,385)
Same as record CTRIA3 description.
Record 100 -- CTRIAX(10108,101,512)

connection points
9 UNDEF none
Record 101 -- CTRIAX6(6108,61,107)

Main Index
GEOM2 235

connection points
9 THETA RS Material property orientation angle
10 UNDEF(2 ) none
Record 102 -- CTRIX3FD(16800,168,9978)

connection points
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
Record 103 -- CTRIX6FD(16900,169,9977)

connection points
Record 104 -- CTUBE(3701,37,49)

connection points
Record 105 -- CVISC(3901,39,50)

Main Index
236 GEOM2

connection points
Record 106 -- CWELD(11701,117,559)

Same as Record CFAST description.
Record 107 -- CWELDC(13501,135,564)

number GS
4 FORMAT(C) I Connection format (0=GRIDID)
5 GA I Identification number of GA
6 GB I Identification number of GB
FORM="GRIDID"
8 CID I C
9 GUPPER(8) I Grid identification numbers of the upper
shell
17 GLOWER(8) I Grid identification numbers of the lower
shell
25 UNDEF none
26 RID1 I R
27 RID2 I R
Record 108 -- CWELDG(13601,136,562)

1 EID I Shell element identification number
number GS
Main Index
GEOM2 237

4 FORMAT(C) I Connection format (3=TRIA3, 4=QUAD4,
6=TRIA6, 8=QUAD8)
5 GA I Identification number of GA
6 GB I Identification number of GB
FORM="GRIDID"
8 CID I C
FORMAT =3 TRIA3
9 EIDSH I Element identification number
10 PIDSH I Property identification number of PSHELL
11 GIDSH(3) I Grid Iidentification numbers of element
14 TH RS MCID or THETA
15 ZOFFS RS ZOFFS
16 UNDEF(3 ) none
19 T(3) RS Membrane thickness
22 UNDEF(3 ) none
FORMAT =4 QUAD4
11 GIDSH(4) I Grid identification numbers of element
16 ZOFFS RS ZOFFS
17 UNDEF(2 ) none
23 UNDEF(2 ) none
FORMAT =6 TRIA6
18 ZOFFS RS ZOFFS
22 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
238 GEOM2

FORMAT =8 QUAD8
24 ZOFFS RS ZOFFS
End FORMAT
25 EID2 I CWELD or RBAR element identification
number
26 RID1 I R
27 RID2 I R
Record 109 -- CWSEAM(14600,146,630)

3 NG I Number of grid points-not used
4 LTYPE(C) I 1=gridid,2=pointid,3=xyz
5 UNDEF none
6 PIDA I Pshell identification numbers of shell A
7 PIDB I Pshell identification numbers of shell B
8 PCID I Coordinate system identification numbers
for the projection direction,-1 element
LTYPE =1 Grid Ids defining the seam axis
9 GI I Grid identification numberss defining the
seam axis
LTYPE =2 Point identification numbers defining the seam axis (not
implemented)
9 PI I Point identification numbers
LTYPE =3 XYZ option for locating seam axis
Main Index
GEOM2 239

9 X1 RS X- location of seam axis
10 Y1 RS Y- location of seam axis
11 Z1 RS Z- location of seam axis
End LTYPE
Record 110 -- GENEL(4301,43,28)

2 UI I Independent grid point identification
number
3 CI I Component number
4 M(C) I Number of rows and columns in K or Z and
rows in S
5 UD I Dependent grid point identification number
6 CD I Component number
7 N(C) I Number of columns in S
8 F I 1 means Z, 2 means K
9 KZIJ RS Lower triangular terms of the K or Z matrix.
See Notes.
Word 9 repeats MM times
10 NZERO(C) I
NZERO =1 Actually " 0"
11 SIJ RS Terms of the S matrix
Word 11 repeats M times
Word 11 repeats N times
NZERO =0
End NZERO
Main Index
240 GEOM2

12 UNDEF none
Record 111 -- GMBNDC(3201,32,478)

2 GRIDI I Initial grid identification number for
boundary
3 GRIDF I Final grid identification number for
boundary
4 ENTITY(2) CHAR4 Entity type for defining boundary
6 EID I Entity identification numbers for boundary
of subdomain
Record 112 -- GMBNDS(12901,129,482)

2 GRIDC(4) I Corner grid 1
6 ENTITY(2) CHAR4 Entity type for defining boundary
8 EID I Entity identification numbers for boundary
of subdomain
Record 113 -- GMINTC(3301,33,479)

3 IBOUND(6) I Boundary identification number
9 UNDEF(42 ) none
Main Index
GEOM2 241
Record 114 -- GMINTS(13001,130,483)

3 IBOUND(4) I Boundary identification number
7 UNDEF(44 ) none
Record 115 -- PLOTEL(5201,52,11)

connection points
Record 116 -- RADBC(12801,128,417)

2 FAMB RS Radiation view factor between the face and
the ambient point
3 CNTRLND I Control point for radiation boundary
condition
4 NODAMB I
Record 117 -- RADINT(15501,155,634)

2 FAMB RS Radiation view factor between the face and
the ambient point
3 CNTRLND I Control point for radiation boundary
condition
4 UNDEF none
Main Index
242 GEOM2

6 WT RS Weighting factors of ambient points
Record 118 -- SINT(7801,78,8883)

3 PTELE I Pointer to element identification number
5 STSC I Stride for segment displacement data
6 PTSC I Pointer to segment displacements
7 NBOUND I Number of boundaries
9 NFACE I Number of faces
10 STBC I Stride for boundary displacement data
12 STLC1 I Stride for Boundary Lagrange Multiplier
data
13 PTBND I Pointer to boundary identification number
14 PTBC I Pointer to boundary displacements
15 PTLC I Pointer to boundary Lagrange Multipliers
16 UNDEF(3 ) none
Record 119 -- SPOINT(5551,49,105)

1 ID I Scalar point identification number
Record 120 -- VUBEAM(11601,116,9942)

Main Index
GEOM2 243

connection points
Record 121 -- VUHEXA(12301,123,145)

connection points
Record 122 -- VUQUAD4(11201,112,9940)

connection points
Record 123 -- VUPENTA(12401,124,146)

connection points
Record 124 -- VUTETRA(12501,125,147)

connection points
Main Index
244 GEOM2
Record 125 -- VUTRIA3(11501,115,9941)

connection points
Record 126 -- WELDP(13701,137,569)

Same as record CFASTP.

Main Index
GEOM2 245
Notes: 1. Records appear in ascending internal element identification number.

2. When the ECT is an alias for the GEOM2VU block the third word of the header
record in:
• VUHEXA becomes 9921
• VUPENTA becomes 9922
• VUTETRA becomes 9923
For each of the above, the grid identification number is then a VIEW grid
identification number The beginning value of the VIEW grids is controlled by
system cell 182.
3. Internal indices are:
• CQUADP: (NGRIDS + 2*NEDGES +4*NFACES + 1 Bubble Point)
• CTRIAP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES+NFACES + 1BODY(for bubble)
• CBEAMP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES)
4. For the BEAMAERO, Q4AERO, and T3AERO records the component types are
general labels for components:
• SLBD are Slender Body Types and are "BEAM-LIKE" elements appearing
only in the BEAMAERO Record.
• The remaining components types can be QUAD or TRIA connections denoting
various element types.
• INBD are interference body panels.
• LS are lifting surface panels.
• WAKE are wake boxes.
• MFLO are flow-through surfaces like inlets (mass-flow).
5. In GENEL record, MM=((M*(M+1)/2)-1).
Main Index
246 GEOM201
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
GEOM201 Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity for MSC.Nastran Version 2001.
Note: GEOM201 is identical in format and content to GEOM2 except for the following records.
Record 6 -- CBAR(2408,24,180)

4 GB I Grid point end B identification number
F =0 Z
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
F =2 Grid option
orientation vector
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
Main Index
GEOM201 247

Main Index
248 GEOM201
Record 8 – CBEAM(5408,54,261)

4 GB I Grid point end B identification number
5 SA I Scalar or grid point end A identification
number for warping
6 SB I Scalar or grid point end B identification
number for warping
F =0 Y
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
F =2 Grid option
orientation vector
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
End F
Main Index
GEOM201 249

Main Index
250 GEOM201
Record 65 – CQUAD4(2958,51,177)

connection points
reference plane
9 UNDEF(2 ) none
points
Record 67 – CQUAD8(4701,47,326)

connection points
points
reference plane
Record 69 – CQUADP(11101,111,9014)

3 G(17) I Internal indices of connection points
20 UNDEF(7 ) none
27 INORM I Flag for normals
Main Index
GEOM201 251

reference plane
30 UNDEF(2 ) none
points
Record 73 -- CRBE1(17300,173,6664)

3 ELTYPE I Element type: 1-RBE1 2-RBE2 3-RTRPLT
4-RTRPLT1
independent degrees-of-freedom
5 CN I Component numbers of independent
degrees-of-freedom
dependent degrees-of-freedom
7 CM I Component numbers of dependent degrees-
of-freedom
9 UNDEF none
10 LMID I Lagrange multiplier identification number
11 NDOF I Number of DOF for each Lagrange
multiplier identification number
Main Index
252 GEOM201
Record 74 -- CRBE3(17200,172,6663)

point
at G
of-freedom
12 NDOFS I Number of degrees-of-freedom for
Lagrange multiplier
Main Index
GEOM201 253
Record 81 – CTRIA3(5959,59,282)

connection points
coordinate system identification numbers
reference plane
8 UNDEF(3 ) none
points
Record 83 – CTRIA6(4801,48,327)

connection points
reference plane
points
Record 85 – CTRIAP(11301,113,9015)

14 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
254 GEOM201

18 UNDEF none
reference plane
20 UNDEF(2 ) none
points
Main Index
GEOM3 255
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- ACCEL(11302,113,600)

3 N(3) RS Components of acceleration vector
measured in CID
6 DIR CHAR4 Component direction of acceleration
variation
7 LOC RS Location along direction DIR measured in
CID
8 VAL RS Load scale factor associated with location
LOC
Record 3 -- ACCEL1(11402,114,601)

3 A RS Acceleration vector scale factor
4 N(3) RS Components of acceleration vector
measured in CID
7 GIDL I Grid point identification number list, may
include "THRU" and "BY"
Main Index
256 GEOM3
Record 4 -- FORCE(4201,42,18)

3 Coordinate system identification number
4 F RS Scale factor
5 N(3) RS Components of a vector coordinate system
defined by CID
Record 5 -- FORCE1(4001,40,20)

3 F RS Scale factor
Record 6 -- FORCE2(4101,41,22)

3 F RS Scale factor
Record 7 -- GMLOAD(6309,63,391)

3 N1 RS Component 1 of a vector coordinate system
defined by CID
defined by CID
defined by CID
Main Index
GEOM3 257

6 ENTITY CHAR4 Entity type that is being loaded
7 ENTID I Entity identification number
8 METHTYP I Method
METHTYP =1 TABLE3D
9 TABLID I TABLE3D identification number
10 UNDEF(8 ) none
METHTYP =2 DEQATN
9 EQTNID I DEQATN identification number
10 UNDEF(8 ) none
METHTYP =3 CONSTANT
9 FIELD(9) RS Load magnitude data
METHTYP =4 LINEAR
METHTYP =5 QUAD
METHTYP =6 CUBIC
METHTYP=11
9 MTABLID I
10 UNDEF(8) none
METHTYP=12
9 MEQTNID I
10 UNDEF(8) none
METHTYP=13
9 MCONST(9) RS
METHTYP=14
9 MLINEAR(9) RS
METHTYP=15
9 MQUAD(9) RS
METHTYP=16
9 MCUBIC(9) RS
End METHTYP
Main Index
258 GEOM3
Record 8 -- GRAV(4401,44,26)

3 A RS Acceleration vector scale factor
defined by CID
7 MB I Bulk Data Section with CID definition:
-1=main, 0=partitioned
Record 9 -- LOAD(4551,61,84)

2 S RS Overall scale factor
3 SI RS Scale factor on LI
4 LI I Load set identification number
Record 10 -- LOADCYH(3709,37,331)

2 S RS Scale factor
3 HID I Harmonic index
4 HTYPE I Harmonic type
Record 11 -- LOADCYN(3809,38,332)

2 S RS Scale factor
3 SEGID I Segment identification number
Main Index
GEOM3 259

4 SEGTYPE I Segment type
Record 12 -- LOADCYT(3909,39,333)

2 TABLEID I TABLEDi identification number
3 LOADSET I Load set identification number
4 METHOD I Method of interpolation
Record 13 -- LSEQ(3609,36,188)

2 DAREA I DAREA set identification number
3 LID I Load set identification number
4 TID I Temperature set identification number
5 UNDEF none
Record 14 -- MOMENT(4801,48,19)

4 M RS Moment scale factor
defined by CID
Main Index
260 GEOM3
Record 15 -- MOMENT1(4601,46,21)

Record 16 -- MOMENT2(4701,47,23)

Record 17 -- PLOAD(5101,51,24)

2 P RS Pressure
Record 18 -- PLOAD1(6909,69,198)

3 TYPE I Load type
4 SCALE I Scale factor for X1 and X2
5 X1 RS Distance to position 1 along the element
axis from end A
6 P1 RS Pressure at position 1
7 X2 RS Distance to position 2 along the element
axis from end A
8 P2 RS Pressure at position 2
Main Index
GEOM3 261
Record 19 -- PLOAD2(6802,68,199)

2 P RS Pressure
Record 20 -- PLOAD3(7109,71,255)

2 P RS Pressure
Record 21 -- PLOAD4(7209,72,299)

3 P(4) RS Pressures
7 G1 I Grid point identification number at a corner
of the face
8 G34 I Grid point identification number at a
diagonal from G1 or CTETRA corner
defined by CID
13 SDRL(2) CHAR4 Load set on element SURF or LINE
15 LDIR(2) CHAR4 Load direction
Main Index
262 GEOM3
Record 22 -- PLOADX(7001,70,278)
This record is obsolete.

2 P(2) RS Pressure
Record 23 -- PLOADX1(7309,73,351)

3 PA RS Surface traction at grid point GA
4 PB RS Surface traction at grid point GB
5 G(2) I Corner grid point identification numbers
7 THETA RS Angle between surface traction and inward
normal
Record 24 -- PRESAX(5215,52,154)

2 P RS Pressure
3 RID(2) I Ring identification numbers
5 PHI1 RS Azimuthal angles in degrees
6 UNDEF none
Record 25 -- QBDY1(4509,45,239)

2 Q0 RS Heat flux into element
Main Index
GEOM3 263
Record 26 -- QBDY2(4909,49,240)

3 Q0(8) RS Heat flux at the i-th grid point on the
referenced CHBDYj
Record 27 -- QBDY3(2109,21,414)

2 Q0 RS Thermal heat flux load, or load multiplier
3 CNTRLND I Control point for thermal flux load
Record 28 -- QHBDY(4309,43,233)

2 FLAG I Face type
3 Q0 RS Magnitude of thermal flux into face
4 AF RS Area factor
Record 29 -- QVECT(2209,22,241)

2 Q0 RS Magnitude of thermal flux vector into face
3 TSOUR RS Temperature of the radiant source
4 CE I Coordinate system identification number
for thermal vector flux
5 FLAG I
6 E RS Vector component of flux in coordinate
system CE
Main Index
264 GEOM3

7 CNTRLND I Control point
Record 30 -- QVOL(2309,23,416)

2 QVOL RS Power input per unit volume produced by a
conduction element
3 CNTRLND I Control point used for controlling heat
generation
Record 31 -- RFORCE(5509,55,190)

4 A RS Scale factor of the angular velocity
5 R(3) RS Rectangular components of rotation vector
8 METHOD I Method used to compute centrifugal forces
9 RACC RS Scale factor of the angular acceleration
10 MB I Bulk Data Section with CID definition:
-1=main, 0=partitioned
Record 32 -- SLOAD(5401,54,25)

2 G I Scalar or grid point identification number
3 F RS Scale factor
Main Index
GEOM3 265
Record 33 -- TEMP(5701,57,27)

1 SID I Temperature set identification number
3 T RS Temperature
Record 34 -- TEMPD(5641,65,98)

2 T RS Temperature
Record 35 -- TEMPEST(11109,111,424)

2 TEMP RS Temperature
Record 36 -- TEMPF(6209,62,390)

3 FTEMP I DEQATN identification number
4 FTABID I TABLE3D identification number
Record 37 -- TEMPIC(11209,112,425)

Main Index
266 GEOM3
Record 38 -- TEMPP1(8109,81,201)

3 T RS Temperature at the element’s reference
plane
4 TPRIME RS Effective linear thermal gradient
5 TS(2) RS Temperatures for stress calculation
Record 39 -- TEMPP2(8209,82,202)

3 T RS S,{
4 MX RS S,{
5 MY RS S,{
6 MXY RS S,{
7 T(2) RS S,{
Record 40 -- TEMPP3(8309,83,203)

3 Z RS S,{
4 T RS S,{
Main Index
GEOM3 267
Record 41 -- TEMPRB(8409,84,204)

3 TA RS Temperature at end A on the neutral axis
4 TB RS Temperature at end B on the neutral axis
5 TP1A RS Effective linear gradient in direction 1 on
end A
6 TP1B RS Effective linear gradient in direction 1 on
end B
7 TP2A RS Effective linear gradient in direction 2 on
end A
8 TP2B RS Effective linear gradient in direction 2 on
end B
9 TS(8) RS Temperatures for stress calculation
Record 42 -- PFACE(6409,64,9032)
This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user.

defined by CID
9 FIELD(9) RS See GMLOAD record
22 GNIDA I Side i grid-n A identification number
23 GNIDB I Side i grid-n B identification number
24 PSEL I Computed p value
25 MAXNDF I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom
or stride
Main Index
268 GEOM3

26 FACFID I Grid-n identification number for the face
27 NDOF I Number of degrees-of-freedom for the face
28 LDISTFG I Load distribution flag
29 UNDEF(2 ) none
31 CIDF I Coordinate system identification number of
the face
32 NDOFF(4) I NDOF flags
Record 43 -- PEDGE(6609,66,9031)
This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user.

defined by CID
9 FIELD(4) RS See GMLOAD record
15 F1ID I Grid-n 1 identification number
17 PSEL I Computed p value
or stride
19 INTFL I 1 or 2
20 UNDEF(13 ) none
33 CIDE I Coordinate system identification number of
the edge
Main Index
GEOM3 269

Main Index
270 GEOM301
GEOM301 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for MSC.Nastran Version 2001.
Record 18 -- PLOAD4(7209,72,299)

3 P(4) RS Pressures
7 G1 I Grid point identification number at a corner
of the face
8 G34 I Grid point identification number at a
diagonal from G1 or CTETRA corner
defined by CID
Main Index
GEOM4 271
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom membership and rigid element
connectivity.
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- ASET(5561,76,215)

Record 3 -- ASET1(5571,77,216)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
3 ID1 I First grid or scalar point identification
number
4 ID2 I Second grid or scalar point identification
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 4 -- BNDGRID(10200,102,473)

1 GPI I Shape boundary grid point identification
number
Main Index
272 GEOM4
Record 5 -- BSET(110,1,311)

Record 6 -- BSET1(210,2,312)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 7 -- CSET(310,3,313)

Record 8 -- CSET1(410,4,314)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
Main Index
GEOM4 273

number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 9 -- CYAX(1510,15,328)

1 G I Grid point identification number on the axis
of symmetry
Record 10 -- CYJOIN(5210,52,257)

1 SIDE I Side identification number: 1 or 2
2 C(2) CHAR4 Coordinate system type on symetry
booundary
Record 11 -- CYSUP(1610,16,329)

1 GID I Grid or scalar point identification number
Record 12 -- CYSYM(1710,17,330)

2 STYPE(2) CHAR4 Symmetry type
Main Index
274 GEOM4
Record 13 -- EGENDT(8801,88,9022)

1 LOADID I Load set identification number
2 SPCID I SPC set identification number
5 DISTFLG I Distribution flag
6 DISFUN I Distribution function (DEQATN)
7 DISTAB I Distribution table (TABLE3D)
8 FIELD(4) RS See GMBC record
14 EORD I Edge order
17 CURVID I Curve identification number
21 MIDG I
22 POINT(2) I Point identification numbers
26 NDOF I I,{
27 CIDE I Coordinate system identification number
for the edge
28 MAXNDFE I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom,
or stride, for the edge
29 MAXNDFB I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom,
or stride, for the body
30 PUSER I p-level specified by user
31 PSEL I p-level selected by program
32 BODYFID I Grid-n identification number for the body
33 NDOFB I Number of degrees-of-freedom for the body
Main Index
GEOM4 275

36 X RS S,{
37 Y RS S,{
38 Z RS S,{
Record 14 -- FCENDT(9001,90,9024)

5 DISTFLG I Distribution flag
6 DISFUN I Distribution function (DEQATN)
7 DISTAB I Distribution table (TABLE3D)
8 FIELD(9) RS See GMBC record
or stride
21 CIDE I Coordinate system identification number of
the edge
24 MAXNDFF I Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom
for the face
25 CIDF I Coordinate system identification number
for the face
Main Index
276 GEOM4

28 EORD I Edge order
35 CIDF I Coordinate system identification number
for the face
36 MAXNDIF I
37 UNDEF none
38 PUSER(4) I p-level specified by user
42 PSEL(4) I p-level selected by program
50 X RS
51 Y RS
52 Z RS
Record 15 -- GMBC(8001,80,395)

1 LID I Load set identification number
2 SPCID I SPC set identification number
6 METHOD I Method of data specification
METHOD =1 TABLE3D
8 UNDEF(8 ) none
METHOD =2 DEQATN
Main Index
GEOM4 277

8 UNDEF(8 ) none
METHOD =3 CONSTANT
7 FIELD(9) RS Enforced displacement data
METHOD =4 LINEAR
METHOD =5 QUAD
METHOD =6 CUBIC
End METHOD
Record 16 -- GMSPC(7801,78,393)

1 ID I Set identification number
Record 17 -- MPC(4901,49,17)

4 A RX Coefficient
5 GI I Grid point identification number
7 AI RX Coefficient
Main Index
278 GEOM4
Record 18 -- MPCADD(4891,60,83)

2 S I Set identification number
Record 19 -- OMIT(5001,50,15)

Record 20 -- OMIT1(4951,63,92)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 21 -- QSET(510,5,315)

Main Index
GEOM4 279
Record 22 -- QSET1(610,6,316)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 23 -- RBAR(6601,66,292)

4 CNA I Component numbers of independent
degrees-of-freedom at end A
5 CNB I Component numbers of independent
degrees-of-freedom at end B
6 CMA I Component numbers of dependent degrees-
of-freedom at end A
7 CMB I Component numbers of dependent degrees-
of-freedom at end B
8 ALPHA RS Thermal expansion coefficient
Record 24 -- RBE1(6801,68,294)

Main Index
280 GEOM4

3 CN I Component numbers of independent
degrees-of-freedom
of-freedom
7 UNDEF none
Record 25 -- RBE2(6901,69,295)

of-freedom
Record 26 -- RBE3(7101,71,187)

point
at G
Main Index
GEOM4 281

of-freedom
9 ALPHA RS Thermal expansion coefficent
Record 27 -- RBJOINT(14201,142,652)

1 ID I RBJOINT Identification number
2 TYPE(2) CHAR4 Type of RBJOINT
4 NI(6) I Grid identification number of the rigid body
nodes
10 ID_STIF I ID of a RBJSTIF entry for joint stiffness
1 1 RPS RS Relative penalty stiffness
12 DAMP RS Damping scale factor on default damping
value
13 PARM RS Parameter depending on the joint type
14 LCID I TABLED1 identification number to define
the load curve for MOTOR joints
15 MOTTYPE I Flag for MOTOR joints
16 R1 RS Radius for GEARS and PULLY joints
17 RAID I Rigid body or accelerometer identification
number
18 LST I
19 CIDFAIL I Coordinate identification number for
resultants in failure criteria
20 TFAIL RS Time for joint failure
21 COUPL RS Coupling between the force and moment
failure criteria
22 NXXFAIL RS Axial force resultant at failure
23 NYYFAIL RS Shear force (yy) resultant at failure
24 NZZFAIL RS Shear force (zz) resultant at failure
Main Index
282 GEOM4

25 MXXFAIL RS Torsional moment resultant at failure
26 MYYFAIL RS Bending moment (yy) resultant at failure
27 MZZFAIL RS Bending moment (zz) resultant at failure
Record 28 -- -- RBJSTIF(14301,143,653)

1 ID I RBJSTIF Identification number
2 IGTF(C) I 1=GENERAL, 2=TRANSL, 3=FLEXTOR
IGTF =1 GENERAL
3 GENERAL CHAR4 GENE: Generalized joint stiffness
4 CIDA I Coordinate identification number for rigid
body A
5 CIDB I Coordinate identification number for rigid
body B
6 LCIDPH I TABLED1 identification number for PHI-
moment versus rotation
7 LCIDT I TABLED1 identification number for
THETA-moment versus rotation
8 LCIDPS I TABLED1 identification number for PSI-
moment versus rotation
9 DLCIDPH I
10 DLCIDT I
11 DLCIDPS I
12 ESPH RS Elastic stiffness for PHI-rotation
13 FMPHTYP CHAR4 Type of friction moment limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
15 FMPH I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
15 FMPH RS Limit on the frictional moment
End SPECOPT
16 EST RS Elastic stiffness for THETA-rotation
17 FMTTYPE CHAR4 Type of friction moment limit
Main Index
GEOM4 283

SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
19 FMT I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
19 FMT RS Limit on the frictional moment
End SPECOPT
20 ESPS RS Elastic stiffness for PSI-rotation
21 FMPSTYPE CHAR4 Type of friction moment limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
23 FMPS I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
23 FMPS RS Limit on the frictional moment
End SPECOPT
24 NSAPH RS Stop angle for negative PHI-rotation
25 PSAPH RS Stop angle for positive PHI-rotation
26 NSAT RS Stop angle for negative THETA-rotation
27 PSAT RS Stop angle for negative THETA-rotation
28 NSAPS RS Stop angle for negative PSI-rotation
29 PSAPS RS Stop angle for negative PSI-rotation
IGTF =2 TRANSL
3 TRANSL CHAR4 TRAN: Translational joint stiffness
body A
body B
6 LCIDX I TABLED1ID for X-force versus X-
translational displacement
7 LCIDY I TABLED1 identification number for Y-
force versus Y-translational displacement
8 LCIDZ I TABLED1 identification number for Z-
force versus Z-translational displacement
9 DLCIDX I
10 DLCIDY I
11 DLCIDZ I
Main Index
284 GEOM4

12 ESX RS Elastic stiffness for X-translational
13 FFXTYPE CHAR4 Type of friction force limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
15 FFX I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
15 FFX RS Limit on the frictional force
End SPECOPT
16 ESY RS Elastic stiffness for Y-translational
17 FFYTYPE CHAR4 Type of friction force limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
19 FFY I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
19 FFY RS Limit on the frictional force
End SPECOPT
20 ESZ RS Elastic stiffness for Z-translational
21 FFZTYPE CHAR4 Type of friction force limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
23 FFZ I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
23 FFZ RS Limit on the frictional force
End SPECOPT
24 NSDX RS Stop displacement for negative X-
translation
25 PSDX RS Stop displacement for positive X-translation
26 NSDY RS Stop displacement for negative Y-
translation
27 PSDY RS Stop displacement for negative Y-
translation
28 NSDZ RS Stop displacement for negative Z-
translation
Main Index
GEOM4 285

29 PSDZ RS Stop displacement for negative Z-
translation
IGTF =3 FLEXTOR
3 FLEXTOR CHAR4 FLEX: Flexion-Torsion joint stiffness
body A
body B
6 LCIDAL I TABLED1 identification number for
ALPHA-moment versus rotation
7 LCIDG I TABLED1 identification number for scale
factor versus GAMA-rotation
8 LCIDBT I TABLED1 identification number for
BETA-torsion moment versus twist
9 DLCIDAL I
10 DLCIDG I TABLED1 identification number for scale
factor versus GAMA-rotation rate
11 DLCIDBT I
12 ESAL RS Elastic stiffness for ALPHA-rotation
13 FFALTYP CHAR4 Type of friction moment limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
15 FMAL I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
15 FMAL RS Limit on the frictional force
End SPECOPT
16 ESBT RS Elastic stiffness for BETA-rotation
17 FMBTTYP CHAR4 Type of friction moment limit
SPECOPT =1 INTEGER
19 FMBT I TABLED1 identification number
SPECOPT =2 REAL
19 FMBT RS Limit on the frictional force
End SPECOPT
20 SAAL RS Stop angle for ALPHA-rotation
Main Index
286 GEOM4

2 1NSABT RS Stop angle for negative BETA-rotation
22 PSABT RS Stop angle for positive BETA-rotation
End IGTF
Record 29 -- RELEASE(1310,13,247)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 30 -- RPNOM(14101,141,640)

2 GS I Search grid may be zero or blank
3 TYPE I 1=general search, 2=property,
3=superelement
4 IDA I Pshell identification number or
superelement identification number
5 IDB I Pshell identification number or
superelement identification number may be
blank. Then search IDA only.
6 R RS Search radius
7 ICN I Integer 0,1,2,12,etc. Default 123456
Main Index
GEOM4 287

8 ALPHA RS Coefficient of thermal expansion
9 XS RX X- Start location of seam axis if gs=0 use
xyz
10 YS RX Y- Start location of seam axis
11 ZS RX Z- Start location of seam axis
Record 31 -- RROD(6501,65,291)

4 CMA I Component numbers of dependent degrees-
of-freedom at end A
5 CMB I Component numbers of dependent degrees-
of-freedom at end B
Record 32 -- RSPLINE(7001,70,186
)

2 DBYL RS Ratio of the diameter to the sum of the
segments lengths
3 G1 I Grid point identification number
4 G2 I Grid point identification number
5 C2 I Components to be constrained
Record 33 -- RSSCON(7201,72,398)

2 TYPE(C) I Type of connectivity
TYPE =0 GRID style 1
3 GRID1 I Grid identification number 1
Main Index
288 GEOM4

6 UNDEF(3 ) none
TYPE =01 GRID style 2
TYPE =02 Edge style
3 EDGE1 I Edge identification number 1
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
TYPE =03 Element style
3 ELID1 I Element identification number 1
4 ELID2 I Element identification number 2
5 UNDEF(4 ) none
TYPE =04 CINTERF
3 CBID I
4 SBID I
5 CBPID I
6 UNDEF(3) none
End TYPE
Record 34 -- RTRPLT(6701,67,293)

4 GC I Grid point C identification number
Main Index
GEOM4 289

5 CNA I Component numbers for independent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex A
6 CNB I Component numbers for independent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex B
7 CNC I Component numbers for independent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex C
8 UNDEF none
9 CMA I Component numbers for dependent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex A
10 CMB I Component numbers for dependent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex B
11 CMC I Component numbers for dependent
degrees-of-freedom at vertex C
Record 35 -- RWELD(11901,119,561)

2 GA I Grid identification number of GA
3 TYPE I Type of shell element
4 GI(8) I Grid identification numbers of shell element
12 GS I Grid identification number of GS
Record 36 -- SEBSET(710,7,317)

Record 37 -- SEBSET1(810,8,318)

Main Index
290 GEOM4

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 38 -- SECSET(910,9,319)

Record 39 -- SECSET1(1010,10,320)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Main Index
GEOM4 291
Record 40 -- SEQSET(1110,11,321)

Record 41 -- SEQSET1(1210,12,322)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 42 -- SESUP(1410,14,325)

Record 43 -- SEUSET(1810,18,334)

2 SNAME I Set name
Main Index
292 GEOM4
Record 44 -- SEUSET1(1910,19,335)

2 SNAME I Set name
THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 45 -- SPC(5501,55,16)

4 UNDEF none
5 D RX Enforced displacement
Record 46 -- SPC1(5481,58,12)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
Main Index
GEOM4 293

number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 47 -- SPCADD(5491,59,13)

2 S I Set identification number
Record 48 -- SPCD(5110,51,256)

1 SID I Superelement identification number
4 UNDEF none
5 D RX Enforced displacement
Record 49 -- SPCDE(8701,87,9021)

4 D RS Enforced displacement
Main Index
294 GEOM4
Record 50 -- SPCDF(8901,89,9023)

Record 51 -- SPCDG(9701,97,9030)

4 METHOD I Method
Record 52 -- SPCE(9301,93,9027)

5 EDGID I Grid or scalar point identification number
Record 53 -- SPCEB(9101,91,9025)

Main Index
GEOM4 295

Record 54 -- SPCF(9401,94,9028)

Record 55 -- SPCFB(9201,92,9026)

Record 56 -- SPCGB(9601,96,9029)

4 METHOD I I,{
Main Index
296 GEOM4
Record 57 -- SPCGRID(8601,86,9031)

4 UNDEF(2 ) none
Record 58 -- SPCOFF(6110,61,343)

Record 59 -- SPCOFF1(6210,62,344)

THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 60 -- SUPORT(5601,56,14)

Main Index
GEOM4 297
Record 61 -- SUPORT1(10100,101,472)

Record 62 -- TEMPBC(11309,113,426)

2 TYPE I Type of temperature boundary condition:
STAT or TRAN
4 GID I Grid or scalar point identification number
Record 63 -- USET(2010,20,193)

1 SNAME I Set name
Record 64 -- USET1(2110,21,194)

1 SNAME I Set name
THRUFLAG=0 No
THRUFLAG=1 Yes
number
Main Index
298 GEOM4

number
End THRUFLAG

Main Index
GEOM4705 299
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints for MSC.Nastran Version 70.5
GEOM4705 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints for

MSC.Nastran Version 70.5
Record 16 -- MPC(4901,49,17)

4 A RS Coefficient
5 GI I Grid point identification number
7 AI RS Coefficient
Record 41 - SPC(5501,55,16)

Record 44 - SPCD(5110,51,256)

1 SID I Load Set identification number
Main Index
300 GPDT68
Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
GPDT68 Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
Contains a list of all grid points and scalar points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z
locations in the location coordinate system along with a location and displacement coordinate system
identification number, and constraint information.
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- POINT

1 ID I Internal grid point identification number
number
(X, R or Rho)
(Y, Theta or Theta)
(Z, Phi or Phi)
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of grid points and scalar points
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
GPDT68 301
Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
Note: 1. Scalar points are identified by CP=-1 and words X1 through PS are zero.
2. See the description of the GRID (p. 1965) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference
Guide Bulk Data entry constraint code, PS.
3. For fluid grid points CD=-1.
Main Index
302 GPL
Grid point list
GPL Grid point list
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- GRID
Contains a list of external grid and scalar identification numbers in internal sort.

Record 3 -- GRIDSIL
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and sequence numbers in internal sort.

2 SEQNO I Sequence number = 1000 * external
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 NGS I Total number of grid and scalar points
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Note: 1. SEQNO, sequence number, may be overridden by the SEQGP Bulk Data entry.
Main Index
HIS 303
Table of design iteration history
HIS Table of design iteration history
Contains a compilation of information from the convergence checks.
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- Repeat

1 DSITER I Design iteration number
2 CVTYP I Convergence type: 1=soft or 2=hard
3 CVPROV I Convergence result: 0=no, 1=soft, or 2=hard
4 OBJ1 RS Initial objective value
5 OBJO RS Final objective value
6 GMAX RS Maximum constraint value
7 IRMAX I Row of the maximum constraint value
8 XVAL RS Design variable value
Record 3 -- TRAILER

2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Notes: 1. For soft convergence, the final objective and constraint values are those obtained
from DOM9.
2. For hard convergence, they are obtained from a re-analysis.
3. The design variable values are identical for soft and hard convergence and are
repeated for consistency.
Main Index
304 KDICT
Element stiffness dictionary table
KDICT Element stiffness dictionary table
Each record defines an element in terms of its connection data and address pointers into the
corresponding element matrix in the KELM data block.
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- Repeat
Repeats for each element type.

2 NUMWDS I Number of words per entry
3 NUMGRID(C) I Number of defined grid points
4 DOFPERG I Degrees of freedom (or maximum possible)
per grid point
5 FORM(C) I Form of element matrix
7 NACTIVEG I Number of active grid points
8 GE RS Material damping constant
9 ADDRESS1 I GINO address of matrix
10 ADDRESS2 I GINO address of matrix
FORM =3 Lower left triangle in global coord. system
11 SIL I SIL values of connected grid points
Word 11 repeats NUMGRID times
FORM =4 Lower left triangle and transformation matrices
12 E11 RX Element to basic transformation
Main Index
KDICT 305
Element stiffness dictionary table

FORM =5 Lower left triangle in basic coordinate system
FORM =6 Lower matrix in global coordinate system
11 SIL
End FORM
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 PREC I Precision of element matrices (1 or 2)
2 MAXROW I Maximum number of rows in an element
matrix
3 MAXGRID I Maximum number of grid points in a
FORM=4 record
4 UNDEF(3 ) none
Notes: 1. FORM=3 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the global coordinate
system.
2. FORM=4 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the element coordinate
system transformation matrix is also contained in each element dictionary.
3. FORM=5 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the basic coordinate
system.
4. FORM=6 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the global coordinate
system and the number of degrees-of-freedom is variable.
5. SIL=0 indicates inactive degrees-of-freedom.
Main Index
306 LAMA
Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table
LAMA Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- OFPID -- OFP Header Record

1 RECID(2) I Constants 21 and 6
3 UNDEF(7 ) none
10 SEVEN I Constant 7
11 RESFLG I Residual vector augmentation flag
12 FLDFLG I Fluid modes flag
13 UNDEF(38 ) none
Record 3 -- LAMA
Repeats for each eigenvalue.

2 ORDER I Extraction order
3 EIGEN RS Eigenvalue
4 OMEGA RS Square root of eigenvalue
5 FREQ RS Frequency
6 MASS RS Generalized mass
7 STIFF RS Generalized stiffness
Main Index
LAMA 307
Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 NMODES I Number of modes
2 UNDEF(6 ) none
Main Index
308 MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- CREEP(1003,10,245)

2 T0 RS Reference temperature
3 EXP RS Temperature-dependent term in the creep
rate expression
4 FORM I Form of the input data: "CRLAW" or
"TABLE"
5 TIDKP I TABLES1 identification number which
defines creep model parameter Kp
6 TIDCP I TABLES1 identification number which
defines creep model parameter Cp
7 TIDCS I TABLES1 identification number which
defines creep model parameter Cs
8 THRESH RS Threshold limit for creep process
9 TYPE I Empirical creep law identification number
10 AG(7) RS Coefficients of the empirical creep law
Record 3 -- MAT1(103,1,77)

2 E RS Young’s modulus
3 G RS Shear modulus
4 NU RS Poisson’s ratio
6 A RS Thermal expansion coefficient
Main Index
MPT 309

8 GE RS Structural element damping coefficient
9 ST RS Stress limit for tension
10 SC RS Stress limit for compression
11 SS RS Stress limit for shear
12 MCSID I Material coordinate system identification
number
Record 4 -- MAT2(203,2,78)

2 GIJ(6) RS Material property matrix
9 AJ(3) RS Thermal expansion coefficients
14 ST RS Stress limit for tension
15 SC RS Stress limit for compression
16 SS RS Stress limit for shear
17 MCSID I Material coordinate system identification
number
Record 5 -- MAT3(1403,14,122)

2 EX RS Young’s modulus in the x direction
3 ETH RS Young’s modulus in the theta direction
4 EZ RS Young’s modulus in the z direction
5 NUXTH RS Poisson’s ratios in x-theta direction
6 NUTHZ RS Poisson’s ratios in theta-z direction
7 NUZX RS Poisson’s ratios in z-x direction
9 GZX RS Shear modulus in the z-x direction
Main Index
310 MPT

10 UNDEF none
11 AX RS Thermal expansion coefficient in the x
direction
12 ATH RS Thermal expansion coefficient in the theta
direction
13 AZ RS Thermal expansion coefficient in the z
direction
16 UNDEF none
Record 6 -- MAT4(2103,21,234)

2 K RS Thermal conductivity
3 CP RS Heat capacity per unit mass at constant
pressure
5 H RS Free convection heat transfer coefficient
6 MU RS Dynamic viscosity
7 HGEN RS Heat generation capability used with QVOL
entries
8 REFENTH RS Reference enthalpy
9 TCH RS Lower temperature limit for phase change
region
10 TDELTA RS Total temperature change range
11 QLAT RS Latent heat of fusion per unit mass
Record 7 -- MAT5(2203,22,235)

2 KIJ(6) RS Thermal conductivity matrix
8 CP RS Heat capacity per unit mass
Main Index
MPT 311

10 HGEN RS Heat generation capability used with QVOL
entries
Record 8 -- MAT8(2503,25,288)

2 E1 RS Modulus of elasticity in longitudinal
direction
3 E2 RS Modulus of elasticity in lateral direction
4 NU12 RS Poisson’s ratio
5 G12 RS In-plane shear modulus
6 G1Z RS Transverse shear modulus for shear in 1-Z
plane
7 G2Z RS Transverse shear modulus for shear in 2-Z
plane
9 A1 RS Thermal expansion coefficient in
longitudinal direction
10 A2 RS Thermal expansion coefficient in lateral
direction
11 TREF RS Reference temperature for the calculation of
thermal loads
12 XT RS Allowable longitudinal stress or strain in
tension
13 XC RS Allowable longitudinal stress or strain in
compression
14 YT RS Allowable lateral stress or strain in tension
15 YC RS Allowable lateral stress or strain in
compression
16 S RS Allowable stress or strain for in-plane shear
17 GE RS Structural damping coefficient
18 F12 RS Interaction term in the tensor polynomial
theory of Tsai-Wu
19 STRN RS For the maximum strain theory only
Main Index
312 MPT
Record 9 -- MAT9(2603,26,300)

2 G(21) RS Material property matrix
24 A(6) RS Thermal expansion coefficients
30 TREF RS Reference temperature for the calculation of
thermal loads
32 UNDEF(4 ) none
Record 10 -- MAT10(2801,28,365)

2 BULK RS Bulk modulus
4 C RS Speed of sound
Record 11 -- MAT11(2903,29,371)
This record is not currently used.

1 MID I
2 E1 RS
3 E2 RS
4 E3 RS
5 V12 RS
6 V23 RS
7 V31 RS
8 G12 RS
9 R23 RS
10 G31 RS
Main Index
MPT 313

11 RHO RS
12 A(3) RS
15 XT RS
16 XC RS
17 YT RS
18 YC RS
19 ZT RS
20 ZC RS
21 S12 RS
22 S23 RS
23 S31 RS
Record 12 -- MATHP(4506,45,374)

2 A10 RS Material constant related to distortional
deformation
deformation
4 D1 RS Material constant related to volumetric
deformation
6 ALPHA RS Coefficient of volumetric thermal
expansion
8 GE RS Structural damping element coefficient
9 SF I ???
10 NA I Order of the distortional strain energy
polynomial function
11 ND I Order of the volumetric strain energy
polynomial function
12 KP RS ???
deformation
Main Index
314 MPT

deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
deformation
Main Index
MPT 315

deformation
deformation
35 CONTFLG I Continuation flag

CONTFLG =1 With continuation
36 TAB1 I TABLES1 identification number that
defines tension/compression
defines equibiaxial tension
defines simple shear
defines pure shear
40 UNDEF(3 ) none
defines volumetric compression
CONTFLG =0 Without continuation
End CONTFLG
Record 13 -- MATS1(503,5,90)

2 TID I TABLES1 or TABLEST entry identification
number
3 TYPE I Type of material nonlinearity
4 H RS Work hardening slope
5 YF I Yield function criterion
6 HR I Hardening rule
7 LIMIT1 RS Initial yield point
8 LIMIT2 RS Internal friction angle
9 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
316 MPT
Record 14 -- MATT1(703,7,91)

2 TID(10) I TABLEMi entry identification numbers
12 UNDEF none
Record 15 -- MATT2(803,8,102)

2 TID(15) I TABLEMi entry identification numbers
17 UNDEF none
Record 16 -- MATT3(1503,15,189)

2 TID(15) I entry identification numbers
Record 17 -- MATT4(2303,23,237)

2 TK I TABLEMi identification number for
thermal conductivity
3 TCP I TABLEMi identification number for heat
capacity per unit mass
4 UNDEF none
5 TH I TABLEMi identification number for free
convection heat transfer coefficient
6 TMU I TABLEMi identification number for
dynamic viscosity
7 THGEN I TABLEMi identification number for heat
generation with QVOL entries
Main Index
MPT 317
Record 18 -- MATT5(2403,24,238)

2 TK(6) I TABLEMi identification numbers for
thermal conductivity
8 TCP I TABLEMi identification number for heat
capacity per unit mass
9 UNDEF none
10 THGEN I TABLEMi identification number for heat
generation with QVOL entries
Record 19 -- MATT8(903,9,336)
This record is not currently used.

1 MID I
2 R(16) I
Record 20 -- MATT9(2703,27,301)

2 TG(21) I TABLEMi identification numbers for
material property matrix
23 TRHO I TABLEMi identification number for mass
density
24 TA(6) I TABLEMi identification numbers for
thermal expansion coefficients
30 UNDEF none
31 TGE I TABLEMi identification number for
structural damping coefficient
32 UNDEF(4 ) none
Main Index
318 MPT
Record 21 -- -- MBOLT(12600,126,646)

1 ID I Element identification number of the bolt
2 GRIDC I Control grid ID where forces or
displacements are applied
3 V(3) RS Vector normal to bolt cross section in basic
coordinates
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
9 GRIDS CHAR4 GRID, indicating starting of grid
10 GID I Identification numbers of grid points at the
bolt intersection
11 ELEMS CHAR4 ELEM, indicating starting of element
12 EID I Element identification numbers at the bolt
intersection
Record 22 -- MBOLTUS(12800,128,650)

1 ID I Element identification number of the bolt
2 GRIDC I Control grid identification number where
forces or displacements are applied
3 V(3) RS Vector normal to bolt cross section in basic
coordinates
6 UNDEF(3 ) none
9 TOP CHAR4 TOP, indicating starting of TOP grid
10 GTID I Identification numbers of grid points at the
TOP of bolt intersection
11 BOTTOM CHAR4 BOTT, indicating starting of BOTTOM grid
Main Index
MPT 319

12 GBID I Identification numbers of grid points at the
BOTTOM of bolt intersection
Record 23 -- -- MSTACK(12700,127,649)

1 ID1 I Starting element identification number
2 ID2 I Ending element identification number
3 IDIR I Stacking direction
Record 24 -- NLAUTO(12200,122,434) - SOL 600 only

1 ID I Identification number referenced by a
TSTEP case control entry
2 TINIT RS Initial time step
3 TFINAL RS Total time period
4 RSMALL RS Smallest ratio between steps
5 RBIG RS Largest ratio between steps
6 TSMIN RS Minimum time step
7 TSMAX RS Maximum time step
8 NSMAX I Maximum number of steps allowed
9 NRECYC I Desired number of cycles per increment
10 IENHAN I Enter 1 to acivate the enhanced scheme
11 IDAMP I Enter 1 to use artificial damping for static
12 NSTATE I Number SOF states for PSOT file
13 NCUT I Maximum number of times to cut down
time step
14 LIMTAR I
15 IFINISH I
16 FTEMP RS Finish temp, use with IFINISH, enter only if
IEHAN is 1
17 SFACT RS S
Main Index
320 MPT

18 IFLAG I Not presently used in Nastran-Marc
interface
19 IDTAB I Table identification number scaling
damping factor
20 DAMP RS Damping factor for artificial damping
21 IDMPFLG I Flag for reaching instances in time from
load tables
22 ISTATED I If =1, put states reached by IDMPFLG on
the post files
23 IPHYS I
24 I313 I Flag corresponding to Mar field 13
25 CRITERIA I Choose criteria from 1 thru 10
26 SETID I
27 Y1 RS
28 X1 RS Time for which y1 adjustment is applied
29 Y2 RS
30 X2 RS
31 Y3 RS
32 X3 RS
33 Y4 RS
34 X4 RS
Record 25 -- RADBND(9002,90,410)

1 NUMBER I Number of radiation wave bands
2 PLANCK2 RS Planck’s second radiation constant
3 LAMBDA RS Highest wavelength of the i-th wave band
Main Index
MPT 321
Record 26 -- RADM(8802,88,413)

1 NUMBER(C) I Number of emissivities including
absorptivity
3 EMISI RS Surface emissivity at wavelength
LAMBDAi
Word 3 repeats NUMBER times
Record 27 -- RADMT(8902,89,423)

1 NUMBER(C) I Number of emissivities
3 TEMISI I TABLEMi identification number for surface
emissivity
Word 3 repeats NUMBER times
Record 28 -- NLPARM(3003,30,286)

2 NINC I Number of increments
3 DT RS Incremental time interval for creep analysis
4 KMETHOD I Method for controlling stiffness updates
5 KSTEP I Number of iterations before the stiffness
update
6 MAXITER I Limit on number of iterations for each load
increment
7 CONV I Flags to select convergence criteria
8 INTOUT I Intermediate output flag
9 EPSU RS Error tolerance for displacement U criterion
10 EPSP RS Error tolerance for displacement P criterion
11 EPSW RS Error tolerance for displacement W criterion
Main Index
322 MPT

12 MAXDIV I Limit on probable divergence conditions
13 MAXQN I Maximum number of quasi-Newton
correction vectors
14 MAXLS I Maximum number of line searches
15 FSTRESS RS Fraction of effective stress
16 LSTOL RS Line search tolerance
17 MAXBIS I Maximum number of bisections
18 MAXR RS Maximum ratio for the adjusted arc-length
increment
19 RTOLB RS Maximum value of incremental rotation
Record 29 -- NLPCI(3104,32,350)

2 TYPE CHAR4 Constraint type
3 MINALR RS Minimum allowable arc-length adjustment
ratio
4 MAXALR RS Maximum allowable arc-length adjustment
ratio
5 SCALE RS Scale factor (w) for controlling the loading
contribution
6 UNDEF none
7 DESITER I Desired number of iterations for
convergence
8 MXINC I Maximum number of controlled increment
steps
Record 30 -- TSTEPNL(3103,31,337)

2 NDT I Number of time steps of value DT
3 DT RS Time increment
4 NO I Time step interval for output
5 METHOD I Method for dynamic matrix update
Main Index
MPT 323

6 KSTEP I Time step interval or number of converged
bisections
7 MAXITER I Limit on number of iterations
8 CONV I Flags to select convergence criteria
9 EPSU RS Error tolerance for displacement U criterion
10 EPSP RS Error tolerance for displacement P criterion
11 EPSW RS Error tolerance for displacement W criterion
12 MAXDIV I Limit on probable divergence conditions
13 MAXQN I Maximum number of quasi-Newton
correction vectors
14 MAXLS I Maximum number of line searches
15 FSTRESS RS Fraction of effective stress
16 MAXBIS I Maximum number of bisections
17 ADJUST I Time step skip factor for automatic time step
adjustment
18 MSTEP I Number of steps to obtain the dominant
period response
19 RB RS Define bounds for maintaining the same
time step
20 MAXR RS Maximum ratio for the adjusted arc-length
increment
21 UTOL RS Tolerance on displacement or temperature
increment
22 RTOLB RS Maximum value of incremental rotation

Main Index
324 OBJTAB
Design objective table
OBJTAB Design objective table
OBJTAB is defined for a given analysis type and superelement and contains objective attributes with
retained response identification numbers.
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- HEADER

1 IRID I Response identification number
2 RTYPE1 I Type of response: 1 or 2
3 RTYPE2 I Type of response: 1 or 2
4 MINMAX I Minimum/maximum flag: -1=minimum and
1=maximum
6 SID I Subcase identification number
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Main Index
OEE 325
Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)
OEE Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)
Record 1 -- HEADER

1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Block Name
Record 2 -- IDENT

1 ACODE(C) I Device code + 10*approach code
2 TCODE(C) I 18 for strain, 36 for kinetic, and 37
for energy loss
3 ETOTAL RS Total strain energy of all elements
in subcase/mode
4 SUBCASE I Subcase number
ACODE,4 =0
5 UNDEF none Not defined
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
5 UNDEF none See word 8
ACODE,4 =02 Real Eigenvalues
5 MODE I Mode Number
ACODE,4 =03 Differential Stiffness
ACODE,4 =05 Frequency
5 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE,4 =06 Transient
5 TIME RS Time Step
ACODE,4 =07 Buckling 0 ( Pre buckling )
ACODE,4 =08 Buckling 1 ( Post buckling )
ACODE,4 =09 Complex Eigenvalues
Main Index
326 OEE

ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 106 )
5 LOADFAC RS Load factor
ACODE,4 =11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 4 ? ) )
ACODE,4 =12 CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 )
5 TIME RS Time Step
End ACODE,4
6 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element type name
8 LOADSET I Load set or zero
9 FCODE I Format code
10 NUMWDE(C) I Number of words per entry in
DATA record
11 CVALRES I C
12 ESUBT RS Subtotal of Strain Energy in the Set
13 SETID I Set identification number Number
14 EIGENR RS Natural eigenvalue -- real part
15 EIGENI RS Natural eigenvalue
-- imaginary part
16 FREQ RS Natural frequency
17 UNDEF none
18 ETOTPOS RS Total positive energy
19 ETOTNEG RS Total negative energy
20 UNDEF(31 ) none
51 TITLE(32) CHAR4 Title
83 SUBTITL(32) CHAR4 Subtitle
115 LABEL(32) CHAR4 Label
Record 3 -- DATA

TCODE,1 =1 Sort 1
NUMWIDE=04 Standard element identification number
Main Index
OEE 327

1 EKEY I
NUMWIDE =05 DMIG matrix name
1 DMIGNAME(2) CHAR4 DMIG matrix name
End NUMWIDE
TCODE,1 =02 Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT
ACODE,4 =0
ACODE,4 =01
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =02
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =03
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =04
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =08
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =09
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =10
1 FQTS RS Frequency or Time step
ACODE,4 =11
1 EKEY I
ACODE,4 =12
1 EKEY I
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
Main Index
328 OEE

2 ENERGY RS Element Energy or Subtotal
after all elements
3 PCT RS Percent of Total Energy
4 DEN RS Element Energy Density, or '-1'
after all elements
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of element types output
2 UNDEF(4 ) none
6 WORD6 I OR’ed value of the device code
extracted from ACODE across all
IDENT records
Notes: 1. Records are repeated for each element type having at least one element requested
for output. They are also repeated for each subcase.
2. Device code:
1 = print
2 = plot
4 = punch
5 = print and punch, etc.
3. Approach code:
1 = statics
2 = reigen
3=ds0
4 = ds1
5 = freq
6 = tran
7 = bkl0
8 = bkl1
9 = ceigen
10 = pla
4. Nonexistent element energy densities are flagged by integer '-1' in the field.
Main Index
OEF 329
Table of element forces
OEF Table of element forces
Also contains composite failure indices and a analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2
formats.
Record 1 -- HEADER

3 MONTH I
4 DAY I
5 YEAR I
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
Record 2 -- DATA
Record 3 -- IDENT

1 ACODE(C) I Device code + 10*Approach code
2 TCODE(C) I Table code
3 ELTYPE(C) I Element type
4 SUBCASE I Subcase or random identification number
TCODE,1 =1 SORT1 format
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =02 Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues)
6 EIGN RS Eigenvalue
7 UNDEF none
ACODE,4 =03 Differential Stiffness 0
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
330 OEF

6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 FREQ RS Frequency
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 TIME RS Time step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =07 Pre-buckling
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =08 Post-buckling
6 EIGR RS Eigenvalue
7 UNDEF none
6 EIGR RS Eigenvalue -- real part
7 EIGI RS Eigenvalue -- imaginary part
ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear Statics
5 LOADSTEP RS Load step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End ACODE,4
TCODE,1 =02 SORT2 format
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End TCODE,1
8 DLOADID I Dynamic load set identification or random
code number
9 FCODE(C) I Format code
Main Index
OEF 331

10 NUMWDE(C) I Number of words per entry
11 OCODE I
12 UNDEF(11 ) none
23 THERMAL(C) I =1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
24 UNDEF(27 ) none
Record 4 -- DATA

TCODE,1 =1 SORT1 Format
TCODE,1 =02 SORT2 Format
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
ACODE,4 =02 Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues)
1 FREQ RS Frequency
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07 Pre-buckling
ACODE,4 =08 Post-buckling
Main Index
332 OEF

ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear Statics
ACODE,4 =11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
THERMAL =1 Thermal data
NUMWDE =10 2-D and 3-D elements
2 NAME(2) CHAR4 Element type
4 XGRAD RS x gradient or '1'
5 YGRAD RS y gradient or '1'
6 ZGRAD RS z gradient or '1'
7 XFLUX RS x flux or '1'
8 YFLUX RS y flux or '1'
9 ZFLUX RS z flux or '1'
10 ZED I zero
NUMWDE =8 (CHBDY) thermal 107,108,109
2 NAME(2) CHAR4 Element name
4 FAPPLIED RS Applied load
5 FREECONV RS Free convection
6 FORCECON RS Forced convection
7 FRAD RS Radiation
8 FTOTAL RS Total
NUMWDE =2 Convection elements
2 FTOTAL RS Total
NUMWDE =9 1-D elements; e.g., CBEAM, CBEND, CTUBE
2 NAME(2) CHAR4 Element type
Main Index
OEF 333

NUMWDE =58 VUHEXA 145 Thermal
2 PARENT I Parent C
3 VUGRID I VU grid identification number
NUMWDE =44 VUPENTA 146 Thermal
2 PARENT I Parent identification number
NUMWDE =30 VUTETRA 147 Thermal
2 PARENT I Parent identification number
3 VUGRID I VU Grid identification number
NUMWDE =34 VUQUAD 189 Thermal
2 PARENT I Parent p-element identification number
3 COORD I Coordinate system identification number
Main Index
334 OEF

4 ICORD CHAR4 Flat/curved etc.
5 THETA I Material angle
6 UNDEF none
7 VUGRID I VU Grid identification number
NUMWDE =27 VUTRIA 190 Thermal
6 UNDEF none
NUMWDE =18 VUBEAM 191 Thermal
Main Index
OEF 335

End NUMWDE
THERMAL =00 Non-thermal element output
ELTYPE =01 Rod element (CROD)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2 Real or random response
2 AF RS Axial Force
3 TRQ RS Torque
TCODE,7 =1 Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
2 AFR RS Axial Force -- real/magnitude part
3 AFI RS Axial Force -- imaginary/phase part
4 TRQR RS Torque -- real/magnitude part
5 TRQI RS Torque -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =02 Beam element (CBEAM)
3 SD RS Station Distance divided by element's length
4 BM1 RS Bending moment plane 1
6 TS1 RS Shear Plane 1
7 TS2 RS Shear Plane 2
8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TTRQ RS Total Torque
10 WTRQ RS Warping Torque
3 SD RS Station Distance divided by element's length
4 BM1R RS Bending moment plane 1 -- real/magnitude
part
Main Index
336 OEF

part
6 TS1R RS Shear plane 1 -- real/magnitude part
8 AFR RS Axial force -- real/magnitude part
9 TTRQR RS Total torque -- real/magnitude part
10 WTRQR RS Warping torque -- real/magnitude part
11 BM1I RS Bending moment plane 1 --
imaginary/phase part
13 TS1I RS Shear plane 1 -- imaginary/phase part
15 AFI RS Axial force -- imaginary/phase part
16 TTRQI RS Total torque -- imaginary/phase part
17 WTRQI RS Warping torque -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
Words 2 through max repeat 011 times
ELTYPE =03 Tube element (CTUBE)
2 AF RS Axial Force
3 TRQ RS Torque
5 TEQI RS Torque -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =04 Shear panel element (CSHEAR)
2 F41 RS Force 4 to 1
Main Index
OEF 337

10 KF1 RS Kick Force on 1
11 S12 RS Shear 1 2
13 S23 RS Shear 2 3
15 S34 RS Shear 3 4
17 S41 RS Shear 4 1
2 F41R RS Force 4 to 1 -- real/magnitude part
10 F41I RS Force 4 to 1 -- imaginary/phase part
18 KF1R RS Kick Force on 1 -- real/magnitude part
19 S12R RS Shear 1 2 -- real/magnitude part
Main Index
338 OEF

26 KF1I RS Kick Force on 1 -- imaginary/phase part
27 S12I RS Shear 1 2 -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =05 FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2 (follower
stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =06 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =07 PLOAD4 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =08 PLOADX1 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =09 PLOAD and PLOAD2 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =10 Rod element connection and property (CONROD)
2 AF RS Axial Force
3 TRQ RS Torque
Main Index
OEF 339

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =11 Scalar spring element (CELAS1)
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 F RS Force
2 FR RS Force -- real/magnitude part
3 FI RS Force -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =12 Scalar spring element with properties (CELAS2)
2 F RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =13 Scalar spring element to scalar points only (CELAS3)
2 F RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =14 Scalar spring element to scalar pts. only with prop. (CELAS4)
2 F RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =15 AEROT3
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =16 AEROBEAM
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
340 OEF

ELTYPE =17 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =18 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =19 Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =20 Scalar damper (CDAMP1 and see Note 2.)
2 F RS Force
2 FR RS Force
3 FI RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =21 Scalar damper with properties (CDAMP2 and see Note 2.)
2 F RS Force
2 FR RS Force
3 FI RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =22 Scalar damper to scalar pts. only (CDAMP3 and see Note 2.)
2 F RS Force
2 FR RS Force
3 FI RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =23 Scalar damper to scalar pts. only with prop. (CDAMP4; see
Note 2.)
2 F RS Force
2 FR RS Force
Main Index
OEF 341

3 FI RS Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =24 Viscous damper (CVISC)
2 AF RS Axial force
3 TRQ RS Torque
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =25 Scalar mass (CMASS1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =26 Scalar mass with properties (CMASS2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =27 Scalar mass to scalar pts. only (CMASS3)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =28 Scalar mass to scalar pts. only with properties (CMASS4)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =29 Concentrated mass element -- general form (CONM1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =30 Concentrated mass element -- rigid body form (CONM2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =31 Dummy plot element (PLOTEL)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =32 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =33 Quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)
2 MX RS Membrane in x
3 MY RS Membrane in y
Main Index
342 OEF

4 MXY RS Membrane in xy
5 BMX RS Bending in x
6 BMY RS Bending in y
7 BMXY RS Bending in xy
8 TX RS Transverse Shear in x
9 TY RS Transverse Shear in y
2 MXR RS Membrane in x -- real/magnitude part
3 MYR RS Membrane in y -- real/magnitude part
4 MXYR RS Membrane in xy -- real/magnitude part
5 BMXR RS Bending in x -- real/magnitude part
6 BMYR RS Bending in y -- real/magnitude part
7 BMXYR RS Bending in xy -- real/magnitude part
8 TXR RS Transverse Shear in x -- real/magnitude part
9 TYR RS Transverse Shear in y -- real/magnitude part
10 MXI RS Membrane in x -- imaginary/phase part
11 MYI RS Membrane in y -- imaginary/phase part
12 MXYI RS Membrane in xy -- imaginary/phase part
13 BMXI RS Bending in x -- imaginary/phase part
14 BMYI RS Bending in y -- imaginary/phase part
15 BMXYI RS Bending in xy -- imaginary/phase part
16 TXI RS Transverse Shear in x -- imaginary/phase
part
17 TYI RS Transverse Shear in y -- imaginary/phase
part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =34 Simple beam element (CBAR and see also ELTYPE=100)
2 BM1A RS Bending moment at end A plane 1
3 BM2A RS Bending moment at end A plane 2
4 BM1B RS Bending moment at end B plane 1
5 BM2B RS Bending moment at end B plane 2
6 TS1 RS Shear plane 1
Main Index
OEF 343

8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TRQ RS Torque
2 BM1AR RS Bending moment at end A plane 1 -- real
part
3 BM2AR RS Bending moment at end A plane 2 -- real
part
4 BM1BR RS Bending moment at end B plane 1 -- real
part
5 BM2BR RS Bending moment at end B plane 2 -- real
part
6 TS1R RS Shear plane 1 -- real part
8 AFR RS Axial force -- real part
9 TRQR RS Torque -- real part
10 BM1AI RS Bending moment at end A plane 1 --
imaginary part
11 BM2AI RS Bending moment at end A plane 2 --
imaginary part
12 BM1BI RS Bending moment at end B plane 1 --
imaginary part
13 BM2BI RS Bending moment at end B plane 2 --
imaginary part
14 TS1I RS Shear plane 1 -- imaginary part
16 AFI RS Axial Force -- imaginary part
17 TRQI RS Torque -- imaginary part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =35 Axisymmetric shell element (CCONEAX)
2 HOPA RS Harmonic or point angle
3 BMU RS Bending moment u
4 BMV RS Bendingmoment v
5 TM RS Twisting moment
6 SU RS Shear u
Main Index
344 OEF

7 SV RS Shear v
ELTYPE =36 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =37 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =38 Gap element (CGAP)
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 FX RS Compression force in x
3 SFY RS Shear force in y
4 SFZ RS Shear force in z
5 U RS Axial displacement in u
6 V RS Shear displacement in v
7 W RS Shear displacement in w
8 SV RS Slip displacement in v
9 SW RS Slip displacement in w
2 FX RS Compression force in x
3 SFY RS Shear force in y
4 SFZ RS Shear force in z
5 U RS Axial displacement in u
6 V RS Shear displacement in v
7 W RS Shear displacement in w
8 SV RS Slip displacement in v
9 SW RS Slip displacement in w
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =39 Acoustics -- Tetra (?)
2 AXR RS
3 AYR RS
4 AZR RS
5 VXR RS
6 VYR RS
7 VXR RS
8 AXI RS
Main Index
OEF 345

9 AYI RS
10 AZI RS
11 VXI RS
12 VYI RS
13 VXI RS
14 DB RS
ELTYPE =40 Rod type spring and damper (CBUSH1D)
2 FE RS Element Force
3 UE RS Axial displacement
4 VE RS Axial velocity*
5 AS RS Axial stress*
6 AE RS Axial strain*
7 EP RS Plastic strain*
8 FAIL I Failed element flag
ELTYPE =41 unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA1)
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =43 Fluid element with 2 points (CFLUID2)
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =46 Cflmass
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =47 Fluid element with 2 points (CAXIF2)
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =50 Three-point slot element (CSLOT3)
Main Index
346 OEF

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =51 Four-point slot element (CSLOT4)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =52 Heat transfer plot element for CHBDYG and CHBDYP
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =53 Axisymmetric triangular element (CTRIAX6)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =54 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIM6)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =55 Three-point dummy element (CDUM3)
2 F(9) RS User defined
2 FR(9) RS User defined -- real/magnitude
11 FI(9) RS User defined -- magnitude/phase
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =56 Four-point dummy element (CDUM4)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =57 Five-point dummy element (CDUM5)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =58 Six-point dummy element (CDUM6)
Main Index
OEF 347

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =59 Seven-point dummy element (CDUM7)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =60 Two-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC2D or CDUM8)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =61 Three-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC3D or CDUM9)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =62 Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM1)
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =64 Curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8)
2 TERM CHAR4 Character string "CEN/"
3 GRID I Number of active grids or corner grid
Main Index
348 OEF

4 MX RS Membrane force in x
5 MY RS Membrane force in y
6 MXY RS Membrane force in xy
7 BMX RS Bending moment in x
8 BMY RS Bending moment in y
9 BMXY RS Bending moment in xy
10 TX RS Shear force in x
11 TY RS Shear force in y
4 MXR RS Membrane force in x -- real/magnitude part
5 MYR RS Membrane force in y -- real/magnitude part
6 MXYR RS Membrane force in xy -- real/magnitude
part
7 BMXR RS Bending moment in x -- real/magnitude part
8 BMYR RS Bending moment in y -- real/magnitude part
9 BMXYR RS Bending moment in xy -- real/magnitude
part
10 TXR RS Shear force in x -- real/magnitude part
11 TYR RS Shear force in y -- real/magnitude part
12 MXI RS Membrane force in x -- imaginary/phase
part
13 MYI RS Membrane force in y -- imaginary/phase
part
14 MXYI RS Membrane force in xy -- imaginary/phase
part
15 BMXI RS Bending moment in x -- imaginary/phase
part
16 BMYI RS Bending moment in y -- imaginary/phase
part
17 BMXYI RS Bending moment in xy -- imaginary/phase
part
18 TXI RS Shear force in x -- imaginary/phase part
19 TYI RS Shear force in y -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
Main Index
OEF 349

ELTYPE =65 Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX8)
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =67 Acoustics in HEXA
2 AXR RS
3 AYR RS
4 AZR RS
5 VXR RS
6 VYR RS
7 VXR RS
8 AXI RS
9 AYI RS
10 AZI RS
11 VXI RS
12 VYI RS
13 VXI RS
14 DB RS
ELTYPE =68 Acoustics in PENTA
2 AXR RS
3 AYR RS
4 AZR RS
5 VXR RS
6 VYR RS
7 VXR RS
8 AXI RS
9 AYI RS
10 AZI RS
11 VXI RS
12 VYI RS
13 VXI RS
14 DB RS
Main Index
350 OEF

ELTYPE =69 Curved beam or pipe element (CBEND -- see note.)
7 AF RS Axial force
8 TRQ RS Torque
2 GRID I Grid point identification number --
real/magnitude part
part
part
imagnitude/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =70 Triangular plate element (CTRIAR)
Main Index
OEF 351

part
part
part
part
part
part
part
part
End TCODE,7
Main Index
352 OEF

ELTYPE =71 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =72 AEROQ4
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =73 Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =74 Triangular shell element (CTRIA3)
2 MX RS Membrane in x
3 MY RS Membrane in y
4 MXY RS Membrane in xy
5 BMX RS Bending in x
6 BMY RS Bending in y
7 BMXY RS Bending in xy
8 TX RS Transverse Shear in x
9 TY RS Transverse Shear in y
2 MXR RS Membrane in x -- real/magnitude part
3 MYR RS Membrane in y -- real/magnitude part
4 MXYR RS Membrane in xy -- real/magnitude part
5 BMXR RS Bending in x -- real/magnitude part
6 BMYR RS Bending in y -- real/magnitude part
7 BMXYR RS Bending in xy -- real/magnitude part
8 TXR RS Transverse Shear in x -- real/magnitude part
9 TYR RS Transverse Shear in y -- real/magnitude part
10 MXI RS Membrane in x -- imaginary/phase part
11 MYI RS Membrane in y -- imaginary/phase part
12 MXYI RS Membrane in xy -- imaginary/phase part
13 BMXI RS Bending in x -- imaginary/phase part
14 BMYI RS Bending in y -- imaginary/phase part
15 BMXYI RS Bending in xy -- imaginary/phase part
Main Index
OEF 353

16 TXI RS Transverse Shear in x -- imaginary/phase
part
17 TYI RS Transverse Shear in y -- imaginary/phase
part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =75 Curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6)
part
part
part
part
part
Main Index
354 OEF

part
part
part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =76 Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid element
(CHEXA)
2 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element name: "HEXPR"
4 AXR RS Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part
5 AYR RS Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part
6 AZR RS Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part
7 VXR RS Velocity in x -- real/magnitude part
8 VYR RS Velocity in y -- real/magnitude part
9 VZR RS Velocity in y -- real/magnitude part
10 PRESSURE RS Pressure in DB
11 AXI RS Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part
12 AYI RS Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part
13 AZI RS Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part
14 VXI RS Velocity in x -- imaginary/phase part
15 VYI RS Velocity in y -- imaginary/phase part
16 VXI RS Velocity in y -- imaginary/phase part
ELTYPE =77 Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid element
(CPENTA)
2 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element name: "PENPR"
4 AX RS Acceleration in x
5 AY RS Acceleration in x
6 AZ RS Acceleration in x
7 VX RS Velocity in x
Main Index
OEF 355

8 VY RS Velocity in y
9 VZ RS Velocity in y
TCODE,7 =1 Complex
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =78 Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid element
(CTETRA)
2 ELNAME(2) CHAR4 Element name: "TETPR"
4 AX RS Acceleration in x
5 AY RS Acceleration in x
6 AZ RS Acceleration in x
7 VX RS Velocity in x
8 VY RS Velocity in y
9 VZ RS Velocity in y
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
356 OEF

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =79 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =80 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =81 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =82 Quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR)
3 GRID I Number of active grids (4) or corner grid
Main Index
OEF 357

part
part
part
part
part
part
part
part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =83 Acoustic absorber element (CHACAB)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =84 Acoustic barrier element (CHACBR)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =85 Nonlinear TETRA
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =86 Nonlinear GAP
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =87 Nonlinear TUBE
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =88 Nonlinear TRIA3
Main Index
358 OEF

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =89 Nonlinear ROD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =90 Nonlinear QUAD4
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =91 Nonlinear PENTA
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =92 Nonlinear CONROD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =93 Acoustics in HEXA
2 AXR RS
3 AYR RS
4 AZR RS
5 VXR RS
6 VYR RS
7 VXR RS
8 AXI RS
9 AYI RS
10 AZI RS
11 VXI RS
12 VYI RS
13 VXI RS
14 DB RS
ELTYPE =94 Nonlinear BEAM
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =95 Composite quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)
2 THEORY(2) CHAR4 Theory
4 LAMID I Lamina number
5 FP RS Failure index for direct stresses
6 FM RS Failure mode for maximum strain theory
7 FB RS Failure index for interlaminar shear stress or
-1
8 FMAX RS Maximum of FP and FB or -1.
Main Index
OEF 359

9 FFLAG CHAR4 Failure flag
ELTYPE =96 Composite curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8)
-1
8 FMAX RS Maximum of FP and FB or -1
ELTYPE =97 Composite triangular shell element (CTRIA3)
-1
ELTYPE =98 Composite curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6)
-1
9 FFLAG I Failure flag
ELTYPE =99 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =100 Simple beam element w/stations (CBAR with CBARAO or
PLOAD1)
2 SD RS Station distance divided by length
Main Index
360 OEF

7 AF RS Axial force
8 TRQ RS Torque
2 SD RS Station distance divided by length
part
part
5 TP1R RS Shear plane 1 -- real/magnitude part
6 TP2R RS Shear plane 2 -- real/magnitude part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =101 Acoustic absorber element with freq. dependence (CAABSF)
2 IMPEDR RS Impedance -- real/magnitude part
3 IMPEDI RS Impedance -- imaginary/phase part
4 ABSORB RS Absorption coefficient
ELTYPE =102 Generalized spring and damper element (CBUSH)
2 FX RS Force x
3 FY RS Force y
4 FZ RS Force z
Main Index
OEF 361

5 MX RS Moment x
6 MY RS Moment y
7 MZ RS Moment z
2 FXR RS Force x -- real/magnitude part
3 FYR RS Force y -- real/magnitude part
4 FZR RS Force z -- real/magnitude part
5 MXR RS Moment x -- real/magnitude part
6 MYR RS Moment y -- real/magnitude part
7 MZR RS Moment z -- real/magnitude part
8 FXI RS Force x -- imaginary/phase part
9 FYI RS Force y -- imaginary/phase part
10 FZI RS Force z -- imaginary/phase part
11 MXI RS Moment x -- imaginary/phase part
12 MYI RS Moment y -- imaginary/phase part
13 MZI RS Moment z -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =103 Quadrilateral shell element (QUADP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =104 Triangular shell p-element (TRIAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =105 Beam p-element (BEAMP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =106 Scalar damper with material property (CDAMP5)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =107 Heat transfer boundary condition element -- (CHBDYE)
7 FRAD RS Radiation
8 FTOTAL RS Total
ELTYPE =108 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYG)
Main Index
362 OEF

7 FRAD RS Radiation
8 FTOTAL RS Total
ELTYPE =109 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYP)
7 FRAD RS Radiation
8 FTOTAL RS Total
ELTYPE =110 Heat boundary element free convection (CONV)
2 CONVHFLW RS Free convection heat flow
3 CNTLNODE I Control node
4 CONVCOEF RS Free convection heat transfer coefficient
ELTYPE =111 Heat boundary element forced convection (CONVM)
2 CONVHFLW RS Forced convection heat flow
4 CONVCOEF RS Forced convection heat transfer coefficient
ELTYPE =112 QBDY3
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =113 QVECT
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =114 QVOL
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =115 Space radiation specification (RADBC)
2 BNDRDFLW RS Boundary radiation heat flow
4 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =116 Slideline contact (SLIF1D)?

2 UNDEF none
Main Index
OEF 363

ELTYPE =117 WELDC
2 BM1A RS Bending moment end A plane 1
4 BM1B RS Bending moment end B plane 1
8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TRQ RS Torque
TCODE,7 =1 Real / Imaginary
2 BM1AR RS Bending moment end A plane 1 -- real part
4 BM1BR RS Bending moment end B plane 1 -- real part
10 BM1AI RS Bending moment end A plane 1 --
imaginary part
imaginary part
12 BM1BI RS Bending moment end B plane 1 -- imaginary
part
part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =118 WELDP
Main Index
364 OEF

imaginary part
imaginary part
part
part
TCODE,7 = 0 or 2 Real or Random responses
8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TRQ RS Torque
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =119 SEAM
Main Index
OEF 365

imaginary part
imaginary part
part
part
TCODE,7 =0 or 2 Real or random responses
8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TRQ RS Torque
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =126 Fastener element (CFAST
2 FXR RS Force x - real/mag. part
3 FYR RS Force y - real/mag. part
4 FZR RS Force z - real/mag. part
5 MXR RS Moment x - real/mag. part
Main Index
366 OEF

6 MYR RS Moment y - real/mag. part
7 MZR RS Moment z - real/mag. part
8 FXI RS Force x - imag./phase part
9 FYI RS Force y - imag./phase part
10 FZI RS Force z - imag./phase part
11 MXI RS Moment x - imag./phase part
12 MYI RS Moment y - imag./phase part
13 MZI RS Moment z - imag./phase part
TCODE,7 = 0,2 Real or Random responses
2 FX RS Force x
3 FY RS Force y
4 FZ RS Force z
5 MX RS Moment x
6 MY RS Moment y
7 MZ RS Moment z
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =127 CQUAD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =128 CQUADX
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =129 RELUC -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =130 RES -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =131 TETRAE -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =132 CTRIA
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =133 CTRIAX
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =134 LINEOB -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =135 LINXOB -- EMAS?
Main Index
OEF 367

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =136 QUADOB -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =137 TRIAOB -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =138 LINEX -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =139 Hyperelastic QUAD4FD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =140 HEXA8FD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =141 Six-sided solid p-element (HEXAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =142 Five-sided solid p-element (PENTAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =143 Four-sided solid p-element (TETRAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =144 Quadrilateral plate element for corner stresses (QUAD144)
3 GRID I Number of active grids (4) or corner grid
4 MX RS Membrane x
5 MY RS Membrane y
6 MXY RS Membrane xy
7 BMX RS Bending x
8 BMY RS Bending y
9 BMXY RS Bending xy
10 TX RS Shear x
11 TY RS Shear y
4 MXR RS Membrane x -- real/magnitude part
5 MYR RS Membrane y -- real/magnitude part
Main Index
368 OEF

6 MXYR RS Membrane xy -- real/magnitude part
7 BMXR RS Bending x -- real/magnitude part
8 BMYR RS Bending y -- real/magnitude part
9 BMXYR RS Bending xy -- real/magnitude part
10 TXR RS Shear x -- real/magnitude part
11 TYR RS Shear y -- real/magnitude part
12 MXI RS Membrane x -- imaginary/phase part
13 MYI RS Membrane y -- imaginary/phase part
14 MXYI RS Membrane xy -- imaginary/phase part
15 BMXI RS Bending x -- imaginary/phase part
16 BMYI RS Bending y -- imaginary/phase part
17 BMXYI RS Bending xy -- imaginary/phase part
18 TXI RS Shear x -- imaginary/phase part
19 TYI RS Shear y -- imaginary/phase part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =145 Six-sided solid display element (VUHEXA)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =146 Five-sided solid display element (VUPENTA)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =147 Four-sided solid display element (VUTETRA)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =148 HEXAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =149 PENTAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =150 TETRAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =151 QUADM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =152 TRIAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =153 QUADXM -- EMAS?
Main Index
OEF 369

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =154 TRIAXM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =155 RADINT
1 BNDRDFLW RS Boundary radiation heat flow
3 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =156 TRIAPW -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =157 LINEPW -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =158 QUADOBM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =159 TRIAOBM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =160 Five-sided finite deformation solid element (PENTA6FD)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =161 Five-sided finite deformation solid element (TETRA4FD)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =162 Triangular finite deformation shell element (TRIA3FD)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =163 HEXAFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =164 QUADFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =165 PENTAFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =166 TETRAFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =167 TRIAFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =168 TRIAX3FD
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
370 OEF

ELTYPE =169 TRIAXFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =170 QUADX4FD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =171 QUADXFD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =174 LINEOBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =175 LINXOBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =176 QUADWGM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =177 TRIAWGM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =178 QUADIB -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =179 TRIAIB -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =180 LINEIB -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =181 LINXIB -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =182 QUADIBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =183 TRIAIBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =184 LINEIBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =185 LINXIBM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =186 QUADPWM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =187 TRIAPWM -- EMAS
Main Index
OEF 371

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =188 LINEPWM -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =189 Quadrilateral plate view element (VUQUAD)
6 UNDEF none
TCODE,7 =0 Real
7 VUID I VU-grid identification number
identification number for corner
8 MFX RS Membrane force x
9 MFY RS Membrane force y
10 MFXY RS Membrane force xy
11 UNDEF(3 ) none
14 BMX RS Bending moment x
15 BMY RS Bending moment y
16 BMXY RS Bending moment xy
17 SYZ RS Shear yz
18 SZX RS Shear zx
19 UNDEF none
7 VUID I VU-grid identification number for corner
8 MFXR RS membrane force x real/magnitude
9 MFYR RS membrane force y real/magnitude
10 MFXYR RS membrane force xy real/magnitude
11 UNDEF(3 ) none
14 BMXR RS bending moment x real/magnitude
15 BMYR RS bending moment y real/magnitude
16 BMXYR RS bending moment xy real/magnitude
17 SYZR RS Shear yz real/magnitude
Main Index
372 OEF

18 SZXR RS Shear zx real/magnitude
19 UNDEF none
20 MFXI RS membrane force x imaginary/phase
21 MFYI RS membrane force y imaginary/phase
22 MFXYI RS membrane force xy imaginary/phase
23 UNDEF(3 ) none
26 BMXI RS bending moment x imaginary/phase
27 BMYI RS bending moment y imaginary/phase
28 BMXYI RS bending moment xy imaginary/phase
29 SYZI RS Shear yz imaginary/phase
30 SZXI RS Shear zx imaginary/phase
31 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =190 Triangular shell view element (VUTRIA)
6 UNDEF none
TCODE,7 =0 Real
7 VUID I VU grid identification number for this
corner
8 MFX RS membrane force x
9 MFY RS membrane force y
10 MFXY RS membrane force xy
11 UNDEF(3 ) none
14 BMX RS bending moment x
15 BMY RS bending moment y
16 BMXY RS bending moment xy
17 SYZ RS Shear yz
18 SZX RS Shear zx
19 UNDEF none
Main Index
OEF 373

7 VUID I VU grid identification number this corner
8 MFXR RS membrane force x real/magnitude
9 MFYR RS membrane force y real/magnitude
10 MFXYR RS membrane force xy real/magnitude
11 UNDEF(3 ) none
14 BMXR RS bending moment x real/magnitude
15 BMYR RS bending moment y real/magnitude
16 BMXYR RS bending moment xy real/magnitude
17 SYZR RS Shear yz real/magnitude
18 SZXR RS Shear zx real/magnitude
19 UNDEF none
20 MFXI RS membrane force x imaginary/phase
21 MFYI RS membrane force y imaginary/phase
22 MFXYI RS membrane force xy imaginary/phase
23 UNDEF(3 ) none
26 BMXI RS bending moment x imaginary/phase
27 BMYI RS bending moment y imaginary/phase
28 BMXYI RS bending moment xy imaginary/phase
29 SYZI RS Shear yz imaginary/phase
30 SZXI RS Shear zx imaginary/phase
31 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =191 Beam view element (VUBEAM)
TCODE,7 =0 Real
5 VUGRID I VU grid identification number for output
grid
Main Index
374 OEF

6 POSIT RS x/L position of VU grid identification
number
7 FORCEX RS Force x
8 SHEARY RS Shear force y
9 SHEARZ RS shear force z
10 TORSION RS torsional moment x
11 BENDY RS bending moment y
12 BENDZ RS bending moment z
grid
number
7 FORCEXR RS Force x real/magnitude
8 SHEARYR RS Shear force y real/magnitude
9 SHEARZR RS shear force z real/magnitude
10 TORSINR RS torsional moment x real/magnitude
11 BENDYR RS bending moment y real/magnitude
12 BENDZR RS bending moment z real/magnitude
13 FORCEXI RS Force x imaginary/phase
14 SHEARYI RS Shear force y imaginary/phase
15 SHEARZI RS shear force z imaginary/phase
16 TORSINI RS torsional moment x imaginary/phase
17 BENDYI RS bending moment y imaginary/phase
18 BENDZI RS bending moment z imaginary/phase
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =192 CVINT
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =193 QUADFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =194 TRIAFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =195 LINEFR -- EMAS
Main Index
OEF 375

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =196 LINXFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =197 GMINTS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =198 CNVPEL
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =199 VUHBDY
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =200 CWELD
8 AF RS Axial Force
9 TRQ RS Torque
imaginary part
imaginary part
part
Main Index
376 OEF

part
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =202 Nonlinear hyperelastic HEXA4FD
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =203 Slideline contact (SLIF1D)? See also ELTYPE=116
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =204
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =205
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =206 Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format (TRIA3FD)
Gauss
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =207 Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format
(HEXAFD) Gauss
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =208
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =209
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =210
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =211
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =212
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =213
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =214
Main Index
OEF 377

2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =215
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =216
2 UNDEF none
Grid
2 UNDEF none
(HEXAFD) Grid
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =219
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =220
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =221
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =222
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =223
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =224 Nonlinear ELAS1
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =226 Nonlinear BUSH
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =232 Composite quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR
-1
Main Index
378 OEF

ELTYPE =233 Composite triangular shell element (CTRIAR)
-1
ELTYPE =235 Quadrilateral plate element for center punch (CQUADR)
part
6 BMXYR RS Bending moment in xy -- real/ magnitude
part
9 MXI RS Membrane force in x -- magnitude/ phase
part
10 MYI RS Membrane force in y -- magnitude/ phase
part
11 MXYI RS Membrane force in xy -- imaginary/ phase
part
12 BMXI RS Bending moment in x -- imaginary/ phase
part
13 BMYI RS Bending moment in y -- imaginary/ phase
part
Main Index
OEF 379

14 BMXYI RS Bending moment in xy -- imaginary/ phase
part
TCODE,7 = Real or Random responses
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =236 Triangular plate element for center punch (CTRIAR)
part
6 BMXYR RS Bending moment in xy -- real/ magnitude
part
9 MXI RS Membrane force in x -- magnitude/-phase
part
10 MYI RS Membrane force in y -- magnitude/ phase
part
11 MXYI RS Membrane force in xy -- magnitude/ phase
part
12 BMXI RS Bending moment in x -- magnitude/ phase
part
Main Index
380 OEF

13 BMYI RS Bending moment in y -- imaginary/ phase
part
14 BMXYI RS Bending moment in xy - imaginary/ phase
part
TCODE,7 = Real or Random responses
End TCODE,7
End ELTYPE
End THERMAL
End ELTYPE
End THERMAL
Record 5 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(5 ) none
6 WORD6 I OR’ed value of the device code extracted
from ACODE across all IDENT records
Note: 1. The RECORD=IDENT and DATA pair is repeated for each subcase.
2. For CDAMPi and CVISC elements, force output is only available in frequency
response.
3. For composite elements, ELTYPEs 95 through 98, OEF contains composite failure
indices and the DATA record is repeated for each ply as well as each element. Also,
EID=-1, then OFP module prints a blank line.
Main Index
Ch. 4: Data BlocksMSC Nastran DMAP Programmer’
OES Table of element stresses or strains
For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats.
Record 1 -- HEADER

3 WORD I No def or month, year, one, one
Record 2 -- IDENT

3 ELTYPE(C) I Element type
TCODE,1 =1 Sort 1
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
5 LSDVMN I Load set number
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =02 Real eigenvalues
7 MODECYCL F1 Mode or cycle
ACODE,4 =03 Differential stiffness
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =04 Differential stiffness
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 FREQ RS Frequency
Main Index
382 OES
Table of element stresses or strains

6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 TIME RS Time step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =07 Buckling phase 0 (pre-buckling)
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =08 Buckling phase 1 (post-buckling)
5 LSDVMN I Mode number
7 UNDEF none
ACODE,4 =09 Complex eigenvalues
5 MODE I Mode
6 EIGR RS Eigenvalue (real)
7 EIGI RS Eigenvalue (imaginary)
ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear statics
5 LFTSFQ RS Load step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 TIME RS Time step?
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End ACODE,4
TCODE,1 =02 Sort 2
5 LSDVMN I Load set, mode number, time step, etc.
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End TCODE,1
8 LOADSET I Load set number or zero or random code
Main Index
OES 383

10 NUMWDE(C) I Number of words per entry in DATA
record
11 SCODE(C) I Stress/strain code
12 UNDEF(11 ) none
23 THERMAL(C) I =1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise

24 UNDEF(27 ) none

Record 3 -- DATA

SORTCODE=1 Sort 1 -- SortCode=((TCODE/1000)+2)/2
1 EKEY I Device code + 10*point identification
number
TCODE,1 =02 Sort 2
ACODE/10=01 Analysis type
number
ACODE,4 =02
number
ACODE,4 =03
number
ACODE,4 =04
number
ACODE,4 =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07
Main Index
384 OES

number
ACODE,4 =08
number
ACODE,4 =09
number
ACODE,4 =10
1 FQTS RS Frequency or time step
ACODE,4 =11
number
ACODE,4 =12
number
End ACODE,4
End ACODE/10
THERMAL =1 Thermal data
2 SIDEID I Side identification number
3 HBDYID I Hbdy identification number
4 CNVCEF RS Convection coefficient or '-1'
6 FCONV RS Convection
7 FRAD RS Radiation
8 FTOTAL RS Total
ELTYPE =00 Grid -- OES1G table
2 MATID I Material identification number
3 NX1 RS Normal in x at d1
4 NY1 RS Normal in y at d1
5 TXY1 RS Shear in xy at d1
6 SA1 RS Theta (shear angle) at d1
7 MJRP1 RS Major principal at d1
Main Index
OES 385

8 MNRP1 RS Minor principal at d1
9 TMAX1 RS Maximum shear at d1
10 PCODE I 10*interpolation points + projection code
11 NX2 RS Normal in x at d2
12 NY2 RS Normal in y at d2
13 TXY2 RS Shear in xy at d2
14 SA2 RS Theta (shear angle) at d2
15 MJRP2 RS Major principal at d2
16 MNRP2 RS Minor principal at d2
17 TMAX2 RS Maximum shear at d2
ELTYPE =01 Rod element (CROD)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 AE RS Axial strain
3 MSA RS Axial safety margin*
4 TE RS Torsional strain
5 MST RS Torsional safety margin*
2 AER RS Axial strain
3 AEI RS Axial strain
4 TER RS Torsional strain
5 TEI RS Torsional strain
TCODE,7 =2 Random Responses
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 AS RS Axial stress
4 TS RS Torsional stress
Main Index
386 OES

2 ASR RS Axial stress
3 ASI RS Axial stress
4 TSR RS Torsional stress
5 TSI RS Torsional stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =02 Beam element (CBEAM)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 GRID I External grid point identification number
3 SD RS Station distance/length
4 EXC RS Long. Strain at point C
5 EXD RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EXE RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EXF RS Long. Strain at point F
8 EMAX RS Maximum stress
9 EMIN RS Minimum stress
10 MST RS Margin of safety in tension
11 MSC RS Margin of safety in compression
4 ERCR RS Long. Strain at point C
5 EXDR RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EXER RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EXFR RS Long. Strain at point F
8 EXCI RS Long. Strain at point C
9 EXDI RS Long. Strain at point D
10 EXEI RS Long. Strain at point E
Main Index
OES 387

11 EXFI RS Long. Strain at Point F
4 EXC RS Long. Strain at point C
5 EXD RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EXE RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EXF RS Long. Strain at point F
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
4 SXC RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SXD RS Long. Stress at point D
6 SXE RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SXF RS Long. Stress at point F
8 SMAX RS Maximum stress
9 SMIN RS Minimum stress
4 SRCR RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SXDR RS Long. Stress at point D
6 SXER RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SXFR RS Long. Stress at point F
8 SXCI RS Long. Stress at point C
9 SXDI RS Long. Stress at point D
Main Index
388 OES

10 SXEI RS Long. Stress at point E
11 SXFI RS Long. Stress at point F
4 SXC RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SXD RS Long. Stress at point D
6 SXE RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SXF RS Long. Stress at point F
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =03 Tube element (CTUBE)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
OES 389

3 ETMAXI RS Maximum shear
4 ETAVGR RS Average shear
5 ETAVGI RS Average shear
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =04 Shear panel element (CSHEAR)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 ETMAX RS Maximum shear
3 ETAVG RS Average shear
4 MS RS Safety margin*
2 ETMAXR RS Maximum shear
3 ETMAXI RS Maximum shear
4 ETAVGR RS Average shear
5 ETAVGI RS Average shear
2 ETMAX RS Maximum shear
3 ETAVG RS Average shear
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
390 OES

3 TAVG RS Average shear
4 MS RS Safety margin*
2 TMAXR RS Maximum shear
3 TMAXI RS Maximum shear
4 TAVGR RS Average shear
5 TAVGI RS Average shear
3 TAVG RS Average shear
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =05 FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2 (follower
stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =06 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =07 PLOAD4 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =08 PLOADX1 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =09 PLOAD and PLOAD2 (follower stiffness)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =10 Rod element connection and property (CONROD)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
OES 391

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =11 Scalar spring element (CELAS1)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain or random response
TCODE,7 =0 or 2 Real
2 E RS
2 ER RS
3 EI RS
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
2 S RS Stress
Main Index
392 OES

2 SR RS Stress
3 SI RS Stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =12 Scalar spring element with properties (CELAS2)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
2 E RS
2 ER RS
3 EI RS
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
2 S RS Stress
TCODE,7 =1 Real/Imaginary
2 SR RS Stress
3 SI RS Stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =13 Scalar spring element to scalar points only (CELAS3)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
2 E RS
2 ER RS
3 EI RS
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
2 S RS Stress
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
OES 393

2 SR RS Stress
3 SI RS Stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =14 Scalar spring element to scalar points only with properties
(CELAS4)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =15 AEROT3
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =16 AEROBEAM
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =17 unused (pre-V69 TRIA2 Same as TRIA1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =18 unused (pre-V69 QUAD2 Same as TRIA1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =19 unused (pre-V69 QUAD1 Same as TRIA1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =20 Scalar damper (CDAMP1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =21 Scalar damper with properties (CDAMP2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =22 Scalar damper to scalar points only (CDAMP3)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =23 Scalar damper to scalar points only with properties
(CDAMP4)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =24 Viscous damper (CVISC)
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 UNDEF none
2 ASR RS Axial Stress
3 ASI RS Axial Stress
4 TAUR RS Torque
Main Index
394 OES

5 TAUI RS Torque
3 TAU RS Torque
2 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =25 Scalar mass (CMASS1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =26 Scalar mass with properties (CMASS2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =27 Scalar mass to scalar points only (CMASS3)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =28 Scalar mass to scalar pts. only with properties (CMASS4)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =29 Concentrated mass element -- general form (CONM1)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =30 Concentrated mass element -- rigid body form (CONM2)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =31 Dummy plot element (PLOTEL)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =32 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =33 Quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 FD1 RS Z1 = Fibre distance
3 EX1 RS Normal in x at Z1
4 EY1 RS Normal in y at Z1
5 EXY1 RS Shear in xy at Z1
6 EA1 RS Theta (shear angle) at Z1
7 EMJRP1 RS Major principal at Z1
8 EMNRP1 RS Minor principal at Z1
9 EMAX1 RS Maximum shear at Z1
Main Index
OES 395

3 EX1R RS Normal in x at Z1
4 EX1I RS Normal in x at Z1
5 EY1R RS Normal in y at Z1
6 EY1I RS Normal in y at Z1
7 EXY1R RS Shear in xy at Z1
8 EXY1I RS Shear in xy at Z1
3 SX1 RS Normal in x at Z1
4 SY1 RS Normal in y at Z1
5 TXY1 RS Shear in xy at Z1
End TCODE,7
Main Index
396 OES

SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
6 SA1 RS Theta (shear angle) at Z1
7 SMJRP1 RS Major principal at Z1
8 SMNRP1 RS Minor principal at Z1
9 SMAX1 RS Maximum shear at Z1
3 SX1R RS Normal in x at Z1
4 SX1I RS Normal in x at Z1
5 SY1R RS Normal in y at Z1
6 SY1I RS Normal in y at Z1
7 TXY1R RS Shear in xy at Z1
8 TXY1I RS Shear in xy at Z1
Main Index
OES 397

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =34 Simple beam element (CBAR; see also ELTYPE=100)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 EX1A RS SA1
3 EX2A RS SA2
4 EX3A RS SA3
5 EX4A RS SA4
6 AE RS Axial
7 EBMAXA RS SA maximum
8 EBMINA RS SA minimum
9 MST RS Safety margin in tension*
10 EXIB RS SB1
11 EX2B RS SB2
12 EX3B RS SB3
13 EX4B RS SB4
14 EBMAXB RS SB maximum
15 EBMINB RS SB minimum
16 MSC RS Safety margin in comp*
2 EX1AR RS SA1
3 EX2AR RS SA2
4 EX3AR RS SA3
5 EX4AR RS SA4
6 AER RS Axial
7 EX1AI RS SA1
8 EX2AI RS SA2
9 EX3AI RS SA3
10 EX4AI RS SA4
11 AEI RS Axial
12 EX1BR RS SB1
13 EX2BR RS SB2
Main Index
398 OES

14 EX3BR RS SB3
15 EX4BR RS SB4
16 EX1BI RS SB1
17 EX2BI RS SB2
18 EX3BI RS SB3
19 EX4BI RS SB4
2 EX1A RS SA1
3 EX2A RS SA2
4 EX3A RS SA3
5 EX4A RS SA4
6 AE RS Axial
7 EX1B RS SB1
8 EX2B RS SB2
9 EX3B RS SB3
10 EX4B RS SB4
13 SX2BR RS SB2
14 SX3BR RS SB3
15 SX4BR RS SB4
16 SX1BI RS SB1
17 SX2BI RS SB2
18 SX3BI RS SB3
19 SX4BI RS SB4
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 SX1A RS SA1
3 SX2A RS SA2
4 SX3A RS SA3
5 SX4A RS SA4
6 AS RS Axial
7 BMAXA RS SA maximum
8 BMINA RS SA minimum
Main Index
OES 399

9 MST RS Safety margin in tension
10 SXIB RS SB1
11 SX2B RS SB2
12 SX3B RS SB3
13 SX4B RS SB4
14 BMAXB RS SB maximum
15 BMINB RS SB minimum
16 MSC RS Safety margin in comp*
2 SX1AR RS SA1
3 SX2AR RS SA2
4 SX3AR RS SA3
5 SX4AR RS SA4
6 ASR RS Axial
7 SX1AI RS SA1
8 SX2AI RS SA2
9 SX3AI RS SA3
10 SX4AI RS SA4
11 ASI RS Axial
12 SX1BR RS SB1
13 SX2BR RS SB2
14 SX3BR RS SB3
15 SX4BR RS SB4
16 SX1BI RS SB1
17 SX2BI RS SB2
18 SX3BI RS SB3
19 SX4BI RS SB4
TCODE,7 =2 Random responses
2 SX1A RS SA1
3 SX2A RS SA2
4 SX3A RS SA3
5 SX4A R SA4
6 AS RS Axial
Main Index
400 OES

7 SX1B RS SB1
8 SX2B RS SB2
9 SX3B RS SB3
10 SX4B RS SB4
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =35 Axisymmetric shell element (CCONEAX)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 FD1 RS Z1=Fibre distance
4 EU1 RS Normal in u at z1
5 EV1 RS Normal in v at z1
6 ET1 RS Shear in uv at z1
7 A1 RS Theta (shear angle) at z1
8 EMJRP1 RS Major principal at z1
9 EMNRP1 RS Minor principal at z1
10 ETMAX1 RS Maximum shear at z1
11 FD2 RS Z2=Fibre sistance
12 EU2 RS Normal in u at z2
13 EV2 RS Normal in v at z2
14 ET2 RS Shear in uv at z2
18 ETMAX2 RS Maximum shear at z2
2 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
OES 401

4 SU1 RS Normal in u at z1
5 SV1 RS Normal in v at z1
6 ST1 RS Shear in uv at z1
8 SMJRP1 RS Major principal at z1
9 SMNRP1 RS Minor principal at z1
10 STMAX1 RS Maximum shear at z1
12 SU2 RS Normal in u at z2
13 SV2 RS Normal in v at z2
14 ST2 RS Shear in uv at z2
16 SMJRP2 RS Major principal at z2
17 SMNRP2 RS Minor principal at z2
18 STMAX2 RS Maximum shear at z2
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =36 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =37 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =38 Gap element (CGAP)
2 FX RS ?
3 SFY RS ?
4 SFZ RS ?
5 U RS ?
6 V RS ?
7 W RS ?
8 SV RS ?
Main Index
402 OES

9 SW RS ?
ELTYPE =39 Tetra
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 CID I Stress Coordinate System
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate Type (BCD)
4 NODEF I Number of Active Points
5 GRID I External grid identification number
(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
7 ETXY RS Shear in xy
8 EP1 RS First principal stress
9 P1X RS First principal x cosine
10 P2X RS Second principal x cosine
11 P3X RS Third principal x cosine
12 EPR RS Mean pressure
13 EOCT RS Octahedral shear stress
14 EY RS Normal in y
15 ETYZ RS Shear in yz
16 EP2 RS Second principal stress
17 P1Y RS First principal y cosine
18 P2Y RS Second principal y cosine
19 P3Y RS Third principal y cosine
20 EZ RS Normal in z
21 ETZX RS Shear in zx
22 EP3 RS Third principal stress
23 P1Z RS First principal z cosine
24 P2Z RS Second principal z cosine
25 P3Z RS Third principal z cosine
2 CID I Stress coordinate system
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate system type (BCD)
Main Index
OES 403

4 NODEF I Number of active points
(0=center)
6 EXR RS Normal in x
7 EYR RS Normal in y
8 EZR RS Normal in z
9 ETXYR RS Shear in xy
10 ETYZR RS Shear in yz
11 ETZXR RS Shear in zx
12 EXI RS Normal in x
13 EYI RS Normal in y
14 EZI RS Normal in z
15 ETXYI RS Shear in xy
16 ETYZI RS Shear in yz
17 ETZXI RS Shear in zx
(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
7 EY RS Normal in y
8 EZ RS Normal in z
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
404 OES

3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate type (BCD)
(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
7 TXY RS Shear in xy
8 P1 RS First principal stress
12 PR RS Mean pressure
13 OCT RS Octahedral shear stress
14 SY RS Normal in y
15 TYZ RS Shear in yz
16 P2 RS Second principal stress
20 SZ RS Normal in z
21 TZX RS Shear in zx
22 P3 RS Third principal stress
2 CID I Stress Coordinate System
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate System Type (BCD)
4 NODEF I Number of Active Points
(0=center)
6 SXR RS Normal in x
7 SYR RS Normal in y
Main Index
OES 405

8 SZR RS Normal in z
9 TXYR RS Shear in xy
10 TYZR RS Shear in yz
11 TZXR RS Shear in zx
12 SXI RS Normal in x
13 SYI RS Normal in y
14 SZI RS Normal in z
15 TXYI RS Shear in xy
16 TYZI RS Shear in yz
17 TZXI RS Shear in zx
(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
7 SY RS Normal in y
8 SZ RS Normal in z
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =40 Rod type spring and damper (CBUSH1D)
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 FE RS Element force
4 VE RS Axial velocity*
7 EP RS Plastic strain*
Main Index
406 OES

8 FAIL I Failed element flag
2 FER RS Element force
3 UER RS Axial displacement
4 ASR RS Axial stress*
5 AER RS Axial strain*
6 FEI RS Element force
7 UEI RS Axial displacement
8 ASI RS Axial stress*
9 AEI RS Axial strain*
2 FE RS Element force
11 ETMAX1 RS Maximum shear at Z1
12 FD2 RS Fibre distance at Z2
15 ETXY2 RS Shear in xy at Z2
16 A2 RS Theta (shear angle) at Z2
17 EMRPJ2 RS Major principal at Z2
End TCODE,7
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
OES 407

2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =46 Cflmass
2 UNDEF none
2 RA RS Radial axis
3 AA RS Axial axis
4 TE RS Tangential edge
5 CE RS Circumferential edge
2 RAR RS Radial axis
3 AAR RS Axial axis
4 TER RS Tangential edge
5 CER RS Circumferential edge
6 RAI RS Radial axis
7 AAI RS Axial axis
8 TEI RS Tangential edge
9 CEI RS Circumferential edge
End TCODE,7
2 RC RS Radial centroid
3 CC RS Circumferential centroid
4 AC RS Axial centroid
5 TE1 RS Tangential edge 1
6 CE1 RS Circumferential edge 1
Main Index
408 OES

2 RCR RS Radial centroid
3 CCR RS Circumferential centroid
4 ACR RS Axial centroid
5 TE1R RS Tangential edge 1
6 CE1R RS Circumferential edge 1
11 RCI RS Radial centroid
12 CCI RS Circumferential centroid
14 TE1I RS Tangential edge 1
15 CE1I RS Circumferential edge 1
End TCODE,7
3 CC RS Circumferential centroid
Main Index
OES 409

3 CCR RS Circumferential centroid
14 CCI RS Circumferential centroid
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =50 Three-point slot element (CSLOT3)
Main Index
410 OES

8 ACI RS Axial centroid
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =51 Four-point slot element (CSLOT4)
9 ACI RS Axial centroid
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =52 Heat transfer plot element for CHBDYG and CHBDYP
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
OES 411

ELTYPE =53 Axisymmetric triangular element (CTRIAX6)
2 LOC I Location code
3 RS RS Radial stress
4 AZS RS Azimuthal stress
6 SS RS Shear stress
7 MAXP RS Maximum principal
9 OCTS RS Octahedral
2 LOC I Location code ?
3 RSR RS Radial stress ?
4 RSI RS Radial stress ?
5 AZSR RS Azimuthal stress ?
6 AZSI RS Azimuthal stress ?
7 ASR RS Axial stress ?
8 ASI RS Axial Stress ?
9 SSR RS Shear stress ?
10 SSI RS Shear stress ?
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =54 Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIM6)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =55 Three-point dummy element (CDUM3)
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 S(9) RS User defined
2 SR(9) RS User defined -- real/magnitude
11 SI(9) RS User defined -- magnitude/phase
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =56 Four-point dummy element (CDUM4)
Main Index
412 OES

End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =57 Five-point dummy element (CDUM5)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =58 Six-point dummy element (CDUM6)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =59 Seven-point dummy element (CDUM7)
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =60 Two-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC2D or CDUM8)
2 X RS X coordinate
3 Y RS Y coordinate
4 SX RS Normal X
5 SY RS Normal Y
6 TXY RS Shear XY
Main Index
OES 413

7 KI RS Stress intensity factor KI
8 KII RS Stress intensity factor KII
9 S8 RS ?
10 S9 RS ?
ELTYPE =61 Three-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC3D or CDUM9)
2 X RS Normal X
3 Y RS Normal Y
4 Z RS Normal Z
5 TXY RS Shear XY
6 TYZ RS Shear YZ
7 TZX RS Shear ZX
8 KI RS Stress intensity factor KI
9 KII RS Stress intensity factor KII
10 KIII RS Stress intensity factor KIII
2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =64 Curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
3 GRID I Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
Main Index
414 OES

17 EMRPJ2 RS Major principal at Z2
2 TERM CHAR4 "CENTER"
9 ETXY1R RS Shear in xy at Z1
10 ETXY1I RS Shear in xy at Z1
Main Index
OES 415

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
11 TMAX1 RS Maximum shear at Z1
2 TERM CHAR4
Main Index
416 OES

3 GRID I Number active grids identification numbers
2 TERM CHAR4
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
Main Index
OES 417

2 UNDEF none
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =67 Hexa
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate type
(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
Main Index
418 OES

3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate system type
(0=center)
(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
7 EY RS Normal in y
8 EZ RS Normal in z
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
Main Index
OES 419

TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate type
(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
(0=center)
Main Index
420 OES

(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
7 SY RS Normal in y
8 SZ RS Normal in z
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =68 Penta
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate Type
Main Index
OES 421

(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
(0=center)
Main Index
422 OES

(0=center)
6 EX RS Normal in x
7 EY RS Normal in y
8 EZ RS Normal in z
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 CTYPE CHAR4 Coordinate type (BCD)

(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
Main Index
OES 423

(0=center)
Main Index
424 OES

(0=center)
6 SX RS Normal in x
7 SY RS Normal in y
8 SZ RS Normal in z
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =69 Curved beam or pipe element (CBEND)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 CA RS Circumferential angle
4 EC RS Long. Strain at point C
5 ED RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EE RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EF RS Long. Strain at point F
8 EMAX RS Maximum strain
9 EMIN RS Minimum strain
Main Index
OES 425

4 ECR RS Long. Strain at point C
5 EDR RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EER RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EFR RS Long. Strain at point F
8 ECI RS Long. Strain at Point C
9 EDI RS Long. Strain at point D
10 EEI RS Long. Strain at point E
11 EFI RS Long. Strain at point F
4 EC RS Long. Strain at point C
5 ED RS Long. Strain at point D
6 EE RS Long. Strain at point E
7 EF RS Long. Strain at point F
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
4 SC RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SD RS Long. Stress at point D
6 SE RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SF RS Long. Stress at point F
Main Index
426 OES

4 SCR RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SDR RS Long. Stress at point D
6 SER RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SFR RS Long. Stress at point F
8 SCI RS Long. Stress at point C
9 SDI RS Long. stress at point D
10 SEI RS Long. Stress at point E
11 SFI RS Long. Stress at point F
2 GRID I External Grid Point identification number
4 SC RS Long. Stress at point C
5 SD RS Long. Stress at point D
6 SE RS Long. Stress at point E
7 SF RS Long. Stress at point F
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =70 Triangular plate element (CTRIAR)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
Main Index
OES 427

Main Index
428 OES

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
9 MJRP1 RS Major principal at Z1
10 MNRP1 RS Minor principal at Z1
Main Index
OES 429

2 TERM CHAR4
2 TERM CHAR4
4 FD RS Fibre distance at Z1
Main Index
430 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =71 Unused
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =72 AEROQ4
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =73 Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =74 Triangular shell element (CTRIA3)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
6 EA1 RS Theta ( shear angle ) at Z1
Main Index
OES 431

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
432 OES

2 FD1 RS Z1 = Fibre Distance
6 FD2 RS Z2 = Fibre Distance
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =75 Curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6)
Main Index
OES 433

SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
Main Index
434 OES

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
Main Index
OES 435

2 TERM CHAR4
2 TERM CHAR4
Main Index
436 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =76 Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid element
(CHEXA)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =77 Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid element
(CPENTA)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =78 Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid element
(CTETRA)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =79 Undef
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =80 Undef
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =81 Undef
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =82 Quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
Main Index
OES 437

6 EY1 RS
Main Index
438 OES

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
Main Index
OES 439

2 TERM CHAR4
2 TERM CHAR4
Main Index
440 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =83 Acoustic absorber element (CHACAB)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =84 Acoustic barrier element (CHACBR)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =85 TETRA -- Nonlinear
2 CTYPE CHAR4
3 GRID I Grid / Gauss
4 SX RS Stress in x
5 SY RS Stress in y
6 SZ RS Stress in z
7 SXY RS Stress in xy
8 SYZ RS Stress in yz
9 SZX RS Stress in zx
10 SE RS Equivalent stress
11 EPS RS Effective plastic strain
12 ECS RS Effective creep strain
13 EX RS Strain in x
14 EY RS Strain in y
15 EZ RS Strain in z
16 EXY RS Strain in xy
17 EYZ RS Strain in yz
18 EZX RS Strain in zx
ELTYPE =86 GAP -- Nonlinear
2 CPX RS Comp x
3 SHY RS Shear in y
4 SHZ RS Shear in z
Main Index
OES 441

5 AU RS Axial in u
6 SHV RS Shear in v
7 SHW RS Shear in w
8 SLV RS Slip in v
9 SLP RS Slip in w
10 FORM1 CHAR4 no definition
11 FORM2 CHAR4 no definition
ELTYPE =87 Nonlinear tube element (CTUBE)
2 AS RS Axial Stress
3 SE RS Equivalent Stress
4 TE RS Total Strain
5 EPS RS Effective Plastic strain
6 ECS RS Effective Creep strain
7 LTS RS Linear torsional stress
ELTYPE =88 TRIA3 -- Nonlinear (Same as QUAD4)
NUMWDE =13
3 SX1 RS Stress in x at Z1
4 SY1 RS Stress in y at Z1
5 SZ1 RS Stress in z at Z1
6 TXY1 RS Shear stress in xy at Z1
7 ES RS Equivalent stress at Z1
8 EPS1 RS Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1
9 ECS1 RS Effective creep strain at Z1
10 EX1 RS Strain in x at Z1
11 EY1 RS Strain in y at Z1
12 EZ1 RS Strain in z at Z1
13 ETXY1 RS Shear strain in xy at Z1
NUMWDE =25
5 UNDEF none Stress in z at Z1
Main Index
442 OES

12 UNDEF none Strain in z at Z1
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =89 Nonlinear rod element (CROD)
ELTYPE =90 QUAD4 -- Nonlinear
NUMWDE =13
Main Index
OES 443

NUMWDE =25
Main Index
444 OES

End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =91 Nonlinear five-sided solid element (CPENTA)
2 CTYPE CHAR4 Grid or Gauss
3 GRID I Extermal Grid identification number; 0 =
Center
4 SX RS Stress in x
5 SY RS Stress in y
6 SZ RS Stress in z
11 EPS RS Equivalent plastic strain
ELTYPE =92 Nonlinear rod element connection and property (CONROD)
ELTYPE =93 Nonlinear six-sided solid element (CHEXA)
2 CTYPE CHAR4 Grid or Gauss
3 GRID I Extermal Grid identification number; 0 =
Center
Main Index
OES 445

4 SX RS Stress in x
5 SY RS Stress in y
6 SZ RS Stress in z
11 EPS RS Equivalent plastic strain
ELTYPE =94 Nonlinear beam element (CBEAM)
2 GRIDA I External Grid point identification number at
end A
3 LOCCA CHAR4 'C' at end A
4 NSXCA RS Long. Stress at point C at end A
5 NSECA RS Equivalent Stress at end A
6 TECA RS Total Strain at end A
7 EPECA RS Effective Plastic strain at end A
8 ECECA RS Effective Creep strain at end A
9 LOCDA CHAR4 'D' at end A
10 NSXDA RS Long. Stress at point D at end A
11 NSEDA RS Equivalent Stress at end A
12 TEDA RS Total Strain at end A
13 EPEDA RS Effective Plastic strain at end A
14 ECEDA RS Effective Creep strain at end A
15 LOCEA CHAR4 'E' at end A
16 NSXEA RS Long. Stress at point E at end A
Main Index
446 OES

17 NSEEA RS Equivalent Stress at end A
18 TEEA RS Total Strain at end A
19 EPEEA RS Effective Plastic strain at end A
20 ECEEA RS Effective Creep strain at end A
21 LOCFA CHAR4 'F’ at end A
22 NSXFA RS Long. Stress at point F at end A
23 NSEFA RS Equivalent Stress at end A
24 TEFA RS Total Strain at end A
25 EPEFA RS Effective Plastic strain at end A
26 ECEFA RS Effective Creep strain at end A
27 GRIDB I External Grid point identification number at
end B
28 LOCCB CHAR4 'C' at end B
29 NSXCB RS Long. Stress at point C at end B
30 NSECB RS Equivalent Stress at end B
31 TECB RS Total Strain at end B
32 EPECB RS Effective Plastic strain at end B
33 ECECB RS Effective Creep strain at end B
34 LOCDB CHAR4 'D' at end B
35 NSXDB RS Long. Stress at point D at end B
36 NSEDB RS Equivalent Stress at end B
37 TEDB RS Total Strain at end B
38 EPEDB RS Effective Plastic strain at end B
39 ECEDB RS Effective Creep strain at end B
40 LOCEB CHAR4 'E' at end B
41 NSXEB RS Long. Stress at point E at end B
42 NSEEB RS Equivalent Stress at end B
43 TEEB RS Total Strain at end B
44 EPEEB RS Effective Plastic strain at end B
45 ECEEB RS Effective Creep strain at end B
46 LOCFB CHAR4 'F' at end B
47 NSXFB RS Long. Stress at point F at end B
48 NSEFB RS Equivalent Stress at end B
Main Index
OES 447

49 TEFB RS Total Strain at end B
50 EPEFB RS Effective Plastic strain at end B
51 ECEFB RS Effective Creep strain at end B
ELTYPE =95 QUAD4 composite
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
2 PLY I Lamina Number
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
9 EMJRP1 RS Major principal
10 EMNRP1 RS Minor principal
11 ETMAX1 RS von Mises or Maximum shear
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 SX1 RS Normal-1
4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
9 MJRP1 RS Major principal
10 MNRP1 RS Minor principal
11 TMAX1 RS von Mises or Maximum shear
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =96 QUAD8 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
Main Index
448 OES

6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 SX1 RS Normal-1
4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =97 TRIA3 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 SX1 RS Normal-1
Main Index
OES 449

4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =98 TRIA6 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 SX1 RS Normal-1
4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
End SCODE,6
Main Index
450 OES

ELTYPE =99 Undef
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =100 Simple beam element w/stations (CBAR with CBARAO or
PLOAD1)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 SD RS % along bar for output
3 EXC RS Strain at point c
4 EXD RS Strain at point d
5 EXE RS Strain at point e
6 EXF RS Strain at point f
10 MS RS Margin of Safety
3 EXCR RS Strain at point c
4 EXDR RS Strain at point d
5 EXER RS Strain at point e
6 EXFR RS Strain at point f
8 EMAXR RS Maximum strain
9 EMINR RS Minimum strain
10 EXCI RS Strain at point c
11 EXDI RS Strain at point d
12 EXEI RS Strain at point e
13 EXFI RS Strain at point f
15 EMAXI RS Maximum strain
16 EMINI RS Minimum strain
Main Index
OES 451

3 EXC RS Strain at point c
4 EXD RS Strain at point d
5 EXE RS Strain at point e
6 EXF RS Strain at point f
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
3 SXC RS Stress at point c
4 SXD RS Stress at point d
5 SXE RS Stress at point e
6 SXF RS Stress at point f
10 MS RS Margin of Safety
3 SXCR RS Stress at point c
4 SXDR RS Stress at point d
5 SXER RS Stress at point e
6 SXFR RS Stress at point f
8 SMAXR RS Maximum stress
9 SMINR RS Minimum stress
10 SXCI RS Stress at point c
11 SXDI RS Stress at point d
12 SXEI RS Stress at point e
13 SXFI RS Stress at point f
Main Index
452 OES

15 SMAXI RS Maximum stress
16 SMINI RS Minimum stress
3 SXC RS Stress at point c
4 SXD RS Stress at point d
5 SXE RS Stress at point e
6 SXF RS Stress at point f
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =101 Acoustic absorber element with freq. dependence (CAABSF)
2 IMPED RS Impedance
3 ABSORB RS Absorption Coefficient
2 IMPEDR RS Impedance
3 IMPEDI RS Impedance
4 ABSORB RS Absorption Coefficient
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =102 Generalized spring and damper element (CBUSH)
2 TX RS Translation x
3 TY RS Translation y
4 TZ RS Translation z
5 RX RS Rotation x
6 RY RS Rotation y
7 RZ RS Rotation z
2 TXR RS Translation x R
3 TYR RS Translation y R
Main Index
OES 453

4 TZR RS Translation z R
5 RXR RS Rotation x R
6 RYR RS Rotation y R
7 RZR RS Rotation z R
8 TXI RS Translation x I
9 TYI RS Translation y I
10 TZI RS Translation z I
11 RXI RS Rotation x I
12 RYI RS Rotation y I
13 RZI RS Rotation z I
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =103 Quadrilateral shell element (QUADP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =104 Triangular shell p-element (TRIAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =105 Beam p-element (BEAMP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =106 Scalar damper with material property (CDAMP5)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =107 Heat transfer boundary condition element -- (CHBDYE)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =108 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYG)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =109 Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =110 CONV
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =111 CONVM
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =115 RADBC
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =112 QBDY3
2 UNDEF none
Main Index
454 OES

ELTYPE =113 QVECT
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =114 QVOL
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =115 Radbc
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =116 Slideline contact (SLIF1D)?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =117 WELDC
2 AS RS Axial
8 BRNG RS Bearing
ELTYPE =118 WELDP
2 AS RS Axial
8 BRNG RS Bearing
ELTYPE =119 SEAM
2 AS RS Axial
8 BRNG RS Bearing
Main Index
OES 455

ELTYPE =126 fastener element (CFAST)
2 TXR RS
3 TYR RS Translation y R
4 TZR RS Translation z R
5 RXR RS Rotation x R
6 RYR RS Rotation y R
7 RZR RS Rotation z R
8 TXI RS Translation x I
9 TYI RS Translation y I
10 TZI RS Translation z I
11 RXI RS Rotation x I
12 RYI RS Rotation y I
13 RZI RS Rotation z I
TCODE,7 =0,2 Real or Random Responses
2 TX RS Translation x
3 TY RS Translation y
4 TZ RS Translation z
5 RX RS Rotation x
6 RY RS Rotation y
7 RZ RS Rotation z
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =127 CQUAD
ELTYPE =128 CQUADX
ELTYPE =129 RELUC -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =130 RES -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =131 TETRAE -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =132 CTRIA
ELTYPE =133 CTRIAX
ELTYPE =134 LINEOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =135 LINXOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =136 QUADOB -- EMAS?
Main Index
456 OES

ELTYPE =137 TRIAOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =138 LINEX -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =139 Hyperelastic QUAD4FD
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =140 Hyperelastic 8-noded hexahedron element linear format
(HEXAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
9 AZ RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
14 BX RS
15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
20 CX RS
Main Index
OES 457

21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =141 Six-sided solid p-element (HEXAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =142 Five-sided solid p-element (PENTAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =143 Four-sided solid p-element (TETRAP)
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =144 Quadrilateral plate element for corner stresses (QUAD144)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4
3 GRID I
4 FD1 RS Fibre distance at z1
5 EX1 RS Normal in x at z1
6 EY1 RS Normal in y at z1
7 ETXY1 RS Shear in xy at z1
8 A1 RS Shear angle at z1
11 ETMAX1 RS von Mises or max shear at z1
19 ETMRP2 RS von Mises or max shear at z2
2 TERM CHAR4
Main Index
458 OES

3 GRID I
5 EX1R RS Normal in x at z1
6 EX1I RS Normal in x at z1
7 EY1R RS Normal in y at z1
8 EY1I RS Normal in y at z1
9 ETXY1R RS Shear in xy at z1
10 ETXY1I RS Shear in xy at z1
12 EX2R RS Normal in x at z2
13 EX2I RS Normal in x at z2
14 EY2R RS Normal in y at z2
15 EY2I RS Normal in y at z2
16 ETXY2R RS Shear in xy at z1
17 ETXY2I RS Shear in xy at z1
2 TERM CHAR4
3 GRID I
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
2 TERM CHAR4
3 GRID I
Main Index
OES 459

5 SX1 RS Normal in x at z1
6 SY1 RS Normal in y at z1
7 TXY1 RS Shear in xy at z1
9 MJRP1 RS Major principal at z1
10 MNRP1 RS Minor principal at z1
11 TMAX1 RS von Mises or max shear at z1
17 MJRP2 RS Major principal at z2
18 MNRP2 RS Minor principal at z2
19 TMAX2 RS von Mises or max shear at z2
2 TERM CHAR4
3 GRID I
5 SX1R RS Normal in x at z1
6 SX1I RS Normal in x at z1
7 SY1R RS Normal in y at z1
8 SY1I RS Normal in y at z1
9 TXY1R RS Shear in xy at z1
10 TXY1I RS Shear in xy at z1
12 SX2R RS Normal in x at z2
13 SX2I RS Normal in x at z2
14 SY2R RS Normal in y at z2
15 SY2I RS Normal in y at z2
16 TXY2R RS Shear in xy at z2
Main Index
460 OES

17 TXY2I RS Shear in xy at z2
2 TERM CHAR4
3 GRID I
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =145 Six-sided solid display element (VUHEXA)
2 PARENTID I
NUMWDE =98 Len=2+ 12 * No. of points
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORM RS
5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
9 TZX RS
10 PRIN01 RS
11 PRIN02 RS
12 PRIN03 RS
13 MEAN RS
14 VONOROCT RS
NUMWDE =58 Len= 2 + 7 * No. of points
Main Index
OES 461

3 GRIDID I
4 XNORM RS
5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
9 TZX RS
NUMWDE =106 Len= 2 + 13 * No. of points
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORMR RS
5 YNORMR RS
6 ZNORMR RS
7 TXYR RS
8 TYZR RS
9 TZXR RS
10 XNORMI RS
11 YNORMI RS
12 ZNORMI RS
13 TXYI RS
14 TYZI RS
15 TZXI RS
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =146 Five-sided solid display element (VUPENTA)
2 PARENTID I
NUMWDE =74
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORM RS
5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
Main Index
462 OES

9 TZX RS
10 PRIN01 RS
11 PRIN02 RS
12 PRIN03 RS
13 MEAN RS
14 VONOROCT RS
NUMWDE =44
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORM RS
5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
9 TZX RS
NUMWDE =80 2 + 6*13
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORMR RS
5 YNORMR RS
6 ZNORMR RS
7 TXYR RS
8 TYZR RS
9 TZXR RS
10 XNORMI RS
11 YNORMI RS
12 ZNORMI RS
13 TXYI RS
14 TYZI RS
15 TZXI RS
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =147 Four-sided solid display element (VUTETRA)
Main Index
OES 463

2 PARENTID I
NUMWDE =50
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORM RS
5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
9 TZX RS
10 PRIN01 RS
11 PRIN02 RS
12 PRIN03 RS
13 MEAN RS
14 VONOROCT RS
NUMWDE =30
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORM RS
5 YNORM RS
6 ZNORM RS
7 TXY RS
8 TYZ RS
9 TZX RS
NUMWDE =54 2 + 4*13
3 GRIDID I
4 XNORMR RS
5 YNORMR RS
6 ZNORMR RS
7 TXYR RS
8 TYZR RS
9 TZXR RS
10 XNORMI RS
Main Index
464 OES

11 YNORMI RS
12 ZNORMI RS
13 TXYI RS
14 TYZI RS
15 TZXI RS
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =148 HEXAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =149 PENTAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =150 TETRAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =151 QUADM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =152 TRIAM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =153 QUADXM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =154 TRIAXM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =155 QUADPW -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =156 TRIAPW -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =157 LINEPW -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =158 QUADOBM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =159 TRIAOBM -- EMAS?
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =160 Hyperelastic 5-sided 6-noded solid element (PENTAFD)
linear form?
Main Index
OES 465

2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
9 AZ RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
14 BX RS
15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
20 CX RS
21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =161 Linear form for hyperelastic 4 node TETR
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
9 AZ RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
Main Index
466 OES

12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
14 BX RS
15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
20 CX RS
21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =162 Linear form for hyperelastic 3 node TRIA (strain)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =163 Linear form for hyperelastic 20 node HEX
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
9 AZ RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
Main Index
OES 467

12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
14 BX RS
15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
20 CX RS
21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =164 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 9-noded element (QUADFD)
Linear?
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =165 Hyperelastic 5-sided 15-noded solid element (PENTAFD)
Linear?
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
9 AZ RS
Main Index
468 OES

10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
14 BX RS
15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
20 CX RS
21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =166 Linear form for hyperelastic 10 node TET
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SXY RS
6 PA RS
7 AX RS
8 AY RS
9 AZ RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 SY RS
12 SYZ RS
13 PB RS
14 BX RS
15 BY RS
16 BZ RS
17 SZ RS
18 SZX RS
19 PC RS
Main Index
OES 469

20 CX RS
21 CY RS
22 CZ RS
ELTYPE =167 Linear form for hyperelastic 6 node TRIA (plane strain)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =168 Linear form for hyperelastic 3 node TRIA (axisymm)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =169 Linear form for hyperelastic 6 node TRIA (axisymm)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
Main Index
470 OES

ELTYPE =170 Linear form for hyperelastic 4 node QUAD (axisymm)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =171 Linear form for hyperelastic 9 node QUAD (axisymm)
2 TYPE CHAR4
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SXY RS
7 ANGLE RS
8 SMJ RS
9 SMI RS
ELTYPE =172 Quadr -- Nonlinear
NUMWDE =13
Main Index
OES 471

NUMWDE =25
ELTYPE =173 Triar -- Nonlinear (Sameas Quadr )
NUMWDE =13
Main Index
472 OES

NUMWDE =25
Main Index
OES 473

End NUMWDE
7 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 COORD I coordinate system identification number
4 ICORD CHAR4 flat/curved etc.
5 THETA I angle
6 ITYPE I strcur =0, Fibre=1
TCODE,7 =0 Real
corner
8 Z1 RS Z1 Fibre distance
10 NX1 RS Normal x at Z1
11 NY1 RS Normal y at Z1
12 TXY1 RS Shear xy at Z1
13 ANGLE1 RS Shear angle at Z1 or n/a
14 MJRP1 RS Major principal at Z1 or n/a
15 MNRP1 RS Minor principal at Z1 or n/a
16 MAXSV1 RS vonMises/Max.Shear at Z1 or n/a
corner
Main Index
474 OES

10 NX1R RS Normal x rm at Z1
11 NX1I RS Normal x ip at Z1
12 NY1R RS Normal y rm at Z1
13 NY1I RS Normal y ip at Z1
14 TXY1R RS Shear xy rm at Z1
15 TXY1I RS Shear xy ip at Z1
16 NZ1R RS Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a
17 NZ1I RS Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a
18 TYZ1R RS Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a
19 TYZ1I RS Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a
20 TZX1R RS Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a
21 TZX1I RS Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a
ELTYPE =189 Quadrilateral plate view element (VUQUAD)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
3 COORD I CID coordinate system identification
number
4 ICORD CHAR4 ICORD flat/curved etc.
Main Index
OES 475

5 THETA I THETA angle
6 ITYPE I ITYPE strcur =0, Fibre=1
TCODE,7 =0 Real
corner
8 NONE(2) I Nothing
10 MSX RS membrane stain x
11 MSY RS membrane strain y
12 MXY RS membrane strain xy
13 NONE(3) RS Nothing
16 BCX RS bending curvature x
17 BCY RS bending curvature y
18 BCXY RS bending curvature xy
19 TYZ RS Shear yz
20 TZX RS Shear zx
21 UNDEF(3 ) none
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
10 MSXR RS membrane strain x RM
11 MSYR RS membrane strain y RM
12 MXYR RS membrane strain xy RM
13 UNDEF(3 ) none
16 BCXR RS bending curvature x RM
17 BCYR RS bending curvature y RM
18 BCXYR RS bending curvature xy RM
19 TYZR RS Shear yz RM
20 TZXR RS Shear zx RM
21 UNDEF none
22 MSXI RS membrane strain x IP
23 MSYI RS membrane strain y IP
24 MXYI RS membrane strain xy IP
Main Index
476 OES

25 UNDEF(3 ) none
28 BCXI RS bending curvature x IP
29 BCYI RS bending curvature y IP
30 BCXYI RS bending curvature xy IP
31 TYZI RS Shear yz IP
32 TZXI RS Shear zx IP
33 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
number
TCODE,7 =0 Real
corner
Main Index
OES 477

corner
Main Index
478 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =190 Triangular shell view element (VUTRIA)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
number
TCODE,7 =0 Real
corner
8 NONE(2) I Nothing
10 MSX RS membrane stain x
11 MSY RS membrane strain y
12 MXY RS membrane strain xy
16 BCX RS bending curvature x
17 BCY RS bending curvature y
18 BCXY RS bending curvature xy
19 TYZ RS Shear yz
20 TZX RS Shear zx
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
10 MSXR RS membrane strain x RM
11 MSYR RS membrane strain y RM
12 MXYR RS membrane strain xy RM
13 UNDEF(3 ) none
16 BCXR RS bending curvature x RM
Main Index
OES 479

17 BCYR RS bending curvature y RM
18 BCXYR RS bending curvature xy RM
19 TYZR RS Shear yz RM
21 UNDEF none
22 MSXI RS membrane strain x IP
23 MSYI RS membrane strain y IP
24 MXYI RS membrane strain xy IP
25 UNDEF(3 ) none
28 BCXI RS bending curvature x IP
29 BCYI RS bending curvature y IP
30 BCXYI RS bending curvature xy IP
31 TYZI RS Shear yz IP
33 UNDEF none
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
number
TCODE,7 =0 Real
corner
Main Index
480 OES

corner
Main Index
OES 481

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =191 Beam view element (VUBEAM)
number
TCODE,7 =0 Real
grid
number
7 POS(3) RS Y,Z,W coordinate of output point
10 NX RS Normal x
11 TXY RS Shear xy
12 TZX RS Shear zx
13 MAXLONG RS Max longitudinal
14 MINLONG RS Min longitudinal
grid
number
7 POS(3) RS Y,Z,W coordinate of output point
Main Index
482 OES

10 NXR RS Normal x RM
11 NXI RS Normal x IP
12 TXYR RS Shear xy RM
13 TXYI RS Shear xy IP
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =192 CVINT
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =193 QUADFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =194 TRIAFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =195 LINEFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =196 LINXFR -- EMAS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =197 GMINTS
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =198 CNVPEL
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =199 VUHBDY
2 UNDEF none
ELTYPE =200 WELD
2 AS RS Axial
8 BRNG RS Bearing
Main Index
OES 483

ELTYPE =201 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 4-noded, nonlinear format
(QUAD4FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =202 Hyperelastic hexahedron 8-noded, nonlinear format
(HEXA8FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
Main Index
484 OES

ELTYPE =203 Slideline contact (SLIF1D)
2 REGIONID I Contact region identification number
3 MGRID1 I Master grid 1
4 MGRID2 I Master grid 2
5 SCOORD RS Surface coordinate
6 F RS Normal force
7 S RS Shear force
8 SIGMA RS Normal stress
9 TAU RS Shear stress
10 NGAP RS Normal gap
11 SLIP RS Slip
12 SLIPRAT RS Slip ratio
13 SLIPCODE(2) CHAR4 Slip code
ELTYPE =204 Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded, nonlinear format
(PENTA6FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
Main Index
OES 485

ELTYPE =205 Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded, nonlinear format
(TETRA4FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
ELTYPE =206 Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded, nonlinear format (TRIA3FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
Main Index
486 OES

ELTYPE =207 Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded, nonlinear format
(HEXAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
ELTYPE =208 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded, nonlinear format
(QUADFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
Main Index
OES 487

ELTYPE =209 Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format
(PENTAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
ELTYPE =210 Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format
(TETRAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
Main Index
488 OES

13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
ELTYPE =211 Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded, nonlinear format (TRIAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =212 Hyperelastic axi. triangular 3-noded nonlinear format
(TRIAX3FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
Main Index
OES 489

13 EXY RS
(TRIAXFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =214 Hyperelastic axi. quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear
format(QUADX4FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =215 Hyperelastic axi. quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format
(QUADXFD)
Main Index
490 OES

2 TYPE CHAR4 GAUS
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
(TETRA4FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
Main Index
OES 491

2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
(HEXAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
Main Index
492 OES

ELTYPE =219 Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format
(QUADFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =220 Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format
(PENTAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
Main Index
OES 493

(TETRAFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 SYZ RS
9 SZX RS
10 PRESSURE RS
11 VOLSTR RS
12 EX RS
13 EY RS
14 EZ RS
15 EXY RS
16 EYZ RS
17 EZX RS
(TRIAX3FD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
Main Index
494 OES

13 EXY RS
ELTYPE =223 Hyperelastic axi. quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format
(QUADXFD)
2 TYPE CHAR4 GRID
3 ID I
4 SX RS
5 SY RS
6 SZ RS
7 SXY RS
8 PRESSURE RS
9 VOLSTR RS
10 EX RS
11 EY RS
12 EZ RS
13 EXY RS
2 F RS Force
3 S RS Stress
2 F RS Force
3 S RS Stress
ELTYPE =226 Nonlinear BUSH
2 FX RS Force X
3 FY RS Force Y
4 FZ RS Force Z
5 STX RS Stress translational X
6 STY RS Stress translational Y
7 STZ RS Stress translational Z
8 ETX RS Strain rotational X
9 ETY RS Strain rotational Y
10 ETZ RS Strain rotational Z
Main Index
OES 495

11 MX RS Moment X
12 MY RS Moment Y
13 MZ RS Moment Z
14 SRX RS Stress rotational X
15 SRY RS Stress rotational Y
16 SRZ RS Stress rotational Z
17 ERX RS Strain rotational X
18 ERY RS Strain rotational Y
19 ERZ RS Strain rotational Z
ELTYPE =232 Quadr composite (Same as Quad4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
2 PLY I Lamina number
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 SX1 RS Normal-1
4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
End SCODE,6
Main Index
496 OES

ELTYPE =233 Triar composite (Same as Quad4 composite)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
3 EX1 RS Normal-1
4 EY1 RS Normal-2
5 ET1 RS Shear-12
6 EL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 EL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
3 SX1 RS Normal-1
4 SY1 RS Normal-2
5 T1 RS Shear-12
6 SL1 RS Shear-1Z
7 SL2 RS Shear-2Z
8 A1 RS Shear angle
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =235 Quadrilateral plate element for center punch (CQUADR)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
1 FD1 RS Fiber distance at Z1
3 EY1 RS
5 A1 RS Theta (Shear Angle) at Z1
6 EMJRP1 RS Major Principal at Z1
Main Index
OES 497

7 EMNRP1 RS Minor Principal at Z1
8 ETMAX1 RS Maximum Shear at Z1
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
498 OES

6 MJRP1 RS Major Principal at Z1
7 MNRP1 RS Minor Principal at Z1
8 TMAX1 RS Maximum Shear at Z1
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =236 Triangular plate element for center punch (CTRIAR)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
OES 499

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
Main Index
500 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
Main Index
OES 501

ELTYPE =237 Triangular plate element for corner output (CTRIAR)
SCODE,6 =0 Strain
TCODE,7 =0 Real
1 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
2 GRID I Number active grids ID or grid ID
Main Index
502 OES

End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01 Stress
TCODE,7 =0 Real
1 TERM CHAR4 "CEN"
Main Index
OES 503

1 TERM CHAR4
1 TERM CHAR4
Main Index
504 OES

End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
End ELTYPE
End THERMAL
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(5) none
Notes: 1. For CBEAM (2) Item codes are given for end A. Addition of the quantity (K-1) 10
to the item code points to the same information for other stations, where K is the
station number. K=11 for end B and 2-10 for intermediate stations.
2. For CTRIA6 (53) The stresses are repeated for each of the stress points within each
element. For CHEX8 there are 9 stress points for each element. For CHEX20 there
are 9 plus (the number of nondeleted mid-side nodes) stress points for each element.
3. For QUAD8 (64) For corner grids, real , add 17I to items 3 through 19, where I =
1,2,3,4 (87 total words). For corner grids, real/imaginary add 15I to items 3 through
19, where I = 1,2,3,4 (77 total words).
Main Index
OGF 505
Table of grid point forces
OGF Table of grid point forces
Table of grid point forces.
Record 1 -- HEADER

1 NAME(2) CHAR4 Block name
Record 2 -- IDENT

2 TCODE(C) I Table code; always 19
3 UNDEF none
4 SUBCASE I Subcase number
ACODE,4 =0
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
5 FREQ RS Frequency
5 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07 Buckling 0 ( Pre-buckling )
ACODE,4 =08 Buckling 1 ( Post buckling )
Main Index
506 OGF

ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 106 )
5 LOADFAC RS Load factor
ACODE,4 =11 Geometric Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 4 ? ) )
5 TIME RS Time step
End ACODE,4
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
8 LOADSET I Load set or zero
9 FCODE I Format Code
10 NUMWDE(C) I Number of words per entry in DATA record
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
14 EIGENR RS Natural eigenvalue -- real part
15 EIGENI RS Natural eigenvalue -- imaginary part
16 FREQ RS Natural frequency
17 UNDEF(34 ) none
Record 3 -- DATA

TCODE,1 =1 Sort 1
1 EKEY I Device code + 10* point identification
number
ACODE,4 =0
ACODE,4 =01
Main Index
OGF 507

number
ACODE,4 =02
1 EKEY I Device code + 10* Point identification
number
ACODE,4 =03
number
ACODE,4 =04
number
ACODE,4 =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07
number
ACODE,4 =08
number
ACODE,4 =09
number
ACODE,4 =10
1 FQTS RS Frequency or Time step
ACODE,4 =11
number
ACODE,4 =12
number
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
Main Index
508 OGF

2 EID I Element identification number if element
force; otherwise zero
3 ELNAME(2) CHAR4
NUMWDE =10 real
5 F1 RS Force in displacement coordinate system
direction 1
direction 2
direction 3
8 M1 RS Moment in displacement coordinate system
direction 1
direction 2
direction 3
NUMWDE =16 complex
5 F1R RS
6 F2R RS
7 F3R RS
8 M1R RS
9 M2R RS
10 M3R RS
11 F1I RS
12 F2I RS
13 F3I RS
14 M1I RS
15 M2I RS
16 M3I RS
End NUMWDE
Main Index
OGF 509
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF none
2 WORD2 I Number of identification number/data
records
3 UNDEF(3) none
Notes: 1. Records repeat for each subcase having any output requests.
2. Device code:
1 = print
2 = plot
4 = punch
5 = print, and punch, etc.
3. Approach code:
1 = statics
2 = reigen
3 = ds0
4 = ds1
5 = freq
6 = bkl0
7 = bkl1
8 = ceigen
9 = pla
Main Index
510 OGS
Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities
OGS Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities
SORT1, SORT2, and real formats only.
Record 1 -- HEADER

3 WORD I Month, day, year, 0, 1
Record 2 -- IDENT

2 TCODE(C) I Table type code
3 ID I Surface or volume identification number
4 SUBCASE I Subcase or mode identification number
ACODE =01 Statics
6 UNDEF none
ACODE =02 Real Eigenvalues
ACODE =06 Transient
5 TIME RS Time step
6 UNDEF none
ACODE =10 Nonlinear Statics
6 UNDEF none
End ACODE
7 UNDEF none
8 REFID I Reference coordinate system identification
number
Main Index
OGS 511

10 NUMWDE I Number of words per entry in DATA record
11 SCODE I Stress/strain code
12 OCOORD I Output coordinate system code
13 AXIS I Axis specification code
14 NORMAL I Normal specification code
15 UNDEF(36 ) none
Record 3 -- DATA

TCODE =26 Surface
1 EKEY I 10*grid point identification number +
device code
2 ID I Element identification number
3 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre
4 NX RS Normal in x
5 NY RS Normal in y
7 A RS Angle
8 MJRP RS Major principal
9 MNRP RS Minor principal
11 HVM RS Hency-von Mises
TCODE =27 Volume with direct
Device Code
2 NX RS Normal in x
3 NY RS Normal in y
4 NZ RS Normal in z
Main Index
512 OGS

9 HVM RS Hencky-von Mises or Octahedral
TCODE =28 Volume with principal
device code
2 LXA RS Direction cosine from x to a
3 LXB RS Direction cosine from x to b
4 LXC RS Direction cosine from x to c
5 LYA RS Direction cosine from y to a
6 LYB RS Direction cosine from y to b
7 LYC RS Direction cosine from y to c
8 LZA RS Direction cosine from z to a
9 LZB RS Direction cosine from z to b
10 LZC RS Direction cosine from z to c
11 SA RS Principal in a
12 SB RS Principal in b
13 SC RS Principal in c
15 EHVM RS Hencky-von Mises or octahedral
TCODE =29 Element discontinuities for surface
Device code
2 ELTYPE(2) CHAR4 Element type
4 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre
5 NX RS Normal in x
6 NY RS Normal in y
8 MJPR RS Major principal
9 MNPR RS Minor principal
Main Index
OGS 513

TCODE =30 Element discontinuities for volumes with direct
1 EKEY I 10*Element identification number + Device
code
4 NX RS Normal in x
5 NY RS Normal in y
6 NZ RS Normal in z
7 SXY RS Shear in xy
8 SYZ RS Shear in yz
9 SZX RS Shear in zx
TCODE =31 Element discontinuities for volumes with principal
1 EKEY I 10*element identification number + Device
code
8 HVM RS Hencky-von Mises or octahedral
TCODE =32 Grid point discontinuities for surface
Device code
2 FIBRE CHAR4 Fibre
3 NX RS Normal in x
4 NY RS Normal in y
5 NXY RS Shear in xy
6 MJPR RS Major principal
7 MNPR RS Minor principal
Main Index
514 OGS

TCODE =33 Grid point discontinuities for volumes with direct
device Code
2 NX RS Normal in x
3 NY RS Normal in y
4 NZ RS Normal in z
TCODE =34 Grid point discontinuities for volumes with principal
device Code
TCODE =35 Grid point stresses for surfaces with plane strain
1 EKEY I 10*grid point identification number and
grid code
2 NX RS Normal in x
3 NY RS Normal in y
4 NZ RS Normal in z (always -1)
6 PR RS Mean pressure (always -1)
End TCODE,2
End TABLE
Main Index
OGS 515
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Notes: 1. Records repeat for each surface or volume.

2. Record 2 is the same format for stress (SCODE=0) or strain (SCODE=1).
3. Format Code ’1’ implies real.
4. Output coordinate system code
1 = Surface or CID for 3D
2 = Element
3 = Basic (3D only)
5. Axis specification code (for surfaces only)
1 = X Axis
2 = Y Axis
3 = Z Axis
6. Normal Specification code (for surfaces only )
1 = Radius vector
2 = X Axis
3 = Y Axis
4 = Z Axis
5 = -X Axis
6 = -Y Axis
7 = -Z Axis
8 = -Radius vector
Main Index
516 OPG
Table of applied loads
OPG Table of applied loads
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- IDENT

3 UNDEF none
TCODE =1 Sort 1
ACODE =01 Statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =03 Differential Stiffness
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =05 Frequency
5 FREQ RS Frequency
Main Index
OPG 517

6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =06 Transient
5 TIME RS Time step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =07 Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling)
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =08 Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling)
7 UNDEF none
ACODE =09 Complex Eigenvalues
5 MODE I Mode
ACODE =10 Nonlinear statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =12 CONTRAN ? (May appear as ACODE=6)
5 TIME RS Time
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End ACODE
TCODE =02 Sort 2
5 LSDVMN I Load set, Mode Number
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End TCODE
8 RCODE I Random code
9 FCODE(C) I Format Code
11 UNDEF(12 ) none
Main Index
518 OPG

23 THERMAL I 1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
24 UNDEF(27 ) none
Record 3 -- DATA

TCODE =1 Sort 1
number
TCODE =02 Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT
ACODE =01
number
ACODE =02
number
ACODE =03
number
ACODE =04
number
ACODE =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE =07
number
ACODE =08
number
Main Index
OPG 519

ACODE =09
number
ACODE =10
ACODE =11
number
ACODE =12
number
End ACODE
End TCODE
2 TYPE I Point type: G for grid and S for scalar
FCODE =0 or 2 Real or random response
3 F1 RS Applied force in direction 1
6 M1 RS Applied moment in direction 1
FCODE =1 Real/Imaginary
3 F1R RS Applied force in direction 1 --real
4 F2R RS Applied force in direction 2 -- real
5 F3R RS Applied force in direction 3 -- real
6 M1R RS Applied moment in direction 1 -- real
9 F1I RS Applied force in direction 1 -- imaginary
12 M1I RS Applied moment in direction 1 -- imaginary
Main Index
520 OPG

End FCODE
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
OPTPRM 521
Table of optimization parameters
OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- PARAMS

1 APRCOD I Approach code
2 IPRINT I Print parameter
3 DESMAX I Maximum design cycles
4 METHOD I Optimization method
5 DELP RS Allowed property change
6 DPMIN RS Minimum DELP
7 PTOL RS Property tolerance
8 CONV1 RS Relative objective convergence criterion
9 CONV2 RS Absolute objective convergence criterion
10 GMAX RS Maximum allowed constraint violation
11 DELX RS Allowed design variable change
12 DLXMIN RS Minimum DELX
13 DELB RS Finite difference step
14 GSCAL RS Constraint scale factor
15 CONVDV RS Relative design variable convergence
criterion
16 CONVPR RS Absolute design variable convergence
criterion
17 P1 I DOM print parameter
18 P2 I DOM print parameter
19 CT RS Active constraint threshold
20 CTMIN RS Violated constraint threshold
21 DABOBJ RS DOT absolute objective convergence
criterion
Main Index
522 OPTPRM
Table of optimization parameters

22 DELOBJ RS DOT relative objective convergence
criterion
23 DOBJ1 RS 1-D search absolute objective limit
24 DOBJ2 RS 1-D search relative objective limit
25 DX1 RS 1-D search absolute DV limit
26 DX2 RS 1-D search relative DV limit
27 ISCAL I Scaling flag
28 ITMAX I Maximum DOT MFD iterations
29 ITRMOP I DOT convergence MFD criterion
30 IWRITE I File for optimizer print
31 IGMAX I Active constraint counter
32 JTMAX I Maximum DOT SLP iterations
33 ITRMST I DOT convergence SLP criterion
34 JPRINT I SLP print code
35 IPRNT1 I Scale factor print
36 IPRNT2 I 1-D search print
37 JWRITE I File for iteration history print
38 STPSCL RS Scale factor for shape step size
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Main Index
OQG 523
Table of single or multipoint constraint forces
OQG Table of single or multipoint constraint forces
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- IDENT

2 TCODE(C) I Table Code (3 for SPCForces or 39 for
MPCForces)
3 UNDEF none
4 SUBCASE I Subcase or random identification
number
TCODE =1 Sort 1
ACODE =01 Statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =05 Frequency
Main Index
524 OQG

5 FREQ RS Frequency
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =06 Transient
5 TIME RS Time step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =07 Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling)
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =08 Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling)
7 UNDEF none
ACODE =09 Complex Eigenvalues
5 MODE I Mode
ACODE =10 Nonlinear statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE =12 CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 )
5 TIME RS Time
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End ACODE
TCODE =02 Sort 2
5 LSDVMN I Load set, mode number
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End TCODE
9 FCODE(C) I Format Code
Main Index
OQG 525

10 NUMWDE I Number of words per entry in DATA
record
11 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF(11 ) none
23 THERMAL I =1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
24 UNDEF(27 ) none
Record 3 -- DATA

TCODE =1 Sort 1
number
TCODE =02 Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT
ACODE =01
number
ACODE =02
number
ACODE =03
number
ACODE =04
number
ACODE =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE =07
Main Index
526 OQG

number
ACODE =08
number
ACODE =09
number
ACODE =10
ACODE =11
number
ACODE =12
number
End ACODE
End TCODE
2 TYPE I Point type: 1 for grid and 2 for scalar
FCODE =0 or 2 Real or random response
3 QF1 RS Constraint force in direction 1
6 QM1 RS Constraint moment in direction 1
FCODE =1 Real/Imaginary
3 QF1R RS Constraint force in direction 1 -- real
6 QM1R RS Constraint moment in direction 1 -- real
9 QF1I RS Constraint force in direction 1 -- imaginary
Main Index
OQG 527

12 QM1I RS Constraint moment in direction 1 --
imaginary
imaginary
imaginary
End FCODE
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 PB I Number of giga-word blocks used
2 RW I Words used in current process block
3 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
528 OUG
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
Also, temperatures for heat transfer and sound pressure levels for acoustic analyses. For all analysis types
(real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats.
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- IDENT

3 UNDEF none
4 SUBCASE I Subcase or Random identification number
TCODE,1 =1 Sort 1
ACODE,4 =01 Statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 FREQ RS Frequency
Main Index
OUG 529

6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 TIME RS Time Step
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =07 Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling)
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =08 Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling)
7 UNDEF none
5 MODE I Mode
ACODE,4 =10 Nonlinear statics
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
ACODE,4 =11 Old geometric nonlinear statics
5 LSDVMN I Load set
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
5 TIME RS Time
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End ACODE,4
TCODE,1 =02 Sort 2
5 LSDVMN I Load set, mode number
6 UNDEF(2 ) none
End TCODE,1
9 FCODE I Format Code
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
530 OUG

13 ACFLAG(C) I Acoustic presure flag
14 UNDEF(9 ) none
23 THERMAL I 1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
24 UNDEF(27 ) none
Record 3 -- DATA

TCODE,1 =01 Sort 1
number
ACODE,4 =01
number
ACODE,4 =02
number
ACODE,4 =03
number
ACODE,4 =04
number
ACODE,4 =05
1 FREQ RS Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
1 TIME RS Time step
ACODE,4 =07
number
ACODE,4 =08
Main Index
OUG 531

number
ACODE,4 =09
number
ACODE,4 =10
ACODE,4 =11
number
ACODE,4 =12
number
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
2 TYPE I Point type: G for grid and S for scalar
TABLCODE=01 Displacement -- TablCode=MOD(TCODE,1000)
TCODE,2 =01
ACFLAG =0 Real
3 DT1 RS Translation in direction 1
6 DR1 RS Rotation in direction 1
TCODE,7 =1 Real/ Imaginary
3 DT1R RS Translation in direction 1
6 DR1R RS Rotation in direction 1
Main Index
532 OUG

9 DT1I RS Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary
12 DR1I RS Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary
End TCODE,7
ACFLAG =2 Acoustic Pressure
3 P RS Sound pressure level
4 PRMS RS RMS Sound pressure level
5 DB RS Sound pressure level in dB
6 DBA RS Sound pressure level in dBA
7 UNDEF(2 ) none
3 PR RS Sound pressure level
4 PRMSR RS RMS Sound pressure level
5 DBR RS Sound pressure level in dB
6 DBAR RS Sound pressure level in dBA
7 PI RS Sound pressure level -- imaginary
8 PRMSI RS RMS Sound pressure level -- imaginary
9 DBI RS Sound pressure level in dB -- imaginary
10 DBAI RS Sound pressure level in dBA -- imaginary
11 UNDEF(4 ) none
End TCODE,7
End ACFLAG
TCODE,2 =07 Eigenvector Displacement
Main Index
OUG 533

End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =10 Velocity
3 VT1 RS Translation in direction 1
6 VR1 RS Rotation in direction 1
3 VT1R RS Translation in direction 1
6 VR1R RS Rotation in direction 1
9 VT1I RS Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary
Main Index
534 OUG

12 VR1I RS Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =11 Acceleration
3 AT1 RS Translation in direction 1
6 AR1 RS Rotation in direction 1
3 AT1R RS Translation in direction 1
6 AR1R RS Rotation in direction 1
9 AT1I RS Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary
12 AR1I RS Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =14 Eigenvector Displacement (Solution Set)
Main Index
OUG 535

End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =15 Displacement (Solution Set)
Main Index
536 OUG

End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =16 Velocity (Solution Set)
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =17 Acceleration (Solution Set)
Main Index
OUG 537

End TCODE,7
End TCODE,2
Record 4 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
538 R1MAP
Table of mapping from original first level
R1MAP Table of mapping from original first level
(Direct) Retained Responses
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- RESPONSE

Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of responses
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
R1TAB 539
Table of type one response attributes
R1TAB Table of type one response attributes
Table of type one response attributes.
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- Repeat

3 TYPE(C) I Response type
6 REGION I Region identifier
7 SCID I Subcase identification number
TYPE =1 Weight
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
10 SEID I Superelement identification number or ALL
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =2 Volume
8 UNDEF(2 ) none
10 SEID I Superelement identification number or ALL
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =3 Lama
9 APRX I Approximation code
10 UNDEF(3 ) none
TYPE =4 Eign
9 APRX I Approximation code
10 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
540 R1TAB

TYPE =5 Disp
8 COMP I Displacement component
9 UNDEF none
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =6 Stress
8 ICODE I Stress item code
9 UNDEF none
10 PID I Property entry identification number
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =7 Strain
8 ICODE I Strain item code
9 UNDEF none
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =8 Force
8 ICODE I Force item code
9 UNDEF none
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =9 CFAILURE
8 ICODE I Failure criterion item code
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =10 CSTRESS
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =11 CSTRAIN
8 ICODE I Strain item code
Main Index
R1TAB 541

TYPE =40 FRDISP
9 UNDEF none
11 FREQ RS Frequency
12 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =41 FRVELO
8 COMP I Velocity component
9 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =42 FRACCL
8 COMP I Acceleration component
9 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =43 FRSPCF
8 COMP I SPCForce component
9 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =44 FRSTRE
9 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =45 FRFORC
Main Index
542 R1TAB

9 UNDEF none
12 UNDEF none
TYPE =46 PSDDISP
8 COMP I PSD Displacement component
12 UNDEF none
TYPE =47 PSDVELO
8 COMP I PSD velocity component
12 UNDEF none
TYPE =48 PSDACCL
8 COMP I PSD acceleration component
12 UNDEF none
TYPE =49 RMSDISP
8 COMP I RMS Displacement component
11 SORTFLAG RS flag for internal sorting
12 UNDEF none
TYPE =50 RMSVELO
8 COMP I RMS Velocity component
Main Index
R1TAB 543

12 UNDEF none
TYPE =51 RMSACCL
8 COMP I RMS acceleration component
12 UNDEF none
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =60 TDISP
9 TIME RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =61 TVELO
8 COMP I Velocity component
9 TIME RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =62 TACCL
8 COMP I Acceleration component
9 TIME RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =63 TSPCF
8 COMP I SPCForce component
9 TIME RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =64 TSTRE
9 FREQ RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
Main Index
544 R1TAB

TYPE =65 TFORCE
9 FREQ RS Time step
11 UNDEF(2 ) none
TYPE =81 DIVERG
8 ROOT I Root number
9 UNDEF(2 ) none
12 DIVERG I DIVERG identification number
TYPE =82 TRIM
8 XID I AESTAT or AESURF identification number
9 UNDEF(3 ) none
12 TRIM I TRIM identification number
TYPE =83 SABDER
8 XID I AESTAT or AESURF identification number
9 COMP I Component
10 RESFLG I Restraint flag
11 UNDEF none
12 TRIM I TRIM identification number
TYPE =84 FLUTTER
9 MACH RS Mach numbers
10 VELOC RS Velocity
11 DENSITY RS Density
12 FLUTTER I Flutter identification number
End TYPE
13 UNDEF none
14 TYFLG I Flag to indicate how response is referenced
15 SEID I Superelement identificaiton number
Main Index
R1TAB 545
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 NR1 I Number of type one responses (number of
records in table)
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Notes: 1. Table is in IRID order and is the order in which responses are to be generated.
2. TYFLG currently has no meaning. The intent was to use this attribute to identify
responses that should always be retained in DSAD. However, this option is not
currently supported.
Main Index
546 RESP12
Table of second level (synthetic) responses
RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses
Table of second level (synthetic) responses.
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- Repeat -- For each Type 2 response

1 IR2ID I Internal response identification number
2 R2ID I External response identification number
5 EQID I Equation identification number
6 REG I Region identification number
7 METH I Method flag for BETA/MATCH responses
8 C1 RS Constant to scale beta response
9 C2 RS Constant to scale distance responses
10 C3 RS Constant to shift lower bound
11 ND(C) I Number of design variables
12 NC(C) I Number of constants from constant table
(Data block DTB)
13 NR(C) I Number of type one responses
14 NCORD(C) I Number of coordinates
15 NPROP1(C) I Number of type one properties
16 NCONP1(C) I Number of type one connectivity properties
17 NMATP1(C) I Number of type one material properties
18 NPROP2(C) I Number of type two properties
19 NCONP2(C) I Number of type two connectivity properties
20 NMATP2(C) I Number of type two material properties
21 NRR2(C) I Number of referenced type two responses
22 ARGDSP I Number of discrepancy on arguments
Main Index
RESP12 547

23 NCEQ(C) I Number of constants from equation table
(Data block DEQATN)
24 IDV I Internal design variable identification
number
Word 24 repeats ND times
25 CVLT1 RS Table constant
Word 25 repeats NC times
26 IR1ID I Type one response identification number
Word 26 repeats NR times
27 NODE I Node number
28 DIR I Direction
Words 27 through 28 repeat NCORD times
29 PROP1ID I Type one property identification number
Word 29 repeats NPROP1 times
30 CONP1ID I Type one connectivity property
Word 30 repeats NCONP1 times
31 MATP1ID I Type one material property identification
number
Word 31 repeats NMATP1 times
32 PROP2ID I Type two property identification number
Word 32 repeats NPROP2 times
33 CONP2ID I Type two connectivity property
Word 33 repeats NCONP2 times
34 MATP2ID I Type two material property identification
number
Word 34 repeats NMATP2 times
35 IR2ID I Type two response identification number
Word 35 repeats NRR2 times
36 CVLQ RS Equation constant
Word 36 repeats NCEQ times
37 RC I Record count
38 ARGS I Number of arguments
Main Index
548 RESP12

39 OSCAR I Oscar type; always 13
40 DEQA CHAR4 "DEQA"
41 RECNUM I Record number
42 BIT I DEQATN identification number number
bitwise-or-ed with bit 32
43 TLC(C) I Temporary VPS location count
44 TEMPVPS I Temporary VPS locations
Word 44 repeats TLC times
45 IC(C) I Instruction word count
46 INST CHAR4 Instruction character word
47 INSTI(3) I Instruction integer words
Words 46 through 49 repeat IC/4 times
50 DATATYP I Temporary VPS value section
DATATYP =1 Integer input
51 INT I Integer
DATATYP =2 Real input
51 REAL RS Real
DATATYP =3 Character input
51 CHARS(2) CHAR4 Character
End DATATYP
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 NRP2 I Number of records (type 2 responses) in the
table
2 MAXL I Maximum record length
3 MAXEQ I Maximum value of EQPOS -- 1 for all the
records
4 UNDEF(3 ) none
Main Index
RESP12 549
Notes: 1. EQPOS = 12 + ND + NC + NR + 2*NCORD + NPROP + NCEQ 1.NCC is equal

to 2*NCRD.
2. Pointer FRT1 is equal to ND+NCT+12, pointer FRCD is equal to FRT1+NCEQ,
pointer FRCEQ is equal to FRCD + 2 * NCRD, pointer EQPOS is equal to FRCEQ
+ NCEQ.
Main Index
550 SEMAP
Superelement Definition Table (Map)
SEMAP Superelement Definition Table (Map)
Provides geometry and connection information for a problem formulated in

terms of superelements.
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- DEFINE
Repeated for each superelement according to process order.

1 SEID I Super element identification number
2 INTIDX I Internal index of superelement
3 ORDER I Processing order
4 SEDN I Downstream superelement identification
number
5 SEDWNIDX I Internal index of downstream superelement
6 PEID I Primary superelement identification
number
7 TYPEBIT I Superelement type bit map (See note 3)
8 NODNCNCT I Number of downstream connections
9 BITINFO I On bits correspond to connected
downstream SE’s
Word 9 repeats LENTRY-1 times
Words 8 through 9 repeat NBRSE times
10 NLBL I Number of SELABEL entries
11 NWLBL(C) I Number of words in label
12 SEID I Super element identification number
13 LABELI CHAR4 Four characters in the label
Word 13 repeats NWLBL times
Words 10 through 13 repeat NLBL times
Main Index
SEMAP 551
Record 3 -- MAP
Repeated for each superelement according to process order and contains
LENTRY words per grid point.

1 GRIDID I Grid point identification number
2 GRIDBIT I Grid point bit map
Word 2 repeats LENTRY-1 times
Record 4 -- INFO
Repeated for each superelement according to process order.

2 BITNO I Bit number for superelement
3 NG(C) I Number of exterior grid points
4 NE(C) I Number of elements NE=NBR of
simple+genel+rigid
5 PEID I Primary superelement identification
number
6 SEBITS I Superelement type bit map (See note 3)
7 SEDWN I Downstream superelement identification
number
8 BITDWN I Bit number of downstream superelement
9 EXTGRD I Sorted list of exterior (boundary) grid point
Word 9 repeats NG times
10 ELIDS I Sorted list of element identification
numbers
Word 10 repeats NE times
11 PGRID I List of primary superelement exterior grids
Main Index
552 SEMAP
Record 5 -- TRAILER

1 NBRSE I Number of superelements including residual (NBRSE+1)
2 NBRGP I Total number of grid and scalar points in structure
3 NBRSCL I Number of scalar points
4 LENTRY I Number of words per entry in RECORD=MAP
5 NBRSEC I Number of secondary superelements
6 NWDDEF I Number of words per entry in RECORD=DEFINE
Notes: 1. SEID=0 implies residual.

2. This table is UNSTRUCTURED. The reason is that each of the records repeat for
each superelement.
The low order (right to left) 10 bits in TYPEBIT are set as follows:
Bit Position: Meaning
0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
------------------- -------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Primary
1 . . . . . . . . . Partitioned
. 1 . . . . . . . . Reflect Z
. . 1 . . . . . . . Reflect Y
. . . 1 . . . . . . Reflect X
. . . . 1 . . . . . Repeated
. . . . . 1 . . . . Collector
. . . . . . 1 . . . External
. . . . . . . 1 . . Mirror
. . . . . . . . 1 . Identical
. . . . . . . . . 1 Apply mapping transform
3. The BITINFO in ENTRY=DWNCNCT indicates the downstream

superelement(s?).
Bit Number Downstream superelement is:

0 the residual structure
1 through NBRSE-1 the superelement(s) corresponding to the INTIDX-th bit(s)
Notes: 4. In ENTRY=GRIDMAP, bits are numbered left to right beginning with zero and
span LENTRY-1 words.
Main Index
SEMAP 553
Bit number Meaning

0 grid is connected to the residual structure
1 through NBRSE-1 grid is connected to the superelement(s) corresponding to the
INTIDX-th bit(s)
NBRSE grid is a scalar point
NBRSE+1 grid is an incongruent boundary point
MAXBIT-IDBITS through MAXBIT internal superelement index (INTIDX) to which grid is interior
Notes: 5. where MAXBIT = NBPW*(LENTRY-1)-1, NBPW is the number of bits per word,
and "incongruent" indicates inconsistent coordinate systems on the boundary point.
6. In RECORD=INFO The primary superelement exterior grids points are sorted in
the order of the secondary exterior grid points. Only if SEQSEP is specified.
7. SELABEL is created by SEP1X only.
8. LENTRY is computed from IDBITS:
a. IDBITS is the minimum number of bits required to represent NBRSE.
ln  max  NBRSE,1  
IDBITS = int  -------------------------------------------------- + 1.01
 ln 2 
where ln is the natural logarithm and int is the integer function.

b. LENTRY is number of words in the grid point map.
LENTRY = int  NBRSE + IDBITS + 1- + 2

------------------------------------------------------
 NBPW 
c. For example, if NBRSE=50 and NBPW=32, then IDBITS=6 and LENTRY=3.

9. The structure of RECORD=MAP is the same for SEP1 and SEP1X, but the content
is different. For SEP1X, GRIDID in RECORD=MAP identifies only boundary grid
points and GRIDBIT delineates to which superelement the point connects. For
SEP1 the bits are not really clear in meaning. However some rules tend to indicate
when the exterior grid becomes interior.
10. RECORD=INFO is the same between both systems, although modules SEP1X and
SEP2X do not use ENTRY=ELIDS.
11. ENTRY=PGRID only exists for secondary superelements with resequencing, i.e.,
bit 1 is on in TYPE, and list the relative primary grid points in same order as
ENTRY=EXTGRD.
Main Index
554 SET
Table of combined sets
SET Table of combined sets
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- (*)

1 ID I Set identification number
2 TYPE I Set type
3 SETORIG I Origin of set
4 SETLEN I Length of set
5 SETMEM I Set members
Word 5 repeats SETLEN times
Record 3 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of sets
2 WORD2 I Number of members in largest set
3 UNDEF(4 ) none
Notes: 1. TYPE: 0=unknown, 1=grid, 2=element, 3=grid pairs

2. SETORIG: 1=Case Control section, 2=plot section, 3=SET1 Bulk Data entries,
4=MSGMESH input.
Main Index
TOL 555
Transient response time step output list
TOL Transient response time step output list
Record 1 -- HEADER

3 TIME RS Time step
Record 2 -- TRAILER

1 WORD1 I Number of time steps
2 UNDEF(5 ) none
Main Index
556 VIEWTB
View information table
VIEWTB View information table
Contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and
view-grids.
Record 1 -- HEADER

Record 2 -- BEAMP(10500,105,14)

2 CID I Coordinate system identification number -
from CID field
3 NX I View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field
4 NY I View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field
5 NZ I View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field
6 MTH CHAR4 Method - 'DIRE' means direct
7 MINEID I Mininum VUHEXA identification number
for this element
8 MAXEID I Maximum VUHEXA identification number
for this element
9 MINGID I Minimum Grid identification number for
this element
10 MAXGID I Maximum Grid identification number for
this element
11 G(2) I Corner Grid identification numbers
13 ICORD CHAR4
14 UNDEF none Not used, under re-design, see IFS11P.F line
#1838
Main Index
VIEWTB 557
Record 3 -- HEXAP(14100,141,18)

2 CID I Coordinate system identification number --
from CID field
3 NX I View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field
4 NY I View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field
5 NZ I View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field
6 MTH CHAR4 Method -- ’DIRE’ means direct
for this element
for this element
9 MINGID I Minimum grid identification number for
this element
10 MAXGID I Maximum grid identification number for
this element
11 G(8) I Corner grid identification numbers
Record 4 -- PENTAP(14200,142,16)

from CID field
7 MINEID I Mininum VUPENTA IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER for this element
8 MAXEID I Maximum VUPENTA IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER for this element
this element
Main Index
558 VIEWTB

this element
Record 5 -- QUADP(10300,103,16)

from CID field
for this element
for this element
this element
this element
15 ICORD CHAR4
16 THETA RS Rotation of convective system - from
THETA field
Record 6 -- TETRAP(14300,143,14)

from CID field
Main Index
VIEWTB 559

7 MINEID I Mininum VUTETRA identification number
for this element
8 MAXEID I Maximum VUTETRA identification
number for this element
this element
this element
11 G(4) I Corner grid identification numbers
Record 7 -- TRIAP(10400,104,15)

from CID field
for this element
for this element
this element
this element
14 ICORD CHAR4
15 THETA RS Rotation of convective system - from
THETA field
Main Index
560 VIEWTB
Record 8 -- TRAILER

1 UNDEF(6 ) none
Notes: 1. For each of the 3 word headers: The first number is element type * 100; the second
number is element type; and the third number is the number of words per element.
2. Items indicated as from field ’XXX’ refer to the OUTRCV Bulk Data entry.
Main Index
Chapter 3: Nastran Data Definition Language (NDDL)
3 Nastran Data Definition

Language (NDDL)

NDDL Summary

Detailed Description of NDDL Statements
Main Index
NDDL Summary
NDDL Summary
The NDDL (MSC Nastran Data Definition Language) has several purposes:
1. The NDDL describes the hierarchical data structure of the MSC Nastran database.
2. The NDDL provides the mechanism, in conjunction with the TYPE DMAP statement, for
determining which MSC Nastran generated data blocks or parameters or both will be stored on
the database.
3. The NDDL provides the schema necessary for representing the data block data structure.
4. The NDDL and its associated query language provides the means for selecting from the
hierarchical database structure specific data blocks in the form of flat tables, thus admitting them
to relational database manipulation.
5. The NDDL provides the necessary data dependencies for automatic modified restarts.
Descriptions of NDDL Statements
DATABLK Define a data block’s name, path, and location and describe its contents.
DEPEN Define a data block, parameter, or virtual parameter to be dependent upon other
data block(s), parameter(s) or virtual parameter(s).
PARAM Define a parameter’s name, type, path, location, and default value.
PATH List the QUALifiers to be used in accessing the data block or parameter via the
NDDL.
QUAL Define a qualifier’s name, type and default value
Main Index
Chapter 3: Nastran Data Definition Language (NDDL) 563

Syntactical Descriptions
In the descriptions of the NDDL statements, the following notations are used:
1. Slashes, colons, and parentheses must be specified as shown.
2. Uppercase letters are keywords and must be specified as shown.
3. Lowercase letters represent variables, the permissible values of which are indicated in the
descriptive text.
4. Shaded words indicate the default.
5. One or more items in square brackets [] are optional. If the describers are stacked vertically, then
only one may be specified.
6. One or more items in braces {} must be specified. If the describers are stacked vertically, then
only one may be specified.
Main Index
564 DATABLK
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
A data block is a collection of matrix columns or table records and may be broken down into the
following entities:
1. Record (or column) is a group of items and/or entries.
2. Entry is a group of items and/or entries within a record.
3. Item is a single scalar quantity; such as an integer, real number, complex number, character string,
or logical.
Format:
'$7$%/.,db_name,3$7+=pathname,/2&$7,21=loc_param,
MATRIX
UNSTRUCTURED
TYPE = TABLE   style   SAMEAS,sname EOF
db_description
KDICT
KELM
where:
style = the db_description has special rules. Only TABLE(OFP) and TABLE(CASE)
are allowed.
SAMEAS = the db_description on another DATABLK, sname statement.
db_description = one or more record descriptions providing a word-by-word description of each
record in which each word (or item) is assigned a name and type.
* rec_description
RECORD   EOR
= rec_name   h1  ,h2  ,h3     SAMEAS, srec_name
where:
RECORD(*) = rec_description defines all records. It can only be specified once following
RECORD=HEADER.
RECORD = rec_name[(h1[,h2[,h3]]] assigns a name to the record and may optionally indicate
that the record begins with one to three integers called header words. This format
may be specified more than once. Only a few data blocks have this type of record;
such as IFP module output data blocks.
Main Index
DATABLK 565
rec_description contains one or more of the following record components that may be repeated and in
any order:
• item_component defines a single item.
• entry_component defines a description of one or more record components and may be repeated
in the record.
• either_component defines a description of one or more record components and is conditional
upon the value of another item anywhere in the record.
item_component has one of the following forms:
 rep_count
item_name    item_type,
 C 
UNDEF, rep_count,
where:
rep_count = the number of times the item is repeated. The default is zero.
C = item_name is referenced by BACK in an either_component or COUNT in an
entry_component. For items referenced by BACK, item_type can only be I, PC4, or
PC5. For items referenced by COUNT, item_type must be I.
• item_type is:
Item Type Description

I Integer
RS Real-single precision
RD Real-double precision
RX Real machine precision
CS Complex-single precision
CD Complex-double precision
CX Complex machine precision
CHARi Character (i = length)
LOGICAL Logical
PC4 Packed character string (four characters in length)
PC5 Packed character string (five characters in length)
• UNDEF indicates a dummy item that is one machine-word in length.

entry_component has the following form:
Main Index
566 DATABLK
(175<[=entry-name],
 rec_component 
 
 SAMEAS, sentry_name 
 
  n  
 COUNT =   
  item_name  
ENDENTRY,  
  EOR 
 WITH ,  
   end_value1,end_value2,   
 
where:
rec_component = partial record description or item_component.

sentry_name = the name of another entry_component to be duplicated on this entry.
ENDENTRY = required and terminates the entry_components.
COUNT = the number of times the entry occurs in the record.
n = constant integer value for the number of occurrences.
item_name = the name of an item in the record whose value will specify the number of
occurrences. (item_name can only be typed as an integer; i.e., item_type is I).
end_valuei = numeric value(s) that identifies the end of repeating ENTRY... ENDENTRY
grouping.
EOR = no more rec_components follow in the record and another RECORD or EOF
must follow.
either_component has the following form:
Main Index
DATABLK 567
 AHEAD 
(,7+(5   item_name  ,func_code   = item_val1,
 BACK 
rec_component1,
 OR , item_val2,
rec_component2,]
OR , item_valn,
[ rec_component]
[OR,
rec_component(n+1)]
ENDEITH,
where:
AHEAD or BACK = an item defined elsewhere in the record.

OR = the beginning of an optional description of the item=item_valn.
The last OR component does not have to be followed by an item_val.
ENDEITH = required and terminates the either_component.
Keywords:
TYPE Defines the class or characteristics of information it contains.

TABLE A collection of records.
TABLE (CASE) Special style of table for Case Control tables.
TABLE (OFP) Special style of table that are suitable for input to the OFP module.
MATRIX A M by N dimensional array of related items obeying the rules of matrix
algebra.
UNSTRUCTURED The data block has no description. db_description, and SAMEAS will be
ignored.
EOR End of record description.
EOF End of the data block description.
Main Index
568 DATABLK
Variables:
db_name Data block name; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be
alphabetic. The following characters can be used for datablock-names:
A through Z and 0 through 9.
pathname Name of the path, which is also referenced on a PATH statement.
loc_param Variable character parameter name with a value that is the DBset name. See
the PARAM NDDL statement and the INlT FMS statement.
rec_name Record name. Optional. Name syntax is same as db_name.
entry_name Entry name. Optional. Name syntax is same as db_name.
item_name Item name.
item_vali Item value. If AHEAD or BACK is used then the type of item_vali must match
the item_type assigned to item_name. If item_type is PC4 or PC5, then
item_vali must be enclosed in single quotation marks.
func_code Function code. Optional. Specifies the function to perform on the value of
item_name, before comparing to item_val.
Func_code Operation
1 if (item_name / 1000) = 2, 3, or 5 then set to 2; else then set
to 1
2 mod( item_name, 100 )
3 mod( item_name, 1000 ) / 100
4 item_name / 10
5 mod( item_name, 10 )
6 if iand(item_name,8)  0 then set to 0; else then set to 1
7 if (item_name/1000) = 0 or 2 then set to 0; else 4 or 5 then set
to 2; else then set to 1
8 rightmost 16 bits of item_name
>65535 iand(item_name,iand(func_code,65535))
Remarks:
1. In general, the data block completely describes all possible records of a data block. At any given
instance, some or even all of the records that comprise the description may not physically exist in any
given data block.
2. For UNDEF items, DEPENdencies are not checked and for transfer of data between machine types
they are considered integer zero.
Main Index
DATABLK 569
Examples:
1. The simplest DATABLK statement might be of the form:
DATABLK,INDATA,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBDN,EOF
A more complex specification of a DATABLK statement is of the form:
DATABLK,GEOM4S,TYPE=TABLE,PATH=PEIDI,LOCATION=IFPX,SAMEAS,
GEOM4,EOF
In the above statement, SAMEAS,GEOM4 specifies that GEOM4S has the same data block
description specified under the DATABLK,GEOM4 statement.
2. Consider the following:

DATABLK ,EQEXIN,TYPE=TABLE,PATH=PEIDI,LOCATION=IFPX,
RECORD=HEADER,NAME(2),CHAR4,EOR,
RECORD=EXT2INT,
GRIDID,I,INTERNAL,I,
EOR,
RECORD=EXT2SIL,
GRIDID,I,TENXSIL,I,EOR,EOF
The NAME(2) above represents a two word item with each word four characters in length. The
RECORD=EXT2INT gives this particular record the record-name EXT2INT. In the record named
EXT2INT there are two integer items called GRIDID and INTERNAL. These two groups are repeated
until the EOR is encountered.
A simple ENTRY ... ENDENTRY grouping is:
RECORD=MAT9(2603,26,300),
MID,I,
ENTRY=GEES,
G(21),RS,
ENDENTRY,
RHO,RS,...,
EOR,
In the above example it was found convenient to group the Gs into an ENTRY-ENDENTRY group
called GEES. The group contains 21 entries. The group items can be accessed as a whole group or as
individual members. Also note the (2603,26,300) entry. Internally, for many records, MSC Nastran
sees not the record name e.g., MAT9, but rather the describer e.g.,(2603,26,300).
Another example of an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is as follows:
RECORD=CYJOIN(5210,52,257),
SIDE,I,C,I,
ENTRY,
G1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,
EOR,
In this example the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group in the CYJOIN record consists of an indefinite
number of G1 data-items. When the value -1 (which is physically part of the record) is encountered,
repetition of the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group will stop. Another similar example is of the form:
Main Index
570 DATABLK
RECORD=MPC(4901,49,17),
SID,I,...,
ENTRY,
G1,I,C1,I,A1,RS,
ENDENTRY,WITH,(-1,-1,-1),EOR,
In the above MPC record, the group G1, C1, A1, repeats until -1 -1 -1 is encountered in the record. A
complex example of ENTRY ... ENDENTRY groups is shown next.
RECORD=RBE3(7101,71,187),
EID,I,REFGRID,I,REFC,I,
ENTRY,
WT1,RS,C1,I,
ENTRY,
G1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-2,
ENTRY,
GM1,I,CM1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-3,
EOR,
In this example, an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is shown nested within another ENTRY ...
ENDENTRY group. If an ENTRY .. ENDENTRY group appears in another ENTRY ... ENDENTRY
group, it must be entirely contained in the particular group. The outer ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group
of this example uses the ElTHER,OR clause to select the ENDENTRY statement. In this particular
example, the inner ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is terminated by -1. The outer ENTRY ...
ENDENTRY group is terminated when a -2 is encountered. If a -2 is encountered, another ENTRY ...
ENDENTRY group terminating with -3 is executed. If -3 is encountered the outer loop terminates. The
record is continuously repeated in this fashion until the EOR is encountered.
The next example uses EITHER,OR clauses to select one of several possible table formats including
an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY grouping.
RECORD=RELEASE(1310,13,247),
SEID,I,C,I,
EITHER,0,
ENTRY,
G1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,
OR,1,
G1,I,G2,I,
OR,-1
ENDEITH,
EOR,
The RELEASE record represents three possible forms of the Bulk Data entry RELEASE. The ENTRY
... ENDENTRY group represents an open-ended list of grid point identifiers terminated by -1. The first
OR represents a “THRU” option while the second OR represents a “ALL” option.
Another use of the SAMEAS clause is as follows:
,...,
ENTRY=SOLDSP,SAMEAS,NONLIN,ENDENTRY,
Main Index
DATABLK 571
This statement says that SOLDSP entry has an identical group structure to an ENTRY=NONLIN
grouping, which is in the same data block and comes physically before the SOLDSP entry.
The COUNT = n is shown in the next example:
,...,
RECORD=PBEAM,(5402,54,262)
PID,I,MID,I,N,I,CCF,I,X,I,
ENTRY=SECTIONS,
S0,I,XXB,RS,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,I12,RS,J,RS,NSM,RS,
C1 ,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS,E1,RS,E2,RS,F1,RS,F2,RS,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=11,
K1,RS, ... , N2B,RS,
EOR, ...
The STATIONS entry is to be repeated 10 times in addition to the entry explicitly described. Thus
there are 11 such entries.
The next example shows the use of COUNT = item-id and WITH,EOR
,...,
UNUSED(67),I,
LSEM(C),I,
ENTRY,
COEF,RS,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSEM,
ENTRY=SETS,
SETID,I,
LSET(C),I,
ENTRY,
SET,I,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSET,
ENDENTRY,WITH,EOR,EOF
The number of data items in COEFF is LSEM.
The entry SETS represents an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group, which ends when an EOR is reached.
SET contains LSET data items for each repetition through the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group.
The next example shows a use of UNDEF, length.
RECORD=CCONE(2315,23,0),
EID,I,PID,I,
UNDEF,18,
EOR,
Here UNDEF,18 says that the next 18 items in the table are undefined. Neither, the item-name or
data-type are defined.
The next example shows the use of AHEAD(item-name).
RECORD=CBAR(2408,24,180),
EID,I,PID,I,GA,I,GB,I,
EITHER,AHEAD(F)=1,
X1 ,RS,X2,RS,X3,RS,F,I
Main Index
572 DATABLK
OR,2,
GO,I,UNDEF,2,F,I,
ENDEITH, ...
In the example above, AHEAD(F) says read F, which is required to be integer (I) or packed character
(PC4 or PC5), to determine the appropriate description.N
In the following example, packed characters are used in an either component:
EITHER,’OPT1’
X1,RS,Y1,RS,Z1,RS,
OR,’OPT2’
I1,I,I2,I,I3,I,
OR,’OPT3’,
R1,RS,I2,I,R3,RS,
ENDEITH, ...
Main Index
DEPEN 573
Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter
DEPEN Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter
Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter on another data block, parameter, or virtual
parameter.
Format:
   
 dep_db_name  DB    indep_db_namei  DB  
   
 dep_param_name  P     indep_param_namei  DB   : desc_loc   ,  
   
 dep_virtual_name  VP    indep_virtual_namei  VP  
DEPEN    
Meaning: dep_* is dependent upon indep_*. In other words, if any or all of indep_* changes,
or is also marked for deletion. The RESTART module detects changes and marks
dep_* for deletion.
Variables:
dep_* Dependent data block, parameter, or virtual parameter as indicated by DB, P, or VP,
respectively.
indep_* Independent data block, parameter, or virtual parameter as indicated by DB, P, or VP,
respectively.
desc_loc Description locator of the independent record, entry, or item and the format is
 record_name   :  entry_name    :  item_name  
Remarks:
1. des_loc is specified in order to isolate the independent data. In other words, the dependency is limited
to a specific record, entry, and/or item. For example,
DEPEN A/B $ delete A if any item in B changes

DEPEN A/B:C $ delete A only if record C changes
DEPEN A/B:C:D $ delete A only if entry D of record C
changes
DEPEN A/B:C:D:E $ delete A only if item E in entry D
of record C changes
2. If record_name, entry_name or item_name is not defined in the DATABLK description, then leave
these fields blank but specify the colon.
Examples:
1. EPTS example:
Main Index
574 DEPEN
Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter
DEPEN EPTS TYPE=TABLE PATH=PEIDI LOCATION=IFPX,

SAMEAS,EPT,EOF
DATABLK EPT TYPE=TABLE PATH=IFPI LOCATION=IFPX,
RECORD=PBAR(52,20,181)
PID,I,MID,I,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,J,RS,NSM,RS,FE,RS,C1,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS
,D2,RS,E1,TS,E2,RS,F1,RS,F2,K1,RS,K2,RS,I12,RS,EOR,
RECORD=PBEAM(5402,54,262),
PID,I,MID,I,NI,CCF,I,X,RS,
ENTRY=SECTIONS,
SO,RS,XXB,RS,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,I12,RS,
J,RS,NSM,RS,C1,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS,E1,RS,
E2,RS,F1,RS,R2,RS,ENDENTRY,COUNT=11,
K1,TS,K2,RS,S1,RS,S2,RS,NSIA,RS,NSIB,RS,CWA,RS,
CWB,RS,M1A,RS,M2A,RS,M1B,RS,M2B,RS,
N1A,RS,N1B,RS,N2A,RS,N2B,RS,EOR,
DEPEN EPTSK(VP)/EPTS:PBAR::PID,EPTS:PBAR::MID,
EPTS:PBAR::A,
.
.
.
EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:A,EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:I1,EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS
:I2,
2. GEOM1S example:
DATABLK GEOM1S TYPE=TABLE PATH=PEID LOCATION=IFPX,
SAMEAS,GEOM1,EOF
DATABLK GEOM1 TYPE=TABLE PATH=IFP LOCATION=IFPX,
RECORD=HEADER,NAME(2),CHAR4,EOR,
.
.
RECORD=GRID(4501,45,1),
ID,I,CP,I,X1,RS,X2,RS,X3,RS,CD,I,PS,I,SEID,I,EOR,
.
.
RECORD=SEQGP(5301,53,4),
ID,I,SEQID,I,EOR,
.
.
EOF
DEPEN NODES(VP)/GEOM1S:GRID::ID,GEOM1S:GRID::CP,
GEOM1S:GRID:::X1,GEOM1S:GRID::X2,GEOM1S:GRID::X3,
GEOM1S:GRID::CD $
DEPEN GPLS / NODES(VP,SNODES(VP) $
DEPEN LUSETS(P) /GPLS,GEOM1S:SEQGP $
PARA
Main Index
PARAM 575
Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location
PARAM Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location
Defines parameters that require a path and/or dbset location.
Format:
PARAM parameter-name[=default-value] TYPE=data-type,

PATH=path-name LOCATION=dbset-name $
Variables:
parameter-name The name of the parameter; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first
character must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used for
parameter-names A through Z and 0 through 9. Any other characters are
invalid.
default-value The explicit default value of the parameter. If no default value is given,
CHARi defaults to a “blank” and all others default to zero.
data-type The data type. Possible data types are as follows:
Description data-type
Integer I
Real single precision RS
Real double precision RD
Complex single precision CS
Complex double precision CD
Character CHARi, where i = 1 through 80
Logical LOGICAL
path-name The logical name of the hierarchical structure. Refer to the PATH statement.
dbset-name The variable character parameter name with a value that corresponds to a
DBset name. Its default value must be defined on another PARAM NDDL
statement and cannot be blank.
Remarks:
1. The TYPE DMAP statement may not override the default set with this statement. Any default value
set with the TYPE DMAP statement is ignored.
Main Index
576 PARAM
Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location
2. DBset-name parameters in LOCATION must be assigned to MASTER.

3. Character values must be enclosed in single quotation marks.
Examples:
PARAM,POST=0,TYPE=I,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBDN
PARAM,WTMASS=1.0,TYPE=RS,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP
PARAM,CM1=(1.0,0.0),TYPE=CS,LOCATION=DBDN
PARAM,MESH=’NO’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP
PARAM,DBUP=’DBALL’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,
LOCATION=MASTER
PARAM,DBDN=’DBALL’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,
LOCATION=MASTER
Main Index
PATH 577
Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on DATABLK/PARAM NDDL statements
PATH Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on DATABLK/PARAM NDDL

statements
Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on the DATABLK and PARAM NDDL statements.
Format:
PATH pathname qual-name1, qual-name2, ...
Variables:
path-name Name of the path; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be
alphabetic. The following characters can be used for path-names: A through Z and
0 through 9. The path-name may be referenced on one or more DATABLK and/or
PARAM statements with PATH=path-name.
qual-namei A list of qualifiers that are defined on QUAL NDDL statements.
Example:
The path DMSL specifies qualifiers MODEL, SEID, and LID.
PATH DMSL MODEL,SEID,LID $
Main Index
578 QUAL
Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement
QUAL Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement
Defines qualifiers that are referenced on the PATH NDDL statement.
Format:
QUAL(qtype) qual-name1=default-value1
qual-name2=default-value2,...
Variables:
qtype Type of qualifier.
Description qtype
Integer I
Real single precision RS
Real double precision RD
Complex single precision CS
Complex double precision CD
Character CHARi, where i=1,80
Logical LOGICAL
qual-namei Name of the qualifier referenced on a PATH NDDL statement.

default-valuei Default value of the qualifier. Character values must be enclosed in single
quotation marks.
Remarks:
1. qual-namei may be referenced on one or more PATH NDDL statements.
2. The TYPE,PARM,NDDL DMAP statement must be used to declare the qualifier in the
subDMAP.
3. Qualifiers may be modified in the subDMAP in the same manner as variable parameters.
Example:
The following statement defines integer qualifiers MODEL, SEID, SOLID, and BASE and their defaults.
QUAL(I) MODEL=0,SEID=0,SOLID=0,BASE=1
Main Index
Chapter 4: DMAP Modules and Statements
4 DMAP Modules and Statements

DMAP Module and Statement List

DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary
 Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements
Main Index

Descriptions of the most common and easy-to-use DMAP modules and statements are contained in
Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 589, arranged alphabetically. Conditional
statements IF, IF ( ) THEN, ELSE, ELSE IF ( ) THEN, ENDIF, DO WHILE, ENDDO, JUMP, and
LABEL are described in Control Statement, 30. The Assignment (=) statement is described in
Assignment Statement, 18, and the Function statements are described in Function Statement, 19.
Descriptions for all other modules are contained in the MSC.Nastran Programmer’s Manual.
Matrix Modules
ADD MERGE SOLVE
ADD5 MPYAD SOLVIT
CEAD NORM TRNSP
DCMP PARTN UMERGE
DECOMP READ UMERGE1
DIAGONAL RESMOD UPARTN
FBS SMPYAD
Main Index
Chapter 4: DMAP Modules and Statements 581
Utility Modules
APPEND LAMX PARAML
COPY MATGEN PRTPARM
DBC MATGPR PVT
DBDICT MATMOD RESTART
DMIIN MATOFP RMDUPBLK
DRMS1 MATPCH SCALAR
DTIIN MATPRN SEQP
ELTPRT MATPRT TABEDIT
IFP MODTRL TABPRT
IFP1, . . . IFP10 MTRXIN TABPT
IFPBSH2 OFP VEC
INPUTT2 OUTPUT2 VECPLOT
INPUTT4 OUTPUT4 XSORT
Executive Modules and Statements

DBVIEW
DELETE
EQUIVX
FILE
MESSAGE
PURGEX
Main Index
Miscellaneous Modules and Statements
Main Index
ACMG CURV DOPR3X DSFLTF
ADAMSMNF CURVPLOT DOPR4 DSGRDM
ADAMSRBM CYCLIC1 DOPR5 DSMA
ADAPT CYCLIC2 DOPR6 DSPRM
ADG CYCLIC3 DOPRAN DSTA
ADJMOD CYCLIC4 DPD DSTAP2
ADR DBDELETE DRMH1 DSVG1
AELOOP DBEQUIV DRMH3 DSVG1P
AEMODEL DBSTATUS DRMT1 DSVG2
AFPMP DDR2 DSABO DSVG3
AIEMGA DDRMM DSAD DSVGP4
AMG DISDCMP DSADJ DSVGP5
AMP DISFBS DSADX DUMMOD1-4
APD DISOFPM DSAE DVIEWP
ASDR DISOFPS DSAF DYNCXPNT
ASG DISOPT DSAH EFFMAS
AXMDRV DISPARM DSAJ ELFDR
AXMPR1 DISUTIL DSAL EMA
AXMPR2 DIVERG DSAM EMAKFR
BDRYINFO DLT2SLT DSAN EMG
BCDR DMPCASE DSAP ESTINDX
BGCASO DOM10 DSAPRT EXPORTLD
BGICA DOM11 DSAR FA1
BGP DOM12 DSARLP FA2
BMG DOM6 DSARME FBODYLD
BNDSPC DOM9 DSARMG FORTIO
CAMPREP DOPFS DSARSN FRLG
CASE DOPR1 DSAW FRLGEN
CMPZPR DOPR2 DSDVRG FRQDRV
CMSENGY DOPR3 DSFLTE FRRD1FRRD2
Main Index
GENTRAN MCE1 OPTGP0 SEMA
GETCOL MCEMCFRACT ORTHOG SEP1
GETMKL MDATA OUTPRT SEP1X
GI MDBNZO PCOMB SEP2
GIC2C MDCASE PFCALC SEP2CT
GKAM MDISUTIL PLOT SEP2DR
GNFM MGEN PLTHBDY SEP2X
GP0 MKCNTRL PLTSET SEP3
GP1 MKCSTMA PLTMSG PROJVER
GP2 MKRBVEC PNCHGRP RANDOM
GP3 MKSPLINE PNMKGRP SHPCAS
GP4 MODACC PRESOL SMA3
GP5 MODCASE PROJVER SSG1
GPFDR MODENRGY RANDOM SSG2
GPJAC MODEPF RBMG3 SSG3
GPSP MODEPOUT RBMG4 SSG4
GPSTR1 MODGDN RMG2 STATICS
GPSTR2 MODGM4 ROTOR ST2DYN
GPSTRPBX MODQSET ROTRD1 STDCON
GPWG MODTRK ROTRD2 STRSORT
GUST MODUSET ROTRUTL TA1
GUSTLDW MONVEC RSPEC TAFF
GYROLD MONVEC3 SCE1 TAHT
IFPINDX MPP SDP TASNP1
IFT MPPTRAN SDR1 TASNP2
ILMP1 MRGCOMP SDR2 TOLAPP
ILMP2 MRGMON SDR3 TRD1
ILMPGPF MRGCSTM SDRCOMP TRD2
INDXBULK MSGHAN SDRHT TRLG
INTERR MSGSTRES SDRNL UEIGL
ISHELL NASSETS SDRP UGVADD
LANCZOS NDINTERP SDRX UREDUC
LCGEN NEWUSET SDRXD VDR
LMATPRT NLCOMB SDSA VIEW
MACOFP NLHARM SDSB VIEWP
MAKAEFA NLICLOOP SDSC WEIGHT
MAKAEFS NLITER SECONVRT XYPLOT
MAKAEMON NLRSLOOP SEDR XYTRAN
MAKCOMP NLRSMAP SEDRDR
MAKENEW NLSOLV SEEFMBND
MAKEOLD NLTRD SEEFMCLF
MAKMON NLTRD2 SEEFMDMP
MASSCOMB NLTRLG SEEFMLST
MATGEN NSMEPT SEEFMNON
MATREDU OFPINDX SEEFMOUT
Main Index

Following is a summary description of the modules described in detail in the next subsection and a listing
of obsolete modules.
Matrix Modules
Module Basic Operation

ADD  X =  A  B 
ADD5  X =  A +  B +  C +  D  +  E
2
CEAD Solves for p and    in   M p +  B  p +  K      =  0 
DECOMP,DCM A  LU
P
DIAGONAL  A   a P or  A   a P
ii ij
–1
FBS  X  =   L   U    B 
MERGE  A   A11 A12

A21 A22
T
MPYAD  X  =   A   B    C  or  X  =   A   B    C 
NORM  X  =  A  normalized to 1.0 maximum in each column
PARTN
 A   A11 A12
A21 A22
READ, Solves for  and    in   K  –   M      =  0 

LANCZOS
T
SMPYAD  X  =  A   B   C   D   E    F  or  A   B   A 
–1 –1
SOLVE,  X  =   A   B  or   A 
SOLVIT
T
TRNSP X = A
UMERGE  PHIA 
 PHIF    --------------- 
 PHIO 
Main Index
Module Basic Operation

UMERGE1 K jj K jl
 K ii   or K jl  K jj K jl
K lj K ll
UPARTN K jj K jl  Pj 
 K ii   or  P i    ----- 
K lj K ll  Pl 
Utility Modules
Module Basic Function

APPEND Concatenates two data blocks.
COPY Copies a data block.
DBC Converts data blocks for model generation and results processing.
DBDICT Prints database directory tables with optional user-selectable format.
DMIIN Converts DMI Bulk Data entries to data blocks.
DRMS1 Recovers data by mode superposition.
DTIIN Converts DTI Bulk Data entries to data blocks.
ELTPRT Prints element summary information.
IFP1 Reads in the Case Control Section.
IFP, IFP3 Converts the output from the XSORT module into several tables.
through IFP9
INPUTT2 Reads data blocks from FORTRAN-readable files.
INPUTT4 Reads matrices from FORTRAN-readable files.
LAMX Edits or generates real or complex eigenvalue summary table.
MATGEN Generates special matrices, such as identities, etc.
MATGPR Prints matrices with grid point and component identification.
MATMOD Transforms a collection of input matrices into output matrices.
MATPCH Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data entries.
MATPRN Prints general matrix data blocks (10 items per line).
MATPRT Prints matrix data blocks (6 items per line).
MERGEOFP Merges linear and nonlinear stress data blocks from SDR2.
MESSAGE Prints user defined messages.
MODACC Partitions solution vectors based on the OTIME or OFREQ Case Control
command.
Main Index
Module Basic Function

MODTRL Modifies data block trailer data.
MTRXlN Converts DMIG Bulk Data entries to matrix data blocks.
OFP Provides user-oriented self-explanatory formats for data blocks prepared by other
functional modules (e.g., READ, CEAD, SDR2, etc.).
OUTPUT2 Writes tables or matrices onto FORTRAN-readable files.
OUTPUT4 Writes matrices onto FORTRAN-readable files.
PARAML Selects parameters from a user input matrix or table.
PRTPARM Prints parameter values and DMAP error messages.
PVT Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data PARAM entries.
RESTART Compares two data blocks and/or invokes dependencies defined in the NDDL.
SCALAR Selects parameters from a user input matrix or table.
SEQP Generates a mapping matrix for use in resequencing matrices.
TABEDlT Edits tables.
TABPRT Prints selected table data blocks using user-oriented formats.
TABPT Prints table data blocks.
TIMETEST Computes timing data.
VEC Generates partitioning vector.
VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of vectors.
XSORT Reads in the Bulk Data Section.
Executive Modules and Statements
Module or Statement Basic Function

DBVIEW Creates a virtual data block from an NDDL data block.
DELETE Deletes a data block(s) from the database.
EQUIVX Assigns another name to a data block.
FILE Defines special data block characteristics to DMAP compiler.
PURGEX Flags a data block as empty on the database.
TYPE Identifies NDDL data blocks and parameters.
Main Index
Obsolete Modules and Statements

The following modules are obsolete and are not described in this guide. They are either no longer
available or not recommended:
DMAP Module or Statement Alternate Method or Modules

COND IF and IF ( ) THEN statement
DBDIR DBDICT statement
DYNCTRL None
DYNREDU None
EQUIV EQUIVX module
INREL SubDMAP SEMR3
PARAM Function and assignment statements
PARAMR Function and assignment statements
PURGE PURGEX module
RBMG2 DECOMP
REIGL READ module
REPT DO WHILE statement
SCE1 UPARTN
SETVAL Assignment statement
SMP2 UPARTN, MPYAD, SMPYAD
TASN TASNP2
Main Index
ACMG 589
Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements
Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and

Statements
The following descriptions of commonly used DMAP modules are in alphabetical order.
ACMG Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix
Computes the coupling matrix for fluid/structure interface at all points or only points on a given structural
panel.
ACMG PANSLT,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,ECT,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXIN,EDT/
 AGG 
  /
 APART 
LUSET/MPNFLG/NUMPAN/S,N,PANAME/IPANEL/MATCH/
PNLPTV $
Input Data Blocks:
PANSLT Panel static load table.

BGPDT Basic grid point definition table.
CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.
SIL Scalar index list.
ECT Element connectivity table.
EQACST Equivalence between internal fluid grid points and internal structural grid points
which lie on the fluid/structure boundary.
NORTAB Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids which lie
within the acoustic face.
EQEXIN Equivalence between external grid/scalar and internal identification numbers.
EDT Element deformation table. Contains SET1 entries.
Output Data Blocks:
AGG Fluid/structure coupling matrix at all points or for a structural panel.

APART Partitioning vector for panel coupling matrix when PNLPTV=TRUE.
Main Index
590 ACMG
Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix
Parameters:
LUSET Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the

g-set.
MPNFLG Input-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist.
NUMPAN Input-integer-default=1. Number of panels.
PANAME Output-character-default='NASTPANL'. Name of the panel whose coupling matrix
is created.
IPANEL Input-integer-default=1. Number of records to skip to get the required data in the
PANSLT table.
MATCH Input-integer-default=0. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching.
0 Matching mesh
1 Nonmatching mesh
PNLPTV Input-logical-default=FALSE. Panel participation/partition vector flag. If TRUE,

then generate a partitioning vector APART which may be used to partition the g-set
size coupling matrix to obtain the panel's coupling matrix.
Remarks:
1. MPNFLG, NUMPAN, and MATCH are computed by the GP5 module, whereas the IPANEL
parameter is incremented in DMAP.
2. PANSLT, BGPDT, and SIL cannot be purged if fluid structure interaction is to be considered.
CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point references a coordinate system other than basic.
Example:
Compute global coupling matrices for all points:
GP5 ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/
PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB/
S,N,MPNFLG//S,N,MATCH/NASOUT $
ACMG PANSLT,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,ECTS,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXINS/
AGG/LUSETS/////MATCH $
Main Index
ACMG 591
Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix
Compute coupling matrices for all structural panels:
GP5 ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/
MPNSLT,EQACST,MNRTAB/
MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH $
IPANEL=1 $
DO WHILE ( IPANEL<=NUMPAN ) $
ACMG MPNSLT,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,ECTS,EQACST,MNRTAB,EQEXINS/
ABE/LUSETS/MPNFLG/NUMPAN/S,N,PANAME/IPANEL/MATCH $
IPANEL=IPANEL+1 $
ENDDO $ IPANEL<=NUMPAN
Main Index
592 ADAMSMNF
Generate files for MSC.Adams
ADAMSMNF Generate files for MSC.Adams
Generate modal neutral files using the MSC.Adams/FLEX MNF toolkit.
Format:
ADAMSMNF UNITS,BGPDT,GEOM2,GEOM4,CMBXPHG,MABXWGG,MXWAA,KXWAA,
PXA,GPSETS,ELSET,OGS1,OGSTR1,OGPWGBW,CASECC,PCDB/
BAAEA,OGS1P,OGTR1P/
M9I/
QUALNAM/SEID/NOSE/LUSET/NOASET/MNFOUT/OUTGS1/
OUTGSTR1/MINVAR/PSETID/CCSET/PRECOL/WTMASS $
Input Data Blocks:
UNITS Table of units. Usually input by the user via DTI Bulk Data entries.
GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.
GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom
membership and rigid element connectivity.
CMBXPHG Matrix of component modes transformed to the basic coordinate system and and
row-ordered in external grid identification number sequence.
MABXWGG Mass matrix for the a-set, expanded to g-set, transformed to the basic coordinate
system, row-ordered in external grid identification number sequence, and divided by
WTMASS.
MXWAA Mass matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid identification number
sequence and divided by WTMASS.
KXWAA Stiffness matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid identification number
PXA Matrix of modally reduced static loads.
GPSETS Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets.
ELSET Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(PLOT) Section of Case Control.
OGS1 Table of grid point stresses in SORT1 format.
OGSTR1 Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.
OGPWGBW Grid point weight generator table transformed to the basic coordinate system divided
by WTMASS.
CASECC Table of Case Control command images.
PCDB Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands.
Main Index
ADAMSMNF 593
BAAEA Modal damping matrix.

OGS1P Table of grid point stresses due to preload.
OGSTR1P Table of grid point strains due to preload.
Output Data Blocks:
M9I Table of the nine mass invariants.
Parameters:
QUALNAM Input-character-default=' '. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting data blocks

qualified by SEID.
SEID Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.
NOSE Input-integer-default=0. Number of superelements extracted from trailer of SEMAP.
LUSET Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the
g-set.
NOASET Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set.
MNFOUT Input-character-default='MNF'. Output control of modal neutral file and nine mass
invariants, M9I:
'MNF' Modal neutral file only
'NINEMAI' M9I only
'BOTH' Modal neutral file and M9I
OUTGS1 Input-character-default='YES'. Output control of OGS to modal neutral file.
OUTGSTR1 Input-character-default='YES'. Output control of OGSTR1 to modal neutral file.
MINVAR Input-character-default='FULL'. Type of coupling for output of nine mass
invariants, M9I:
CONSTANT' 1, 2, 6 AND 7 only
'PARTIAL' All except 5 and 9
'FULL' All
'NONE' None
PSETID Input-integer-default=-1. Plot set identification number in GPSETS and ELSET

record. If GPSET or ELSET is not found then it is set identification number defined
in CASECC which specifies a collection of GPSETS and ELSET set IDS which in
turn DEFINE a set of nodes and elements to MSC.Adams:
-1 All grids and element plot sets present in GPSET and ELSET sets.
Main Index
594 ADAMSMNF
0 None; no plot set is used to restrict element and grid output; all grids and
elements will be output.
>0 All grids and element plot sets present in SET=PSETID.
CCSET Input-integer-default=-1. Case Control set identification number which specifies a
set of grids to be used for the N1,N2... list of the COARSEN option. (Reserved for
possible future implementation.)
PRECOL Input-integer-default=-1. Column number of preload vector in PXA. If
PRECOL<=0, then there is no preload.
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.
Remarks:
1. The invariants can be output to the MNF file only if MINVAR<>'NONE'.
Main Index
ADAMSRBM 595
Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results
ADAMSRBM Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results
Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results.
Format:
ADAMSRBM RBH,UGX,CSTM,BGPDT/URGB/APP $
Input Data Blocks:
RBH Large motion matrix computed by MSC.ADAMS. RBH contains six rows: the
first 3 rows are large translations and the next 3 rows are Euler angles.
UGX Solution matrix in g-set from frequency or transient response analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
UGRB UGX matrix updated with large motion (RBH).
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type.

'FREQRESP' Frequency response.
'TRANRESP' Transient response.
Main Index
596 ADAPT
Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values
ADAPT Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values
Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values and generates a new set of
p-values for next adaptivity loop.
Format:
ADAPT CASECC,EPT,EDT,EST,ELEMVOL,VIEWTB,UG,MPT,ETT,
CSTM,PVAL0,ERROR0,PELSET,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,OINT,
GEOM4,BGPDT,GPSNT,EPSSE,LAMA,GLERR/
PVAL1,ERROR1,GLERR1/
ALTSHAPE/APP/ADPTINDX/SEID/
S,N,PVALNEW/S,N,ADPTEXIT/DESITER/DESMAX/CNVFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Case Control table.

EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.
EDT Element deformation table. Contains ADAPT Bulk Data entries.
EST Element summary table.
ELEMVOL Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value dependencies of
each p-element grid, edge, face and body.
VIEWTB View information table, contains the relationship between each
p-element and its view-elements and view-grids.
UG Displacement matrix in g-set.
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.
ETT Element temperature table.
PVAL0 p-value table generated by ADAPT module in previous superelement or adaptivity
loop.
ERROR0 Error estimate table generated by ADAPT module in previous superelement or
adaptivity loop.
PELSET p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS.
DEQATN Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN data block.
DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.
OINT p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries.
Main Index
ADAPT 597

GPSNT Grid point shell normal table.
EPSSE Table of epsilon and external work.
LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.
GLERR Table of global error estimates from previous iteration.
Output Data Blocks:
PVAL1 p-value table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop.

ERROR1 Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop.
GLERR1 Table of global error estimates for current iteration.
Parameters:
ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in

p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full
Product Space set.
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type: 'STATICS' or 'REIGEN'.
ADPTIND Input-integer-no default. P-version analysis adaptivity index.
SEID Input-integer-no default. Superelement identification number.
PVALNEW Output-integer-no default. New p-value set identification number.
ADPTEXIT Output-logical-no default. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop.
DESITER Input-integer-no default. Design optimization iteration number.
DESMAX Input-integer-no default. Design optimization maximum allowed iteration number.
CNVFLG Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization convergence flag.
Remarks:
1. If superelements are present then CASECC must contain only the residual structure. EPT, EST,
UG, MPT, CSTM, GEOM4, BGPDT, and GPSNT apply to the current superelement only. See
Example.
2. If DATAREC Case Control command and OUTPUT Bulk Data entries are specified, then
ADAPT will also print or punch out the p-value and error tables for specified p-element
identification numbers at desired adaptivity loops.
Main Index
598 ADAPT
Example:
Set up ADAPT module for superelement analysis.
EQUIVX CASESX/CASE0/-1 $ CAPTURE R.S. CASE CONTROL

$ FOR ALL SUPERELEMENTS
EQUIVX PVAL /PVALN/-1 $ COPY NDDL, WITH CURRENT VALUE
EQUIVX ERROR/ERRORN/-1 $ OF PVALID QUALIFIER, TO SCRATCH.
DO WHILE (LPFLG >= 0) $
IF ( RSONLY ) THEN $
SEID = 0 $
PEID = 0 $
LPFLG=-1 $ EXIT LOOP AFTER THIS PASS
ELSE $
SEP2DR SLIST,EMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,LPFLG/
S,N,NOMAT/S,N,NOASM/S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOUP/
S,N,SCNDRY/S,N,EXTRN/S,N,NOMR/'ALL'//-1 $
ENDIF $
CALL SETQ CASESX//SEID/PEID/S,MTEMP/S,K2GG/S,M2GG/S,B2GG/S,MPC/
S,SPC/S,LOAD/S,DEFORM/S,TEMPLD/S,P2G/S,DYRD/S,METH/
S,MFLUID $
ADAPT CASE0,EPTS,EDT,EST,ELEMVOL,VIEWTB,UG,MPTS,ETT,CSTMS,
PVALN,ERRORN,PELSETS,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,OINT,GEOM4S,
BGPDTS,GPSNTS/
PVAL1,ERROR1/
ALTSHAPE/APP/ADPTINDX/SEID/S,N,PVALNEW/S,N,FINISH/
DESITER/DESMAX/CNVFLG $
EQUIVX PVAL1/PVALN/ALWAYS $ ..."ACCUMULATE" UPDATED PVALS
EQUIVX ERROR1/ERRORN/ALWAYS $ AND ERRORS ACROSS ALL S.E.'S
DELETE /UG,,,, $
IF ( ADPTEXIT ) ADPTEXIT = FINISH $
ENDDO $ LPFLG >= 0
Main Index
ADD 599
Matrix add
ADD Matrix add
Computes  X  =   A     B  where  and  are scalar multipliers
  can be the +, *,  or overwrite operators  .
Format:
ADD A,B/X/ALPHA/BETA/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
A Any matrix (real or complex).

B Any matrix (real or complex).
Output Data Block:
X Matrix
Parameters:
ALPHA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is  , the scalar multiplier

for  A  .
BETA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is  , the scalar multiplier
for  B  .
IOPT Input-integer-default = 0. This chooses the operator  in x ij = A ij  B ij .
IOPT Operation
0 + , add
1 * , multiply 
 if A ij or B ij = 0, then X ij = 0

2  , divide
 = A ij if B ij =

3  = B ij if B ij 
Main Index
600 ADD
Matrix add
Remarks:
1.  A  and/or  B  may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in the matrix sum will be
assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique. X may not be purged.
2. The type (complex or real and single or double precision) of  X  is the maximum of the types of
 A  ,  B  ,  , and  . The size of  X  is the size of  A  if  A  is present. Otherwise, it is the size
of  B  .
3. If A and B are not the same size, then the size of X will be the size of A. For example,
1 2 5 + 8 10 5
78 =
3 4 6 3 4 6
or
1 2 5 =
7 8 + 8 10
3 4 6
4. If ALPHA or BETA are specified as constants and their imaginary part is zero; e.g., “(5.,0.)”, then
they may alternately be specified as real constants; e.g., “5.” See examples.
5. For exponentiation of each element in a matrix, see DIAGONAL, 729 module.
Examples:
1. Add KDD to MDD:
ADD KDD,MDD/DDD $
2. Multiply MAA by 5.0:
ADD MAA,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $
or
ADD MAA,/MAA5/5.0 $
3. Overwrite terms of  A  with terms of:
ADD A,B/X///3 $
Main Index
ADD5 601
Matrix add
ADD5 Matrix add
To compute  X  =   A  +   B  +   C  +   D  +   E  , where  ,  ,  ,  , and  are scalar multipliers.
Format:
ADD5 A,B,C,D,E/
X/
ALPHA/BETA/GAMMA/DELTA/EPSLN/
ALPHAD/BETAD/GAMMAD/DELTAD/EPSLND $
Input Data Blocks:
A,B,C,D,E Must be distinct matrices. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
X Matrix
Parameters:
ALPHA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is  , the scalar multiplier

for  A  .
BETA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is  , the scalar multiplier
for  B  .
GAMMA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is  , the scalar multiplier
for  D  .
DELTA Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is  , the scalar multiplier
for  D  .
EPSLN Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is  , the scalar multiplier for
E .
ALPHAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the scalar
multiplier for  A  .
BETAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the scalar
multiplier for  B  .
GAMMAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the scalar
multiplier for  C  .
Main Index
602 ADD5
Matrix add
DELTAD Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the scalar

multiplier for  C  .
EPSLND Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the scalar
multiplier for  E  .
Remarks:
1. Any of the matrices may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in the matrix sum will
be assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique.
2. The type (complex or real) of  X  is maximum of the types of A, B, C, D, and E. If the imaginary
parts of any parameter are nonzero, then X will be complex. The precision of  X  is double for
short-word machines and single for long-word machines ADD5 is more efficient than ADD for
sparse matrices.
3. If the input matrices are incompatible, then the User Fatal Message 5423 “ATTEMPT TO ADD
INCOMPATIBLE MATRICES” is issued.
4. If any of the scalar multipliers are specified as constants and their imaginary part is zero; e.g.,
“(5.,0.)”, then they may be alternately specified as real constants; e.g., “5.” See Example 2 below.
5. If any of the scalar single precision multipliers are specified as constants and their imaginary part
is zero; e.g., (5.,0.), then they may be alternately specified as real constants; e.g., 5. See Example
2. This alternate specification is not allowed for the double precision multipliers and constant
double precision values must be entered in full: e.g., (2.0D0, 0.0D0).
6. If ALPHAD, BETAD, GAMMAD, DELTAD, or EPSLND is non-zero then the corresponding
single precision parameter will be ignored.
Examples:
1. Compute
IOMEGA=CMPLX(0.,OMEGA)
OMEGSQ=IOMEGA**2
ADD5 MDD,BDD,KDD,,/DDD/OMEGSQ/IOMEGA $
2. Multiply [MAA] by 5.0
ADD5 MAA,,,,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $
or
ADD5 MAA,,,,/MAA5/5.0 $
3. Scale A by a large number. The largest element in A is 1.0.
TYPE PARM,,CD,,SCALER=(1.D40,0.0D0) $
ADD5 A,,,,/ASCALED//////SCALER $
4. Change the type of the real double precision matrix A to complex.
ADD5 A,,,,/ACD//(1.,1.) $
Although the value of the second parameter does not appear in the output, it changes the type from
real double precision (type 2) to complex double precision.
Main Index
ADG 603
Calculates the downwash matrix
ADG Calculates the downwash matrix
Calculates the downwash matrix that specifies the downwash for each of the aerodynamic extra points.
It also forms the matrices required in the generation of stability derivative information and in the
specification of the aerodynamic trim equations, as well as the hinge moments data matrix.
Format:
ADG AECTRL,CSTMA,AERO,AECOMP,W2GJ,ACPT/
UXVBRL,WJVBRL,ADBINDX/
NJ/NK/SYMXZ $
Input Data Blocks:
AECTRL Table of aeroelastic model controls.

CSTMA Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for
g-set and ks-set grid points.
AERO Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis.
AECOMP Aerodynamic component definition table.
W2GJ Matrix of aerodynamic intercepts. Usually input via DMI Bulk Data entries.
ACPT Aerodynamic connection and property table.
Output Data Blocks:
UXVBRL Controller state matrix for WJVBRL downwash vectors. UXVBRL has NX rows
and NV columns.
WJVBRL Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns). Downwash at the j-points due to the
linear, angle/rate rigid body aerodynamic extra-points and linear control surfaces.
ADBINDX Table of the aerodynamic database contents. (one entry for each of the NV instances
created).
Parameters:
NJ Input-integer-no default. Number of aerodynamic boxes (j-points).

NK Input-integer-no default. Number of aerodynamic degrees of freedom (k-points).
SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. x-z symmetry flag.
Main Index
604 ADG
Calculates the downwash matrix
Remarks:
1. NK, and NJ are computed by the APD module.
2. If ACPT is not purged then the DJX matrix is built using ACPT and AECOMP.
Main Index
ADJMOD 605
Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB for adjoint loads
ADJMOD Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB for adjoint loads
Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB from DSAD (or DOPR3) for supporting the adjoint load method when
superelements are present.
Format:
ADJMOD DRDUTB,DRDUG,ADRDUTB/
DRDUTBM,DRDUGM/
S,N,AADJCOL/COLADJ/TCOLADJ/APP $
Input Data Blocks:
DRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes.

DRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set.
ADRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes.
Output Data Blocks:
DRDUTBM Modified table of adjoint load attributes.

DRDUGM Modified matrix of adjoint loads.
Parameters:
AADJCOL Input/output-integer-no default. On input, summation of columns in DRDUG for

all previously processed superelements. On output, summation of columns in
DRDUG including current superelement.
COLADJ Input-integer-no default. Number of columns of DRDUG for the current
superelement.
TCOLADJ Input-integer-no default. Total number of columns of DRDUG for all
superelements.
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type.
'STATICS' Statics
'FREQRESP' Frequency response
Main Index
606 ADR
Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces
ADR Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces
Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces per frequency for each aerodynamic point based on the AEROF
Format:
ADR UH,CASECC,QKHL,OL,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/
PKF/
BOV/MACH/APP/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ $
Input Data Blocks:
UH Complex modal displacements matrix -- h-set.

QKHL Aero transformation matrix between h and k sets.
OL Complex eigenvalue summary table for flutter analysis or frequency response
output list for aeroelastic analysis.
AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom added
(ks-set in AEUSET).
AEUSET Aerodynamic USET table.
Output Data Block:
PKF Matrix of k-set forces per frequency.
Parameters:
BOV Input-real-no default. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency.

MACH Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number.
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type:
'FREQRESP' Aeroelastic
'FLUTTER' Flutter
AECONFIG Input-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.
SYMXY Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.
SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.
Main Index
ADR 607
Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces
Remarks:
1. None of the input data blocks may be purged if an AEROF Case Control command is specified.
2. PKF cannot be purged.
Examples:
1. ADR in flutter analysis:
DBVIEW AEUSET=USET ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$

DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$
ADR FPHH,CASEYY,QKHL,FLAMA,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/
PKF/
BOV/MACH/'FLUTTER' $
2. ADR in aeroelastic analysis:
DBVIEW AEUSET=USET ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$

DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$
ADR AUHF,CASES,QKHL,FOL,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/
PKF/
BOV/MACH/'FREQRESP' $
Main Index
608 AELOOP
Aerodynamic loop driver
AELOOP Aerodynamic loop driver
Extracts a single record of Case Control and sets parameter values for the generation of aerodynamic
matrices or the solution of aerostatic and divergence analyses.
Format:
AELOOP CASECC,EDT,CCPOS/
CASEA,CCPOS1/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/
S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/S,N,SYMXZ/
CRTPOS/S,N,RCONFIG/MASSETID/S,N,AESOLN $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Element Deformation Table. Contains all of the entries for related to aerostatic and
aeroelastic analysis.
CCPOS Table of Case Control record locations.
Output Data Blocks:
CASEA A single record (subcase) of CASECC.

CCPOS1 Table of Case Control record locations.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=0. Trim subcase counter.

LPFLG Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another case control
record to process. Set to -1 for the last subcase and Mach number.
MFLG Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another Mach
number to process in the current subcase.
Set to 0 for the last Mach number in the subcase.
MACH Output-real-no default. Mach number.
Q Output-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.
AEQRATIO Output-real-no default. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio.
AECONFIG Output-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.
SYMXY Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.
Main Index
AELOOP 609
SYMXZ Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

CRTPOS Input-integer-default=0. CCPOS1 creation flag.
>0 Create CCPOS1
<0 Do not create CCPOS1
RCONFIG Output-character-no default. Configuration name for rigid aero.
MASSETID Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the MASSSET CaseControl
command.
AESOLN Output-character-default=' '. Aerodynamic solution name extracted from
CASECC at word positions 454 and 455.
Remarks:
AELOOP performs slightly different functions depending on whether it is used in a divergence or trim
analysis. In both cases, AELOOP skips to the NSKIP-th subcase in CASECC and copies the subcase to
CASEA. CASEA is then interrogated for a a TRIM or a DIVERG Case Control command.
1. If it is TRIM, then the NSKIP parameter is incremented by one and the MACH and Q values are
read from the requested TRIM Bulk Data entry image in EDT.
2. If it is DIVERG, then MFLG is checked for any remaining MACH numbers in the subcase. If any
are found, then MFLG is incremented by one and the MFLG-th MACH number is read from the
requested DIVERG Bulk Data entry image in EDT. If the current MACH number is the last
MACH number, MFLG is set to 0 and NSKIP is incremented by one.
In both cases, if NSKIP is greater than the total number of records in CASECC, then LPFLG is
set to -1.
Examples:
1. Set up for aerostatic analysis.
DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $
AELOOP CASECC,EDT,/
CASEA,/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/
S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AEFC/S,N,SYMXY/
S,N,SYMXY/S,N,SYMXZ//S,N,AERC//
S,N,AESOLN $
NSKIP = NSKIP + 1 $
ENDDO $ LPFLG>=0
Main Index
610 AELOOP
2. Set up for divergence analysis.
DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $ Loop on number of subcases

MFLG = 1 $
DO WHILE ( MFLG>0 ) $ Loop on Mach number
AELOOP CASECC,EDT/
CASEA/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,csFLG/S,N,MFLG/S,N,MACHNO/S,N,Q/
S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/
S,N,SYMXZ//S,N,AERC//S,N,AESOLN
ENDDO $ MFLG>0
ENDDO $ LPFLG>=0
Main Index
AEMODEL 611
Aerodynamic model loop driver
AEMODEL Aerodynamic model loop driver
Drives the aerodynamic model loop and sets parameter values for the generation of aerodynamic tables.
Format:
AEMODEL CASECC,EDT,CCPOS/
CCPOS1
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/
S,N,SYMXZ/CRTPOS $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-
element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1
entries.
CCPOS Table of Case Control record locations.
Output Data Blocks:
CCPOS1 Table of Case Control record locations.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=0. Trim subcase counter.

LPFLG Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another case control
record to process. Set to -1 for the last aerodynamic subcase.
AECONFIG Output-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.
SYMXY Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.
SYMXZ Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.
CRTPOS Input-integer-default=0. CCPOS1 creation flag.
>0 Create CCPOS1
<=0 Do not create CCPOS1
Main Index
612 AFPMP
Field point mesh data recovery
AFPMP Field point mesh data recovery
Computes acoustic results in a field point mesh.
Format:
AFPMP CASECC , ACIECT , EPT , MPT , BGPDT ,

SILD , EDT , BGPDTFP , ECTFP , FOL ,
UPF /
OUGFP1 , OVGFP1 , OAPWR2 /
AFPMID /S,N,NOUG1/S,N,NOVG1/S,N,NOAPWR2/S,N,NOSORT2 $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Case Control command selections

ACIECT Table of acoustic conjugate infinite elements
MPT Material property table
SILD Scalar index list for the p-set
EDT Element Deformation Table: contains ACIFPRM entry
BGPDTFP Basic grid point definition table of field point mesh
ECTFP Element connectivity table of field point mesh
FOL Frequency output list
UPF Displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.
Output Data Blocks:
OUGFP1 Field point results in SORT1 format

OVGFP1 Field point velocities in SORT1 format
OAPWR2 Acoustic power through field point mesh in SORT2 format
Parameters:
AFPMID Input-integer-no default. Acoustic field point mesh identification number.

NOUGFP1 Output-integer-default=-1. OUGFP1 generation flag. Set to +1 if OUGFP1 is
generated; -1 otherwise.
Main Index
AFPMP 613
Field point mesh data recovery
NOVGFP1 Output-integer-default=-1. OVGFP1 generation flag. Set to +1 if OVGFP1 is

NOAPWR2 Output-integer-default=-1. OAPWR2 generation flag. Set to +1 if OAPWR2 is
NOSORT2 Output-integer-default=-1. SORT2 flag. Set to +1 if SORT2 output is requested; -1
otherwise.
Main Index
614 AIEMGA
Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly
AIEMGA Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly
Generates acoustic conjugate infinite element stiffness, mass and damping

matrices and assembles them into system matrices for the p-set.
Format:
AIEMGA GEOM2,EPT,MPT,IFEXPNT,EDT,BGPDT,EQDYN,SILD,DIT/
KAIPP,MAIPP,BAIPP,ACIECT/
LUSETD/NOUE/S,N,NOKAIPP/S,N,NOMAIPP/S,N,NOBAIPP/
UNUSED6 $
Input Data Blocks:
MPT Material property table
IFEXPNT Table of infinite element extra points and association with fluid-structure grid
points
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ACINFPRM Bulk Data entry
EQDYN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra point
identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data).
SILD Scalar index list for the p-set
Output Data Blocks:
KAIPP Acoustic infinite stiffness matrix in the p-set

MAIPP Acoustic infinite mass matrix in the p-set
BAIPP Acoustic infinite damping matrix in the p-set
ACIECT Table of acoustic conjugate infinite elements
Main Index
AIEMGA 615
Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly
Parameters:
LUSETD Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the

p-set.
NOUE Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra
points
NOKAIPP Input/output-integer-default=-1. KAIPP generation flag.
On input: -1: Generate
0: Do not generate.
On output: -1: Matrix was generated.
0: Matrix was not generated.
NOMAIPP Input/output-integer-default=-1. MAIPP generation flag.
On input: -1: Generate.
0: Do not generate.
NOBAIPP .Input/output-integer-default=-1. BAIPP generation flag.
On input: -1: Generate
0: Do not generate.
UNUSED6 Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left blank..
Main Index
616 AMG
Builds aerodynamic influence matrix
AMG Builds aerodynamic influence matrix
Generates a list of aerodynamic influence matrices (AJJT) and the transformation matrices needed to
convert these to the aerodynamic grid points (SKJ, D1JK, D2JK).
Format:
AMG MKLIST,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JK/
NK/NJ/SYMXZ/SYMXY/REFC/S,N,MACH0/MACHNO/
KBAR/APP/SUPAERO $
Input Data Blocks:
MKLIST Aerodynamic matrix generation table.

Output Data Blocks:
AJJT Aerodynamic influence matrix.

SKJ Integration matrix list.
D1JK Real part of downwash matrix.
D2JK Imaginary part of downwash matrix.
Parameters:
NK Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in k-set.

NJ Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in j-set.
SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag.
REFC Input-real-no default.
MACH0 Input/output-real-default=-1.0. Previously processed Mach number.
MACHNO Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number.
KBAR Input-real-default = 0.0. Reduced frequency.
Main Index
AMG 617
Builds aerodynamic influence matrix
APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type:

'FREQRESP' Aeroelastic
'FLUTTER' Flutter
SUPAERO Input-character-default='ZONA'. Method selection for supersonic aerodynamics. An
alternate method is 'CPM'.
Remarks:
1. ACPT may be purged.
2. D2JK is not used in aerostatic analysis.
Examples:
1. Set up AMG for aerostatic analysis:
AMG ,,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JX/
NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/0.0/'STATICS' $
2. Set up AMG for aeroelastic or flutter analysis:
AMG MKLIST,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ1,D1JK,D2JK/
NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/KBAR $
Main Index
618 AMP
Generates modal aerodynamic matrices
AMP Generates modal aerodynamic matrices
Generates modal aerodynamic matrices.
Format:
AMP AJJT,WSKJF,D1JK,D2JK,GDKI,GPIK,GPKH,D1JE,D2JE,
MKLIST,LAJJT,UAJJT/
QHH,QKH,QHJ/
NUMHDOF/NOUE/GUSTAERO/MACH/KBAR $
Input Data Blocks:
AJJT Aerodynamic influence matrix.

WSKJF Weighted integration matrix.
D1JK Real part of downwash matrix.
D2JK Imaginary part of downwash matrix.
GDKI Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set to h-set.
GPIK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the h-set to k-set.
GPKH Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to h-set.
D1JE Imaginary part of downwash matrix due to extra points.
MKLIST Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.
LAJJT Lower triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.
UAJJT Upper triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.
Output Data Blocks:
QHH Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by h-set.

QKH Aerodynamic matrix of size k- by h-set.
QHJ Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by j-set.
Parameters:
NUMHDOF Input-integer-no default. The number of modes.

NOUE Input-integer-no default. The number of extra points.
GUSTAERO Input-integer-default=0. QHJ computed only if GUSTAERO<0.
Main Index
AMP 619
Generates modal aerodynamic matrices

KBAR Input-real-default=0.0. Reduced frequency.
Remarks:
1. None of the input data blocks may be purged if an AEROF Case Control command is specified.
2. PKF cannot be purged.
3. AMP requires the combination of matrices:
The aerodynamic matrices for aerodynamic cells, produced by the Aerodynamic Matrix
Generator (AMG) module.
The interpolation from the structure to the aerodynamic cells, produced by the Geometry
Interpolator (GI) module.
The downwash matrix due to extra points, may be supplied by the user via INPUTT4. These extra
points are used for control systems and other special effects.
4. If NOUE<0 then D1JE and D2JE may be purged.
5. QKH, relating aerodynamic pressures to modal coordinates, is required for use in a data reduction
module. The matrix of generalized forces, QHH, may be purged if only data reduction is desired.
Main Index
620 APD
Generates aerodynamic geometry tables
APD Generates aerodynamic geometry tables
Generate boxes, grid points, connectivity, degree-of-freedom sets, coordinate systems and control
information for aerodynamic analysis.
Format:
APD EDT,CSTM/
AEECT*,AEBGPDT*,AEUSET*,AECOMP,AERO,
ACPT,CSTMA,AMSPLINE,MPJN2O/
S,N,NK/S,N,NJ/S,N,BOV/AERTYP/S,N,BOXIDF $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerodynamics.

Output Data Blocks:
AEECT* Two aerodynamic element connection tables (ECT) based on MODLTYPE

qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' and MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See
Example.
AEBGPDT* Two aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables (BGPDT) with the degrees of
freedom added and based on MODLTYPE qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'
and MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example.
AEUSET* Aerodynamic USET table defining ks-set based on MODLTYPE qualifier:
MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example.
AERO Control information for control of aerodynamic matrix generation and flutter
analysis.
CSTMA Aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set and ks-set grid
points.
AMSPLINE Table of aerodynamic splines for display.
MPJN2O Mapping matrix to map j-set data from neworder to old order.
Main Index
APD 621
Generates aerodynamic geometry tables
Parameters:
NK Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in the k displacement set.

NJ Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in the j displacement set.
BOV Output-integer-default=0.0. Value calculated by REFC/(2.*VELOCITY).
AERTYP Input-character-default='DYNAMICS'. Analysis type:
'STATICS' Aerostatic
'DYNAMICS' Flutter and aeroelastic
'STADYN' All aerodynamic analysis types
BOXIDF Output-integer-no default. Box corner point identification flag.
0 Points have unique identification numbers starting with the aerodynamic
component identification number.
-1 Points identification numbers are incremented by 1, to avoid an overlap if they
were started with the aerodynamic component identification numbers. No
display of the corner points is possible.
Remarks:
1. AEECT*, AEBGPDT*, and AEUSET* are output family data blocks based on qualifiers AEID
and MODLTYPE. AEID is not currently being used and is always 0.
MODLTYPE Model DOF set

STRUCTUR structural p-set
AEROSTRC aero-structural ks-set
AEROMESH plotting n/a
2. BGPDT, ECT, and USET0 where MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR' are output by GP1, GP2, and
GP4, respectively.
Main Index
622 APPEND
Concatenate two data blocks
APPEND Concatenate two data blocks
Produces the union of either two input data blocks or an input and an output data block. Depending on
parameter input, APPEND will perform the following types of unions:
[OUT] = IN1 IN2 (4-1)
[OUT] = OUT IN1 (4-2)
Format:
APPEND IN1,IN2/OUT/IOPT/NULL1/NULL2/
REAL/REALD/CMPX/CMPXD/CHAR1/CHAR2 $
Input Data Blocks:
IN1,IN2 A pair of data blocks contributing to OUT (matrices or tables).
Output Data Block:
OUT Output data block. This data block may have been created previously. See IOPT > 2.
Parameters:
IOPT Input-integer-default = 1. IOPT selects the method of appending.

1 Append columns (or records) of IN2 to IN1 as shown in Eq. 3-1.
2 Append columns (or records) of IN1 to OUT as shown in Eq. 3-2.
IN2 is ignored.
10 Write NULL2 in the next record of OUT.
11 Write REAL in the next record of OUT.
12 Write REALD in the next record of OUT.
13 Write CMPX in the next record of OUT.
14 Write CMPXD in the next record of OUT.
15 Write CHAR in the next record of OUT.
16 Write NULL2 followed by REAL in the next record of OUT.
17 Write NULL2 followed by REALD in the next record of OUT.
Main Index
APPEND 623
18 Write NULL2 followed by CMPX in the next record of OUT.

19 Write NULL2 followed by CMPXD in the next record of OUT.
20 Write NULL2 followed by CHAR in the next record of OUT.
NULL1 Input-integer-default = 0. The number of null columns or records assumed
for IN1 if IN1 is purged. In other words, IN2 will be appended to a data block
with NULL1 number of records or columns. Used only if IOPT = 1.
NULL2 Input-integer-default = 0. For IOPT = 1, the number of null columns or
records to append onto IN1 if IN2 is purged. For lOPT = 10, integer value in
the next record.
REAL Input-real-default=0.0. Real value in the next record.
REALD Input-real double precision-default=0.D0. Real double precision value in the
next record.
CMPX Input-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Complex value in the next record.
CMPXD Input-complex double precision-default=(0.D0,0.D0). Complex double-
precision value in the next record.
CHAR1 Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Character value in the next record.
CHAR2 Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Character value in the same record
as CHAR1 and following CHAR1.
Remarks:
1. Under IOPT = 2, the output matrix data block is also used as an input and must be declared
APPEND in a FILE DMAP statement.
2. If the inputs are matrices then both inputs must be of the same type.
3. Either IN1 or IN2 may be purged. For IOPT = 2, IN2 must be purged.
4. In matrix appends, string formatted records are copied from one matrix data block to another.
5. In table appends, the header record is skipped on the appended file and all remaining records.
Also, the trailer of OUT will be set to that of IN2 (IOPT = 1) or IN1 (IOPT = 2).
6. It is recommended that the OUT data block be a scratch data block. In other words, it should not
be saved on a permanent DBset.
7. For values of IOPT -16, -17, -18, -19, or -2
the order in which the parameters are written is reversed. For example, IOPT=-20 causes CHAR
to be written first, then NULL2.
8. If NULL1 > 0, then a type code value is written in the word immediately preceding the word(s)
containing the value of the parameter. The type codes are: 0:INT, 1:REAL, 2:REALD, 3:CMPX,
4:CMPXD and 8:CHAR.
9. For IOPT > 10, trailer word 1 will contain a count of the number of data records on the file and
word 2 will contain the value of the NULL1 parameter.
Main Index
624 APPEND
Examples:
1. Generate a matrix  U  whose five columns are a vector  U s  multiplied by the column number.
DIAG 8
SOL X
COMPILE X
SUBDMAP X
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CF $
TYPE PARM,,RS,N,FACTOR $
FILE U=APPEND $
MATGEN ,/US/5/1/7 $
DO WHILE ( FACTOR < 5. ) S
FACTOR=FACTOR+1.
CF=CMPLX(FACTOR,0.) $
ADD5 US,,,,/UI/CF $
APPEND UI,/U/2 $
ENDDO $
MATPRN U/ $
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
ENDDATA
2. Create a matrix B by appending five null columns to matrix A.
APPEND A,/B/1//5 $
3. Create a table with a one word record that contains the integer value 1001.
APPEND ,,/OUT1/10//1001 $
Main Index
ASDR 625
Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements
ASDR Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements
Prints the aerodynamic extra point displacements and the aerodynamic pressures and forces as requested
in Case Control.
Format:
ASDR CASEA,UXDAT,AECTRL,FFAJ,ACPT,PAK,AEUSET,AEBGPDT,
AECOMP,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP,
MPAERP,AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,AERO,CSTMA//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/IUNITSOL $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEA A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis.

UXDAT Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, displacements, labels,
type, status, position and hinge moments.
FFAJ Matrix of pressures at aerodynamic boxes.
PAK Matrix of aerodynamic forces at aerodynamic boxes.
AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom added
(ksa-set in AEUSET).
MONITOR Structural monitor point table.
MPSR Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding inertial
loads and static applied loads).
MPSER Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding inertial loads
and static applied loads).
MPSIR Inertial loads on structural monitor points at trim.
MPSRP Rigid loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.
MPSERP Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.
MPAERP Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim due to static
applied loads.
AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table
MPAR Rigid aerodynamic loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.
Main Index
626 ASDR
Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements
MPAER Elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.

g-set + ks-set grid points.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
MACH Input-real-no default. Mach number.

Q Input-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.
IUNITSOL Input-integer-default=0. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being supplied. If
IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being supplied.
Main Index
ASG 627
Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements
ASG Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements
Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements.
Format:
ASG CASEA,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPAERV,MPSERV,MPSIR,AEDBUXV,
MPSERP,MPAERP,AECTRL,EDT,PRBDOFS,DIT,AEDBINDX/
UX,UXDAT,UXDIFV/SYMXZ/ISENS $
Input Data Blocks:

AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table.
MPAERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPSERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model.
AEDBUXV Matrix of vehicle states.
MPSERP Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.
MPAERP Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim due to static
applied loads.
AECTRL Table of aerodynamic model's control definition.
PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive." Active
URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the SUPORT degrees-of-
freedom.
AEDBINDX Aeroelastic database index for monitor point data.
Output Data Blocks:
UX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements.

UXDAT Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, displacements, labels,
type, status, position and hinge moments.
UXDIFV Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF.
Main Index
628 ASG
Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements
Parameter:

ISENS Input-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if a sensitivity analysis is to be performed.
Remarks:
1. TR, KRZX, DIT, ERHM, and UXDAT may be purged if ISENS=1.
2. ASG solves the following equation for UX:
ZZX PZ
IP UX = Y
AEL O
where the number of rows in the UX vector is equal to the number of aerodynamic extra points.
The ZZX and PZ vectors have as many rows as there are r-set degrees of freedom. The IP matrix
is a pseudo identity matrix with as many rows as there are constrained extra points specified on
the TRIM Bulk Data entry. The IP matrix has ones in the row and columns corresponding to the
constrained variable and zeros located elsewhere. The Y vector contains the magnitudes of the
trim variable constraints. The AEL matrix contains the constraint relations (if any) specified by
AELINK Bulk Data entries. It has as many rows as there are AELINK constraints. It is required
that the sum of the number of supported degrees of freedom plus the number of TRIM constraints
and number of AELINK constraints equal the number of aerodynamic extra points.
Main Index
AXMDRV 629
Loop driver for auxiliary model processing
AXMDRV Loop driver for auxiliary model processing
Loop driver for auxiliary model processing.
Format:
AXMDRV AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $
Input Data Blocks:
AMLIST List of auxiliary model identification numbers.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
AUXMID Output-integer-default=0. Auxiliary model identification number.

AUXMFL Output-logical-default=TRUE. Auxiliary model loop control flag. Set to FALSE
when processing the last auxiliary model.
Remarks:
AXMDRV is intended to be called in a DMAP loop. Each time through the loop AXMDRV outputs the
current auxiliary model identification number defined in AMLIST. AUXMFL is TRUE except for the
last call when AUXMFL is set to FALSE, i.e., for the last auxiliary model.
Example:
AUXMID=-1 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( AUXMFL ) $
IF ( AUXMID=-1 ) THEN $
AUXMID=0 $
ELSE $
AXMDRV AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
630 AXMPR1
Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections
AXMPR1 Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections
Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections.
Format:
AXMPR1 CASECC*,BULK*/
AMLIST/
S,N,AMLFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC* Family of auxiliary model Case Control Sections.

BULK* Family of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections.
Output Data Blocks:
Parameters:
AMLFLG Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if AMLIST if generated.
Remarks:
1. All auxiliary model identification numbers that are specified on the AUXCASE command in the
Case Control Section (258th word in CASECC*) are written to the AMLIST table.
2. AXMPR1 checks for the following preliminary errors:
Verify the AUXCAS Case Control command specifies a unique and existing
BULK file.
Verify that each Bulk Data Section is identified with a unique auxiliary model number.
Example:
This is how AXMPR1 is used in subDMAP IFPL. CASEXX and IBULK are generated from IFP1 and
XSORT.
DBVIEW CASEXXAF = CASEXX (WHERE AUXMID>0) $
DBVIEW BULKAF = IBULK (WHERE AUXMID>0) $
AXMPR1 CASEXXAF,BULKAF/AMLIST $
Main Index
AXMPR2 631
Merges geometry of primary model and an auxiliary model
AXMPR2 Merges geometry of primary model and an auxiliary model
Merges the geometry of the primary model and an auxiliary model and create a Case Control table with
PARTN command specifying auxiliary model grid points.
Format:
AXMPR2 GEOM1,GEOM1A/
GEOM1C,CASEVEC/
AUXMID $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to the primary
model.
GEOM1A Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to the auxiliary
model identified by AUXMID.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1C Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and merged from GEOM1 and
GEOM1A.
CASEVEC Case Control table with the PARTN command referencing all of auxiliary model's
grid identification numbers.
Parameter:
AUXMID Auxiliary model identification number.
Remark:
AXMPR2 merges the primary model geometry (GRID and COORDi Bulk Data entry images) in
GEOM1 with the auxiliary model in GEOM1A. AXMPR2 also writes the grid identification numbers
from all of the auxiliary model grid points in GEOM1A to CASEVEC as a set referenced by the PARTN
command.
Main Index
632 BCDR
Drives a boundary condition loop
BCDR Drives a boundary condition loop
Drives a DMAP loop based on the boundary condition Case Control commands SPC and MPC.
Format:
BCDR CASECC//
SEID/SOLAPP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NLOADS/S,N,BCFLAG/S,N,SPC/
S,N,MPC/S,N,SUPORT/S,N,LOAD/S,N,LSEQ/S,N,STATSUB/
S,N,BC/BCLABL $
Input Data Block:
CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Output by IFP1.
Output Data Block:

None.
Parameters:

SOLAPP Input-character-no default. Design optimization analysis type. Currently not used.
NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default. The record number in CASECC corresponding to
the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
NLOADS Output-integer-default=0. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect
to the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the current boundary
condition.
BCFLAG Output-logical-no default. Set to FALSE at the last boundary condition.
SPC Output-integer-default=0. SPC Case Control command set identification number
specified in the third word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
MPC Output-integer-default=0. MPC Case Control command set identification number
specified in the second word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
SUPORT Output-integer-default=0. SUPORT Case Control command set identification
number specified in the 255-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
LOAD Output-integer-default=0. LOAD Case Control command set identification number
specified in the fourth word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
LSEQ Output-integer-default=0. LOADSET Case Control command set identification
Main Index
BCDR 633
Drives a boundary condition loop
STATSUB Output-integer-default=0. STATSUB Case Control command set identification

BC Output-integer-default=0. BC Case Control command set identification number
specified in the 257-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
BCLBL Input-integer-default=0. f06 file page header control.
-2 Clear LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE.
-1 Clear LABEL.
0 Initialize LABEL without page eject.
1 Initialize LABEL with page eject.
2 Initialize LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE with page eject.
3 Initialize LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE without page eject.
Example:
Here is an excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0:
BCFLAG=TRUE $
NSKIP=0 $
DO WHILE ( BCFLAG ) $
BCDR CASES//SEID/' '/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NLOADS/S,N,BCFLAG/S,N,SPC/S,N,MPC/
S,N,SUPORT/S,N,LOAD/S,N,LSEQ//S,N,BC $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
634 BDRYINFO
Generates geometry and connectivity information
BDRYINFO Generates geometry and connectivity information
Generate the geometry and connectivity information for an external superelement definition based on the
ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data entries and requested by the EXTSEOUT Case Control command.
Format:
BDRYINFO CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,BGPDT,USET,BULK,BULKINDX/
GEOM1EX,GEOM2EX,GEOM4EX,CASEEX/
MTRXFLAG/DMIGSFIX $
Input Data Blocks:

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.
USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.
BULK Table of all Bulk Data entries.
BULKINDX Table of BULK indices.
Output Data Block:
GEOM1EX GEOM1 table containing records which define an external superelement.

Specifically, it contains CORD1j, CORD2j, EXTRN, and GRID Bulk Data records.
Specifically, it contains PLOTEL and SPOINT Bulk Data records.
Specifically, it contains ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data records.
CASEEX Table of Case Control modified to include displacement output requests for all
boundary points and all points connected to PLOTEL elements.
Main Index
BDRYINFO 635
Generates geometry and connectivity information
Parameters:
MTRXFLAG Input-integer-no default. Bit pattern indicating existence of boundary

matrices. Used by EXTSEOUT(DMIGPCH) option only.
Boundary Matrix Bit Position from Right
Stiffness 1
Mass 2
Viscous damping 3
Structural damping 4
Static loads 5
Acoustic coupling 6
DMIGSFIX Input-character-no default. DMIG matrix name suffix. Used by
EXTSEOUT(DMIGPCH) option only.
Main Index
636 BGCASO
Updates Case Control table for contact
BGCASO Updates Case Control table for contact
Updates Case Control table for contact region data recovery operations.
Format:
BGCASO CONTACT,BTOPO,CASECC,XYCDB/
CASECCBO/
S,N,NEWCASE/S,N,NBSORT2 $
Input Data Blocks:
CONTACT Table of Bulk Data entries related to contact regions.

BTOPO Contact regions topological information table.
XYCDB Table of x-y plotting command.
Output Data Block:
CASECCBO Updated CASECC for contact region data recovery operations.
Parameters:
NEWCASE Output-integer-no default. CASECCBO output flag. Set to 1 if CASSECBO is

generated.
NBSORT2 Output-integer-default=0. Contact region output sort format flag.
1 if SORT2 format is requested for printing
2 if x-y plotting is requested.
Main Index
BGP 637
Processes geometry for boundary contact regions
BGP Processes geometry for boundary contact regions
Processes the geometry for the boundary contact regions. Updates the penalty values for slideline
elements in the contact regions topological information table and creates a new boundary grid point
element connection table.
Format:
BGP CSTM,SIL,KGGT/
BTOPO,BGPECT/
ADPCON/ISKIP $
Input Data Blocks:

KGGT Total structural stiffness matrix in g-size (sum of linear, nonlinear and differential
matrices).
Output Data Block:
BTOPO Contact regions topological information table.

BGPECT Boundary grid point element connection table.
Parameters:
ADPCON Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on restart. Update
penalty values if positive.
ISKIP Input-integer-default=0. Counter to update penalty values; updates on first pass and
no update later.
Remarks:
1. CSTM may be purged.
2. BTOPO is both input and output. See example.
Example:
Excerpt of BGP for a nonlinear loop in SOL 106.
FILE BTOPSTF=APPEND/BTOPCNV=APPEND $
BGP CSTMS,SILS,KGGT/BTOPSTF,BGPECT/ADPCONx/ISKIP $
Main Index
638 BGP
Processes geometry for boundary contact regions
COPY BTOPSTF/BTOPCNV/-1/1 $
Main Index
BMG 639
Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices
BMG Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices
Generates boundary matrices (in DMIG format) for hydroelastic analysis.
Format:
BMG MATPOOL,BGPDT,CSTM/
BDPOOL/
S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $
Input Data Blocks:
MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary data.
Output Data Block:
BDPOOL Hydroelastic boundary matrices in DMIG Bulk Data entry format.
Parameters:
NOKBFL Output-integer-no default. Matrix KBFL existence flag; 0 if KBFL exists and -1
otherwise.
NOABFL Output-integer-no default. Matrix ABFL existence flag; 0 if ABFL exists and -1
otherwise.
MFACT Output-complex-no default. Scale factor for hydroelastic boundary mass matrix.
Remark:
MTRXIN must always be used in conjunction with module BMG to produce the matrices. See example.
Example:
Generate hydroelastic boundary matrices.
BMG MATPOOL,BGPDTS,CSTMS/
BDPOOL/
S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $
ABFL = NOTL(NOABFL) $
IF ( ABFL OR NOTL(NOKBFL)
) MTRXIN ,,BDPOOL,EQDYN,,/
ABFL,KBFL,/
Main Index
640 BMG
Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices
LUSETD/NOABFL/NOKBFL/0 $
Main Index
BNDSPC 641
Processes constraints on superelement boundaries
BNDSPC Processes constraints on superelement boundaries
Processes constraints and enforced displacements applied on superelement boundaries.
Format:
BNDSPC SEMAP,USET,BGPDT,YS,YSD/
USET1,YS1/
SEID/NLOADS $
Input Data Blocks:
SEMAP Superelement map table.

USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table.
BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.
YS Matrix of enforced displacements.
YSD Accumulated matrix of enforced displacements from upstream superelements.
Output Data Blocks:
USET1 USET updated with constraints from upstream superelements.

YS1 YS updated with enforced displacements from upstream superelements.
Parameters:
SEID Integer-input-default=0. Superelement identification number.

NLOADS Integer-input-default=0. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect to
the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
Remarks:
1. BNDSPC will perform one of three possible operations, depending on the coordinate system
alignment at the boundary:
a. Allow the SPC to be applied in the current superelement.
b. Move the constraint to a downstream superelement.
c. Issue a fatal error due to incompatible coordinate systems.
2. YS cannot be purged.
Main Index
642 BNDSPC
Processes constraints on superelement boundaries
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0 with BNDSPC in a superelement and boundary condition loop.
DO WHILE (LPFLG >= 0) $

.
.
.
BCFLAG=TRUE $
DO WHILE ( BCFLAG ) $
.
.
.
BNDSPC EMAP,USET0,BGPDTS,YSB,YSD/
USET01,YSB1/
SEID/NLOADS $
EQUIVX USET01/USET0/-1 $
EQUIVX YSB1/YSB/-1 $
.
.
.
ENDDO $ BCFLAG
ENDDO $ LPFLG
Main Index
CAMPREP 643
Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping
CAMPREP Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping
Creates a list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping.
Format:
CAMPREP CASECC,DYNAMIC,EDOM/
CAMPDD/
S,N,CAMPPARM/S,N,CAMPTYPE/S,N,CAMPID/
S,N,CAMPFID/S,N,CAMPNAME/S,N,NCAMPVAL $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control selections.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics.
EDOM Table of Bulk Data entries that contain the DDVAL entries referenced by RSPINR
records in DYNAMIC.
Output Data Blocks:
CAMPDD Table values from DDVAL Bulk Data entries.
Parameters:
CAMPPARM Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop parameter.

1 Speed
2 Element property
3 Element material
CAMPTYPE Output-character-default=' '. Campbell loop type.
FREQ/RPM Speed
PBAR/PELAS Element property
MAT1/MAT2 Element material
CAMPID Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop property identification number.
PID Element property
MID Element material
CAMPFID Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop property identification number.
Main Index
644 CAMPREP
Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping
0 Speed
>0 Word position in EPT for "property" or MPT for "material"
CAMPNAME Output-character-default=' '. Campbell loop name.
Blank Speed
'T' or 'A' Property
'E' or 'RHO' Material
NCAMPVAL Output-integer-default=0. Number of values on the DDVAL entry.
Main Index
CASE 645
Dynamic analysis case control loop driver
CASE Dynamic analysis case control loop driver
Assembles the appropriate subcases (records) of Case Control for the current loop based on various Case
Control commands.
Format:
 PSDL 
 
CASE CASECC,  MPT  /
 
 PVT 
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP/S,N,LINC/GMAFLG/S,N,MSCHG/
S,N,TESTNEG/S,N,IMETHOD/CASCOM1/CASCOM2/CASCOM3/
CASCOM4/CASCOM5/CASCOM6/CASCOM7/CASCOM8/CASCOM9/
CASCOM10/S,N,CASEID/S,N,ORIGDT/PARCOM1/PARCOM2/
PARCOM3/PARCOM4/PARCOM5/PARCOM6/PARCOM7/PARCOM8/
PARCOM9/PARCOM10 $
Input Data Blocks:

PSDL Power spectral density list. Required only when APP='FREQ'.
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images for TSTEPNL, NLPARM, and NLPCI. Required
only when APP='NONL'.
PVT Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entries. PVT is only
needed when APP='COMM' and the PARAMi parameters are specified.
Output Data Block:
CASEXX Subset of CASECC for current loop.
Main Index
646 CASE
Parameters:

'CEIG' Complex eigenvalue.
'FREQ' Frequency response.
'TRAN' Transient response.
'NONL' Nonlinear static or transient.
'SLIC' Slice a contiguous subset of CASECC records into CASEXX; i.e.,
NOLOOP number of records starting with the NSKIP-th record.
'COMM' Extract a slice of contiguous subset records, beginning at the NSKIP-
th record, with the same Case Control command set identification
numbers for command names specified in CASCOMi.
NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=1. CASECC record counter or nonlinear transient
loop identification number.
Input:
<0 Skip one record on CASECC.
>0 Number of records to skip on CASECC to reach the current subset of
CASECC.
Output:
-1 No more cases.
>0 and APP<>'NONL': Indicates the number of records to skip on CASECC
to reach the next subset of CASECC.
>0 and APP='NONL': Indicates there are more CASECC records to process
and NSKIP must be incremented in the DMAP.
NOLOOP Output-integer-default=-1. Looping test flag.
-1 No DMAP looping is required.
1 DMAP looping is required.
LINC Output-integer-default=0. Number of load increments for this subcase. Used in
nonlinear static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0).
GMAFLG Input-integer-default=0. Test control flag for changes in the set identification
numbers specified for the SDAMPING, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, and TFL
commands. Used only when APP='FREQ' or 'CEIG'.
0 Do not ignore changes (default).
1 Ignore changes.
Main Index
CASE 647
MSCHG Output-integer-default=0. Boundary condition change flag. Used in nonlinear

static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0).
-1 If MPC and SPC Case Control commands for this subcase are the same
as those in the immediately preceding subcase.
1 If MPC or SPC commands are different.
TESTNEG Output-integer-default=-2. Load increment method flag. Used in nonlinear
static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0).
-2 Standard.
1 Controlled increment.
IMETHOD Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear transient analysis flag.
Input:
Nonlinear static analysis (default).
0
<>0 Nonlinear transient analysis.
Output (nonlinear transient only):
-1 Auto or TSTEP method (NLTRD module).
2 ADAPT method (NLTRD2 module).
CASCOMi Input-character-default=' '. Case Control command names. See
APP='COMM'.
CASEID Input/output-integer-default=0. Subcase identification number.
ORIGDT Input/output-real-default=0. Original delta-t for SOL 400.
PARCOMi Input-character-default=' '. Names of user PARAMeters to be processed
under the APP=’COMM’ option along with the CASCOMi names.
Remarks:
The method of operation depends upon APP and IMETHOD.
APP='CEIG': Complex eigenvalue analysis.
CASE CASECC,/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $
The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto
CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC. If this is not possible, NSKIP is
set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE, NOLOOP is set to -1.
If the next record was read successfully and GMAFLG=0, then the set identification numbers specified
for the K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, TFL, and SDAMPING Case Control commands are compared with the
previous subcase. If they all agree, this record is copied onto CASEXX and the process is nskiped. If they
do not agree, NSKIP is incremented by 1 and NOLOOP is set to 1 and module is exited.
Main Index
648 CASE
APP='FREQ': Frequency response.

CASE CASECC,PSDL/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $
Processing is the same as complex eigenvalue analysis, except that the set identification numbers
specified for the FREQUENCY Case Control command is also compared. If the RANDOM command is
specified then the selected set is read from PSDL and a list of subcase identification numbers referenced
by the RANDPS Bulk Data entry images is made. If some subcases referenced by RANDPS Bulk Data
entry images have not been output on CASEXX, CASE terminates with User Fatal Message 3033.
APP='TRAN': Linear transient response.
CASE CASECC,/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP $
The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto
CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC. If this is not possible, NSKIP is
set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE, NOLOOP is set to -1.
APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0: Nonlinear static analysis.
CASE CASECC,MPT/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP//S,N,LINC//S,N,MSCHG/S,N,TESTNEG $
The first NSKIP records on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto CASEXX.
MSCHG is set to indicate whether the MPC or SPC set identification numbers have changed since the
previous subcase. NINC is set equal to the value in the NINC field on the selected NLPARM Bulk Data
entry image. If there is an associated NLPCI Bulk Data entry image, the controlled increment method is
being used, and the TESTNEG parameter is set to indicate this. TEMPERATURE(INITIAL) and
TEMPERATURE(LOAD) commands are checked for proper specification.
APP='NONL' and IMETHOD<>0: Nonlinear transient response.
CASE CASECC,MPT/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP//////S,N,IMETHOD $
IMETHOD is set according to the METHOD field of the selected TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry image in
MPT. NSKIP is set to the loop identification number.
Main Index
CASE 649
Examples:
1. Extract the load and subcase identification numbers and a parameter value from each subcase.
SOL 100
COMPILE USERDMAP
ALTER 2
TYPE PARM,,I,N,NSKIP $
TYPE PARM,,I,Y,MYPRM $
NSKIP=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( NSKIP>=0 ) $
CASE CASECC,/CASE1/’TRAN’/S,N,NSKIP $
PVT PVT,CASE1/ $
PARAML CASE1//’DTI’/1/1//S,N,SUBID $
PARAML CASE1//’DTI’/1/4//S,N,ILOAD $
MESSAGE //’ SUBID=’/SUBID/’ MYPRM=’/MYPRM/
’ ILOAD=’/ILOAD $
ENDDO $
CEND
SUBCASE 101
PARAM,MYPRM,1
LOAD=111
SUBCASE 102
PARAM,MYPRM,-6
LOAD=222
SUBCASE 103
PARAM,MYPRM,4
LOAD=333
SUBCASE 104
PARAM,MYPRM,22
LOAD=444
SUBCASE 105
PARAM,MYPRM,-3
LOAD=555
SUBCASE 106
PARAM,MYPRM,77
LOAD=666
BEGIN BULK
ENDDATA
2. Extract Case Control records 10, 11, and 12.
CASECASECC,/CASE10/'SLIC'/10/3 $
3. Extract Case Control records with the same MPC, SPC, and SUPORT set identification
numbers beginning at the NSKIP-th record.
CASECASECC,/CASEBC/'COMM'/S,N,NSKIP/
//////'MPC'/'SPC'/'SUPO' $
Main Index
650 CEAD
Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition
CEAD Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value

decomposition
Given that  M  ,  B  and  K  are mass, damping, and stiffness, solve the equation:
2
  M p +  B p +  K      = 0 (4-3)
or
T 2
  L    M p +  B p +  K   =  0  (Lanczo (4-4)
for the eigenvalues p and the associated right eigenvectors    or left eigenvectors  L  .
Given a non-null rectangular matrix K , real or complex, it can be decomposed by the equation:
T
US V  = K
where U and V are square matrices of orthogonal functions, and S has non-zero terms along the diagonal
of its left-most partition.
Format:
CEAD KXX,BXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,VDXC,VDXR/
CPHX,CLAMA,OCEIG,LCPHX,CLAMMAT/
S,N,NEIGV/UNUSED2/SID/METH/EPS/ND1/ALPHAJ/OMEGAJ/
MAXBLK/IBLK/KSTEP/NDJ $
Input Data Blocks:
KXX Stiffness matrix. Usually KHH or KDD. If METH=’SVD’ then KXX may be a non-
null real or complex rectangular matrix. See Remark 9.
BXX Viscous damping matrix. Usually BHH or BDD.
MXX Mass matrix. Usually MHH or MDD.
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics.
VDXC Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null columns in KDD, BDD,
and MDD.
VDXR Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null rows in KDD, BDD, and
MDD.
Main Index
CEAD 651
Output Data Blocks:
CPHX Complex eigenvector matrix. Usually CPHH or CPHD. If METH=’SVD’ then

CPHX is V. See Remark 9.
CLAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table.
OCEIG Complex eigenvalue extraction report.
LCPHX Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix (Lanczos only). Usually LCPHH or
LCPHD. If METH=’SVD’ then CPHX is U. See Remark 9.
CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal. See Remark 8. If
METH=’SVD’ then CPHX is S. See Remark 9.
Parameters:
NEIGV Output-integer-no default. NEIGV indicates the number of eigenvalues found. If

none were found, NEIGV is set to -1.
UNUSED2 Input-integer-default=1. Unused.
SID Input-integer-default=0. Alternate set identification number.
If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the CMETHOD

command in CASECC and used to select the EIGC entry in DYNAMIC.
If SID>0, then the CMETHOD command is ignored and the EIGC entry is
selected by this parameter value. Applicable for all methods.
If SID<0, then both the CMETHOD command and all EIGC entries are ignored
and the subsequent parameter values (E, ND1, etc.) will be used to control the
eigenvalue extraction. Applicable for single vector Lanczos, block Lanczos, QZ
Hessenberg, QR Hessenberg, and SVD (Singular Value Decomposition).
METH Input-character-default='CLAN'. If SID<0, then METH specifies the method of
eigenvalue extraction.
CLAN Complex Lanczos (block or single vector).
HESS QZ Hessenberg or QR Hessenberg.
SVD Singular Value Decomposition. See Remark 9.
EPS Input-real-default=1.E-5. Used only when SID<0.
ND1 Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvectors. Used only when
SID<0. If METH=’SVD’, then
>0 Full SVD is computed.
<0 The "economy" SVD is computed.
=0 All singular values are computed, but no singular vectors are computed.
Main Index
652 CEAD
ALPHAJ Input-real-default=0.0. Real part of shift point for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos
method. Used only when SID<0.
OMEGAJ Input-real-default=0.0. Imaginary part of shift point for
pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method. Used only when SID<0.
MAXBLK Input-real-default=0.0. Maximum block size. Used only when SID<0.
IBLK Input-real-default=0.0. Initial block size. Used only when SID<0.
KSTEP Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency of solve. Used only when SID<0.
NDJ Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvectors at desired shift point
for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method. Used only when SID<0.
Method:
Complex eigenvalues and the associated eigenvectors are calculated in CEAD (Complex Eigenvalue
Analysis -- Displacement) using the inverse power method, the determinant method, the Hessenberg
method, or the Lanczos method, as requested by the user on the EIGC Bulk Data entry. For direct
complex eigenvalue analysis and if PARAM,ASING = 0 (default) then null rows and columns are
discarded from  K dd  ,  M dd  , and  B dd  to form  K xx
d  ,  M d  , and  B d  .
xx xx
In the case of a direct formulation CEAD extracts the eigenvalues from the following equation.
 M xx
d p2 + B d p + K d  u d  = 0
xx xx x (4-5)
 u xd  is then augmented with null rows to form  u d  .
In the case of a modal formulation the following equation is used:
 M hh p 2 + B hh p + K hh   u h  = 0 (4-6)
CEAD also normalizes the eigenvectors according to one of the following user requests:
• Unit magnitude of a selected coordinate (“POINT”).
• Unit magnitude of the largest component (“MAX”).
as specified on the EIGC Bulk Data entry.
Remarks:
1. Eigenvalues are extracted by the Inverse Power, Determinant, Hessenberg, or Lanczos method.
2. At least one of KXX, BXX, and MXX must be present.
3. No output data block can be purged except for LCPHX and CLAMMAT. LCPHX can be purged
for methods other than Lanczos. CLAMMAT may be purged for all.
4. CLAMA and OCEIG are suitable for printing by the OFP module.
5. For the Hessenberg method, spill logic may be requested with SYSTEM(108)=1 on the
NASTRAN statement. This allows for no limits on problem size.
Main Index
CEAD 653
6. For the Hessenberg method, the mass matrix must be nonsingular.

7. The UEIGL module is recommended for real unsymmetric eigensolutions.
8. CLAMMAT contains the diagonal matrix of eigenvalues, with dimensions compatible with
CPHX and/or LCPHX so that
2
 KDD   CPHX  +  BDD   CPHX   CLAMMAT  +  MDD   CPHX   CLAMMAT  = 0
and
T T 2 T
 LCPHX   KDD  +  CLAMMAT   LCPHX   BDD  +  CLAMMAT   LCPHX   KDD  = 0
For development purposes, when block Lanczos is selected and system cell 108 is set to 2048, the
fifth output slot will contain the cross orthogonality matrix
T
Y X
which should be identity. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide for the
definition of Y and X.
9. CEAD may be used to perform singular value decomposition.
T
V is the transpose of the complex conjugate of V . The terms of S are always positive or zero
(non-negative), and real. The terms of S are sorted in descending order (largest first). The single
matrix eigenproblem can be regarded as a special case of the SVD problem. For the case of K
real, symmetric, and positive semi-definite U = V , and S is the matrix of roots of
 K – *I * = 0
The roots and vectors are sequenced inversely from the MSC Nastran convention. Singular Value
Decomposition is a standard mathematical technique with well-defined properties. Both U and
V may be purged and CEAD will execute faster if they are are purged. The input matrix K must
fit into memory because there is no spill capability. The singular value decomposition uses the
format shown in the Example 2. Although S is real by definition, it is returned as a complex
matrix with 0.0 imaginary parts. The other outputs are also complex in form, although they are
sometimes real in content.
Example:
1. The following DMAP sequence extracts eigenvalues and eigenvectors and prints the results.
CEAD K,B,M,DYNAMIC,CASECC,,/VEC,CLAMA,OCEIGS,/
S,N,NFOUND $
OFP CLAMA,OCEIGS// $
IF (NFOUND>-1) MATPRN VEC// $
2. Assume that a rectangular matrix A is provided. Find the matrices of its singular value
decomposition, and test to see that these matrices satisfy the equation
A – U*S*V' = 0
Main Index
654 CEAD
CEAD A,,,,,,/V,CLAMA,OCEIGS,U,S/
S,N,NFOUND//-1/’SVD’//1 $ 1 MEANS COMPLETE SET OF VECTORS
MATMOD V,,,,,/VBAR,/10 $ COMPLEX CONJUGATE
TRNSP VBAR/VT $
MATPRN U,S,V// $
SMPYAD U,S,VT,,,/ABAR/3 $
ADD A,ABAR/ERROR//-1.0 $
NORM ERROR/SCRERR///S,N,MAXERROR $
MESSAGE //’LARGEST ERROR IN SVD IS ’/MAXERROR $
Main Index
CMPZPR 655
Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8
CMPZPR Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8
Generates the equivalent PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry images based upon data on PCOMP and
MAT8 Bulk Data entry images. Functionally equivalent to IFP6.
Format:
CMPZPR EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/
EPTC,MPTC/
S,N,NOCOMP $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties, in particular,
PSHELL and PCOMP entries.
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties, in particular, MAT2
and MAT8 entries.
PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP
Bulk Data entry.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTC Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PSHELL records.
MPTC Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2 records.
Parameter:
NOCOMP Integer-output-default=0. Set to 1 if MAT8 and PCOMP Bulk Data entry records
are found.
Remarks:
1. CMPZPR is functionally equivalent to module IFP6.
2. For each PCOMP entry (with PID<100000000) in EPT, an equivalent PSHELL entry image with
associated MAT2 images is generated. The newly generated images are then merged with the
existing PSHELL and MAT2 entries and written to the output datablocks EPTC and MPTC,,
respectively. If any duplicates are found in EPT and MPT, then they are simply overwritten.
Furthermore, any entries which may have been internally generated (i.e., with PID or
MID>100000000) are also stripped off.
Main Index
656 CMSENGY
Compute component modal energies
CMSENGY Compute component modal energies
Compute component modal strain and kinetic energies with respect to normal modes and forced response
analysis.
Format:
CMSENGY CASECC,OL,USET,BGPDT,CMLAMA,SYSE,CMSQE,CMSTQE/
CMSEQ,CMSTEQ/
SEID/NOUP/CMEOUT/UNUSED/CMERTYPE/CMETYPE/
S,N,CMSEREQ/S,N,CMKEREQ/S,N,CMDEREQ/
S,N,CMFVEREQ/S,N,CMFREREQ $
Format for computing the results in a given superelement:
CMSENGY CASECC,OL,USET,BGPDT,CMLAMA,SYSE,CMSQE,CMSTQE/
CMSEQ,CMSTEQ/
SEID/NOUP/CMEOUT/UNUSED/CMERTYPE/CMETYPE $
Format for printing accumulated results for all superelements:
CMSENGY CASECC,,,,,,ITSTNQ,ITOTLQ/,///-1 $
Format for enquiring the CMSENERGY Case Control requests:
CMSENGY CASECC,,,,,,,/,/
SEID/NOUP/-2//CMERTYPE/CMETYPE/
S,N,CMSEREQ/S,N,CMKEREQ/S,N,CMDEREQ/
S,N,CMFVEREQ/S,N,CMFREREQ $
Input Data Blocks:

OL Real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency
response frequency output list. Must be consistent with APP.
CMLAMA Component modal eigenvalue summary table.
SYSE Matrix of (strain or kinetic) energy in the residual structure a-set.
Main Index
CMSENGY 657
CMSQE Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the component.

CMSTQE Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the component.
Output Data Blocks:
CMSEQ Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all components.

CMSTEQ Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all components.
Parameters:
SEID Input-integer-default=0. Superelement indentification number.

NOUP Input-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no
superelements connected upstream from the current superelement.
CMEOUT Input-integer-default=0. Module processing flag.
-2 Query the Case Control CMSENERGY request.
-1 Print/punch accumulated results.
0 Compute results tables for the current superelement.
UNUSED Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.
CMERTYPE Input-integer-default=-1. Type of response of input matrices.
1 Free vibrations
2 Modal frequency
3 Modal transient
CMETYPE Input-integer-default=-1. Type of energy of input matrices.
1 Strain energy
2 Kinetic energy
3 Damping energy
CMSEREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal strain energy request flag.
-1 No
0 Yes
CMKEREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal kinetic energy request flag.
-1 No
0 Yes
CMDEREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal damping energy request flag.
-1 No
0 Yes
Main Index
658 CMSENGY
CMFVEREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal free vibration energy request flag.

-1 No
0 Yes
CMFREREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal forced response energy request
flag.
-1 No
0 Yes
Main Index
COPY 659
Explicit data block copy
COPY Explicit data block copy
Copies data blocks.
Format:
COPY DBI/DBO/PARM/BLOCK $
Input Data Block:
DBI The data block to be copied.
Output Data Block:
DBO A copy of DBI.
Parameters:
PARM Input-integer-default=-1 (PARM < 0 - the data block is copied. PARM > 0 -- no
action is taken.).
BLOCK Input-integer-default=1.
BLOCK < 0 -- Block sensitive copy is used.
BLOCK > 0 -- Standard copy is used.
Remarks:
1. If BLOCK < 0 and the block size between DBI and DBO is different, then a fatal error will be
issued.
2. This module is preferred over the copy options in MATMOD option 13 and TABEDIT.
Example:
To copy data block KELM:
COPY KELM/KELMX/ALWAYS/-1 $
Main Index
660 CURV
Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)
CURV Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)
Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains) to the element's material coordinate system and/or
interpolate the stresses (or strains) to element's connecting grid points. Applies to CQUAD4 and CTRIA3
elements and non-corner stresses only.
Format:
CURV OES1,MPT,CSTM,EST,BGPDT/
OES1M,OES1G/
OUTOPT/OG/NINTPTS $
Input Data Blocks:
OES1 Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format.

Output Data Blocks:
OES1M Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format in the element's material coordinate
system defined on the MAT1 entry.
OES1G Grid point stress or strain table in SORT1 format and interpolated from the
centroidal stress table, OES1M.
Parameters:
OUTOPT Input-integer-default=0. Output option:

<0 Use the element output option found on OES1.
1 Print
2 Plot
4 Punch
The above values may be added together to select two or more forms of output. For
example, OUTOPT=6 requests both plot and punch output.
Main Index
CURV 661
Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)
OG Input-integer-default=0. Grid point processing flag. If set to 0, then grid point

stresses or strains are computed.
NINPTPS Input-integer-default=0. Approximate number of surrounding independent element
interpolation points to be considered when interpolating at a grid point for a given
material coordinate system.
Remarks:
1. CURV computes the CTRIA3 and CQUAD4 element stress and/or strain output in a material
coordinate system (normal output is in the element or basic coordinate system) and/or to
interpolate the stresses (or strains) to its connecting grid points.
2. For further details see also CURV (p. 711) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
Main Index
662 CURVPLOT
Converts grid point output tables
CURVPLOT Converts grid point output tables
Converts grid point output tables; i.e, related to applied loads, SPCforces, displacements, stresses and
strains in SORT1 format, to tables suitable for x-y plotting where the abscissa is grid point locations and
the ordinate is the grid point output quantity.
Format:
CURVPLOT EQEXIN,BGPDT,EDT,XYCDB,OPG1,OQG1,OUG1,OES1G,OSTR1G/
OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2GX,OSTR2GX/
DOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.
element analysis, and the iterative solver; and in particular, SET1 entries.
XYCDB Table of x-y plotting commands.
OPG1 Table of applied loads in SORT1 format.
OQG1 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format.
OUG1 Table of displacements in SORT1 format.
OES1G Table of grid point stresses in SORT1 format.
OSTR1G Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.
Output Data Blocks:
OPG2X Table of applied loads in SORT2 format.

OQG2X Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format.
OUG2X Table of displacements in SORT2 format.
OES2GX Table of grid point stresses in SORT2 format.
OSTR2GX Table of grid point strains in SORT2 format.
Parameter:
DOPT Input-integer-default=0. Scaling method between grid points on the abscissa.

0 Proportional with respect to total distance.
Main Index
CURVPLOT 663
Converts grid point output tables
1 Proportional with respect to x distance only.

2 Proportional with respect to y distance only.
3 Proportional with respect to z distance only.
4 Equally.
Remarks:
1. If EDT or XYCDB is purged, then CURVPLOT exits without warning.
2. EQEXIN and BGPDT cannot be purged.
3. Any of OPG1, OQG1, OUGV1, OES1G or OSTR1G and any of their corresponding outputs may
be purged.
4. OES1G and OSTR1G are computed by CURV.
5. The grid points used on the abscissa are specified on SET1 entries in EDT.
6. The output data blocks cannot be printed with OFP.
7. CURVPLOT is only applicable to static and normal modes analysis.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR.
CURVPLOT EQEXINS,BGPDTS,EDT,XYCDBDR,OPG1,OQG1,OUGV1,OES1G,/
OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,/DOPT $
XYTRAN XYCDBDR,OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,/XYPLTS/'SET1'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYP $
IF ( NOXYP>=0 ) XYPLOT XYPLTS/ $
Main Index
664 CYCLIC1
Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices
CYCLIC1 Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices
Generates transformation matrices and modifies Case Control and static loads for cyclic symmetry
analysis.
Format:
CYCLIC1 CASECC,GEOM3,GEOM4,DIT,FRL/
KVAL,GEOM3N,CASEFR,HARM,FORE,CASEBK,BACK/
S,N,NSEG/S,N,CTYPE/APP/S,N,NOGEOM3/S,N,NFREQ/
S,N,TOTALK $
Input Data Blocks:

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads.
FRL Frequency response list.
Output Data Blocks:
KVAL Table of harmonic indices for analysis.

GEOM3N Updated GEOM3 for cyclic symmetry analysis.
CASEFR Updated Case Control table for static loads generation and solution in cyclic
symmetry analysis. One record for every distinct load set identification number.
HARM Table of harmonic indices.
FORE Transformation matrix from physical to cyclic components.
CASEBK Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record for every column in BACK.
Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only.
BACK Transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components. Required in static and
pre-buckling analysis only.
Main Index
CYCLIC1 665
Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices
Parameters:
NSEG Output-integer-no default. Number of cyclic segments as specified on CYSYM

Bulk Data entry.
CTYPE Output-character-no default. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk
Data entry.
'ROT' Rotational
'AXI' Axisymmetric
'DIH' Dihedral
'STATICS' Statics
'MODES' Normal modes
'BUCKLNG1' Pre-buckling (statics)
'BUCKLNG2' Buckling
NOGEOM3 Output-integer-no default. GEOM3N creation flag. Set to 1 if GEOM3N is created,
otherwise set to -1.
NFREQ Output-integer-no default. Number of frequencies for frequency response analysis.
TOTALK Output-integer-default=0. Total number of harmonics.
Remark:
CYCLIC1 generates equivalent GRAV and RFORCE Bulk Data entry images in harmonic components.
Main Index
666 CYCLIC2
Processes degrees-of-freedom
CYCLIC2 Processes degrees-of-freedom
Processes degrees-of-freedom that are to be constrained between segments for cyclic symmetry
problems.
Format:
CYCLIC2 GEOM4,EQEXIN,USET/
CYCD/
NSEG/CTYPE $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Block:
CYCD Table of constraints in harmonic components.
Parameters:
NSEG Input-integer-no default. Number of cyclic segments as specified on CYSYM Bulk

Data entry.
CTYPE Input-character-no default. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk
Data entry.
'ROT' Rotational
'AXI' axisymmetric
'DIH' Dihedral
Remarks:
1. CYCLIC2 is a preprocessor for the CYCLIC3 and CYCLIC4 modules is specified before the
harmonic index loop in DMAP.
2. CYCLIC2 processes CYJOIN, CYAX, and CYSUP Bulk Data entry images in GEOM4 and
identifies the constraints between the degrees-of-freedom in the analysis set for the cosine
(symmetric) and sine (antisymmetric) models.
3. CYCLIC2 can also accommodate the p-set:
Main Index
CYCLIC2 667
Processes degrees-of-freedom
CYCLIC2 GEOM4,EQDYN,USETD/
CYCD/
NSEG/CTYPE $
where EQDYN and USETD are output by DPD.
Main Index
668 CYCLIC3
Forms cyclic matrices
CYCLIC3 Forms cyclic matrices
Forms transformation matrices between cyclic components and solution set. Form partitioning vector for
supported degrees-of-freedom. Perform transformation of structural matrices in cyclic components to the
solution set.
Format:
CYCLIC3 CYCD,KVAL,KAA,MAA,BAA,K4AA/
KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/
HINDEX/NSEG/S,N,NOKVAL/S,N,KGTH/S,N,REACT $
Input Data Blocks:
CYCD Table of constraints in harmonic components.

KVAL Table of harmonic indices for analysis.
KAA Stiffness matrix in a-set or d-set.
MAA Mass matrix in a-set or d-set.
BAA Viscous damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
K4AA Structural damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
Output Data Blocks:
KKK Stiffness matrix in cyclic components.

MKK Mass matrix in cyclic components.
BKK Viscous damping matrix in cyclic components.
K4KK Structural damping matrix in cyclic components.
GC Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components and solution set
components.
GS Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and solution set
components.
PVEC Partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom specified on CYSUP Bulk
Data entry.
Parameters:
HINDEX Input-integer-no default. Harmonic index.

NSEG Input-integer-no default. Number of segments.
Main Index
CYCLIC3 669
Forms cyclic matrices
NOKVAL Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX is not in the analysis set
of harmonic identification numbers.
KGTH Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if all harmonic identification numbers (in
analysis set) have been processed.
REACT Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if no support degrees-of- freedom; +1 if support
degrees of freedom exist; for k>2, it will always have value of -1.
Remarks:
1. For buckling analysis, then the negative of the differential stiffness, -KDAA, may be specified in
place of MAA.
ADD KDAA,/KDAAM/-1. $
CYCLIC3 CYCD,TKVAL,KAA,KDAAM,,/
KKK,MKK,,,GC,GS,PVEC/
2. CYCLIC3 can also accommodate the p-set:
CYCLIC3 CYCD,KVAL,KDD,MDD,BDD,K4DD/
KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/
3. PVEC is formed in normal modes and static analysis if support degrees-of-freedom are specified
on the CYCSUP Bulk Data entry. PVEC is used to partition the solution set (cyclic degrees-of-
freedom) into l-set and r-set degrees-of- freedom for the zero-th and first harmonics. PVEC will
have rows equal to the number of columns in the GC matrix.
Main Index
670 CYCLIC4
Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements
CYCLIC4 Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements
Transforms the cyclic components of load vectors associated with a particular harmonic into solution set
load vectors in the forward path. In the backward path, the solution set displacement vectors will be
transformed into cyclic components associated with the particular harmonic and appended to previous
harmonic solutions.
Format:
PAC
 
CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,  PHK  ,LAMA,CASEBK,BACK/
 UK 
 PK 
 
 PHX  ,LAMA1,CASEBK1,BACK1/
 
 UX 
PATH/HINDEX/APP/S,N,NFREQ/TOTALK $
Input Data Blocks:
HARM Table of Case Control command images.

GC Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components and solution set
components.
GS Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and solution set
components.
PAC Static loads matrix in harmonic components.
PHK Eigenvectors in solution set components.
UK Solution vector in solution set components.
LAMA Eigenvalue summary table for current harmonic. Required for normal modes
analysis only (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
CASEBK Case Control Data Block for output requests. Required for normal modes analysis
only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
BACK Backward transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components. Required for
normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
Main Index
CYCLIC4 671
Output Data Blocks:
PK Load vector matrix in solution set components.

UX Solution vector matrix in cyclic components.
PHX Eigenvector matrix in cyclic components.
LAMA1 Appended eigenvalue summary table for all harmonics. Required for normal modes
analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
CASEBK1 Case Control table for data recovery requests for all harmonics. Required for normal
modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
BACK1 Backward transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components for all
harmonics. Required for normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and
PATH='BACK').
Parameters:
PATH Input-character-no default. Direction of cyclic transformation:

'FORE' Forward (analysis)
'BACK' Backward (data recovery)
HINDEX Input-integer-no default. Harmonic index.
'STAT' Statics
'REIG' Normal modes
'BUCK' Buckling
'FREQ' Frequency response
NFREQ Input/output-integer-no default. The number of passes through CYCLIC4.
NFREQ is incremented by one on each execution of CYCLIC4.
TOTALK Input-integer-default=0. Total number of harmonics. If TOTALK>0, then
CASEBK1 and BACK1 will be created. Required for normal modes analysis
only.
Examples:
1. Static analysis:
FILE UX=APPEND $
PARAML KVAL//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,NKVAL $ NUMBER OF ANALYSIS
HARMONICS
PARAML KVAL//'DTI'/1/NKVAL//S,N,KMAX $ LAST ANALYSIS HARMONIC
INDEX
PARAML KVAL//'IMATCH'/1/S,N,HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
DO WHILE ( HINDEX<=KMAX ) $
CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,PA,,,/
Main Index
672 CYCLIC4
PK,,,/
'FORE'/HINDEX/'STAT'/NFREQ $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,UK,,,/
UX,,,/
'BACK'/HINDEX/'STAT'/NFREQ $
ENDDO $ HINDEX<=KMAX
MPYAD UX,BACK,/ULC $
2. Frequency response analysis:
FILE UXVF=APPEND $
HINDEX=0 $ QUALIFIER
DO WHILE ( DONE>=0 ) $
IF ( DONE>=0 ) THEN $
IF ( NOKVAL>=0 ) THEN $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,PXF,,,/
PKF,,,/
'FORE'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,UKVF,,,/
UXVF,,,/
'BACK'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ $
ENDIF $ NOKVAL>=0
HINDEX=HINDEX+1
ENDIF $ DONE>=0
ENDDO $ DONE>=0
MPYAD UXVF,BACKF,/UDVF $
3. Normal modes or buckling analysis:
FILE CYPHX=APPEND,SAVE/CYLAMA1=APPEND,SAVE/
CASEBK1=SAVE/BACK1=SAVE,OVRWRT $
PARAML KVALM//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,TOTALK $
PARAML KVALM//'DTI'/1/TOTALK//S,N,KMAX $
PARAML KVALM//'IMATCH'/1/HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
HINDEX=0 $
DO WHILE ( HINDEX<=KMAX ) $
IF ( KVAL=-1 ) THEN $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4HARM,GC,GS,CYPHA,CYLAMA,CASEBK,BACK/
CYPHX,CYLAMA1,CASEBK1,BACK1/
'BACK'/HINDEX/APPCYC4/S,N,NFREQ/TOTALK $
ENDIF $ KVAL=-1
HINDEX=HINDEX+1 $
PARAML KVALM//'IMATCH'/1/HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
Main Index
CYCLIC4 673
ENDDO $ HINDEX<=KMAX
MPYAD CYPHX,BACK1,/CYPHA1 $
Main Index
674 DBC
Database converter for model generation and results processing
DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing
Converts data blocks to a form usable by MSC.Access and MSC.Patran.
Format:
DBC DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10,DB11,
DB12,DB13,DB14,DB15,DB16,DB17,DB18,DB19,DB20//
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13/P14/
P15/P16/P17/P18/P19/P20/SEID/DBCPATH/
S,N,CP/APP/CYCLIC/GEOMU/LOADU/
POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/OVRWRT/DESITER/////
ADPTINDX/LUSET $
Input Data Block:
DBi Data blocks for postprocessing.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
Pi Character-input-default is blank. The generic name of the corresponding data block;

e.g., P3 corresponds to DB3, etc. (See table below for generic name.)
SEID Integer-input-default=0. The current superelement identification number. If SEID=-1,
then the current SEID is assumed to be the qualifier value in the path of parameter
DBCPATH.
DBCPATH Dummy variable parameter to allow the passing of qualifiers from the MSC Nastran
database to the DBC database. SEID must be -1.
CP Integer-input/output-default=0. Control parameter. If set to other than zero an error has
occurred in the module and further attempts to execute module will cause a module
return without module execution.
APP Character-input-default is blank. Allowable values of approach code:
'STATICS' or Statics
blank
'TRANRESP' Linear/nonlinear transient response
'REIG' Normal modes
NLST Nonlinear statics
Main Index
DBC 675
BKL1 Buckling
BKL0 Statics in a buckling solution
CEIGEN Complex modes
AERO Aerodynamics
CYCLIC Integer-input-default is 0. If CYCLIC=-1, then data will be interpreted as cyclic
analysis.
GEOMU Integer-input-default=40; the geometric information will output to this FORTRAN
unit.
LOADU Integer-input-default=-1 (LOADU = GEOMU). If LOADU>0 then, the static load
information will be output to this FORTRAN unit.
POSTU Integer-input-default=-1 (POSTU = GEOMU). If POSTU>0, then, the data recovery
information will be output to this FORTRAN unit.
DBCDIAG Integer-input-default=0. Controls the printing of certain diagnostics during the
conversion. If several diagnostics are desired, then the sum of the following values is
required. For example, DBCDIA=3 requests the printing of grid relation and element
connection record diagnostics.
Value Diagnostic Output
0 No diagnostics will be printed.
1 Grid relation record.
2 Element connection record.
4 Internal module begin message.
8 Internal module statistics.
16 Internal module CPU time and begin message in performance
summary table.
32 DBC database dictionary entries.
64 Messages for null NASTRAN logical file connections.
128 Suppress diagnostics when geometry updates occur.
256 Save the grid point stress surface and volume factors.
512 Do not save the grid point stress surface and volume subcase data.
PROGRAM Character-input-default=’XL’. If PROGRAM =’XL’, then the DBC database will be
suitable for processing in MSC.Patran. If PROGRAM =’GRASP’, then the DBC
database will be suitable for processing in MSC.Access.
OVRWRT Character-input-default=’YES’. DBC data base overwrite flag. If OVRWRT =’YES’
and the DBC database was created in a prior run, then data blocks pre-existing on the
DBC database will be overwritten in the current run when the qualifier values are
identical.
DESITER Integer-input-default=0. Design optimization loop identification number.
Main Index
676 DBC
ADPTINDX Integer-input-default=0. When ADPTINDX is not equal to zero, the data base object
attribute will be qualified by the value of this parameter, which denotes intermediate
p-element results exist.
LUSET Integer-input-default=0. NDOF denotes size of the model (number of degrees of
freedom), which will be saved for p-element iterations indexed by the ADPTINDX
values and used to correlate the size of the model to the p-element iteration index.
Remarks:
1. Data block name table:
Generic
Name Chapter 2
(P1-P20) Names Stored on Unit Description
BEPT AEBGPDT --- Aerostructural basic grid point definition
table
BGPDT BGPDT GEOMU Basic grid point definition table
CASECC CASECC POSTU Table of Case Control command images
CONTAB CONTAB POSTU Table of design constraint attributes
CONTROL AECTRL POSTU Table of aerodynamic model's control
definition
CSTM CSTM GEOMU Table of coordinate system transformation
matrices
CVAL CVAL POSTU Matrix of design constraint values
DBCOPT DBCOPT POSTU Design optimization history table for
DESTAB DESTAB POSTU Table of design variable attributes
DIT DIT GEOMU/ Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images
POSTU
DSCM2 DSCM2 POSTU Normalized design sensitivity coefficient
matrix
DYNAMIC DYNAMIC GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to
dynamics
ECT GEOM2 GEOMU Element connectivity table
ELDCT ELDCT POSTU Table of element stress discontinuities
EMAP SEMAP GEOMU Superelement map table
EPT EPT GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to
element properties
EQEXIN EQEXIN GEOMU Equivalence between external and internal
point identification numbers
Main Index
DBC 677
Generic
Name Chapter 2
EST EST GEOMU Element summary table
FRM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic restrained elastic
forces
FURM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained elastic
forces
GEOM1 GEOM1 GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to
geometry
GEOM3 GEOM3 LOADU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to
static and thermal loads
GEOM4 GEOM4 GEOMU/ Table of Bulk Data entry images related to
LOADU constraints, degree-of-freedom membership
and rigid element connectivity
GPDCT GPDCT POSTU Table of grid point stress discontinuities
GPDT GPDT GEOMU Grid point definition table
GPECT GPECT POSTU Grid point element connection table
GPL GPL GEOMU/ External grid/scalar point identification
POSTU number list
GPS EGPSTR POSTU Table of grid point stresses or strains for
post-processing
HIS HIS POSTU Table of design iteration history
IRM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic restrained inertia
forces
IURM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained inertia
forces
LAMA LAMA/ POSTU Real or complex eigenvalue summary table
CLAMA
MATPOOL MATPOOL POSTU Table of DMIG Bulk Data entries
MPT MPT GEOMU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to
material properties
OAG OAG POSTU Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2
format
OBJTAB OBJTAB POSTU Design objective table
OEDE ONRGY1 POSTU Table of element energy losses
OEF OEF POSTU Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2
format
Main Index
678 DBC
Generic
Name Chapter 2
OEKE ONRGY1 POSTU Table of element kinetic energies
OES OES POSTU Table of element stresses or strains in
SORT1 or SORT2 format
OESC OES1C POSTU Table of composite element stresses or
strains in SORT1 format
OESE ONRGY1 POSTU Table of element strain energies and energy
densities
OESNL OESNL1 POSTU Table of nonlinear element stresses in
SORT1 format
OGPF OGPFB1 POSTU Table of grid point forces
OGPKE OGPKE1 POSTU Table of grid point kinetic energies
OL OL POSTU Transient or frequency response output list
OMM OMM POSTU Table of MAXMIN results
OMPCF OQMG POSTU Table of MPCforces in SORT1 or SORT2
format
OPG OPG POSTU Table of applied loads in SORT1 or SORT2
format
OQG OQG POSTU Table of single or multipoint forces-of-
constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format
OUG OUG POSTU Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2
format
OVG OVG POSTU Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2
format
PERROR ERROR1 POSTU Error-estimate table updated for current
superelement or adaptivity loop
R1MAPR R1MAPR POSTU Table of mapping from original first level
(direct) retained responses
R1TAB R1TAB POSTU Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk
Data entry) attributes
R1VAL R1VAL POSTU Matrix of initial values of the retained first
level (direct) responses
R2MAPR R2MAPR POSTU Table of mapping from original second level
(synthetic) retained responses
R2VAL R2VAL POSTU Matrix of initial values of the retained
second level (synthetic) responses
Main Index
DBC 679
Generic
Name Chapter 2
RESP12 RESP12 POSTU Table of second level (synthetic) responses
RM --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic rigid forces
SCSTM SCSTM GEOMU Table of global transformation matrices for
partitioned superelements
SETS SET GEOMU Table of combined sets
SVF EGPSF POSTU Table of element to grid point interpolation
factors
UG --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic restrained elastic
displacements
UUG --- POSTU Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained elastic
displacements
VIEWTB VIEWTB GEOMU/ View information table, contains the
POSTU relationship between each p-element and its
view-elements and view-grids
2. DBCPATH is a parameter defined on a statement in the NASTRAN NDDL; i.e.,

PARAM,DBCPATH = 0,PATH = DBCQUAL
PATH DBCQUAL QUAL1,QUAL2,QUAL3,etc.
where QUALi selects the QUALifier values associated with the PATH of the input data blocks
from NASTRAN to be written along with the input data blocks on the DBC database. In other
words, the intersection of the PATH DBCQUAL and the PATH of the input data blocks will form
the set of QUALifiers to be written to the DBC database and associated with the input data blocks.
Also, the PROJECT and VERSION will be written. It is recommended that the input data blocks
all have the same PATH.
If it is not NDDL, then only the PROJECT and VERSION will be associated with the input data
blocks on the DBC database.
3. Generic data blocks: ECT, GEOM1, and EQEXIN, must exist on POSTU (when PROGRAM
=’XL’) or GEOMU (when PROGRAM =’GRASP’) prior to the conversion of the following data
blocks: OUG, OES, OEF, OPG, OQG, and GPS.
4. If PROGRAM =’XL’ then, the converted format of the above data blocks is written to one of three
databases (FORTRAN units): GEOMU, LOADU, and POSTU.
GEOMU BGPDT, CSTM, ECT, EMAP, EPT, GPDT, MPT, and SETS
LOADU GEOM3 and GEOM4
POSTU CASECC, GPS, EQEXIN, GEOM1, GPL, LAMA, OEF, OES, OESNL, OGPF,
OESE, OPG, OQG, OUG, OESC, DBCOPT, GPDCT, and ELDCT
Main Index
680 DBC
5. If PROGRAM =’GRASP’ then, the converted format of the above data blocks is written only to
the database: GEOMU.
6. Generic data blocks ECT, BGPDT, GPL, and GPDT should be specified simultaneously on the
same DBC statement.
7. Generic names OES and OESC must be specified in separate DBC modules and may appear only
once per DBC module.
Examples:
The following examples illustrate how the module might be implemented in a superelement solution
sequence. The following TYPE statements are used to establish authorization and defaults for user
parameters that control the module.
7<3( 3$50 , < '%&',$* *(2081,7 /2$'81,7 326781,7
7<3( 3$50 &+$5 < 352*5$0 ;/

1. After generation of IFP module output data blocks.
DBC CSTM,EPT,MPT,GEOM4,CASECC,,,,,,,,,,,,,,//
’CSTM’/’EPT’/’MPT’/’GEOM4’/’CASECC’/
//////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP//GEOMU/
LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/ $
2. Inside superelement generation loop. Data required for undeformed plotting of geometry and
loads.
DBC BGPDTS,GPLS,GPDTS,ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS,
GEOM3S,GEOM4S,,,,,,,,,,,//’BGPDT’/’GPL’/
’GPDT’/’ECT’/’GEOM1’/’EQEXIN’/’GEOM3’/
’GEOM4’/////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP//
GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/
PROGRAM/ $
3. Inside superelement data recovery loop.
Grid point stresses:
DBC GPLS,EGPSTR,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,//’GPL’/’GPS’/
/////////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP/GEOMU/
LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM $
Forces, stresses, displacements, etc.
Note: ECTS, GEOM1S, and EQEXINS are repeated here in case the above call was not executed,
as in a data recovery restart.
DBC OPG1,OUGV1,OEF1X,OES1X,OQG1,ONRGY1,OGPFB1,
ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS,,,,,,,,,//’OPG’/’OUG’/
’OEF’/’OES’/’OQG’/’OESE’/’OGPF’/’ECT’/
’GEOM1’/’EQEXIN’//////////SEID//S,N,CP/
Main Index
DBC 681
APP//GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/
PROGRAM/ $
Main Index
682 DBDELETE
Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters
DBDELETE Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters
Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters. An optional WHERE clause may be specified for a more
selective deletion.
Format:
*
DATABLK =
 datablk – list 
DBDELETE  WHERE  where – expr   $
*
PARAM =
 param – list 
Describers:
DATABLK Delete data blocks. datablk-list specifies a list of NDDL-defined data blocks
separated by commas.
PARAM Delete parameters. param-list specifies a list of parameters separated by commas.
where-expr Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames described in Table
2 under the DBDICT, 684 statement. If where-expr is true then the named items will
be deleted. For example, WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID<>2 AND SEID>0)
selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. See
WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 for a further description. The default for
VERSION and PROJECT is the current version and project. See also Remark 1.
Remarks:
1. The where-expr has the following rules:
If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or parameter then none
of that data block or parameter will be deleted. For example, given that SPC is not a qualifier for
KGG, then the following DBDELETE statement will not delete any KGG:
DBDELETE DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10)$
If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or parameter), then
the current value of the qualifier is assumed. For example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA,
then the following DBDICT statements are equivalent:
SPC=10 $
DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA $
or
DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10) $
The WILDCARD keyword may be added in order to wildcard all qualifiers not already specified
in where-expr. For example to delete all KAA where SPC=10 and regardless of MPC, SEID, etc.:
Main Index
DBDELETE 683
Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters
DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10 AND WILDCARD) $
Note: WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like PROJECT, PROJECT,
VERSION, CDATE, etc.
2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be alias names specified
on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and param-list must specify the name of the data
block or parameter as defined in the NDDL.
Main Index
684 DBDICT
Prints database directory tables
DBDICT Prints database directory tables
Prints the following database directory tables:

• Data blocks described by an NDDL DATABLK statement.
• Parameters described by an NDDL PARAM statement.
• All unique paths (KEYs) and their qualifiers values.
• Qualifiers and their current values.
• Data blocks not described by an NDDL DATABLK statement.
• Parameters not described by an NDDL PARAM statement.
• Project and version information.
Basic Format:
The basic format of DBDICT specifies which tables to print and prints all items (data blocks and
parameters) found in the directory. Also, the attributes (colnames) to be printed and the print format are
predefined. Note that more than one table may be specified on the same DBDICT statement.
DBDICT [DATABLK PARAM PROJVERS QUALCURR QUALIFIERS]
Examples:
DBDICT
DBDICT PARAM PROJVERS
Full Format:
The full format permits the selection of items by name and/or by the WHERE describer. The full format
also permits the attributes to be printed using the SELECT describer. In addition, the print format can be
Main Index
DBDICT 685
specified with the SORT, FORMAT, and LABEL describers. Note that the full format only allows the
specification of a single table on a DBDICT statement.
 DATABLK * 
 = 
 DATABLK  LOCAL   datablk-list  
 PARAM * 
DBDICT  =  WHERE(where-expr),
 PARAM  LOCAL   param-list  
PROJVERS
QUALCURR
QUALIFIERS
SELECT(colname[- ‘ col-label’]. . . ),
FORMAT (FWIDTH = w [.d] DWIDTH = w [.d] AWIDTH = a IWIDTH =

i,
LWIDTH = k COLSPACE = c VALUE = w,
colname = col-width, . . .),
 
SORT  colname = A ,   ,
 D 
 
 RIGHT 
LABEL  page - title‘ CENTER 
 
 LEFT 
Describers:
DATABLK Print the data blocks. datablk-list specifies a list of NDDL-defined data blocks
separated by commas. If LOCAL is specified, the non-NDDL-defined data
blocks are printed.
PARAM Print the parameter table. param-list specifies a list of parameters separated by
commas. If LOCAL is specified, the non-NDDL-defined parameters are
printed.
PROJVERS Print the project-version table.
Main Index
686 DBDICT
QUALIFIERS Print the qualifier table.

QUALCURR Print the current values of the qualifiers. SORT is ignored.
where-expr Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames described
below. For example, WHERE(VERSION = 4 AND SEID <>2 AND SEID>0)
selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2.
See WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 for a further description. The default
for VERSION is the current version and PROJECT is the current project. The
default for qual is * which is all qualifier values found on the database. See
Remark 12.
SELECT Specifies a list of column names to be printed. The order of the specified
colnames will be printed from left to right. If colname is not specified then all
columns will be printed.
colname Column name. Colname specifies a particular attribute of the database item;
such as, data block name (NAME), creation date (CDATE), number of blocks
(SIZE), or qualifier name (SEID, SPC, etc.). The allowable colnames are given
in the Remarks.
col-label The label to printed above the column identified by colname. The default for
col-label is the colname. col-label may not be specified for colnames:
QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER.
FWIDTH = w.d. Specifies the default width for single precision real numbers in real and
complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d >0, Default = 12.5).
DWIDTH = w.d. Specifies the default width for double precision real numbers in real and
complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d>0, Default = 17.10).
AWIDTH = a Specifies the default width for character string qualifiers. Character strings are
printed with enclosing single quotation marks, even if the string is blank.
(Integer>0, Default = 8).
IWIDTH = i Specifies the default width for integer qualifiers. (Integer>0, see Remarks for
defaults).
LWIDTH = k Specifies the default width for logical qualifiers. Logical values are printed as
either “T” for TRUE or “F” for FALSE. (Integer> 0, Default = 1).
COLSPACE = c Specifies the default number of spaces between columns. (Integer>0; see
Remarks for defaults).
VALUE = w Specifies the default width for parameter values. The values are printed as
character strings with left justification. Integer > 0, Default = 40.
col-width The print width of the data under colname or qual-name. For real numbers,
specify w.d where w is the width of the field and d is the number of digits in the
mantissa. For integers and character strings, specify w where w is the width of
the field. col-width may not be specified for colnames: QUALSET,
QUALALL, and TRAILER.
Main Index
DBDICT 687
SORT Specifies how the rows are sorted. The sort based on ASCII sequence and is
performed in order according to each colname specified in the list. A “D”
following the colname causes the sort to be in descending order. An “A”
following the colname causes the sort to be in ascending order. Colnames
QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER may not be specified under SORT.
Each colname specified in SORT must be separated by commas.
page-title A title to be printed on each page of the directory output.
RIGHT, CENTER, Print justification of the page title.
LEFT
Remarks:
1. DBDICT prints seven different tables according to a default or user-defined format. The tables
are:
See
Describer Description Default Page-Title Remark
DATABLK Data blocks described by a NDDL DATABLOCKS 2
NDDL DATABLK statement.
PARAM Parameters described by a NDDL PARAMETERS 3
NDDL PARAM statement.
QUALCURR Current Qualifiers and their CURRENT QUALIFIERS 4
values.
QUALIFIERS Qualifiers and their values for QUALIFIERS 5
each key number.
DATABLK Data blocks not described by a LOCAL DATABLOCKS 6
(LOCAL) NDDL DATABLK statement.
PARAM(LOCAL) Parameters not described by a LOCAL PARAMETERS 7
NDDL PARAM statement.
PROJVERS Project-Version. PROJECT-VERSION 8
If DBDICT is specified without any describers then the NDDL Data Blocks Table will be printed.
See Remark 2.
In an FMS statement, DATABLK(LOCAL) and PARAM(LOCAL) produce no output, and
QUALCURR produces the default values specified on the NDDL QUAL statement.
The defaults and allowable colnames for SELECT, FORMAT, SORT, and LABEL depend on the
table. The defaults are described in the following remarks and tables.
2. The default print of the NDDL Data Blocks Table is obtained by:
DBDICT
or
Main Index
688 DBDICT
DBDICT DATABLK
and is equivalent to:
DBDICT DATABLK ,
SELECT(NAME,DATABASE,DBSET,PROJNO=’PROJ’,VERSION=’VERS’,CDATE,
CTIME,
SIZE,KEY,PURGED=’PU’,EQUIVD=’EQ’,
POINTER=’FILE’,QUALSET) ,
FORMAT(NAME=8,DBSET=8,CDATE=6,CTIME=6,SIZE=5,
KEY=4 ,PURGED=4,EQUIVD=4,POINTER=8,
IWIDTH=5,COLSPACE=1) ,
SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A,DBSET=A,NAME=A) ,
LABEL(’NDDL DATABLOCKS’ CENTER)
and looks like:
* * * * D I C T I O N A R Y P R I N T * * * *
EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER 20

MODULE NAME = DBDICT , SUBDMAP SEKRRS , OSCAR RECORD NUMBER 16
NDDL DATABLOCKS
NAME DATABASE DBSET PROJ VERS CDATE CTIME SIZE KEY PU EQ FILE SEID PEID
LOAD SPC MPC METH
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------
AGG MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72340 0 326 1 0 132484 0 0
AXIC MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 0 315 1 0 65764
BGPDTS MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72338 1 324 0 2 131332 0
BGPDTX MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72338 1 324 0 1 131332 0
BJJ MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72341 0 332 1 0 132612 0
BULK MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 2 315 0 0 65700
CASECC MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 1 316 0 2 67428
Figure 4-1 DBDICT PARAM Example
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the
FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.
Table 4-1 DBDICT DATABLK Colnames

Default
Column column Default
name width column label Description
PROJECT 40 PROJECT NAME Project name defined by PROJECT
statement
PROJNO 4 PROJ NO Project number associated with
PROJECT
VERSION 4 VERSION Version number
CDATE 6 CDATE Creation Date
CTIME 6 CTIME Creation Time
Main Index
DBDICT 689
Table 4-1 DBDICT DATABLK Colnames (continued)

Default
Column column Default
name width column label Description
NAME 8 NAME Parameter name
DATABASE 8 DATABASE MASTER DBset name
DBSET 8 DBSET DBset name
RDATE 6 RDATE Revision Date
RTIME 6 RTIME Revision Time
SIZE 5 SIZE Number of blocks
qual-name See Note qualifier name Qualifier name
KEY 4 KEY Key number
TRLi 8 TRLi i-th word in the trailer
TRAILER 8 TRLi All 10 trailer words
EXTNAME 8 EXTNAME Extended name
EQUIVD 4 EQ Equivalenced flag
PURGED 4 PU Purged flag
EQFLAG 4 EF Scratch equivalenced flag
SCRFLAG 4 SF Scratch DBSET flag
POINTER 8 POINTER Directory pointer
DBENTRY 8 DBENTRY Database entry pointer
FEQCHAIN 8 FEQCHAIN Forward equivalence chain
BEQCHAIN 8 BEQCHAIN Backward equivalence chain
DBDIR20 9 DBDIR(20) Directory word 20
QUALALL See Note qualifier name All qualifiers
QUALSET See Note qualifier name Predefined subset of all qualifiers
Main Index
690 DBDICT
Note: Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, AWIDTH=8, and
FWIDTH=12.
3. The default print of the NDDL parameter table is obtained by:

DBDICT PARAM
DBDICT PARAM,
SELECT(NAME,DATABASE,DBSET,PROJNO=’PROJ’,VERSION=’VERS’,CDATE,CT
IME,
KEY,VALUE,QUALSET),
FORMAT(NAME=8,DATABASE=8,DBSET=8,CDATE=6,CTIME=6,
KEY=4,VALUE=40,IWIDTH=5,COLSPACE=1),
SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A,DBSET=A,NAME=A),
LABEL(’NDDL PARAMETERS’ CENTER)
and looks like:
NDDL PARAMETERS
NAME DATABASE DBSET PROJ VERS CDATE CTIME KEY VALUE SEID PEID LOAD SPC MPC METH
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACOUSTIC MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 323 0 0 0
ALTRED MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 319 NO
BCHNG MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72337 325 FALSE 0
DBALLX MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72336 318 DBALL -1 -1
EPSBIG MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72339 323 1.000000E+12 0 0
ERROR MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 319 -1
FIXEDB MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 323 0 0 0
Figure 4-2 DBDICT PARAM Example
Main Index
DBDICT 691
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in
the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.
Table 4-2 DBDICT PARAM Colnames

Default Default
Column column column
name width label Description
statement
PROJNO 5 PROJ Project number associated with
PROJECT
VERSION 4 VERS Version number
CDATE 6 CDATE Creation Date
CTIME 6 CTIME Creation Time
DATABASE 8 DATABASE MASTER DBset name
DBSET 8 DBSET DBset name
RDATE 6 RDATE Revision Date
RTIME 6 RTIME Revision Time
VALUE 40 VALUE Parameter value
QUALSET See Note qualifier name Predefined subset of all qualifiers
Note: Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, AWIDTH=8, IWIDTH=5,

LWIDTH=1, and FWIDTH=12.5.
4. The default print of the Qualifier Table is obtained by:

DBDICT QUALIFIERS
DBDICT QUALIFIERS ,
SELECT(KEY QUALALL) ,
FORMAT(DWIDTH=17.10 AWIDTH=8 IWIDTH=5 LWIDTH=1 ,
FWIDTH=12.5 COLSPACE=2) SORT(KEY=A) ,
LABEL(’QUALIFIERS’ CENTER )
Main Index
692 DBDICT
and looks like:


QUALIFIERS
KEY APRCH B2GG B2PP BMETH CMETH CONFIG DEFORM DELTA DESITER DLOAD DRMM DYRD EXTRCV FMETH FREQ
FSCOUP GUST HIGHQUAL HINDEX IC IKBAR IMACHNO IPANEL IQ ISA ISOLAPP K2GG K2PP LOAD
M2GG M2PP MACHINE METH METHF MFLUID MODEL MPC MTEMP NCASE NL99 NLOAD NLOOP NOQUAL OPERALEV
OPERASYS P2G PEID PVALID SDAMP SEDWN SEID SOLAPP SOLID SPC STATSUB SUBDMAP SUBMODEL SUPORT
TEMPLD TFL TSTEP ZNAME ZUZR1 ZUZR2 ZUZR3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
335 ’ ’ F 0
0 ’ ’
’ ’ 0
’ ’ 0 0 0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
336 ’ ’ 0
0 ’ ’
0 0 -1
0 0 0
Figure 4-3 DBDICT QUALIFIERS Example
QUALALL selects all qualifiers to be printed. The qualifiers will be printed in alphabetic order.
QUALSET selects the only the qualifiers SEID, PEID, SPC, MPC, LOAD, and METH to be
printed.
Table 4-4 gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the
FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. QUALALL and QUALSET may not be specified in
the FORMAT or SORT describers. The qualifier names and values are not printed one per row,
but rather from left to right as one logical line that is allowed to wrap after 132 columns.
Column Default
name column width Default column label Description
QUALSET See Note qualifier name Predefined subset of all
qualifiers
Note: Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, and
FWIDTH=12.5. AWIDTH defaults to the length specified on the QUAL statement in the
NDDL sequence.
5. The default print of the current qualifier values table is obtained by:
DBDICT QUALCURR
DBDICT QUALCURR SELECT(QUALALL),
Main Index
DBDICT 693
FORMAT(AWIDTH=8,IWIDTH=5,LWIDTH=1,COLSPACE=2),
LABEL=(’CURRENT QUALIFIERS’ CENTER)
and looks like:

CURRENT QUALIFIERS
APRCH B2GG B2PP BMETH CMETH CONFIG DEFORM DELTA DESITER DLOAD DRMM DYRD EXTRCV FMETH FREQ FSCOUP
GUST HIGHQUAL HINDEX IC IKBAR IMACHNO IPANEL IQ ISA ISOLAPP K2GG K2PP LOAD M2GG
M2PP MACHINE METH METHF MFLUID MODEL MPC MTEMP NCASE NL99 NLOAD NLOOP NOQUAL OPERALEV OPERASYS
P2G PEID PVALID SDAMP SEDWN SEID SOLAPP SOLID SPC STATSUB SUBDMAP SUBMODEL SUPORT
TEMPLD TFL TSTEP ZNAME ZUZR1 ZUZR2 ZUZR3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ 0 0 0 0 F 0 0 F 0 0 0 0 F
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 ’ ’ ’ ’ 300 ’ ’
’ ’ 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0
’ ’ 0 0 0 0 0 ’ ’ 0 400 0 ’ ’ 0 0
0 0 0 ’ ’ 0 0 0
Figure 4-4 DBDICT QUALCURR Example
the SELECT describers.
Table 4-3 DBDICT QUALCURR Colnames.
Default Default
QUALSET See Note qualifier name Pre-defined subset of all qualifiers
Note: Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, and
FWIDTH=12.5. AWIDTH defaults to the length specified on the QUAL statement in the
NDDL sequence.
The default print of the local data block table is obtained by:
DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL)
DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL),
SELECT(NAME,SUBDMAP,SIZE=’BLOCKS’,PURGED=’PU’,
EQUIVD=’EQ’,POINTER,TRL1,TRL2,TRL3,TRL4,
TRL5,TRL6,TRL7),
FORMAT(NAME=8,SUBDMAP=8,IWIDTH=8,COLSPACE=2),
SORT(NAME=A) LABEL(’LOCAL DATABLOCKS’ CENTER)
Main Index
694 DBDICT
and looks like:

LOCAL DATABLOCKS
NAME SUBDMAP BLOCKS PU EQ POINTER TRL1 TRL2 TRL3 TRL4 TRL5 TRL6 TRL7
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASEW PHASE1DR 1 0 0 131780 201 4 0 308 0 0 0
Figure 4-5 DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Example
TRLi specifies the data block trailer word i where 1  i  10 . TRAILER selects all 10 data
block trailer words.
Table 4-4 DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Colnames

Default Default
SUBDMAP 8 SUBDMAP SubDMAP name
SIZE 8 BLOCKS Number of blocks
EQUIVD 8 EQ Equivalenced flag
PURGED 8 PU Scratch flag
TRLi 8 TRLi i-th word in the trailer
TRAILER 8 TRLi All 10 trailer words
EXTNAME 8 EXTNAME Extended name
6. The default print of the local parameter table is obtained by:

DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL)
DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) SELECT(NAME,SUBDMAP,VALUE),
FORMAT(COLSPACE=4,VALUE=40,AWIDTH=8),
SORT(NAME=A) LABEL(’ LOCAL PARAMETERS’ CENTER)
Main Index
DBDICT 695
and looks like:
Listing 4-1

LOCAL PARAMETERS
NAME SUBDMAP VALUE
----------------------------------------------------------------
AERO SESTATIC FALSE
AERO PHASE1DR FALSE
ALTRED SESTATIC NO
ALTRED PHASE1DR NO
ALTSHAPE SESTATIC 0
ALWAYS PHASE1DR -1
ALWAYS PHASE1C -1
ALWAYS SEKRRS -1
ALWAYS SESTATIC -1
APP PHASE1DR STATICS
APP PHASE1C STATICS
APP SESTATIC STATICS
APRCH SESTATIC
ASING PHASE1DR 0
ASING SEKRRS 0
ASING PHASE1C 0
ASING SESTATIC 0
Figure 4-6 DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) Example.
Table 4-5 DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) Colnames.

Default Default
SUBDMAP 8 SUBDMAP SubDMAP name
VALUE 40 VALUE Parameter name
7. The default print of Project Version Table is obtained by:

DBDICT PROJVERS
DBDICT PROJVERS ,
SELECT(PROJECT=’PROJECT NAME’,PROJNO,
VERSION ,DELFLG=’DELETED’ ,
CDATE=’CREATION DATE’ CTIME=’CREATION
TIME’) ,
FORMAT(PROJECT=40,PROJ=10,VERS=10,DELFLG=7,
COLSPACE=1 ,CDATE=13,CTIME=13) ,
LABEL(’PROJECT-VERSION’,CENTER)
SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A)
Main Index
696 DBDICT
and looks like:
PROJECT-VERSION
PROJECT NAME PROJ NO. VERSION DELETED CREATION DATE CREATION TIME
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
’LEFT FENDER ’ 1 1 930805 72319
Figure 4-7 DBDICT PROJVERS Example
Table 4-6 DBDICT PROJVERS Colnames

Default Default
statement
PROJNO 10 PROJ NO Project number associated with PROJECT
VERSION 10 VERSION Version number
DELFLG 7 DELETED Flag indicating whether this project/version
has been deleted by the RESTART NOKEEP
or DBCLEAN statements
CDATE 13 CREATION DATE Creation Date
CTIME 13 CREATION TIME Creation Time
CDATE is printed as YYMMDD where YY, MM, and DD are the year, month, and date,
respectively. CTIME is HHMMSS where HH, MM, and SS are the hour, minute, and second,
respectively.
8. If a parameter or qualifier value is defined to be a character string, then the value will be printed
with enclosing single quotation marks. Blank strings will also be printed with single quotation
marks.
9. If a given qualifier is not in the path of a given data block or parameter, then blank spaces will be
printed.
10. A line will wrap if additional columns need to be printed and not enough space is available on the
output (which is assumed to be 132). The first column of each additional line is to be indented by
the width of the first column printed for the entry.
Main Index
DBDICT 697
a. If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or parameter then
no directory information will be printed for that data block or parameter. For example, given
that SPC is not a qualifier for KGG, then the following DBDICT statement will produce no
output:
DBDICT DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10) $
b. If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or parameter)
then the qualifier is wildcarded. For example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the
following DBDICT statements are equivalent:
DBDICT DATABLK=KAA $
DBDICT DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SEID = *) $
Examples:
1. Print the Project Version Table with a title.
DBDICT PROJVERS SORT(PROJNO,VERSION),
LABEL(’PROJECT VERSION TABLE’ LEFT) $
2. Print a directory of all data blocks qualified with PEID = 10 or SEID = 10. Print columns for the
NAME and DBSET, and the qualifiers SPC, MPC, and LOAD.
DBDICT DATABLK SELECT(NAME,SPC,MPC,LOAD,DBSET,SIZE,
SEID,PEID) ,
SORT(NAME,SIZE=D) WHERE( SEID=10 OR PEID=10) $
Main Index
698 DBEQUIV
Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters
DBEQUIV Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters
Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters based upon a qualifiers in a CONVERT
clause. An optional WHERE and may be specified for a more selective equivalence.
Format:
*
DATABLK =
(datablk-list)
DBEQUIV  WHERE (where-expr)  ,
*
PARAM =
(param-list)
CONVERT (convert-expr)  OVRWRT RESTART  $
Describers:
datablk-list Specifies a list of data blocks separated by commas. The default is *, which
selects all data blocks. The equivalenced data block may be renamed by
specifying a slash after the old name followed by the new name. For example,
if KLL is to be renamed to KLL1, then DATABLK=(KLL/KLL1) is specified.
param-list Specifies a list of parameters separated by commas. The default is *, which
selected all parameters. The equivalenced parameter may be renamed by
specifying a slash after the old name followed by the new name. For example,
if LUSETS is to be renamed to LUSET, then PARAM=(LUSETS/LUSET) is
specified.
where-expr Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames described in
Table 4-2 under the DBDICT statement. If where-expr is true then the named
items will be equivalenced. For example, WHERE(VERSION=4 AND
SEID<>2 AND SEID>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of
SEID greater than 0 except 2. See WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 for a
further description. The default for VERSION and PROJECT is the current
version and project. See Remark 1 for more information.
Main Index
DBEQUIV 699
convert-expr Modifies the values for PROJECT, VERSION, DBSET, and qualifiers selected
by the where-expr. The format of convert-expr is:
PROJECT=project-expr;VERSION=version-expr;
DBSET=DBsetname;quali=qual-expri[;...]
For example, CONVERT (SEID=100+SEID; SPC=102).
See WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 for a further discussion on WHERE

and CONVERT clauses. The default action for VERSION and PROJECT is to
convert to the current version-identification number and current project-
identification number. But if either PROJECT or VERSION is specified in the
convert-expr, then both must be specified.
OVRWRT By default (i.e., NOOVRWRT), duplicate data blocks or parameters on the
created by DBEQUIV will cause a fatal message. A duplicate means that a data
NOOVRWRT block or parameter has not only the same name but also the same qualifier
values, PROJECT, VERSION, and DBSET as the primary data block or
parameter. If OVRWRT is specified, then the primary data block is overwritten.
RESTART By default, data blocks and parameters created by DBEQUIV cannot be output
again in a subsequent DMAP module. If RESTART is specified then the
selected data blocks and parameters may be overwritten once.
Remarks:
If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or parameter then none
of that data block or parameter will be equivalenced. For example, given that SPC is not a qualifier
for KGG, then the following DBEQUIV statement will not equivalence any KGG:
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10) CONVERT(SPC=20) $
If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or parameter), then
the current value of the qualifier is assumed. For example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA,
then the following DBEQUIV statements are equivalent:
SPC=10 $
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA CONVERT(SPC=20) $
or
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10) CONVERT(SPC=20) $
The WILDCARD keyword may be added in order to wildcard all qualifiers not already specified
in where-expr. For example to equivalence all KAA where SPC=10 and regardless of MPC,
SEID, etc.:
DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10 AND WILDCARD) CONVERT(SPC=20) $
Note: WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like PROJECT, PROJNO,
VERSION, CDATE, etc.
Main Index
700 DBEQUIV
2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be alias names specified
on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and param-list must specify the name of the data
block or parameter as defined in the NDDL.
Main Index
SubDMAP DBFETCH 701
Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE
SubDMAP DBFETCH Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE
Retrieves user-specified data blocks on the database previously stored with

CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBFETCH /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/Q1/Q2/

FLAG/0/S,SUCCESS $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:
DBi Data blocks to be fetched. See Remark 3.
Parameters:
Q1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier.

Q2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier.
FLAG Integer-input-no default. Name flag: 0 means fetch DBi with name DBi. 1
means drop the first character of DBi before searching the directory.
SUCCESS Integer-output-no default. SUCCESS = -1 means all data blocks were
successfully retrieved. SUCCESS = 0 means otherwise.
Remarks:
1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired.
2. DBi is equivalenced to the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified with ZNAME = DBi,
ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0.
3. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data block to be stored
on the database is the name which appears on the “highest” CALL statement that contains DBi.
DIAG 47 may be specified so that the actual name is printed to the F06 file.
4. If call DBFETCH is being used to obtain data blocks created in a previous run, then the
RESTART or DBLOCATE FMS statement must be specified. If DBLOCATE is used then
DATABLK = * or DATABLK = (ZUZR11) must be specified on the DBLOCATE statement.
Example:
Fetch data block named A (name flag = 1 drops the character E) and assign local name as EA.
Main Index
702 SubDMAP DBFETCH
Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE
CALL DBFETCH /EA,,,,/1/1/1/0/S,EXIST $
Main Index
SubDMAP DBMGR 703
Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE
SubDMAP DBMGR Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE
Performs functions on items stored on the database with this subDMAP and CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBMGR //OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
1. Directory print
Print the contents of the database directory.
Format:
CALL DBMGR
’ ’/’ ’/’ ’/’ ’/’ ’ $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
None.
2. Data block deletion

Deletes up to five data block(s) previously stored with CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBMGR //5/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
Parameters:
Q1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of DBi.

Q2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of DBi.
DBi Character-input-no default. Names of data blocks to be deleted.
Main Index
704 SubDMAP DBMGR
3. Data block equivalence

Assign up to four alias names to one to four data blocks.
Format:
CALL DBMGR //7/QP1/QP2/QS1/QS2/0/

DBP/DBS1/DBS2/DBS3/DBS4 $
Parameters:
QP1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of primary data block (DBP).

QP2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of primary data block (DBP).
QS1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of secondary data block (DBSi).
QS2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of secondary data block (DBSi).
DBP Character-input-no default. Primary data block name.
DBSi Character-input-no default. Secondary data block names to be equivalenced to
DBP.
4. Data block rename

Rename and/or modify the qualifier values of a data block previously stored with CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBMGR //9/QO1/QO2/QN1/QN2/0/

DBOLD/DBNEW/’ ’/’ ’ $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
QO1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of previously stored data block

(DBOLD).
QO2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of previously stored data block
(DBOLD).
QN1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of new name of data block (DBNEW).
Main Index
SubDMAP DBMGR 705
QN2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of new name of data block

(DBNEW).
DBOLD Character-input-no default. Name of the previously stored data block.
DBNEW Character-input-no default. New name of the previously stored data block.
5. Store character string

Store up to five character strings with qualifiers.
Format:
CALL DBMGR //10/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/STR1/STR2/STR3/STR4/STR5 $
Parameters:
Q1 Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of STRi.

Q2 Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of STRi.
STRi Character-input-no default. Strings up to 8 characters in length.
6. Test for presence of a data block or a character string

Test for the presence of a data block previously stored by CALL DBSTORE or a character string
previously stored by CALL DBMGR (OPT=10).
Format:
CALL DBMGR //11/Q1/Q2/0/S,PRES1/S,PRES2/

DB1/DB2/’ ’/’ ’ $
Parameters:

PRESi Integer-output-no default. 0 means DBi not present. -1 means DBi present.
DBi Character-input-no default. Character strings or the names of data blocks.
Remarks:
1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired. Unused
integer parameters can be set to 0 and unused character parameters to ' ' (a string with 5 blanks).
2. If data blocks exist when storing, renaming or equivalencing, then they are overwritten.
Main Index
706 SubDMAP DBMGR
3. If CALL DBMGR is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution sequences (SOLs 101
through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified immediately preceding CALL DBMGR
and PUTSYS(0, 109) should be specified immediately following CALL DBMGR.
Main Index
DBSTATUS 707
Checks status of up to ten data blocks
DBSTATUS Checks status of up to ten data blocks
Checks the status of up to ten data blocks.
Format:
DBSTATUS DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10//
S,N,NODB1/S,N,NODB2/S,N,NODB3/S,N,NODB4/S,N,NODB5/
S,N,NODB6/S,N,NODB7/S,N,NODB8/S,N,NODB9/S,N,NODB10 $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi Any data block (matrix or table).
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
NODBi Output-integer-default=-1. Status of the DBi-th data block:

-1 Not generated
0 Empty
1 Generated
10 Offline and empty
11 Offline and generated
Remarks:
1. Trailing commas in the input data block list may be omitted without warning. For example the
following statement:
DBSTATUS KAA,,,,,,,,,//S,N,NOKAA $
may be shortened to:
DBSTATUS KAA//S,N,NOKAA $
2. DBSTATUS is similar to PARAML DB//'PRES' with expanded capability for empty and offline
data blocks; i.e., PARAML returns -1 for empty data blocks and fatally terminates for offline data
blocks.
Main Index
708 SubDMAP DBSTORE
Stores data blocks on the database
SubDMAP DBSTORE Stores data blocks on the database
Stores user-specified data blocks on the database. Data blocks can only be retrieved by CALL
DBFETCH.
Format:
CALL DBSTORE DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi Data blocks to be stored. See Remark 5.
Parameters:

DBSET Character-input-no default. The dbset-name to store DBi. The dbset-name must
be padded with blanks to 5 characters in length; e.g., 'DBDN '.
COND Integer-input-no default. Conditional store flag. COND = 0 means store and
COND 0 means do not store.
Remarks:
1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired. Unused
integer parameters can be set to 0. If DBSET is blank; i.e, ' ' (a string with 5 blanks), then DBi
will be stored on DBset DBALL.
2. DBi is stored under the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified with ZNAME = DBi,
ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0 on DBset = DBSET.
3. DBSET should not be ’SCRATCH’ or refer to a scratch dbset.
4. If CALL DBSTORE is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution sequences (SOLs 101
through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified just before CALL DBSTORE and
PUTSYS(0, 109) just after. See Example 1.
5. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data block to be stored
on the database is the name which appears on the “highest” CALL statement that contains DBi.
DIAG 47 may be specified so that the actual name is printed to the F06 file.
Examples:
1. Store data block B on dbset DB100:
Main Index
SubDMAP DBSTORE 709
Stores data blocks on the database
PUTSYS(1, 109) $ deactivate restart skipping

CALL DBSTORE B,,,,//2/2/’DB100’/0 $
PUTSYS(0, 109) $ activate restart skipping
2. The following example computes five variations on a basic matrix  K +  i M   X  =  B  ,
where K, B, and M are input via DMI Bulk Data entries and (  i , i = 1,5) are input via
DTI,LAMLST entries. In the first loop, the matrix KPLM is formed and decomposed and its
factors, L and U, stored. In the second loop, the factors are fetched and, along with B, input to the
FBS module to solve for X.
SOL 100
COMPILE USERDMAP
ALTER 2 $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,LOOPCNT=1,SING=0 $
TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,BX $ BLANK STRING
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,LAMC $
DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/K,M,B,,,,,,, $
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/LAMLST,,,,,,,,, $
MATPRN K,M,B/ $
DO WHILE (LOOPCNT<=5 AND SING>-1) $
PARAML LAMLST//’DTI’/1/LOOPCNT/S,N,LAMBDA $
LAMC=CMPLX(LAMBDA) $
ADD K,M/KPLM//LAMC $
DECOMP KPLM/L,U/-1/////S,N,SING $
IF (SING>-1) THEN $
CALL DBSTORE L,U,,,//0/LOOPCNT/BX/0 $
LOOPCNT=LOOPCNT+1 $
ENDIF $
ENDDO $
$
IF (SING>-1) THEN $
CALL DBMGR //2/0/0/0/0/0/BX/BX/BX/BX/BX $
LOOPCNT=1 $
DO WHILE (LOOPCNT<=5) $
CALL DBFETCH /FL,FU,,,/0/LOOPCNT/1/0/0 $
FBS FL,FU,B/X $
MESSAGE //’ LOOPCNT=’/LOOPCNT $
MATPRN X/ $
LOOPCNT=LOOPCNT+1 $
ENDDO $
ENDIF $
CEND
TITLE=SOLVE FOR FIVE X
BEGIN BULK
DMI,K,.....
DMI,B,.....
DMI,M,.....
DTI,LAMLST,.....
ENDDATA
Main Index
710 DBVIEW
Creates virtual datalock
DBVIEW Creates virtual datalock
Creates virtual data block (or view) from one or more data blocks.
Format:
'%9,(: view-name = data-block

WHERE (where-expr) $
(WHERE where-expr)
Describers:
view-name Name of the view; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be
alphabetic. The following characters can be used for view-names: A through Z
and 0 through 9.
data-block Name of a data block.
where-expr A logical expression that specifies the desired values of qualifiers, PROJECT,
PROJNO, VERSION, and DBSET. For example, WHERE(VERSION=4 AND
SEID< >2 AND SEID>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of
SEID greater than 0 except 2. See WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 and
Remark 6. Be aware that certain restrictions apply to the where-expr when the
viewname will be used to specify an output data block on a module (see Remark
8).
Remarks:
1. DBVIEW is a nonexecutable statement defined only at compilation. It is not affected by IF ( )
THEN or DO WHILE blocks. Where-expr, however, is evaluated dynamically for the current
values of data-block qualifiers at the module where view-name is specified for input.
2. DBVIEW must be specified prior to the first occurrence of the use of the view-name. It may only
be specified as an input data block to a DMAP module.
3. If the data-block is “not generated” or if no data blocks satisfy the where-expr, then the view-name
will be considered as “not generated.” Also, if the where-expr contains a qualifier that is not in
the path of the data-block then the view-name is not generated.
4. view-name is recognized only in the current subDMAP.
5. A view-name that results in more than one data block is also called a family. If a family is
specified as input to a module that does not use families, then the first data block stored will be
the one that is used.
6. The values assigned to qualifiers not specified in the where-expr are taken from current values.
“AND WILDCARD” may be specified in the where-expr to indicate that unspecified qualifiers
do not have to match their current values to satisfy the DBVIEW statement.
Main Index
DBVIEW 711
7. A comma may be used in place of the spaces shown under Format to continue the DBVIEW
statement on more than one line. For example,
DBVIEW UGX=UG,
(WHERE SEID=10 AND,
SPC=20,
AND VERSION=5) $
8. 8. If the view-name in the subDMAP is used for an output datablock on a module then the
following restrictions apply:
a. The only operator allowed between qualifier assignments is the ";". For example,
WHERE(SEID)=10; PEID=20).
Note: Any view-name specified by a DBVIEW statement using the ";" separator can also be used
for input datablocks (in this case, any ";" in the Where Expr will be interpreted as the boolean
"and" operator).
b. Only one datablock can be specified by the DBVIEW statement (families are not supported
for output datablocks).
c. PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION,Where Expr modifier "WILDCARD", and the use of
qualifier_name=* are not allowed in the Where Expr.
Examples:
1. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of KAA data blocks called KAA10 for
the path qualifier (see the PATH NDDL-Statement) SEID = 10 and for the current values of the
remaining KAA path qualifiers.
DBVIEW KAA10 = KAA (WHERE SEID=10) $
2. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of the data block BULK, which is stored
under the version referenced on the RESTART FMS statement and gives it the virtual name
BULKR to differentiate it from the current data block BULK.
PROJVER //’RESTART’/S,N,RESPROJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXISTS $
DBVIEW BULKR = BULK (WHERE VERSION=RESVER AND
PROJNO=RESPROJ) $
3. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name for the datablock KAA. The view-name
will be used as an output datablock to a DMAP module. The path qualifiers for this output
datablock will be assigned SEID=20 and SEID=10 and the remaining KAA path qualifiers will
be set to the current values.
DBVIEW KAA20 = KAA WHERE (SEID=20 ; PEID=10) $
4. The following DMAP sequence creates view-names for three input datablocks and four output
datablocks, using the same data block "XYZ".
DBVIEW IN1=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $
DBVIEW IN2=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ+1 AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $
DBVIEW IN3=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ+2 AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $
DBVIEW OUT1=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=1 ; SERIES7=JJ) $
DBVIEW OUT2=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES 5=2 ; SERIES7=JJ+1) $
Main Index
712 DBVIEW
DBVIEW OUT3=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=3 ; SERIES7=JJ+2) $

DBVIEW OUT4=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=4 ; SERIES7=JJ+3) $
JJ=0 $
DO WHILE (JJ<1000) $
PARTN IN1,IN2,IN3/OUT1,OUT2,OUT3,OUT4 $
MATPRN OUT1,OUT2,OUT3,OUT4// $
JJ=JJ+1 $
ENDDO $
Main Index
DCMP 713
Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics
DCMP Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics
Decompose a square matrix  A  into upper and lower triangular factors  U  and  L  and diagonal matrix
 D  . DCMP is identical to DECOMP, but also provides extended diagnostics.
 A  =  L   U  for unsymmetric  A 
T
A = LDL for symmetric  A 
Format:
DCMP DUSET,SIL,EQEXIN,A,PARTVEC,EQMAP/
 LD   U   LSEQ 
  ,  , /
 LAO   AAP   LSCM 
S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/BAILOUT/MAXRATIO/SETNAME/F1/DECOMP/
DEBUG/THRESH/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/
S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,ERR/LMTROWS $
Input Data Blocks:

EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal numbers.
A A square matrix (real or complex, symmetric or unsymmetric).
PARTVEC Partitioning vector specified when A is a partition of SETNAME. Its rowsize is
indicated by SETNAME. A is the zero-th partition from PARTVEC.
EQMAP Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain decomposition.
Output Data Blocks:
LD Nonstandard lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or Cholesky
Factor. [LD] also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition.
U Upper triangular factor or high ratios matrix. If A is unsymmetric then U is the
nonstandard upper triangular factor of [A] or the Cholesky factor. If A is
symmetric and the value of system cell 166 includes the value of 8 then U
contains the contains the "high ratio terms of the factor diagonal ratios". See
Remark 4.
Main Index
714 DCMP
LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of A.

LAO Sparse partial decomposition factor when KSYM=3.
AAP Sparse partial reduced matrix in update matrix format when KSYM=3.
LSCM Schur complement matrix based on internal partitioning of A.
Parameters:
KSYM Input/output-integer-default=1.
1 Use symmetric decomposition (default).
0 Use unsymmetric decomposition.
- Use decomposition consistent with form of [A]. KSYM will be reset to 0 or 1
consistent with actual decomposition type.
1
3 Use symmetric partial decomposition.
CHOLSKY Input-integer-default=0. If KSYM=1 or KSYM=-1 and [A] is symmetric then:
1 Use Cholesky decomposition.
0 Use standard decomposition (default).
If KSYM=3, then CHOLSKY is set to the number of degrees of freedom in the

o-set.
BAILOUT Input-integer-default=0. If BAILOUT>0, then the module exits with error
message if factor to diagonal ratio exceeds MAXRATIO. If BAILOUT<-1, then
the module continues with warning message if factor to diagonal ratio exceeds
MAXRATIO.
MAXRATIO Input-real-default=1.E5. See the BAILOUT and ERR parameters.
SETNAME Input-character-default=‘H’. One or two letters indicating the set membership
of [A].
F1 Input-real-default=0.0. Tolerance for suppressing numbers of small magnitude.
Matrix elements with magnitudes less than F1 will be set to zero.
DECOMP Input-integer-default=-1. See DECOMP, 723 module.
DEBUG Input-integer-default=-1. See DECOMP, 723 module.
THRESH Input-integer-default=-6. See DECOMP, 723 module.
MINDIAG Output-real double precision-default=0.0D0. See DECOMP, 723 module.
DET Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). See DECOMP, 723 module.
POWER Output-integer-default=0. See DECOMP, 723 module.
SING Output-integer-default=0. See DECOMP, 723 module.
Main Index
DCMP 715
NBRCHG Output-integer-default=0. See DECOMP, 723 module.

ERR Output-integer-default=-1. If BAILOUT=-1, this parameter always remains at
zero. If BAILOUT=0 and the factor to diagonal ratio is greater than
MAXRATIO, ERR is reset to -1.
LMTROWS Input-integer-default=0. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A
matrix. These rows are excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP
module.
Remarks:
1. This module performs all of the functions of the DECOMP module and responds to the same
system cells. However the DCMP module default for KSYM is 1 instead of -1, which is the
default for DECOMP. All Remarks given for the DECOMP module also apply to the DCMP
module.
2. If given unsymmetric matrices (“Form 1"), the mechanism diagnostics are not provided. The
module is then functionally equivalent to the DECOMP module.
3. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are required for the most
efficient method of decomposition. PARTVEC is only required if A is not the same size as
SETNAME.
4. If A is symmetric then U contains the "MATRIX/FACTOR DIAGONAL RATIO values printed
under UWM 4698. The mathematical definition of U is
Diag(A) = Ad, a vector.
Diag(T) = Dd, a vector.
In some circumstances T is not a diagonal matrix. The high ratio test being defined here has no
validity in the regions where there are off-diagonal terms (2 by 2 pivots), so those rows are
ignored in this testing. The ratio is defined as
Vi = Adi/Ddi
Regions where the model is approaching singularity have small Ddi terms. They are divided into
Adi to non-dimensionalize them, and checked against a quality parameter value named
MAXRATIO. The default value for MAXRATIO is 1.E7, but the user is allowed to change its
value. Terms less than MAXRATIO are set to zero in Vi. If any terms remain, the matrix is
identified as singular, and various warning and fatal messages may appear, depending on the
context in which the DCMP module is being called.
This vector may be used to better identify singularities and provide other actions when they are
being approached. This feature is used in normal modes analysis, where points with high ratios
are automatically constrained to ground, to make the eigensolution more stable.
5. The sparse symmetric decomposition method may be used to decompose only a certain partition
specified by a partitioning vector (PARTVEC input data block for DCMP). In this case the
following decomposition is obtained:
Main Index
716 DCMP
A oo A oa L oo D oo T LT
L oo ao
A = =
A ao A aa L ao I A aa I
where
T
A aa = A aa – L ao D oo L ao
The results of L oo D oo L ao are written to LD and A aa to LSCM.
Example:
Inspect the numerical conditioning of the
m
M aa
matrix. If the matrix is poorly conditioned, diagnostics will be produced.

DCMP USET,SIL,EQEXIN,MMAA,/LAA,UAA,/////’A’ $
DIAGONAL LAA/DLAA $
MATPRN DLAA/$
Main Index
DDR2 717
Computes displacements due to mode acceleration
DDR2 Computes displacements due to mode acceleration
Improves accuracy of modal transient or frequency response displacements by computing displacements

due to mode acceleration.
Format:
DDR2 86(7' 8' 3' .'' %'' 0'' 2/ 8186(' /// '0
8' 8( 3'
APP/NOUE/UNUSED1/UNUSED2 $
Input Data Blocks:
USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

UD Solution matrix for the d-set. Displacements only in frequency response.
Displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient response.
PD Dynamic load matrix for the d-set.
KDD Stiffness matrix for the d-set.
BDD Damping matrix for the d-set.
MDD Mass matrix for the d-set.
OL Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.
LLL Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set.
DM Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the l-set.
Output Data Blocks:
UD1 Improved solution matrix for the d-set.

UE Improved solution matrix for the e-set (extra points).
PD1 Equivalent load vector for mode acceleration computations for the
a-set.
Parameters:

'TRAN' Transient response
NOUE Input-integer-default=-1. The number of extra points.
Main Index
718 DDR2
UNUSED1 Input-integer-default=-1. Unused.

Remarks:
1. The solution matrix, UD1, may be used to also improve the data recovery output; such as, stress,
strain, etc.
2. USETD, UD, PD, MDD, OL, and LLL may not be purged.
3. DM may not be purged if support degrees-of-freedom exist.
4. For transient analysis, the velocities and accelerations (every second and third column in UD) are
unchanged in UD1.
5. DDR2 uses a static approximation for the effect of the higher modes.
Method:
The equivalent load vector is computed:
a 2 2
 P d  =  P d  –  K dd   u d  –  B dd   u· d  –  M dd   u·· d  (4-7)
For a transient analysis problem  u d  ,  u· d  , and  u·· d  are given explicitly. For frequency response
analysis,
 u· d  = i  u d  (4-8)
2
 u·· d  = –   u d  (4-9)
where  is the forcing frequency and  u d  is the complex response vector.  comes from PPF. The
a
vector  P d  is the sum of applied loads and inertia loads due to the motion of the system approximated
by its lower modes. The static solution using these loads will provide a better answer for displacements.
If extra points are present, then:
a
a  Pa 
 Pd    ------  (4-10)
 Pe 
a
 ua 
 u d    -----  (4-11)
 ue 
Main Index
DDR2 719
 u e  is placed in data block UEVF. Subroutines CALCV and SSG2A perform this calculation. If
supports are present, then:
a  Pl 
 P l    -----  (4-12)
 Pr 
 ul 
 u a    -----  (4-13)
 Pr 
a
Solve for  u a  :
T a a
 L ll   L ll   u l  =  P l  (4-14)
This is accomplished in subroutine FBSDRV. If supports are present, then:
a
a   ul  +  D   ur  
 ua  =  ---------------------------------------  (4-15)
 ur 
otherwise,
a a
 ua  =  ul 
Subroutine SDR1B performs this calculation. If extra points are present, then:
a
a  ua 
 ud    -----  (4-16)
 ue 
a
Note: If the problem type is transient,  u d  must be merged with  u· d  and  u·· d  .
Main Index
720 DDRMM
Performs matrix method data recovery
DDRMM Performs matrix method data recovery
Computes data recovery items (stress, displacements, forces, strains, forces) directly from the modal
solution in frequency response, transient response, or scaled response spectra analysis using the matrix
method.
Format:
DDRMM CASECC,UH,OL,IUG,IQG,IES,IEF,XYCDB/
OUG,OQG,OES,OEF,UNUSED5,OVG,OAG/
OPTION/NOCOMP/PEXIST/ACOUSTIC/ACOUT/PREFDB/SEID/
DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

UH Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-of-freedom). Modal displacements
only in frequency response. Modal displacements, velocities, and accelerations
in transient response.
IUG Table of displacements due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2
format.
IQG Table of single point forces of constraint due to unit modal displacement in
SORT1 or SORT2 format.
IES Table of element stresses or strains due to unit modal displacement in SORT1
or SORT2 format. For strains, NOCOMP must be set to 3.
IEF Table of element forces due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2
format.
Output Data Blocks:
OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OQG Table of single point forces of constraint SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
UNUSED5 Unused and may be purged.
Main Index
DDRMM 721
OVG Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OAG Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
Parameters:
OPTION Input-character-default=' '. Response summation method for scaled response spectra
analysis only. Possible values are:
'ABS' Absolute
'SRSS' Square root of the sum of the squares
'NRL' Naval Research Laboratory (new)
'NRLO' Naval Research Laboratory (old)
NOCOMP Input-integer-default=0. Set to 3 if IES is element strains.
ACOUSTIC Input-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag.
PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present.
0 No fluid elements exist.
1 Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exists.
2 Fluid/structure coupling exists.
ACOUT Input-character-default='PEAK'. Type of acoustic pressure output in fluid-structural
analysis.
'RMS' Root-mean-square
'PEAK' Peak
PREFDB Input-real-default=1.0. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in units of dB or
dBA.
DVAFLAG Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations will be output in
separate data blocks.
-1 Velocities and accelerations are contained in OUG.
1 Velocities and accelerations are contained in OVG and OAG.
Method:
A matrix of modal solution data is formed from each of the modal SDR solution data blocks input to the
module. These data matrices and the matrix solution vectors are multiplied to form an output matrix.
If the modal solutions input to the modal are SORT1, the equation is
1 1
 Output Matrix  =  Data Matrix    Solution Matrix  (4-17)
If the modal solutions input to the module are SORT2, the equation is
Main Index
722 DDRMM
2 T 2
 Output Matrix  =  Solution Matrix    Data Matrix  (4-18)
The output matrix formed for each modal input data block is converted to output data block format for
processing by the module OFP.
In (4-17) and (4-18), the solution matrix contains one solution vector (column) of size h (= number of
eigenvalues used) for each time or frequency step. Thus,
 Solution Matrix  is of size Rows  Columns

where:
Rows = Number of eigenvalues

Columns = Number of time or frequency steps
In the above, the data matrix, if the modal data input is SORT1, contains one column vector for each
eigenvalue used. Each column contains all modal output component results for all elements or points
requested. If the modal data input is SORT2, the data matrix will be the transpose of that for SORT1 input
data, due to the data input processing requirements. Thus,
1
 Data Matrix  is of size Rows  Columns
where:
Rows =  components of all points or elements requested.

Columns = number of time or frequency steps being output.
2 1 T 2 1 T
 Output Matrix  =  Output Matrix   Output Matrix  =  Output Matrix 
Remarks:
1. If UD is a real matrix and OL is purged, then a scaled response spectra analysis is assumed.
2. OUG, OQG, OES, and OEF are suitable for printing or punching by the OFP module.
3. SDR2 is used to compute IUG, IQG, IES, and IEF, which are results due to a unit modal
displacement (eigenvector).
Main Index
DECOMP 723
Matrix decomposition
DECOMP Matrix decomposition
To decompose a square matrix [A] into upper and lower triangular factors [U] and [L] and diagonal matrix
[D].
 A  =  L   U  for unsymmetric  A 
T
A = LDL for symmetric  A 
Format:
DECOMP A/
 LSEQ 
LD,U,   ,RPERM /
 CPERM 
S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/
S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,MAXRAT/DECOMP/
DEBUG/THRESH $
Input Data Block:
A Square matrix (real or complex; symmetric, or unsymmetric, or indefinite

symmetric).
Output Data Blocks:
LD Lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or Cholesky Factor. [LD]
also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition.
U Upper triangular factor or trapezoidal factor for partial decomposition. (See
Remark 4.)
LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of A.
CPERM Table of column permutations under KSYM=4.
RPERM Table of row permutations under KSYM=4.
Parameters:
KSYM Input/output-integer-default=-1.
1 Use standard decomposition.
0 Use unsymmetric decomposition.
Main Index
724 DECOMP
-1 Use decomposition consistent with form of [A]. KSYM will be reset to 0 or 1

consistent with actual decomposition type (default).
3 Use symmetric partial decomposition. Sparse method is not available with
partial decomposition.
4 Sparse unsymmetric rectangular method.
CHOLSKY Input-integer-default=0. If KSYM = 1 or KSYM = -1 and [A] is symmetric then:
1 Use Cholesky decomposition.
0 Use standard decomposition (default).
If KSYM = 3, then CHOLSKY is set to the number of degrees of freedom in the o-set.
MINDIAG Output-real double precision-default = 0.0D0. The norm of the minimum diagonal
term of [U].
DET Output-complex single precision-default=(0.0,0.0). The scaled value of the
determinant of [A]. See the POWER parameter. DET is not applicable to sparse
methods. See Remark 1.
POWER Output-integer-default=0. Integer POWER of 10 by which DET should be multiplied
to obtain the determinant of [A]. In other words, the determinant of [A] is equal to
POWER
DET*10 . POWER is not applicable to sparse methods. See Remark 1.
SING Output-integer-default=0. SING is set to -1 if [A] is singular. See Remark 3.
NBRCHG Output (for symmetric decomposition only)-integer-default=0. NBRCHG is the
number of negative terms on the diagonal.
MAXRAT Output (for symmetric decomposition only)-real-default=0.0. MAXRAT is the
maximum value of the ratio of the matrix diagonal to the factor diagonal.
DECOMP Input-integer-default=-1. Controls operation of module for exceptional conditions as

defined in the following table. If DECOMP > 0 then DECOMP overrides the value
specified on NASTRAN SYSTEM(69) statement.
DECOMP Action
0 or -1 Print up to 50 messages for null columns and zero diagonals

(non-sparse method only).
1 Terminate execution when first null column is encountered.
2 Suppress printing of message when a null column is encountered

(non-sparse method only).
4 Terminate execution when first zero diagonal term is encountered.
8 Suppress printing of message when a zero diagonal term is

encountered (non-sparse method only).
Main Index
DECOMP 725
16 Place 1.0 in diagonal position for all null columns and proceed with
the decomposition.
32 Stop the decomposition when zero diagonal terms are encountered.
64 Exit after execution of preface for symmetric decomposition.
DEBUG Input-integer-default=-1. Passive column logic control. DEBUG is used only by

non-sparse method. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide and
Remark 8.
THRESH Input-integer-default=-6. Power of 10 defining the pivoting threshold for

unsymmetric decomposition. Row pivoting will be done if any value on the factor
THRESH
diagonal is less than 10 . THRESH = -2 is recommended for indefinite matrices
because accuracy is improved even though execution time is increased.
Remarks:
1. By default, the DECOMP module uses sparse matrix methods. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical
Methods User’s Guide.
a. The DECOMP parameter options 0, -1, 2, and 8 are ignored with the sparse method.
b. The precision of A must be equivalent to the machine precision.
c. Cholesky decomposition is not supported under this method; i.e., the parameter CHOLSKY =
1 will be ignored.
d. NASTRAN statement system cell 166 selects options for the sparse method.
0 No action.
1 If insufficient core is encountered, then switch to conventional decomposition and

continue (default).
2 Print diagnostics.
4 Do not issue fatal message if maximum ratios are exceeded. The maximum ratios are
replaced by 1.0.
2. Nonstandard triangular factor matrix data blocks are used to improve the efficiency of the back
substitution process in module FBS.
3. If the value of 16 is specified for the DECOMP parameter, then SING is set to one if unit values
are placed on the diagonal.
4. If KSYM = 3, the [A] matrix is decomposed through the first n degrees of freedom, where n is the
value provided by the CHOLSKY parameter. The resulting trapezoidal factor is output as [L] and
the remaining undecomposed partition of the [A] matrix, with contributions from the first n
degrees of freedom added, is output as [U].
Main Index
726 DECOMP
5. Cholesky factors (matrix form 10) can be used for all standard matrix operations; e.g., ADD,
MPYAD, etc. All other factors are packed, nonstandard data blocks as described in Remark 2 and
cannot be processed by other matrix modules except where noted.
6. The output triangular and trapezoidal matrices will have the following forms in the matrix trailer:
Form Factor Type Matrix Type

4 Lower triangle Symmetric or unsymmetric
5 Upper triangle Unsymmetric only
10 Cholesky Symmetric only
11 Trapezoidal Symmetric only
13 Lower triangular Sparse symmetric
15 Lower or upper triangular Sparse unsymmetric
T
7. In decomposing symmetric matrices,  A  =  L   D   L  , the diagonal factor  D  is stored in the
T
diagonal of the  LD  matrix output. The  U  =  L  factor is not output for this case.
8. Matrices with zero diagonal terms may be reliably solved if the corresponding leading minor is
nonzero. A more conservative course is to take a fatal error exit when zero diagonals occur,
regardless of the value of the leading minor. This action is obtained by setting DECOMP = 32.
9. Parallel sparse decomposition is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL
(or SYSTEM (107)). To obtain optimal performance, it is also recommended that the SEQP
module be used with parameter NEWSEQ = 2.
Examples:
1. Solve  A   X  =  B  .
DECOMP A/L,U,/ $
FBS L,U,B/X/ $
MATPRN X// $
T
2. Form  K  =  G   A   G  .
T
Then decompose  K  into  L   L  assuming  K  is a symmetric matrix.
SMPYAD G,A,G,,,/K/3////1////6 $
DECOMP K/L,,/ $
3. Calculate
–1
K aa = K aa – K ao K oo K oa
using partial decomposition, then form L oo given the following:
• NOOSET integer parameter defining the size of K oo .
Main Index
DECOMP 727
• NOASET integer parameter defining the size of K aa and K oa .
• NOFSET = NOOSET + NOASET

$ FORM PARTITIONING VECTOR
MATGEN ,/VFOX/6/NOFSET/NOOSET/NOASET $
$ MERGE O-SET AND A-SET WITH A-SET LAST
MERGE KOO,KAO,KOA,KAAB,VFOX,/KFFX/-1/0/6 $
$ PARTIALLY DECOMPOSE KFFX
DECOMP KFFX/LFO,KAA,/3/NOOSET $
PARTN LFO, ,VFOX/LOO, LAO, ,/1 $
Main Index
728 DELETE
Deletes data blocks
DELETE Deletes data blocks
Deletes data blocks.
Format:
DELETE /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:
DBi Any table or matrix.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. Any or all data blocks may be purged.
2. The output from previous module rule does not apply. See “Output from a Previous Module” Rule,
37.
Example:
DELETE /A,B,C,, $
Main Index
DIAGONAL 729
Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power
DIAGONAL Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power
Extracts the diagonal elements from a matrix, raises each term to a specified power, and outputs a vector
(column matrix) or a rectangular matrix.
Format:
DIAGONAL A/B/OPT/POWER $
Input Data Block:
A Square or diagonal matrix (real or complex) if OPT  WHOLE or

rectangular (real or complex) matrix if OPT = ’WHOLE’
Output Data Block:
B Real vector (column matrix) or a rectangular matrix containing the terms of A raised
to a power
Parameters:
OPT Input-character-default='COLUMN'. Type of matrix output.

'COLUMN' Extract the diagonal elements of square matrix A into vector B (if
A is complex then only the real part is extracted) and then raise the
elements to the exponent POWER.
'SQUARE' Extract the diagonal elements of square matrix A into diagonal
matrix B (if A is complex then extract only the real part) and then
raise the elements to the exponent POWER.
'WHOLE' Copy rectangular matrix A into rectangular matrix B and then raise
the elements to the exponent POWER. If A is complex and
POWER<>1.0 then extract only the real part; however, if
POWER=1.0 then B will contain the magnitude of the elements.
POWER Input-real single precision-default=1. Exponent to which the real part of each
element is raised. See Remarks.
Remarks:
1. OPT = 'COLUMN' or 'SQUARE' provide exactly the same functions, except the output using
COLUMN is a vector, and the output using SQUARE is a square diagonal matrix. Both options
process only the real part of the diagonal terms of the input matrix.
Main Index
730 DIAGONAL
Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power
If POWER = 0., unit column or the identity matrix of the dimension of the input matrix is
produced. This is an efficient method for producing these useful DMAP tools. OPT = 'WHOLE'
operates on all terms of the input matrix to produce an output matrix of the same dimension.
Sparse factor matrices (form = 11, 13, or 15) are not supported with OPT = 'WHOLE'. Each term
is processed independently.
2. OPT = 'WHOLE' operates on all terms of the input matrix to produce an output matrix of the same
dimension. Sparse factor matrices (form = 11, 13, or 15) are not supported with OPT = 'WHOLE'.
Each term is processed independently.
If POWER = 0., then all nonzero terms of [A] will produce unit terms in [B]. Zero terms in [A]
will produce zero terms in [B]. This is a means for producing Boolean matrices. [A] may be either
real or complex.
If POWER = 1.0, then [B] is a real matrix with terms that are the absolute value of the terms of
[A]. If [A] is complex then [B] contains the magnitude
2 2
 a +b 
of the terms of [A].

3. For fractional values of POWER and OPT = 'WHOLE', all elements must be nonnegative and for
OPT = 'COLUMN' or 'SQUARE' all diagonal elements must be nonnegative.
4. For whole number values of POWER, only real [A] matrices are allowed. The sign of the terms
of [A] are properly preserved.
5. If an illegal operation is requested, a warning message is produced, and [B] is purged.
Examples:
1. Extract the diagonal terms from LOO and KOO and form the ratio of factor diagonal to diagonal
–3
terms and print terms less than 10 .
DIAGONAL LOO/LOOD/’COLUMN’/1. $
DIAGONAL KOO/KOOD $
ADD LOOD,KOOD/LOVERK///2 $
MATMOD LOVERK,,,,/BIGLOVRK,/2////1.E-3 $
ADD LOVERK,BIGLOVRK/DIFF//-1.0 $
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,DIFF//’H’/’O’ $
2. Obtain the absolute value of a matrix [A]
DIAGONAL A/AA/’WHOLE’ $
Main Index
DISDCMP 731
Performs distributed decomposition
DISDCMP Performs distributed decomposition
Performs distributed decomposition which includes the parallel elimination of boundary nodes and
summation of global schur complement
Format:
DISDCMP USET,SIL,EQEXIN,SCHUR,UNUSED5,EQMAP/
LBB,DSFDSC,SCHURS/
HLPMETH/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/
UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/
UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13/UNUSED14/UNUSED15 $
Input Data Blocks:

EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal numbers.
SCHUR Local Schur complement matrix in sparse factor format.
Output Data Blocks:
LBB Distributed boundary matrix factor in sparse factor format

(contains the local panels of the fronts).
DSFDSC Distributed boundary matrix factor.
SCHURS Sum of all SCHUR matrices from all processors.
Parameters:
HLPMETH Input-integer-default=1. Processing option.

>0 Summation ONLY.
=0 Complete boundary decomposition (default).
UNUSED2 Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED4 Input-real-default=1.E5. Unused and may be left unspecified.
Main Index
732 DISDCMP
Performs distributed decomposition
UNUSED5 Input-character-default='H'. Unused and may be left unspecified.

UNUSED6 Input-real-default=0.0. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED7 Input-integer-default=-1. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED10 Input-real double precision-default=0.D0. Unused and may be left unspecified.
UNUSED11 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Unused and may be left unspecified.
Main Index
DISFBS 733
Performs distributed forward-backward substitution
DISFBS Performs distributed forward-backward substitution
Performs distributed forward-backward substitution.
Format:
DISFBS LBB,DSFDSC,EQMAP,UABAR/
UA,PABAR,LOO/
HLPMETH $
Input Data Blocks:
LBB Distributed boundary sparse factor matrix (contains the local panels of the
fronts).
DSFDSC Table description of boundary sparse factor matrix.
UABAR Local updated rectangular ("loads") matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
UA Global boundary solution for distributed decomposition.

PABAR Summed up updated rectangular ("loads") matrix for distributed
decomposition.
LOO Merged boundary sparse factor matrix for distributed decomposition.
Parameters:
HLPMETH Input-integer-default=0. Processing option.

>0 Summation only.
0 Complete distributed forward-backward substitution (default).
4 Summation operation and merging of distributed sparse boundary factor matrix.
Remarks:
1. LBB and DSFDSC may be purged.
Main Index
734 DISOFPM
Collects and merges OFP data blocks
DISOFPM Collects and merges OFP data blocks
Collects and merges OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master processor.
Format:
DISOFPM OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8/
OFP1M,OFP2M,OFP3M,OFP4M,OFP5M,OFP6M,OFP7M,OFP8M/
MAXBUFF $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Output Data Blocks:
OFPiM Merged OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Parameters:
MAXBUFF Input-integer-default=250000. Maximum buffer size in words given to each processor

for the merging process.
Remarks:
1. For SORT1, OFPiM are merged according to normal OFP order of element type, subcase number,
and element identification number.
2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must correspond; e.g., if
the element stress OFP data block appears in the first input of the second call to DISOFPS then
the element stress data block must also appear in the first input and output of the second call to
DISOFPM.
Main Index
DISOFPS 735
Sends OFP data blocks
DISOFPS Sends OFP data blocks
Sends OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master processor.
Format:
DISOFPS OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8 $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Output Data Blocks

None.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. OFPi may be purged. However, if OFPi is not purged, then the corresponding OFPiM cannot be
purged on the DISOFPS and DISOFPM statements.
2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must correspond; e.g., if
the element stress OFP data block appears in the first input of the second call to DISOFPS then
the element stress data block must also appear in the first input and output of the second call to
DISOFPM.
Main Index
736 DISOPT
Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems
DISOPT Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems
Performs the approximate discrete optimization problem using design variables, constraints, responses,
sensitivity information, Design of Experiments (DOE), conservative discrete design, rounding-up, and
rounding-down approaches.
Format:
DISOPT XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ,
DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT,
PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG,
CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T,
OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,
TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,
BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDRG,RESP3RG,DISTAB,
RQATABRG,PBRMSD/
XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO,
R3VALO/
OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/
UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/
UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13 $
Input Data Blocks:
XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

DESTAB Table of design variable attributes.
CONSBL* Matrix family of constant property values.
DPLDXI* Matrix family of coefficients in the property to independent design variable
relationship.
XZ Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to independent design
variable linking relationship.
DXDXI Matrix relating linked and independent design variables.
DPLDXT* Matrix family of transpose of DPLDXI.
DXDXIT Matrix transponse of DXDXI.
PLIST2* Table family of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.
OPTPRMG Table of optimization parameters.
R1VALRG Matrix initial values of the retained first level responses.
RSP2RG Table of attributes of the retained second level responses.
Main Index
DISOPT 737
R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level responses.

CNTABRG Table of retained constraint attributes.
DSCMG Unnormalized design sensitivity matrix.
DVPTAB* Table family of attributes of the designed properties by internal property
identification number order.
PROPI* Matrix family of initial property values.
CONS1T Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and independent design
variables.
OBJTBG Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response
identification number.
COORDO Updated (optimized) Table of designed coordinate values.
CON Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design coordinates.
SHPVEC Matrix of basis vectors -- coefficients relating designed grid coordinates and
design variables.
DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to independent design variable relationship.
TABDEQ Table of unique design variable identification numbers.
EPTTAB* Table family of designed property attributes.
DBMLIB Table of designed beam library data.
BCON0 Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint relationship.
BCONXI Matrix relating beam library constraints to the independent design variables.
BCONXT Matrix transpose of BCONXI.
DNODEL Table of designed node list.
RR2IDRG Table of retained referenced type two response identification list.
RESP3RG Table of retained third level responses in RESP3 table.
DISTAB Table of discrete optimization value sets.
RQATABRG Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained eigenvalues.
PBRMSD Table of arbitrary beam data.
Output Data Blocks:
XO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the design variables.

CVALO Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values.
R1VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first level responses.
R2VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level responses.
Main Index
738 DISOPT
PROPO Matrix of final (optimized) property values.

R3VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the third level responses.
Parameters:
OBJIN Input-real-no default. Initial objective value.

OBJOUT Output-real-no default. Final objective value.
PROTYP Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code.
UNUSEDi Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
DISPARM 739
Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors
DISPARM Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors
Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors for parallel processing.
Format:
DISPARM //SENDID/RECVCODE/
S,N,INT/S,N,REAL/S,N,CMPX/S,N,CHAR/
S,N,REALD/S,N,CMPXD/S,N,LOG $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
SENDID Input-integer-no default. Sending processor identification number. Allowable values

are 1 to the number of processors.
RECVCODE Input-integer-no default. Receiving processor identification code.
=0 All non-sending processors are receivers.
<0 Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single receiver.
>0 Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to left
corresponds to the processor identification number.
INT Input/output-integer-default=0. Integer value.
REAL Input/output-real-default=0.0. Real value.
CMPX Input/output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Complex value.
CHAR Input/output-character-default='NULLNULL'. Character value.
REALD Input/output-double precision real-default=0.0D0. Real double precision value.
CMPXD Input/output-double precision complex-default=(0.0D0,0.0D0). Complex double
precision value.
LOG Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Logical value.
Main Index
740 DISUTIL
Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors
DISUTIL Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors
Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors for parallel processing. Additional
processing may occur on the master processor.
Format:
Format for DISMETH=1 or 2:
DISUTIL B,X,R,EQMAP/
EPSSE/
NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/1 or 2 $
Format for DISMETH=3 on master processor:
DISUTIL DB,,,////3 $
Format for DISMETH=3 on slave processor:
DISUTIL ,,,,/DB///3 $
Format for DISMETH=4 or 5:
DISUTIL RESMAX,RESMAX0,CASECC,HEADCNTL////4 or 5 $
Format for DISMETH=6:
DISUTIL UG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/UGG///6 $
DISUTIL PG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/PGG///7 $
Format for DISMETH=8 or 9 on master processor:
DISUTIL MATS,,,////-8, 8, or 9 $
Main Index
DISUTIL 741
Format for DISMETH=8 or 9 on slave processor:
DISUTIL MATS,,,////-8, 8, or 9 $
DISUTIL DB,,,/DBOUT/SENDID/RECVCODE/10 $
Input Data Blocks:
B Rectangular matrix which is the local load vector (with local values in local a-
set).
X Solution of the equation [A][X]=[B] which is the local solution matrix (with
global values in local a-set).
R Residual matrix which is local (with local or global values in local a-set).
DB Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.
RESMAX Resultant or maxima matrix.
RESMAX0 Resultant or maxima matrix for residual structure.
HEADCNTL List of integer codes for header print control.
UG Displacement matrix in g-set for the current processor (local).
SPCPART Partitioning vector for domain decomposition.
GEQMAP Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides on which
processors/partitions for domain decomposition.
MATS Any matrix on slave processors.
Output Data Blocks:

UGG Displacement matrix in g-set for all processors (global).
PGG Force matrix in g-set for all processors (global).
DB Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.
MATM Any matrix on master processor.
Main Index
742 DISUTIL
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Record number in CASECC corresponding to the

first subcase of the current boundary condition.
EPSI Output-integer-default=1. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the error
ratio is greater than 1.E-3.
DISMETH Input-integer-default=1. Method.
1 Compute epsilons and external works assuming a-set components of
RUF are local values (which occurs in a direct solution).
2 Compute epsilons and external works assuming a-set components of
RUF are global values (which occurs in a in iterative solution).
3 Broadcast table or matrix from master to slaves.
4 Broadcast VECPLOT resultant output from slaves to master and
combine on master.
5 Broadcast VECPLOT maxima output from slaves to master and
combine on master.
6 Broadcast displacement matrices from slaves to master and merge into
global displacement matrix on master.
7 Broadcast force matrices from slaves to master and add/merge into
global force matrix on master.
8, -8 Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and add all matrices on
master. DISMETH=8 is recommend for dense matrices and -8 for
sparse matrices.
9 Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and append columnwise all
matrices on master.
10 Broadcast a data block to one or processors identified by RECVCODE.
SENDID Input-integer-default=1. Sending processor identification number. Allowable
values are 1 to the number of processors.
RECVCODE Input-integer-default=1. Receiving processor identification code.
<0 Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single
receiver.
Remarks:
1. All executions of DISUTIL must be synchronized across all processors.
2. EPSSE may be purged. EPSSE contains:
Main Index
DISUTIL 743
a. Sequential number of subcases.

b. Superelement (domain) identification number.
c. Epsilon error ratio.
d. Strain energy (external work).
3. RESMAX0 may be purged, on the slave processors.
4. UGG may not be purged on the master processors.
5. For DISMETH=8 or 9 then MATS and MATM must be in machine precision.
Main Index
744 DIVERG
Performs aerostatic divergence analysis
DIVERG Performs aerostatic divergence analysis
Performs aerostatic divergence analysis: determines physically meaningful complex eigenvalues and
saves the eigenvectors that correspond to the divergence roots.
Format:
DIVERG CLAMA,DYNAMIC,CASEA,EDT,CPHL,LCPHL/
DIVDAT,DCPHL,DLCPHL/
IMACHNO/LPRINT $
Input Data Blocks:
CLAMA Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the EIGC Bulk
Data entries.
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the EIGC Bulk
Data entries.
CASEA A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis. Specifies the
DIVERG and CMETHOD command set identification numbers.
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerostatic and divergence analysis.
CPHL Complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set.
LCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set.
Output Data Blocks:
DIVDAT Table of divergence data.

DCPHL Complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues extracted
from the real part of eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues.
DLCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues
extracted from the real part of left-handed eigenvectors associated with the
divergence eigenvalues.
Parameters:
IMACHNO Input-integer-no default. Mach number multiplied by 1000 and specified as an

integer.
LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for divergence analysis.
Main Index
DIVERG 745
Performs aerostatic divergence analysis
Remark:
Divergence eigenvalues are the eigenvalues with a purely imaginary part or with a negligible real part.
Only the first NROOT number of divergence eigenvalues are extracted, where NROOT is specified by
the DIVERG Bulk Data entry.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP DIVERGRS:
FILE DIVDTX=APPEND/PHIDRX=APPEND/PHIDLX=APPEND $
DIVERG CLAMAD,DYNAMICS,CASEA,EDT,PHIR,PHIL/
DIVDAT,PHIDR,PHIDL/
IMACHNO/LPRINT $ OUTPUT DIVERGENCE RESULTS
APPEND DIVDAT, /DIVDTX/2 $ APPEND DIVERGENCE INFORMATION
APPEND PHIDR, /PHIDRX/2 $ APPEND RIGHT EIGENVECTORS
APPEND PHIDL, /PHIDLX/2 $ APPEND LEFT EIGENVECTORS
Main Index
746 DLT2SLT
Converts DLT to SLT
DLT2SLT Converts DLT to SLT
Converts a DLT formatted table to an SLT formatted tablewith follower forces only.
Format:
DLT2SLT DLT1,DIT/SLTF/ITIME/S,N,LOADIDF $
Input Data Blocks:
DLT1 Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis.

Output Data Blocks:
SLTF Table of static loads with follower forces only.
Parameters:
ITIME Input-real-no default. Time instant at which the dynamicloads are evaluated and
converted to static loads.Usually input by a user parameter.
LOADIDF Output-integer-default=0. Load set identification numberof the newly created static
load set of follower forces.
Main Index
DMPCASE 747
Splits Case Control across multiple processors
DMPCASE Splits Case Control across multiple processors
Splits Case Control across multiple processors.
Format:
DMPCASE CASECC/CASECCP/NPROC/PROCID/NMASS/NCASE $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control command specifications.
Output Data Blocks:
CASECCP Selected records of CASECC assigned to local processor.
Parameters:
NPROC Input-integer-no default. Total number of processors.

PROCID Input-integer-no default. Local processor ID.
NMASS Input-integer-no default.
NCASE Input-integer-no default.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
748 DMIIN
Inputs DMI entries to DMAP
DMIIN Inputs DMI entries to DMAP
Inputs matrices referenced on DMI Bulk Data entries.
Format:
DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/DMI1,DMI2,DMI3,DMI4,DMI5,DMI6,DMI7,
DMI8,DMI9,DMI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/
PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $
Input Data Blocks:
DMI Table of all matrices specified on DMI Bulk Data entries.

DMINDX Index into DMI.
Output Data Blocks:
DMIi Matrix data blocks with names that appear in field 2 of the DMI entries (e.g.,
the DMI matrix called DMI1 will be output on data block DMI1). See Remark
3.
Parameters:
PARMi Output-logical-default = FALSE. If the i-th output data block is generated, then
PARMi=TRUE.
Remarks:
1. The input data blocks DMI and DMINDX are output from the preface module IFP.
2. Any output data block may be purged.
3. If the output data blocks are specified on a CALL statement and the DMIIN module is specified
in the subDMAP referenced by the CALL statement, then the data block name specified on the
CALL statement must be the same as the name specified on the DMIIN module.
Example:
Assume the Bulk Data contains three DMI matrices named A, B, and C. The following DMAP
instruction will create the data blocks A and C. Matrix B will be ignored.
DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/A,C,,,,,,,,/S,N,YESA/S,N,YESC $
Main Index
DOM10 749
Prints initial and final results for design optimization
DOM10 Prints initial and final results for design optimization
In design optimization, prints the initial and final results for the approximate optimization problem.
Format:
DOM1 DESTAB,XINIT,X0,CNTABRG,CVALRG,CVALO,DVPTAB*,
PROPI*,PROPO*,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,R1VALO,RSP2RG,
R2VALRG,R2VALO,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,TOL1,FOL1,
FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMID,RSP3RG,R3VALRG,
R3VALO,MODRPRG//
DESCYCLE/DESMAX/OBJIN/OBJOUT/EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/RESTYP
$
Input Data Blocks:

XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variable.
CVALRG Matrix of initial constraint values.
DVPTAB* Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal property
PROPI* Family of matrices of initial property values.
PROPO* Family of matrices of final (optimized) property values.
R1VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses.
R2VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained second level responses.
R2VALO Matrix of final values of the second level responses.
DRSTBLG Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of
the response types.
Main Index
750 DOM10
TOL1 Transient response time output list truncated by the OTIME Case Control
command.
FOL1 Frequency response frequency output list truncated by the OFREQ Case
Control command.
FRQRPRG Table containing the number of first level retained responses per response type
and per frequency or time step.
WMID Table of weight as a function of material identification number.
RSP3RG Table of attributes of the retained third level responses.
R3VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.
R3VALO Matrix of final values of the third level responses.
MODRPRG Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type per mode.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
DESCYCLE Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter or flag.

-1 Initial execution of DOM10
-2 Final execution of DOM10
>0 Design cycle number
DESMAX Input-integer-default=0. Maximum allowed design optimization iteration number.
OBJIN Input-real-default=0.0. Initial objective value.
OBJOUT Input-real-default=0.0. Final objective value.
EIGNFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.
1 Eigenvalue (radian/time)
2 Frequency (cycle/time)
1 DVPRELi entries exist.
2 DVCRELi entries exist.
4 DVMRELi entries exist.
>0 For combinations, add above values.
Main Index
DOM10 751
RESTYP Input-integer-default=0. Optimization results flag.

0 Approximate model.
1 Exact analysis for fully stessed design optimization.
Examples:
Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT for initial execution:
DBVIEW TOLV=OLI WHERE (SOLAPP='MTRAN') $
DBVIEW FOLV=OLI WHERE (SOLAPP='MFREQ' OR SOLAPP='DFREQ') $
IF ( DESCYCLE=1
) DOM10 DESTAB,XINIT,,CNTABRG, CVALRG, ,
DVPTAB,PROPI,,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,,
RSP2RG,R2VALRG,,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,
TOLV,FOLV,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG//
-1/DESMAX/OBJIN//EIGNFREQ $
Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT for intermediate executions:
DOM10 DESTAB,XINIT,XO,CNTABRG, CVALRG, CVALO,
DVPTAB,PROPI,PROPO,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,R1VALO,
RSP2RG,R2VALRG,R2VALO,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,
TOLV,FOLV,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG//
DESCYCLE/DESMAX/OBJIN/OBJOUT/EIGENFREQ $
Excerpt from subDMAP EXITOPT for final execution:
DBVIEW FOL1V=FOL1 WHERE(WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW TOL2V=TOL2 WHERE(WILDCARD) $
IF ( CNVFLG=2 OR DESCYCL1=DESMAX OR OPTEXIT=6 ) DOM10,
DESTAB,XVAL,,CNTABRG, CVALRG, ,
DVPTAB,PROPI,,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,,
RSP2RG,R2VALRG,,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,
TOL2V,FOL1V,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG//
-2/DESMAX/OBJIN//EIGNFREQ $
Main Index
752 DOM11
Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization
DOM11 Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization
Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization.
Format:
DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB*,PROPO*,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1,GEOM2,MPT,DMATCK,
PBRMSD/
EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N,GEOM2N,MPTN,PBRMSN/
DESCYCLE/PROTYP/NRANVAR $
Input Data Blocks:

EPTTAB* Family of tables of designed property attributes.
DESGID Table of designed grid coordinate attributes.
COORDO Table of designed coordinate values.
design variables.
GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
DMATCK Table of designed material consistency check.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTN Updated (optimized) EPT.

COORDN Updated (optimized) COORDO.
Main Index
DOM11 753
Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization
GEOM1N Updated (optimized) GEOM1.

GEOM2N Updated (optimized) GEOM2.
MPTN Updated (optimized) MPT.
PBRMSN Updated (optimized) PBRMSD.
Parameters:
DESCYCLE Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter.

NRANVAR Input-integer-default=0. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
The DOM11 module performs the following functions:
1. Creates the COORDN data block at the beginning of each iteration and updates property and
shape data blocks EPTN and GEOM1N at the end of each iteration.
2. Writes iteration information to the punch file.
3. Punches updated GRID and DESVAR entries.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PREDOM:
DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,,,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/
EPTNN,COORDN,JUNKL/0/0 $
Initial:
DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/
EPTNNX,COORDN,/0 $
Final:
DOM11 EPT,EPTTAB,PROPO,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1/
EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N/DESCYCLE $
Main Index
754 DOM12
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
DOM12 Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization.
Format:
DOM12 XINIT,XO,CVAL,PROPI*,PROPO*,OPTPRM,HIS,
DESTAB,GEOM1N,COORDO,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,EDT,
EPTTAB*,DVPTAB*,XVALP,GEOM1P,
R1TABRG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R2VALRG,PCOMPT,UBULK,TOPELE,
PBRMSN,OBJTBG,CVALA,CVALP,DESTBX*,XOS*,PROPOS*,RPART,
SEDVLIST,XOESL,TOPTAB,TPRELE/
HISADD,OPTNEW,DBCOPT,DESNEW,NEWTOP,NEWTPR/
DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT/
DESMAX/MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/
DSAPRT/PROTYP/BADMESH/XYUNIT/FSDCYC/OBJAPPX/OBJINIT/
S,N,REJECT/ISHAPE/TREGION/OBJORG/SEID/PSENPCH $
Input Data Blocks:

CVAL Matrix of constraint values, CVALO or CVALRG.
OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters.
HIS Table of design iteration history.
GEOM1N Updated (optimized) Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.
COORDO Matrix of designed coordinate values.
EDOM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.
MTRAK Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to the new mode
numbering.
EDT Element deformation table
Main Index
DOM12 755

XVALP XVAL table from previous iteration.
GEOM1P GEOM1 table from previous design iteration.
PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP
Bulk Data entry.
UBULK Table of all unsorted Bulk Data entries.
TOPELE Element list for topology optimization.
PBRMSN Updated (optimized) PBRMSD.
OBJTBG Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response identification
number.
CVALA Table of approximate constraint values for trust region analysis.
CVALP Table of exact constraint values at previous design cycle for trust region analysis.
DESTBX* A family of DESTAB for each PART SE.
XOS* A family design variable values for each PART SE
PROPOS* A family of property values, for each PART SE
RPART A table used to partition the results of the optimization for each PART SE.
SEDVLIST Merged design variables in each PART SE
XOESL Scaled design variables for ESL with topology
TOBTAB Table of topology variable attributes
TPRELE Table of manufacturing constraints.
Output Data Blocks:
HISADD Table of design iteration history for current design cycle.

OPTNEW Updated table of optimization parameters.
DBCOPT Design optimization history table for post-processing.
DESNEW Update table of design variable attributes.
NEWTOP Table for topology variable attributes
NEWTPR Updated table of manufacturing constraints
Main Index
756 DOM12
Parameters:

OBJIN Input-real-default=0.0. Initial objective value.
OBJOUT Input-real-default=0.0. Final objective value.
CNVFLG Output-integer-default=0. Design optimization convergence flag.
0 No convergence is achieved.
1 Soft convergence is achieved.
2 Hard convergence is achieved.
CVTYP Input-integer-default=0. Type of convergence test.
1 Soft convergence is to be checked.
2 Hard convergence is to be checked.
3 Final iteration histories are to be printed.
OPTEXIT Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization termination option. See OPTEXIT
description in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DESMAX Input-integer-default=0. Maximum allowed design optimization iteration number.
MDTRKFLG Input-integer-default=0. Mode tracking status flag.
0 Mode tracking was successful.
1 Mode tracking was unsuccessful.
DESPCH Input-integer-default=0. Punch control for updated DESVAR, DREPS1 and GRID
Bulk Data entries. See DESPCH description in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference
Guide.
DESPCH1 Input-integer-default=6. Punch output type flag.
0 None.
1 Designed analysis property entries.
2 All of the entries of the type as long as at least one property entry is designed
for the type.
4 Design model entries.
<>0 For combinations sum above values.
>0 Indicates large field format.
<0 Indicates small field format.
MODETRAK Input-integer-default=0. Mode tracking request flag.
0 Mode tracking was not requested.
>0 Mode tracking is requested.
Main Index
DOM12 757
1 Eigenvalue (radian/time).
2 Frequency (cycle/time).
DSAPRT Input-logical-default=FALSE. DSAPRT Case Control command print flag.
>0 For combinations add above values.
BADMESH Input-logical-default=FALSE. Bad geometry was detected.
XYUNIT Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number to which the DOM12.
FSDCYC Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to TRUE if this
is a fully stressed design cycle.
OBJAPPX Input-real-default=0.0. approximate objective value for trust region analysis.

MXLAGM Input-real-default=0.0. Maximum Lagrange multiplier for trust region analysis.
REJECT Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Rejected design flag for trust region analysis.
TRUE: Design is rejected.
FALSE: Design is accepted.
ISHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization for trust region analysis.
=0
<>0
TREGION Input-integer-default=0. Trust region analysis flag. Extracted from word position 60
in OPTPRMG.
=0
<>0
OBJORG Input-Real. Original objective function
SEID Input-Integer Superelement ID
PSENPCH Input-Character, default=NO. With YES, updated parts superelements results are
punched. See PARAM (p. 450) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
Main Index
758 DOM12
Examples:
1. Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT following hard convergence:

DBVIEW XPREV=XINIT (WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $
DBVIEW PROPPV=PROPI (WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP and dptype=*) $
DBVIEW HISPV=HIS (WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $
cvtyp=2 $
PARAML optprmg//'DTI'/1/60//S,N,TREGION $
if ( tregion=1 ) trustR = TRUE $
if ( trustR ) then $
if ( mxlagmx=0.0 ) then $
if ( descycle=1 ) objinit = objin*10. $
else $
objinit = 2.*mxlagmx $
endif $ mxlagmx=0.0
endif $ trustR
REJECT=FALSE $
DOM12 XPREV, XINIT, CVALRG, PROPPV, PROPIF, OPTPRMG,
HISPV, DESTAB,,,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,
EPTTABF,DVPTABF,,,,,,,PCOMPT,,TOPELE,PBRMSNX,
OBJTBG,CVALAPX,CVALRGP/
HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/
DESCYCLE/OBJPV/OBJIN/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT//
MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/DSAPRT/
PROTYP///FSDCYC/OBJAPPX/OBJINIT/S,N,REJECT/0/
TREGION $
APPEND HISADD,/HISX/2 $
equivx HISX/HIS/-1 $
2 Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT following soft convergence:

.
DBVIEW PROPIF =PROPI WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
DBVIEW PROPOF =PROPO (WHERE DPTYPE = *)
DBVIEW EPTABF =EPTTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
DBVIEW DVPTABF =DVPTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
DOM12 XINIT,XO,CVALO,PROPIF,PROPOF,OPTPRMG,HIS,DESTAB,
GEOM1N,COORDO,,,EPTN,GEOM2N,MPTN,EPTTABF,DVPTABF,
,,,,,,PCOMPT,,TOPELE,PBRMSN,OBJTBG,,/
HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/
DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT//
MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ//
PROTYP///FSDCYCf $
APPEND HISADD,/HISX/2 $
EQUIVX HISX/HIS/-1 $
Main Index
DOM12 759
3 Excerpt from subDMAP EXITOPT for termination:

.
DBVIEW PROPIF =PROPI WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
DBVIEW PROPOF =PROPO (WHERE DPTYPE = *)
DBVIEW EPTTABF =EPTTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
DBVIEW DVPTABF =DVPTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
IF ( ABS(OPTEXIT)>3 OR
(OPTEXIT=0 AND (CNVFLG>0 OR DESCYCL1=DESMAX OR NUMDDV>0
OR
DSPRINT OR DSUNFORM OR DSEXPORT OR
MODETRAK>0 OR BADMESH))
) DOM12 ,,XVAL,,,PROPOF,OPTPRMG,HIS,DESTAB,GEOM1,
COORDO,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,,MPT,EPTTABF,DV[TABF,
XVALP,GEOM1P,,,,,PCOMPT,UBULK,TOPELE,PBRMSD,,,/
,,DBCOPT,/
DESCYCL1///CNVFLG/3/OPTEXIT/DESMAX/MDTRKFLG/
DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/DSAPRT/PROTYPE/
BADMESH/XYUNIT $
Main Index
760 DOM6
Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints
DOM6 Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints
Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints with respect to independent design variables.
Format:
DOM6 XINIT,DPLDXI*,CONSBL*,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,DSCMG,RSP2RG,
DEQATN,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DXDXIT,DCLDXT,COORD,DESTAB,
DVPTAB*,TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,DPLDXT*,DNODEL,RR2IDR,
RSP3RG,R3VALRG,PBRMSD/
DSCM2/
PROTYP/IFRMAS/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/
UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/UNUSED11/UNUSED12 $
Input Data Blocks:

DPLDXI* Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to independent design
variable relationship.
CONSBL* Family of matrices of constant property values.
PLIST2* Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.
DXDXIT Matrix of coefficients in the design variable linking relationship.
DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to design variable relationship.
COORD Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values, COORDO or COORDN.
DPLDXT* Family of matrix transposes of DPLDXI.
Main Index
DOM6 761
Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints
DNODEL Table of designed and non-designed locations.

RR2IDR Table of retained referenced type two response identification list.
Output Data Blocks:
DSCM2 Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Parameters:

IFRMAS Input-integer-default=0. Fractional mass response type.
Main Index
762 DOM9
Performs the approximate optimization problem
DOM9 Performs the approximate optimization problem
Performs the approximate optimization problem using design variables, constraints, responses and
sensitivity information.
Format:
DOM9 XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ,
DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT,
PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG,
CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T,
OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,
TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,
BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDR,RESP3RG,RQATABRG,TOPTAB,
PBRMSD,TOPMC,TOPMC2,TMINIT,TOPELE,TPRELE,TOPSM/
XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO,R3VALO,TMINIT1/
OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/EIGNFREQ/PROPTN/S,N,MXLAGM/
TREGION/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/UNUSED11/
UNUSED12/UNUSED13/UNUSED14 $
Input Data Blocks:

DPLDXT* Family of matrix transposes of DPLDXI.
DEQATN Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN data block. Output by IFP.
DXDXIT Matrix transpose of DXDXI.
Main Index
DOM9 763

variables.
COORDO Updated (optimized) Table of designed coordinate values.
design variables.
DCLDXT Matrix of coefficients in the grid to independent design variable relationship.
RESP3RG Table of attributes of the retained third level responses.
RQATABRG Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained eigenvalues.
TOPTAB Table of topology designed properties.
TOPMC Topology member size control table.
TOPMC2 Topology member size control table for manufacturing constraints.
TMINIT Table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing
constraints.
TOPOLE Table of topology pole parameters (used only for topology manufacturing
constraints).
TPRELE Table of topology pole vs. element ids (used only for topology manufacturing
constraints).
TOPSM Table of topological symmetric constraints.
Main Index
764 DOM9
Output Data Blocks:

R2VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level responses.
R3VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the third level responses.
TMINIT1 Updated table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing
constraints.
Parameters:
OBJIN Input-real-no default. Initial objective value.

OBJOUT Output-real-no default. Final objective value.
PROPTN Input-integer-default=0. In order to support a pre-Version 68 capability, if
PROPTN=-1 then an EPT data block which is based on the values and the
property to design variable relations will be produced.
MXLAGM Output-real-default=0.0. Maximum Lagrange multiplier for trust region analysis.
TREGION Input-integer-default=0. Trust region analysis flag. extracted from word position
60 in OPTPRMG.
=0
<>0
Main Index
DOPFS 765
Performs optimization of the fully stressed design
DOPFS Performs optimization of the fully stressed design
Performs optimization of the fully stressed design.
Format:
DOPFS R1TABRG,CNTABRG,DESELM,DVPTAB*,CVALRG,
PROPI,OPTPRMG,DPLDXT*,CONSBL*,DESTAB,
XINIT,DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DEQATN,
EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,XZ,DXDXI,DXDXIT,PBRMSD/
XO,PROPO $
Input Data Blocks:
R1TABRG Table of attributes of the retained first level (direct) responses.

DESELM Table of designed elements.
DVPTAB* Table family of attributes of the designed properties by internal property
PROPI Matrix of initial property values.
DPLDXT* Matrix family of transpose of DPLDXI.
CONSBL* Matrix family of constant property values.
DPLDXI* Matrix family of coefficients in the property to independent design variable
relationship.
PLIST2* Table family of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.
EPTTAB* Table family of designed property attributes.
Main Index
766 DOPFS
Performs optimization of the fully stressed design

Output Data Blocks:

Remarks:
None.
Main Index
DOPR1 767
Preprocesses design variables and designed property values
DOPR1 Preprocesses design variables and designed property values
Preprocesses design variables and designed property values.
Format:
DOPR1 EDOM,EPT,DEQATN,DEQIND,GEOM2,MPT,EDT,CASECC,TOPTAB0,
TOPELE,PBRMS,BGPDT,ECT,GPECT,VELEM,CSTM,
TOMTAB,PCOMPT, GEOM3, GEOM4 /
DESTAB,XZ,DXDXI,DTB,DVPTAB*,EPTTAB*,CONSBL*,
DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,XINIT,PROPI*,DSCREN,DTOS2J*,
OPTPRM,CONS1T,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,DMATCK,DISTAB,
TOPTAB,PBRMSD,NWEDOM,NWCASE,TOPMC,
TOPMC2,TMINIT,TOPELE,TPRELE,TOPSM, TOPVOL,
DXDSXI,TOPGID,TOTVOL/
S,N,MODEPT/S,N,MODGEOM2/S,N,MODMPT/S,N,MODEDT/DPEPS/
S,N,PROTYP/S,N,DISVAR/S,N,NRANVAR/
NONLNR/OPTEXIT $
Input Data Blocks:
points.
TOPTAB0 Table of topology designed properties.
PBRMS Table of intermediate arbitrary beam data.
GPECT Grid point element connection table.
VELEM Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes.
Tomtab Table of Bulk Data entries related to topometry optimization.
Main Index
768 DOPR1
Pcompt Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the
PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
Output Data Blocks:

DTB Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry.
DSCREN Table of constants from the DSCREEN Bulk Data entry.
DTOS2J* Family of tables identifying independent design variables and property
variables.
DISTAB Table of discrete optimization value sets.
TOPTAB Table of topology designed properties with design variable identification
numbers.
NWEDOM EDOM modified for random design variables.
Main Index
DOPR1 769
NWCASE CASECC associated with beta response.

TOPMC Topology member size control table.
TOPMC2 Topology member size control table for manufacturing constraints
TMINIT Table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing
constraints
TOPOLE Table of topology pole parameters (used only for topology manufacturing
constraints)
TPRELE Table of topology pole vs. element identification numbers (used only for
topology manufacturing constraints)
TOPSM Table of topological symmetric constraints.
TOPVOL Table containing topological designable element volume based on property ID.
DXDSXI Matrix relating linked and independent sizing and shape design variables.
TOPGID Table containing designable grids for topography optimization.
TOTVOL Table containing topological designable element volume based on TOPVAR
entry ID
Parameters:
MODEPT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model element property modification

flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding element properties
in the analysis model.
MODGEOM2 Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model connectivity modification flag.
Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding connectivity in the
analysis model.
MODMPT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model material property modification
flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding material properties
in the analysis model.
MODEDT Ouptut-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model element deformation flag. Set to
true indicates that the design model is overriding element deformation properties
(e.g., values on the TRIM entry).
DPEPS Input-real-default=1.0E-4. Tolerance for design model override of analysis model
properties. See further description in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
Main Index
770 DOPR1
DISVAR Output-logical-default=FALSE. Discrete optimization variable flag. Set to

TRUE if discrete optimization design variables are specified.
NRANVAR Output-integer-default=0. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data entries.
Nonlnr Input-logical-default=FALSE. Nonlinear structural optimization job flag. Set
to true indicates that the design job is an nonlinear structural optimization job.
Optexit Input-integer-default=0 . Design optimization termination option. See the
OPTEXIT (p. 904) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
Main Index
DOPR2 771
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors
DOPR2 Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis
vectors
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors.
Format:
DOPR2 EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,
CASECC,AMLIST,DVIDS/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,
CASEP,DNODEL/
LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
Input Data Blocks:
BASVEC Auxiliary displacement matrix.
DVIDS List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the boundary dvgrid
option.
Output Data Blocks:

COORDO Matrix of initial designed coordinate values at the beginning of each design
cycle.
design variables.
DTOS4J Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system.
Main Index
772 DOPR2
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors
DESVCP Global shape basis vector matrix with incorporation of DLINK relations with
extra columns for property/dummy variables.
CASEP Residual superelement Case Control table for plotting basis vectors.
Parameters:

g-set.
NOUGD Input-integer-default=-1. Flag for external input of auxiliary model
displacement matrix. If NOUGD>0, then matrix exists.
DVGRDN Input-character-default='NO'. Flag for skipping basis vector components
associated with all GRIDNs in DESVCP. If DVGRDN='YES', then
components will be skipped.
Remarks:
1. BASVEC may be DBLOCATE'd or internally generated.
2. CON is an offset vector that ensures the geometry at the beginning of a design cycle is same as
that in the analysis model. It is in the basic coordinate system.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT:
DOPR2 EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX,
AMLIST,DVIDS/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/
LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
Excerpt from subDMAP PREDOM:
DOPR2 EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,
CASEXX,,/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/
LUSET/NOUGD $
Excerpt from subDMAP SCSHBV:
DOPR2 EDOMSX,BGPDTS,CSTMS,,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX,,/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCPS,CASEP/
LUSETS/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
Main Index
DOPR3 773
Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2
DOPR3 Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2
Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2 Bulk Data entries per analysis type and superelement.
Creates tables related to the design objective and a Case Control table for recovering design responses.
Format:
DOPR3 CASE,EDOM,DTB,ECT,EPT,DESTAB,EDT,OL,DEQIND,DEQATN,
BGPDT,DVPTAB*,VIEWTB,OINT,PELSET,XINIT,FOL,DIT,DYNAM
IC/
OBJTAB,CONTAB,R1TAB,RESP12,RSP1CT,FRQRSP,CASEDS,
OINTDS,PELSETDS,DESELM,RESP3,ADRDUG,ADRDUTB,CASADJ,
MODRSP,CASEDM,RQATAB,RESP12X,RESP3X,CONTABX,OBJTABX,
ARVEC/
DMRESD/S,N,DESGLB/S,N,DESOBJ/S,N,R1CNT/S,N,R2CNT/
S,N,CNCNT/SOLAPP/SEID/S,N,EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/DSNOKD/
SHAPES/S,N,R3CNT/RGSENS/INREL/S,N,ADJFLG/S,N,TADJCOL
/
AUTOADJ/SOLADJC/S,N,NORMEV $
Input Data Blocks:
CASE Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and
superelement.
DTB Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry.
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics,
p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains
SET1 entries.
OL Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list
or frequency response frequency output list. Output by FRLG, TRLG, CEAD,
and READ.
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN.
DVPTAB Table of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification
number order. Output by DOPR1.
Main Index
774 DOPR3
TOPTAB0 Table of topology designed properties.
OINT p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries. Output
by IFP.
FOL Frequency response frequency output list.
Output Data Blocks:
OBJTAB Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement. Objective
attributes with retained response identification number.
CONTAB Table of constraint attributes.
R1TAB Table of first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
RESP12 Table of second level responses.
RSP1CT Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in R1TAB.
FRQRSP Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response type per
frequency or time step.
CASEDS Case control table for the data recovery of design responses.
OINTDS p-element output control table for constrained elements.
PELSETDS p-element set table for constrained elements.
DESELM Table of designed elements.
RESP3 Table of third level responses.
ADRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set.
ADRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes.
CASADJ Case Control table associated with adjoint method.
MODRSP Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and mode.
CASEDM Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.
RQATAB Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation.
Main Index
DOPR3 775
RESP12X RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses from than one
superelement.
RESP3X Table of third level responses from more than one superelement.
CONTABX Table of constraint attributes with respect to RESP12X.
OBJTABX Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement with respsect
to RESP12X.
ARVEC Residual vector matrix based on adjoint loads.
Parameters:
DMRESD Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
limited to the residual structure.
DESGLB Output-integer-default=0. DESGLB Case Control command set identification
number.
DESOBJ Output-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification
number.
R1CNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 1 responses in data block R1TAB.
R2CNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 2 responses in data block
RESP12.
CNCNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for constraints in CONTAB.
SOLAPP Input-character-no default. Design optimization analysis type.
SEID Input-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number.
EIGNFREQ Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.
DSNOKD Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling
design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter.
SHAPES Input-logical-no default. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence flag. Must
be TRUE if DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data entries are present.
R3CNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 3 responses in the RESP3 table.
RGSENS Input-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.
Main Index
776 DOPR3
INREL Input-integer-default=0. Inertia relief selection flag. Usually input via user
parameter.
ADJFLG Output-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity flag.
TADJCOL Output-integer-default=0. Accumulated column count for adjoint load vector, for
supporting adjoint load method for multiple superelements.
AUTOADJ Input-character-No default. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. Usually
input via user parameter.
SOLADJC Input-integer-default=0. Flag to select solving adjoint load vectors along with
applied load vectors
>=0 Yes (generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3).
<0 No (do not generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3).
NORMEV Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue normalization flag.
0 Mass normalized.
1 Maximum deflection normalized.
Remarks:
1. DOPR3 must be executed in two nested DMAP loops based on every analysis type and
superelement. See subDMAP PRESENS for an example.
2. R1CNT, R2CNT, and CNCNT are accumulations of the number of records in R1TAB, RESP12,
and CONTAB.
Main Index
DOPR3X 777
Check second and third level responses
DOPR3X Check second and third level responses
Perform additional checks on the second level and third level design responses for all superelements.
Format:
DOPR3X RESP12XM,RESP3XM/ $
Input Data Blocks:
RESP12XM Merged table of second level (synthetic) responses from all superelements.
RESP3XM Merged table of third level responses from all superelements.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
778 DOPR4
Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables
DOPR4 Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape

variables
Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables.
Format:
DOPR4 DTOS2J*,DTOS4J,DESTAB/
TABDEQ,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K/
PROTYP $
Input Data Blocks:
DTOS2J* Family of tables identifying independent design variables and property.

DTOS4J Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system.
Output Data Blocks:

DTOS2K* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in each
entry refers to the position of an internal design variable identification number
in the first TABDEQ record.
DTOS4K Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each five-word entry
is the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first
TABDEQ record.
Parameters:

> For combinations, add above values.
0
Main Index
DOPR5 779
Updates design sensitivity tables
DOPR5 Updates design sensitivity tables
Updates design sensitivity tables.
Format:
DOPR5 XINIT,EPTTAB*,PROPI*,DESTAB,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K,
TABDEQ,DELBSH,GEOM4,DESGID/
DTOS2*,DTOS4,DELBSX/
STPSCL/S,N,RGSENS/PROTYP $
Input Data Blocks:

DTOS2K* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in each
entry refers to the position of an internal design variable identification number
in the first TABDEQ record.
DTOS4K Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each five-word entry
is the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first
TABDEQ record.
DELBSH Matrix of finite difference shape step sizes.
Output Data Blocks:
DTOS2* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF in each
entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding design
variable value.
DTOS4 Same as DTOS4K except that the last three words in each entry contains the
product of those in DTOS4K and the shape step size.
DELBSX Updated DELBSH where the numerical zero terms are replaced by a prescribed
small value.
Main Index
780 DOPR5
Updates design sensitivity tables
Parameters:
STPSCL Input-real-default=1.0. Shape step size scaling factor.

RGSENS Output-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.
> For combinations, add above values.
0
Main Index
DOPR6 781
Generates tables relating to grid perturbations
DOPR6 Generates tables relating to grid perturbations
Generates tables relating to grid perturbations.
Format:
DOPR6 DTOS4,GPECT,EQEXIN,DESGID,EST,GEOM4,MIDLIS/
DGTAB,ESTDVS,TABEVS/
RSONLY/RGSENS $
Input Data Blocks:
DTOS4 Table relating design variable to grid perturbation.

EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification
numbers.
MIDLIS Table of pairs of user-supplied material property identification numbers (MIDs)
and internal baseline MIDs.
Output Data Blocks:
DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data.

ESTDVS EST with grid design variable perturbations.
TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element/ design variable
identification numbers.
Parameters:
RSONLY Input-logical-no default. Residual structure only flag.

FALSE Superelements are specified.
TRUE Superelements are not specified.
Main Index
782 DOPR6
Generates tables relating to grid perturbations
Remarks:
1. DOPR6 prepares tables to generate new stiffness matrix, mass matrix, load vector, etc. taking into
account shape design variable perturbations, i.e., K+DELTAK, M+DELTAM etc. This is
accomplished by generating an EST for all elements which are referred to by design variables.
The generated EST is in the same ascending order as the original EST. TABEVS is a cross
reference table between the generated EST (ESTDVS) and the original EID/design variables.
2. DOPR6 also retains those designed grids which are not associated with any structural elements
but are referenced by a rigid element.
Main Index
DOPRAN 783
Preprocess RMS responses
DOPRAN Preprocess RMS responses
Preprocess RMS responses in design optimization.
Format:
DOPRAN DYNAMIC,DIT,OL,R1TAB,BGPDT,CASE/
RMSTAB,CFSAB,PPVR/
LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics, specifically RANDPS.
DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images, specifically TABRND1.
or frequency response frequency output list.
R1TAB Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
CASE Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and
superelement.
Output Data Blocks:
RMSTAB Table of RMS responses.

CFSAB Matrix of spectral densities -- weighting factors for RMS calculations.
PPVR Partitioning vector for random responses.
Parameters:
LUSET Input-integer-default=-1. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the

g-set.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
784 DPD
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis
DPD Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic
analysis
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis.
Format:
DPD DYNAMIC,GPL,SIL,USET,UNUSED5,PG,PKYG,PBYG,PMYG,YG,
ROTORT,FRFCONST/ GPLD,SILD,USETD,TFPOOL,DLT,PSDL,
RCROSSL,NLFT,TRL,EED,EQDYN,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,
ENFLODM,ENFMOTN,FRFXITPP,FRFLABEL,unused,ACPOOL/
LUSET/S,N,LUSETD/S,N,NOTFL/S,N,NODLT/S,N,NOPSDL/
DATAREC/ S,N,NONLFT/S,N,NOTRL/S,N,NOEED/SORTNLFT/
S,N,NOUE/UNUSED12/SEID/FRFGEN/S,N,NOACLD $
Input Data Blocks:

GPL External grid/scalar point identification number list.
SLT Table of static loads.
PG Static load matrix for the g-set.
PKYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced displacement for the g-set.
PBYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity for the g-set.
PMYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced acceleration for the g-set.
YG Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures for the g-set.
ROTORT Table of rotordynamic user input for transient analysis.
FRFCONST Table containing CONNPTS set data from the FRF Case Control command in an
FRF generation job.
Output Data Blocks:
GPLD External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL appended with
extra point data).
SILD Scalar index list for p-set. (SIL appended with extra point data).
Main Index
DPD 785
USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set. (USET appended with extra
point data).
TFPOOL Table of TF Bulk Data entry images.
DLT Table of dynamic loads.
PSDL Power spectral density list.
RCROSSL Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images.
UNUSED7 Unused.
NLFT Nonlinear Forcing function table.
TRL Transient response list.
EED Table of eigenvalue extraction parameters.
APPLOD Matrix of applied load amplitudes
ENFLODK Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness effects
ENFLODB Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous damping
effects
ENFLODM Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass effects
ENFMOTN Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes
FRFXITPP P-size column matrix generated in an FRF generation job containing coded
values for rows indicating whether the DOF corresponding to that row has unit
load specified on it via an FRFXIT entry, an FRFXIT1 entry or due to its being
a connection DOF (or a combination of these).
FRFLABEL Table containing LABEL information from FRFXIT Bulk Data entries.
ACPOOL Table of ACTRIM Bulk Data entry images.
Parameters:

g-set.
LUSETD Output-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the
p-set.
NOTFL Output-integer-no default. The number of transfer function Bulk Data entries. Set
to -1 if no sets are defined.
NODLT Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if dynamics loads Bulk Data entries are
processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means DLT is created.
NOPSDL Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if random analysis Bulk Data entries are
processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created.
Main Index
786 DPD
DATAREC Input-integer-default=0. Data recovery flag. If DATAREC>0, then DPD will not
perform UFM 2071 checks for DELAY and DPHASE which are not needed in data
recovery.
NONLFT Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if nonlinear forcing function Bulk Data entries
are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created.
NOTRL Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter Bulk Data entries
are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means TRL is created.
NOEED Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if eigenvalue extraction Bulk Data entries are
processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means EED is created.
UNUSED10 Input-integer-no default. Unused.
NOUE Output-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra
points.
FRFGEN Input-integer-default=0. FRF generation flag.
0 = Do not generate FRF information
1 = Generate FRF information
NOACLD Output-logical-default=false. Set true if ACLOAD Bulk Data entries are processed.
Remarks:
1. DPD is the principal data processing module for dynamics analysis. New tables are assembled to
account for any extra points in the model and the additional displacement sets used in dynamics.
2. DYNAMIC can be purged if TFPOOL, DLT, PSDL, NLFT, TRL, and EED are also purged. SLT
and PG cannot be purged if static loads are referenced by dynamic loads via the LSEQ Bulk Data
entry.
3. USET, SIL, GPL, GPLD, and SILD may be purged if USETD, DLT, and EED are purged.
However, TRL will not contain the TIC record.
Main Index
DRMH1 787
Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables
DRMH1 Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory

tables
Converts data recovery tables (e.g., displacements, stresses, strains, forces, SPCforces, and MPCforces)
to matrices and associated directory tables. Similar to DRMS1 module.
Format:
DRMH1 OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/
TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/
NCOL/NULLROW/TRL5T1/TRL5T2/TRL5T3/TRL5T4 $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table in SORT1 format usually created by the SDR2 module.
Output Data Blocks:
TOFPi Directory table for MOFPi.

MOFPi Matrix form of the i-th output table.
Parameters:
NCOL Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, time steps or

frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, all data records will be
converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is less than the number of data records
in the input table, then the first NCOL records are converted and the remaining
records are ignored.
NULLROW Input-integer-default=1. Flag to insert null rows in the output matrices for nonlinear
quantities. See Remark 1.
0 Insert null rows. Compatible with DRMS1 output format.
1 Do not insert null rows. Required for DRMH3 processing.
TRL5Ti Output-integer-default=0. Specifies value for the fifth word in TOFPi's trailer.
Remarks:
1. DRMH1 is a similar to the DRMS1 module except that only the linear quantities (e.g., axial stress)
are output to the matrix. However, if NULLROW=0, then null rows will be inserted for the
nonlinear quantities (e.g., margin-of-safety).
Main Index
788 DRMH1
Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables
2. DRMH1 will convert tables with complex numbers to a matrix. However, the matrix contains
complex numbers. As a result only the item codes specified in the real side of the plot code tables
are utilized.
3. The DRMH3 module performs the inverse operation: convert matrices into OFP tables.
Example:
In SOL 108, we wish to double the stress output in the OES1 table:
SOL 108
MALTER ’, ETC. DATA RECOVERY, SORT1’(,-1)
DRMH1 OES1,,,/TES,MES,,,,,, $
ADD5 MES,,,,/MES2/2. $
DRMH3 TES,MES2,,,,,,,OL2,CASEDR/OES12,,,/APP1 $
OFP OES12/ $
CEND
Main Index
DRMH3 789
Partitions tables for each superelement
DRMH3 Partitions tables for each superelement
Converts data recovery matrices and associated directory tables (DRMH1 module outputs) to SORT1
formatted tables suitable for printing by the OFP module or processing by other modules; e.g., DDRMM
and SDR3.
Format:
DRMH3 TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4,
OL,CASECC/
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/
APP/DTM1/DTM2/DTM3/DTM4 $
Input Data Blocks:

and READ. May also be output by MODACC if truncated via the OFREQ and
OTIME Case Control commands.
Output Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table in SORT1 format identical in format to data blocks created by the
SDR2 module.
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable types are:

'STATICS' Statics
'REIG' Normal modes
'CEIGEN' Complex modes
Main Index
790 DRMH3
'TRANRESP' Transient response

DTMi Input-integer-default=0. Mode acceleration based displacement matrix flag. If
DTMi<>0, then MOPFi is a mode acceleration based displacement matrix and,
therefore, velocities and accelerations will not be output to OFPi. For
APP='TRANRESP', MOFPi must have only one column per time step instead of
the usual three.
Remarks:
1. If CASECC is purged, then all input data blocks will be converted. Otherwise, the inputs will be
converted based on the output commands specified in CASECC.
2. If the number of entries in a matrix does not match the associated table, the following will occur:
If the number of rows (output quantities; e.g., stresses) does not match, a warning message will
be printed with the identification of the matrix and table name.
If the number of columns (e.g., subcases or mode) does not match, then a warning message will
be printed and the module will continue. This will allow the user to combine modal results using
any desired method into a single set of results (or more) and not be required to modify the table.
Example:
See the DRMH1, 787 module description.
Main Index
DRMS1 791
Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1
DRMS1 Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1
To compute output transformation matrices for displacements, SPC forces, stresses, and element forces.
The input data blocks are the type generated by the SDR2 module and formatted for the OFP module.
Format:
DRMS1 OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/
TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/
NCOL $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table in SORT1 format usually created by the SDR2 module.
Output Data Blocks:

Parameter:
NCOL Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, time steps

or frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, all data records will
be converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is less than the number of data
records in the input table, then the first NCOL records are converted and the
remaining records are ignored.
Remarks:
1. SDR2 output data blocks (OFPi) are input data blocks for this module. Module DRMS1 generates
the output transformation matrix (MOFPi) and associated directory table (TOFPi) from each of
the input data blocks.
2. There are some data in OFPi for the output transformation that may not be given linear
combination operations, such as margins of safety and principal stresses. This irrelevant data will
be eliminated from the output transformation matrix. Components that are retained in the matrix
MOFPi are indicated in the table of element stress output data description.
3. All the output transformation matrices will have as many columns as the number of modes or
loading conditions specified in PARAM, NCOL. Each column will contain all the relevant
components of GRIDs (T1, T2, etc.) or elements (  x ,  y , etc.) for all the GRIDs or elements
retained in the input data blocks.
Main Index
792 DRMS1
Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1
4. Directory tables contain the mapping information as follows:

• RECORD 0 - Header record, indicating.
• Type of data (  , q,  , or F).
• Format code (real, real/imaginary or magnitude/phase).
• RECORD 1 - Identification of the columns, providing
• Column numbers of the associated matrix.
• Natural frequencies  f n  .
• RECORD 2 - Identification of the rows, providing
• Type code of points or elements.
• identification number number of points or elements.
• Number of components of the point or element retained in the associated matrix.
• Starting row number of the point or element with reference to the associated matrix. See the
OES, OEF, OUG, and OQG table descriptions in “+” on page 851.
• Matrix trailer output, indicating the size of the associated matrix.
Main Index
DSABO 793
Incorporates element property design variable perturbations
DSABO Incorporates element property design variable perturbations
Incorporates element property design variable perturbations into tables required for stiffness, mass,
damping, and load generation.
Format:
DSABO ECT,EPT,EST,DTOS2*,ETT,DIT,MPT,DMATCK,PCOMPT/
ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP,MIDLIS,ESTDVM,PCOMPTX/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB/PROTYP/PEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:

DTOS2* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF in each
entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding design
variable value.
PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the
Output Data Blocks:
ESTDVP EST with element property design variable perturbations.

MPTX MPT with design variable perturbations.
EPTX EPT with design variable perturbations.
TABEVP Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and design
variable identification numbers.
ESTDVM EST with updated material property identification numbers.
PCOMPTX PCOMPT with design variable perturbations.
Main Index
794 DSABO
Incorporates element property design variable perturbations
Parameters:
PROPOPT Output-integer-default=0. Property optimization flag. Set to 1 if element properties

are defined as design variables.
DELTAB Input-real-no default. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on the
DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block.
PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element flag. Set to TRUE if
p-elements are present.
Remarks:
1. The main purpose of module DSABO is to prepare tables which will generate a new stiffness
matrix, mass matrix, load vector, etc., while taking into account the design variable perturbations,
i.e., K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM, etc. These calculations are completed by generating an EST
for all elements which are referred to by the design variables which is in the same ascending order
as the original EST. The EPT portion of the generated EST includes all the perturbations
necessary to build K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM, etc. EMG and SSG1 use ESTDV to generate
K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM and P + DELTAP due to temperature effects. DSVG1 and DSVG2
then calculate DELTAK * u, DELTAP etc.
2. If central difference is requested then DSABO must be executed for the backward tables. For
example, in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSABO is used as follows:
DSABO ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/
ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB $
IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) THEN $
DELTABX=-DELTAB $
DSABO ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/
ESTDVPB,MPTXB,EPTX,TABEVP/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTABX $
ENDIF $ CDIFX='yes'
Main Index
DSAD 795
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
DSAD Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation, constraint screening and load case
deletion.
Format:
DSAD RSP1CT,R1TAB,RESP12,OBJTAB,CONTAB,
BLAMA,CLAMA,LAMA,DIVTAB,AUXTAB,STBTAB,
FLUTAB,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OSTR1DS,OEF1DS,
OEFITDS,OES1CDS,OSTR1CDS,OQG1DS,DSCREN,
XINIT,TABDEQ,COORDN,OL,FRL,FRQRSP,CASEDS,
CASERS,UGX,OPTPRM,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,
GPDT,DNODEL,WGTM,ONRGYDS,
GLBTABDS,GLBRSPDS,RESP3,RMSTAB,RMSVAL,
UPF,QPF,QMPF,UHF,OUGD1M,OESD1M,OSTRD1M,
OEFD1M,MODRSP,CASEDM,PHG,OGPFB1DS,OELOP1DS,
ONRGD1M,UPSDT,RQATAB,RESP12X,RESP3X,EPSSE,ESRT,
OES1AB/
R1VAL,R2VAL,RSP2R,R2VALR,CVAL,
CVALR,OBJTBR,CNTABR,R1TABR,R1VALR,
DRSTBL,FRQRPR,UGX1,AUG1,R1MAPR,
R2MAPR,CASDSN,CASDSX,DRDUG,DRDUTB,
CASADJ,LCDVEC,RR2IDR,R3VAL,R3VALR,RESP3R,RMSTABR,
RMSVALR,FRLR,FOLR,UPFM,QPFM,QMPFM,UHFM,MODRPR,
UPSDTR,RQATABR,RESP12XR,RESP3XR/
WGTS/VOLS/S,N,OBJVAL/S,N,NR1OFFST/S,N,NR2OFFST/
S,N,NCNOFFST/APP/DMRESD/SEID/DESITER/
EIGNFREQ/S,N,ADJFLG/PEXIST/MBCFLG/RGSENS/
PROTYP/AUTOADJ/FSDCYC/S,N,NR3OFFST/INREL/
S,N,TADJCOL/SEID/S,N,ACTFREQ/S,N,FREQ1/
S,N,DLOAD1/FREQ345/DISCYC/FRM $
Input Data Blocks:
RSP1CT Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in R1TAB.
Output by DOPR3.
R1TAB Table of first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
RESP12 Table of second level responses.
OBJTAB Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement. Objective
attributes with retained response identification number.
CONTAB Table of constraint attributes.
BLAMA Buckling eigenvalue summary table.
Main Index
796 DSAD

DIVTAB Table of aerostatic divergence data for all subcases.
AUXTAB Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, displacements, labels,
type, status, position and hinge moments for all subcases.
STBTAB Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for all subcases.
FLUTAB Flutter summary table for all subcases.
OUG1DS Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses.
OES1DS Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.
OSTR1DS Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses.
OEF1DS Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in SORT1 format
for design responses.
OEFITDS Table of composite element failure indices for design responses.
OES1CDS Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.
OSTR1CDS Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for design responses.
OQG1DS Table of single point forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design
responses.
COORDN Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values.
and READ.
FRQRSP Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response type per
frequency or time step.
CASEDS Case Control table for the data recovery of design responses.
UGX Matrix of analysis model displacements in g-set or p-set.
DNODEL Table of designed and non-designed locations
WGTM Table of 6x6 rigid body mass matrix.
ONRGYDS Table of element strain energies in SORT1 format for design responses.
Main Index
DSAD 797
GLBTABDS Global results correlation table.

GLBRSPDS Global results matrix.
RESP3 Table of third level responses.
RMSVAL Matrix of initial RMS values.
QPF Single-point forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency response.
QMPF Multipoint forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency response.
UHF Modal displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.
OUGD1M Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses and appended for
all normal modes solutions.
OESD1M Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses and appended
for all normal modes solutions.
OSTRD1M Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses and appended
OEFD1M Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses and appended
MODRSP Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and mode.
CASEDM Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for normal modes.
PHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set.
OGPFB1DS Table of grid point forces for design responses.
OELOP1DS Table of element-oriented forces for design responses.
ONRGD1M Table of element strain energies for design responses and appended for all
normal modes solutions.
UPSDT Table of transfer function data needed for RMS calculations.
RQATAB Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation.
RESP12X Table of second level (synthetic) responses from than one superelement.
EPSSE Table of epsilon and external work
ESRT Table of composite ply strength ratios
OES1AB Table of screen element stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections.
Main Index
798 DSAD
Output Data Blocks:
R1VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses.

R2VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained second level responses.
RSP12R Table of retained second level responses in RESP12.
R2VALR Matrix of retained second level responses.
CVAL Matrix of constraint values.
CVALR Matrix of retained constraint values.
OBJTBR Table of design objective attributes with retained response identification
number.
CNTABR Table of retained constraint attributes.
R1TABR Table of retained first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
R1VALR Matrix of retained type one responses.
DRSTBL Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of
the response types.
FRQRPR Table containing the number of first level retained responses per response type
UGX1 Copy of UGX matrix with null columns in place of the deleted responses.
AUG1 Displacement matrix in g-set for aerostatic analysis.
R1MAPR Table of mapping from original first level retained responses.
R2MAPR Table of mapping from original second level retained responses.
CASDSN Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted, excluding static
aeroelastic subcases.
CASDSX Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase deleted.
DRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set.
CASADJ Case Control table associated with adjoint method.
LCDVEC Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is the same number of
columns in UGX and ones for columns which are retained in UGX1. LCDVEC
is intended for partitioning of analysis results related to inertia relief and
SPCforces.
R3VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.
R3VALR Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.
RESP3R Table of retained third level responses in RESP3.
RMSTABR Table of retained RMS responses in RMSTAB.
Main Index
DSAD 799
RMSVALR Matrix of initial values of the retained RMS responses in RMSVAL.

FRLR Retained frequency response list.
FOLR Retained frequency response frequency output list.
UPFM Merged UPF.
QPFM Merged QPF.
QMPF Merged QMPF.
UHFM Merged UHF.
MODRSPR MODRSP for retained frequencies.
UPSDTR UPSDT for retained frequencies.
RQATABR RQATAB for for retained frequencies.
RESP12XR RESP12X for for retained frequencies.
RESP3XR RESP3X for retained frequencies.
Parameters:
WGTS Input-real-default=0.0. Total weight of analysis model.

VOLS Input-real-default=0.0. Total volume of analysis model.
OBJVAL Output-real-default=0.0. Objective value.
NR1OFFST Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained type 1 responses. The value
is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in R1TABR.
NR2OFFST Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained type 2 responses. The value
is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RSP12R.
NCNOFFST Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained constraints. The value is
initialized to 1 in and is incremented by the number of records in CNTABR.
APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. Allowable values are:
'STATICS' Statics.
DMRESD Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
DESITER Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization iteration number.
Main Index
800 DSAD
ADJFLG Output-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity method flag.
0 No adjoint sensitivity.
1 Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis.
2 Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis.
PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element existence flag. Set to TRUE if p-elements
are present.
MBCFLG Input-logical-default=FALSE. Multiple boundary condition in static analysis flag.
Set to TRUE if multiple boundary conditions are specified in static analysis.
>0 For combinations add above values
AUTOADJ Input-character-no default. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. If set to
'YES', then adjoint sensitivity will be automatically selected if appropiate. Usually
input via user parameter.
FSDCYC Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to TRUE if this
is a fully stressed design cycle.
NR3OFFST Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained type 3 responses. The value is
initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RESP3R.
TADJCOL Output-integer-default=0. Accumulated column count for adjoint load vector.
ACTFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Active frequency processing flag.
FREQ1 Output-integer-default=0. Frequency set identification number in the first
frequency subcase.
DLOAD1 Output-integer-default=0. Dynamic load set identification number in the first
frequency subcase.
FREQ345 Input-logical-default=FALSE. Flag indicating presense of FREQ3, FREQ4, and
FREQ5 Bulk Data entries.
DISCYC Input-logical-default=FALSE. Discrete design cycle flag. TRUE if this is a discrete
design cycle.
FRM Input-real-default=0.0 Fractional mass for designed structure.
Main Index
DSAD 801
Remarks:
1. DSAD first extracts the response quantities that are defined as type one responses in the design
model. The type two responses are evaluated followed by the objective and any constraints
associated with either response type. The constraints and corresponding responses are screened
and load case deletion is performed.
2. DSAD is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement, and therefore many of
the inputs, outputs, and data blocks are qualified by superelement and/or analysis type. See
subDMAP DESCON for an example.
Main Index
802 DSADJ
Creates sensitivity of grid responses
DSADJ Creates sensitivity of grid responses
Creates sensitivity of grid responses with respect to design variables based on the combination of adjoint
and analysis solution matrices and element sensitivity data. Applicable in frequency response or static
analysis only.
Format:
DSADJ XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,CSTM,XDICTX,XELMX,UGX,ADJG,
DRDUTB,DSPT1,VGDM,IMATG,XDICTB,XELMB,UGT0,ADJGT0,
DRUT0/
ADELX,UGT,ADJGT,DRUT/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/XTYPE/CDIF/COUPMASS/SHAPEOPT/
SPDM/ADJMETH/MGEFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
XDICTDS Perturbed element matrix dictionary table.

XELMDS Table of perturbed element matrices.
XDICTX Baseline element matrix dictionary table or backward perturbed element matrix
dictionary if CDIF='YES'.
XELMX Baseline element matrices or backward perturbed element matrices if
CDIF='YES'.
ADJG Adjoint sensitivity displacement matrix in the g-set or p-set.
DSPT1 Design sensitivity processing table.
VGDM Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design response is
required if SPDM=-1. Also, UGX and ADJG must partitioned the ones of this
vector.
IMATG Pesudo identity g-set matrix.
XDICTB Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.
XELMB Backward perturbed if CDIF='YES'.
UGT0 UGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second pass through
DSADJ.
Main Index
DSADJ 803
ADJGT0 ADJGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second pass
through DSADJ.
DRUT0 DRUT computed.
Output Data Blocks:
ADELX Matrix of adjoint sensitivities.

UGT Transposed regular solution matrix is normally output from an initial pass
through DSADJ.
ADJGT Transposed adjoint solution matrix is normally output from an initial pass
through DSADJ.
DRUT DRDUTB sorted on solutions and is normally output from an initial pass
through DSADJ.
Parameters:
NOK4GG Input-integer-default=-1. Structural damping generation flag.

-1 Do not generate.
0 Generate.
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix.
XTYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of element matrix data:
0 Stiffness
1 Damping
2 Mass
CDIF Input-character-no default. Finite difference scheme.
'YE Central
S'
'NO' Forward
COUPMASS Input-integer-default=0. Coupled mass generation flag.
-1 Lumped
0 Coupled
SHAPEOPT Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape optimization
is activated.
SPDM Input-integer-default=0. Sparse design model flag. If -1, then VGDM must be
supplied.
-1 Yes
0 No
Main Index
804 DSADJ
ADJMETH Input-integer-default=0. Triple matrix product method.

0 The program automatically selects the best of ADJMETH=1 or 2.
1 Holds the full g-size solution vector and is recommended if disk space is
limited.
2 Holds only the active solution vectors.
MGEFLAG Input/output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag. for PSHELL,
PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries.
Main Index
DSADX 805
Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1
DSADX Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference

DRESP1
Performs response value computation and constraint deletion for DRESP2 and DRESP3 entries which
reference DRESP1 entries that span superelements and/or subcases.
Format:
DSADX RSP2XM,RESP3XM,CNTABXM,OBJTBM,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,
R3VALRG,DNODEL,XINIT,COORDN,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,OPTPRM,
DSCREN,RR2IDR/
R2VALXE,R3VALXE,CVALXE,RSP2XE,RESP3XE,CNTABXE,
OBTABXE,RR2IDXE/
S,N,NR2OFFST/S,N,NR3OFFST/S,N,NCNOFFST/PROTYP/
S,N,OBJVAL $
Input Data Blocks:
RSP2XM Merged RSP2X with unresolved DRESP2 records.

RESP3XM Merged RESP3X with unresolved DRESP3 records.
CNTABXM Merged CNTABX associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
OBJTBM Merged OBJTBR associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
R1VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) responses.
R2VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.
COORDN Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values.
Main Index
806 DSADX
Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1
Output Data Blocks:
R2VALXE R2VALRG with resolved DRESP2 records.

R3VALXE R3VALRG with resolved DRESP3 records.
CVALXE CVALRG with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
RSP2XE RSP2RXM with resolved DRESP2 records.
RESP3XE RESP3XM with resolved DRESP3 records.
CNTABXE CNTABXM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
OBTABXE OBJTABM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
RR2IDXE RR2IDR with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.
Parameters:
NR2OFFST Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained type 2 responses. The value is
incremented by the number of records in RSP2XE.
NR3OFFST Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained type 3 responses. The value is
incremented by the number of records in RESP3XE.
NCNOFFST Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained constraints. The value is
incremented by the number of records in CNTABXE.
>0 Sum of above values for combinations.
OBJVAL Output-real-default=0. Objective value.
Main Index
DSAE 807
Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration
DSAE Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed

configuration
Merges tables for the two sets of design variables in order to evaluate responses for the perturbed
configuration for each load case and for each design variable.
Format:
DSAE (67'93 (67'96 7$%(93 7$%(96 7$%'(4

ESTDV2,TABEV2 $
Input Data Blocks:

ESTDVS EST with grid design variable perturbations.
TABEVP Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and design
TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and design
Output Data Blocks:
ESTDV2 Merged EST with grid and element property design variable perturbations.
TABEV2 Merged cross reference table of TABEVP and TABEVS.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. TABEV2 is in the ascending alphanumeric EST sort. IVEIDs are assigned to ensure that internal
element identification numbers are unique and in ascending order.
2. For purposes of computational efficiency, the sizing design variables have been split into two sets.
The first set consists of those design variables which affect the stiffness and mass matrices, e.g.,
cross-sectional area of rod, thickness of plate etc. The second set consists of those variables which
may affect the responses, but have no effect on stiffness and mass matrices, e.g., recovery points
in a beam or plate.
3. If central difference is requested then DSAE must be executed for the backward tables. For
example in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSAE is used as follows:
Main Index
808 DSAE
Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration
DSAE ESTDVP,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/
ESTDV2F,TABEV2 $
IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) DSAE,
ESTDVPB,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/
ESTDV2B,TABEV2 $
Main Index
DSAF 809
Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses
DSAF Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level

responses
Generates element summary and temperature tables that incorporate the effect of retained first level
responses.
Format:
DSAF R1TABR,EST,ESTDV2,TABEV2,ETT,MIDLIS,KELM,KDICT,
PTELEM,KELMDS,KDICTDS,PTELMDSX,ECT,VELEM,VELEMN,
GPECT,BGPDT/
ESTDCN,TABECN,ETTDCN,KELMDCN,KDICTDCN,PTELMDCN,
VELEMDCN,GPECTDCN/
NDVTOT/PESE $
Input Data Blocks:
ESTDV2 Merged element summary table with grid and element property design variable
perturbations.
KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential stiffness,
or follower stiffness.
KDICT KELM dictionary table.
PTELEM Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system.
KELMDS Table of perturbed element stiffness matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the
forward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
KDICTDS Perturbed element stiffness matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this is
the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
PTELMDSX Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the central,
forward, or backward perturbed configuration.
VELEMN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed configuration.
Main Index
810 DSAF
Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses

Output Data Blocks:
ESTDCN Element summary table which incorporates combined constraints and design
variables.
TABECN Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of constraints in
ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.
ETTDCN Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers for the
effects of temperature.
KELMDCN Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential stiffness,
or follower stiffness which incorporates combined constraints and design
variables.
KDICTDCN KELM dictionary table which incorporates combined constraints and design
variables.
PTELMDCN Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system which incorporates
combined constraints and design variables.
VELEMDCN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes which incorporates combined
constraints and design variables.
GPECTDCN GPECT, which incorporates combined constraints and design variables.
Parameters:
NDVTOT Input-integer-default=0. Number of unique referenced design variables.

PESE Input-integer-default=0. Element strain energy flag for static analysis.
Main Index
DSAH 811
Generates data blocks required for DSAL module
DSAH Generates data blocks required for DSAL module
Generates data blocks required for the DSAL module to compute sensitivities.
Format:
DSAH DRSTBL,R1TABR,CASDSN,TABECN,BLAMA*,LAMA*,OL,DIVTAB,
FRQRPR,VIEWTBDS,CASERS,CSNMB,BUG*,PHG*,GEOM2,GEOM3,
FRQRMF,DFFDNF,CASEFREQ,MODRPR,CASEDM/
DBUG,DPHG,CASEDSF,LBTAB,BDIAG,LFTAB,COGRID,COELEM,
DSEDV,OINTDSF,PELSDSF,DGEOM2,DGEOM3,DNDVPT,MXDFDN,
MXOMEG,UG1PVT,DNVVPT,LVTAB,EGVREC,LVTABI,CASEDMF,
LAMAM,LAMASH,PVSBIT1,PVSBIT2,DGSVPT,DGMVPT/
APP/DMRESD/NDVTOT/ADJFLG/SEID/DSNOKD/S,N,NNDFRQ/
S,N,NNDEGV/DPHFLG/S,N,NNDGS/S,N,NNDGM $
Input Data Blocks:
the response types. Output by DSAD.
TABECN Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of constraints in
ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.
BLAMA* Family of buckling eigenvalue summary tables.
LAMA* Family of normal modes eigenvalue summary tables.
VIEWTBDS View information table, contains the relationship between each
p-element and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed model.
CASERS Case Control table for the residual structure and a given analysis type.
CSNMB Case Control table for a given superelement and all analysis types.
BUG* Family of buckling eigenvector matrices in the g-set.
PHG* Family of normal modes eigenvector matrices in the g-set.
points.
Main Index
812 DSAH

FRQRMF FRQRPR table for frequency response.
DFFDNF Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to natural
frequencies.
CASEFREQ Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis and based
on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ.
MODRPR Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type per mode.
CASEDM Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.
Output Data Blocks:
DBUG Buckling eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed (active)
eigenvalues.
DPHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed (active)
eigenvalues.
CASEDSF Case Control table for all load cases and all design variables for the perturbed
configuration.
LBTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained buckling eigenvalue
responses.
BDIAG Diagonal matrix of buckling divided by buckling generalized differential
stiffness matrix.
LFTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode
eigenvalue responses.
COGRID Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement responses.
COELEM Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element responses.
DSEDV Partitioning vector for retained divergence responses.
OINTDSF p-element output control table for the perturbed configuration.
PELSDSF p-element set table for the perturbed configuration.
DGEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points for the perturbed configuration.
DGEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for the perturbed
configuration.
DNDVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural frequencies for normal
modes analysis from that of the union set.
MXDFDN Matrix of derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to natural frequencies.
MXOMEG Matrix (diagonal) of active forcing frequencies in radians.
Main Index
DSAH 813
UG1PVT Partitioning vector to zero out the columns at frequencies without active
response.
DNVVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural frequencies for
eigenvector optimization from that of the union set.
LVTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode
eigenvector responses for all subcases.
EGVREC Table of eigenvector record for sensitivity computation.
LVTABI Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode
eigenvector responses per subcase.
CASEDMF Case Control for all load-cases for all design variables for the perturbed
configuration for modes.
LAMAM Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalues for subspace iteration.
LAMAS Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalue shifts for subspace iteration.
PVSBIT1 Partitioning vector from all modes to subspace iteration modes.
PVSBIT2 Partitioning vector from subspace iteration modes to constrained modes.
DGSVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized stiffness for normal
DGMVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized mass for normal
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. Allowable values are:

'STATICS' Statics
DMRESD Input-integer-default=0. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
ADJFLG Output-integer-default=-1. Adjoint sensitivity method flag.
Main Index
814 DSAH
DSNOKD Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling

design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter.
NNDFRQ Output-integer-default=0. Number of forcing frequencies which depend upon
natural frequencies.
NNDEGV Output-integer-default=0. Number of new natural frequencies related to
eigenvector sensitivity
DPHFLG Input-integer-default=0. Flag to select Nelson’s method or subspace iteration for
eigenvector sensitivites. Usually input via user parameter.
0 Nelson’s method
1 Subspace iteration
NNDGS Output-integer-default=0. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized
stiffness.
NNDGM Output-integer-default=0. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized
mass.
Main Index
DSAJ 815
Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable
DSAJ Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design
variable
Generates the g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable and the corresponding design
variable correlation table.
Format:
DSAJ EDOM,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,BASVEC0,CASECC,GEOM4/
DESVEC,DVIDS,CASEP,DESVECP/
LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:
numbers.
BASVEC0 Auxiliary displacement matrix. Optional user input.
Output Data Blocks:
DESVEC Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from DVGRID
Bulk Data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix. Its components are
defined in the basic coordinate system.
DVIDS List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the boundary
DVGRID option.
CASEP Case Control table with number of basis vectors in the DESVEC as the number
of Case Control records.
DESVECP Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from DVGRID
bulk data entries and from columns of basvec matrix its components are
expressed in the global coordinate system.
Main Index
816 DSAJ
Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable
Parameter:

g-set.
Main Index
DSAL 817
Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSAL Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix
Generates the design sensitivity coefficient matrix; i.e., the sensitivity coefficients for the retained set of
constraints specified in the design model for each design variable.
Format:
DSAL DRSTBL,DELWS,DELVS,DELB1,DELF1,
COGRID,COELEM,OUGDSN,OESDSN,OSTRDSN,
OEFDSN,OEFITDSN,OESCDSN,OSTRCDSN,
OQGDSN,ONRGYDSN,OGPFDSN,OELOPDSN,R1VALR,
TABDEQ,OL,DSDIV,DELX,DELS,DELFL,DELCE,
DELGS,DELGM,FRQRPR,DELBSH,DRDUTB,ADELUS,
ADELUF,R1TABR,DRMSVL,MODRPR,OUGDSNM,
OESDSNM,OSTRDSNM,OEFDSNM,ONRGDSNM,ESRTDS,
FRMDS,OES1ABDS, OARPWRDS, OAIGDSN, OUGEXAC, OVGEXAC,
OAPEXAC, R1RATIOR/
DSCM/
NDVTOT/DELTAB/EIGNFREQ/ADJFLG/SEID/
S,N,ADELRS/S,N,ADELRF/ESLOPTX/DESCYCLE/DMRESD $
Input Data Blocks:
the response types.
DELWS Matrix of delta weight for all design variables.
DELVS Matrix of delta volume for all design variables.
DELB1 Matrix of delta buckling load factor for all design variables.
DELF1 Matrix of delta eigenvalue for all design variables.
COGRID Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement responses.
COELEM Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element responses.
OUGDSN Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses for the perturbed
configuration.
OESDSN Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.
OSTRDSN Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.
OEFDSN Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in SORT1 format
for the perturbed configuration.
OEFITDSN Table of composite element failure indices for the perturbed configuration.
OESCDSN Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed
configuration.
Main Index
818 DSAL
OSTRCDSN Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed
configuration.
OQGDSN Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design responses for
the perturbed configuration.
ONRGYDSN Table of element strain energies and energy densities in SORT1 format for
design responses for the perturbed configuration.
OGPFDSN Table of grid point forces for the perturbed configuration.
OELOPDSN Table of element forces on adjacent elements.
R1VALR Matrix of retained type one responses.
or frequency response frequency output list.
DSDIV Matrix of delta divergence speed for all design variables.
DELX Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables.
DELS Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables.
DELFL Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables.
DELCE Matrix of delta complex eigenvalue for all design variables.
DELGS Matrix of delta generalized stiffnesses for all design variables.
DELGM Matrix of delta generalized masses for all design variables.
ADELUS Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for static analysis.
ADELUF matrix of adjoint sensitivities for frequency response.
R1TABR Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
DRMSVL Table of the RMS response values with respect to the design variables.
MODRPR Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type per mode.
OUGDSNM Table of eigenvectors for design responses for the perturbed configuration.
OESDSNM Table of element stresses from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
OSTRDSNM Table of element strains from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
OEFDSNM Table of element forces from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
Main Index
DSAL 819
ONRGDSNM Table of element strain energies from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
ESRTDS Stress ratio for composites for perturbed configuration (statics only).
FRMDS Sensitivity matrix for fractional mass configuration (statics only).
OES1ABDS Table of screened element stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections for the
perturbed configuration.
OARPWRDS Acoustic Power to interior or near field.
OAIGDSN Acoustic Intensity to wetted structural grid.
OUGEXAC Exterior Acoustic pressure/intensity of AFPM.
OVGEXAC Exterior Acoustic velocity of AFPM.
OAPEXAC Exterior Acoustic Power of AFPM.
R1RATIOR Ratio on responses used in ESL.
Output Data Blocks:
DSCM Design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Parameters:
NDVTOT Input-integer-no default. Number of unique referenced design variables.

DELTAB Input-real-no default. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on
the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block.
ADJFLG Input-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity method flag.
ADELRS Output-integer-default=0. Counter for adjoint responses in static analysis.
ADELRF Output-integer-default=0. Counter for adjoint responses in frequency response
analysis.
ESLOPTX Input-integer, default=0, 0=no ESL, >0 = ES2
Main Index
820 DSAL
DESCYCLE Input- integer, default = 0. Current design cycle

DMRESD Input-integer-default=-1 Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
Remark:
DSAL is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement and hence, many of the inputs,
outputs, and data blocks are qualified by superelement and/or analysis type. See subDMAP RESPSEN
for an example.
Main Index
DSAM 821
Creates geometry for backward and forward (or central) perturbation
DSAM Creates geometry for backward and forward (or central)

perturbation
Creates geometry for the backward and forward (or central) perturbation.
Format:
DSAM DTOS4,DGTAB,BGPDT/
BGPDVP,BGPDVB/
S,N,SHAPEOPT/CDIF $
Input Data Blocks:
DTOS4 Table relating design variable to grid perturbation. Same as DTOS4K except
that the last three words in each entry contains the product of those in DTOS4K
and the shape step size.
DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table of
internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration.
Output Data Blocks:
BGPDVP Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed
configuration.
BGPDVB Basic grid point definition table for the backward perturbed configuration.
Parameters:
SHAPEOPT Output-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape design

variables are defined.
CDIF Input-character-no default. Finite difference scheme.
'YES' Central
'NO' Forward
Main Index
822 DSAN
Generates design sensitivity processing table
DSAN Generates design sensitivity processing table
Generates design sensitivity processing table and update element temperature table.
Format:
DSAN TABEV2,ETT,EST,MPT/
DSPT1,ETTDV $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:

ETTDV Element temperature table where the original element identification numbers
have been converted to new design variable identification numbers.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
DSAP 823
Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix
DSAP Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix
Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix according to the following summation for frequency
response and normal modes:
2
w j *  MU x  + iw j *  BU x  +  (4-19)
where:
w j = freq j * 2pi
or for complex eigenvalues:
2
p j *  MU x  + p j *  BU x  +  K (4-20)
where:
r i
p j = w j + iw j
Format:
DSAP MUX,BUX,KUX,OL,DSPT1/
PX/
APP $
Input Data Blocks:
MUX Matrix of mass multiplied by displacements or eigenvectors.

BUX Matrix of damping multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.
KUX Matrix of stiffness multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.
OL Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, or frequency response frequency
output list.
DSPT1 Design sensitivity processing table. See Remarks.
Output Data Block:
PX Inertial or pseudo-load matrix.
Main Index
824 DSAP
Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix
Parameters:
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values:

'CEIG' Complex eigenvalue
'REIG' Normal modes
Remarks:
1. The number of rows PX is equal to the number of rows in the input matrices. The number of
columns in PX is also equal to the number of columns in the input matrices unless DSPT1 is
specified, in which case the number of columns is equal to the number of columns in the input
matrices times the design variables defined in DSPT1.
2. If the number of columns in the MUX, BUX, and KUX is less than the number of frequencies in
OL then PX will be truncated accordingly.
3. Any of the inputs may be purged except for OL. If DSPT1 is specified then APP can only be equal
to 'FREQ' and the summation is repeated for each design variable and the result is called pseudo-
loads. Also, the result is the negative of the equation above.
4. The input matrices can have any number of rows. For example, the number of rows could relate
to a degree-of-freedom set.
Main Index
DSAPRT 825
Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSAPRT Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix according to the DSAPRT Case Control
command request.
Format:
DSAPRT CASECC,DESTAB,DSCMCOL,DSCM2,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,R3VALRG,
DSIDLBL,XINIT//
DSZERO/EIGNFREQ/XYUNIT/DESCYCLE $
Input Data Blocks:

DSCMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
DSCM2 Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
R2VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.
DSIDLBL Table of design response labels.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
DSZERO Input-real-default=0.0. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the

absolute value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient will
be printed.
XYUNIT Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number to which the DOM12 module writes
design optimization x-y plot data.
Main Index
826 DSAR
Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix
DSAR Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix
Extracts and truncates the displacement, velocity, acceleration, and dynamic loads from the transient
solution matrix into separate matrices.
Format:
DSAR UXT,TOL,TOL1,PXT/
UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,UXT1,PXT1/
EXTRPL/NDEL/SORTP $
Input Data Blocks:
UXT Solution matrix from transient response analysis.

TOL Transient response time output list consistent with columns in UXT and PXT.
TOL1 Reduced transient response time output list. Subset of time steps in TOL and
consistent with columns in outputs.
PXT Transient load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for time steps in TOL.
Output Data Blocks:
UDISP Reduced displacement solution matrix from transient response analysis.

UVELO Reduced velocity solution matrix from transient response analysis.
UACCE Reduced acceleration solution matrix from transient response analysis.
UXT1 Reduced solution matrix from transient response analysis.
PXT1 Reduced transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set.
Parameters:
EXTRPL Input-integer-default=1. Extra solution column flag. An extra column is or is not

appended to UDISP, UVELO, and UACCE accordingly:
0 Not appended.
1 From the last time step.
2 By extrapolation.
NDEL Input-integer-default=3. If NDEL is -1, an unneeded load vector is deleted for the
final time step for each design variable.
SORTP Input-integer-default=1. Transpose flag for UXT, UDISP, UVELO, UACCE, and
UXT1.
Main Index
DSAR 827
Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix
1 Columns correspond to time steps.

2 Rows correspond to time steps.
Remarks:
1. PXT, UDISP, UVELO, UACCE, UXT1 and PXT1 may be purged.
2. If no truncation is desired then specify TOL for TOL1. For example,
DSAR UXT,TOL,TOL,/
UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,,/0 $
3. UXT and PXT can have any number of rows. For example, the number of rows could relate to a
degree-of-freedom set.
4. All outputs have columns which are consistent with time steps in TOL1.
Main Index
828 DSARLP
Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives
DSARLP Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of

stability derivatives
Calculates the pseudo-displacements used in calculating the sensitivities of stability derivatives and
determines the parameters required for all of the static aeroelastic sensitivity analyses.
Format:
DSARLP DRSTBL,R1TABR,AECTRL,CASECC,EDT/
CASEA,UXU,UXR/
S,N,STFLG/S,N,TFLG/S,N,SDFLG/S,N,NSKIP/
S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/S,N,AEQRATIO $
Input Data Blocks:
the response types.
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics,
p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains
SET1 entries.
Output Data Blocks:

UXU Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the sensitivity
of unrestrained stability derivatives.
UXR Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the sensitivity
of restrained stability derivatives.
Main Index
DSARLP 829
Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives
Parameters:
STFLG Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has
active static response (DISP, STRAIN,STRESS, FORCE, CSTRAIN,
CSTRESS, or CFORCE on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no
response, 1 indicates an active response.
TFLG Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has
active trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no
SDFLG Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has
active stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data
entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.
NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default. Trim subcase counter.
LPFLG Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another Case
Control record to process. Set to -1 for the last subcase and Mach number.
MACH Output-real-no default. Mach number.
Q Output-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.
AEQRATIO Output-real-no default. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio.
Remark:
DSARLP performs a function for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis that is similar to the AELOOP
module for static aeroelastic analysis.
Main Index
830 DSARME
Computes RMS values
DSARME Computes RMS values
Computes the RMS values for random response analysis in design sensitivity.
Format:
DSARME UPDST,RMSTAB,CFSAB/
RMSVAL $
Input Data Blocks:
UPDST Table of transfer function data needed for RMS calculations.

CFSAB Matrix of spectral densities -- weighting factors for RMS calculations.
Output Data Blocks:
RMSVAL Matrix of initial RMS values.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
DSARSN 831
Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives
DSARSN Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability
derivatives
Calculates and stores the delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives.
Format:
DSARSN CASEA,R1TABR,AECTRL,DUX,TR,AERO,DSTABU,DSTABR/
DELX1,DELS1/
TFLG/SDFLG/Q $
Input Data Blocks:

DUX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements for the perturbed
configuration.
TR Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic reference
point.
DSTABU Matrix of unrestrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.
DSTABR Matrix of restrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.
Output Data Blocks:
DELX1 Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables for a single trim
subcase.
DELS1 Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables for a single
trim subcase.
Parameters:
TFLG Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active
trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no
Main Index
832 DSARSN
Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives
SDFLG Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active
stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0
indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.
Remarks:
1. DSARSN is called inside a loop for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis whenever TFLG or
SDFLG is greater than zero. See subDMAP SAERSENS for an example.
Main Index
DSAW 833
Calculates delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable
DSAW Calculates delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design

variable
Calculates the delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable.
Format:
DSAW DRSTBL,TABEV2,VELEM,VELEMN,R1TABR,DESTAB/
DELVS,WTCRID,WTDSCP,FRMDS/
CFDFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
the response types.
VELEMN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed configuration.
Output Data Blocks:
DELVS Matrix of delta volume for all design variables.

WTCRID Table of retained weight responses with column and row numbers in rigid mass
matrix.
WTDSCP Partitioning vector for weight.
Parameter:
CFDFLG Input-integer-default=0. Central finite difference flag. 1 means forward and -1

backward.
Main Index
834 DSDVRG
Computes weighting factors to calculate retained divergence response sensitivities
DSDVRG Computes weighting factors to calculate retained divergence

response sensitivities
Computes the weighting factors required in the calculation of the retained divergence response
sensitivities.
Format:
DSDVRG DSEDV,DIVTAB,PHIDRLR,PHIDLLR,QLLX/
DELDV $
Input Data Blocks:
DSEDV Partitioning vector for retained divergence responses.

PHIDRL Retained right divergence eigenvector responses.
PHIDLL Retained left divergence eigenvector responses.
QLL Aerodynamic matrix for divergence analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
DELDV Matrix of divergence sensitivity.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
DSFLTE 835
Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue
DSFLTE Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue
Calculates the right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue that has been extracted in a flutter
analysis and has been flagged for sensitivity analysis. Selected complex scalar quantities required for
flutter sensitivity analysis are also computed.
Format:
DSFLTE KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,FLUTAB,R1TABR,CASECC,CPHP,LCPHP/
CPHFL,CPHFR,VTQU/FCSENS $
Input Data Blocks:
KHH Generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.

BHH Generalized (modal) damping matrix.
MHH Generalized (modal) mass matrix.
QHHL Aerodynamic matrix list.
CPHP Complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
LCPHP Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
Output Data Blocks:
CPHFL Left flutter eigenvector -- h-set.

CPHFR Right flutter eigenvector -- h-set.
VTQU Table of flutter sensitivity data.
Parameters:
FCSENS Input-integer-default=1. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag.

1 Flutter sensitivity.
2 Complex eigenvalue sensitivity.
Main Index
836 DSFLTE
Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue
Remark:
The calculations in DSFLTE closely follow those used in module FA1 to perform the p-k method of
flutter analysis.
Main Index
DSFLTF 837
Calculates sensitivity of active flutter responses
DSFLTF Calculates sensitivity of active flutter responses
Calculates the sensitivity of active flutter responses.
Format:
DSFLTF VTQU,CDELK,CDELB,CDELM/DELFL/FCSENS $
Input Data Blocks:
CDELK Triple matrix product for flutter stiffness sensitivity.

CDELB Triple matrix product for flutter damping sensitivity.
CDELM Triple matrix product for flutter mass sensitivity.
VTQU Table of flutter sensitivity data.
Output Data Block:
DELFL Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables.
Parameters:
FCSENS Input-integer-default=1. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag.

1 Flutter sensitivity.
2 Complex eigenvalue sensitivity.
Main Index
838 DSGRDM
Produces grid list of design model
DSGRDM Produces grid list of design model
Preprocesses the design entries in EDOM to produce a list of grids associated with the designed elements
and design responses.
Format:
DSGRDM EDOM,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,GEOM1/
DSGRID/
S,N,AUTOSE/S,N,NUMDIV/S,N,DRATIO $
Input Data Blocks:
points
Output Data Blocks:
DSGRID Table of identification numbers for those grid points in the design model
automatic superelement optimization feature.
Parameters:
AUTOSE Output-character-default=none. Automatic superelement optimization flag.

Values are 'YES' or 'NO' as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry.
NUMDIV Output-integer-default=0. Number of domains assigned to the part of the model
which will not be designed as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry.
DRATIO Output-real-default=0.0. Design grid ratio as specified on the DOPTPTM Bulk
Data entry.
Main Index
DSMA 839
Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
DSMA Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
Generates the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old Design Sensitivity
Analysis only.
Format:
DSMA DSPT2,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OEF1DS,OES1CDS,OEFITDS/
DSCMR,UNUSED2/
APP $
Format for statics:
DSMA DSPT2,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OEF1DS,OES1CDS,OEFITDS/
DSCMR,/
'STATICS' $
Format for normal modes or buckling:
DSMA DSPT2,DSEGM,,,,/
DSCMR,/
’MODES’ (or ’BUCKL’) $
Input Data Blocks:
DSPT2 Old design sensitivity processor table two.

DSEGM Old design sensitivity eigenvalue gradient matrix.
OUG1DS Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses.
OES1DS Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.
OEF1DS Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses.
OES1CDS Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.
OEFITDS Table of composite element failure indices for design responses.
Output Data Blocks:
DSCMR Old combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix.

Main Index
840 DSMA
Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type.

Allowable values are:
'STATICS' Statics
'BUCKL' Buckling
Remarks:
1. DSMA is applicable only to old sensitivity analysis.
2. DSPT2 may not be purged.
3. DSEGM must be present for normal modes or buckling.
4. OUG1DS, OES1DS, and OEF1DS are required only if selected by DSPT2 entries.
Main Index
DSPRM 841
Sets design sensitivity parameters
DSPRM Sets design sensitivity parameters
Sets design sensitivity parameters based on retained responses for DMAP flow control.
Format:
DSPRM DRSTBL//
S,N,WGTVOL/S,N,DOBUCK/S,N,DOMODES/S,N,DOSTAT/
S,N,FAILI/S,N,CSTRES/S,N,CSTRN/S,N,DOFREQ/
S,N,DOCEIG/S,N,DOMTRAN/S,N,DODIVG/S,N,DOSAERO/
S,N,DOFLUT/S,N,DOANALY/S,N,DOSASTAT/ADJFLGG/
S,N,DOFSPCF/S,N,DOTSPCF/S,N,DOWGHT/S,N,DOESE/
S,N,DOSSPCF/S,N,DORMS/S,N,DOEIGV/S,N,DOGPF/
S,N,DOELOP/S,N,DOSTCOMP/S,N,DOFRMASS/
S,N,DOCSTRAT $
Input Data Block:
the response types.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
WGTVOL Output-integer-default=0. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any

retained response.
1 Weight only
2 Volume only
3 Weight And volume
DOBUCK Output-integer-default=0. Buckling constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint.
DOMODES Output-integer-default=0. Normal modes constraint flag. Set to >0 if any
constraint.
DOSTAT Output-integer-default=0. Statics constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint.
FAILI Output-integer-default=0. Composite failure index constraint flag. Set to >0 if any
constraint.
CSTRES Output-integer-default=0. Composite lamina stress constraint flag. Set to >0 if any
constraint.
Main Index
842 DSPRM
CSTRN Output-integer-default=0. Composite lamina strain constraint flag. Set to >0 if any
constraint.
DOFREQ Output-integer-default=0. Frequency response retained response flag. Set to >0 if
any retained response.
DOCEIG Output-integer-default=0. Complex eigenvalue response retained response flag. Set
to >0 if any retained response.
DOMTRAN Output-integer-default=0. Transient response retained response flag. Set to >0 if
DODIVG Output-integer-default=0. Divergence analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if
DOSAERO Output-integer-default=0. Aerostatic trim or stability derivative retained response
flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
DOFLUT Output-integer-default=0. Flutter analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response.
DOANALY Output-integer-default=0. Any analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response.
DOSASTAT Output-integer-default=0. Statics or aerostatic retained response flag. Set to >0 if
ADJFLG Input-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity flag.
DOFSPCF Output-integer-default=0. Frequency response retained SPCforce response flag.
Set to >0 if any retained response.
DOTSPCF Output-integer-default=0. Transient response retained SPCforce response flag. Set
to >0 if any retained response.
DOWGHT Output-integer-default=0. Weight retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
response.
DOESE Output-integer-default=0. Static analysis retained element strain energy response
flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Main Index
DSPRM 843
DOSSPCF Output-integer-default=0. Static analysis retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0
if any retained response.
DORMS Output-integer-default=0. RMS response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response.
DOEIGV Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any eigenvector constraints.
DOGPF Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any grid point force responses.
DOELOP Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any element oriented force responses.
DOSTCOMP Output-integer-default=0. Static compliance flag. Set to >0 if any static
compliance.
DOFRMASS Output-integer-default=0. Fractional mass flag. Set to >0 if any fractional mass.
DOCSTRAT Output-integer-default=0. Composite stress ratio flag. Set to >0 if any composite
stress ratio.
Remark:
RSP1CT may be specified as input to DSPRM.
Main Index
844 DSTA
Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
DSTA Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
Creates tables related to the design perturbation in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only.
Format:
 UG 
 
DSTA ECT,EPT,EST,CASECC,EDOM,  LAMA  ,CASECCX,ETT,
 
 BLAMA 
DIT,MPT/
ESTDVP,ESTDCN,CASEDS,ETTDCN,DSPT1,DSPT2,
DSROWL,DSCOLL,ETTDV,MPTC,EPTC/
APP/S,N,NOPRT/S,N,NOSAVE/S,N,NOFORT/NEIG $
Input Data Blocks:

CASECC Table of Case Control command images. of static loads.
UG Displacement matrix in g-set from static analysis.
BLAMA Buckling eigenvalue summary table.
CASECCX Table of Case Control command images used to generate static loads.
Output Data Blocks:

variables.
DSESM Design sensitivity eigenvector selection matrix -- Boolean operator to select
eigenvectors which are referenced by constraints (buckling and normal modes
only).
Main Index
DSTA 845
Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
ETTDCN Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers for the
effects of temperature.
DSPT2 Old Design sensitivity processor table two.
DSROWL Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR.
DSCOLL Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity matrix,
DSCMR.
ETTDV Element temperature table where the original element identification numbers
have been converted to new design variable identification numbers.
MPTC Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2 records.
EPTC Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PSHELL
records.
Parameters:

Allowable values are:
'STATICS' Statics
'BUCKL' Buckling
NOPRT Output-integer-default=0. Print flag. Set to 1 if PRINT is requested on the
SENSITY Case Control command.
NOSAVE Output-integer-default=-1. Data base store flag. Set to 0 if SAVE is requested on
the SENSITY Case Control command.
NOFORT Output-integer-default=-1. OUTPUT4 flag. Set to 0 if FORT is requested on the
SENSITY Case Control command.
NEIG Input-integer-default=0. Number of eigenvalues to keep.
0 Keep all eigenvalues.
>0 Keep first NEIG-th eigenvalues.
Remarks:
1. ETT, ETTDV, and ETTDC may be purged if no element temperature data exists.
2. DSTA generates the tables necessary to drive other modules that calculate design sensitivity data.
These modules include EMG, SSG1, DSVG1, DSVG2, DSVG3, SDR2, DSMAS and
LMATPRT.
Main Index
846 DSTAP2
Creates correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSTAP2 Creates correlation table for normalized design sensitivity

coefficient matrix
Creates a correlation table for the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Format:
DSTAP2 R1TABRG,RSP2RG,RSP3RG/
DSCMCOL,DSIDLBL,RQA/
S,N,NORQA/S,N,IFRMAS $
Input Data Blocks:

RSP2RG Table of attributes of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.
Output Data Blocks:

DSIDLBL Table of design response labels.
RQA Matrix of spawned generalized stiffness and mass indices.
Parameter:
NORQA Output-logical-default=FALSE. Presense flag for RQA data block.

IFRMAS Output-integer-default=0. Fractional mass response type.
Main Index
DSVG1 847
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis
DSVG1 Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity

analysis
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in the sensitivity analysis.
Format:
 UGX 
DSVG1 XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICT,XELM,   ,VG,
LFTAB,DSPT1,VGDM,XDICTB,XELMB/  AGX 
EGX/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/IAPP/DSVGSF/NOPSLG/COUPMASS/CDIF/
SPDM/SHAPEOPT/MGEFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
XDICTDS Perturbed element matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this is the
forward or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
XELMDS Table of perturbed element matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward or
backward perturbed element matrices.
XDICT Baseline element matrix dictionary table.
XELM Baseline element matrices.
UGX Displacement matrix in g-set. For transient response analysis, UGX could also
represent velocity or acceleration.
AGX Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central, forward,
or backward perturbed configuration.
VG Left-handed displacement matrix in g-set. Divergence and flutter analysis only.
VGDM Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design response is
required if SPDM=-1. Also, UGX and ADJG must partitioned the ones of this
vector.
XDICTB Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF=’YES’.
XELMB Backward perturbed if CDIF=’YES’.
Main Index
848 DSVG1
Output Data Blocks:
EGX Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set.
Parameters:

-1 Do not generate.
0 Generate.
IAPP Input-integer-default=1. Analysis type. Allowable values are:
1 Statics, aerostatic, frequency, or transient response.
2 Buckling or normal modes.
4 Flutter or divergence.
DSVGF Input-integer-default=0. Specifies scaling of solution vector by eigenvalue.
0 No scaling.
1 Scale.
NOPSLG Input-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load
generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV Case
Control command.
COUPMASS Input-integer-default=-1. Coupled mass generation flag.
-1 Lumped.
0 Coupled.
CDIF Input-character-default=’NO’. Finite difference scheme. ‘YES’=Central and
Forward=’NO’.
SPDM Input-integer-default=0.
Sparse design model flag. If -1, then VGDM must be supplied.

-1 Yes.
0 No.
SHAPEOPT Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape optimization
is activated.
PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries. See Remark 3.
Main Index
DSVG1 849
Remarks:
1. DSVG1 must be executed for mass, stiffness, viscous damping, and structural damping and, if
CDIF='YES', forward and backward perturbed configurations.
2. For transient analysis, DSVG1 must be invoked three times for displacement, velocity, and
acceleration which are obtained from the DSAR module.
3. If NOPSLG  0 , then a null EGX matrix is generated.
Main Index
850 DSVG1P
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis
DSVG1P Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design

sensitivity analysis
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis.
Format:
DSVG1P ESTDVM,ESTDV2,BGPDVP,CSTM,MPTX,DIT,DEQATN,DEQIND,
UGX,LFTAB,DSPT1,GPSNT,ESTDVB/
EGK,EGM/
COUPMASS/K6ROT/ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/NOPSLG/OPTFLG/
UNUSED7 $
Input Data Blocks:
ESTDVM EST with updated material property identification numbers.

ESTDV2 Merged EST with grid and element property design variable perturbations. If
CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbation.
configuration.
MPTX MPT with design variable perturbations.
ESTDVB Element summary table for the backward perturbed configuration. Required
only if CDIF='YES'.
Output Data Blocks:
EGK Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to stiffness.

EGM Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to mass.
Main Index
DSVG1P 851
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis
Parameters:

-1 Lumped.
0 Coupled.
K6ROT Input-real-default=-1.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and
CTRIA3 elements.
ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-element
analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product Space
set.
WTMASS Input-real-default=-1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix.
NOPSLG Input-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation
is requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV Case Control
command.
OPTFLG Input-integer-default=0. DSVG1P application method:
1 Statics.
2 Normal modes.
3 Acceleration load.
Remark:
If NOPSLG  0 , then a null EGX matrix is generated.
Main Index
852 DSVG2
Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load
DSVG2 Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal

load
Generates the pseudo-load matrix which reflects equilibrium changes in the thermal load due to
variations in the design variables.
Format:
DSVG2 BGPDVX,CSTM,SIL,KDICTX,CASDSN,PTELEM,
 UGX 
PTELMDSX,   ,DSPT1/
 AGX 
EGTX/
PEXIST/HPFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDVX Basic grid point definition table for the central, forward, or backward perturbed
configuration.
KDICTX Baseline element stiffness matrix dictionary table for h-elements or
p-elements.
PTELMDSX Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the central,
forward, or backward perturbed configuration.
AGX Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central, forward,
or backward perturbed configuration.
Output Data Block:
EGTX Pseudo-load matrix (variation in equilibrium) due to changes in the thermal

load/design variables for the central, forward, or backward perturbed
configuration.
Main Index
DSVG2 853
Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load
Parameters:

HPFLAG Input-integer-default=1. Element type processing flag.
1 h-element
2 p-element
Remark:
CSTM and BGPDT may be purged.
Main Index
854 DSVG3
Combines and appends solution matrices for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
DSVG3 Combines and appends solution matrices for Old Design

Sensitivity Analysis only
Combines and appends the solution matrices from the analysis and pseudo-loads due to design variable
changes in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only.
Format:
DSVG3 UG,UGDS/
UGDS1 $
Input Data Blocks:
UG Displacement matrix in g-set from the analysis.

UGDS Displacement matrix in g-set due to pseudo-loads.
Output Data Block:
UGDS1 Displacement matrix in g-set for the total variation.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
DSVGP4 855
Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix
DSVGP4 Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix
Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix for rigid element shape sensitivity
analysis.
Format:
DSVGP4 DGTAB,EQEXIN,GEOM4,RMG,GM,USET,CSTM,BPGDVP,TABDEQ/
DELTGM,DVSLIS/
LUSET/NDVTOT/S,N,RGSENS $
Input Data Blocks:
DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table of
internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration.
numbers.
RMG Multipoint constraint equation matrix.
GM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.
configuration.
Output Data Blocks:
DELTGM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix for the perturbed configuration.

DVSLIS List of design variables affected by shape variations.
Parameters:

g-set.
RGSENS Output-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.
Main Index
856 DSVGP4
Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix
Remark:
Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i rows by j columns
(if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns.
Main Index
DSVGP5 857
Performs multiplication of two matrices
DSVGP5 Performs multiplication of two matrices
Performs multiplication of two matrices with one matrix having multiple submatrices and, optionally, the
addition of a third matrix to the product. For example, the default (IOPT=0 or T=0) result is:
 A 1  B A 2  B A 3  B A n  B  + C 1 C 2 C 3 C n
Format:
DSVGP5 A,B,C,DVSLIS/
D/
NSMATS/T/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
A Matrix with NSMATS number of submatrices.

B Submatrix multiplier.
C Additive matrix to be added to product of A and B. Used only if IOPT=0 or 2.
DVSLIS List of design variables affected by shape variations.
Output Data Block:
D Matrix product.
Parameters:
NSMATS Input-integer-default=0. Number of submatrices in A.

T Input-integer-default=0. A i submatrix transpose flag. Applicable only when
IOPT=0.
0 No transpose of A i (default).
1 Transpose Ai .
IOPT Input-integer-default=0. DSVGP5 method. T is ignored when IOPT>0.
0 A i  B + C i (default).
1 B + Ai .
2 Same as 0 except diagonal is extracted from A i  B + C i and stored as a
column in D.
Main Index
858 DSVGP5
Performs multiplication of two matrices
Remark:
Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i rows by j columns
(if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns.
Main Index
DTIIN 859
Input DTI entries to DMAP
DTIIN Input DTI entries to DMAP
Input tables referenced on DTI Bulk Data entries.
Format:
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/DTI1,DTI2,DTI3,DTI4,DTI5,DTI6,DTI7,
DTI8,DTI9,DTI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/
PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $
Input Data Blocks:
DTI Collection of tables specified on DTI Bulk Data entries (from IFP).
DTlNDX Index into DTI (from IFP).
Output Data Blocks:
DTIi Names that appear on field 2 of the DTI entries (i.e., the DTI table called DTI1)
will be output on data block DTI1.
Parameters:
PARMi Output-logical-default = FALSE. If the i-th output data block is generated then
PARMi=TRUE.
Remarks:
1. The input data blocks DTI and DTINDX are output from the preface module IFP.
Example:
Assume the Bulk Data contains three DTI tables named T1, T2, and T3. The following DMAP instruction
will create the data blocks T1 and T3.
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/T1,T3,,,,,,,,/S,N,YEST1/S,N,YEST3 $
Main Index
860 DUMMOD1
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules
DUMMOD1 Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written

subroutines and modules
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules.
Format:
DUMMOD1 IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/
ODB1,ODB2,ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/
IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/
CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi Table or matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi Table or matrix.
Parameters:
IPARMi Input/output-integer-default=-1.
RPARMi Input/output-real-default=-1.0.
CHPARM Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'.
RDPARM Input/output-real double precision-default=-1.D0.
CPARM Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0).
CDPARM Input/output-complex double precision-default=(-1.D0, 1.0D0).
Main Index
DUMMOD2 861

Format:
DUMMOD2 IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/ODB1,ODB2,
ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi Table or matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi Table or matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
862 DUMMOD3

Format:
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi Table of matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi Table of matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
DUMMOD4 863

Format:
Input Data Blocks:
IDBi Table of matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ODBi Table of matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
864 DVIEWP
Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements
DVIEWP Generates view-element and view-grid information for

processing
p-elements
Generates the view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements in design sensitivity
analysis.
Format:
DVIEWP CASECC,OINT,PELSET,ESTDCN,TABECN,BGPDVP,CSTM/
VIEWTBDS/
S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/
VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/
S,N,VUEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:

OINT p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT and OUTRCV Bulk Data
entries.
variables.
TABECN Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of constraints
in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.
configuration.
Output Data Blocks:
VIEWTBDS View information table, contains the relationship between each

p-element and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed model.
Parameters:
VUGNEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next view-

grid.
VUENEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next view-
element.
Main Index
DVIEWP 865
Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements
VUGJUMP Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-grid identification numbers.

VUELJUMP Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-element identification
numbers.
VUHEXA Input-character-default='VUHEXA'. Name for VUHEXA element.
VUPENTA Input-character-default='VUPENTA'. Name for VUPENTA element.
VUTETRA Input-character-default='VUTETRA'. Name for VUTETRA element.
VUQUAD4 Input-character-default='VUQUAD4'. Name for VUQUAD4 element.
VUTRIA3 Input-character-default='VUTRIA3'. Name for VUTRIA3 element.
VUBEAM Input-character-default='VUBEAM'. Name for VUBEAM element.
VUEXIST Output-logical-default=FALSE. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if view-
elements exist.
Main Index
866 DYNCXPNT
Adds acoustic infinite extra points to the DYNAMIC table
DYNCXPNT Adds acoustic infinite extra points to the DYNAMIC table
Automatically generates the extra points for acoustic infinite elements and adds them to the DYNAMIC
table.
Format:
DYNCXPNT GEOM2 , EPT , EDT , DYNAMIC /

DYNAMICX, IFEXPNT , VEFS /
S,N,AIXPNT $
Input Data Blocks:
points.
EPT Element property table.
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ACINFPRM Bulk Data entry.
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamic.s
Output Data Blocks:
DYNAMICX Updated DYNAMIC table.

IFEXPNT Table of infinite element extra points and association with fluid-structure grid points.
VEFS Fluid-structure partitioning vector for the e-set.
Parameters:
AIXPNT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Extra point generation flag. TRUE if extra

points are generated; false otherwise.
Remark:
If any of the datablocks GEOM2, EPT and DYNAMIC are purged or do not exist then no action is taken.
Main Index
EFFMASS 867
Computes modal effective mass
EFFMASS Computes modal effective mass
Computes the modal effective mass based on the normal modes.
Format:
EFFMASS CASECC,MAA,PHA,LAMA,USET,BGPDT,UNUSED,CSTM,VGQ/
TEMF,EMM,DMA,MEMF,MPFEM,MEM,MEW/
SEID/WTMASS/S,N,CARDNO/SETNAM/UNUSED $
Input Data Blocks:

MAA Mass matrix in a-set or g-set.
PHA Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set or g-set.
UNUSED Unused.
VGQ Partitioning vector which is g-set size and contains values of 1.0 at rows
corresponding to degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
Output Data Blocks:
TEMF Total effective mass fraction table.

EMM Effective mass matrix.
MA Rigid body mass matrix for the a-set.
MEMF Modal effective mass fraction table.
MPFEM Modal participation factors for effective mass.
MEM Modal effective mass matrix.
MEW Modal effective weight matrix.
Main Index
868 EFFMASS
Computes modal effective mass
Parameters:

WTMASS Input-real-no default. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. See
Parameter Descriptions (p. 692) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
CARDNO Input/output-integer-default=0. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is
incremented by one for each line written to the punch file and is also written
into columns 73-80 of each line.
SETNAM Input-character-default='g'. Degree-of-freedom set name.
UNUSED Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
ELFDR 869
Transforms grid point force balance output from GPFDR module
ELFDR Transforms grid point force balance output from GPFDR module
Transforms grid point force balance output (from GPFDR module) from the global coordinate system to
the elemental coordinate systems or to the edges of adjacent elements. Applicable to line and shell
elements only.
Format:
ELFDR OGPFB1,GPECT,CSTM,SIL,GPL,BGPDT/
OELOF1,OELOP1/
NOELOF/NOELOP/UNUSED3 $
Input Data Blocks:
OGPFB1 Table of grid point forces in SORT1 format.

Output Data Blocks:
OELOF1 Table of element oriented forces connected to common grid points in SORT1
format.
OELOP1 Table of element-oriented forces oriented along adjacent element edge
directions and summations of these components on equivalent edges in
SORT1 format.
Parameters:
NOELOF Input-integer-default=0. OELOF1 generation flag.

<0 Do not generate.
0 Generate.
NOELOP Input-integer-default=0. OELOP1 generation flag.
<0 Do not generate.
0 Generate.
Main Index
870 ELTPRT
Prints element summary information
ELTPRT Prints element summary information
Prints information on elements.
Format:
ELTPRT ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,NSMEST,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,
CASSECC,EPT,UNUSED/
VELEM/
PROUT/S,N,ERROR/WTMASS $
Input Data Blocks:

NSMEST NSM Bulk Data entries in EST format.
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for ELSUM
command.
DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images for ELSUM command.
UNUSED Unused and may be purged.
Output Data Block:
Main Index
ELTPRT 871
Parameters:
PROUT Input-integer-default = 0. Print control for options 1, 2, and 4 is listed in

Remark 1. This parameter is only meaningful if the input data block ECT is
specified.
For options 1 and 2, if PROUT is set to a positive integer value or to zero

(default), the output will include a list of the element types and the
identification numbers of all elements.
For option 4, if PROUT = 0 or 1, then VELEM is computed and printed. If

PROUT = 2, VELEM is computed but not printed.
ERROR Integer-output-default = 0. If duplicate element identification numbers exist,
ERROR is set to -1. This parameter is only meaningful for Option 1.
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix for Option 4.
Remarks:
1. ELTPRT has four output options listed below. The required data blocks are indicated in the table
below.
Option 1: A sorted list of element identification numbers and a list of duplicate element
Option 2: A list of grid points with the elements that connect to each grid point. Both the element
type and element identification number are listed.
Option 3: Compute and print an element measure (length for 1-D elements; area for 2-D elements;
or volume for 3-D elements and elements of revolution). If a volume can be calculated for 1-D or
2-D elements, then it will also be printed. Create data block with element volumes.
Option 4: Compute and print element mass summary. See ELSUM Case Control command.
Option Data Blocks to Be Included to Activate Output Options

ECT GPECT BGPDT EST CSTM MPT DIT CASECC EPT NSMEST
1
2
3
4
2. For Option 1, the output will contain the following items.

• Identify all duplicate elements, e.g.,
10 ROD.
**** 10 BAR.
Main Index
872 ELTPRT
• Identify each element type and the range of element identification numbers for the element type,
e.g.,
THERE ARE 10 ROD ELEMENTS. FIRST ID = 34 LAST ID = 470
Examples:
1. Duplicate element identification numbers are not allowed in the superelement solution sequences.
The following will cause the run to terminate if duplicate identification numbers exist (options 1
and 2).
ELTPRT ECT,,,,//1/S,N,ERROR $
IF (ERROR <0) EXIT $
If no duplicate identification numbers exist, the run will proceed in a normal manner.
2. Print the connection information for each grid point (option 3).
ELTPRT ,,GPECT,BGPDT,,,/ $
3. Print the measure of all elements (option 4).
ELTPRT ,,,BGPDT,,EST,CSTM/ $
Main Index
EMA 873
Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices
EMA Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices
Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices.
Format:
EMA GPECT,XDICT,XELM,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICTP,XELMP/
XGG,UNUSED2/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/K4QUAL $
Input Data Blocks:

XDICT Element matrix dictionary table.
XELM Table of element matrices.
XDICTP Element matrix dictionary table for p-elements.
XELMP Table of element matrices for p-elements.
Output Data Blocks:
XGG Global matrix of g-set size.

UNUSED2 Not used and may be purged.
Parameters:

-1 Do not generate.
0 Generate; i.e., apply GE (on MATi entry) to stiffness.
K4QUAL Input-integer-default=' '. Qualifier name for KDICT and KELM when processing
multiple structural damping.
Main Index
874 EMA
Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices
Method:
4
The structural damping matrix  K gg  is assembled from elements with structural damping. Structural
damping is specified in the GE field of the MATi entry.
NE
4
 K gg  =  GEe  Ke  (4-21)
e=1
where:
NE = number of elements.
GE e = element structural damping coefficient from MATi entries.
 Ke  = element stiffness matrix.
Remark:
EMA is used to generate stiffness (KGG), mass (MGG), damping (BGG), and structural damping
(K4GG) matrices.
Main Index
EMAKFR 875
Generates stiffness for follower forces
EMAKFR Generates stiffness for follower forces
Generates the stiffness for follower forces due to rotational velocity and/or accelerations.
Format:
EMAKFR BGPDT,CSTM,SLT,MGG,CSTM0,SCSTM/
KRFGG/
LOADID/LOADIDP/SEID/LOADFACR/SYS66 $
Input Data Blocks:

MGG Mass matrix in g-size.
CSTM0 Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual structure.
SCSTM Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.
Output:
KRFGG Stiffness matrix due to follower rotational forces in g-set.
Parameters:
LOADID Input-integer-no default. Load set identification number for the current
subcase.
LOADIDP Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the previous
subcase.
LOADFACR Input-real-default=1.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as
LOADFAC except real).
SYS66 Input-integer-default=255. System cell 66 override for matrix multiply.
Remarks:
1. Rotational forces are derived from the RFORCE Bulk Data entry.
2. LOADFACR is applied in the following manner to compute the total load:
P total = LOADFACR  P LOADID +  1.0 – LOADFACR   P LOADIDP
Main Index
876 EMG
Computes elemental matrices
EMG Computes elemental matrices
Computes elemental matrices for stiffness, differential stiffness, mass, damping, heat conduction, or heat
capacity.
Format:
EMG EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,UNUSED5,UG,ETT,EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND,
BGPDT,GPSNT,ECTA,EPTA,EHTA,DITID,SLTNL/
S,N,NOKGG/S,N,NOMGG/S,N,NOBGG/S,N,NOK4GG/
S,N,NONLHT/COUPMASS/TEMPSID/DEFRMSID/PENFAC/
NOPNLT/LUMPD/LUMPM/MATCPX/KDGEN/TABS/
SIGMA/K6ROT/LANGLE/NOBKGG/ALTSHAPE/
PEXIST/FREQTYP/FREQVAL/FREQWA/UNSYMF/
S,N,BADMESH/S,N,MGEFLAG/LOADFACR/GNLSTN/FKQRTR $
Input Data Blocks:

UG Displacement matrix in g-set. Required only for differential stiffness
generation.
EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation. Required
only for differential stiffness generation.
ECTA Secondary element connectivity table.
EPTA Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.
EHTA Secondary element hierarchical table.
DITID Table of identification numbers in DIT.
SLTNL SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both the
current and last load step.
Main Index
EMG 877
Output Data Blocks:
KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential, or

follower stiffness.
MELM Table of element mass matrices.
MDICT MELM dictionary table.
BELM Table of element damping or heat capacity matrices.
BDICT BELM dictionary table.
Parameters:
NOKGG Input/output-integer-default=-1. KELM and KDICT generation flag.

Input:
>0 Generate.
-1 Do not generate.
Output:
>0 Generated.
-1 Not generated.
NOMGG Input/output-integer-default=-1. Same as NOKGG except for MELM and MDICT.
NOBGG Input/output-integer-default=-1. Same as NOKGG except for BELM and BDICT.
NOK4GG Input/output-integer-default=1. Structural damping generation flag. Set to -1 if a
nonzero damping constant (GE field on MATi Bulk Data entry) is not found for any
element.
NONLHT Output-integer-default=-1. Nonlinear heat transfer or differential stiffness
generation flag. Set to 1 if nonlinear heat transfer elements are detected.
On input:
>3 Compute geometric nonlinear effects.
<3 Do not compute geometric nonlinear effects.
On output:
-1 If no nonlinear material was found in a heat transfer problem.
1 Otherwise.
-1 Lumped.
0 Coupled.
Main Index
878 EMG
TEMPSID Input-integer-default=-1. Temperature set identification number. Usually obtained

from the TEMPERATURE Case Control command. Required for use in stress
recovery of differential stiffness.
DEFRMID Input-integer-default=-1. Element deformation set identification number. Usually
obtained from the DEFORM Case Control command. Required for use in stress
recovery of differential stiffness.
PENFAC Input-real-default=0.0. Penalty factor for electromagnetic elements.
NOPNLT Input-integer-default=-1. Penalty function flag for electromagnetic elements.
LUMPB Input-real-default=0.0. Lumping factor for electromagnetic damping.
LUMPM Input-real-default=0.0. Lumping factor for electromagnetic mass.
MATCPX Input-integer-default=-1. Complex material properties flag for electromagnetic
elements.
KDGEN Input-integer-default=0. Differential or follower stiffness matrix generation flag.
Usually the column number in UG to use in differential stiffness matrix generation.
If KDGEN is negative then follower stiffness will be generated.
TABS Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to
273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.
SIGMA Input-real-default=0.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant
heat flux.
K6ROT Input-real-default=0.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and
CTRIA3 elements.
LANGLE Input-integer-default=1. Large rotation calculation method:
1 Fimbal angle.
2 Rotation vector.
NOBKGG Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact stiffness generation flag. Set to 1 to
generate slideline contact stiffness.
Product Space set.
PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element flag. Set to TRUE if p-elements are
present and to be processed.
FREQTYP Input-character-default=' '. Frequency dependent element processing mode:
'ESTF' Compute frequency dependent stiffness.
'ESTNF' Compute nominal frequency dependent stiffness.
FREQVAL Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency value for frequency dependent element
generation.
FREQWA Input-real-default=0.0. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
Main Index
EMG 879
UNSYMF Input-character-default='NO'. Unsymmetric stiffness generation for slideline

contact stiffness. If set to 'YES' then stiffness matrix will be unsymmetric for
slideline contact.
BADMESH Output-logical-default=FALSE. Bad geometry was detected.
PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries. See Remark 3.
LOADFACR Input-real-default=1.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as
LOADFAC except real).
GNLSTN Input-integer-default=0. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user
parameter.
0 Small strain.
1 Green strain.
FKQRTR Input-logical-default=FALSE. Follower stiffness generation flag. If TRUE,
follower stiffness will be generated. Usually based on user parameter FOLLOWK.
Remarks:
1. CSTM may be purged. MPT may be purged only if elements which do not reference any material
data are used. The DIT may be purged only if the material properties are not temperature
dependent.
2. If either of a matrix-dictionary data block pair is purged, that particular data block pair will not be
formed.
3. MGEFLAG is set and reset accordingly:
a. On the first call to EMG, MGEFLAG has the following values and actions:
Input/Output Action
0/ 0 Process all elements in standard fashion.
1 / -1 Except for bush elements, process all elements in standard fashion.
For bush elements process normally but place 0.0 for GE in element
KDICT.
2 / -2 Except for shell elements, process all elements in standard fashion.
For shell elements process normally but place 0.0 for GE in element
KDICT.
3 / -3 Both 1 and 2.
Main Index
880 EMG
b. If MGEFLAG<>0 from the first call to EMG then execute a second call to EMG:
Input/Output Action
-1 / +1 Process only bush elements: each element stiffness is multiplied by its
coresponding GEi and 1.0 is placed for GE in element’s KDICT entry.
-2 / +2 Process only shell elements: each element stiffness is multiplied by its
corresponding GEi and 1.0 is placedfor GE in element’s KDICT entry.
-3 / +3 Both 1 and 2.
Main Index
EQUIVX 881
Data block name equivalence
EQUIVX Data block name equivalence
Attaches a second name to an existing data block.
Format:
EQUIVX DBP/DBS/PARM $
Input Data Block:
DBP Primary data block.
Output Data Block:
DBS Secondary data block.
Parameter:
PARM Input-integer-default = 0. Equivalence flag. See Remark 3.
Remarks:
1. The main purpose of the EQUIVX is to save either storage space or l/O time or both.
2. If DBP and DBS reside on different DBsets and PARAM < 0, then a copy of DBP is made to the
DBset on which DBS resides. The equivalence flag is broken and the data blocks become
separate. These rules apply only if the secondary data block resides on a permanent DBset or DBS
is not referenced on a TYPE DB statement and its DBset is a scratch DBset. Therefore, it is
recommended that DBS is referenced on a TYPE statement and defined in the NDDL sequence
with its location assigned to the scratch DBset.
3. The following tables summarize the relationship between primary and secondary:
Status with PARM < 0
DBP prior to EQUIVX DBS prior to EQUIVX DBS after EQUIVX
Generated Any Equivalenced
Purged or Not Generated Any Purged and not equivalenced
Main Index
882 EQUIVX
Data block name equivalence
Status with PARM > 0
DBP prior to EQUIVX DBS prior to EQUIVX DBS after EQUIVX
Generated Not Equivalenced Unchanged
Generated Equivalenced Purged and Not Generated
Purged or Not Generated Any Unchanged
4. If DBS is also declared on the FILE DBS=APPEND statement then User Warning Message 81
will be issued. If the EQUIVX.../DBS statement is executed only once and is not re-executed in
the DMAP loop, then the message may be safely ignored. However, if the EQUIVX statement is
potentially re-executed then it should be replaced with the DELETE and COPY module.
For example,
FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $
EQUIVX ESTNL/ESTNCH/-1 $
should be replaced with:
FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $
DELETE /ESTNCH,,,, $
COPY ESTNL/ESTNCH $
Examples:
Data blocks A and B reside on the same DBset.
EQUIVX A/B/ALWAYS $
A and B are equivalenced.
EQUIVX A/B/NEVER $
The equivalence is broken, and B is deleted.
Main Index
ESTINDX 883
Creates an index, keyed by element identification number
ESTINDX Creates an index, keyed by element identification number
Creates an index, keyed by element identification number, for the EST table.
Format:
ESTINDX /EST $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
EST must be declared as an append file on the FILE statement.
Main Index
884 EXPORTLD
Creates an index, keyed by element identification number
EXPORTLD Exports LOAD vectors requested by EXPORTLD Case Control command
Exports LOAD vectors requested by EXPORTLD Case Control command.
Format:
EXPORTLD CASECC,PG,BGPDT/PG*,BGPDT*/NSKIP $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control command specifications.

PG Static load matrix applied to the g-set.
Output Data Blocks:
PG* Family of PG matrices vectors qualified by LOADID and LOADNAME. One

matrix is created per EXPORTLD request.
BGPDT* Family of BGPDT tables qualified by LOADID and LOADNAME and
associated with PG*.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC corresponding to

the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
FA1 885
Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis
FA1 Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis
Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis. Also performs the eigenvalue analysis for the
KE or PK method.
Format:
FA1 KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,CASECC,EDT/
FSAVE,KHH1,BHH1,MHH1,FLUTABP/
S,N,FLOOP/S,N,TSTART/S,N,NOCEAD/LPRINT/XYUNIT/VREF
$
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation,
aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative
solver. Also contains SET1 entries.
Output Data Blocks:
FSAVE Flutter storage save or answer table.

KHH1 Modified generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.
BHH1 Modified generalized (modal) damping matrix.
MHH1 Modified generalized (modal) mass matrix.
FLUTABP
Parameters:
FLOOP Input/output-integer-no default. Flutter eigenvalue analysis loop counter. Set

to zero for initial entry and incremented by one for each loop until the last
loop then set to -1.
TSTART Output-integer-no default. CPU clock time at entry to module.
Main Index
886 FA1
Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis
NOCEAD Output-integer-default=0. Complex eigenvalue analysis flag. Set to 1 if

complex eigenvalue analysis needs to be performed, otherwise, set
to -1.
LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for flutter analysis.
XYUNIT Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit number to which extracted khh1
values are written at each sweep point for the PKS and PKNLS methods.
VREF Input-real-no default. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.
Remarks:
BHH may be purged for the K and PK methods. BHH is ignored for the KE method. If BHH is purged,
BHH1 may be purged for the K method.
Main Index
FA2 887
Collects aeroelastic flutter data
FA2 Collects aeroelastic flutter data
Collects aeroelastic flutter data for reduction and presentation for each loop through the configuration
parameters.
Format:
FA2 CPH1,CLAMA1,FSAVE/
CPH2,CLAMA2,CASEYY,OVG,FLUTABK/
S,N,TSTART/VREF/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXY/LPRINT $
Input Data Blocks:
CPH1 Complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis.

CLAMA1 Complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis.
FSAVE Flutter storage save table
Output Data Blocks:
CPH2 Appended complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis.

CLAMA2 Appended complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis.
CASEYY Appended Case Control table in flutter analysis.
OVG Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves.
FLUTABK Flutter summary table for K and KE methods.
Parameters:
TSTART Input/output-integer-no default. On input, TSTART is the CPU clock time at

entry to FA1. On output, set to -1 if there is insufficient time for another
DMAP loop.
VREF Input-real-no default. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.
SYMXZ Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag.
LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for flutter analysis.
Main Index
888 FA2
Remarks:
All output data blocks are must be declared on the FILE statement with APPEND keyword in order to
append outputs from previous loops.
Main Index
FBODYLD 889
FBODYLD Filters grid point forces according to a FBODY Case Control request
Filters grid point forces according to a FBODY Case Control request.
Format:
FBODYLD EDT,BGPDT,CASECC,OGPF1,CSTM/
BGPDTFB*,PGFB*/GPFNAM $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT Table of Bulk Data SET1 and FRBODYi entry images

CASECC Table of Case Control specifications.
OGPFB1 Table of grid point forces. Also must be indexed
with the OFPINDEX module.
Output Data Blocks:
BGPDTFB* Family of BGPDT tables associated with FBLPG. One instance defines the
grids for one given freebody subsystem.
PGFB* Family of PG matrices.
Parameters:
GPFNAM Input-character-default="OGF". NDDL name of the OGPF1.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
890 FBS
Matrix forward/backward substitution
FBS Matrix forward/backward substitution
To solve the matrix equation  A   X  =   B  (right-hand solution) or  X  T  A  =  B  T

(left-hand solution) using the triangular factors computed by DCMP or DECOMP. Forward-only and
backward-only of right-hand solutions can also be provided for factors of symmetric matrices (see
Remark 6).
Format:
FBS LD,U,B/X/KSYM/SIGN/FBTYP/FBREST/UNUSED/UNCOUP $
Input Data Blocks:
LD Lower triangular factor/diagonal, or Cholesky factor.

U Upper triangular factor. Purged unless  A  is unsymmetric.
B Rectangular matrix.
Output Data Block:
X Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions as B .
Parameters:
KSYM Input-integer-default = -1. Symmetry flag.

-1 choose symmetric if  U  is purged, otherwise unsymmetric (default).
0 matrix  A  is unsymmetric.
1 matrix  A  is symmetric.
2 perform left-handed solution.
SIGN Input-integer-default = 1. Sign of B .
1  A   X  =  B  (default).
solve
-1 solve  A   X  = –  B  (default).
FBTYP Input-integer-default = 0. Forward or backward pass selection.
-1 perform backward pass only.
0 perform forward and backward passes (default).
1 perform forward pass only.
FBREST Input-integer-default=0. Internal restart flag.
Main Index
FBS 891

UNCOUP Input-logical-default=FALSE. Setting UNCOUP to TRUE results in a special sparse
FBS which is optimal for uncoupled systems. (Unsymmetric FBS only.)
Remarks:
1. FBS employs one of two methods--sparse or non-sparse--based on the decomposition method
used by DCMP or DECOMP in computing the factor matrices. For example, if sparse methods
were used to compute the factors, then FBS uses the sparse method. The default decomposition
and FBS method is sparse. There also submethods (FBSOPT<>0) which only apply to non-sparse
methods and are ignored for sparse methods. See Remark 5.
2. Nonstandard triangular factor matrix data blocks are used to improve the efficiency of the
backward substitution process.
3. Solutions with Cholesky factors will be performed if the lower triangular factor matrices are
form 10.
4. The diagonal factor of symmetric matrices is stored as the diagonal of  D  . When using the
forward-pass only and backward-pass only options,  D  is included in the forward pass.
5. The keyword FBSOPT (or SYSTEM(70)) on the NASTRAN statement may be used for FBS
method selection (non-sparse only). If the FBSOPT keyword is not used, the program will select
the FBS method, which results in the lower sum of CPU and I/O time.
FBSOPT Non-sparse Submethod Selection

-2 Method 1A
-1 Method 1
0 Automatic selection method based on minimum of l/O + CPU time
+1 Method 2
6. The equation for forward-only solution is  L   X  =   B  , and for backward-only the solution
is  L  T  X  =   B  . Both are right-hand solutions.
7. Left-hand solutions (KSYM = 2) are available for factors of symmetric or unsymmetric matrices.
Also, the NASTRAN keyword FBSLEFT=n or SYSTEM(72)=n in the FMS section, or
PUTSYS(n,72) in the DMAP sequence, specifies the transpose flag on  B  :
If n=0 then FBS solves  L   U  =  B  T .
If n=1 then FBS solves X T  L   U  =   B  .
8. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement
keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force parallel processing, also specify NASTRAN
FBSOPT = -2, SPARSE = 0.
9. For the sparse method the B matrix must be in machine precision. See Remarks under the
DECOMP, 723 module description.
Main Index
892 FBS
10. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide for further details on the FBS module and
related topics.
Examples:
1. Solve  A   X  =  B  where  A  could be either symmetric or unsymmetric.
DECOMP A/LD,U, $
FBS LD,U,B/X/ $
MATPRN X// $
2. Solve  A   X  =  B  assuming  A  is symmetric (form = 6 in matrix trailer).

DECOMP A/LD,, $
FBS LD,,B/X/ $
MATPRN X// $
3. Solve  LD   X  =  C  where  LD  is the lower triangular factor obtained in Example 2.

FBS LD,,C/X///1 $ FORWARD PASS ONLY
T
4. Solve  LD   X  =  C  where  LD  is the lower triangular factor obtained in Example 2.
FBS LD,,C/X///-1 $ BACKWARD PASS ONLY
5. Given that  M  and  K  are symmetric and  M  is also positive definite, find
T –1 T
  LD    K   LD 
where
T
 M  =  LD   LD 
DECOMP M/LD,,//1 $ CHOLESKY
FBS LD,,K/Y///1 $ FWD.ONLY,Y AN INTERMEDIATE RESULT
FBS LD,,Y/J/2//1 $ FWD.ONLY, LEFT-HAND
Main Index
FILE 893
Data block declaration
FILE Data block declaration
Declares special characteristics of a data block(s).
Format:
FILE DB1=[SAVE,APPEND,OVRWRT]/DB2=[SAVE,APPEND,
OVRWRT]/... $
Data Blocks:
DBi Names of the data blocks possessing special characteristics.
Parameters:
SAVE Indicates data block is to be saved for possible looping in DMAP program.
APPEND Same as SAVE and also allows a module to append other data blocks to DBi
on successive passes through a DMAP loop.
OVRWRT Allows a data block to be overwritten.
Remarks:
1. FILE is a nonexecutable DMAP instruction that is used only by the DMAP compiler for
information purposes. It may appear anywhere in subDMAP. It is also a local declaration; i.e., it
must be declared in all subDMAPs where the SAVE, APPEND, or OVRWRT is needed.
2. A data block name may appear only once in all FILE statements within a subDMAP; otherwise,
the first appearance will determine all special characteristics applied to the data block.
3. The APPEND keyword should only be applied to local scratch data blocks. In other words, the
data block should not be referenced on a TYPE DB statement. It is also recommended that the
APPEND keyword not be applied to data blocks that appear as output on the EQUIVX module.
See the EQUIVX, 881 module description for further details.
Example:
1. Data block C is created only in the first pass through the loop and must be "saved" for subsequent
passes:
FILE C=SAVE $
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,R=(1.,0.) $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,COUNT=1 $
.
.
.
DO WHILE ( COUNT<=3 ) $
Main Index
894 FILE
Data block declaration
IF ( COUNT=1 ) MPYAD A,B,/C $

.
.
.
ADD A,C/D/R $
R=R+(1.,0.) $
COUNT=COUNT+1 $
ENDDO $
2. For an example of the APPEND keyword see the APPEND, 622 module description.
Main Index
FORTIO 895
Opens or closes a FORTRAN file
FORTIO Opens or closes a FORTRAN file
Opens or closes a FORTRAN file.
Format:
FORTIO //OPERATN/UNITNO/CLOSEOPT/IOSTAT $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
OPERATN Input-character-no default. FORTIO operation.

'EXISTS' Check for assigned physical file existence.
'OPEN' Open file.
'CLOSE' Close file.
UNITNO Input-integer-no default. Specifies FORTRAN unit number.
CLOSEOPT Input-integer-default=2. FORTIO close options.
1 Rewind (leaves file open, if open).
2 Close/keep (default).
3 Close/delete.
IOSTAT Output-integer-no default. FORTIO status return code.
For OPERATN='OPEN' or 'CLOSE':
0 Successful.
1 Unsuccessful.
For OPERATN='EXISTS':
0 Assigned physical file exists.
1 Assigned physical file does not exist.
Remarks:
1. Units must be assigned a physical file name using an ASSIGN statement.
2. Errors encountered in FORTIO will not terminate the MSC Nastran execution. But IOSTAT will
return a nonzero value in the event of error(s) that terminate the request.
Main Index
896 FORTIO
Opens or closes a FORTRAN file
Example:
Close FORTRAN unit 24:
FORTIO //'CLOSE'/24/2/S,N,IOSTAT $
Main Index
FRLG 897
Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads
FRLG Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads
Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads via Fourier transform for frequency
response analysis.
Format:
FRLG CASECC,USETD,DLT,FRL,GMD,GOD,DIT,PHDH,APPLOD,
ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN,ROTRT,
UNBVEC,EQDYN,FRFXITPP,FRFLABEL,FACLV*,PACLV*/
PPF,PSF,PDF,FOL,PHF,YPF/SOLTYP/S,N,FOURIER/
S,N,APP $
Input Data Blocks:

GMD Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by ne-set.
GOD Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points,
o-set by d-set.
PHDH Transformation matrix from d-set to modal coordinates.
ENFLODB Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous damping
effects
ROTORT Table of rotordynamic user input for transient analysis.
UNBVEC Rotor to global transformation matrix for rotordynamics.
identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data.)
FRFXITPP P-size column matrix generated in an FRF generation job containing coded values
for rows indicating whether the DOF corresponding to that row has unit load
specified on it via an FRFXIT entry, an FRFXIT1 entry or due to its being a
connection DOF (or a combination of these)
Main Index
898 FRLG
Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads
FRFLABEL Table containing LABEL information from FRFXIT Bulk Data entries.
FACLV Family of frequency list vector by ACLOAD statement.
PACLV Family of acoustic pressure load matrix by ACLOAD statement.
Output Data Blocks:
PPF Frequency response load matrix in the p-set.

PSF Frequency response load matrix in the s-set.
PDF Frequency response load matrix in the d-set.
PHF Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal).
YPF Frequency response enforced motion matrix in the p-set.
Parameters:
SOLTYP Input-character-no default. Solution method.

'MODAL' Modal; i.e, compute PH.
'DIRECT' Direct; i.e, do not compute PH.
FOURIER Output-integer-default=-1. Fourier transform. Set to 1 if TLOADi Bulk Data
entries are referenced by the DLOAD set identification number in CASECC.
APP Output-character-default='FREQ'. Dynamic load type. Set to 'FREQ', if
RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entries are referenced. Set to 'TRAN', if TLOAD1 or
TLOAD2 entries are referenced.
Remarks:
1. CASECC, FRL, and FOL cannot be purged.
2. DLT can be purged if PP, PS, PD, and PH are purged.
3. If USETD is not purged, then PS cannot be purged if single-point constraints exist. Also, GMD
and GOD cannot be purged if multipoint constraints or omitted degrees-of-freedom exist.
4. PHDH and PH cannot be purged if SOLTYP='MODAL'.
5. DIT cannot be purged if a dynamic load references TABLEDij Bulk Data entries.
6. PS, PD, and PH can be purged if USETD is also purged.
7. If TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 Bulk entries are referenced then the loads are computed and transformed
to the frequency domain.
Main Index
FRLGEN 899
Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries
FRLGEN Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data
entries
Creates the frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries.
Format:
FRLGEN DYNAMIC,LAMAS,LAMAF/
FRL,FRL1,DFFDNF/
S,N,NOFRL/S,N,NOOPT/DFREQ $
Input Data Blocks:

LAMAS Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of the
model.
LAMAF Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the model.
Output Data Blocks:

FRL1 Frequency response list for the current processor if distributed processing is
requested.
DFFDNF Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to natural
frequencies.
Main Index
900 FRLGEN
Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries
Parameters:
NOFRL Output-integer-default=0. FRL generation flag. Set to -1 if FRL is not

generated.
NOOPT Output-integer-default=0. FRLGEN reexecution flag. Set to -1 for no
reexecution.
DFREQ Input-real-default=1.E-5. Duplicate frequency threshold. Two frequencies, f1
and f2, are considered duplicates if
f 1 – f 2  DFREQ * f max – f min

where f max and f min are the maximum and minimum frequencies across all
FREQi Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
LAMAF may be purged.
Main Index
FRQDRV 901
Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries
FRQDRV Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries
Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries and is intended for frequency-dependent
element processing.
Format:
FRQDRV CASECC,FRL/
FRLI/
S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
FRLI Frequency response list for a single frequency.
Parameters:
FRQLOOP Input/output-integer-no default. Frequency loop counter. On input,

FRQLOOP should be initialized to 0 before the loop. On output, FRQLOOP
is incremented by one and at the last frequency, FRQLOOP is negated. For
example, if the fifth frequency is the last then FRQLOOP is output as -5.
FREQVAL Output-real-no default. Frequency value for frequency dependent element
generation.
Example:
TYPE PARM,,I,N,FRQLOOP=0 $
DO WHILE ( FRQLOOP>=0 ) $
FRQDRV CASES,FRL/FRLI/S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $
.
.
.
ENDDO $ FRQLOOP>=0
Main Index
902 FRRD1
Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution
FRRD1 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement

solution
Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement solution using iterative or
direct methods.
Format:
FRRD1 CASECC,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,K4XX,PXF,FRL,FOL,EDT,
SILD,USETD,PARTVEC/
UXF,FOLT/
SOLTYP/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/NSKIP/FRRD1SEL/
S,N,FIRSTBAD/SETNAME/FREQDEP $
Input Data Blocks:

KXX Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
BXX Viscous damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
MXX Mass matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
K4XX Structural damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set.
PXF Frequency response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.
SILD Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the
d-set (SETNAME='D').
USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set. Required for
maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents
the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
PARTVEC Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to degrees of
freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain KXX, etc. Required
for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX
represents a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required
if KXX represents the h-set. See SETNAME parameter description below.
Main Index
FRRD1 903
Output Data Blocks:
UXF Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in d- or h-set.

FOLT Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency truncated if
first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated.
Parameters:

'MODAL' Modal; usually for h-set matrices.
'DIRECT' Direct; usually for d-set matrices.
NONCUP Input-integer-no default. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled
algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal.
NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms of KXX,
BXX, and MXX will be ignored.
ITSEPS Input-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for
iterative solution method.
ITSMAX Input-integer-default=0. Maximum number of iterations for iterative solution
method.
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in CASECC and used
only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry which
specifies values for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC
is not required and the values are taken from the module specification of the
values.
ZFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 then the
zero frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.
FIRSTBAD Output-logical-default=FALSE. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE if
first frequency is truncated.
SETNAME Input-character-default='H'. Degree-of-freedom set name represented by KXX,
etc. If KXX represents, or is a subset of, the d-set, then for maximum efficiency,
the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of the
displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition then
PARTVEC must also be specified.
FREQDEP Input-logical-default=FALSE. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set to TRUE
if processing frequency-dependent elements.
Method:
The solution for the response is performed in FRRD1 or FRRD2 (Frequency Response Solution). In the
case of a direct formulation the following equation is solved.
Main Index
904 FRRD1
 – M dd  2 + iB dd  + K dd   u d  =  P d  Eq. 4-22
and in the case of a modal formulation, the following equation is used in:
 – M hh  2 + iB hh  + K hh   u h  =  P h  Eq. 4-23
The arithmetic used in the solution may be real or complex and the solution procedure may be symmetric
or unsymmetric. The choice of arithmetic and solution procedure is made by the program depending on
the form of the dynamic matrices.
Remarks:
1. CASECC, FRL, FOL, and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, and MXX can be purged.
2. If SOLTYP='DIRECT', then K4XX can be used to simulate viscoelastic materials. Otherwise it
may be purged. If SOLTYP='MODAL', then K4XX is ignored and may be purged.
3. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency improvements and
viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2 performs special operations with the
aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL.
4. EDT is required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the SMETHOD Case Control command
selects the ITER Bulk Data entry. Otherwise it may be purged.
Main Index
FRRD2 905
FRRD2 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement

solution
Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement solution using iterative or
direct methods.
Format:
FRRD2 KXX,BXX,MXX,QHHL,PXF,FOL,CASECC,EDT,SILD,
USETD,PARTVEC/
UXF,FOLT/
BOV/Q/MACH/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/SETNAME/
FRRD2SEL/S,N,FIRSTBAD $
Input Data Blocks:

symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the
d-set (SETNAME='D').
maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents
the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
PARTVEC Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to degrees of
freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain KXX, etc. Required
for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX
represents a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required
if KXX represents the h-set. See SETNAME parameter description below.
Main Index
906 FRRD2
Output Data Blocks:

FOLT Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency truncated if
first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated.
Parameters:
BOV Input-real-no default. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency.

Q Output-real-default=0.0. Dynamic pressure.
MACH Output-real-default=0.0. Mach number.
NONCUP Input-integer-default=-1. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests
uncoupled algorithm if KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal. NONCUP=-2,
requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms of KXX, BXX, and
MXX will be ignored.
ITSEPS Input-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for
iterative solution method.
method.
SETNAME Input-character-default='H'. Degree-of-freedom set name represented by
KXX, etc. If KXX represents, or is a subset of, the d-set, then for maximum
efficiency, the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a
partition of the displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX
are a partition then PARTVEC must also be specified.
ZFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 then
the zero frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.
FIRSTBAD Output-logical-default=FALSE. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE
if first frequency is truncated.
Method:
FRRD2 solves the matrix equation
\
2
–   M  + i   B  – Q  BOV  IM  Q   +  K  – Q  Re  Q  u = P
\
at a given set of frequencies,  i , and loads, P.
Main Index
FRRD2 907
Remarks:
1. FOL and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, MXX, and QHHL can be purged.
2. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency improvements and
viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2 performs special operations with the
aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL.
3. CASECC and EDT are required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the SMETHOD Case
Control command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry. Otherwise it may be purged.
Main Index
908 GENTRAN
Generates a transformation matrix
GENTRAN Generates a transformation matrix
Generates a transformation matrix that will convert the upstream boundary coordinate system to the
downstream coordinate system.
Format:
GENTRAN SEMAP,BGPDTS,CSTMS,BGPDTD,CSTMD,SCSTM/
MAPS/
SEID $
Input Data Blocks:

BGPDTS Basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.
CSTMS Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the current
superelement.
BGPDTD Basic grid point definition table for the downstream superelement.
CSTMD Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the downstream
superelement.
Output Data Block:
MAPS Superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate transformation

matrix.
Parameter:
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0.
DO WHILE ( NOT(RSONLY) AND LPFLG<>-1 AND SEBULK ) $
SEP2DR SLIST,EMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/
S,N,LPFLG/////////SEP2CNTL//-1/S,N,PARTSE/
S,N,SETYPE/S,N,REID $
IF ( PARTSE ) THEN $
NP=SEDWN $
DBVIEW BGPDTD=BGPDTS WHERE ( PEID=NP ) $
Main Index
GENTRAN 909
Generates a transformation matrix
DBVIEW CSTMD =CSTMS WHERE ( PEID=NP ) $

GENTRAN EMAP,BGPDTS,CSTMS,BGPDTD,CSTMD,SCSTM/
MAPS/SEID $
ENDIF $ PARTSE
ENDDO $ NOT(RSONLY) AND LPFLG<>-1 AND SEBULK
Main Index
910 GETCOL
Reads STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number number
GETCOL Reads STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification

number number
Reads the STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number and converts it to the
equivalent column number in the static solution matrix.
Format:
GETCOL CASEBUCK,CASESTAT//
NSKIP/S,N,BCKCOL/S,N,PRECOL/S,N,ICCOL $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEBUCK Table of Case Control command images for buckling analysis.

CASESTAT Table of Case Control command images for static analysis.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Subcase record number to read in CASEBUCK for

the STATSUB subcase identification number.
BCKCOL Output-integer-no default. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced
by the STATSUB(BUCKLE) subcase identification number. BCKCOL also
corresponds to the column number of static solution vector.
PRECOL Output-integer-default-0. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced
by the STATSUB(PRELOAD) subcase identification number. PRECOL also
corresponds to the column number of static solution vector.
ICCOL Output-integer-default=0. Column number of static solution matrix as
derived from the IC(STATSUB) Case Control command specification.
Remarks:
If the STATSUB subcase identification number is not found in CASEBUCK then the BCKCOL is set to
1. If the subcase identification number specified by the STATSUB command is not found in CASESTAT
then a fatal message is issued.
Main Index
GETMKL 911
Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs
GETMKL Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs
Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs.
Format:
GETMKL EDT/MKLIST/S,N,NMK $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
Parameters:
NMK Output-integer-default=0. Number of Mach number and reduced frequency

pairs.
Main Index
912 GI
Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix
GI Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix
Generates the aerodynamic spline transformation matrix.
Format:
 SPLINE 
GI AERO,   ,BGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,CSTM
A,  AMSPLINE 
AEGRID/
GPGK,GDGK $
Input Data Blocks:
AERO Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis. Output by APD.

SPLINE Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with external
grid identification numbers.
AMSPLINE Table of aerodynamic splines for display.
AEBGPDT The basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom
added (ks-set in AEUSET).
AEGRID Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output by APD
as PGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
Output Data Blocks:
GPGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to g-set.
GDGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set to g-set.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
GI 913
Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP AERO0:
DBVIEW AEUSET=USET0 WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'

AND WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'
AND WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW AEGRID=AEBGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH')
GI
AERO,SPLINE,XBGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,CSTMA,AEG
RID/
GPGK0,GDGK0 $
Main Index
914 GIC2C
Forms splice matrix for element centroids
GIC2C Forms splice matrix for element centroids
Forms a spline matrix that maps displacements measured at centroidal elemental grids of aero meshes to
the corner point (mesh connectivity) grids. This displacement map will allow visualization of
connectivity grid motion for "element centroid" based aero meshes (like DLM and ZAERO).
Format:
GIC2D AEBOX,AEGRID,AEBGPDT*,CSTM/GDKSKS $
Input Data Blocks:
AEBOX Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by APD as BGPDT with

qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AEGRID Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output by APD
as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AEBGPDT* Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables.
Output Data Blocks:
GDKSKS Matrix relation of the corner to the centroidal displacements.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
GKAM 915
Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices
GKAM Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices
Assembles the modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices.
Format:
GKAM USETD,PHA,MI,LAMA,DIT,M2DD,B2DD,K2DD,CASECC,LAMMAT
, MEMF/
MHH,BHH,KHH,PHDH,MODSELT,MODSELV,LAMASEL,BMODAL/
NOUE/LMODES/LFREQ/HFREQ/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/UNUSED7/
S,N,NONCUP/S,N,FMODE/KDAMP/FLUID/UNUSED12/APP $
Input Data Blocks:

PHA Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set.
MI Modal mass matrix. See Remark 5.
M2DD Mass matrix contribution from the M2PP Case Control command and
reduced to the d-set.
B2DD Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements and the B2PP Case
Control command and reduced to the d-set. In transient response analysis,
B2DD may also include structural damping effects.
K2DD Stiffness matrix contribution from the K2PP Case Control command and
reduced to the d-set. In frequency response analysis, K2DD may also include
structural damping effects.
LAMMAT Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal. Used in lieu of the
LAMA table when present.
MEMF Modal effective mass fraction table.
Output Data Blocks:

PHDH Transformation from d-set to h-set (modal).
Main Index
916 GKAM
MODSELT Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of

MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control command and user
parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If FLUID=TRUE, then
MODSELT is based on the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case ontrol command
and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL.
MODSELV Partitioning vector equivalent of MODSELT.
LAMASEL LAMA table containing only those modes defined by MODSELT.
BMODAL Matrix of modal damping values from selected TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry
in DIT.
Parameters:
NOUE Input-integer-no default. The number of EXTRA points. Set to -1 if there are
no extra points.
LMODES Input-integer-no default. The number of lowest modes to use in modal
transformation. All outputs will have LMODES number of columns.
LFREQ Input-real-no default. Lower frequency limit of modes to use in modal
transformation.
HFREQ Input-real-no default. Upper frequency limit of modes to use in modal
transformation.
NONCUP Output-integer-no default. If K2DD, B2DD, and M2DD are purged. then the
model is considered uncoupled and NONCUP is set to -1.
FMODE Output-integer-default=1. The lowest mode number resulting from
LMODES or LFREQ and HFREQ.
KDAMP Input-integer-default=1. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to -
1, then viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will
be included in the stiffness matrix as structural damping.
FLUID Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fluid damping processing flag. If TRUE, then
the modal damping set identification number is obtained from the
SDAMPING(FLUID) Case Control command.
UNUSED12 Input-logical-default=FALSE. Unused.

APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. Allowable values:
Main Index
GKAM 917

'CEIGEN' Complex eigenvalues.
Method:
The dynamic matrices expressed in modal coordinates are assembled in GKAM (General K Assembler-
Modal) as follows:
T
 K hh  =  k  +   dh   K dd
2  
dh (4-24)
T
 M hh  =  m  +   dh   M dd
2  
dh (4-25)
and
T
 B hh  =  b  +   dh   B dd
2  
dh (4-26)
where, if PARAM,KDAMP = 1 (default)
m i = modal mass
b i = 2f i g  f i m i
k i = 4 2 f i2 m i
If PARAM,KDAMP = -1 in complex eigenvalue analysis, modal frequency response, aerodynamic

flutter, and aeroelastic response, the viscous modal damping will be incorporated into the complex
stiffness matrix as follows:
m i = modal mass
bi = 0
k i =  1 + ig  f i  4 2 f i2 m i
Values of g  fi  are specified on the TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry, selected by the SDAMPING Case
Control command. If KDAMP = 1 (default), the matrices  b  and  k  are formulated as in modal
transient response.
Remarks:
1. USETD may be purged if there are no extra points (NOUE<0).
2. PHA and LAMA cannot be purged.
3. CASECC and DIT cannot be purged if SDAMPING is specified.
4. M2DD, B2DD, K2DD, and MI may be purged.
Main Index
918 GKAM
5. LAMA may be purged as long as both MI and LAMMAT exist. Using MI and LAMMAT is
preferable to LAMA because the the values in MI and LAMMAT are in machine precision.
6. No output matrix can be purged.
7. HFREQ and LFREQ are ignored if LMODES>0.
8. See Section 9.4.10 of the MSC Nastran Reference Manual for further details.
9. If modes are not selected with HFREQ, LFREQ and LMODES parameters or the MODESELECT
command and NOUE < 0, then PHDH will be purged and a subsequent EQUIVX from PHA to
PHDH must be executed.
Main Index
GNFM 919
Computes element forces due to large displacements
GNFM Computes element forces due to large displacements
Computes the element forces due to large displacements and optionally computes the elemental stiffness
matrices associated with incremental deflections.
Format:
GNFM KELM,KDICT,KDELM,KDDICT,EST,CSTM,UG,BGPDT/
FG,KELM1,KDICT1/
SKPMTX/LUSET/NSKIP $
Input Data Blocks:
KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness.

KDELM Table of element matrices for differential stiffness.
KDDICT KDELM dictionary table.
Output Data Blocks:
FG Element forces due to large displacements.

KELM1 Table of element matrices for incremental stiffness.
KDICT1 KELM1 dictionary table.
Parameters:
SKPMTX Input-integer-default=0. If SKPMTX<>0, then KELM1 and KDICT1 will be

generated.
g-set.
NSKIP Input-integer-default=0. Loop counter in old geometric nonlinear analysis
(SOL 4).
Main Index
920 GNFM
Computes element forces due to large displacements
Remarks:
1. FG cannot be purged.
2. KELM1 and KDICT1 may be purged if SKPMTX<>0.
Main Index
GP0 921
Modifies tables to include p-element information
GP0 Modifies tables to include p-element information
Modifies geometry, connectivity, loads, and constraints tables to include p-element information and also
create edge, face, and body tables.
Format:
GP0 CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,
EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND,PELSET,PVAL0/
GEOM1M,GEOM2M,GEOM2A,GEOM3M,GEOM4M,
EHT,EHTA,MEDGE,MFACE,GDNTAB,MBODY/
ALTSHAPE/UNIT1/UNIT2/S,N,PVALID/S,N,PEXIST/
GNSTART/S,N,GNMAX/GMTOL/INITAPI/PEDGEP/GNPROC $
Input Data Blocks:

points.
GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
PELSET p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by PLTSET.
PVAL0 P-value table generated by the ADAPT module in previous superelement,
adaptivity cycle, or run.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for the
current p-level.
GEOM2M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points and updated for the current p-level.
Main Index
922 GP0
Modifies tables to include p-element information
GEOM2A Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity
and updated for the current p-level.
GEOM3M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads and
updated for the current p-level.
GEOM4M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom
membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for the current p-
level.
EHT Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis.
EHTA Secondary element hierarchical table for p-element analysis.
MEDGE Edge table for p-element analysis.
MFACE Face table for p-element analysis.
GDNTAB Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis.
MBODY Body table for p-element analysis.
Parameters:

p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the
Full Product Space set.
UNIT1 Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number containing edge table
information.
UNIT2 Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number containing face table
information.
PVALID Output-integer-default=0. P-value set identification number.
PEXIST Output-logical-default=TRUE. Set to FALSE if p-elements are not present.
GNSTART Input-integer-default=0. First grid identification number in GEOM1M.
GNMAX Output-integer-no default. Maximum grid identification number in
GEOM1M.
GMTOL Input-real-default=1.E-5. Geometric tolerance.
INITAPI Input-logical-default=TRUE. API flag.
PEDGEP Input-integer-default=0.
GNPROC Input-logical-default=TRUE. Grid-n processing flag. If set to TRUE grid-n
information is processed.
Main Index
GP1 923
Performs basic geometry processing
GP1 Performs basic geometry processing
Performs basic geometry processing.
Format:
GP1 GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GDNTAB,MEDGE,SGPDT,DYNAMIC,CASECC/
GPL,EQEXIN,GPDT,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,VGF,GEOM3B,DYNAMICB,
VGEXF/S,N,LUSET/S,N,NOCSTM/S,N,NOPOINTS/
UNIT/UPERM/UPRMT/NUFLAG/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:

points.
SGPDT Superelement basic grid point definition table.
CASECC Table of Case Control command values. Only used for SOLs 600 and 700.
Output Data Blocks:

numbers.
GPDT Grid point definition table.
VGF Fluid/structure partitioning vector with ones at the rows corresponding to
fluid degrees-of-freedom.
GEOM3B Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads with
DAREA entry images converted to equivalent FORCE and MOMENT entry
images.
Main Index
924 GP1
Performs basic geometry processing
DYNAMICB Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA entry
images.
VGEXF Exterior acoustic partitioning vector with ones at the rows corresponding to
exterior acoustic degrees-of-freedom.
Parameters:

g-set.
NOCSTM Output-integer-no default. Number of coordinate systems found in GEOM1.
Set to -1 if none are found.
NOPOINTS Output-integer-no default. Grid point flag. Set to -1 if none are found.
Otherwise, set to 1.
UNIT Input-real-default=1.0. AUNIT record factor for electromagnetic analysis.
UPERM Input-real-default=1.2566E-06. Permeability for electromagnetic analysis.
UPRMT Input-real-default=8.8542E-12. Permittivity for electromagnetic analysis.
NUFLAG Input-integer-default=10. Unit type for electromagnetic analysis.
Remarks:
1. GP1 assembles a list of all grid and scalar points and places them in internal order, computes
coordinate system transformation matrices, and transforms all grid points to the basic coordinate
system.
2. No output data block, except VGF, may be purged.
Main Index
GP2 925
Processes element connectivity
GP2 Processes element connectivity
Processes element connectivity.
Format:
GP2 GEOM2,EQEXIN,EPT,GEOM2A,EPTA,BGPDT,CSTM,MPT/
ECT,ECTA/
S,N,ACOUSTIC $
Input Data Blocks:
points.
numbers.
GEOM2A Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity
and updated for the current p-level.
Output Data Blocks:

Parameter:
ACOUSTIC Output-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag.

Remarks:
1. EQEXIN and ECT may not be purged.
Main Index
926 GP2
Processes element connectivity
2. ECTA may be purged if GEOM2A is purged.
Main Index
GP3 927
Processes static and thermal loads
GP3 Processes static and thermal loads
Processes static and thermal loads.
Format:
Input Data Blocks:
GP3 GEOM3,BGPDT,GEOM2,EDT,UGH,ESTH,BGPDTH,
CASEHEAT,MPT,PG*/
SLT,ETT/
S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOGRAV/S,N,NOTEMP $
points.
UGH Temperature matrix in g-set from a heat transfer analysis.
ESTH Element summary table from a heat transfer analysis.
BGPDTH Basic grid point definition table from a heat transfer analysis.
CASEHEAT Case Control table from a heat transfer analysis.
PG* Family of external load matrices qualified by LOADID or FBLID
Output Data Blocks:

Main Index
928 GP3
Processes static and thermal loads
Parameters:
NOLOAD Output-integer-no default. Static load existence flag. Set to -1 if no static

loads and SLT is not created, +1 otherwise.
NOGRAV Output-integer-no default. Gravity load existence flag. Set to -1 if no GRAV
Bulk Data entry images, +1 otherwise.
NOTEMP Output-integer-no default. Thermal load existence flag. Set to -1 if no TEMP
or TEMPD Bulk Data entry images in GEOM3 and ETT is not created, +1
otherwise.
Remarks:
1. BGPDT may not be purged.
2. SLT may be purged if there are no static loads.
3. ETT may be purged if there are no thermal loads
4. If UGH is present in structural analysis run, then GP3 will create a new temperature set based on
UGH with set identification numbers obtained from TSTRUC command in CASEHEAT.
BGPDTH is used to correlate UGH to grid points. For h-elements ESTH is not required. For p-
elements ESTH is appended to element ETT record for interpolation purposes in element decks.
Here are the DBVIEW statements that are used to define these inputs in SOLs 101-200:
DBVIEW UGH=UG (WHERE APRCH='HEAT ' AND WILDCARD) $

DBVIEW ESTH=EST (WHERE APRCH='HEAT ' ) $
DBVIEW BGPDTH=BGPDTS (WHERE APRCH='HEAT ') $
CASEHEAT can come from the CASE module or DBLOCATE DATABLK=

(CASECCR/CASEHEAT) in the FMS.
Main Index
GP4 929
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table
GP4 Generates the degree-of-freedom set table
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table, based on single point constraints, multipoint constraints, rigid
elements, and set membership assignment Bulk Data entries (e.g., ASET). Also generate the enforced
displacement matrix and multipoint constraint equation matrix.
Format:
GP4 CASECC,GEOM4,EQEXIN,SIL,GPDT,BGPDT,CSTM,
MEDGE,MFACE,MBODY,GEOM2,GDNTAB,ECT,GPSNT,GEOM1/
RMG,YS0,USET0,GPSNTN/
LUSET/S,N,NOMSET/S,N,MPCF2/S,N,NOSSET/S,N,NOOSET/
S,N,NORSET/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,REPEAT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NOL/
S,N,NOA/SEID/ALTSHAPE/SEBULK/AUTOMSET/SNORMPRT/
S,N,NEWGPSNT/ATQSET $
Input Data Blocks:

numbers.
points.
ECT GEOM2 Element connectivity table.
Main Index
930 GP4
Output Data Blocks:

YS0 Matrix of enforced displacements.
USET0 Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.
GPSNTN Grid point shell normal table updated due to the interaction with RSSCON
elements.
Main Index
GP4 931
Parameters:

g-set.
NOMSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the m-set or
multipoint constraint and rigid element flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
MPCF2 Output-integer-no default. Multipoint constraint set identification number
change flag. Set to 1 if the current subcase contains a different multipoint
constraint set from the previous subcase. Set to -1 otherwise or if there are no
multipoint constraints in the current subcase.
NOSSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. or
single point constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
NOOSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or
omitted degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
NORSET Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the r-set. or
supported degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default. The record number in CASECC
corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
REPEAT Output-integer-no default. Last boundary condition flag. Set to -1 at the last
boundary condition; +1 otherwise.
NOSET Output-integer-no default. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if
NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no degrees-of-
freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries); +1
otherwise.
NOL Output-integer-default=1. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degrees-of-
freedom belong to m-set, s-set, o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the degrees-of-
freedom in the l-set.
NOA Output-integer-default=1. Constraint and omit set flag. Set to -1 if
NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, and NOOSET=-1; otherwise the number of
degrees-of-freedom in the a-set.
SEBULK Input-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement presence flag. Set to
TRUE if partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER is specified
for the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command.
Main Index
932 GP4
AUTOMSET Input-character-default=' '. Auto m-set selection flag. If YES, then the dependent
degree-of-freedom specifications on MPC and rigid element Bulk Data entries will
be rearranged to avoid exclusive dof set conflicts. Usually input by user parameter.
SNORMPRT Input-integer-default=0. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag.
0 No print or punch.
1 Punch.
2 Print only.
3 Print and punch.
NEWGPSNT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Updated shell normal table flag. If the GPSNTN
table is created (shell normal table is updated due to the interaction with RSSCON
elements), then the flag is set TRUE.
ATQSET Input-logical-default=.FALSE. Automatic q-set generation flag. If no ASET,
ASET1, QSET, or QSET1 entries are present, then all unspecified degrees of
freedom will be included in the:
a-set if AUTOQSET=.FALSE.
o-set if AUTOQSET=.TRUE.
Remarks:
1. YS will be purged if SPCD or SPC Bulk Data entries do not specify nonzero values for
displacement.
2. GEOM4 may be purged.
3. CSTM may be purged if no coordinate systems are used.
Main Index
GP5 933
Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis
GP5 Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure

analysis
Creates a table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis.
Format:
GP5 ECT,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EDT,SIL,CSTM/
PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB,WETFACES,EDT1/
S,N,MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH/NASOUT/GETNUMPN/
EDT1FLG/SKINOUT $
Input Data Blocks:

numbers.
Output Data Blocks:
PANSLT Panel static load table.

EQACST Equivalence table between internal fluid grid points and internal structural
grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary. Output by GP5.
NORTAB Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids which
lie within the acoustic face.
WETFACES Table of wetted structure.
EDT1 EDT updated written out if user requested a panel with the entire wetted
structure skin.
Main Index
934 GP5
Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis
Parameters:
MPNFLG Output-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist.

NUMPAN Output-integer-default=1. Number of panels.
MATCH Output-integer-default=0. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching.
0 Matching mesh.
1 Non-meshing mesh.
NASOUT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for fluid/structural mesh matching
summary.
GETNUMPN Input-logical-default=FALSE. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get
number of panels flag only and do not compute panel static loads.
EDT1FLG Output-integer-default=0. EDT1 creation flag.
-1 EDT1 was created.
0 EDT1 was not created.
SKINOUT Input-character-no default. Specifies location to write the fluid-structure interface

element and grid information. Usually input via user parameter or the FLSTCNT
Case Control keyword SKINOUT:
NONE Do not write.
PUNCH Punch file.
PRINT f06 file.
ALL Both punch and f06 file.
Main Index
GPFDR 935
Computes grid point forces and element strain energy
GPFDR Computes grid point forces and element strain energy
Computes grid point forces and element strain energy.
Format:
 PG   QG 
GPFDR CASECC,UG,KELM,KDICT,ECT,EQEXIN,GPECT,  ---------------  ,  ----------------  ,
 UADJ   AGG2 
 LAMA 
 
 FOL 
BGPDT,   ,CSTM,VELEM,PTELEM,QMG,NFDICT,FENL,
 TOL 
 OLF 
 
MELM,MDICT,BELM,BDICT,GEI,MATPOOL,F2J,VG,AG,EDT/
 ONRGY1   OGPFB1   OEKE1   OEDE1 

 -----------------------
OELSS1
-  ,  ---------------------
OELSWI
-  ,  ----------------------
OELSM1
-  ,  --------------------
-
       OELSDI 
OELQS1,OELQW1,OELQM1,OELQD1,OPACC1/
APP/TINY/XFLAG/CYCLIC/WTMASS/NDVTOT/DMIGFN/G/GFL $
Input Data Blocks:

KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness.
UADJ Displacement vectors from adjoint load.
QG Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.
AGGZT Fluid-structural Coupling matrix.
LAMA Eigenvalue summary table for normal modes. Required for APP='REIG'.
Main Index
936 GPFDR
FOL Frequency output list. Required for APP='FREQRESP'.

TOL Time output list. Required for APP='TRANRESP'.
OLF Nonlinear static load factor list. Required for APP='NLST'.
QMG Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.
NFDICT Nonlinear element energy/force index table.
FENL Element energy and forces in nonlinear matrix format.
MELM Elemental matrices for mass.
MDICT Dictionary table for MELM.
BELM Elemental matrices for damping
GEI Table of general element (GENEL) data.
BDICT Dictionary table for BELM.
MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to DMIG Bulk Data entries.
F2J Matrix of strain energy on DMIG Bulk Data entries referenced by the K2GG Case
Control command. Must be qualified by qualifier named by DMIGFN.
VG Velocity matrix in g-set for transient analysis (unused and reserved for a future
enhancement).
AG Acceleration matrix in g-set for transient analysis (unused and reserved for a future
enhancement).
element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1
and MONITOR point entries.
UADJ Displacement vectors from adjoint load.
AGGZT Fluid-structural Coupling matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
ONRGY1 Table of element strain energies and energy densities.

OELSS1 Table of element sensitivity of stiffness property.
OGPFB1 Table of grid point forces.
OELSW1 Table of grid sensitivity on wetted surface.
OEKE1 Elemental kinetic energy.
OELSM1 Table of element sensitivity of mass property.
Main Index
GPFDR 937
OEDE1 Elemental energy loss.

OELSD1 Table of element sensitivity of dynamic property.
OELQS1 Table of squared element sensitivity of stiffness property.
OELQW1 Table of squared grid sensitivity on wetted surface.
OELQM1 Table of squared element sensitivity of mass property.
OELQD1 Table of squared element sensitivity of dynamic property.
OPACC1 Table of particle acceleration on wetted surface.
Parameters:
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable types are:

'STATICS' Linear statics.
'REIG' Normal modes.
'NLST' Nonlinear static.
TINY Input-real-default=1.E-03. Small element strain energy value. Element strain

energies less than TINY will not be printed.
XFLAG Input-integer-default=0. Strain energy method selection. The following decimal
equivalent bit values may be summed.
0 Elemental force and strain energy is calculated according to:
0.5*  ue t  ke   ue  –  ue t  pt 
1 Cross displacement. See Remark 2.
2 Strain energy is calculated according to:
0.5*   ue t  ke   ue  –  ue t  pt  
4 Another way to set DIAG 30 without alters.
8 Flag to output complex grid point forces.
CYCLIC Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE for cyclic symmetry models.
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on elemental mass matrix.
DMIGFN Input-character-default=’DMIG’. Qualifer name for F2J matrices.
Main Index
938 GPFDR
G Input-real-default=0.0. Uniform structural damping coefficient.

GFL Input-real-default=0.0. Uniform fluid damping coefficient.
Remarks:
1. GPFDR creates the grid point force balance table for a user-selected set of points. This table lists
the forces acting at each selected point due to element constraints, single-point constraints, and
applied loads. Also listed is the sum total of these forces which represents the balance in an
opposite direction due to multipoint constraints, general elements, round-off errors, and other
nonlisted sources. Subtotals for element sets and element types are also provided.
2. GPFDR creates the element strain energy table for a user-selected set of elements. These selected
elements are listed by type with their strain energy, percent of total strain energy with respect to
all elements and strain energy density. The strain energy is computed by one of the following
equations:
If XFLAG=0 (default):
1 T
W e = ---  F e   u e  (4-27)
2
If XFLAG=1:
1 1 T i
W e = ---  u e   K e   u e  (4-28)
2
1
where  u e  is the displacement for the first subcase or mode and
i
where  u e  is the displacement for the i-th subcase or mode.
3. The strain energy density is computed by dividing the strain energy by the element volume. The
total energy is computed by summing the element strain energies of all elements for which
stiffness matrices exist. General elements are not included.
Main Index
GPJAC 939
Checks element Jacobians
GPJAC Checks element Jacobians
Checks element Jacobians.
Format:
GPJAC ECT,BGPDT//S,N,JACDET $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameter:
JACDET Output-integer-default=0. Bad Jacobian detection flag. Set to 1 if a bad

Jacobian is detected.
Remark:
By default the run will terminate if bad Jacobians are detected. If system cell 213 is equal to 1 then the
run will not terminate.
Main Index
940 GPSP
Performs auto-SPC operation
GPSP Performs auto-SPC operation
Performs auto-SPC operation; i.e., identifies and automatically constrains singularities.
Format:
 KNN   KMM 
GPSP   ,  ,USET0,SIL,GPL,YS0,GEOM4,EQEXIN,
 KGG   RMG 
CASECC,GPSPRT0/
USET,YS,BD3X3,RMG1,GPSPRT/
S,N,NOSSET/AUTOSPC/PRGPST/SPCGEN/EPZERO/ACON/
S,N,SING/EPPRT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NGERR/MPCMETH/
NSKIP/S,N,DONSET/RESID/S,N,NNEWS/S,N,NNEWM $
Input Data Blocks:
KNN Stiffness matrix in n-set; after multipoint constraint reduction.

KGG Stiffness matrix in g-set.
KMM Stiffness matrix in m-set.
YS0 Matrix of enforced displacements.
numbers.
GPSPRT0 GPSPRT from a previous call to GPSP and required when DONSET=-1.
Output Data Blocks:

YS Matrix of enforced displacements in the s-set.
Main Index
GPSP 941
BD3X3 3x3 diagonal strip for boundary degrees-of-freedom from KGG for parallel
domain decomposition.
RMG1 Updated RMG matrix when MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case
Control command.
GPSPRT Table of grid point singularity created on the first call to GPSP when the MPC
option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case Control command and
DONSET=0.
Main Index
942 GPSP
Parameters:
NOSSET Output-integer-default=0. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. or

single point constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none.
AUTOSPC Input-character-default='YES'. Automatic constraint flag. If set to 'YES', then
singularities will be constrained.
PRGPST Input-character-default='YES'. Singularity summary print flag. If set to
'YES', then the summary is printed.
SPCGEN Input-integer-default=0. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0, then
singularities identified by this module are written to the PUNCH file as SPC
Bulk Data entries.
EPZERO Input-real-default=1.E-8. Singularity test parameter. Singularities greater
than EPZERO will not be constrained.
ACON Input-integer-default=0. B-set constraint flag. If ACON<0, then b-set
degrees-of-freedom will be constrained if AUTOSPC='YES'.
SING Output-integer-default=0. Singularity flag. If singularities are found, then
SING will be set to -1; otherwise +1.
EPPRT Input-real-default=0.0. Singularity print parameter. Singularities greater than
EPPRT will not be printed if PRGPST='YES'.
NOSET Input/output-integer-default=0. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to
-1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no
degrees-of-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data
entries); +1 otherwise.
NGERR Output-integer-default=0. Error flag. If errors are encountered, then NGERR
is set to -1; otherwise +1.
MPCMETH Input-character-default='RG'. Multipoint constraint processing method. Also
indicates the type of matrix in the second input position: 'RG' for RMG and
'KMM' for KMM. See Remarks 2 and 3.
NSKIP Input-integer-default=0. The record number in CASECC corresponding to the first

subcase of the current boundary condition.
DONSET Input/output-integer-default=-1. Flag to execute GPSP again for automatic MPC
processing.
-1 Execute GPSP again to process the n-set stiffness matrix (KNN).
0 Do not execute GPSP again.
RESID Input-integer-default=1. Residual structure flag. -1 means residual structure. Used
only in SOLs 106 and 400.
Main Index
GPSP 943
NNEWS Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of new s-set degrees-of-freedom.

NNEWM Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of new m-set degrees-of-freedom.
Remarks:
1. YS0 and YS may be purged.
2. For the most reliable identification and constraint of singularities on independent degrees-of-
freedom connected multipoint constraints or rigid elements then GPSP should be executed after
MCE1 and MCE2. Then KNN and KMM should be specified for the first two inputs and 'KMM'
should be specified for MPCMETH. For example, from subDMAP SEKR0:
UPARTN USET0,KGG/KMM,,,/'G'/'M'/'N' $
MCE2 USET0,GM,KGG,,,/KNN,,, $
GPSP KNN,KMM,...
...S,N,NGERR/'KMM' $
If KMM is purged then some singular rotational independent degrees-of-freedom may not be
identified unless all rotations at a given point are independent.
3. If GPSP is executed before MCE1 and MCE2 then KGG and RMG should be specified. Also, the
default for MPCMETH should be used.
GPSP KGG,RMG,...
If RMG is purged then singular independent degrees-of-freedom connected to multipoint
constraints or rigid elements will not be identified or constrained.
4. ACON should be set to -1 if processing a superelement.
Main Index
944 GPSTR1
Computes element to grid point interpolation factors
GPSTR1 Computes element to grid point interpolation factors
Computes element to grid point interpolation factors for grid point stress computations.
Format
:
GPSTR1 POSTCDB,BGPDT,EST,CSTM,ELSET,ESTNL,UNUSED7,CASECC/
EGPSF/
S,N,NOEGPSF $
Input Data Blocks:
POSTCDB Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) Section of Case Control.

ELSET Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST) or SETS DEFINITION
Section of Case Control.
ESTNL Nonlinear element summary table.
Output Data Block:
EGPSF Table of element to grid point interpolation factors.
Parameter:
NOEGPSF Output-integer-default=-1. EGPSF creation flag. Set to zero if EGPSF is

created.
Remark:
CSTM may be purged.
Main Index
GPSTR2 945
Computes grid point stresses or strains
GPSTR2 Computes grid point stresses or strains
Computes grid point stresses or strains interpolated from element centroid stresses or strains.
Format:
GPSTR2 CASECC,EGPSF,BGPDT,OES1,OESNLXR/
OGS1,EGPSTR/
S,N,NOOGS1/S,N,NOEGPSTR/APP/NLSTRAIN/GPSOPT $
Input Data Blocks:

OES1 Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.
OESNLXR Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format and appended for all subcases.
Output Data Blocks:
OGS1 Table of grid point stresses or strains in SORT1 format.

EGPSTR Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC module.
Parameters:
NOOGS1 Output-integer-default=-1. OGS1 creation flag. Set to 0 if OGS1 is created.

NOEGPSTR Output-integer-default=-1. EGPSTR creation flag. Set to 0 if EGPSTR is
created.
APP Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable values are:
'STATICS' Statics
'REIGEN' Normal modes
NLSTRAIN Logical-input-default=FALSE. Nonlinear strain data recovery, otherwise flag at
word 11 of OES1 takes precedence. Set to TRUE if nonlinear strains are to be
processed.
GPSOPT Input-integer-default=0. Option bits numbered right to left
Bit Description
Main Index
946 GPSTR2
Computes grid point stresses or strains
1 Requests that direct stresses/strains for volume always be

output. (This is an MSC.ADAMS MNF requirement).
2 Requests that principal stresses/strains for volume always be
output
3 Set device code bit in OGS1's Id record to indicate plot only for
direct stress/strain for volume
4 Set device code bit in OGS1's Id record to indicate plot only for
principal stress/strain for volume
Remarks:
1. The GPSTRESS Case Control command controls the contents of OGS1.
2. The STRFIELD Case Control command controls the contents of EGPSTR.
Main Index
GPSTRPBX 947
Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross Section.
GPSTRPBX Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross
Section.
Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross Section.
Format:
GPSTRPBX OEF1,EPT,PBRMS,PBRMSD,COELEM,EST/
OGS1AB,OES1AB/
S,N,IRECPBR/S,N,KSTATN/S,N,OP2AB $
Input Data Blocks:
OEF1 Table of element forces (or fluxes) in SORT1 format.

COELEM Correlation table between IDCID/EID/component for element responses.
Output Data Blocks:
OGS1AB Grid point stresses at vertices of arbitrary beam cross section

OES1AB Table of screenved elment stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections.
Parameters:
IRECPBR Input/output-integer-no default. PBRMS record count.

KSTATN Input/output-integer-no default. PBXSECT station count.
OP2AB Input/output-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number for OUTPUT2.
Main Index
948 GPWG
Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point
GPWG Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point
Computes the center of mass of the structure relative to a given point and the principal inertias about the
center of gravity.
Format:
GPWG BGPDT,CSTM,UNUSED3,MGG,MEDGE,UNUSED6/
OGPWG/
GRDPNT/WTMASS/ALTSHAPE/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
OGPWG Grid point weight generator table in weight units.
Parameters:
GRDPNT Input-integer-default=-1. Reference grid point identification number. Inertias

are computed GRDPNT. If GRDPNT=-1 then the origin of the basic
coordinate system is used.
Method:
The Grid Point Weight Generator (GPWG) module calculates the masses, centers of gravity, and inertias
of the general mathematical model of the structure. The data are extracted from the  M gg  matrix by
Main Index
GPWG 949
using a rigid body transformation calculation. The transformation is defined by the global coordinate
displacements resulting from unit translations and rotations of the whole body about a reference point.
Because of the scalar mass effects, the total mass may have directional properties, and the center of
gravity may not be a unique location. This effect is shown in the output by giving each of the the three
masses its own direction and center of gravity. The inertia terms are calculated by using the directional
mass effects. The axes about which the inertial terms are calculated may not intersect. However, these
axes are those which provide uncoupled rotation and translation effects. This is the significance of the
term "center of gravity." If the structural model has been constructed using only real masses. the three
masses printed out will be equal, the center of gravity will be unique, and the axes of the inertia terms
will intersect at the center of gravity.
The actual computation proceeds in four parts:
T
1. Computation of the  D  matrix: six vectors are formed that will describe the six motions about
the reference point. The matrix  D  is formed from the vectors that describe rigid body
displacements in global coordinates in terms of the six unit displacements and rotations in basic
coordinates at the reference point
 u·· g  =  D   u·· o  (reference point) (4-29)
Method of Generation
Each grid point is considered in order. If it is a scalar point, zero is stored in each of the six
columns of  D  . If it is a grid point,
 r1 
 
 ri  =  Ri  –  Ro  =  r2  (4-30)
 
 r3 
is computer where  R i  is the basic coordinate of the i-th grid point given in the BGPDT table
and  R o  is the location of the reference point.
The transformation matrix to the grid point
0 r3 –r2
 Tr  = –r3 0 r1 (4-31)
r2 –r1 0
is formed. GPWG calculates the 3x3 transformation matrix  T i  from the global coordinates to
basic coordinates for the grid point. The matrix
Main Index
950 GPWG
T T
Ti Ti Tr
d = (4-32)
T
0 Ti
T T
is computed. The rows of  d  form the columns of  D  . The matrix  D  is generated a column
at a time and packed out onto a scratch file.
T
2. If all points were scalar point, GPWG returns; otherwise, form  D  from  D  .
3.  M o  is computed
T
 M 0  =  D   M gg   D  (4-33)
4. Compute output quantities:

M o is partitioned
t tr
 Mo   M M (4-34)
rt r
M M
The matrix is symmetric, where the superscripts t and r refer to translation and rotation,
respectively.
A check is made for inconsistent scalar masses. Let
t 2
 =   M ij  (4-35)
and
t 2
 =   M ij  i  j (4-36)
If     10 , the coordinates should be rotated. Otherwise  S  =  I  . If rotation is necessary,

–3
t
the eigenvectors of  M  , e 1 , e 2 , and e 3 are determined by the Jacobi technique. Define
 S  =   e 1   e 2   e 3   (4-37)
The  S  matrix is output.  Mt  , r tr

 M  , and  M  are computed as follows:
T T t
M  = S M S (4-38)
tr T tr
M  = S M S (4-39)
r T r
M  = S M S (4-40)
Main Index
GPWG 951
The following terms, defined in the principal axis system  e 1  ,  e 2  , and  e 3  , are calculated
and output. The mass terms are
t
M x = M 11 (4-41)
t
M y = M 22 (4-42)
t
M z = M 33 (4-43)
The "centers of gravity" are

tr tr tr
M 11 – M 13 M 12
- Y x = ------------
X x = --------  Z x = --------
- (4-44)
Mx Mx Mx
tr tr tr
M 23 M 22 – M 21
- Y y = --------
X y = -------- - Z y = ------------ (4-45)
My My My
tr tr tr
– M 32 M 31 M 33
X z = ------------  Y z = --------
- Z z = --------
- (4-46)
Mz Mz Mz
The inertias at the center of gravity relative to the principal mass axis are determined from
S r 2 2
I 11 = M 11 – M y Z y – M z Y z (4-47)
S S r
I 12 = I 21 = – M 12 – M z X z Y z (4-48)
S S r
I 13 = I 31 = – M 13 – M y X y Z y (4-49)
S r 2 2
I 22 = M 22 – M z X y – M x Z x (4-50)
S r 2 2
I 22 = M 22 – M z X z – M x Z x (4-51)
S S r
I 32 = I 23 = – M 23 – M x Y x Z x (4-52)
S r 2 2
I 33 = M 33 – M x Y x – M y X y (4-53)
These terms form the symmetric matrix  I  .
Main Index
952 GPWG
For principal inertias, eigenvalues and eigenvectors are found such that
P
I 11 0 0
=  Q   I˜   Q 
P T
0 I 22 0 (4-54)
P
0 0 I 33
where  I˜  is the same as  I  with sizes of the off-diagonal terms reversed.  Q  contains the
P
normalized eigenvectors (with the directions of the principal inertias), and the I ii are the
eigenvalues. The matrices  S  and  Q  are actually coordinate rotation matrices and show the
directions of the principal masses and inertias.
Remarks:
1. BGPDT and OGPWG cannot be purged. If MGG is purged or null, GPWG will return. CSTM
must be present if coordinate systems are used to define the location of one or more grid points.
MEDGE must be present if p-elements are present.
2. GPWG is identical to Option 7 in the VECPLOT module.
3. GPWG calculates the masses, centers of gravity, and inertias of the general mathematical model
of the structure. The data are extracted from the [Mgg] matrix by using a rigid body
transformation calculation. The transformation is defined by the global coordinate displacements
resulting from unit translations and rotations of the whole body about a reference point.
4. Because of the scalar mass effects, the total mass may have directional properties, and the center
of gravity may not be a unique location. This effect is shown in the output by giving for each of
the three masses, its own direction and center of gravity. The inertia terms are calculated by using
the directional mass effects.
The axes about which the inertia terms are calculated may not intersect. However, these axes are
those which provide uncoupled rotation and translation effects. This is the significance of the term
"center of gravity". If the structural model has been constructed using only real masses, the three
masses printed out will be equal, the center of gravity will be unique, and the axes of the inertia
terms will intersect at the center of gravity.
Main Index
GUST 953
Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis
GUST Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis
Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis that are associated with aerodynamic flow.
Format:
GUST CASECC,DLT,FRL,DIT,QHJL,UNUSED6,UNUSED7,ACPT,
CSTMA,PHF,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
PHF1,WJ,QHJK,PFP/
S,N,NOGUST/BOV/MACH/Q $
Input Data Blocks:

QHJL Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets.
g-set and ks-set grid points.
PHF Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal).
ENFLODB Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous
damping effects
Output Data Blocks:
PHF1 Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal) combined with gust
loads.
WJ Gust matrix.
Main Index
954 GUST
Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis
QHJK Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets.

PFP Frequency response load matrix in the p-set combined with gust loads.
Parameters:
NOGUST Output-integer-no default. Gust load flag. Set to -1 if no gust loads exist;
otherwise set to 1.
BOV Input-real-default=0.0. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency.
Q Input-real-default=0.0. Dynamic pressure.
Remarks:
1. If DIT is purged, GUST will return (setting NOGUST = - 1).
2. CSTMA may be purged.
3. Often the shape (time dependence) of the gust is unknown, except for certain statistical
information, e.g., power spectral density and RMS value. In these cases the GUST module must
create frequency-dependent loads. Sometimes the gust shape is specified as a function of time,
which will be analyzed by Fourier transform techniques. Then the frequency dependent loads are
calculated by Fourier transform.
The value of the load is calculated from the downwash distribution. The calculation involves the
aerodynamic formulation. For all methods (except strip theory) the downwash is a part of the
aerodynamic theory used in the AMG-AMP modules. The downwash is associated with the j-set,
which corresponds to the Ajj matrix. The loads are computed from the downwash using
aerodynamic matrices.
The downwash to be provided comes from a simple model of the atmosphere. The velocity is
vertical (in the z-direction of the aerodynamic coordinate system), and appears (to an observer) in
the airplane coordinates to sweep back toward the +x direction. This implies that the downwash
vector has two properties:
It is proportional to the cosine of the dihedral angle for any panel.
There is a time delay of amount X/U for the arrival at any point. (X is streamwise coordinate.)
Main Index
GUSTLDW 955
Computes downwash load due to gust
GUSTLDW Computes downwash load due to gust
Computes downwash load due to gust.
Format:
GUSTLDW EDT,AERO,CSTMA,MKLIST,AEBGPDT*,SKJ,LAJJT,UAJJT/
QKGUST*/
GUST2ID/S,N,QKGUSTL $
Input Data Blocks:

solver. Also ontains SET1 entries.
CSTMA Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set +
ks-set grid points.
MKLIST MKLIST Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.
AEBGPDT* Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables.
SKJ Integration matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
QKGUST* Family of j-set downwashes (normal washes) matrices qualified bu reduced

frequency, mach number, and gust rotation.
Parameters:
GUST2ID Input-integer-no default. GUST2 Bulk Data identification number.

QKGUSTL Output-logical-default=FALSE. QKGUST* creation flag.
TRUE : QKGUST* was created.
FALSE: QKGUST* was not created.
Main Index
956 GYROLD
Compute the gyroscopic static loads.
GYROLD Compute the gyroscopic static loads.
Format:
GYROLD CASECC,CSTM,BGPDT,SLT,KGGG*/
PJR,UNUSED/
GYLDOPT/LOADID/RFORSCAL/RACCSCAL $
Input Data Blocks:

SLT Static loads (RFORCE and LOAD entries).
KGGG* Family of gyroscopic matrices qualified by RGYRO identification number.
Output Data Blocks:
PJR Gyroscopic static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and
applied to its interior points only.
UNUSED Unused and may be unspecified.
Parameters:
GYLDOPT Input-integer-default=0. Static gyroscopic load generation option:

1 Compute the load for statics rotordynamics
2 Compute the coriolis matrix for dynamic analysis with static subcase
(rotordynamics in rotating coordinates).
LOADID Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the current
subcase.
RFORSCAL Input-real-default=0. Scale factor for the loads defined in the RFORCE
record.
RACCSCAL Input-real-default=0. Scale factor for the RACC value in the RFORCE
record.
Remark:
Determine in which subcases RGYRO and RFORCE are referenced and then make a kvector for
each subcase from the entries KGGG and the rotation vector from the RFORCE entry.
Main Index
IFP 957
Reads Bulk Data Section
IFP Reads Bulk Data Section
Reads in the Bulk Data and outputs the finite element model in table form.
Format:
IFP BULK/
GEOM1,EPT,MPT,EDT,DIT,DYNAMIC,GEOM2,
GEOM3,GEOM4,EPTA,PCOMPT,MATPOOL,AXIC,PVT,DMI,
DMINDX,DTI,DTINDX,DEFUSET,EDOM,DEQATN,DEQIND,
CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED25/
S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/
S,N,RUNIFP5/S,N,RUNIFP6/S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/
S,N,RUNIFP9/SEID/S,N,RUNMEPT/S,N,RUNIFP10/
S,N,RUNIFBS2 $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Blocks:

DYNAMICS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics.
points.
MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat
transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.
Main Index
958 IFP
AXIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to conical shell, hydroelastic, and
acoustic cavity analysis.
PVT Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entry images.
DMI Table of all matrices specified on DMI Bulk Data entries.
DMINDX Index into DMI.
DTI Table of all matrices specified on DTI Bulk Data entries.
DTlNDX Index into DTI.
DEFUSET Table of DEFUSET Bulk Data entry images.
CONTACT Table of Bulk Data entries related to contact regions.
Parameters:
NOGOIFP Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected.

RUNIFPi Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if IFPi module execution is
required.
SEID Integer-input-default=-1. Superelement identification number.
RUNMEPT Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if MODEPT module execution
is required.
RUNIFBS2 Logical-output-default-FALSE. Set to TRUE if IFPBSH2 module execution
is required.
Remarks:
1. IFP does not stop on error detection, therefore, the DMAP sequence must contain a statement to
terminate the run. For example,
IF (NOGOIFP) EXIT$
2. IFP must appear at the beginning of the DMAP sequence after the IFP1 and XSORT modules and
before any other module.
Example:
Read the Bulk Data Section and update applicable records for acoustic, hydroelastic, hyperelastic,
composite beam and shell, axisymmetric, and beam library analyses.
IFP iBULK/
Main Index
IFP 959
GEOM1.0,EPT.0,MPT.0,IEDT,IDIT,IDYNAMIC,
GEOM2.0,GEOM3.0,GEOM4.0,EPTA,IPCOMPT.0,
MTPOL.0,IAXIC,IPVT,IDMI,IDMINDX,IDTI,IDTINDX,
DEFUSET,IEDOM,IDEQATN,IDEQIND,CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED2/
S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/S,N,RUNIFP5/
S,N,RUNIFP6/S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/S,N,RUNIFP9//
S,N,RUNMEPT/S,N,RUNIFP10 $
$
PVT IPVT,iCASECC/ $ RESOLVE PARAMETER VALUES SET IN CASE CONTROL
$
IF ( RUNIFP3 ) THEN $
IFP3 IAXIC/GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM3,GEOM4.3/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX GEOM1.0/GEOM1.3/-1 $
EQUIVX GEOM2.0/GEOM2.3/-1 $
EQUIVX GEOM3.0/iGEOM3 /-1 $
V V.0/GEOM4.3/-1 $
ENDIF $
$
IFP4 IAXIC,GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM4.3,MTPOL.0/
GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4,IGEOM4,IMATPOOL/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX GEOM1.3 /GEOM1.4/-1 $
EQUIVX V2.3 /GEOM2.4/-1 $
EQUIVX V4.3 /iGEOM4 /-1 $
EQUIVX MTPOL.0/IMATPOOL/-1 $
ENDIF $
$
IFP5 IAXIC,GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4/IGEOM1.5,IV2.5/
S,N,NOGOIFP5 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX GEOM1.4/iGEOM1.5/-1 $
EQUIVX GEOM2.4/iGEOM2.5/-1 $
ENDIF $
$
IFP8 MPT.0,IDIT/MPT.8/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX MPT.0/MPT.8/-1 $
Main Index
960 IFP1
Reads Case Control Section
IFP1 Reads Case Control Section
Reads the Case Control Section.
Format:
IFP1 /CASECC,PCDB,XYCDB,POSTCDB,FORCE,MMCDB/
S,N,NOGOIFP1/S,N,LASTCC/S,N,BEGSUP/STEPPR $
Output Data Blocks:

POSTCDB Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) Section of Case Control.
FORCE Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands defined under the
OUTPUT(CARDS) Section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH field
information.
MMCDB Table of MAXMIN(DEF) specifications.
Parameter:
NOGOIFP1 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected in the

Case Control Section.
LASTCC Integer-output-default=0. Set to 2 if the last auxiliary model Case Control
Section is being processed.
BEGSUP Logical-output-default=FALSE. BEGIN SUPER flag. Set to TRUE if the
first Bulk Data Section begins with BEGIN SUPER instead of BEGIN
BULK.
STEPRR Input-logical-default=FALSE. STEP Case Control command flag. Set to
TRUE if the STEP command is allowed in the current solution sequence.
QKGUSTL Output-logical-default=FALSE. QKGUST* creation flag.
TRUE : QKGUST* was created
FALSE: QKGUST* was not created
Remarks:
1. IFP1 does not stop if an error is detected in the Case Control Section; therefore, the following
statement should appear after the module:
Main Index
IFP1 961
Reads Case Control Section
IF (NOGOIFP1) EXIT $
2. IFP1 may be executed only once and should appear at the beginning of the DMAP sequence
before any other module.
Example:
Read multiple Case Control Sections in a loop. Each Case Control Section is prefaced with the
AUXCASE and AUXMODEL commands. The outputs from IFP1 are to be qualified on auxiliary model
DO WHILE ( LASTCC<>2 ) $
IFP1 /XCASECC,XPCDB,XXYCDB,XPOSTCDB,XFORCE/
S,N,NOGOIFP1/S,N,LASTCC $
PARAML XCASECC//'DTI'/1/258//S,N,AUXMID $
EQUIVX XCASECC/CASEXX/-1 $
EQUIVX XPCDB/PCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX XXYCDB/XYCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX XPOSTCDB/POSTCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX XFORCE/FORCE/-1 $
ENDDO $
Main Index
962 IFP3
Modifies Bulk Data entry records
IFP3 Modifies Bulk Data entry records
Modifies Bulk Data entry records related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis.
Format:
IFP3 AXIC/GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM3X,GEOM4X/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $
Input Data Block:
AXIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to axisymmetric conical shell,
hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis.

Parameter:
NOGOIFP3 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the Bulk

Data entries.
Remarks:
1. IFP3 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP3 should
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module
2. IFP3 must appear after the IFP1 and before the IFP4 modules.
3. The axisymmetric Bulk Data entry records modified by IFP3 are:
Bulk Data
Entry Record Output Records Output Data Blocks
AXIC None None
CCONEAX CCONE GEOM2
FORCEAX FORCE GEOM3
MOMAX MOMENT GEOM3
Main Index
IFP3 963
Bulk Data
MPCAX MPC GEOM4
OMITAX OMIT GEOM4
POINTAX MPC GEOM4
GRID GEOM1
PRESAX PLOAD GEOM3
RINGAX SPC GEOM4
GRID GEOM1
SECTAX MPC GEOM4
GRID GEOM1
SPCAX SPC GEOM4
SUPAX SUPORT GEOM4
TEMPAX TEMP GEOM3
4. The other Bulk Data entries recognized and processed by IFP3 are:
FORCE, GRAV, LOAD, MOMENT, TEMPD, TEMP, GRID,
MPCADD, OMIT, SEQGP, SPC, SPCADD, and SUPORT
Example
See the example in the IFP, 957 module description.
Main Index
964 IFP4
Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records
IFP4 Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records
Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records.
Format:
IFP4 AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,MATPOOL/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM4X,MATPOOLX/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $
Input Data Blocks:
points.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to hydroelastic analysis.

MATPOOLX MATPOOL table related to hydroelastic analysis.
Parameter:

Data entries.
Remarks:
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module
Main Index
IFP4 965
Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records
3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by IFP4:
Bulk Data
AXIF None None
BDYLIST Various MATPOOLX
CFLUID2 CFLUID2 GEOM2X
FLSYM Various MATPOOLX
FREEPT SPOINT GEOM2X
MPC GEOM4X
FSLIST CFSMASS GEOM2X
SPC GEOM4X
GRIDB GRID GEOM1X
PRESPT SPOINT GEOM2X
MPC GEOM4X
RINGFL GRID GEOM1X
SEQGP GEOM1X
DMIAX DMIG MATPOOLX
Example:
Main Index
966 IFP5
Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records
IFP5 Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records
Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records.
Format:
IFP5 AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X/S,N,NOGOIFP5 $
Input Data Blocks:
points.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to acoustic cavity analysis.

GEOM2X GEOM2 table related to acoustic cavity analysis.
Parameter:

Data entries.
Remarks:
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module.
3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by IFP5:
Input Record Input Data Block Output Record Output Data Block
AXSLOT AXIC None None
CAXIF2 GEOM2 PLOTEL GEOM2X
Main Index
IFP5 967
Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records
Input Record Input Data Block Output Record Output Data Block
CSLOT3 GEOM2 PLOTEL GEOM2X
CSLOT4 GEOM2 PLOTEL GEOM2X
GRIDF AXIC GRID GEOM1X
GRIDS AXIC GRID GEOM1X
SLBDY AXIC CELAS2 GEOM2X
Example:
Main Index
968 IFP6
Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records
IFP6 Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records
Create PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PCOMP and MAT8 bulk data
entry records.
Format:
IFP6 EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/
EPTC,MPTC,PCOMPTC/v
S,N,NOGOIFP6/S,N,NOCOMP/DSFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties, in particular,
PSHELL and PCOMP entries.
MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties, in particular,
MAT2 and MAT8 entries.
PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTC Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PSHELL
records.
MPTC Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2
records.
PCOMPTC Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the
Parameter:

Data entries.
NOCOMP Integer-output-default=0. Set to 1 if MAT8 and PCOMP Bulk Data entry
records are found.
DSFLAG Input-logical-default=FALSE. Design sensitivity flag. Set to TRUE for
design sensitivity job.
Main Index
IFP6 969
Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records
Remarks:
2. IFP6 must appear after the IFP and before the IFP7 modules.
Example:
Main Index
970 IFP7
Creates PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
IFP7 Creates PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
Create PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBCOMP Bulk Data entry records.
Format:
IFP7 GEOM2,EPT,MPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP7 $
Input Data Blocks:
points.
EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties; in particular,
PBCOMP entries.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTX Copy of EPT except PBCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PBEAM
records.
Parameter:

Data entries.
Remarks:
Example:
Main Index
IFP8 971
Creates MATHP Bulk Data entry records
IFP8 Creates MATHP Bulk Data entry records
Create MATHP Bulk Data entry records based upon data on the TABLES1 Bulk Data entry records for
use in hyperelastic analysis.
Format:
IFP8 MPT,DIT/MPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
MPTX Copy of MPT except applicable MATHP records are updated to include
referenced TABLSE1 Bulk Data entry information
Parameter:

Data entries.
Remarks:
3. IFP8 modifies the MATHP Bulk Data entry records using least squares fitting of experimental
data referenced on TABLES1 Bulk Data entry records to analytically obtained solutions.
Example:
Main Index
972 IFP9
Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
IFP9 Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
Create PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBARL and PBEAML Bulk Data
entry records.
Format:
IFP9 EPT,GEOM1,EDT,GEOM2/EPTX,PBRMS/S,N,NOGOIFP9/
ARBMPS/ARBMFEM $
Input Data Block:
EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties; in particular,
PBARL and PBEAML entries.
points.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTX Copy of EPT except PBARL and PBEAML records are replaced by
equivalent PBAR and PBEAM records
Parameter:

Data entries.
ARBMPS Input-logical-default-FALSE.
ARBMFEM Input-logical-default-FALSE.
Remarks:
2. IFP9 must appear after the IFP modules.
Main Index
IFP9 973
Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
Example:
See the example in the module description of IFP, 957.
Main Index
974 IFP10
Converts IFP tables for topology optimization
IFP10 Converts IFP tables for topology optimization
Construct new GEOM2, EPT, and MPT tables based upon data supplied by the TOPVAR
entry for topology optimization.
Format:
IFP10 GEOM2,EPT,MPT,EDOM/
GEOM2T,EPTT,MPTT,TOPTAB,TOPELE/
S,N,NOGOIF10 $
Input Data Blocks:
points.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM2T GEOM2 updated for topology optimization.

EPTT EPT updated for topology optimization.
MPTT MPT updated for topology optimization.
TOPTAB Table containing topologically-designed properties.
TOPELE Table containing topologically-designed elements.
Parameter:
NOGOIF10 Output-logical-default=false. Set TRUE for an error is detected in the Bulk

Data entries.
Main Index
IFPINDX 975
Creates an IFP table index keyed by identification number
IFPINDX Creates an IFP table index keyed by identification number
Creates an index, keyed by identification number for any IFP table.
Format:
IFPINDX /IFPDB $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:
IFPDB Any table data block output by modules IFP, IFPi, MODEPT,
MODGM2, and MODGM4.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. IFPDB must be declared as an append file on the FILE statement.
2. IFPDB must contain a key word in the first word of each tuple of the ifp header word. Currently
only fixed length Bulk Data entries are supported.
Main Index
976 IFPBSH2
Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries
IFPBSH2 Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries
Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries.
Format:
IFPBSH2 EPT,DIT,DEQATN,DEQIND//S,N,NOGOIFB2 $
Input Data Blocks:

DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images
DEQATN Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN
Output Data Blocks:

None
Parameters:
NOGOIFB2 Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the

PBUSH2D Bulk Data entries.
Main Index
IFT 977
Performs an inverse Fourier transform
IFT Performs an inverse Fourier transform
Performs an inverse Fourier transform to convert the frequency response solution matrix to the time
domain.
Format:
IFT UXF,CASECC,TRL,FOL/
UXT,TOL/
IFTM $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
UXT Solution matrix from transient response analysis in d- or h-set.

TOL Transient response time output list.
Parameters:
IFTM Input-integer-default=1. Fourier transform method.

0 Constant
1 Piecewise linear (default)
2 Cubic spline
Purpose:
The purpose of this module is to obtain solutions versus time for frequency response for which the forces
are only known as functions of frequency.
The definition of the inverse transform is
Main Index
978 IFT

1 it
u i  t  = ---  Re  ũ i   e d (4-55)

0
where ũ    is considered to be a known input (frequency response, and u  t  is the output (time
response). Several approximations will be used for evaluation of (4-55). A special algorithm is to be used
for equal  ’s, which can result in savings of computation times. A special algorithm will be introduced
to provide for a cubic spline fit for ũ    between the data points.
Method:
General Approach. The integral will be expressed as a finite sum. The input data block UXF has
one row for each mode, and a column (complex) for each frequency. The output UXT will have the same
number of rows, but with these columns for each time step. Frequencies and times have been selected via
standard FREQi and TSTEP Bulk Data entries. Each row of the input matrix is transformed into a row
of the output.
The basic sume is given by
NFREQ
1 ·· i t
u i  t m  = ---
  Re   C mn  ũ i   n  + D mn  ũ i   n  e n m  (4-56)
n=1
NFREQ
1 i n t m
u· i  t m  = ---  Re  i n  C mn  ũ i   n  + D mn  ũ i   n  e  (4-57)

n=1
NFREQ
1 2 i n t m
u·· i  t m  = ---  Re  –  n  C mn  ũ i   n  e  (4-58)

n=1
where:
m = 1, 2,...,NTIME
n = 2 f n  f = frequency 
ũ i   n  = the complex quantity in the i-th row and the n-th column of UHVF.
u·· i   n  = the second derivative, found by the method of splines.
Main Index
IFT 979
ũ i  t n  = the real quantity output on UHVT.
Re = "Real part of." Note: for efficiency ReCu = ReCu  Reu – Imc  Imu
n – n – 1 n + 1 – n
C mn = -------------------------- E 2  – it m   n –  n – 1   + -------------------------- E 2  + it m   n + 1 –  n   (4-59)
2 2
3 3
 n – n – 1   n + 1 – n 
D mn - G  – it m   n –  n – 1   – ---------------------------------- G   n + 1 –  n 
= – -------------------------------- (4-60)
24 24
The functions E 2 and G will be discussed later.
For the first  , only the second term of C and D is used; and, for the last  , only the first term is used.
Values for C and D .
If the frequency data have equal  ’s,
–6
  n –  n – 1  –   2 –  1   10   2 –  1 
then the special equal frequency intervals methods are to be used. Otherwise, the general case will be
assumed. In the sum, the following assuptions can be made
Parameter Equal  t General

IFTM
0 E 2 = 1 (for first  if E 2 = 1 ( 1  2 first, last
 = 0 E 2 = 1  2 ). D mn = 0 ).
1 D mn = 0 D mn = 0
C m = function of m , and
special for first, last  .
2 C mn = 0 C m = (See (4-57).)
C m D mn are functions of m , See (4-57) and (4-58).
only. Special for first and last  .
For the equal  , we will force  2 t m to be an integer multiplf of  2  t  . Define integer

N = 2     t  , rounded up. Then replace the user’s t by t = 2  N .
In the equal  , t is given by
Main Index
980 IFT
nm
 n t m = nmt = 2  ------- (4-61)
 N
A table for k = 0  N – 1  will be made of
C k = cos  2k  N 
(4-62)
S k = sin  2k  N 
Then
i n t m
e = C k + iS k (4-63)
where
Mod  nm 
k = (4-64)
N
The table can be created with recurrence. For unequal  , then
i n t m
e = cos   n t m  + i sin   n t m  (4-65)
where the COS and SIN subroutines will be called.
The funtions E 2 and G will have special formulas depending upon the size of their argument.
   
 1 – cos    – sin 
E 2  i  = --------------------
- +i -------------------
-   0 (4-66)
 1 2   1 2 
 --
-    --
-  
2 2
2 4 5 5

 - + ------------------------   
=  1 – --------- - – +  + i  --- – ------------------ + -------------------- – +     0 (4-67)
 34 3456   3 3  4  5 3  47 
G  i  = 2E 2  i  – E 4  i  (4-68)
2 3
 
----- – 1 + cos  ----- –  + sin 
2 6
E 4  i  = -------------------------------- -   0
- + -------------------------------
4
(4-69)
4
 -
-----
------
24 24
2 4 3
 - – +  + i  
 - + ------------------------  - + -----------
.5 - – +   
=  1 – --------- --- – -----------------   0
(4-70)
56 5678 5 5  6  7 59
Main Index
IFT 981
–9
 0 = 0.1 . The alternating series is continued until the last term computed is less than 10 .
··
When IFTM = 2, a spline fit must be made to solve for ũ . This will be done by a backward and forward
pass over the frequencies  . The same method is used for equal or unequal  . On the initializing
backward pass, compute real A n  n = NFREQ – 1  2  .
N NFREQ = 0
 n – n – 1 
A N = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (4-71)
2   n + 1 –  n – 1  –   n + 1 –  n A n + 1
··
For each row, do a backward and forward pass. The B n and ũ   n  can be stored in the same locations.
The backward pass:
B NFREQ = 0
ũ n + 1 – ũ n ũ n – ũ n – 1 
6  ------------------------- - – ------------------------- –   n + 1 –  n A n + 1  B n + 1
 
n + 1 – n n – n – 1
BN = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (4-72)
n – n – 1
n =  NFREQ – 1   3 2
(real and imaginary)
The forward pass:
 ũ 2 – ũ 1
 6 ------------------- –   2 –  1 A 2 B 2
··  2 – 1
ũ   1  =  ----------------------------------------------------------------- Real Part (4-73)
 6 1 +   2 –  1   2 – A 2 
0 Imaginary Part

Then continue for 2  NFREQ .
·· ··
ũ  n  = A n  B n – ũ n – 1 
Main Index
982 ILMP1
Creates unit displacement matrix
ILMP1 Creates unit displacement matrix
Creates a unit displacement matrix on those DOFs that contribute to the monitored components. This
matrix will be G-set size rows by contributed DOF in columns. Also creates a CASECC table associated
with the columns of the unit displacement matrix and the g-set size column partitoning vector that mark
the contributing DOF's.
Format:
ILMP1 EST,BGPDT,EDT,EDT0/
CASEUNIT,UNITDISP,UNITPV,EDTM/
S,N,NCOLUNIT $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT0 Table of archived set of MONPNT2 records to be merged into EDTM.
Output Data Blocks:
CASEUNIT Table of Case Control parameters requesting to a unit displacements. In

addition, the monitor points will be expressed as various sets of output
depending on what is being monitored.
UNITDISP Unit displacement matrix where each row represents a unit displacement at a
degree-of-freedom. Only degrees-of-freedom which participate in the union
of all monitor points will contain a unit displacement. UNITDISP has LUSET
number of columns.
UNITPV Partitioning vector (g-set) with 1.0 at each grid where a unit displacement is
requested. (All 6 degrees-of-freedom will be assumed to contribute).
EDTM Archival of EDT containing just the monitor records.
Parameters:
NCOLUNIT Output-integer-default=-1. Number of unit displacement columns written. If

NCOLUNIT<=0 then none were written.
Main Index
ILMP2 983
Creates output transformation matrix
ILMP2 Creates output transformation matrix
Creates the output transformation matrix for a particular OFP table type.
Format:
ILMP2 EDT,OFP12,OFP22,OFP32/
OTMT,RLABEL/
NCOLMNP2 $
Input Data Blocks:

solver. Also contains SET1 entries. Specifically, this module reads the
MONITOR2 record.
OFPi2 Output table in SORT2 format.
Output Data Blocks:
OTMT Transpose of the output transformation matrix. Each column of the matrix
will be associated with a single ILMP (and labeled in RLABEL). The rows
will be the partition of g-set size DOFs that are contributing (CP defined).
RLABEL Monitor point label for each column in OTMT.
Parameters:
NCOLMNP2 Input-integer-default=0. Number of degrees-of-freedom associated with the

MONPNT2 entries.
Main Index
984 ILMPGPF
ILMPGPF
Filters the grid point force output table according to the MONPNT3 entries down to a single monitor
point.
Format:
ILMPGPF MP3GPF,EDT,BGPDT,CSTM,OGPFB1/
GPFMAT/
NDDLNAME $
Input Data Blocks:
MP3GPF Table of monitor point type-3 responses.

MONPNT3 and SET1 records.
OGPFB1 Table of grid point forces.
Output Data Block:
GPFMAT Matrix of monitor point force data where each column is a subcase and each
row is one component of the monitored forces.
Parameter:
NDDLNAME Input-character-default='OGF'. NDDL name of the OGPFB1 data block.
Main Index
INDXBULK 985
Indexes the Bulk Data table
INDXBULK Indexes the Bulk Data table
Indexes the Bulk Data table.
Format:
INDXBULK BULK/BULKINDX $
Input Data Blocks:
BULK Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries.
Output Data Blocks:
BULKINDX Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries with indices.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
1. INDXBULK only indexes the CORDij, GRID and QSETi records.
Main Index
986 INPUTT2
Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit
INPUTT2 Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit
Recovers up to five tables or matrices from a FORTRAN unit. This unit may have been written either by
a FORTRAN program or by the companion module OUTPUT2.
Format:
INPUTT2 /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/
ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/
S,N,HNAME1/S,N,HNAME2/S,N,HNAME3/S,N,HNAME4/
S,N,HNAME5/S,N,DBKNT/
NDDLNAM1/NDDLNAM2/NDDLNAM3/NDDLNAM4/NDDLNAM5 $
Output Data Blocks:
DBi Data blocks to be input from the FORTRAN unit.
Main Index
INPUTT2 987
Parameters:
ITAPE Input-integer-default = 0. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before

INPUTT2 attempts to extract any data blocks. The following controls are
available.
ITAPE Value Action

+n Skip forward n data blocks before reading.
0 Data blocks are read starting at the current position.
-1 or -11 Rewind before reading and position tape past label
(LABL), if any.
-3 or -13 Print data block names, rewind before reading, and
position tape past label, if any.
-5 or -15 Search and output first occurrence of DBi. If none are
found, then a fatal warning message is issued.
-6 or -16 Search and output final occurrence of DBi. If none are
found, then a fatal is issued.
-7 or -17 Search and output first occurrence of DBi. If none are
found, then a warning is issued.
-8 or -18 Search and output final occurrence of DBi. If none are
found, then a warning is issued.
IUNIT Input-integer-no default. IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number from which
the data blocks are to be read. IUNIT = 0 is not recommended.
LABL Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. LABL is the label on the
FORTRAN unit. A check of the label may or may not be performed based on
the value of ITAPE as indicated in the following table.
ITAPE Value Tape Label Checked?

+n NO
0 NO
-1 YES
-3 YES
-5 YES
-6 YES
Main Index
988 INPUTT2
ITAPE Value Tape Label Checked?

-7 YES
-8 YES
-11 NO
-13 NO
-15 NO
-16 NO
-17 NO
-18 NO
HNAMEi Output-character-default=' '. Data block name found in the header of DBi
on the Fortran unit.
DBKNT Output-integer-default=0. Total number of data blocks found on IUNIT.
DBKNT is only computed under ITAPE= -3 or -13.
NDDLNAMi Input-character-default=blank. NDDL names corresponding to DB1 through
DB5. If DBi is a matrix, then the corresponding NDDLNAMi is 'MATRIX'.
Used only to read unformatted (binary) Fortran files created on non-native
computers.
Remarks:
1. Any or all of the output data blocks may be purged. Only nonpurged data blocks will be taken
from the tape. The data blocks will be taken sequentially from the tape starting from a position
determined by the value of the first parameter. Note that the output data block sequence A,B,,, is
the same as ,A,,B, or ,,,A,B.
2. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Certain
FORTRAN units are reserved, see Making File Assignments (p. 88) in the MSC Nastran 2012
Installation and Operations Guide for a listing of reserved FORTRAN units.
3. Data blocks will be read from the FORTRAN unit in either binary or neutral format, depending
upon the FORM option of the ASSIGN FMS statement. If no ASSIGN FMS statement is
specified, then binary input is assumed.
4. The format of the FORTRAN binary file is given in the OUTPUT2 description
5. Factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13 and 15) cannot be processed by INPUTT2.
Main Index
INPUTT4 989
Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit
INPUTT4 Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit
Reads an ASCII or binary file from a FORTRAN unit and creates a matrix suitable for input to other
modules. OUTPUT4 module output may also be used as input.
Format:
INPUTT4 /M1,M2,M3,M4,M5/NMAT/IUNIT/ITAPE/UNUSED4/BIGMAT $
Output Data Blocks:
Mi Matrices
Parameters:
NMAT Input-integer-default=1. NMAT is the number of matrices that have been

written on the user-supplied unit. Must be less than or equal to 5.
IUNIT Input-integer-no default. The value of IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number
on which the user-supplied matrix was written.
ITAPE Input-integer-default=-1. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before
INPUTT4 tries to extract any matrices as follows:
ITAPE Action
0 None.
-1 Rewind IUNIT before read.
-2 Rewind IUNIT at end.
-3 Both.

BIGMAT Input-logical-default=FALSE. BIGMAT = FALSE selects the format that
uses a string header as described under Remark 1. But, if the matrix has more
than 65535 rows, then BIGMAT will automatically be set to TRUE regardless
of the value specified.
Remarks:
1. Each matrix is read from IUNIT according to its ASSIGN FMS statement, and the BIGMAT as
shown in the remarks of the OUTPUT4 description.
Main Index
990 INPUTT4
Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit
2. Each real or complex matrix must have been written on IUNIT according to the format below.
• For example, in the nonsparse format and binary format (ASSIGN FORM=UNFORMATTED),
each matrix could be created (assumed on FORTRAN unit 8) as follows:
Record 1-four word record
WRITE(8) NCOL,NROW,NF,NTYPE
Record 2,3,etc.
WRITE(8) ICOL,IROW,NW,(X(I),I=1,NW)
• If the ASCII format (ASSIGN FORM=FORMATTED) and the nonsparse format is desired, then
each matrix must be created as follows:
Record 1
WRITE(8,100) NCOL,NROW,NF,NTYPE
100 FORMAT(4I8)
Record 2, 3, etc.
WRITE(8,200) ICOL,IROW,NW,(X(I),I=1,NW)
200 FORMAT(3I8,(1P,5E16.9))
The format for X(I) above must be (1P,rEw.d),
where d is the number of digits in the fractional part, w must be greater than d+7, and r is the
integer part of 80/w.
• The MSC Nastran "util" directory contains a utility subroutine called MAKIDS in a file called
mattst.f (or .for) which will write a matrix into the format suitable for INPUTT4. See Building
and Using MATTST (p. 248) in the MSC Nastran 2012 Installation and Operations Guide.
• Zero terms must be explicitly present from the first nonzero in any column to the last nonzero
term unless the sparse matrix option is used.
• Null columns need not be input (they will be properly handled if they are input).
3. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Selection of a
proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent. If the ASSIGN statement is not provided, then the
format of the matrices on IUNIT is assumed to be nonsparse and binary. The ASCII format
requires an ASSIGN FMS statement with the FORM = FORMATTED option. Certain
FORTRAN units are reserved, see Making File Assignments (p. 88) in the MSC Nastran 2012
Installation and Operations Guide for a listing of reserved FORTRAN units.
4. The memory required is from the first nonzero entry in the column to the last nonzero entry.
5. Factor matrices from DECOMP and DCMP (matrix forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15) cannot be
processed by INPUTT4.
Main Index
INTERR 991
Generates modal components of base motion from a response spectrum
INTERR Generates modal components of base motion from a response

spectrum
Generates the modal components of base motion from a response spectrum.
Format:
INTERR CASECC,DIT,DYNAMIC,ZETAH,FN,SPECSEL,PSI/
UHR/
CLOSE/OPTION $
Input Data Blocks:

ZETAH Mass-normalized damping.
FN Matrix of natural frequencies (mass normalized stiffness).
SPECSEL Response spectra input correlation table.
PSI Modal partitioning factor matrix.
Output Data Block:
UHR Modal displacement vector for spectral analysis.
Parameters:
CLOSE Input-real-no default. Close natural frequency scale factor. Under the
OPTION='ABS' method, close natural frequencies will be summed if the natural
frequencies satisfy:
fi+1 < CLOSE * fi

OPTION Input-character-no default. Response summation method for scaled response spectra
analysis only. Possible values are:
'ABS' Absolute.
'SRSS' Square root of the sum of the squares.
'NRL' Naval Research Laboratory (new).
'NRLO' Naval Research Laboratory (old).
Main Index
992 INTERR
Generates modal components of base motion from a response spectrum
Remark:
Only FN may be purged, in which case INTERR returns.
Main Index
ISHELL 993
Invokes an external program
ISHELL Invokes an external program
Invokes an external program.
Format:
ISHELL //PRGNAME/S,N,IRTN/NOINT/NOREAL/NOCMPX/NOCHAR/NOUN
IT/
INT1 /INT2 /INT3 /INT4 /
REAL1/REAL2/REAL3/REAL4/
CMPX1/CMPX2/CMPX3/CMPX4/
CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4/
IUNIT1/IUNIT2/IUNIT3/IUNIT4 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
PRGNAME Input-character-no default. Name of external program.

IRTN Output-integer-default=0. External program return code.
-1 indicates failure.
NOINT Input-integer-default=0. Number of integer value inputs.
NOREAL Input-integer-default=0. Number of real value inputs.
NOCMPX Input-integer-default=0. Number of complex value inputs.
NOCHAR Input-integer-default=0. Number of character value inputs.
NOUNIT Input-integer-default=0. Number of Fortran input units.
INTi Input-integers-default=0. Integer values.
REALi Input-real-default=-1.0. Real values.
CMPXi Input-complex-default=(-1.0,0.0). Complex values.
CHARi Input-character-default='NULLNULL'. Character values.
IUNITi Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit numbers.
Main Index
994 ISHELL
Invokes an external program
Remarks:
1. The external program identified by PRGNAME will be passed arguments from MSC Nastran as
specified by the ISHELL parameters. The external program can be either a shell script or an
executable program. It can either mimic an internal module or provide any user-defined
functionality that requires access to MSC Nastran's data structures.
2. MSC Nastran remains in a "wait" state until the external program is completed.
3. OUTPUT2, OUTPUT4, INPUTT2 and INPUTT4 modules are required to pass tables and/or
matrices into the external program.
4. The name of external program must be uppercase and limited to 8 characters.
5. The unit numbers must have associated ASSIGN statements. Based on the ASSIGN statements,
the module will automatically pass the physical filenames associated with unit numbers to the
external program. These filenames are passed at the positions 31 through 34.
6. Errors encountered in ISHELL will not terminate the MSC Nastran execution. To help debug
errors in ISHELL, diagnostic messages may be requested on the nastran command line with
"symbol=MSCBGN=ishelln"; where n can be integer value 1 to 9 with 1 giving the lowest level
of verboseness and 9 giving the highest.
7. IRTN=-1 indicates a failure during invocation of PRGNAME. It is not related to errors
encountered within the invoked script or executable. For example, PRGNAME cannot be found
or does not have execute permission.
8. You will need a utility program to parse the arguments for your external program. For example,
use set -A argarray "$@" or a similar technique.
9. The FORTIO module must be used with ISHELL to OPEN and CLOSE FORTRAN units
referenced by the external program.
Example:
Invoke user executable DOITPGM:
ISHELL //'DOITPGM' $
Main Index
LAMX 995
Eigenvalue Table Editor
LAMX Eigenvalue Table Editor
Modifies, creates, or converts to matrices the LAMA (real eigenvalues) and CLAMA (complex
eigenvalues) tables.
Formats:
Modify LAMA:
LAMX EMAT, LAMA/LAMAX/NLAM/RESFLG $
Create LAMA from a matrix:
LAMX FREQMASS,/LAMA/NLAM/RESFLG $
Convert LAMA into a matrix:
LAMX ,,LAMA/LMAT/-1/RESFLG $
Create CLAMA from a matrix:
LAMX CLAMMAT,/CLAMA/-1 $
Convert CLAMA into a matrix:
LAMX ,,CLAMA/CLAMMAT/-2 $
Generate new LAMA table based on diagonals of a stiffness and mass matrix:
LAMX KXX,MXX/LAMAX,LAMMAT/-3/RESFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
EMAT Matrix of editing parameters. See Remark 1.

FREQMASS Matrix of frequencies and generalized masses. See Remark 2.
Main Index
996 LAMX

CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal.
KXX Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually generalized.
MXX Mass matrix in any set. Usually generalized.
Output Data Blocks:
LAMAX Modified LAMA table.

LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table created from FREQMASS.
LMAT Normal modes eigenvalue summary table converted to a matrix. See Remark
3.
LAMMAT Diagonal matrix with real eigenvalues on the diagonal.
Parameters:
NLAM Integer-input-default=0. The maximum number of modes in the output data

block LAMAX. If NLAM = 0, the number of modes in LAMAX will be the same
as that of LAMA or FREQMASS. If NLAM = -1, the matrix LMAT is produced
instead.
RESFLG Integer-input-default=0. Subheading print flag used by the OFP module for
residual vector eigenvalues.
1 Print “BEFORE AUGMENTATION OF RESIDUAL VECTORS".
2 Print “AFTER AUGMENTATION OF RESIDUAL VECTORS”.
0 No print.
Remarks:
1. The EMAT matrix has three rows and one column for each mode which are used to modify the
frequency and generalized mass.
Number of Modes
R 1j
R 2j 3
R 3j
• If R 3j  0 then the frequency
Main Index
LAMX 997
0
f
j
and generalized mass

0
m
j
will be extracted from LAMA and modified accordingly:

0
• Frequency: f j = R ij +  1.0 + R 2j f
j
Fixed shift: R 1j = shift and R 2j = – 1.0
Fractional change: R 1j = 0.0 and R 2j = fraction
 R 3j  if R 3j  0 
• Generalized mass: mj =  0
 m j  if R 3 = 0 
• Then eigenvalue, radians, and generalized stiffness are based on the modified frequency and
generalized mass:
radians:  j = 2f j
2
eigenvalue: j =  j
generalized stiffness: Kj = j mj
• If R 3j = – 1 , then mode j is not copied to LAMAX.
• If R 1j = 0 , R 2j = 0 and R 3j = 0 , then mode j is copied from LAMA to LAMAX without

modification.
2. The FREQMASS matrix has three rows and one column for each mode. The first row contains
the frequencies and the third row contains the generalized masses. The second row is null. Then
eigenvalue, radians, and generalized stiffness are computed as in Remark 3.
Number of Modes
fj
0.0 3
mj
Main Index
998 LAMX
3. In the LMAT matrix each row corresponds to a mode. Each column corresponds to eigenvalue,
radians, frequency, generalized mass, and generalized stiffness.
i i fi Mi ki
·
Number of ·
Modes
·
·
4. Under NLAM=-3:
a. The frequency is computed:
diag (KXX)
Freq = 0.5 Pi ----------------------------------
diag (MXX)
b. KXX and MXX may be vectors.
c. If a diagonal in MXX is null then the corresponding entry in LAMA table will be null.
d. If MXX is purged then an identity matrix is assumed.
e. If KXX is purged the module returns with no output.
f. LAMAX or LAMMAT may be purged.
Examples:
1. For LAMA (real) tables:
• Assume that 10 modes are defined in the LAMA table. It is now desired to modify the frequency
data of the LAMA table in the following way:
Mode(s) Desired Modification DMl Format for EMAT

1 through 3 none ---
4 multiply f 4 by 0.8 DMI,EMAT,4,2,-0.2
5 none ---
6 delete DMI,EMAT,6,3,-1.0
7 replace f 7 by 173.20 DMI,EMAT,7,1,173.20,-1.0
8 replace m8 by 2.98 DMI,EMAT,8,3,2.98
Main Index
LAMX 999
Mode(s) Desired Modification DMl Format for EMAT

9 none ---
10 delete DMI,EMAT,10,3,-1.0
The DMI header record entry is also required: DMI,EMAT,0,2,1,1,,3,10

The DMAP is:
DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/EMAT,,,,,,,,, $
LAMX EMAT,LAMA/LAMB/9 $
EQUIVX LAMB/LAMA/ALWAYS $
• Create a LAMB table with f j = 10.0, 20,0, 30.0, 40, and m j = 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 2.0.
DMI, FREQMASS, 0, 2, 1, 1, , 3, 4
DMI, FREQMASS, 1, 1, 10.0, 00, 1.0
DMI, FREQMASS, 2, 1, 20.0, 0.0, 1.0
DMI, FREQMASS, 3, 1, 30.0, 0.0, 1.0
DMI, FREQMASS, 4, 1, 40.0, 0.0, 2.0
The DMAP is:

DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/,,,,,,,,,$
LAMX FREQMASS,/LAMB $
OFP LAMB//$
• Generate a matrix LMAT from a LAMA table.

The DMAP is:
LAMX, ,LAMA/LMAT/-1 $
2. For CLAMA (complex) tables:

• Create a CLAMA table with eigenvalues -1.0, -1.0, -2.0, -2.0, and -3.0, +1.0.
The DMI data for CLAMMAT would be:
DMI, CLAMMAT, 0,6,3,3, ,3,3
DMI, CLAMMAT, 1,1,-1.0,-1.0
DMI, CLAMMAT, 2,2, -2.0, -2.0
DMI, CLAMMAT, 3,3, -3.0, +1.0
The DMAP is:

DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/CLAMMAT,,,,,,,,,/$
LAMX CLAMMAT,/CLAMB/-1 $
• Generate a matrix CLAMMAT from a CLAMA table.

The DMAP is:
LAMX, ,CLAMA/CLAMMAT/-2 $
Main Index
1000 LANCZOS
Performs real eigenvalue analysis
LANCZOS Performs real eigenvalue analysis
Performs real eigenvalue analysis on real symmetric mass and stiffness matrices using the Lanczos
method for the eigensolution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for constraint processing. Also
designed and implemented to take advantage of distributed memory parallelism (DMP) or networked
computers.
Format:
LANCZOS KGG,MGG,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,DYNAMIC,INVEC/
PHG,MI,LAMA,LAMMAT,QG,QMG/
FORMAT/NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/EPSORTH/
SID/F1/F2/NDES/MSGLVL/
MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/EPSNO/NOQG/
NOQMG $
Input Data Blocks:

MGG Mass matrix in g-set.
numbers.
INVEC Starting vector(s).
Output Data Blocks:

LAMMAT Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal.
MI Modal mass matrix.
Main Index
LANCZOS 1001

Parameters:
FORMAT Input-character-no default. Problem type. Must specify 'MODES'. Buckling

problems are not supported.
NEIGV Output-integer-no default. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1 if none
were found.
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the
METHOD set identification number.
FLUID Input-logical-default=FALSE. METHOD command option (FLUID or
STRUCTURE). If FLUID=TRUE, the EIGRL entry is selected from
METHOD(FLUID) Case Control command.
EPSORTH Input-real-default=1.0E-10. Unused.
If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the METHOD command
in CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries in
DYNAMICS.
If SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL
is selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values (METH, F1,
etc.) are ignored.
If SID<0, then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL
entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) will be
used to control the eigenvalue extraction.
F1 Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency bound in cycles per unit time.
F2 Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency bound in cycles per unit time. The
default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.
NDES Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues. If the last mode is
repeated, then nDes + m (where m is the multiplicity of the last mode) solutions
are found.
MSGLVL Input-integer-default=1. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method
only.
0 No output.
1 Warning and fatal messages.
2 Summary output.
3 Detailed output on cost and convergence.
Main Index
1002 LANCZOS
4 More detailed output on orthogonalizations and some extra

arithmetic to check on orthogonality.
MAXSET Input-integer-default=7. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. The actual
value of block size may be reduced depending on available memory and problem
size.
SHFSCL Input-real-default=0.0. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL
must be greater than 0.0.
NORM Input-character-default=' '. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default
(or NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' selects
normalization by maximum displacement.
EPSNO Input-integer-default=-1. Number of eigensolutions to check and the quantity of
error checking output. If left at its default value, only the highest epsilon for the
first ten or NEIGV modes (whichever is less) are printed. If EPSNO is greater
than zero, the epsilons for the first EPSNO are printed.
NOQG Input-integer-default=1. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag.
Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no
computation.
NOQMG Input-integer-default=1. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation flag.
computation.
Remarks:
1. Buckling is not supported.
2. KGG and MGG must be real and symmetric.
3. INVEC may be purged.
4. QG and QMG are created only if USET is specified and NOQG and NOQMG are specified to 1.
Main Index
LCGEN 1003
Expands Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries
LCGEN Expands Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries
Expands the Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries.
Format:
LCGEN CASECC,SLT,ETT,DYNAMIC,GEOM4/
CASESX/
NSKIP/APP $
Input Data Blocks:

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA entry
images. LCGEN reads the RLOADi and TLOADi records to determine
unique DAREA identification numbers.
membership and rigid element connectivity. LCGEN matches the SPCD and
SPC identification numbers with TLOADi and RLOADi images for possible
enforced motion.
Output Data Block:
CASESX Expanded Case Control table.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-default=0. Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the

LOADSET set identification number.
APP Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Specifies which records to use in creating
equivalent static loads from dynamic loads. Allowable types are:
blank Not dynamics.
'FREQRESP' Frequency response -- use RLOADi record.
Main Index
1004 LCGEN
Expands Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries
'TRANRESP' Transient response -- use TLOADi record.

‘REIG’ Real eigenvalue analysis -- use both RLOADi and TLOADi
record.
Main Index
LMATPRT 1005
Prints combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
LMATPRT Prints combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
Prints the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old Design Sensitivity Analysis
only.
Format:
LMATPRT DSCMR,DSROWL,DSCOLL//
DSZERO $
Input Data Blocks:
DSCMR Old combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix.

DSROWL Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR.
DSCOLL Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity matrix,
DSCMR.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameter:
DSZERO Input-real-default=0.0. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the

absolute value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient
will be printed.
Main Index
MACOFP Creates FORTRAN file containing OFP module output
Creates a FORTRAN file containing selected output normally printed by the OFP module.
Format:
MACOFP OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7//
ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3 $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Any table that is suitable for printing by the OFP module.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
ITAPE Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit positioning option.

0 No action before write.
-1 Rewind before write.
-2 A new unit is mounted before write and rewind at end.
-3 Rewind at start and end.
-4 Dismount old unit and mount new unit.
IUNIT Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit number.
UNUSED3 Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Unused.
Main Index
MAKAEFA 1007
Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries
MAKAEFA Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk

Data entries
Extracts data specified on the AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries that reference
UXVEC, DMIJ and DMIK Bulk Data entries.
Format:
MAKAEFA EDT,MATPOOL,AECTRL,AEBGPDTJ*,AEBGPDTI*,AEBGPDTK*/
AEDWIDX,UXVW,AEDW,AEIDW,AEPRSIDX,UXVP,AEPRE,
AEIPRE,AEFIDX,UXVF,AEFRC/
MACHNO/SYMXZ/SYMXY $
Input Data Blocks:

MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images containing DMIJ, DMIJI and DMIK entries.
AEBGPDTJ* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the js-set aerodynamic degrees of
freedom.
AEBGPDTI* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the interference js-set aerodynamic
degrees of freedom.
AEBGPDTK* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the ks-set aerodynamic degrees of
freedom.
Output Data Blocks:
AEDWIDX Index to the AEDW tables.

UXVW Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEDW Bulk Data entries.
AEDW Matrix of downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries referenced by
the AEDW entries.
AEIDW Matrix of interference downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries
referenced by the AEDW entries.
AEPRSIDX Index to the AEPRESS tables.
UXVP Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEPRESS Bulk Data entries.
AEPRE Matrix of pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries referenced by the
AEPRESS entries.
AEIPRE Matrix of interference pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries
referenced by the AEPRESS entries.
Main Index
1008 MAKAEFA
Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries
AEFIDX Index to the AEFORCE tables.

UXVF Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEFORCE Bulk Data entries.
AEFRC Matrix of force vectors contained on DMIK Bulk data entries referenced by the
AEFORCE entries.
Parameters:

Remarks:
None.
Main Index
MAKAEFS 1009
Generates an index and associated matrices
MAKAEFS Generates an index and associated matrices
Generates an index and the associated matrices based on the AEFORCE Bulk Data entry with
MESH='STRUCT'.
Format:
MAKAEFS EDT,AECRTL,SLT,PG/
AEDBIDX,UXVST,PGVST,PVPERQ/
MACH/SYMXZ/SYMXY $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
AEDBIDX Index table consisting of the triples.

UXVST Aerodynamic extra point displacement matrix.
PGVST Static load vector matrix (g-set).
PVPERQ Partitioning vector for the V columns of PGVST into those to be scaled by Q (=1)
and those that are absolute (=0).
Parameters:

Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1010 MAKAEMON
Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points
MAKAEMON Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points
Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points and merges with previously defined monitor points if
present. Also generates a new full vehicle (COEF) monitor point.
Format:
MAKAEMON AERO,EDT,AEMONOLD/
AEMONPT,MONITOR/
AECONFIG $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records, specifically
AESURF and AESURFS.
AEMONOLD Table of HM monitor points.
Output Data Blocks:
AEMONPT Table of aerodynamic monitor points (COEF and HM only).

MONITOR Table of structural monitor points (COEF and HM only).
Parameters:
AECONFIG Input-character-default='REFCSTOT'. Aerodynamic configuration.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
MAKCOMP 1011
Extracts components from EDT
MAKCOMP Extracts components from EDT
Extract components from EDT and merge with previously defined components if OLDCMP is present.
Format:
MAKCOMP EDT,AECOMP,AECMPOLD/
 AEROCOMP 
 /
 STRUCOMP 
MESH $
Input Data Blocks:

monitor and component input.
AECOMP Aerodynamic component definition table (CAEROi Bulk Data entries).
AECMPOLD Previously generated AECOMP.
Output Data Blocks:
AEROCOMP Table of aerodynamic components when MESH='AERO'.

STRUCOMP Table of structural components when MESH='STRU'.
Parameters:
MESH Input-character-no default. Mesh type.
Remarks:
None.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1012 MAKENEW
Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format
MAKENEW Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater)

format
Converts tables from their pre-Version 69 format to their Version 69 (or greater) format.
Format:
MAKENEW OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/
NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/
OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5/
NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5 $
Input Data Blocks:
OLDDBi Output table in pre-Version 69 format. See Remarks.
Output Data Blocks:
NEWDBi Input table in the current version’s format. See Remarks.
Parameters:
OLDNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding output;

e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. See Remarks.
NEWNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding input table;
e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. See Remarks.
Remarks:
1. The allowable values for NEWNAMi and OLDNAMi are:
AXIC Table of axisymmetric and fluid Bulk Data entries.

EPT Table of element properties.
EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar
Main Index
MAKENEW 1013
Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format
GEOM2 Table of element connectivity.

GEOM3 Table of static loads.
GEOM4 Table of degree-of-freedom set assignments.
2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as the parameters are in
the same positions as their respective inputs or outputs. For example, the following specifications
are equivalent.
MAKENEW GEOM1,AXIC,,,/NGEOM1,NAXIC,,,/
'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $
MAKENEW AXIC,GEOM1,,,/NAXIC,NGEOM1,,,/
'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $
3. In order to create BGPDT, EST, and CSTM, MAKENEW requires multiple inputs. For example,
MAKENEW BGPDT,EQEXIN,SIL,GPL,/NBGPDT,,,,/
'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL'//'BGPDT' $
MAKENEW EST,EQEXIN,SIL,,,/NEST,,,,/
'EST'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'///'EST' $
MAKENEW CSTM,EQEXIN,GPL,,,/NCSTM,,,,/
'CSTM'/'EQEXIN'/'GPL'///'CSTM' $
4. The generation of the new data organization on 32 bit platforms does not increase the precisional
values of the data items.
5. Heat transfer and p-elements in EST cannot be processed by MAKENEW.
Main Index
1014 MAKEOLD
Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format
MAKEOLD Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69

format
Converts tables from their Version 69 (or greater) format to their pre-Version 69 format.
Format:
MAKEOLD NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/
OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/
NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5/
OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5 $
Input Data Blocks:
NEWDBi Input table in the current version’s format. See Remarks.
Output Data Blocks:
OLDDBi Output table in pre-Version 69 format. See Remarks.
Parameters:
NEWNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding input

table; e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. See Remarks.
OLDNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding output;
e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. See Remarks.
Remarks:
1. The allowable values for NEWNAMi and OLDNAMi are:
AXIC Table of axisymmetric and fluid Bulk Data entries.

EPT Table of element properties.
Main Index
MAKEOLD 1015
Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format
GEOM2 Table of element connectivity.

GEOM3 Table of static loads.
GEOM4 Table of degree-of-freedom set assignments.
2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as the parameters are in
the same positions as their respective inputs or outputs. For example, the following specifications
are equivalent.
MAKEOLD GEOM1,AXIC,,,/OGEOM1,OAXIC,,,/
'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $
MAKEOLD AXIC,GEOM1,,,/OAXIC,OGEOM1,,,/
'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $
3. If BGPDT is specified as input then MAKEOLD creates four tables BGPDT, EQEXIN, SIL, and
GPL. For example,
MAKEOLD BGPDT,,,,/OBGPDT,OEQEXIN,OSIL,OGPL,/
'BGPDT'/////'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL' $
4. Heat transfer and p-elements in EST cannot be processed by MAKEOLD.
Main Index
1016 MAKETR
Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom
MAKETR Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-

freedom
Generates transformation matrix to transform forces from the support point degrees-of-freedom to the
reference point.
Format:
MAKETR AERO,CSTMA,BGPDT,USET,TRX/
TR,PRBDOFS,URDDIDX,URDDUXV,TRANTR/
AUNITS $
Input Data Blocks:

TRX Acceleration selection matrix for the list of aerodynamic extra-points (6 rows
by NX columns).
Output Data Block:
TR Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic

reference point.
PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive".
Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the SUPORT
degrees-of-freedom.
URDDIDX An instance of an ADBINDX that describes the acceleration entries.
URDDUXV UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of TRX that are non-
null. Null rows occur either because the USER didn't define AESTAT,
URDDi, OR because the associated URDDi is invalid for this symmetry
condition (e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for antisymmetric analysis).
TRANTR Transpose of TR where the number of columns of TR matches the
URDDUXV states of TRX. Both are reduced to just the active origin rigid
body degrees-of-freedom.
Main Index
MAKETR 1017
Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom
Parameters:
AUNITS Input-real-no default. Used to convert accelerations expressed in gravity units

to units of length per time squared.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP AESTATRS:
DBVIEW STBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
DBVIEW STUSET=USET WHERE (MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
MAKETR AERO,CSTMA,STBGPDT,STUSET/TR $
Main Index
1018 MAKMON
Builds table of monitor points
MAKMON Builds table of monitor points
Builds a table of monitor points.
Format:
 AEROCOMP   
MAKMON EDT,   ,  /
 STRUCOMP   AEROCOMP 
 AEMONPT 
  ,MONDISP,MONGRP,MP3LAB,MP3GPF/MKERRCHK
$ MONITOR 
Input Data Blocks:

monitor and component input.
Output Data Blocks:
AEMONPT Table of aerodynamic monitor points.

MONITOR Table of structural monitor points.
MONDISP Monitor points table for displacements.
MONGRP Table of monitor point groups.
MP3LAB Table of monitor point type-3 labels.
MP3GPF Table of monitor point type-3 responses.
Parameter:
MKERRCHK Input-logical-default=FALSE. Error check flag.

TRUE: Perform check
FALSE: Do not perform check
Main Index
MASSCOMB 1019
Adds family of mass matrices
MASSCOMB Adds family of mass matrices
Adds together a family of mass matricies controlled by the MASSET Bulk Data and CASECC
commands.
Format:
MASSCOMB EDT,MGG*/
MGGCOMB/
MASSETID/MASSQUAL $
Input Data Blocks:

MASSINC record.
MGG* Family of MGG (g-set mass) matrices.
Output Data Blocks:
MGGCOMB Combined mass matrix.
Parameters:
MASSETID Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the MASSSET Case

Control command.
MASSQUAL Input-character-default='MASSID'. Name of the qualifier used to qualify the
MGG*.
Example:
PARAML CASECC/'SET'/1/453//S,N,MASSSET
DBVIEW MGIN=MHH WHERE(MASSID=*) $
MASSCOMB EDT,MGIN/MHH/MASSSET $
Main Index
1020 MATGEN
Matrix generator
MATGEN Matrix generator
To generate different kinds of matrices for subsequent use in other matrix operation modules.
Format:
MATGEN T/MAT/P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P
13 $
Input Data Block:
T Optional tabular data for use in generating the matrix.
Output Data Block:
MAT Matrix data block.
Parameters:
P1 Input-integer-no default. Option selection parameter as described

below.
P2 through P11 Input-integer-default=0. Provide parametric data depending on P1.
P12 Input-character-default='A'. See Option P1 = 11.
P13 Input-character-default='L'. See Option P1 = 11.
Remarks:
The operation performed by MATGEN depends on the option selected by parameter P1. The following
sections describe the corresponding operation for each P1 parameter value.
Option P1 = 1
Generate a real identity matrix.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/1/P2/P3/P4 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Main Index
MATGEN 1021
Matrix generator
Output Data Block:
MAT Real identity matrix.
Parameters:
P2 Order of matrix.
P3 Skew flag. If nonzero, generate a skew-diagonal matrix.
P4 Precision (1 or 2). If zero, use machine precision.
Example:
Generate a real 10 x 10 identity matrix:
MATGEN ,/I10X10/1/10 $
Option P1 = 2
Generates an identity matrix trailer.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/2/P2 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
MAT Real identity matrix. See Remarks.
Parameters:
P2 Order of matrix.
This option differs from P1 = 1 in that only the trailer is generated (form = 8) and the matrix is not actually
generated. Only certain DMAP modules are prepared to accept this form (e.g., MPYAD, FBS, CEAD).
P1 = 1 is the preferred option.
Example:
Generate a real 10 x 10 identity matrix trailer:
MATGEN ,/TI10X10/2/10 $
Main Index
1022 MATGEN
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 3
Generate a data block of prescribed size.
Format:
MATGEN ,/DB/3/P2 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
DB Data block. See Remarks.
Parameters:
P2 Number of GINO blocks to be written.
This option was primarily designed to generate data blocks of various sizes for data base testing. Each
data block contains two files; a short two-record descriptor file and a file with records that contain 100
words of zero.
Option P1 = 4
Generate a pattern matrix.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/4/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
MAT Pattern matrix.
Parameters:
P2 Number of columns.
P3 Number of rows.
Main Index
MATGEN 1023
Matrix generator
P4 Precision.
P5 Number of values in nonzero string.
P6 Row number increment between nonzero strings after first nonzero
string (P7-1). Produces (P6-1) zeros.
P7 Row number of first nonzero value in first column. Produces (P7-1)
zero values.
P8 Row number increment to first nonzero string in second and
subsequent.
P9 Number of columns in overall pattern. Overall pattern is repeated at
column number P9+1.
P9
P7-1 P7-1
P8-1 P8-1
P5 P5
P5 ... P5
.
.
P3 P6-1 P6-1
P6-1 P6-1
P5 P5
...
P5 P5
.
.
.
. .
. . .
. .
P2
Remark:
The nonzero values in each column will be the column number.
Examples:
1. To generate a 10 x 10 diagonal matrix with the column number in each diagonal position, code:
Main Index
1024 MATGEN
Matrix generator
MATGEN ,/DIAG/4/10/10/0/1/10/1/1/10 $
2. Generate a 12x1 partitioning (Boolean) vector with a nonzero value at every third row:
MATGEN ,/ASTRIP/4 /1 /12/ /1 /3 /3 $
0
0
1
0
0
 ASTRIP  = 1
0
0
1
0
0
1
3. Generate a 5x5 matrix with nonzero values in its lower triangle:
MATGEN ,/LOW/4/5 /5 / / / /2 /1 /5 $
0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0
 LOW  = 1 2 0 0 0
1 2 3 0 0
1 2 3 4 0
Option P1 = 5
Generate a matrix of pseudorandom numbers. The numbers span the range 0 to 1.0, with a uniform
distribution.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/5/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Main Index
MATGEN 1025
Matrix generator
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
MAT Matrix of pseudo-random numbers.
Parameters:
P3 Number of rows.
P4 Precision (1 or 2). If zero, use machine precision.
P5 Seed for random number generation. If P5  0, the time of day
(seconds past midnight) will be used.
P6 Output-integer-mean of all random numbers multiplied by 100,000.
Option P1 = 6
Generate a partitioning vector for use in PARTN or MERGE.
Format:
MATGEN ,/CP/6/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10 $
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Output Data Block:
CP Column partitioning vector.
Parameters:
P2 Number of rows. (Integer > 0)

P3, P5, P7, P9 Number of rows with zero coefficients. (Integer > 0)
P4, P6, P8, P10 Number of rows with unit coefficients. (Integer > 0)
Main Index
1026 MATGEN
Matrix generator
Remarks:
10
1. If  Pi < P2, then the remaining terms contain zeros.

i=3
10
2. If  Pi > P2, then the terms are ignored after P2.

i=3
Example:
Generate a vector of 5 unit terms followed by 7 zeros followed by two unit terms:
MATGEN ,/UPART/6/14/0/5/7/2 $
Option P1 = 7
Generate a null matrix.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/7/P2/P3/P4/P5 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
MAT Null matrix.
Parameters:
P2 Number of rows.
P4 Form; if P4 = 0 and P2 = P3, then the form will be 6 (symmetric). If P4
= 0 and P2 = P3, then the form will be 2 (rectangular).
P5 Type: if P5 = 0, the type will be the machine precision.
Example:
Generate a 20 row by 15 column null matrix.
MATGEN ,/N20X15/7/20/15 $
Main Index
MATGEN 1027
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 8
Generate a matrix from equations based on its indices. The matrix is in single precision.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/8/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
MAT Matrix with element values based on its indices.
Parameters:
T DTI table input.

P2 =0 Generate all terms.
0 Generate only diagonal terms.
P3 Number of rows.
P5 Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define real coefficients.
P5 < 0 Coefficient taken from DTI trailer.
C(t1) = float (t2) all trailer items are integer.
P5 = 0 Data pairs from record 0 (data block header record) are interpreted as
defining
C   1  =   2    1  is integer;   2  is real
P5 > 0 Data pairs from record P5 interpreted as above.
P6 Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define imaginary coefficients
D1.
P6 < No coefficients defined.
P6 > 0 Data pairs from record P6 interpreted as above where D  1  =   2  .
P7 Form of output matrix.
P7 < Form chosen to be 1 or 2, depending on P3 and P4.
P7 > 0 Form set to P7.
P8 coefficient print flag.
Main Index
1028 MATGEN
Matrix generator
P8 = 0 Do not print coefficient lists.

P8  0 Print coefficients lists C and D from the DTI input. (Print D list only if P6
> 0).
The equation used to determine the coefficient of the (l,J)th term of the output matrix is:
MAT (I,J) =  C1  I + C2  J + C3  I + C4  J +
I I
C5  C6 + C7   p C 8 + C9   I + J – 1  +
–I –J
C10  C11 + C12  C13  + – 1  D1  I +
I J
D2  J + D3  I + D4  J + D5  D6 + D7  D8 +
–1 –J
D9   I + J – 1  + D10  D11 + D12  D13 
The Ci terms are input on two DTI Bulk Data entries. The entry referenced by P5 generates the real part
of the term. The entry referenced by P6 generates the imaginary part of the term. The terms referenced
by P5 may be input using only the first physical entry of the DTI entry (P5 < 0). The coefficients are
defined by adjacent pairs of numbers on the DTI entry. The first number of the pair is an integer that
names the coefficient being defined. For example, a value of 9 means the C9 value is to follow. The
second number of a pair is a real number that defines the value of the coefficient. Zero coefficients need
not be defined.
Bulk Data Entry:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DTI AB 0 7 1 8 4
2 3.5 1 -5.2
DTI AB 1 3 0.01 4 7.9
DTI AB 2 12 -21.8 13 6.6
DTI AB 3 9 1.0
J
For M1 (I,J) = 4 ; I = 1 100 J = 1200 :
MATGEN AB/Ml/8//100/200/-1 $
For M2 (I,J) = 3.5J – 5.21 = 1100J = 1200 :
MATGEN AB/M2/8//100/200/0 $
For M3 (I,J) =  – 21.8  6.6  + – 1  0.01 7.9
---------- + ------- ; I = 1 100 and J = 1200 :
J
I J 
Main Index
MATGEN 1029
Matrix generator
MATGEN AB/M3/8//100/200/2/1 $
For HILBERT (I,J) = 1.0   I + J – 1  ; I J = 1 10 :
MATGEN AB/HILBERT/8//10/10/3 $ 3RD RECORD
Option P1 = 9
Generate a transformation between external and internal sequence matrices for g-set size matrices.
Format:
MATGEN EQEXIN/TRANS/9/P2/P3 $
Input Data Block:

Output Data Block:
TRANS Transformation matrix.
Parameters:
T EQEXIN table output by module GP1.

P2 0 Output nontransposed factor where [UINT]=[MAT][UEXT].
1 Output transposed factor where [UEXT]=[MAT][UINT].
P3 Number of terms in g-set. The parameter LUSET, which is output by the GP1
module, contains this number in most solution sequences.
Examples:
Transform a g-set size vector UGV to external sequence.
MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9//LUSET $
MPYAD INTEXT,UGV,/UGVEXT/1 $
Transform an a-set size matrix to external sequence.
VEC USET/VATOG/’G’/’A’/’COMP’ $
MERGE KAA,,,,VATOG,/KAGG/ $0 EXPAND TO
$ G- SIZE, INTERNAL SORT
MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9/0/LUSET $
SMPYAD INTEXT,KAGG,INTEXT,,/KAAGEXT/3////1////6 $
$ (KAAGEXT) = TRANSPOSE(INTEXT)*(KAAG)*
Main Index
1030 MATGEN
Matrix generator
$ (INTEXT) ITS FORM IS 6 (SYMMETRIC)
By default in SOLs 1 through 200, PARAM, OLDSEQ is -1, which means this operation is not required.
Option P1 = 10
Not used.
Option P1 = 11
Generate a rectangular matrix, driven by USET table.
Format:
MATGEN USET/MAT/11/P2/P3/////////SET1/SET2 $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
MAT Rectangular matrix based on the USET table.
Parameters:
T USET table output by module GP4.

P2 Input-integer-default=0. Null matrix generation option flag.
=1 Generate a null matrix P3 columns and a-set size rows.
""  0 Generate a null matrix with an identity sub-matrix based on SET1 and SET2
degree-of-freedom sets.
P3 Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns in MAT. Applies only to P2=1.
SET1 Input-character-default='A'. Degree-of-freedom set name which corresponds to the
number of rows in MAT. Applies only when P2  1 .
SET2 Input-character-default='L'. Degree-of-freedom set name which corresponds to the
number of columns in MAT. Applies only when P2  1 .
Remark:
1. If P2  1 , and one or both of the sets requested in SET1 and SET2 does not exist, then MAT is
returned purged, and P5 is returned with the value of -1. If MAT does exist, P5 is returned with
the value of 0.
Main Index
MATGEN 1031
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 12
Generate a rectangular matrix of prescribed properties.
Format:
MATGEN ,/MAT/12/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Block:
MAT Rectangular matrix.
Parameters:
P3 Number of rows.
P4 Type of elements in the matrix:
1 Real single precision.
2 Real double precision.
3 Complex single precision.
4 Complex double precision.
P5 Density of the matrix times 10000.
P6 Average string length.
P7 Total number of strings in the matrix.
P8 Number of null columns.
P9 Average bandwidth.
Option P1 = 13
Generate a partitioning vector based on a permutation vector.
Format:
MATGEN CPERM/MPART/13/NEWMSIZ $
Main Index
1032 MATGEN
Matrix generator
Input Data Blocks:
CPERM Table of column permutations under KSYM=4 from DECOMP.
Output Data Blocks:
MPART Partitioning vector based on a permutation vector.
Parameters:
NEWMSIZ Input-integer. Only the first NEWMSIZ entries in CPERM are turned
on.
Remarks:
1. The default value for parameters P2, P3, P4, P5, and P7 is zero. Therefore, in order to successfully
create the matrix, nonzero values for these parameters must be input.
2. The average string length is internally computed based on the other properties of the matrix. P6
is only used as a check. If the value computed is not the same as P6, a user warning message to
that effect is issued.
3. In order to verify the properties of the output matrix, set DIAG 8 and check the matrix trailer
information.
4. MPART is output in single precision.
Main Index
MATGPR 1033
Degree-of-freedom matrix printer
MATGPR Degree-of-freedom matrix printer
Prints nonzero terms of matrices along with the external grid point and component identification numbers
corresponding to the row and column position of each term.
Formats:
1. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid or scalar points (g-set):
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY
/F1$
MATGPR GPL,USET,SIL,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TIN
Y/F1$
2. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid, scalar or extra points (p-set):
MATGPR GPLD,USETD,SILD,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1 $
3. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to aerodynamic elements (ks-set):
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1 $
4. Print a matrix in the format similar to DISPLACEMENT output with a user-defined column label
and page header.
MATGPR BGPDT*,USET*,,MATRIX//
'OFP'/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY////
LCOLLBL1/LCOLLB2/LCOLLBL3/LCOLLBL4/
RCOLLBL1/RCOLLB2/RCOLLBL3/RCOLLBL4/
HDRLBL1/HDRLBL2/HDRLBL3/HDRLBL4/
PUNCH/S,N,CARDNO $
Input Data Blocks:

GPLD External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL
appended with extra point data).
Main Index
1034 MATGPR

SILD Scalar index list for the p-set.
MATRIX Any matrix related to degrees-of-freedom.
BGPDT* Family of basic grid point definition tables for all superelements.
USET* Family of USET tables.
Parameters:
COLNAM Input-character-no default. Set name for columns in MATRIX or

’OFP’ for Format number 4. See Examples 7 and 8.
ROWNAM Input-character-default = ' '. Set name for rows in MATRIX. If
ROWNAM is blank, then it defaults to COLNAM.
PRNTOPT Input-character-default = ’ALL’. Must be one of the following values:
Option Action
NULL Only null columns will be identified.
ALL Print all nonzero terms in matrix.
ALLP Print numbers converted to magnitude/phase.
TINY Real-default = 0.0. If F1 = 0 and TINY > 0, printed output will be

provided only for those matrix terms, a ij , that satisfy the relation
a ij  TINY |. If F1 = 0 and TINY < 0, printed output will be provided
only for those matrix terms, a ij , that satisfy the relation a ij  TINY . If
TINY = 1.E37, MATGPR will return. If F1 is nonzero, see the
following description of F1.
F1 Real-default = 0.0. If F1 is not zero, then printed output will be
provided for only those matrix terms that satisfy a ij  TINY or
a ij  F1 .
LCOLLBLi Input-character-default=' '. Label with up to 32 characters to be
printed left-justified in upper left corner of each page.
RCOLLBLi Input-character-default=' '. If RCOLLBLi is blank then 'COLUMN'
will be printed. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed right-
justified in upper right corner of each page. RCOLLBLi is then
followed by column number.
Main Index
MATGPR 1035
HDRLBLi Input-character-default='MATRIX'(followed by matrix name). Header

with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of of each
page.
PUNCH Input-logical-default=FALSE. Punch file write control flag. (DELAY)
CARDNO Input/output-integer-default=0. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is
incremented by one for each line written to the punch file and is also
written into columns 73-80 of each line. (DELAY)
Remark:
The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:
sets supersets
mp
m
mr
sb
sg s
o
g
q p
ne
r n
c a d f
t fe
b l
lm
e
k
ks
sa
js
j
5. If the value specified for COLNAM is not one of the names shown in Remark 1, then the columns
will be labeled 1,2,3..., etc. without grid and component labels.
6. If the value specified for R is not one of the names shown in Remark 1, then the terms in each
column will be labeled “1 H”, “2 H”, “3 H”, etc. without grid and component labels. The user must
know which sets correspond to the rows and columns of the matrix to be printed. This is usually
apparent from the DMAP name of the matrix data block.
7. When using Format 1 this module may not be scheduled until after GPSP since data blocks
generated by GPSP are required inputs. (This module may be scheduled after GP4 if USET0 is
specified for input to MATGPR instead of USET.) When using Format 2 this module may not be
scheduled until after DPD since data blocks generated by DPD are required inputs. When using
Format 3, MATGPR must be scheduled after the APD module.
8. If MATRIX is purged, no printing will be done.
9. The rows and columns of A must correspond to the order of the degrees-of-freedom defined in
GPL, USET, SIL, BGPDT, etc.; i.e., internal sequence.
Main Index
1036 MATGPR
Examples:
1. Print terms of KGG:
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KGG//’G’ $
2. Print null columns of KLL:
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KLL//’L’/’L’/’NULL’ $
3. Print small terms on diagonal of LOO:
DIAGONAL LOO/LOOD $
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,LOOD//’H’/’O’//-1.E-2 $
4. Print PHIA, H columns by A rows:
Also good for any single column
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,PHIA//’H’/’A’ $
5. Print all terms of KGG outside the range of 0 through 107:
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KGG//’G’/’G’//1.E7/0. $
6. Print aerodynamic spline matrices:
NP=SEID $
DBVIEW BGPDTF=BGPDTS WHERE (
(PEID=-1 AND MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC') OR
(PEID=NP AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') ) $
DBVIEW USETFF=USET0 WHERE (
(PEID=-1 AND MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND SPC=*
AND MPC=* AND SUPORT=*) OR
(PEID=NP AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR' AND SPC=*
AND MPC=* AND SUPORT=*) ) $
MATGPR BGPDTF,USETFF,,GPJK//'K'/'G' $
MATGPR BGPDTF,USETFF,,GDJK//'K'/'G' $
7. Print g-size matrix GCF similarly to displacement output:
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,GCF//'ofp'/'g' $
COLUMN 1
MATRIX GCF
POINT ID. TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3
1 G .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
3 G -1.303852E-08 -4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
4 G -1.490116E-08 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0
6 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 -4.656613E-10
7 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 4.656613E-10
9 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
10 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
8. Same as example 7 except modify header labeling.

MATGPR BGPDTS,USET,,GCFF//'OFP'/'G'//////
'DIRECTIO'/'N'///
////
'G R O U '/'N D C '/'H E C K '/' F O R '/
'C E S ('/' G - S E'/' T )' $
Main Index
MATGPR 1037
DIRECTION 1
G R O U N D C H E C K F O R C E S ( G - S E T )
OINT ID. TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3

1 G .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
3 G -1.303852E-08 -4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 1.862645E-09
4 G -1.490116E-08 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0
6 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 -4.656613E-10
7 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 4.656613E-10
9 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
10 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
Main Index
1038 MATMOD
Matrix modification
MATMOD Matrix modification
Transforms matrix or table data blocks according to one of many options into output matrix or table data
blocks.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13/P14
/P15/
P16/P17/P18/P19 $
Input Data Blocks:
Ii Input data blocks. I1 is required; I2 through I6 may not be necessary

depending on the value P1.
Output Data Blocks:
Oi Output data blocks.
Parameters:
P1 Input-integer-no default. Option selection described in the table that follows.

P2, P3, P4 Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P5, P6 Input/output-real-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P7 through P11 Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P12 Input/output-character-default=blank. Parametric data depending on P1.
P13 Input/output-character-default=' '. Parametric data depending on P1.
P16 Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P17 Input/output-real double-default=0.0D0. Parametric data depending on P1.
P18 Input/output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Parametric data depending on P1.
P19 Input/output-complex double-default=(0.0D0,0.0D0). Parametric data depending
on P1.
Main Index
MATMOD 1039
Matrix modification
Remark:
Each option corresponds to a different value of the first parameter, P1. The following summary table
provides descriptions of the options.
Option P1 = 1
Extract a block(s) of columns from a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,O2/1/STARTCOL/ENDCOL/COLINC $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
O1 Column vector containing column P2 of I1.

O2 Matrix containing the columns “discarded” from I1 to create O1.
Parameter:
STARTCOL Input-integer. Starting column number to extract from I1.

ENDCOL Input-integer. Ending column number to extract from I1.
COLINC Input-integer. Column increment. Extract every COLINC'th column
between STARTCOL and ENDCOL.
Remarks:
1. If ENDCOL is zero then ENDCOL=STARTCOL.
2. If COLINC is zero then every column between STARTCOL and ENDCOL is extracted.
3. If ENDCOL is greater than the number of columns then ENDCOL is assumed to be equal to the
number of columns.
4. If COLINC>0 then, by default, ENDCOL is assumed to be equal to the number of columns.
Examples:
1. Extract the seventh column from A and call it A7.
MATMOD A,,,,,/A7, /1/7 $
2. Extract the third, fourth, and fifth columns from A.
MATMOD A,,,,,/A345, /1/3/3 $
Main Index
1040 MATMOD
Matrix modification
3. Partition A into one matrix containing the odd-numbered columns and another containing the
even-numbered columns.
MATMOD A,,,,,/ODDCOLS,EVENCOLS/1/1//2 $
or
MATMOD A,,,,,/EVENCOLS,ODDCOLS/1/2//2 $
Option P1 = 2
Filter small magnitude terms of a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/2/PURGE/UPLOW/TYPEF/FILTER $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
O1 Copy of I1 with terms smaller in magnitude than P5 set to 0.0.
Parameter:
PURGE Input-integer-default=0. If PURGE=0, and the input matrix has no nonzero terms,
then the output matrix will be purged. If PURGE  0 , and the input matrix has
no nonzero terms then the output matrix will be null.
UPLOW Input-integer-default=0. Triangular nullification flag.
>0 All lower triangular terms in O1 are set to zero.
<0 All upper triangular terms in O1 are set to zero.
=0 No nullification.
TYPEF Input-integer-default=0. Filtering method.
0 Magnitude: O1(i,j) is set to zero when abs(I1(i,j)) < abs(FILTER).
1 Algebraic: O1(i,j) is set to zero when I1(i,j)<FILTER.
-1 Algebraic complement: O1(i,j) is set to zero when I1(i,j)>FILTER.
FILTER Input-real-default=0.0. Value of filter. Terms in I1 with an absolute magnitude
less than the absolute value of FILTER will be set to zero.
Main Index
MATMOD 1041
Matrix modification
Remark:
If FILTER=0.0, then O1 is a copy of I1.
Examples:
1. Print terms in A smaller in magnitude than 100.0.
MATMOD A,,,,,/AFILTER,/2////100.0 $
ADD A,AFILTER/ASMALL//-1. $
MATPRN ASMALL// $
2. Print terms in the upper triangle of B that are less than -200.
MATMOD B,,,,,/BFILTER,/2//1/-1/-200. $
MATPRN B// $
Option P1 = 3
Zeros out rows and columns of a matrix according to degree of freedom component number.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/3/CODE $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
O1 I1 with rows and columns according to DOFs described by P2.
Parameter:
CODE Input-integer-default=0. Packed DOF code that identifies rows and

columns of I1 to be made null (e.g., 136 means degrees of freedom 1,
3, and 6 for each grid point will be set to zero).
Remark:
I1 is assumed to consist only of grid point degrees of freedom. A code of 345 simply zeros rows and
columns 3, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 15, 16, 17, etc. of matrix I1. Users should exercise caution when selecting this
option on a resequenced matrix.
Example:
Zero out degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 6 in stiffness matrix KGG.
MATMOD KGG,,,,,/KGG1,/3/126 $
EQUIVX KGGQ/KGG/ALWAYS $
Main Index
1042 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 4
Replicates a matrix six rows by N columns row-wise to a g-row by N-column matrix. The input matrix
is replicated for each grid point.
Format:
Form 1
MATMOD I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/4 $
Form 2
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/4/LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:
I1 Any six-row by N-column matrix. (Real or complex).

SIL Scalar index list (SIL) table generated by the GP1 module.
Output Data Block:
O1 g-row by N-column matrix containing I1 at every grid point.
Parameter:
LUSET Integer-input-default=0. Used to supply the length of the g-set when

SIL is purged.
Remarks:
1. If SIL is purged, then MATMOD uses LUSET for the size of the g-set. The assumption is made
that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero if SIL is purged.
2. If SIL is not purged, then LUSET is ignored. I1 is inserted at the rows of every grid point. Scalar
and extra points are ignored.
Option P1 = 5
Accepts a DMI matrix six rows by six columns and output a g-row by g-column matrix where the input
matrix is inserted at the diagonal 6x6 of each grid point or output a
g-row by g-column transform matrix.
Main Index
MATMOD 1043
Matrix modification
Format:
Form 1 (Inserts 6x6 matrix along diagonal)
MATMOD I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/5/LUSET/0 $
Form 2 (Generates specified coordinate system to basic coordinate system transformation matrix)
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,,,,/01,/5/LUSET/P3 $
Form 3 (Generates a global-to-basic coordinate system transformation matrix)
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/01,/5//-1 $
Input Data Blocks:
I1 Any six-row by six-column matrix. (Real or complex).

SIL Scalar index list table output from the GP1 module.
Output Data Block:
O1 g-row by N-column matrix containing I1 at every grid point.
Parameter:
LUSET Integer-input-default=0. Used to supply the length of the g-set when

SIL is purged. This parameter is valid for Forms 1 and 2 only.
P3 Integer-input-default=0. Coordinate system identification number.
Remarks:
1. If P3 = 0, this option accepts a six row by six column matrix and the SIL table. The output is a
g-size square matrix containing the 6 x 6 input matrix along the diagonal at every grid point.
Scalar and extra points contain 0.0 values.
If P3 > 0, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the transformation matrix from the coordinate
system with the coordinate ID = P3 to the basic system. If P3 points to a cylindrical or spherical
coordinate system, then the transformation location is at the origin of the P3 system. Scalar and
extra points contain 1.0.
Main Index
1044 MATMOD
Matrix modification
If P3 = -1, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the global-to-basic transformation for each
grid point. Scalar and extra points contain 1.0.
2. If SIL is purged, the MATMOD uses LUSET for the size of the g-set. The assumption is made
that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero if SIL is purged.
Examples:
Transform KGG to another coordinate system.
1. Assume TRANS to be a 6 x 6 transformation matrix and KGG was formed using only one
coordinate system (global coordinate system is the same at each grid point). Transform KGG
using TRANS.
MATMOD TRANS,SIL,,,,/TRANSG,/5 $
TRNSP TRANS/TRANSGT $
SMPYAD TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGPRIME/3 $
2. Assume KGG was formed using coordinate system 10 as the global coordinate system for all grid
points. Transform KGG to the basic coordinate system.
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,,,,/TRANSG,/5//10 $
TRNSP TRANSG/TRANSGT $
SMPYAD TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGBASIC/3 $
3. Assume KGG was formed using arbitrary coordinate systems as the global coordinate system for
each grid point. Transform KGG to the basic coordinate system.
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/TRANSG,/5//-1 $
TRNSP TRANSG/TRANSGT $
SMPYAD TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGBASIC/3 $
Transform KGGBASIC coordinate system 10.
MATMOD CSTM,SIL,,,,/TRANS10,/5//10 $
TRNSP TRANS10/TRANST10T $
SMPYAD TRANS10T,KGGBASIC,TRANS10,,,/KGG10/3 $
Option P1 = 6
Find the maximum absolute value for each row over all columns of a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/6 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix. (Real only).
Main Index
MATMOD 1045
Matrix modification
Output Data Block:
O1 Column vector with terms that represent the absolute maximum over
all columns of I1 for each row.
Example:
Find the maximum displacements over all loading conditions.
MATMOD UG,,,,,/UGMAX,/6 $
Option P1 = 7
Find the maximum absolute value for each column over all the rows of a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/7 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix. (Real only)
Output Data Block:
O1 Column vector with a term that represents the absolute maximum over
all rows of I1 for each column.
Example:
Find the maximum displacement for each loading condition.
MATMOD UG,,,,,/MAXDISP,/7 $
Option P1 = 8
Normalize matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/8////S,N,NORMREAL/
S,N,NORMIMAG $
Main Index
1046 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 Matrix shaped like I1 with every term divided by the magnitude of the
term in I1 with the largest magnitude.
Parameters:
NORMREAL Output-real single precision. Set to the real part of the normalizing
factor.
NORMIMAG Output-real single precision. Set to the imaginary part of the
normalizing factor if I1 is complex.
Option P1 = 9
Find the maximum (absolute magnitude) value of each three columns of UHT-transient response solution
matrix. (The columns of UHT represent displacement, velocity, and acceleration for each output time
step.)
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/9 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Transient response solution matrix consisting of H rows by three

column matrices (which represent displacement, velocity, and
acceleration for each output time step) appended to form a matrix H
rows by three times the number of output time steps columns. (Real
only)
   u 1   v 1   a 1     u 2   v 2   a 2     u i   v i   a i   
Output Data Block:
O1 H-row by three column matrix of peak displacements, velocities, and

accelerations.
Example:
Find and output maximum transient response.
Main Index
MATMOD 1047
Matrix modification
MATMOD UHT,,,,,/UHTMAX,/9 $
DDRMM CASEXX,UHTMAX,PHIP1,,,,/OUPMAX,,,,/ $
OFP OUPMAX,,,,// $
Option P1 = 10
Convert matrix I1 into its complex conjugate.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/10 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 Matrix shaped like I1 with every term converted to its complex

conjugate.
Example:
Find the magnitude of terms of a complex vector.
MATMOD CMPLX,,,,,/CMPLXC,/10 $
ADD CMPLX,CMPLXC/CMPLXSQ///1 $
DIAGONAL CMPLXSQ/CMLPXMAG/’WHOLE’/0.5 $
Option P1 = 11
Form a new BGPDT (Basic Grid Point Definition Table) with grid locations that are given by I1.
Format:
MATMOD LOCVEC,BGPDT,,,,/BGPDTN,/11 $
Input Data Blocks:
LOCVEC G-size vector with values that represent grid locations in the basic
coordinate system.
Main Index
1048 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Output Data Block:
BGPDTN New BGPDT table with grid point locations that are displaced by
LOCVEC.
Example:
Build new BGPDT table based on the deformed state.
$ Form vector containing new grid locations in

$ basic coordinate system
VECPLOT UG,BGPDT,CSTM,,,,/
LOCVEC/0/0/3 $
$ Generate new BGPDT
MATMOD LOCVEC,BGPDT,,,,/BGPDTNEW,/11 $
Option P1 = 12
Perform simultaneous null column search on up to three matrices.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/12/S,N,NONULL/
NMATRIX/P4 $
Input Data Blocks:
I1, I2, I3 Matrices to search for simultaneous null columns. (Real or complex)
Output Data Blocks:
O1 Column vector which has 1.0 at those rows where all matrices selected
have null columns if P4 > 0 or non-null columns if P4 < 0.
O2 Square symmetric matrix which has 1.0 on the diagonal of those
columns where all matrices selected have null columns if P4 > 0 or
non-null if P4 < 0.
Parameters:
NONULL Output-integer. Set to -1 if no simultaneous null columns found;

otherwise, it is set to the number of simultaneous null columns.
NMATRIX Input-integer-default=0. Number of matrices to be included in null
column search.
P4 Input-integer-default=0. Flag to output 1.0 for null columns or non-
null columns. See 01 and 02 for descriptions.
Main Index
MATMOD 1049
Matrix modification
Remarks:
1. I2 and I3 may be purged.
2. O2 may be purged.
Example:
Search for simultaneous null columns in the g-size mass, damping, and stiffness matrices and remove
rows and columns corresponding to these columns.
MATMOD MGG,BGG,KGG,,,/PARTNULL,/12/S,N,NO
IF (NONULL > 0) THEN $
PARTN MGG,PARTNULL,/MGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $
PARTN BGG,PARTNULL,/BGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX BGGNEW/BGG/ALWAYS $
PARTN KGG,PARTNULL,/KGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
Option P1 = 13
Copies any data block.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/13 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any data block. (Table or matrix)
Output Data Block:
O1 Copy of I1.
Remark:
COPY module is preferred over this option.
Option P1 = 14
Filter small magnitude terms from a matrix; more capabilities than option 2.
Main Index
1050 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/14/PURGE/UPLOW/STRTR/
FILTER/RELFLT/TRUNC $
Input Data Block:
I1 Matrix to be filtered. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 I1 modified according to specifications set by parameters.
Parameters:
PURGE Input-integer-default=0. If PURGE = 0, and the input matrix has no

nonzero terms, then the output matrix will be purged. If
PURGE  0 , and the input matrix has no nonzero terms then the
output matrix will be null.
UPLOW Input-integer-default=0. If UPLOW > 0, then all lower triangular terms
are set to zero. If UPLOW < 0, then all upper triangular terms are set
to zero. If UPLOW = 0, then the action of this parameter is ignored.
STRTR Input-integer-default=0. If STRTR=0, then string trailer will be
written.
FILTER Input-real single precision-default=0.0. Terms in I1 with an absolute
magnitude less than the absolute value of FILTER will be set to zero.
RELFLT Input-real single precision-default=0.0. If RELFLT  0.0 , then
terms of I1 are set to zero when
TERM (I,J)
--------------------------------------------------------------  RELFLT
TERM (i,i)  TERM (J,J)
I1 must be square for this option
TRUNC Input-integer-default=0. If TRUNC  0 , then truncate terms of I1
accordingly
1
TERM (I,J) *  1 – ---------------------
TRUNC
10
Remarks:
1. If FILTER = 0.0, then O1 is a copy of I1.
2. If relative filtering is desired, then FILTER must be zero (default).
3. If FILTER  0 or RELFLT < 0, then the absolute filter technique is used.
Main Index
MATMOD 1051
Matrix modification
4. If I1 is not square and the relative filtering option is selected, then FILTER will be set to RELFLT
and the absolute filtering technique will be used. A user warning message will also be issued.
Option P1 = 15
Not implemented.
Option P1 = 16
Put matrix into DMIG format in a MATPOOL-type data block and/or generate DMIG punched output.
Format:
MATMOD MATIN,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLX,/16/PNDMIG/
SORTFLG/TYPOUT////////CCHAR/DMIGNAME/
ROWSETNM/COLSETNM $
Input Data Blocks:
MATIN Matrix to be converted to DMIG format. (Real or complex). See

Remark 1.
EQEXIN EXEQXIN table from module GP1. See Remark 7.
USET USET table from module GP4 or GPSP. See Remark 8.
Output Data Block:
MATPOOLX MATPOOL-type table data block containing MATIN in DMIG format.

See Remarks 9. and 10.
Parameters:
PNDMIG Input-integer-default=0. If PNDMIG is non-zero, then DMIG punched

output will be generated. See Remarks 9. and 10.
SORTFLG Input-integer-default=0. The default assumes that the rows (and
columns, if applicable) of MATIN are in external sort. If SORTFLG is
non-zero, then it is assumed that they are in internal sort. See Remark
2.
TYPOUT Input-integer-default=0. The default sets the DMIG precision to
machine precision. The default maybe overridden by specifying the
following:
1 Real single precision format
2 Real double precision format
Main Index
1052 MATMOD
Matrix modification
3 Complex single precision format

4 Complex double precision format
CCHAR Input-character-default=blank. Continuation characters to be used for
DMIG punched output. Only the first two characters of the non-blank
mnemonic are used for the continuation string. See Remark 3.
DMIGNAME Input-character-default=blank. The default will cause the name of the
MATIN input data block to the used for the matrix name in the DMIG
output. A non-blank name will cause that specified name to be used for
the matrix name in the DMIG output.
ROWSETNM Input-character-default=blank. The default assumes that the rows of
MATIN are of G-size. Any non-blank mnemonic specifies the
displacement set for the rows. See Remarks 4., 5. and 6.
COLSETNM Input-character-default=blank. If the form of MATIN is 1 (square) or 6
(symmetric), then the default assumes that the displacement set for the
columns is the same as that of the rows. If the form of MATIN is 2
(rectangular), then the default (or a mnemonic of ‘H’) assumes that the
columns do not represent any displacement set, but just sequential
entities. Any non-blank mnemonic other than ‘H’ specifies the
displacement set for the columns. See Remarks 4., 5. and 6.
Remarks:
1. The form of MATIN must be either 1 (square), 6 (symmetric) or 2 (rectangular). If not, then a
warning message will be issued and MATPOOLX will not be generated.
2. If the default value of 0 for SORTFLG is used, the rows of MATIN must be of G-size. If MATIN
is square or symmetric, its columns must also be of G-size. Further, the default value of 0 for
SORTFLG also assumes that the rows and columns of MATIN are in external sort. In order to
accomplish this, it is necessary to first generate a transformation matrix via the MATGEN module
Option 9 and then employ this matrix to transform the rows and columns of MATIN from internal
sort to external sort. (This is illustrated in the Example shown below.)
3. If non-blank continuation characters are specified for CCHAR, then a maximum of 99,999 DMIG
entries can be generated for any single matrix. If this maximum number is exceeded, the program
terminates the job with a fatal error.
4. The program checks to ensure that the number of rows and columns of MATIN correspond to the
displacement sets specified (or implied) by ROWSETNM and COLSETNM. If this condition is
not satisfied, the program issues a warning message and proceeds without generating any output
from this call to the MATMOD module.
5. If the form of MATIN is either 1 (square) or 6 (symmetric), then the IFO field on the generated
DMIG entry is set to 1 or 6. If the form is 2 (rectangular), then IFO is set to 2 if a displacement
set is specified (or implied) for COLSETNM. Otherwise, IFO is set to 9. (If the form is 6, only
the terms in one triangle are output. The MTRXIN module, which converts DMIG data in
MATPOOL-type data blocks into matrices, fills in the other triangle for symmetric matrices.)
Main Index
MATMOD 1053
Matrix modification
6. The rows of the DMIG entry are always labeled with the appropriate grid/scalar IDs and
component numbers. If a displacement set is specified (or implied) for COLSETNM, then the
columns of the DMIG entry are also labeled with the appropriate grid/scalar IDs and component
numbers. Otherwise, the columns of the DMIG entry are labeled sequentially, starting with unity.
7. The EQEXIN input data block may not be purged.
8. The USET input data block may be purged if (a) the default value of 0 is used for SORTFLG or
(b) the displacement set specified (or implied) by ROWSETNM is ‘G’ and the displacement set
specified (or implied) by COLSETNM is either ‘G’ or the columns are just sequential entities.
9. The MATPOOLX output data block may be purged if PNDMIG is specified as non-zero and only
the DMIG punched output is desired.
10. By employing the “APPEND” option on a DMAP FILE statement, a single concatenated
MATPOOLX output data block may be generated from multiple calls to MATMOD Option 16.
See the following Example 2.
Example 1:
Generate DMIG punched output for the boundary stiffness matrix KAA, the boundary load matrix PA
and the matrix GMN (representing the MPC/rigid element equations) for an external superelement. The
KAA DMIG entry is to be named KAAEXTSE, the PA DMIG entry is to be named PAEXTSE and the
GMN DMIG entry is to be named GMNEXTSE.
The DMAP shown below illustrates the usage of Option 16 using input matrices in internal sort
(capability available in MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases) as well as using input matrices in
external sort (only usage possible in pre-MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases). It can be seen that the DMAP
for the former case is much simpler and more efficient than for the latter case.
It should be pointed out here that, if the internal and external sorts are different, the DMIG output
resulting from the two scenarios shown below will “appear” to be different. This is because the matrix
elements will be output in different order, but their values will be the same. The DMIG output from the
two scenarios will yield identical matrices if they are used in turn by the MTRXIN module to re-generate
the matrices.
DMAP uses input matrices in internal sort (MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases).
TYPE PARM,,I,N,PUNCHFLG=1 $ GENERATE DMIG PUNCHED OUTPUT

TYPE PARM,,I,N,SORTFLG=1 $ INPUT MATRICES ARE IN INTERNAL SORT
MATMODKAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
’KAAEXTSE’/’A’ $
MATMODPA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
’PAEXTSE’/’A’ $
MATMODGMN,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
’GMNEXTSE’/’M’/’N’ $
Main Index
1054 MATMOD
Matrix modification
DMAP using input matrices in external sort (pre-MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases).
TYPE PARM,,I,N,PUNCHFLG=1 $ GENERATE DMIG PUNCHED OUTPUT

$ EXPAND BOUNDARY MATRICES TO G-SIZE
UMERGE1USET,KAA,,,/KAAGG/’G’/’A’ $ EXPAND ROWS AND
COLUMNS
UMERGE1USET,PA,,,/PAG/’G’/’A’//1 $ EXPAND ROWS
UMERGE1USET,GMN,,,/GMNGN/’G’/’M’//1 $ EXPAND ROWS
UMERGE1USET,GMNGN,,,/GMNGG/’G’/’N’//2 $ EXPAND COLUMNS
$ GET G-SIZE
PARAMLUSET//’TRAILER’/2/S,N,GSIZE $
$ GENERATE MATRIX TO TRANSFORM FROM INTERNAL SORT
$ TO EXTERNAL SORT
MATGENEQEXIN/INTEXT/9/0/GSIZE $
$ TRANSFORM MATRICES FROM INTERNAL SORT TO
$ EXTERNAL SORT WITH APPROPRIATE DESIRED NAMES
MPYADINTEXT,KAAGG,/KAAGGX/1 $
MPYADKAAGGX,INTEXT,/KAAEXTSE $
MODTRLKAAEXTSE////6 $
MPYADINTEXT,PAG,/PAEXTSE/1 $
MPYADINTEXT,GMNGG,/GMNGGX/1 $
MPYADGMNGGX,INTEXT,/GMNEXTSE $
$GENERATE DMIG FORMAT
MATMODKAAEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLK,/16/PUNCHFLG
MATMODPAEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLP,/16/PUNCHFLG
MATMODGMNEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLG,/16/PUNCHFLG
$ MATPPOLK, MATPPOLP AND MATPOOLG OUTPUT DATA BLOCKS
$ HAVE TO BE GENERATED ABOVE EVEN THOUGH ONLY DMIG
$ PUNCHED OUTPUT IS DESIRED
Example 2:
Generate a single MATPOOL-type data block containing the DMIG output for the boundary stiffness
matrix KAA, the boundary mass matrix MAA, the boundary viscous damping matrix BAA and the
boundary structural damping matrix K4AA for an external superelement, with the corresponding DMIG
entry names of KAAXSE, MAAXSE, BAAXSE and K4AAXSE, respectively.
The DMAP following illustrates the usage of Option 16 to accomplish the above objective in
MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases. Note that this objective could not be met in pre-
MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases.
Main Index
MATMOD 1055
Matrix modification
DMAP for MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 (and subsequent releases):
FILEMATPOOLA = APPEND $ PERMIT CONCATENATED OUTPUT

TYPE PARM,,I,N,SORTFLG=1 $ INPUT MATRICES ARE IN
INTERNAL SORT
MATMOD
KAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
’KAAXSE’/’A’ $
MATMOD
MAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
’MAAXSE’/’A’ $
MATMOD
BAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
’BAAXSE’/’A’ $
MATMOD
K4AA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG//////////
’K4AAXSE’/’A’ $
Option P1 = 17
Generate a g-size partitioning vector from a user-defined set of grid and/or scalar points or from a
user-supplied bit position that designates one of the USET sets.
Format:
MATMOD EQEXIN,USET,SIL,CASECC,,/CP,/17/UBIT/SETFLG/
S,N,NOCP////////SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR
4 $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Block:
Main Index
1056 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Parameters:
UBIT Input-integer-default=0. Obsolete method for set selection. For a more user-
friendly method use SETSTRi. In order to select specific sets for UBIT, add the
corresponding decimal equivalent numbers from the table below. For example, sets
R, O, and MP, UBIT=8+4+1=13. For supersets, add the decimal equivalent
numbers of the mutually exclusive sets which are contained in the superset. For
example, set S combines the SB and SG set and therefore UBIT=1024+512=1536.
The presence of any grid point degree of freedom in the associated sets causes all
degrees of freedom associated with that grid point to be given a value of 1.0 in the
output vector.
Decimal
Set Equivalent
Name Number
Q 4194304
LM 2097152
C 1048576
J 524288
K 262144
SA 131072
E 2048
SB 1024
SG 512
MR 16
R 8
O 4
B 2
MP 1
Main Index
MATMOD 1057
Matrix modification
SETFLG Input-integer-default=0. If SETFLG  0, then SETFLG selects a set of grid point

identification numbers of which all degrees of freedom associated with each point
will be assigned a value of 1.0 in the corresponding row of CP. If no SET command
is found, then the UBIT parameter is used.
• If SETFLG>0 then the PARTN=SID Case Control command selects the SET
command.
• If SETFLG<0 then absolute value of SETFLG selects the SET command.
NOCP Output-integer. NOCP will be set to -1 if the partitioning vector is null or cannot be
generated. Otherwise, it will be set to zero.
SETSTRi Input-character-default=' '. Set name string. SETSTR1 through SETSTR4 form
a single string of set name(s) and is 32 characters in length. The set names must be
separated by a plus sign, "+". For example, SETSTR1='M+R+N+SG' and
SETSTR2='+A+Q' specifies the m, r, n, sg, a, and q sets.
Remarks:
1. None of the data blocks may be purged.
2. UBIT entry must be a legitimate value.
Example:
Generate a partitioning vector from a set of grid points defined in the Case Control Section.
MATMOD EQEXIN,USET,SIL,CASECC,,/VECX,/17/128/1 $
Note: If no set had been selected in the Case Control Section, the vector VECX would have been
generated using the a-set degrees of freedom since UBIT=128.
The Case Control Section contains:
SET 10 = 1 THRU 50
PARTN = 10
Option P1 = 18
Insert or modify a GEOM3 table temperature record.
Format:
MATMOD GEOM3,GPL,UG,,,/GEOM3T,/18/SID $
Main Index
1058 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Blocks:
UG Temperature matrix in g-set.
Output Data Block:
GEOM3T GEOM3 table with new or modified temperatures.
Parameter:
SID Input-integer. Temperature set to be modified or added.
Remarks:
1. This option should only be used in heat transfer analysis.
3. Only grid temperature records (not elements) are modified.
Example:
Put data from the temperature vector UG into a record for SID = 30.
MATMOD GEOM3,GPL,UG,,,/GEOM3NEW,/18/30 $
Option P1 = 19
Extract a temperature vector from a GEOM3 table.
Format:
MATMOD GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGT,/19/SID $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
MATMOD 1059
Matrix modification
Output Data Block:
UGT Updated temperature matrix in g-set.
Parameter:
SID Input-integer. Temperature set to extract.
Remarks:
1. This option should only be used in heat transfer analysis.
3. Only grid temperature records (not elements) are extracted.
Example:
Extract the temperature vector UGN for SID = 40.
MATMOD GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGN,/19/40 $
Option P1 = 20
Print the magnitude of the largest terms of up to six matrices.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/O1,/20///PRTOPT/S,N,SUM $
Input Data Blocks:
I1 though I6 Any matrix. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 Dummy output data block.
Parameter:
PRTOPT Specifies how the results are to be printed:

0 Print a page header identifying the output as coming from this module before
printing the results. (Default)
1 Print the results without a page header.
Main Index
1060 MATMOD
Matrix modification
2 Do not print anything. Results are returned in SUM (normally only used
with a single input matrix).
SUM Output-real. Sum of the absolute values of the largest terms in the input matrices.
Remarks:
1. Any input matrix may be purged.
2. All computations are performed in single or double precision depending on the matrix type. The
magnitudes of the largest terms and SUM are converted to single precision for output.
Option P1 = 21
Extracts the components of a factor matrix and converts them to a standard form suitable for input to any
matrix module.
Format for Sparse Factor Matrix (FORM=13):
MATMOD LD,,,,,/T,LP/21 $
Format for Active Column Factor Matrix (FORM=4):
MATMOD LD,,,,,/L,D/21 $
Input Data Block:
LD Lower triangular factor/diagonal matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
T Diagonal from sparse symmetric decomposition.

LP Lower triangular  L  and permutation matrix appended together.
L Lower triangular  L  matrix from symmetric decomposition.
D Diagonal  D  matrix from symmetric decomposition.
Remarks:
1. Sparse symmetric decomposition forms the equivalent matrix representation of a symmetric
matrix.
T T
A = P LDL P
Main Index
MATMOD 1061
Matrix modification
where P is a permutation matrix (row and column interchange used to improve efficiency), L, a
lower triangular matrix, and D, a tridiagonal matrix. Option 21 extracts P, L, and D and converts
them to a standard form, suitable for input to any matrix module. L and P are appended column-
wise in output D.
2. Active column symmetric decomposition forms the equivalent matrix representation of a
symmetric matrix.
T
A = LDL
where  L  is a lower triangular matrix and  D  is a diagonal matrix.
The diagonal matrix  D  is stored with the lower triangular matrix  L  in a special matrix
 LD  .
3. The input matrix LD may be single or double precision. Output matrices are the same type as input
matrix.
Example:
Extract components of sparse factor matrix LLL:
MATMOD LLL,,,,,/TT,LP/21 $
PARAML KLL//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,NL $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,TUNL $
TUNL = 2 * NL $
MATGEN ,/V21/6/TUNL/NL/NL $
PARTN LP,V21,/LL,,PP,/0 $
Option P1 = 22
Generate special aeroelasticity matrix with modified trailers.
Format:
MATMOD MKLIST,Qij,,,,/QijL,/22 $
Input Data Blocks:

Qij Aerodynamic matrix.
Output Data Block:
QijL Special aerodynamic matrix with modified trailers.
Main Index
1062 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 23
Determines type of eigenvalue analysis requested and optionally extracts values from the selected EIGR
or EIGRL Bulk Data entry.
Format:
MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23/
S,N,METHTYP/S,N,LANCZOS/METHFLAGI/S,N,EIGRVALR
//
S,N,NFOUND/ICASE/S,N,EIGVALI///S,N,EIGRFLD $
Input Data Blocks:

Parameters:
METHTYP Output-integer. Set to 1 if Inverse Power or Lanczos method selected; otherwise, set
to zero.
LANCZOS Output-integer. Set to -1 if Lanczos method selected; otherwise, set to zero.
METHFLAG Input-integer-default=0. METHOD ID selection flag.
>0 Search based on METHFLAG=SID.
0 Search based on METHOD(STRUCTURE)=SID.
-1 Search based on METHOD(FLUID)=SID.
-2 Search based on CMETHOD=SID
-3 Same as 0 except include EIGB in search for buckling.
EIGRVALR Output-real-default=0.0. Extracted real value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry.
NFOUND Output-integer-default=0. EIGR* entry found flag; 0 if entry was found and -1 if
entry was not found.
ICASE Input-integer-default=1. Case Control record number which contains the
METHOD command.
EIGRVALI Output-integer-default=0. Extracted integer value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry.
EIGRFLD EIGRFLD Input/output-character-default=' '. Field name of EIGR or EIGRL entry.
EIGRFLD is also an output if the field value is a character string.
Examples:
1. Determine method type on the EIGR entry:
MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23/S,N,METHTYP $
Main Index
MATMOD 1063
Matrix modification
IF ( METHTYP=1 ) THEN $
MESSAGE //' LANCZOS OR SINV IS SELECTED.' $
ELSE $
MESSAGE //' GIVENS OR HOUSEHOLDER IS SELECTED.' $
ENDIF $
2. Extract the F2 field value from the EIGR entry:

MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23////S,N,F2///////'F2' $
3. Extract the NORM field value from the EIGR entry:
NORM='NORM' $ initialize and will change on output
MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23///////////S,N,NORM $
Option P1 = 24
Generate a square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row and null column of I1, I2, and
I3 simultaneously.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,/24/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/S,N,NRNENC
$
Input Data Blocks:
I1, I2, I3 Square, commensurate matrices. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 Square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row and
null column of I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously.
Parameters:
NOOUT Output-integer. Set to -1 if O1 is null.

NMATX Input-integer-default=1. Number of input matrices to be used for
search, starting from the first input.
NRNENC Output-integer. Set to -1 if the number of null rows does not equal the
number of null columns.
Remark:
Any two input matrices may be purged.
Main Index
1064 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Example:
Add a unit value to the stiffness matrix for degrees of freedom that have no associated mass, damping,
or stiffness. This is usually done to prevent potential singularities during direct transient and frequency
analyses.
MATMOD MAA,BAA,KAA,,,/KAAX,/24/S,N,NOADD/3/S,N,NRNENC $
IF (NRNENC < 0) THEN $
MESSAGE//’ERROR: MATRICES ARE NOT’/
’ SYMMETRIC’ $
EXIT $
ENDIF $
IF (NOADD < -1) THEN
ADD KAA,KAAX/KAANEW $
EQUIVX KAANEW/KAA/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
Option P1 = 25
Generate vectors that have 1.0 corresponding to each null row and null column in I1, I2, and I3
simultaneously.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/25/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/
S,N,NRNENC///S,N,SYM $
Input Data Blocks:
I1, I2, I3 Square, commensurate matrices. (Real or complex).
Output Data Blocks:
O1 Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null row in I1, I2, and I3
simultaneously. See Remark 1.
O2 Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null column in I1, I2, and I3
simultaneously.
Parameters:
NOOUT Output-integer. Set to -1 if both output vectors are null, set to zero
otherwise.
NMATX Input-integer-default=1. Number of input matrices to be used for
search, starting from the first input.
Main Index
MATMOD 1065
Matrix modification
NRNENC Output-integer. Set to -1 if number of null rows does not equal the
number of null columns; otherwise zero.
SYM Output-integer. Set to -1 if I1, I2, and I3 are symmetric; otherwise zero.
See Remark 2.
Remarks:
1. Any two input matrices may be purged.
2. If I1, I2, and I3 are symmetric, then O2 is purged.
Example:
Remove null rows and columns from matrix A.
MATMOD A,,,,,/RPARTN,CPARTN/25/S,N,NOOUT/1////S,N,SYM $
IF (NOOUT > -1) THEN $
PARTN A,CPARTN,RPARTN/ANEW/SYM $
EQUIVX ANEW/A/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
Option P1 = 26
Used by MSC for development testing.
Option P1 = 27
Convert a diagonal matrix (form 3) to a symmetric matrix (form 6).
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/27 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Diagonal matrix of form 3. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
O1 Symmetric matrix of form 6 containing diagonal terms of I1.
Remarks:
1. Form 3 matrices are not output by any module. They are only allowed as input by the INPUTT2,
INPUTT4, and DMIIN modules.
2. The SMPYAD, MPYAD, and ADD modules will not accept form 3 matrices. The matrices should
now be converted to form 6 before use in these modules.
Main Index
1066 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Example:
DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/A3,,,,,,,,, $
MATMOD A3,,,,,/A6,/27 $
where A3 is the DMI matrix defined by the Bulk Data entries
DMI,A3,0,3,1,1,,4,1
DMI,A3,1,2,2.0,3.0,4.0
and A6 is the matrix
0. 0. 0. 0.
0. 2. 0. 0.
0. 0. 3. 0.
0. 0. 0. 4.
Option P1 = 28
Convert the first column of a matrix to a symmetric matrix (form 6) with the terms of the first column
along the diagonal and off-diagonal terms set to zero.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/28 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix of form 1, 2, or 6. (Real or complex)
Output Data Block:
O1 Symmetric matrix (form 6) with terms of the first column of I1 along

the diagonal and off-diagonal terms set to zero.
Example:
MATMOD B,,,,,/BDIAG,/28 $
If B is the matrix
1. 2.
3. 4.
then BDIAG will be
Main Index
MATMOD 1067
Matrix modification
1. 0.
0. 3.
Option P1 = 29
Used by MSC for development testing.
Option P1 = 30
Print data blocks or a portion of data blocks as a table of hexadecimal values.
Format:
MATMOD I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/,/30/BBLK/EBLK $
Input Data Block:
Ii Any data block. (Matrix or table)
Parameters:
BBLK Input-integer-default=1. Beginning GINO block number.

EBLK Input-integer-default=-1. Ending GINO block number. Default value
implies the total number of blocks.
Option P1 = 31
Writes the bit map of a matrix to the punch file.
Format:
MATMOD MAT,,,,,/,/31/MAXSIZ $
Input Data Block:
MAT Any matrix.
Output Data Block:

None.
Main Index
1068 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Parameter:
MAXSIZ Input-integer-default=0. Maximum size of the bit map matrix (row

and/or column).
Option P1 = 32
Convert tables created by DRMH1 into DTI Bulk Data entry format and write to the punch file. Also
converts DRMH1 directory tables in DTI Bulk Data entry format into DRMH1 output table format.
Format:
MATMOD TXY,,,,,/TOUT,/32/CONVERT $
Input Data Block:
TXY DRMH1 directory table in DTI or table data block format.
Output Data Block:
TOUT DRMH1 directory table in table data block format or DTI format.
Parameter:
CONVERT Input-integer-default=0. Convert option.

0 Table data block format to DTI format.
1 DDTI to table data block format.
Remark:
Table record 3 is all character and reading DTI entries will produce all numbers. Therefore CONVERT=1
will convert the DTI numbers and to character values.
Option P1 = 33
Create a single column matrix from the frequency response output list table, FOL. The frequencies are
also converted to radian units.
Format:
MATMOD FOL,,,,,/FOLMAT,/33 $
Main Index
MATMOD 1069
Matrix modification
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
FOLMAT Matrix of frequencies in radian units.
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 34
Extract the real and imaginary parts of complex matrix into two real matrices.
Format:
MATMOD CMAT,,,,,/RMAT,IMAT/34//PREC $
Input Data Block:
CMAT Complex matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
RMAT Matrix containing real part of CMAT.

IMAT Matrix containing imaginary part of CMAT.
Parameter:
PREC Input-integer-default=0. Precision of output matrices.

0 Machine-precision. (Default)
1 Single.
2 Double.
Option P1 = 35
Sorts row term values in a selected column of the input matrix and produces a list vector and/or a Boolean
matrix that contains the indices of the sorted terms.
Main Index
1070 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD IM,,,,,/
SORTLIST,SORTBOOL/S,N,P1/COLNUM/S,N,PRESORT/
SORTOPT/// NKEYS $
Input Data Block:
IM Any matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
SORTLIST Vector consisting of the row numbers of the original positions of the
sorted terms.
SORTBOOL Square matrix containing unity at a row position in the column
associated with the sorted row terms.
Parameters:
P1 Input/output-integer-no default. On output, P1=-1 if the input matrix is purged or

both output data blocks are purged.
COLNUM Input-integer-default=0. Selects the column number of the input matrix that will be
sorted to produce SORTLIST and SORTBOOL. Default selects the first column.
PRESORT Output-integer-default=0 Pre-sort flag. Set to -1 if column is already sorted.
SORTOPT Input-integer-default=0. Sort option specification.
-2 Absolute value in descending order.
-1 Algebraic value in descending order.
0 Implies SORTOPT=1 if IM is real and SORTOPT=2 if IM is complex..
1 Algebraic value in ascending order.
2 Absolute value in ascending order.
NKEYS Input-integer-default=1. Duplicate value sort option specification.
1 Single key sort.
2 Double key sort to maintain original order of terms in case of duplicate terms.
Remark:
For complex matrices, only SORTOPT=2 or -2 is allowed.
Main Index
MATMOD 1071
Matrix modification
Example:
Given the input matrix, IM, generate an algebraic ascending order sort. The input matrix and its sorted
order (algebraically ascending) are:
IM =
 – 2.0 
 0.0 
 
 – 1.0 
 
 4.0 
 1.0 
 
 0.0 
The MATMOD call would look like:
P1=35 $
MATMOD IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////2 $
and the output matrix LIST for NKEYS=2 would contain
LIST =
 1.0 
 3.0 
 
 2.0 
 
 6.0 
 5.0 
 
 4.0 
For NKEYS=1, it is equally likely that the indices for equal values may be in a different order. For
example, if the MATMOD call statement were
P1=35 $
MATMOD IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////1 $
Main Index
1072 MATMOD
Matrix modification
then the output matrix LIST for NKEYS=1 could contain either
LIST =
 1.0 
 3.0 
 
 6.0 
 
 2, 0 
 5.0 
 
 4.0 
or
LIST =
 1.0 
 3.0 
 
 2.0 
 
 6.0 
 5.0 
 
 4.0 
since there are duplicate terms (0.0's) in the input matrix column and a single key sort was used.
The Boolean square matrix contains unit values in the appropriate positions so that it can be used to create
the sorted input matrix by means of a simple matrix multiply as in:
MPYAD BOOL,IM,/IMS/1 $
producing the sorted IM matrix, IMS, as
IMS =
 – 2.0 
 – 1.0 
 
 0.0 
 
 0.0 
 1.0 
 
 4.0 
Main Index
MATMOD 1073
Matrix modification
Remarks:
1. If the matrix input into this option contains more than one column and SORTBOOL is used
subsequently to operate on this matrix, all columns will have their rows re-ordered according to
the sort obtained from the column processed by the MATMOD operation. In this case, the column
that was selected during the MATMOD operation to produce the sorted ordering will be
guaranteed in sort. Other columns may or may not have their rows in sorted order.
2. The output data blocks are in machine precision, regardless of the precision of the input matrix.
3. NKEYS=2 provides a more repeatable sort in the presence of equal values in the input, at the cost
of longer run times. A test on a typical vector showed a difference of a factor of approximately
ten. If repeatability is not essential, NKEYS=1 is the preferred choice.
Option P1 = 36
Reduce the GRID record in the GEOM1 table to the entries corresponding to grid identification numbers
specified in a Case Control set.
General Format:
MATMOD GEOM1,CASECC,GEOM2,BGPDT,,/
GEOM1R,CASER/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/M36OPT///ELEMSET/MSGLVL
/PCHSET $
Format for M36OPT=0 (default):
MATMOD GEOM1,CASECC,,,,/
GEOM1R,/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1 $
Format for M36OPT=1: Set consistency check
GEOM1R,/
36/GRIDSET//1///ELEMSET/MSGLVL/PCHSET $
Format for M36OPT=2: Generate point set from element set
GEOM1R,CASER/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/2///ELEMSET//PCHSET $
Main Index
1074 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format for M36OPT=3: Generate point set from element set and grid set
GEOM1R,CASER/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/3///ELEMSET//PCHSET $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and indexed by
the IFPINDX module. See Remark 2.
CASECC Table of Case Control command selections.
GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points.
Output Data Block:
GEOM1R GEOM1 table with reduced GRID record.

CASER Table of Case Control command images loaded with SET
id=GRIDSET.
Parameters:
GRIDSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which

contains a list grid point identification numbers.
NOGEOM1 Output-integer. Processing status flag.
+1 No grid points found matching the contents of SET=GRIDSET.
0 GRIDSET found and the contents match some grid points in GEOM1.
-1 GRIDSET found and the contents matches all grid points in GEOM1.
M36OPT Input-integer. Suboption of MATMOD Option 36.
MSGLVL Input-integer. Termination flag. See Remark 4b.
PCHSET Input-integer. Punch flag. If PCHSET=1, then the set generated will be written
to the punch file in Case Control command SET format.
Remarks:
1. Only the GRID record is processed and all other GEOM1 records are copied as is to GEOM1R.
2. GEOM1 must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD
option:
FILE GEOM1=APPEND $
Main Index
MATMOD 1075
Matrix modification
IFPINDX /GEOM1 $
MATMOD GEOM1,CASECC,,,,/GEOM1R,/36/
GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1 $
3. It is recommended that GEOM1 and GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT module and then
used as input to MATMOD.
4. M36OPT=1 performs a consistency check of the input sets and the actions are:
a. Create a grid point set of all points connected to the elements specified in the ELEMSET Case
Control set.
b. Verify that all points in the set generated above are present in the GRIDSET Case Control set
and vice-versa. By default, a fatal message will be issued error if any point is missing. But if
MSGLVL=-1, then a warning message is issued instead.
c. GEOM1R is an optional output, but if specified and if no inconsistency is detected then
GEOM1R will be generated.
5. M36OPT=2 ensures a consistent grid point set for the input element set and the actions are:
a. Create a set in CASER of all points touched by the elements contained in the ELEMSET Case
Control set. Create a Case Control set in CASER with an id = GRIDSET.
b. Create the GEOM1R based on CASER.
6. M36OPT=3 ensures a consistent grid point set for the input element set and allows additional
points to be added to the set and the actions are:
a. Create a set in CASER of all points touched by the elements contained in the ELEMSET Case
Control set defined in CASECC.
b. Create a Case Control set in CASER of the point set generated in a.
c. Locate the GRIDSET set in CASECC and merge in the set created in a. If GRIDSET set does
not exist on CASECC, simply store the ELEMSET generated grid list as the GRIDSET set ID
in CASER. Otherwise, copy the merged GRIDSET set into CASER.
d. Create the GEOM1R based on CASER.
Option P1 = 37
Reduce the element and SPOINT records in the GEOM2 table to the entries corresponding to element or
SPOINT identification numbers specified in a Case Control set.
Format:
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM2 $
Main Index
1076 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Blocks:
scalar points and indexed by the IFPINDX module. See Remark.
Output Data Block:
GEOM2R GEOM2 table with reduced element record.
Parameters:
ELEMSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a
list element identification numbers.
GRIDSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a
list SPOINT identification numbers.
NOGEOM2 Output-integer. Processing status flag.
+1 No element and SPOINTs found in GEOM2 matching the contents in
ELEMSET and GRIDSET.
0 Some elements and SPOINTs in GEOM2 were found in ELEMSET and
GRIDSET.
-1 All elements and SPOINTs in GEOM2 were found in ELEMSET and
GRIDSET.
Remarks:
1. GEOM2 must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD
option:
FILE GEOM2=APPEND $
IFPINDX /GEOM2 $
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM2 $
2. It is recommend that GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT module and then used as input to
MATMOD.
Option P1 = 38
Reduce the records in the EST table to the entries corresponding to element numbers specified in a Case
Control set.
Main Index
MATMOD 1077
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD EST,CASECC,,,,/ESTR,/38/
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOEST $
Input Data Blocks:
EST Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and indexed by
the IFPINDX module.
Output Data Block:
ESTR EST table with reduced records.
Parameters:
ELEMSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number that contains a
list element point identification numbers.
GRIDSET Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains
a list grid point identification numbers.
NOEST Output-integer. Processing status flag.
+1 No element found in EST matching the contents of ELEMSET.
0 Some elements in EST were found in ELEMSET.
-1 All elements and SPOINTs in EST were found in ELEMSET.
Remarks:
1. EST must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD option:
FILE EST=APPEND $
IFPINDX /EST $
MATMOD EST,CASECC,,,,/ESTR,/38/
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOEST $
Option P1 = 39
Remove and identify explicit zero terms in a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,O2/39/S,N,NOXPLZER $
Main Index
1078 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
O1 Matrix I1 with explicit zero terms removed.

O2 Matrix containing a 1.0 at the row and column, where an explicit zero
was found in I1.
Parameter:
NOXPLZER Output-integer. Explicit zero existence flag. Set to -1 if no explicit

zeros are found.
Option P1 = 40
Replace the value of, or add a value to, a single term in a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,/O1,/
40/ICOL/IROW/TYPE/REAL//NCOL/NROW/
////////REALD/CMPLX/CMPLXD $
Input Data Block:
I1 A matrix. May be purged. See NCOL.
Output Data Block:
O1 Modified I1 matrix.
Parameters:
ICOL Column number.

IROW Row number.
TYPE Type of value to be replaced or added.
-1 Replace current value with REAL.
-2 Replace current value with REALD.
Main Index
MATMOD 1079
Matrix modification
-3 Replace current value with CMPLX.

-4 Replace current value with CMPLXD.
1 Add REAL to current value.
2 Add REALD to current value.
3 Add CMPLX to current value.
4 Add CMPLXD to current value.
REAL Real single precision value.
NCOL Number of columns in O1 if I1 is purged. Default=ICOL.
NROW Number of rows in O1 if I1 is purged. Default=IROW.
REALD Real double precision value.
CMPLX Complex single precision value.
CMPLXD Complex double single precision value.
Example:
In matrix A, add 10.5 to the value at column 2 and row 3:
MATMOD A,,,,,/A1,/40/2/3/-1/10.5 $
Option P1 = 41
Reorder the rows of a rectangular matrix.
Format:
MATMOD GRDRM,I1,,,,/O1,/41 $
Input Data Blocks:
GRDRM Permutation matrix.

I1 Rectangular matrix.
Output Data Block:
O1 Reordered rectangular matrix.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1080 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 42
Permute a sparse square matrix.
Format:
MATMOD GRDRM,I1,,,,/O1,/42 $
Input Data Blocks:

I1 Square matrix.
Output Data Block:
O1 Permuted matrix.
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 43
Not implemented.
Option P1 = 44
Creates EQEXIN table based on g-set partitioning vector.
Format:
MATMOD EQEXIN,VG,,,,/EQEXINR,/44 $
Input Data Blocks:
EQEXIN Equivalence table between internal and external grid identification

numbers.
VG Partitioning vector with 1.0 desired degrees-of-freedom.
Output Data Block:

EQEXINR EQEXIN reduced by VG.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
MATMOD 1081
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 45
Permute matrix according to a row permutation.
Format:
MATMOD I1,RPERM,,,,/O1,/45/PERMOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
RPERM Table of row permutations.

I1 Square matrix.
Output Data Block:
O1 Permuted matrix.
Parameter:
PERMOPT Input-integer. Permutation option.

1 Gather.
2 Scatter.
Option P1 = 46
Convert a sparse partial decomp matrix into a regular matrix datablock.
Format:
MATMOD KTTP,,,,,/KTTS,/46/NOOSET $
Input Data Block:
KTTP Sparse partial decomp update matrix.
Output Data Block:
KTTS KTTP converted to standard matrix format.
Parameter:
NOOSET Input-integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set.
Main Index
1082 MATMOD
Matrix modification
Example:
PUTSYS(1,277) $ Force partial decomp

DCMP USET,SILS,EQEXINS,KFFX,VFO,VFOX/
LFO,KTTSP,/3///MAXRATIO/'F' $
PUTSYS(0,277) $
MATMOD KTTSP,,,,,/KTTREG,/46/NOOSET $
DIAGONAL KTTREG/KTTDIAG/'SQUARE' $
TRNSP KTTREG/KTTTRAN $
ADD5 KTTREG,KTTTRAN,KTTDIAG,,/KTT///-1.0 $
MODTRL KTT////6 $
Option P1 = 47
Perform null row search on a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD I1,,,,,/O1,/47///P4 $
Input Data Block:
I1 Any matrix.
Output Data Block:
O1 Column vector which has 1.0 at those rows where I1 has null rows if
P4 > 0 or non-null if P4 < 0. If I1 is purged, then O1 is purged. If I1 is
null, then O1 will be full.
Parameter:
P4 Input-integer-default=0. See O1.
Option P1 = 52
Convert frequency response displacement vectors to velocity or acceleration vectors.
Format:
MATMOD MATMOD I1,FOL,,,,/O1,O2/52 $
Main Index
MATMOD 1083
Matrix modification
Input Data Block:
I1 Any displacement matrix. (Real or complex).

FOL Forcing frequency list for frequency response analysis.
Output Data Block:
O1 Velocity matrix (complex).

O2 Acceleration matrix (Real or complex).
Parameter:
P4 Input-integer-default=0. See O1.
Remarks:
1. Velocity vectors are computed by multiplying each term of a column of I1with corresponding i .
2. Acceleration vectors are computed by multiplying each term of a column of I1with corresponding
2
–
Main Index
1084 MATOFP
Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output
MATOFP Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output
Prints a matrix in the format similar to DISPLACEMENT output with a user-defined column label and
page header.
Format:
MATOFP MAT,BGPDT,OL,USET/
OMAT1/
APP/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TCODE/PUNCH/IPRINT/
LCOLLBL1/LCOLLBL2/LCOLLBL3/LCOLLBL4/
RCOLLBL1/RCOLLBL2/RCOLLBL3/RCOLLBL4/
HDRLBL5/HDRLBL6/HDRLBL7/HDRLBL8 $
Input Data Blocks:
MAT Matrix (real or complex). The rows of the matrix must correspond to the g-
set DOFs.
OL List of values for column labeling on left corner of page. The contents of OL
depend on the value of APP:
APP OL
'REIGEN' LAMA
'FREQRESP' FOL
'TRANRESP' TOL
'CEIGEN' CLAMA
'BKL1' BLAMA
'NLST' COMB
'USERLIST' Matrix column of user defined values

If OL is purged, then the left corner will not be labeled.
USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the g-set.
Output Data Blocks:
OMAT1 MAT converted to OFP-suitable table in SORT1 format.
Main Index
MATOFP 1085
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default='USERLIST'. Analysis type. See OL above.

ROWNAM Input-character-default = ' '. Set name for rows in MATRIX. If ROWNAM is
blank, then it defaults to COLNAM.
PRNTOPT Input-character-default = ’ALL’. Must be one of the following values:
Option Action
NULL Only null columns will be identified.
ALL Print all nonzero terms in matrix.
ALLP Print numbers converted to magnitude/phase.
TCODE Input-integer-default=1. Table code.
PUNCH Input-logical-default=FALSE. Punch file write control flag.
IPRINT Input-integer-default=0. Print control flag.
0: print
<>0: do not print
LCOLLBLi Input-character-default=(depends on APP). Label with up to 32 characters to be
printed left-justified in upper left corner of each page. The default values
depends on APP:
APP LCOLLBLi
'TRANRESP' TIME
'FREQRESP' FREQUENCY
'REIGEN' FREQUENCY
'CEIGEN' FREQUENCY
'USERLIST' LABEL
RCOLLBLi Input-character-default='COLUMN' (followed by column number). Label with
up to 32 characters to be printed right-justified in upper right corner of each page.
COLLBLi is then followed by column number.
HDRLBLi Input-character-default='MATRIX' (followed by matrix name). Header with up
to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of of each page.
Main Index
1086 MATOFP
Examples:
Example 1:
MATOFP GCF,BGPDT,,USET/ $
GROUND CHECK AND WEIGHT CHECK AUGUST 11, 2000

MSC.NASTRAN 8/10/00 PAGE 9
ADAPTED FROM CHECKA ALTER BY T.ROSE
DEVELOPED BY M.REYMOND AND N.TENG
COLUMN 1
MATRIX GCF
POINT ID. TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2

R3
1 G .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
1.862645E-09
3 G -1.303852E-08 -4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0
1.862645E-09
4 G -1.490116E-08 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0
6 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 -
4.656613E-10
7 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0
4.656613E-10
9 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
10 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
Example 2:
MATOFP GCF,BGPDTs,,USET/
OGCF1///////////
’DIRECTIO’/’N’///
’G R O U ’/’N D C H ’/’E C K ’/’F O R C ’/
’E S ( G ’/’- S E T ’/’)’ $
Main Index
MATOFP 1087
GROUND CHECK AND WEIGHT CHECK AUGUST 11, 2000 MSC.NASTRAN

8/10/00 PAGE 9
ADAPTED FROM CHECKA ALTER BY T.ROSE
DEVELOPED BY M.REYMOND AND N.TENG
DIRECTION 1
G R O U N D C H E C K F O R C E S ( G - S E T )
POINT ID. TYPE T1 T2 T3 R1 R2 R3

1 G .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
1.862645E-09
3 G -1.303852E-08 -4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0
1.862645E-09
4 G -1.490116E-08 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0
6 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 -
4.656613E-10
7 G 1.862645E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0
4.656613E-10
9 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
10 G -3.725290E-09 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
Main Index
1088 MATPCH
Punches contents of matrix data blocks
MATPCH Punches contents of matrix data blocks
Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data entries.
Format:
MATPCH I1,I2,I3,14,I5//IVNIT/N1/N2/N3/N4/N5 $
Input Data Blocks:
Ii Any real matrix data block.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
IVNIT Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number. If this parameter is

negative, an echo of the DMI Bulk Data entries generated will be
printed on the FORTRAN unit given by the absolute value of
PRINTOPT.
Ni Input-character-default=blank. Continuation entry prefix. Used to
form a unique continuation string for the DMI Bulk Data entries. For
example, if Ni=’xx’, then this produces continuations of the form (xx
1), (xx 2), etc. The default value causes the blank continuation option
to be used. See Remark 4 if explicit continuations are desired.
Remarks:
1. The nonzero elements of each matrix are punched on double-field DMI entries as shown in the
example below. The name of the matrix is obtained from the header record of the data block.
Field 10 contains the three-character parameter value in columns 74 through 76 and an
incremented integer record count in columns 77 through 80 if nondefault values are used for the
Ni parameters.
2. Double precision matrices will be converted to single precision. Only the real part of complex
matrices will be used.
3. All matrices are output on double-field entries in single precision.
4. If Ni is specified, then Ni must be different for each corresponding input matrix. Also, the
maximum number of records that may be punched is 99999. If full square matrices are considered,
a maximum order of 629 is allowed. If matrices larger than this are desired, use the OUTPUT2 or
OUTPUT4 modules to produce a FORTRAN readable file.
Main Index
MATPCH 1089
Punches contents of matrix data blocks
5. Only sufficiently small nonpurged data blocks will be punched onto DMI Bulk Data entries.
Example:
Let the data block MAT contain the matrix
1.0 0.0 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

0.0 0.0 7.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
 MAT  = 2.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.0 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.0
3.0 0.0 8.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
The DMAP statement
MATPCH MAT// $
will produce the following DMI entries:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DMI MAT 0 2 1 2 5 6
DMI MAT 1 1 1.000000E 00
* 3 2.000000E 00 5 3.000000E 00
DMI* MAT 2 3 4.000000E 00
* 5.000000E 00
DMI* MAT 3 1 6.000000E 00
* 7.000000E 00 5 8.000000E 00
DMI* MAT 6 4 9.000000E 00
Main Index
1090 MATPRN
General matrix printer
MATPRN General matrix printer
Prints general matrix data blocks.
Format:
MATPRN M1,M2,M3,M4,M5//PRTFORM $
Input Data Blocks:
Mi Matrix data blocks, any of which may be purged. (Real or complex).
Parameters:
PRTFORM Character-input-default=' '. Real number precision.

LONG 12 significant digits.
SHORT 4 significant digits.
Remarks:
1. Any or all input data blocks may be purged.
2. If any data block is not a matrix, it will be printed as if it were a table.
3. MATPRN prints the row index for the term that begins each line of printout.
4. MATPRN will not print out two or more consecutive lines of zeroes, but instead will issue a
message of the form:
ROW POSITIONS xxxx THRU yyyy NOT PRINTED -- ALL = 0.0.
5. If PRTFORM is set to 'LONG' (see Example 3), most of the digits of the internal representations
will be printed. Normally, the output is truncated to five or six digits.
6. For large, sparse matrices with scattered terms, the user is advised to use either the MATPRT or
MATGPR modules.
Examples:
1. MATPRN KGG/$
2. MATPRN KGG,PL,PG,BGG,UPV//$
3. MATPRN KGG //'LONG' $
Main Index
MATPRT 1091
Matrix printer
MATPRT Matrix printer
Prints a matrix.
Format:
MATPRT MATRIX//PRNTLABL/PRNTFLAG $
Input Data Block:
MATRIX Matrix data block to be printed. If [X] is purged, then nothing is done.
Parameters:
PRNTLABL Integer-input-default=0. Print label. If PRNTFLG=1, then the matrix is

labeled with “ROW n”; otherwise it is labeled with “COLUMN n.”
PRNTFLAG Integer-input-default=0. Print flag. If PRNTFLAG < 0, do not print
[X]; Y  0, print [X].
Remark:
Each column (or row) of the matrix is broken into groups of six terms (3 terms if complex) per printed
line. If all the terms in a group are 0, the line is not printed. If the entire column (or row) is 0, it is not
printed. If the entire matrix is null, it is not printed.
Example:
Print the mass matrix:
MATPRT MGG// $
Main Index
1092 MATREDU
Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set
MATREDU Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set
Reduces a square matrix from the g-set to the a-set or p-set to the d-set. Optionally produces the s-set by
f-set partition following multipoint constraint elimination and reduction.
Format:
MATREDU  XGG   USET   GM   GOA 

 ,  ,  ,  /
 XPP   USETD   GMD   GOD 
 XAA 
  , XSF , XSS /
 XDD 
 NOXGG 
S,N,   $
 NOXPP 
Input Data Blocks:
XGG Square matrix in g-set.

XPP Square matrix in p-set.
GMD Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by
ne-set.
GOA Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set by a-set.
o-set by d-set.
Output Data Blocks:
XAA Reduced square matrix in a-set.

XDD Reduced square matrix in d-set.
XSF S-set by f-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint
constraint elimination and reduction.
XSS S-set by s-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint
constraint elimination and reduction.
Main Index
MATREDU 1093
Parameters:
NOXGG Output-integer-default=1. XGG existence flag. Set to -1 if XGG does

not exist.
NOXPP Output-integer-default=1. XPP existence flag. Set to -1 if XPP does
not exist.
Method:
The damping matrices  B gg  and  Kgg

4  are reduced to the a-set by the MATREDU module which
performs the following operations:

1. Eliminate multipoint constraints
B nn B nm
 B gg  
B mn B mm
T T
 B nn  =  G mn   B mn G mn + B mn  +  B mn   G mn  +  B nn 
2. Eliminate single point constraints
B ff B fs
 B nn  
B sf B ss
3. Partition omitted degrees-of-freedom
B aa B ao
 B ff  
B oa B oo
4. Perform static condensation

T T
 B aa  =  G oa   B oo G oa + B oa  +  B oa   G oa  +  B aa 
Remarks:
1. If XGG or XPP is not symmetric, then unsymmetric formulation of reduction is used.
2. XGG or XPP may be purged, in which case MATREDU returns with NOXAA=-1 or NOXDD=-
1.
3. GM (or GMD) and GOA (or GOD) may not be purged unless their m-set and o-set degrees-of-
freedom do not exist.
Main Index
1094 MATREDU
4. XSF may be purged.

5. The method of reduction is equivalent to a combination of the DMAP modules UPARTN,
UMERGE1, SMPYAD, and MCE2.
Main Index
MCE1 1095
Creates multipoint constraint transformation matrix
MCE1 Creates multipoint constraint transformation matrix
Creates the multipoint constraint transformation matrix.
Format:
MCE1 USET,RMG,KGG/
GM $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Block:
Parameters:
None.
Method:
The multipoint constraint equations, R mg , formed in the GP4 module, are partitioned by the MCE1
module (Multipoint Constraint Eliminator -- Phase 1) as follows:
 R mg  = R mm R mn
MCE1 also solves the equation
 R mm   G mn  = –  R mn 
for the transformation matrix  G mn  .
Main Index
1096 MCE2
Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction
MCE2 Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction
Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction on up to four g-set size square matrices.
Format 1: For g-set matrices
MCE2 USET,GM,XGG1,XGG2,XGG3,XGG4/
XNN1,XNN2,XNN3,XNN4 $
Format 2: For p-set matrices
MCE2 USETD,GMD,XPP1,XPP2,XPP3,XPP4/
XNENE1,XNENE2,XNENE3,XNENE4/NOUE $
Input Data Blocks:

XGGi Square matrices in g-set.
ne-set.
XPPi Square matrix in p-set.
Output Data Blocks:
XNNi Square matrices in n-set.

XNENEi Square matrix in ne-set.
Parameters:
NOUE Input-integer-default=-1. The number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra
points. USETD and GMD must be supplied if NOUE>0.
Method:
The MCE2 module partitions the stiffness matrix
Main Index
MCE2 1097
Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction
K nn K nm
 K gg  = (5-74)
K mn K mm
and performs matrix reduction
T T
 K nn  =  G mn   K mm G mn + K mn  +  K mn G mn + K nn  (5-75)
Remark:
Any or all of XGGi and XNNi may be purged. However, if any of XGGi is specified then the
corresponding XNNi must also be specified.
Example:
Reduce K gg to K nn .
Main Index
1098 MCFRAC
Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions
MCFRAC Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions
Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions.
Format:
MCFRAC CASECC,LAMA,OL,BGPDT,RPH,UH,PVMCFR,MODSELT/
OMCF1,UNUSED/
APP/FMODE $
Input Data Blocks:

OL Complex eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list
or frequency response frequency output list. Must be consistent with
APP.
RPH Transformation matrix from h-set to p-set. See Remark.
UH Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-offreedom). Modal
displacements only in frequency response. Modal displacements,
velocities, and accelerations in transient response.
PVMCFR Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MCFRAC
MODESELECT Case Control command and user parameters
LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ.
Output Data Blocks:
OMCF1 Table of modal contribution factors in SORT1 format.

UNUSED Unused and may be unspecified.
Parameters:

Main Index
MCFRAC 1099
Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions

'TRANRESP' Frequency response.
FMODE Input-integer-default=0. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user
parameter input of LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also
MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control input.
Remark:
If PVMCFR is specified then the number of rows in RPH must correspond to the ones and their positions
in PVMCFR.
Main Index
1100 MDATA
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass
MDATA Computes pressures for selected elements associated with

virtual fluid mass
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass.
Format:
MDATA CASECC,XYCDB,MAR,MEA,UAX,OL/
OEP/
APP/S,N,NOSORT2/FREQINDX $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the primary model.
MAR Table of virtual mass element areas.
MEA Matrix of element forces per unit motion of the a-set.
UA Displacement or eigenvector matrix in the a-set.
Output Data Block:
OEP Table of element pressures due to virtual mass in SORT1 or SORT2

format.
Parameters:
APP Input-character-no default. Type of analysis. Allowable values are:

'CEIG' Complex eigenvalues.
'TRAN' Transient response.
NOSORT2 Input-integer-default=-1. Set to 1 if SORT2 format is requested.
FREQINDX Input-integer-default=0. Frequency or time step index. Selects frequency
associated with UA.
Method:
1. Calculate the accelerations. This depends on the approach.
Main Index
MDATA 1101
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass
Type of
APP
Arithmetic
ua
2 2
REIG Real U a = –  u a   from LAMA 
2
CEIG Complex U a = p u d   from CLAMA 
2
FREQ Complex U a = –  u d   from FOL 
TRAN Real U a =  the 3rd, 6th, 9th, etc., columns of UDVT 
2. Compute the element forces:

f e = M ea U a
3. Output selected pressures. Output may be printed (via OFP) or plotted (via XYPLOT). The
CASECC and XYCDB data blocks are scanned for all MPRES output requests. The set selection
method is the same as used in Module SDR2. The MEA data block has two work pairs (element
identification number and area) corresponding to each row of the element force vector. For each
selected element, output the pressure (force divided by area) to the OFP data block. All flags must
be set (e.g., print, punch, plot, real, phase, etc.), depending upon the MPRES request.
Remarks:
1. XYCDB nay be purged.
2. MDATA is only available for normal modes, complex modes, frequency response, and transient
response using direct methods only.
Main Index
1102 MDCASE
Partitions the Case Control table
MDCASE Partitions the Case Control table
Partitions the Case Control table into separate Case Control tables based on the ANALYSIS Case Control
command.
Format:
 CASECC   EDOM   
MDCASE      /
 CASEXN     CASECC 
CASESTAT,CASEMODE,CASEBUCK,CASEFREQ,CASECEIG,
CASEMTRN,CASESAER,CASEDVRG,CASEFLUT,CASESMST,
CASESMEM,CASEHEAT,CASEUPSE,CASESADV,CASESNMB,
CASEXX/
S,N,STATCC/S,N,MODECC/S,N,BUCKCC/S,N,DFRQCC/
S,N,MFRQCC/S,N,DCEIGCC/S,N,MCEIGCC/S,N,MTRNCC/
S,N,SAERCC/S,N,DVRGCC/S,N,FLUTCC/S,N,SMSTCC/
S,N,SMEMCC/S,N,HEATCC/S,N,UPSECC/S,N,DESOBJ/
S,N,DESGLB/S,N,OBJSID/SEPRTN /S,N,WVFLG $
Input Data Blocks:

EDOM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and
optimization.
CASEXN CASECC created from one of the outputs in a prior call to MDCASE.
Output Data Blocks:
CASESTAT Case Control table for static analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=STATICS.
CASEMODE Case Control table for normal modes analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=MODES.
CASEBUCK Case Control table for buckling analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=BUCK.
CASEFREQ Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis and
based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ.
CASECEIG Case Control table for modal or direct complex eigenvalue analysis
and based on ANALYSIS=MCEIG or DCEIG.
CASEMTRN Case Control table for modal transient analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=MTRAN.
Main Index
MDCASE 1103
CASESAER Case Control table for aerostatic analysis and based on

ANALYSIS=SAERO.
CASEDVRG Case Control table for aerostatic divergence analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=DIVERG.
CASEFLUT Case Control table for flutter and based on ANALYSIS=FLUTTER.
CASESMST Case Control table for structural analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=STRU.
CASESMEM Case Control table for electromagnetic analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=ELEC.
CASEHEAT Case Control table for heat transfer analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=HEAT.
CASEUPSE Case Control table for upstream superelements only.
CASESADV Combined Case Control table which includes CASESAER or
CASEDVRG.
CASESNMB Combined Case Control table which includes CASESTAT,
CASEMODE, CASEBUCK, CASESAER, CASEDVRG, and
CASEFLUT.
CASEXX Case Control table intended for Phase 1 matrix generation, assembly
and reduction.
Parameters:
STATCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Static analysis subcase flag. Set to

TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STATICS command was found in
CASECC and CASESTAT is specified in the output list.
MODECC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Normal modes analysis subcase flag.
Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MODES command was found
in CASECC and CASEMODE is specified in the output list.
BUCKCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Buckling analysis subcase flag. Set to
TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=BUCK command was found in
CASECC and CASEBUCK is specified in the output list.
DFRQCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Direct frequency response analysis
subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DFREQ
command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the
output list.
MFRQCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal frequency response analysis
subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MFREQ
command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the
output list.
Main Index
1104 MDCASE
DCEIGCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Direct complex eigenvalue analysis

subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DCEIG
command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the
output list.
MCEIGCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis
subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG
command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the
output list.
MTRNCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal transient response analysis
subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MTRAN
command was found in CASECC and CASEMTRN is specified in the
output list.
SAERCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Aerostatic analysis subcase flag. Set
to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=SAERO command was found in
CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list.
DVRGCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Aerostatic divergence analysis
subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DIVERG
command was found in CASECC and CASEDVRG is specified in the
output list.
FLUTCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flutter analysis subcase flag. Set to
TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=FLUTTER command was found in
CASECC and CASEFLUT is specified in the output list.
SMSTCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Structural analysis subcase flag. Set
to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STRUCT command was found in
CASECC and CASESMST is specified in the output list.
SMEMCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Electromagnetic analysis subcase
flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=ELECT command was
found in CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list.
HEATCC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Heat transfer analysis subcase flag.
Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=HEAT command was found
in CASECC and CASEHEAT is specified in the output list.
UPSECC Output-logical-default=FALSE. Superelement analysis subcase flag.
Set to TRUE if SUPER=ALL or SUPER>0 in CASECC. and
CASEUPSE is specified in the output list.
DESOBJ Output-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set
DESGLB Output-integer-default=0. DESGLB Case Control command set
OBJSID Output-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number
associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user
specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase.
Main Index
MDCASE 1105
SEPRTN Input-logical-default=FALSE. SUPER command processing flag. Set

to TRUE to ignore SUPER command.
WVFLG Output-integer-default=0. Weight/volume response flag. If CASECC
does not contain any subcases for statics, normal modes, or buckling
subcase then set to 1 if there is a weight or volume response specified
on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry image in EDOM.
Remarks:
2. EDOM may be purged it WVFLG is not required.
3. CASEXX is a copy of one of the following in the order that they appear and if they exist:
CASESTAT
CASESAER
CASEDVRG
CASEMODE
CASEFREQ
CASEMTRN
CASEFLUT
Main Index
1106 MDENZO
MDACMS matrix utility
MDENZO MDACMS matrix utility
Matrix utility for matrix domain automatic component mode synthesis (MDACMS).
Format:
MDENZO I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2,O3/
MDOPT/IP1/IP2/SETNAM/RP1/RP2 $
Input Data Blocks:
Ii Input tables or matrices. The number and type of inputs required

depends on MDOPT.
Output Data Blocks:
Oi Output tables or matrices. The number and type of outputs required

depends on MDOPT.
Parameters:
MDOPT Input-integer-default=0. Option selection number as described below.

IP1 Input-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
IP2 Input-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
SETNAM Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Degree-of-freedom set name.
RP1 Input-real-default=0.0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
RP2 Input-real-default=0.0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
Option MDOPT=0:
Partition KXX (or MXX or BXX) into o-set and t-set based on MDMAP and SEID. GOTMAP is an
optional output.
Format:
MDENZO KXX,MDMAP,,,/KOO,KOT,GOTMAP/0/SEID $
Option MDOPT=1:
Extracts the o-set partition of a load matrix based on MDMAP and SEID.
Main Index
MDENZO 1107
Format:
MDENZO PX,MDMAP,,,/PO,,/1/SEID $
Option MDOPT=2:
Partition PHQ by rows into a family of PHQI qualified by MDSEID.
GOQ is used to get the size of q-set for each domain.
ORDER is used to determine the order of the domain's q-sets in PHQ
Format:
MDENZO PHQ,GOQ,ORDER,,/PHQI,,/2/NDOM $
Option MDOPT=3:
Find UT (and PVEC) for SEID as SEID goes back "up the tree"
Extract UT from family UO.
Format:
MDENZO GOTMAP,MDMAP,GOT,UO,GOQUQ,MDSPARSE/
UT,PVEC,UOI/3/SEID/P2 $
P2 on input is undefined for serial execution. For DMP, P2 on input is GSEID, the "global" SEID
associatd with the current domain.
On output, P2 is YESNO.
If possible (YESNO=+1), multiply-add GOT*UT+GOQUQ, else set YESNO=-1.
If yes, the answer is placed in UOI.
MDSPARSE is used to partition down UOI (if made) to the DOFs needed for option 4.
Option MDOPT=4:
Reorder the family into the correct/original ordering. Use the gather/re-order vector in MDMAP.
Format:
MDENZO UOF,MDMAP,,,/PHI,,/4// $
Main Index
1108 MDENZO
Option MDOPT=5:
Take the partition vector RECVEC and determine which SEIDs you need to recover and write to
RECMAP.
Format:
MDENZO RECVEC,MDMAP,,,/RECMAP,,/5// $
Option MDOPT=6:
Decide whether SEID is in RECMAP or not. If yes, OUTYN = 1 else OUTYN = .
Format:
MDENZO RECMAP,,,,/,,/6/SEID/OUTYN/ $
Option MDOPT=7:
Perform matrix reduction: XTT1 = GTO*XOO*GOT
Format:
MDENZO XOO,GOT,,,/XOOGOT,XTT1,/7/OUTYN/ $
If there is sufficient memory to do multiply in-core then produce XOOGOT, XTT1 and set OUTYN to
+1.
If not possible, set OUTYN to -1 $
Both input matrices must be real and XOO must be symmetric.
This is for tip only.
Option MDOPT=8:
Perform matrix multiplications: XTTA = GTO*XOT and XTTB = XTO*GOT.
Format:
MDENZO XOT,GOT,,,/XTTA,XTTB,/8/OUTYN $
Both XOT and GOT must be real.

Set OUTYN to +1. Else set it to -1.
Main Index
MDENZO 1109
Option MDOPT=9:
Takes 4 matrices that are involved in the reduction and produces the 2 output matrices that are needed
from subDMAP MDREDMB.
Format:
MDENZO XOO,GOT,XOT,XTTBAR,/XOOGOT,XTT,/9/OUTYN $
OUTYN set to +1 if successful (sufficient memory).

OUTYN set to -1 if not successful (then use rest of DMAP).
This computation optimized for collectors.
Option MDOPT=10:
Take a complex load and break it into real and imaginary parts and place those side by side as real
columns in PGRI.
Format:
MDENZO PG,,,,/PGRI,VEC1,VEC2/10 $
VEC1 is a partition vector identifying null columns of PGRI with 0.0.

VEC2 is a partition vector of the form 1 0 1 0 1 0 to idenify real and imaginary parts.
Option MDOPT=11:
Find the best GE in K4FF so that its removal will result in a sparser K4NEW = K4FF - GEBAR*KFF
Format:
MDENZO KFF,K4FF,,,/K4NEW,,/11/S,N,GEBAR///RP1/RP2 $
GEBAR is output as an integer so that .001*GEBAR is the actual GEBAR.

RP1, RP2 are parameters to control what gets kept/thrown out.
RP1 is the ratio of new to original K4 value.
RP2 is the absolute value of the new K4 term.
Option MDOPT= 12:

Same as MDOPT=1 except PF can made into a family of PO's the family is made even if PF does not fit
in memory.
Main Index
1110 MDENZO
Format:
MDENZO PF,MDMAP,,,/PFAM,,/12 $
Option MDOPT= 13 (or -13):

Take the lower triangle of KFF and mirror it so that the upper and lower triangles of KFFSYM are exact.
If -13, remove packed 0s.
Format:
MDENZO KFF,,,,,/KFFSYM,,/13 $
Option MDOPT= 14
Make sure DOFs of the same grid stay together when compressed in PRESOL add mbkxx1 to its
transpose and send into PRESOL.
Format:
MDENZO MBKXX,BGPDT,USET,VGFS,,/MBKXX1,,/14 $
Main Index
MDISUTIL 1111
Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master processors
MDISUTIL Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master

processors
Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master processors.
Format:
MDISUTIL DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,
DB10,DB11,DB12,DB13,DB14,DB15/
DBOUT1,DBOUT2,DBOUT3,DBOUT4,DBOUT5,DBOUT6,DBOU
T7,
DBOUT8,DBOUT9,DBOUT10,DBOUT11,DBOUT12,DBOUT13,
DBOUT14,DBOUT15/
SENDID/NUMDB/RECVCODE $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.
Output Data Block:
DBOUTi DBi received on the slave processor.
Parameters:
SENDID Input-integer-default=1. Sending processor identification number. Allowable values

are 1 to the number of processors.
NUMDB Input-integer-no default. Number of data blocks to broadcast.
RECVCODE Input-integer-default=1. Receiving processor identification code.
<0 Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single receiver.
Remarks:
MDISUTIL calls option 10 of the DISUTIL module.
Main Index
1112 MERGE
Matrix merge
MERGE Matrix merge
Forms a matrix from its partitions.
Format:
MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/SYM/TYPE/FORM $
Input Data Blocks:
Aij Matrix partitions. (Real or complex).

RP Row partitioning vector.
Output Data Block:
A Merged matrix from Aij.
Parameters:
SYM Input-integer-default=-1. SYM < 0, {CP} is used for {RP}.

SYM  0 , {CP} and {RP} are distinct.
TYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of [A]. If TYPE is 0, the type of the
output matrix will be the maximum type of [A11], [A21], [A12], and
[A22].
FORM Input-integer-default=0. Form of [A]. (See Remark 3.)
Remarks:
1. MERGE is the inverse of PARTN in the sense that if [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22] were produced
by PARTN using {RP}, {CP}, FORM, SYM and TYPE from [A], MERGE will produce [A]. The
operation of MERGE is dependent upon the partitioning vectors, {CP} and {RP}, and the
symmetry flag, SYM.
 A   A11 A12
A21 A22
Main Index
MERGE 1113
Matrix merge
Let  A  be an m by n matrix,  CP  be an nx1 vector containing q zero elements; and  RP  be a

mx1 vector containing p zero elements. Partition  A11  will consist of all elements A ij of  A  for
which CP j = RP i = 0.0 in the same order as they appear in  A  . Partition  A12  will consist of
all elements A ij of  A  for which CP j  0.0 and RPi = 0.0 in the same order as they appear in
 A  . Partition  A21  will consist of all elements A ij of  A  for which CP j = 0.0 and RPi  0.0
in the same order as they appear in  A  . The following describes the operations:
Let NC = number of nonzero terms in  CP  .

NR = number of nonzero terms in  RP  .
NROWA = number of rows in  A  .
NCOLA = number of columns in  A  .
Case 1: {CP} is purged and SYM  0 :
MERGE A11,A21,,,,RP/A/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix.

[A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix.
[A12] is not written.
A11   A 
A21
Case 2:  RP  is purged and SYM  0 :

MERGE A11,,A12,,CP,/A/1 $
[A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA - NC) matrix.

[A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix. A11 A12   A 
Main Index
1114 MERGE
Matrix merge
Case 3:  RP  is purged and SYM < 0:
MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,/A $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix.

[A21] is a NC by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix. A11 A12   A 
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix.
[A22] is a NC by NC matrix.
A21 A22
Case 4: Neither  CP  nor  RP  are purged and SYM  0 :

MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA -- NR) by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.

[A21] is a NR by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A22] is a NR by NC matrix.
A11 A12   A 
A21 A22
2. [A11], [A12], [A21], and [A22] must be unique matrices.

3. When FORM = 0, a compatible matrix [A] results as shown in the following table:
Form of [A22]
Square Rectangular Symmetric
Square Square Rectangular Rectangular
Form of [A11] Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular Rectangular
Symmetric Rectangular Rectangular Symmetric
4. Any or all of [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22] may be purged. When all are purged, this implies
[A] = 0.
5. Both  RP  and  CP  may not be purged.
Main Index
MERGE 1115
Matrix merge
Examples:
1. Let A11, A12, A21, A22, {CP} and {RP} be defined as follows:
 A11  = 2.0  A12  = 1.0 3.0 4.0

6.0 5.0 7.0 8.0
 A21  = 10.0  A22  = 9.0 11.0 12.0
 1.0 
 
 0.0 
 CP  =  
 1.0 
 1.0 
 
 0.0 
 
 RP  =  0.0 
 
 1.0 
Then, the DMAP instruction
MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $
will create the real matrix:
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

 A  = 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
2. If, in Example 1, the DMAP instruction was written as
MERGE A11,A12,,,CP,/A/1 $ RP,CP distinct
the input matrices would be
2.0 1.0 3.0 4.0

 A11  = 6.0  A12  = 5.0 7.0 8.0
10.0 9.0 11.0 12.0
Main Index
1116 MERGE
Matrix merge

MERGE A11,A21,,,,RP/A/1 $
the input matrices would be
 A11  = 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
 A21  = 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
4. If the DMAP instruction is written as

MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,,RP/A/-1 $
and the input matrices are:
 A11  = 1 2  A12  = 3
5 6 7
 A21  = 9 10  A22  = 11
then the resulting matrix would be
1 2 3
A = 5 6 7
9 10 11
Main Index
MERGEOFP 1117
Merges linear and nonlinear stress output
MERGEOFP Merges linear and nonlinear stress output
Merges OESL (linear element stresses from SDR2) with OESNL (nonlinear element stresses from
SDRNL).
Format:
MERGEOFP OES1,OESNL1/OES1X $
Input Data Blocks:
OES1 Table of element stresses in SORT1.

OESNL1 Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format.
Output Data Block:
OES1X Table of linear and nonlinear element stresses in the SORT1 and linear
element format.
Remark:
The linear and nonlinear element stress files are read concurrently. The output file is produced with the
same order of files as the input files, but where the same element name and identification number appears
on each input file, the linear element stress data block for the element will immediately precede the
nonlinear element stress data block on the output file.
Main Index
1118 MESSAGE
Prints messages
MESSAGE Prints messages
Prints messages to the standard MSC Nastran output file.
Format:
MESSAGE T1/T2/P1/P2/.../Pn $
Input Data Block:
T1 Table created by prior executions of MESSAGE and will be printed to

the f06 file.
Output Data Block:
T2 Table to which Pi will be written instead of the f06 file.
Parameter:
Pi Input-default is blank. Cannot exceed 80 characters in length.
Remarks:
1. Parameter inputs may be parameter names, actual values, or character strings.
2. Variable parameters must have been typed prior to this statement.
3. The number of parameters is limited only by the size of VPS.
4. The MESSAGE module normally prints to the .f06 standard MSC Nastran output file
(FORTRAN Unit 6). To have the print also appear in the Performance Summary Table
(FORTRAN Unit 4 or dayfile), DIAG 53 must be turned on by the DIAG Executive Control
Statement.
5. T1 and T2 may be purged.
6. T2 must be declared APPEND on the FILE statement if more than one MESSAGE execution is
used to write into this table.
Example:
1. Print a user information message:
MESSAGE //’USER DMAP MSG’/10/’ERROR IN ITER. NO.’/COUNT $
2. Create a table of two messages and then print:
FILE TEST=APPEND $
maxint = 776705406 $
Main Index
MESSAGE 1119
Prints messages
offset = 150704034 $
message /test/' maxint ='/maxint /' offset ='/offset $
lstart = maxint - offset $
incr = offset / 39 $
message /test/' starting column ='/lstart /' incr ='/incr $
message test/ $
The following will appear in the f06 file:
^^^ MAXINT = 776705406 OFFSET = 150704034
^^^ STARTING COLUMN = 626001372 INCR = 3864206
Main Index
1120 MGEN
Creates virtual fluid mass matrices
MGEN Creates virtual fluid mass matrices
Creates virtual fluid mass matrices.
Format:
MGEN CASECC,MATPOOL,EST,CSTM,BGPDT/
MCHI,MLAM,GEG,MAR,MCHI2,MLAM2/
LUSET/S,N,NOMGEN/UNUSED3/WTMASS/UNUSED5 $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
MCHI Matrix relating displacements to source strengths.

MLAM Matrix relating element forces to source strengths.
GEG Element displacement interpolation matrix.
MAR Table of virtual mass element areas.
MCHI2 Secondary matrix relating displacements to source strengths.
MLAM2 Secondary matrix relating element forces to source strengths.
Parameters:

g-set.
NOMGEN Output-integer-default=-1. Fluid mass existence flag. Set to the
MFLUID set identification number if MFLUID is specified in
CASECC.
UNUSED3 Input-real-default=0.0. Unused.
Main Index
MGEN 1121
Creates virtual fluid mass matrices
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass

matrix.
Main Index
1122 MKCNTRL
Assembles a description of aerodynamic controllers sets
MKCNTRL Assembles a description of aerodynamic controllers sets
Assembles a description of the set of aerodynamic controllers.
Format:
MKCNTRL EDT,CSTMA,AEBGPDT/
AECTRL,TRX,AECSTMHG/
SYMXZ/AUNITS $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT Element deformation table.

AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic degrees-of-
freedom.
Output Data Blocks:

TRX Boolean matrix to select accelerations from the list of aerodynamic
extra points.
AECSTMHG Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices that
only contains the hinge moment referenced coordinates systems if not
null.
Parameters:
SYMXZ Input-real-no default. x-z symmetry flag.

AUNITS Input-real-no default. Used to convert accelerations expressed in
gravity units to units of length per time squared.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
MKCSTMA 1123
Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic models.
MKCSTMA Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from

structural and aerodynamic models.
Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic models.
Format:
MKCSTMA CSTM1,CSTM2/CSTMM $
Input Data Block:
CSTMi Tables of coordinate system transformation matrices.
Output Data Block:
CSTMM Merged table of coordinate system transformation matrices.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1124 MKMNTIFP
Updates geometry, connectivity, and properties
MKMNTIFP Updates geometry, connectivity, and properties
Updates geometry, connectivity, and property tables to form frames to track monitor points.
Format:
MKMNTIFP BGPDT,CSTM,MONITOR,ECT,EPT,MPT/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X,EPTX,MPTX/
YOUNGM $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1X New GEOM1 table updated to track monitor points.

GEOM2X New GEOM2 table updated to track monitor points.
EPTX EPT updated to track monitor points.
MPTX MPT updated to track monitor points.
Parameters:
YOUNGM Input-real-default=0.0. Young's modulus.
Main Index
MKRBVEC 1125
Computes load summation about a given point
MKRBVEC Computes load summation about a given point
Builds a g-set X 6 matrix that sums forces and moments of a set of grids to a given reference point about
a given set of coordinate axes.
Format:
MKRBVEC BGPDT,CSTM,AEROCOMP/
RBF/
COORID/REF1/REF2/REF3/COMPNAME/CDOM/INDDOF $
Input Data Blocks:

AEROCOMP Table of component definitions. Required only if a COMPNM is
specified.
Output Data Blocks:
RBF Matrix (g-set by 6) representing the geometric rigid body mode of the
points in the BGPDT about the origin of motion.
Parameters:
COORID Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the coordinate system into

which VGR will be generated.
REF1 Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the first coordinate direction of
COORID about which moments will be computed.
REF2 Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the second coordinate direction of
REF3 Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the third coordinate direction of
COMPNAME Character. Name of a component defining the set of points participating in the
rigid body motion.
Main Index
1126 MKRBVEC
Computes load summation about a given point
CDOM Input-integer-default=0. Coordinate system ID of the origin of the motion.

(0=basic coordinate system).
INDDOF Integer-input-default=0. If INDDOF<>0 then CLASS=DISP path is taken using
RBE3D code with Ci=INDDOF.
Main Index
MKSPLINE 1127
Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero model
MKSPLINE Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to

aero model
Generates splines to interpolated results from the structural model to the aero model.
Format:
MKSPLINE EDT,CSTMA,AEGRID,AECOMP,ECT,AEBOX,ACOMP,SCOMP,BGPDT,
ABGPDT/SPLINE/AEROEXT $
Input Data Blocks:

aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the
iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.
AEGRID Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model.
AEBOX Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by APD as
BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
ACOMP Aerodynamic components defined on AECOMP entries.
SCOMP Structural components defined on AECOMP entries.
BGPDT Structural Grid Points.
ABGPDT Aerodynamic Grid Points.
Output Data Block:
SPLINE Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with
external grid identification numbers.
Parameters:
AEROEXT Input, Integer, default=1.

1 = no external aerodynamics
-1 = external aerodynamics
Main Index
1128 MKSPLINE
Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero model
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0.
DBVIEW AEGRID=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' AND WILDCARD) $
MKSPLINE EDT,CSTMA,AEGRID,AECOMP/SPLINE $
Main Index
MODACC 1129
OFREQ and OTIME command processor
MODACC OFREQ and OTIME command processor
Removes columns in solution and load matrices based on the OTIME and OFREQ Case Control
commands.
Format:
MODACC CASECC,OL,U,P1,P2,P3/
OL1,U1,P11,P21,P31/APP/S,N,MDCEQV $
Input Data Blocks:

OL Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time
output list or frequency response frequency output list.
U Solution matrix from normal modes, complex modes, transient
response, or frequency response.
Pi Any matrix with the same number of columns as there are eigenvalues,
frequencies, or time steps in OL.
Output Data Blocks:
OL1 OL truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.

U1 U truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.
Pi1 Pi truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.
Parameter:
APP Character-input-default='TRAN'. Analysis type.

'REIGEN' Normal modes.
MDCEQV Output-integer-default=-1. MODACC equivalence flag. If MDCEQV=-1 on
output then no output truncation occurred and a subsequent EQUIVX
statement may be used to equivalence the inputs to the outputs. Applicable
only when APP='REIG'.
Main Index
1130 MODACC
OFREQ and OTIME command processor
Remarks:
1. MODACC selects vectors based on OTIME or OFREQ commands in CASECC. If APP = 'CEIG',
the selection is based on the imaginary part of the complex eigenvalue. If APP = 'REIG', the
selection is based on the frequency f =   2 .
2. Here are typical data block names and the appropriate value of APP:
LAMA APP = 'REIG'

CLAMA APP = 'CEIG'
FOL APP = 'FREQ'
TOL APP = 'TRAN'
3. If APP='CEIGEN', then P11 must not be purged.

4. Under APP='REIG', if there is no OMODES or OFREQ Case Control request and the number of
subcase equals the number of modes (columns in U) or the MODES Case Control command
generates a number of subcases equal to the number of modes then OL1 and U1 will not be created
and MODACC must be followed subsequent EQUIVX statement;
MODACC CASEM,LAMA,PHA,,,/
LAMA2,PHA1,,,/APP/S,N,MDCEQV $
EQUIVX LAMA/LAMA2/MDCEQV $
EQUIVX PHA/PHA1/MDCEQV $
Main Index
MODCASE 1131
Processes POST command for f06 redirection
MODCASE Processes POST command for f06 redirection
Process Case Control records for output data recovery and redirect output to user-specified Fortran files
instead of the f06.
Format for POSTCFLG=1:
MODCASE CASECC,/POSTCC/1//S,N,NUNIQF06 $
Format for POSTCFLG=2:
MODCASE CASECC,POSTCC0/CASECCP/
2/F6CNTR//S,N,F6UNIT/S,N,F6SUFFIX $
Input Data Blocks:

POSTCC0 POSTCC computed from previous execution of MODCASE
(POSTCFLG=1).
Output Data Blocks:
POSTCC Table containing POST command selections CASECCP CASECC

subsetted for current selection of Fortran unit.
Parameters:
POSTCFLG Input-integer-default=0. POSTCC processing flag.

1 Generate POSTCC.
2 POSTCC is specifed as an input.
NUNIQF6 Output-integer-default=0., Number of unique Fortran units requested on POST
command.
F6CNTR Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit loop counter.
F6UNIT Output-integer-default=0. Current Fortran unit number.
F6SUFFIX Output-character-default=' '. Suffix name assigned to Fortran unit physical names.
Main Index
1132 MODENRGY
Computes modal energies
MODENRG Computes modal energies

Y
Computes modal strain and kinetic energies in frequency and transient response analysis.
Format:
MODENRGY CASECC,OL,UH,KHH,MHH,MODSELT/
TSNRGY,TKNRGY,MODSELT1,OL1,MSNRGY,MKNRGY/
APP/FMODE/UNUSED $
Input Data Blocks:

UH Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-offreedom). Modal
OL Complex eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list
or frequency response frequency output list. Must be consistent with
APP.
MODESELECT Case Control command and user parameters
LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ.
Output Data Blocks:
TSNRGY Table of modal strain energy.

TKNRGY Table of modal kinetic energy.
MODSELT1 Subset of MODSELT as selected by the MODALSE and MODALKE
Case Control commands.
OL1 Subset of OL selected by the the MODALSE and MODALKE Case
Control commands.
MSNRGY Matrix of modal strain energy.
MKNRGY Matrix of modal kinetic energy.
Main Index
MODENRGY 1133
Computes modal energies
Parameters:

'TRANRESP' Frequency response.
FMODEv Input-integer-default=1. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user
UNUSED Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.
Main Index
1134 MODEPF
Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors
MODEPF Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors
Computes mode participation factors for fluid-structure models in frequency response analysis.
Format:
MODEPF BGPDT,USET,CASECC,EDT,ABESF*,
PHASH2,UHFS,PHDFH,MFHH,BFHH,
KFHH,FOL,ABEH*,PHDFH1,PHDFH2,
UHFF,AH,PFHF,UNUSED,PNLLST,
VGA/
GPMPF,FMPF,SMPF,PMPF,LMPF,
MPFMAP/
NOFREQ/NOLOADF/GRIDFMP/NUMPAN/PNQALNAM/
SYMFLG/MPNFLG/FLUIDMP/STRUCTMP/PANELMP/
GRIDMP/NOSASET/FILTERF/FILTERS $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images containing SET1 entries.
ABESF* Family of a-set size panel area matrices.
PHASH2 Structural partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH. Also
partitioned column-wise according to parameter STRUCTMP.
UHFS Structural partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also
PHDFH Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH.
MFHH Fluid partition of modal mass matrix MHH.
BFHH Fluid partition of modal damping matrix BHH.
KFHH Fluid partition of modal stiffness matrix KHH.
FOL Table of forcing frequencies.
ABEH* Family of signed modally reduced area matrices
PHDFH1 Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH reduced to
a-set size.
PHDFH2 PHDFH1 partitioned by parameter FLUIDMP.
UHFF Fluid partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also partitioned
column-wise according to parameter FLUIDMP.
Main Index
MODEPF 1135
AH Signed global modally reduced area matrix.

PFHF Fluid partition of frequency response modally reduced load matrix.
UNUSED Unused.
PNLLST Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL
qualifier values.
VGA G-set size partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows
corresponding to the a-set.
Output Data Blocks:
GPMPF Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors.

FMPF Matrix of fluid mode participation factors.
SMPF Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation factor.s
PMPF Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode participation
factors.
LMPF Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors.
MPFMAP Table describing content of mode participation factor matrices.
Parameters:
NOFREQ Input-integer-no default. Number of excitation frequencies.

NOLOADF Input-integer-no default. Number of load cases per frequency.
GRIDFMP Input-integer-no default. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids
that will be output:
Print matrices; if -999, print matrices for -1 (set = all).
<
0
- All fluid grid a-set.
1
0 No fluid grid a-set.
> Case Control set that contains grid list to be output.
0
NUMPAN Input-integer-no default. Number of panels.
PNQALNAM Input-character-default=' '. Name of qualifier for panels.
SYMFLG Input-complex-default=(1.,0.). Scale factor.
Main Index
1136 MODEPF
MPNFLG Input-integer-no default. Panel existence flag.

FLUIDMP Input-integer-default=-1. Number of fluid modes to use in computing factors. If
FLUIDMP>0 then compute factors for the first FLUIDMP modes.
STRUCTMP Input-integer-default=-1. Number of structure modes to use computing factors.
PANELMP Input-integer-default=-1. Flag to compute panel participation factors. See
Remark 2.
GRIDMP Input-integer-default=-1. Case Control set identification number for a set of
fluid grids.
NOSASET Input-integer-default=-1. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set of the
structure.
FILTERF Input-real-default=0.95. Filter for fluid factor matrices.
FILTERS Input-real-default=0.95. Filter for structure factor matrices.
Remarks:
1. VGA may be purged if no diagnostic printouts are desired.
2. If STRUCTMP>0 then these are the output options:
• Compute structural mode participation factors.
• If MPNFLG>0 and PANELMP>-1 then compute panel mode participation factors, PMPF.
• Compute load mode participation factors, LMPF.
• If MPNFLG>0 and GRIDMP>-1 then compute fluid grid mode participation factors, GMPF.
Main Index
MODEPOUT 1137
Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice
MODEPOUT Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice
Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrices. Also create table data blocks suitable for XY
plots and power spectral density calculations.
Format:
MODEPOUT LAMAF,LAMAS,CASECC,FMPF,SMPF,
PMPF,LMPF,GMPF,MPFMAP,
MODSELTS,MODSELTF/
OFMPF2E,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2E,OSMPF2M,OPMPF2E,
OPMPF2M,OLMPF2E,OLMPF2M,OGMPF2E,OGMPF2M,
UNUSED1,UNUSED2,UNUSED3,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/
OUTFMP/OUTSMP/FMPFEPS/SMPFEPS/MPFSORT/
NOMPF2E/FMODE/FMODEF $
Input Data Blocks:
LAMAF Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the
model.
LAMAS Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of
the model.
FMPF Matrix of fluid mode participation factors.
SMPF Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation factors.
PMPF Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode participation
factors
LMPF Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors.
GPMPF Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors.
MODSELTS Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of the
parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ.
MODSELTF Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of the
MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control command and user parameters
LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL.
Main Index
1138 MODEPOUT
Output Data Blocks:
OFMPF2E Table of fluid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

OFMPF2M Table of fluid mode participation factors by normal mode.
OSMPF2E Table of structure mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OSMPF2M Table of structure mode participation factors by normal mode.
OPMPF2E Table of panel mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OPMPF2M Table of panel mode participation factors by normal mode.
OLMPF2E Table of load mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OLMPF2M Table of load mode participation factors by normal mode.
OGMPF2E Table of grid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OGMPF2M Table of grid mode participation factors by normal mode.
UNUSEDi Unused.
Parameters:
OUTFMP Input-integer-default=0. Number of fluid modes to output.

OUTSMP Input-integer-default=0. Number of structure modes to output.
FMPFEPS Input-real-default=0.0. Threshold for filtering out small fluid factor magnitudes.
SMPFEPS Input-real-default=0.0. Threshold for filtering out small structure factor magnitudes.
MPFSORT Input-integer-default=11. Sort flag.
10 Sort on absolute value (magnitude).
20 Sort on real portion.
30 Sort on complex portion.
40 Sort on phase angle (must convert).
1 Descending sort.
2 Ascending sort.
NOMPF2E Input-integer-default=-1.
0 Generate.
-1 Do not generate.
FMODE Input-integer-no default. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user
FMODEF Input-integer-no default. The lowest fluid mode number resulting from user
parameter input of LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL and also
MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control input.
Main Index
MODEPOUT 1139
Remarks:
1. The O*MPF2E data blocks are suitable for input to the XYTRAN module.
2. The O*MPF2M data blocks are suitable for input to the RANDOM module.
Main Index
1140 MODEPT
Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records
MODEPT Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records
Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records based upon data on TABLEDi Bulk Data entry
records.
Format:
MODEPT EPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOMEPT $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties; in

particular, PACABS and PACABR entries.
Output Data Blocks:
EPTX Copy of EPT except PACABS and PACABR entries are updated with
TABLEij references.
Parameter:
NOGOMEPT Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected in

the Bulk Data entries.
Remarks:
1. MODEPT does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOMEPT
should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module.
2. MODEPT must appear after the IFP.
Example:
See the example in the IFP module description.
Main Index
MODGDN 1141
Updates geometry table for existence of p-elements and superelements
MODGDN Updates geometry table for existence of p-elements and

superelements
Updates the geometry table for the existence of p-elements and superelements.
Format:
MODGDNv GEOM1,SEMAP,MFACE,MEDGE,MBODY/
GEOM1P/
S,N,NOSEMAP $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Block:
GEOM1P Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry updated for
p-elements and superelements.
Parameter:
NOEMAP Output-integer-default=0. Superelement map table flag. Set to -1 if

SEMAP does not exist.
Main Index
1142 MODGM2
Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data
MODGM2 Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data
Creates internal records in the element connectivity table based on the presence of PLPLANE and
PLSOLID Bulk Data entry records. Internal records are also created from fluid elements defined on the
PSOLID Bulk Data entry.
Format:
MODGM2 EPT,GEOM2,GEOM1,GEOM4,BGPDT,CSTM,MPT/
GEOM2X,GEOM1X,GEOM2DCW,EPTX,MPTX/
S,N,ACFLAG/OSWPPT/OSWELM/S,N,NSWPPT/
S,N,NSWELM/S,N,SWEXIST/S,N,NOGOMGM2/
S,N,RGDEXIST/RIGID/ORIGID/S,N,NLRIGID/
LMFACT/PENFN/NONLNR/CWRANDEL/CWDIAGP/
CFRANDEL/CFDIAGP/S,N,NOEPT/S,N,NOMPT/SOFFSET/
CSRANDEL/CSDIAGP $
Input Data Blocks:
EPT Table containing element properties Bulk Data entry records.

GEOM2 Table containing element connectivity Bulk Data entry records.
GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-
freedom membership and rigid element connectivity.
Output Data Block:
GEOM2X GEOM2 table related to axisymetric conical shell, hydroelastic,

acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis.
GEOM1X GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic,
acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis.
GEOM2DCW GEOM2 table containing the deleted CWELD elements.
EPTX Copy of EPT updated for converted CSHEAR elements.
MPTX Copy of MPT updated for converted CSHEAR elements.
Main Index
MODGM2 1143
Parameter:
ACFLAG Integer-output-default=0. ACFLAG>0 indicates fluid elements:

0 No fluid elements.
1 Fluid elements.
2 Fluid/structure coupling.
OSWPPT Input-integer-default=0. Offset for spot weld projection point identification
numbers.
OSWELM Input-integer-default=0. Offset for spot weld element identification
numbers.
NSWPPT Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld projection point identification
number.
NSWELM Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld element identification number.
SWEXIST Output-logical-no default. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to TRUE
if spot weld elements exist.
NOGOMGM2 Output-logical-no default. MODGM2 module error return flag. Set to
TRUE if an error is found.
RGDEXIST Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there are rigid
elements that need further processing in MODGM4.
RIGID Input-character-default=’ ‘. Sub-method type for the combined Lagrange
and elimination method, ‘LAGR’, ‘LGEL’, or ‘LNEI’. Usually input by
user parameter.
ORIGID Input-integer-default=0. Offset for rigid element Lagrange multiplier
identification numbers. Usually input by user parameter.
NLRIGID Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear rigid element flag. Overrides system
cell 377.
<0 No nonlinear rigid element exists and use linear elimination.
=0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the Lagrange multiplier method is
used to obtain the solution.
>0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the eliminaton method is used to
obtain the solution.
LMFACT Input-real-default=0.0. Lagrange multiplier scale factor Usually input by
user parameter and overrides system cell 374.
PENFN Input-real-default=0.0. Lagrange multiplier penalty function. Usually input
by user parameter and overrides system cell 375.
NONLNR Input-logical-default=FALSE. Nonlinear solution sequence flag. Set to
TRUE if nonlinear solution sequence is being executed.
Main Index
1144 MODGM2
CWRANDEL Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CWELD elements are

removed from the model. Usually input by user parameter.
CWDIAGP Input-character-default=’ ‘. Flag, if ‘YES’, to write diagonistics of CWELD
element deletion. Usually input by user parameter.
CFRANDEL Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CFAST elements are
CFDIAGP Input-character-default=' '. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of CFAST
element deletion. Usually input by user parameter.
NOEPT Output-integer-default=-1. EPTX generation flag.
0 Generated
-1 Not generated
NOMPT Output-integer-default=-1. MPTX generation flag.
0 Generated
-1 Not generated
SOFFSET Input-real-default=100. Stiffness ratio for equivalent CBEAM generated
for the offsets.
CSRANDEL Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CWSEAM elements are
CSDIAGP Input-character-default=' '. Flag, if YES, to write diagnostics of CWSEAM
element deletion. Usually input by user parameter
Remarks:
1. MODGM2 must appear after the IFP.
2. The following GEOM2 Bulk Data entry records are replaced by the internal records in GEOM2X:
GEOM2X Record
GEOM2
Record Fluid Hyperelastic
CQUAD4 n/a QUAD4FD
CQUAD8 n/a QUAD8FD
CTRIA3 n/a TRIA3FD
CTRIA6 n/a TRIA3FD
CQUAD n/a QUADFD
CTRIAX n/a TRIAXFD
CQUADX n/a QUADXFD
CHEXA HEXPR HEXAFD
Main Index
MODGM2 1145
GEOM2X Record
GEOM2
Record Fluid Hyperelastic
CPENTA PENPR PENTAFD
CTETRA TETPR TETRAFD
Example:
See the example in the IFP module description.
Main Index
1146 MODGM4
Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records
MODGM4 Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and
SPCD records
Reads the SPCs and SPCDs that were defined by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk Data
entries and generates the unique SPC and SPCD records.
Format:
MODGM4 CASECC,GEOM2M,GEOM4M,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,BGPDTM,
EPT/
GEOM4P/
GNSTART/S,N,MODGM4/ALTSHAPE/S,N,NSWELM/SWEXIST
/
RGDEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:

GEOM2M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points and updated for the current p-level.
GEOM4M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-
freedom membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for
the current p-level.
BGPDTM Basic grid point definition table and updated for the current p-level.
EPT Table containing element properties Bulk Data entry records.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM4P Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, updated for the
constraints applied by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk
Data entries.
Parameters:
GNSTART Input-integer-default=0. First grid identification number in GEOM1M.

MODGM4 Output-logical-default=FALSE. GEOM4P update flag. Set to TRUE if
GEOM4M is updated.
Main Index
MODGM4 1147
Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records
ALTSHAPE Input-integer-no default. Specifies set of displacement functions in

p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1
selects the Full Product Space set.
NSWELM Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld element identification
number.
SWEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to
TRUE if spot weld elements exist.
RGDEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there re rigid
elements that need further processing in MODGM4.
Main Index
1148 MODQSET
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions
MODQSET Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set

definitions
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 records with q-set degrees-of-freedom definition to account
for the component modes computed for all superelements.
Format:
MODQSET GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4/
GEOM1W,GEOM2W,GEOM4W/
NOQSETT/QSETREC/QSETID $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1W GEOM1 augmented with dummy GRID entries to represent the fluid
superelement modes.
GEOM2W GEOM2 augmented with SPOINT entries to represent all of the non-
fluid superelement component modes.
GEOM4W GEOM4 augmented with dummy SEQSET1 entries to represent the
fluid superelement modes and QSET1 for all other non-fluid
superelement component modes.
Parameters:
NOQSETT Input-integer-default=0. Total number of component modes computed for all

superelements including the residual structure.
NOQSETF Input-integer-default=0. Number of component modes in the fluid superelement.
QSETREC Input-integer-default=0. Records to use in defining the q-set degrees-of-freedom:
>=0: No records are written
=-1: SENQSET record to GEOM1W
Main Index
MODQSET 1149
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions
=-2: SPOINT record to GEOM2W and QSET1 record to GEOM4W

QSETID Input-integer-default=0. Starting q-set identification number for QSETREC=-2.
Main Index
1150 MODTRK
Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle
MODTRK Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent

with previous design cycle
Compares the mode set of the current design cycle with those of the previous design cycle, identifies or
tracks these modes, and reorders the eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with the previous
design cycle.
Format:
MODTRK CASECC,EDOM,R1TABR,LAMA,MGG,MAA,PHG,PHA,PHGREF
,
PHAREF/MTRAK,LAMA1,PHG1,PHA1,PHGREF1,PHAREF1/
DESCYCLE/S,N,NOTRACK $
Input Data Blocks:

optimization.
R1TABR Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry)
attributes.
MAA Mass matrix in a-set.
PHGREF Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set from the prior
design cycle output of MODTRK.
PHAREF Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set from the prior
design cycle output of MODTRK.
Output Data Blocks:
MTRAK Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to

the new mode numbering.
LAMA1 Normal modes eigenvalue summary table updated for mode tracking.
PHG1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for mode
tracking.
Main Index
MODTRK 1151
Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle
PHA1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for mode
tracking.
PHGREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for
mode tracking.
PHAREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for
mode tracking.
Parameters:
DESCYCLE Input-integer-no default. Design cycle analysis counter.

NOTRACK Output-logical-default=FALSE. Mode tracking success flag. Set to
TRUE if mode tracking was successful.
Remarks:
MODTRK prints a report on mode switching activity for the current design cycle and punches out
updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entries that correspond to the new mode positions.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP FEA:
DESITERP=DESITER-1 $
DBVIEW PHAREF0=PHAREF WHERE (DESITER=DESITERP) $
DBVIEW PHGREF0=PHGREF WHERE (DESITER=DESITERP) $
MODTRK CASEM,EDOM,LAMAS,MGG,MAA,PHG,PHSA,PHGREF0,PHAREF0/
MTRAKS,NEWLAMA,NEWPHG,NEWPHA,PHGREF,PHAREF/
DESCYCLE/S,N,NOTRACK $
Main Index
1152 MODTRL
Modify trailer
MODTRL Modify trailer
Modify data block trailer data.
Format:
MODTRL DB//P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Block:
DB Data block with trailer that is to be modified.
Parameters:
Pi Input-integer-default=-1. New value for i-th trailer word. See Remark

4.
Remarks:
1. Negative parameters are ignored. Nonnegative parameters cause the corresponding word of the
data block trailer to be replaced by the value of the parameter.
2. MODTRL should be scheduled immediately after the functional module that generates the data
block. For example:
ADD I1,I2/O1 $
MODTRL O1////6 $
EQUIVX Ol/O2/ALWAYS $
3. If MODTRL is used to increase the number of columns in a matrix, then the resulting matrix is
unusable in most modules, including MATPRN and ADD.
4. The correspondence between the parameters and the content of a matrix trailer is as follows:
Parameter Matrix Trailer

P1 Number of columns
P2 Number of rows
P3 Form
P5 Number of nonzero words
For matrices, P4 and P6 must be -1 or unspecified. See Examples 2 and 3.

5. For table trailer contents, see Data Blocks (Ch. 2).
Main Index
MODTRL 1153
Modify trailer
Examples:
1. To make KAA symmetric (form=6) (MPYAD will label it square (form=1)):
MPYAD GO,KOA,KAAB/KAA/1 $
MODTRL KAA////6/ $
2. In order to change the precision of a matrix, use ADD5. If the new precision does not match the
machine precision specify PUTSYS (newprecision,55) before ADD5. For example, on a double-
word machine:
• Single to double
$'' 6,1*/( '28%/(
• Double to single
3876<6
$'' '28%/( 6,1*/(
3876<6
3. In order to change the type (complex or real) of a matrix, use ADD to convert real to complex and
MATMOD(34) for complex to real. For example,
• Real to complex
$'' 5($/ &03/;
• Complex to real
0$702' &03/; 5($/
Main Index
1154 MODUG
Modifies UG vector to incorporate displacements of piercing points for connector elements
MODUG Modifies UG vector to incorporate displacements of piercing points

for connector elements
Computes displacements of piercing points for connector elements and incorporates them into the
modified UG vector.
Format:
MODUG UG,BGPDT,EST,CSTM,GPECT,USET,CASECC/
OUG/S,N,MDUG $
Input Data Block:
UG Displacement vector.
CSTM Coordinate system transformation table.
USET Set definition table.
CASECC Case control command table.
Output Data Block:
OUG Modified displacement vector.
Parameters:
MDUG Output, Logical, default=FALSE. Modification flag. Set to TRUE if

UG is updated.
Main Index
MODUSET 1155
Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET)
MODUSET Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table

(USET)
Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET).
Format:
MODUSET EDITVEC,USET/
USETM/
USETOP/MAJOR/SET0/SET1/USETADD/UNUSED6/UNUSED7
$
Input Data Blocks:
EDITVEC Vector with zeros in rows to be removed under USETOP='FILTER' or

USETOP=’NEWMSET’ or USETOP=’REPLACE’. See Remark 1.
Output Data Block:
USETM Modified degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.
Main Index
1156 MODUSET
Parameters:
USETOP Input-character-default='UNION'. Name of desired operation.
USETOP Operation
UNION Combine SET0 and SET1 into MAJOR.
COMP0 Form SET0 from compelement of MAJOR and SET1.
COMP1 Form SET1 from compelement of MAJOR and SET0.
DELETE Remove degrees-of-freedom from MAJOR.
TURNON Add degrees-of-freedom from MAJOR.
COPY Copy degrees-of-freedom from SET0 to MAJOR.
EXPAND Extend uset length by USETADD.
MOVE Move SET0 degrees-of-freedom to MAJOR.
FILTER Remove degrees-of-freedom from USET that correspond to zero rows
in EDITVEC.
NEWMSET Rewrite the m-set according to partition vector EDITVEC. USETADD
is the new m-set size.
REPLACE Replace degrees-of-freedom set of MAJOR by SET0 corresponding to
1.0 rows in EDITVEC.
MAJOR Input-character-default='U3'. Name of the major set. The major set

must be larger then the subsets defined by SET0 and SET1.
SET0 Input-character-default='U2'. Name of the "zeros" subset of MAJOR.
SET1 Input-character-default='U1'. Name of the "ones" subset of MAJOR.
USETADD Input-integer-default=1. USET length extension. If
USETOP='EXPAND' or USETOP=’NEWMSET’ then extend the size
of the USET by this amount.
Remark:
1. EDITVEC may be purged if USETOP  FILTER and USETOP  NEWMSET and
USETOP  REPLACE .
Main Index
MODUSET 1157
Examples:
1. Scalar degrees-of-freedom 1 through 5 will be defined in the u1-set and u3-set and scalar degrees-
of-freedom 6 through 10 in the u2-set and u3-set.
SOL ...
COMPILE ...
ALTER ...
MODUSET ,,USET/USET1 $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
SPOINT,1,THRU,10
USET1,U1,0,1,THRU,5
USET1,U3,0,6,THRU,10
2. The u1-set will be empty. The u2-set will contain the a-set and the u3-set will contain the f-set.
MODUSET ,,USET/VSET/'COMP0'/'F' /'U1'/'A' $
MODUSET ,,VSET/WSET/'COMP1'/'F' / /'U2' $
MODUSET ,,WSET/XSET/'UNION'/'U3'/'U1'/'U2' $
3. The following alter puts all degrees-of-freedom automatically constrained by GPSP into the sg-
set.
COMPILE SEKR0
ALTER 'GPSP'(,-1) $ BEFORE GPSP
$ MOVE DOF IN SET SB INTO SET U3
MODUSET, ,USET0/VSET/'MOVE'/'U3'/'SB'/ $
EQUIVX VSET/USET0/ALWAYS $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY - CHECK BELOW'/ $
TABPRT USET0,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
ALTER 'GPSP' $ AFTER GPSP
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY AUTOSPC DOF - CHECK BELOW'/
$
TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
$ MOVE CURRENT SB (ALL FROM AUTOSPC) INTO SG
MODUSET, ,USET/VSET1/'MOVE'/'SG'/'SB'/ $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY,SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/
$
TABPRT VSET1,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
$ NOW MOVE SET U3 BACK INTO SB
MODUSET, ,VSET1/VSET2/'MOVE'/'SB'/'U3'/ $
EQUIVX VSET2/USET/ALWAYS $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY SPC DOF'/
' SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/ $
TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 $
Main Index
1158 MONVEC
Forms monitor point rigid body vectors
MONVEC Forms monitor point rigid body vectors
Forms rigid body vectors for monitor points.
Format:
MONVEC  AEROCOMP  ,
 AEMONPT  ,
    AEBGPDT , CSTMA /
 MONITOR   STRUCOMP 
SRKS $
Input Data Blocks:
AEMONPT Table of aerodynamic monitor points.

MONITOR Table of structural monitor points.
AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic degrees-of-
freedom.
Output Data Blocks:
SRKS Matrix of monitor point rigid body vectors.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
MONVEC3 1159
Process type 3 monitor points
MONVEC3 Process type 3 monitor points
Process type 3 monitor points.
Format:
MONVEC3 MP3LAB,STRUCOMP,BGPDT,CSTM,KDICT/
KDICT3*,MN3VEC* $
Input Data Blocks:
MP3LAB Table of monitor point type 3 labels.

Output Data Blocks:
KDICT3* Family of KDICT tables; one for each MONPNT3 entry.

MN3VEC* Family OF monitor point vectors; one for each MONPNT3 entry.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1160 MPP
Prints monitor point results
MPP Prints monitor point results
Prints monitor point results for either trim subcase or for any one UXDAT instance or for any one
UXDAT instance by interpolation of the UXV.
Format:
 MONITOR   MPSR   MPSER 

MPP AECTRL,UXDAT,   ,   ,   ,MPE
U,  AEMONPT   MPAR   MPAER 
MPSIR,MPSRP,MP2S,MPSERP,UXV,INDX//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/MESH $
Input Data Blocks:

UXDAT Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers,
displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments.
MONITOR Monitor point table
AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table
MPSR Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim
(excluding inertial loads and static applied loads).
MPSER Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding
inertial loads and static applied loads).
MPEU Elastic unrestrained loads on monitor points either at trim or across
ADB/AEDB.
MP2S Table of MONPNT2 responses at trim
MPSERP Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static
applied loads.
UXV Control state matrix for ADB or AEDB.
ADBINDX Index of ADB or AEDB.
Main Index
MPP 1161
Prints monitor point results
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:

MESH Input-character-no default. Mesh type.
Examples:
1. Print structural monitor point loads at trim.
MPP AECTRL,UXDAT,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,,MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP,,//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'STRUCT' $
2. Print aerodynamic monitor point loads at trim.
MPP AECTRL,UXDAT,AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,,,,,,//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'AERO' $
Main Index
1162 MPPTRAN
Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity
MPPTRAN Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity
Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity.
Format:
MPPTRAN CASECC,MPDB,OL,MAT1,MAT2,MAT3,MAT4//MATTYPE/MO
NTYPE $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control specifications

MPDB Table of monitor point information
OL Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency
output list.
MATi Input matrices. See MATTYPE.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
MATTYPE Input-character-default=’ ’. Input matrix type flag.

Value Input Matrix Description
’MONDSP1’ X1=Displacement matrix
X2 thru X4 are ignored and may be purged.

’MONPNT1’ X1=Inertia loads matrix
X2=External Loads matrix
X3=Flexible Increments matrix
X4=Rigid Gust loads matrix
MONTYPE Input-character-default=’ ’. Monitor point type.
’STRUCTUR ’ Structural monitor points
’AERODYNA’ Aerodynamic monitor points
Main Index
MPPTRAN 1163
Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1164 MPYAD
Matrix multiply and add
MPYAD Matrix multiply and add
Perform the multiplication of two matrices and optionally, the addition of a third matrix to the product.
T
 X  =  A   B   C 
Format:
MPYAD A,B,C/X/
T/SIGNAB/SIGNC/PREC/FORM/DODMP/DMPYIN/DMPYOUT
$
Input Data Blocks:
A Left-hand matrix in the matrix product.

B Right-hand matrix in the matrix product.
C Matrix to be added to the product.
Output Data Block:
X Matrix product.
Parameters:
T Integer-input-default = 0. Transpose flag.

T
T = 1, perform  A   B 
T = 0, perform  A   B 
T = 2, perform  A   B  where  A  is the complex conjugate of A.
Only meaningful when A is complex.
T
T = 3, perform  A   B  where  A  is the complex conjugate of A.
Only meaningful when A is complex.
SIGNAB Integer-input-default = 1. Sign of product flag.
SIGNAB = +1, perform  A   B 
SIGNAB = -1, perform –  A   B 
Main Index
MPYAD 1165
SIGNC Integer-input-default = 1. Sign of  C  flag.
SIGNC = +1, add  C 
SIGNC = -1, subtract  C 

PREC Integer-input-default = 0. Precision.
PREC = 1, element of  X  will be output in single precision.
PREC = 2, elements of  X  will be output in double precision.
PREC = 0, elements of  X  will be output in the precision of the

computer.
FORM Integer-input-default = 0. Form of  X  .
FORM = 0, form of  X  will be 1 (square) or 2 (rectangular).

DODMP Input-integer-default=0. Distributed memory parallel flag.
0: compute in serial (default)
1: compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
2: compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
DMPYIN Input-logical-default=TRUE. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to input
matrices from master processor to slave processor(s).
DMPYOUT Input-logical-default=TRUE. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to X
matrix from slave processor(s) to master processor.
Remarks:
1. If no matrix is to be added,  C  must be purged.  A  may be Form 3.
2.  A  and  B  may be the same data block, but both must be different from  C  .
3. If  A  or  B  ] is purged, and  C  is purged, then [X] is purged.  A  may not be Form 3.
4. If  A  and/or  B  is purged, but  C  exists, the purged matrices are equivalent to null matrices,
and [X] will be output.
5.  X  may not be purged.
6. If the precision of the computer is double precision and B is single precision, and Methods 1, 2,
3 are deselected, then PREC must be set equal to 1.
Main Index
1166 MPYAD
7. The MPYAD keyword (or SYSTEM(66)) and the SPARSE keyword (or SYSTEM(126)) on the
NASTRAN statement is used for MPYAD method deselection. (The SPARSE keyword is
described in Remark 11.) The Deselection Values in the table below are used to deselect or disable
a single method or several methods. If MPYAD=0 and SPARSE=1, which are the defaults, then
the method that results in the lowest CPU and I/O time will be selected. If all transpose methods
are deselected, then T must be equal to zero (default). If all nontranspose methods are deselected,
then T must be equal to 1.
Storage MPYAD Keyword

Method Technique Deselection Value
1 Nontranspose 1 1
1 Transpose 1 2
2 Nontranspose --- 4
2 Transpose --- 8
3 Transpose --- 32
4 Transpose --- 128
1 Nontranspose A 256
1 Nontranspose B 512
1 Nontranspose C 1024
1 Nontranspose D 2048
1 Nontranspose E 4096
1 Nontranspose F 8192
1 Transpose A 16384
1 Transpose B 32768
1 Transpose C 65536
1 Transpose D 131072
• For methods 2, 3, and 4, a combination of methods is selected by subtracting the sum of their
Deselection Values from 255. For example, NASTRAN MPYAD = 243 (which is obtained from
255-(4+8)) selects only Methods 2 Transpose and Nontranspose.
Main Index
MPYAD 1167
• For Method 1 Submethods (storage techniques), a combination of methods is selected

accordingly. First sum their Deselection Values and then add 1, if Nontranspose, and/or 2, if
Transpose. This total is then subtracted from 262143. See examples below.
Example 1: If only Method l Nontranspose with storage techniques D, E, and F are

desired, then NASTRAN MPYAD=247806 (which is obtained from
262143-(2048 + 4096 + 8192 + 1)).
Example 2: If Method 2 is also desired in Example 1, then NASTRAN
MPYAD=247794 (which is obtained from 262143-(2048 + 4096 + 8192 +
8 + 4 + 1)).
8. As an alternative to the deselection procedure described above, the MPYAD keyword value may
be set to select a single method while deselecting all other methods and submethods. To select a
single method, add 1048576 to the selection value of the desired method shown in the table below.
For example, if Method 1 Nontranspose Storage Submethod C is desired, then MPYAD =
1048586; computed from 1048576 + 10.
Storage Selection
Method Submethod Value
1 Nontranspose 1 0
1 Transpose 1 1
2 Transpose --- 3
3 Transpose --- 5
4 Transpose --- 7
1 Nontranspose A 8
1 Nontranspose B 9
1 Nontranspose C 10
1 Nontranspose D 11
1 Nontranspose E 12
1 Nontranspose F 13
1 Transpose A 14
1 Transpose B 15
1 Transpose C 16
1 Transpose D 17
Main Index
1168 MPYAD
If a Storage Submethod under Method 1 is selected in this manner, then a printout of timing
estimates for the other submethods may be requested by adding 3145728 to the selection value
above. Using the previous example, MPYAD = 3145738, computed from 3145728 + 10.
9. Sparse methods are deselected or selected by the SPARSE keyword (or SYSTEM(126)) on the
NASTRAN statement. The default SPARSE = 1 causes the automatic selection of sparse methods
if their CPU and I/O estimates are lower than those estimated for the methods in Remark 7. If the
sparse method is not desired, then specify SPARSE = 0 or 6.
• In order to select or force one or both methods below, then add l to its value(s) below.
Sparse Method SPARSE Keyword Value

Nontranspose 2
Transpose 4
Example 1: To force the sparse nontranspose method, then specify SPARSE =

3, computed from 1 + 2.
Example 2: To force the sparse methods, then specify SPARSE = 7, computed
from 1 + 2 + 4.
Note that if SPARSE = 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7, then all methods in Remark 2 are turned off or deselected,
and the MPYAD keyword must be equal to zero.
• The SPARSE keyword is also used for sparse method selection within all modules which
perform matrix decomposition and forward-backward substitution; e.g., DCMP, DECOMP, FBS,
and SOLVE.
10. The diagonal matrix format (FORM = 3) for input matrices is not supported for the transpose
option (T = 1), and will cause an “ILLEGAL INPUT” fatal message. [A] can be transposed with
the TRNSP module.
11. Parallel processing in this module (Methods 1 Nontranspose Storage E and Transpose Storage C
only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)) which
is set to the number of parallel processors (default = 0). To force parallel processing, the MPYAD
keyword must be set to one of the following values:
MPYAD Keyword Storage Technique

1048592 Transpose C
1048588 Nontranspose E
192512 Both
Examples:
1. X = AB + C
Main Index
MPYAD 1169
MPYAD A,B,C/X $
T
2. X = A B – C
MPYAD A,B,C/X/1//-1 $
3.  X  = – A   B 
MPYAD A,B,/X//-1 $
Main Index
1170 MRGCOMP
Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables
MRGCOMP Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component

tables
Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables.
Format:
MRGCOMP COMP1,COMP2/
COMP/
COMPRPLC $
Input Data Blocks:
COMPi Table of aerodynamic or structural components.
Output Data Block:
COMP Merged table of components.
Parameter:
COMPRPLC Input-logical-default=FALSE. If TRUE then components with

duplicate names will be copied from COMP1 into COMP.
Remark:
Duplicate component names will cause a fatal message to be issued unless COMPRPLC is true.
Main Index
MRGCSTM 1171
Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables (CSTM)
MRGCSTM Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables

(CSTM)
Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables (CSTM).
Format:
MRGCSTM CSTM1*,CSTM2*,CSTM3*,CSTM4*,CSTM5*/
CSTMX/S,N,NOCSTMX $
Input Data Blocks:
CSTMi* Family of CSTM tables.
Output Data Block:
CSTMX Merged table of CSTMi.
Parameter:
NOCSTMX Output-integer-default=0. CSTMX creation flag.

0 CSTMX not created
1 CSTMX created
Remark:
None.
Main Index
1172 MRGMON
Merges two monitor point tables
MRGMON Merges two monitor point tables
Merges two monitor point tables and optionally output their associated matrices.
Format:
MRGMON MON1,MON2,SZR1,SZR2/
MON,SZR/
MONRPLC $
Input Data Blocks:
MONi Monitor tables.

SZRi Associated monitor matrices.
Output Data Blocks:
MON Merged monitor table.

SZR Merged monitor matrices.
Parameter:
L
MONRPLC Input-logical-default=FALSE. If TRUE, then components with

duplicate names will be copied from MON1 into MON.
Remarks:
1. Duplicate monitor points will cause a fatal message to be issued unless MONRPLC is true.
2. SZR1, SZR2, and SZR may be purged.
3. SZR is created only if both SZR1 and SZR2 exist.
Main Index
MSGHAN 1173
Passes message number for processing by MSGPOP API
MSGHAN Passes message number for processing by MSGPOP API
Passes the message number of a message for processing by the MSGPOP API.
Format:
MSGHAN //MSGNUM/MSGINP1/MSGINP2/S,N,MSGOUT $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
MSGNUM Input-integer-default=0. Message number.

MSGINP1 Input-integer-default=0. Optional integer input.
MSGINP2 Input-integer-default=0. Optional integer input.
MSGOUT Output-integer-default=0. Optional integer output.
Main Index
1174 MSGSTRES
Computes data based on fields generated by MSGMESH
MSGSTRES Computes data based on fields generated by MSGMESH
Computes grid point stresses, maximum and minimum stresses, and stress contour plots based on fields
generated by MSGMESH.
Format:
MSGSTRES FORCE,OES1X//
S,N,PLTNUM/NOMSGSTR $
Input Data Blocks:

OUTPUT(CARDS) Section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH
field information.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
PLTNUM Input/output-integer-default=0. Plot frame counter.

NOMSGSTR Input-integer-default=0. MSGSTRES execution flag. Set to -1 if
MSGSTRES execution is not desired.
Main Index
MTRXIN 1175
Converts DMIG entries to matrices
MTRXIN Converts DMIG entries to matrices
Converts matrices input on DMIG Bulk Data entries to matrix data blocks.
Format:
Form 1 -- Simplified (CASECC is purged).
 EQEXIN 
MTRXIN ,,MATPOOL,   ,,/
 EQDYN 
NAME1,NAME2,NAME3,NAME4,NAME5/
 LUSET 
  /S,N,NONAME1/S,N,NONAME2/S,N,NONAME3
/ LUSETD 
S,N,NONAME4/S,N,NONAME5 $
Form 2 -- Case Control Command Selection of stiffness, mass, and damping (or square) matrices
(IOPT=1 for K2GG, etc., and IOPT=0 for K2PP, etc., and TF).
MTRXIN  EQEXIN   
CASECC,MATPOOL,   ,,  /
 EQDYN   TFPOOL 
 K2GG,M2GG,B2GG 
  ,K42GG,A2GG /
 K2PP,M2PP,B2PP 
 LUSET 
  /S,N,NOK2/S,N,NOM2/S,N,NOB2/S,N,NOK4
 LUSETD 
2/
1 
S,N,NOA2/   $
0 
Form 3 -- Case Control Command selection of load (or rectangular) matrix (IOPT=2).
MTRXIN CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/
P2G,,,,/
LUSET/S,N,NOP2G/////2 $
Main Index
1176 MTRXIN
Form 4 -- Selection of DMIK, DMIJ and DMIJI by data block names MATKi, MATJi, and MATJIi.
AEBGPDTK
 
MTRXIN ,,MATPOOL,  AEBGPDTJ  ,, /
 AEBGPDTI 
MATK1 MATK2 MATK3

     
 MATJ1  ,  MATJ2  ,  MATJ3  ,, /
 MATI1   MATI2   MATI3 
S,N,LKSET
  3
 S,N,LJSET   
 S,N,LISET 
/S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/// 4  $
5 
Form 5 -- Selection of stiffness, mass, damping, and loads (or square) matrices by MATNAMi, etc. input
parameter values (IOPT=10 through 12).
 EQDYN   TFPOOL 
   
MTRXIN CASECC,MATPOOL,  EQEXIN  ,,   /
   
 EQEXIN   
 MATP1   MATP2 
MATP3  MATP4    MATP5 
 MATG1 ,  MATG2  ,  
MATG3 , MATG4  ,  MATG5  /
 RMATG   
 


 
 LUSETD 
 
 LUSET  /S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/
   10 
 LUSET   
S,N,NOMAT4/S,N,NOMAT5/  11  /
 
 12 
MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3/MATNAM4/MATNAM5/
 TFLID 
 
  NFEXIT/MATID1/MATID2/MATID3/MATID4/M

ATID5 $ 
 
Main Index
MTRXIN 1177
Form 6 -- Selection of DMIK, DMIJ, and DMIJI matrices by the MATNAMi input parameter values
(IOPT=13 through 15).
AEBGPDTK
 
MTRXIN ,,MATPOOL,  AEBGPDTJ  ,,/
 AEBGPDTI 
MATK1 MATK2 MATK3
     
 MATJ1  ,  MATJ2  ,  MATJ3  ,,/
 MATI1   MATI2   MATJ3 
S,N,LKSET
 13 
 
 S,N,LJSET  /S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/
 14  / 
 S,N,LISET
//
 15 
MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3 $
Input Data Blocks:

TFPOOL Table of TF Bulk Data entry images.
AEBGPDTK Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ks-set degrees of
freedom.
AEBGPDTJ Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set degrees of
freedom.
AEBGPDTI Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set interference
degrees of freedom
Output Data Blocks:
NAMEi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries.

K2GG, etc. Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the
K2GG, M2GG, B2GG, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, or P2G Case Control
commands.
Main Index
1178 MTRXIN
MATPi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the
p-set.
MATGi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the g-
set.
RMATG Rectangular matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and may have
an arbitrary number of columns but g-set rows, similar to P2G.
MATKi Matrices defined on DMIK Bulk Data entries.
MATJi Matrices defined on DMIJ Bulk Data entries.
MATIi Matrices defined on DMIJI Bulk Data entries.
Parameters:

g-set.
LUSETD Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the
p-set.
NONAMEi Output-integer-default=-1. NAMEi generation flag. Set to +1 if NAMEi is
NOK2, etc. Output-integer-default=-1. K2GG, etc. generation flag. Set to +1 if K2GG, etc. is
IOPT Input-integer-default=0. Case Control command selection flag.
0 No Case Control command selection (see Form 1) or K2GG, etc., and TFL
Case Control command selection (see Form 2).
1 K2GG, etc. Case Control command selection (see Form 2).
3 P2G Case Control command selection (see Form 3).
3 DMIK selection by output data block name (see Form 4).
4 DMIJ selection by output data block name (see Form 4).
5 DMIJI selection by output data block name (see Form 4).
10 K2PP, M2PP, and B2PP selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).
11 K2GG, M2GG, and B2GG selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).
12 P2G selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).
13 DMIK selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).
14 DMIJ selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).
15 DMIJI selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).
LKSET, Output-integer-default=0. Size of ks-set, js-set, and inteference
LJSET, js-set extracted from the AEBGPTK, AEBGPDTJ and AEBGPDTI tables.
LISET
Main Index
MTRXIN 1179
NOMATi Output-integer-default=1. Generation flag. Set to +1 if MAT* is generated; -1

otherwise.
MATNAMi Input-character-default=' '. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and
DMIJI Bulk Data entries.
TFLID Input-integer-default=0. Transfer function set identification number. TFLID is
ignored if IOPT=3, 4, 5, 13, 14, or 15.
NFEXIT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Termination flag. If FALSE do not issue User Fatal
Message 2070 and do not terminate the module if the matrix is not found.
MATIDXi Input-integer-default=-1. Index to the current name in the SET containing the
DMIG names.
Remarks:
2. Form 1 is used to input matrices from DMIG entries named in the DMAP statement output
section. No Case Control commands are required.
3. Forms 2 and 3 are used to select the matrices with Case Control commands: K2GG, M2GG,
B2GG, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, or P2G. “-2GG” matrices are of dimension g by g. “-2PP” matrices
are of dimension p by p. The P2G matrix has g-rows, with the number of columns determined by
the several methods used to input rectangular matrices described on the DMIG entry.
4. If the output data blocks are specified on a CALL statement and the DMIIN module is specified
in the subDMAP referenced by the CALL statement, then the data block name specified on the
CALL statement must be the same as the name specified on the DMIIN module.
Examples:
1. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, named M1 and M2, which reference grid
and/or scalar points only. The following set of DMAP instructions will generate these two
matrices in matrix format, multiply them together and print the result.
MTRXIN ,,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/Ml,M2,/LUSET/S,N,NOMl/S,N,NOM2$
IF (NOM1 > -1 AND NOM2 > -1) THEN $
MPYAD M1,M2,/PRODUCT $
MATPRN PRODUCT//$
ENDIF $
2. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, MASS and STIFF, which reference grid
and/or scalar points only. The following Case Control and DMAP instructions will generate these
two matrices in matrix format and add them to the structural mass and stiffness.
Case Control:
M2GG = MASS
K2GG = STIFF
DMAP instructions:
MTRXIN CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/STIFF,MASS,/
LUSET/S,N,NOSTIFF/S,N,NOMASS//1 $
IF (NOSTIFF > -1) THEN $
Main Index
1180 MTRXIN
ADD KGG,STIFF/KGGNEW $
EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
IF (NOMASS > -1) THEN $
ADD MGG,MASS/MGGNEW $
EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF
Main Index
NASSETS 1181
Combines all element sets for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1
NASSETS Combines all element sets for MSGMESH, and sets defined
on SET1
Combines all element sets defined in Case Control, including OUTPUT(PLOT) sections, for
MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1 Bulk Data entries.
Format:
NASSETS CASECC,ELSET,EDT/
SET/
MESHSET $
Input Data Blocks:

ELSET Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST) or SETS
DEFINITION Section of Case Control.
Output Data Blocks:
SET Table of combined sets.
Parameter:
MESHSET Input-integer-default=0. MSGMESH set processing flag. If nonzero,

then combine mesh sets defined in the MSGMESH punch file.
Main Index
1182 NDINTERP
Nonlinear interpolator
NDINTERP Nonlinear interpolator
Nonlinear interpolator.
Format:
NDINTERP CONTVXV,CONTVX/
IFACT,CONTDIF/
NSUPD/MINNUSE/MAXNUSE/STOL $
Input Data Blocks:
CONTVXV Assemblage of all controller vectors (NX rows by NV columns).

CONTVX Controller vector used to interpolate UXV (NX rows).
Output Data Blocks:
IFACT Interpolation factor vector (NV rows).

CONTVDIF Derivative interpolation factor matrix (NV rows by NX columns).
Parameters:
NSUPD Input-integer-default=2. Number of states to use per dimension.

MINNUSE Input-integer-default=1. Absolute minimum number of states to use
for the interpolation.
MAXNUSE Input-integer-default=9999999. Absolute maximum number of states
to use for the interpolation.
STOL Input-real-default=1.E-02. State matching tolerance.
Main Index
NEWUSET 1183
Creates USET table for matrix-based ACMS
NEWUSET Creates USET table for matrix-based ACMS
Creates a USET table for the matrix-based ACMS (automatic component mode synthesis) method.
Format:
NEWUSET COLOR,USET,SIL/USETN/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
COLOR Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MATi. The i-th
entry corresponds to the superelement identification number (tip
superelement or collector or 0 (residual) to which the i-th degree-of-
freedom belongs.
Output Data Blocks:
USETN USET with updated set membership.
Parameters:
Main Index
1184 NLCOMB
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads
NLCOMB Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and

applied loads
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads for the current nonlinear analysis
iteration.
Format:
NLCOMB CASECC,ESTNL,KDICTNL,BKDICT,ETT,PTELEM0,PTELEM
,UNUSED8,
MPT,EQEXIN,SLT,DLT,BGPDT,APPLOD,DYNAMIC/
 SLT1 
ELDATA,   ,GPTT1/
 DLT1 
NSKIP/LSTEP/LINC/STATIC/LGDISP/OSTEP/NEWSTEP/T
STATIC/ $
Input Data Blocks:

EST Element summary table containing geometric and/or material
nonlinear elements.
KDICTNL KELMNL dictionary table.
BKDICT BKELM dictionary table.
PTELEM0 Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system from prior
subcase.
PTELEM Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the
current subcase.
UNUSED8 Not used and may be purged.
Main Index
NLCOMB 1185
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads

Output Data Blocks:
ELDATA Table of combined nonlinear information data.

SLT1 Table of static loads updated for nonlinear analysis.
GPTT1 Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis only).
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-no default. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.

LSTEP Input-integer-no default. Load step. The current iteration step at the subcase level
for static solutions.
LINC Input-integer-no default. Number of load increments for this subcase.
STATIC Input-integer-default=0. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static analysis and one
for dynamic analysis.
LGDISP Input-integer-default=0. Large displacement flag. Set to 1 for large displacement
analysis.
OSTEP Input-integer-default=0. Restart step number.
NEWSTEP Input-integer-no default. STEP case flag.
-1 Not a new STEP case.
1 New STEP case.
0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0.
TSTATIC Input-integer-default=0. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping
forces.
Main Index
1186 NLHARM
Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space
NLHARM Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space
Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space.
Format:
NLHARM HUDI,MFCDISP,MFCVELO,NLPART,NLFTAB,UNUSED6,DIT
/
HPNLDIX,HDFDDIX,UNUSED3/
DFFLAG/UVAFLAG/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/DELTA/FREQ/UNUS
ED7 $
Input Data Blocks:
HUDI Matrix of size dimension NLD*NN where NLD is the number of

nonlinear degrees-of-freedom in the d-set and NN = 2*NHARM + 1 =
number of Fourier coefficients requested.
MFCDISP Matrix of size NNxM where NN is defined above and M is NN + E and
E is the number of extra evaluation points to reduce aliasing.
MFCVELO Same as MFCDISP above but its size is(NN-1)xM and its used to
compute the time domain velocity given the Fourier coefficients.
NLPART Partition vector created by ROTRUTL option that identifies the
nonlinear subset of the d-set.
NLFTAB Table created by ROTRUTL option 8 used to describe all nonlinear
applied loads
Output Data Blocks:
HPNLDIX Matrix of the Fourier components of the forces

HDFDDIX Matrix derivative HPNLDIX with size NG*NN by NG*NN
Parameters:
DFFLAG Input-integer-default=0. HDFDDIX compute flag.

>-1 Compute DFDX
-1 Do not compute DFDX
Main Index
NLHARM 1187
Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space
UVAFLAG Input-integer-default=0. UVA nonlinear flag.

UNUSED3 Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left blank.
DELTA Input-real-default=0.0. Centered difference in computing HDFDDIX.
FREQ Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency value on NLFREQ/NLFREQ1 records.
Main Index
1188 NLICLOOP
Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400
NLICLOOP Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400
Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400.
Format:
NLICLOOP CASECC,NLRSMP//STPPRV/S,N,ICLOOP $
Input Data Blocks:

NLRSMAP Nonlinear restart map from the restart step.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
STPPRV Input-integer-default=0. The previous step identification number.

ICLOOP Output-integer-default=0. The output time step at the restart point:
=0 Cannot find initial condition's restart point.
<0 Continue from the last STEP case.
Main Index
NLITER 1189
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NLITER Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to static structural or steady state
heat transfer analysis.
Format:
NLITER CASECC ,CNVTST ,PLMAT ,YSMAT ,KAAL ,

ELDATA ,KELMNL ,LLLT ,GM ,MPT ,
DIT ,MGG ,SLT1 ,CSTM ,BGPDT ,
SIL ,USET ,RDEST ,RECM ,KGGNL ,
ULLT ,GPSNT ,EDT ,DITID ,DEQIND ,
DEQATN ,FENL ,EPT ,PCOMPT ,SLTNL /
UGNI ,FGNL ,ESTNLH ,CIDATA ,QNV ,
FFGH ,MUGNI ,MESTNL ,DUGNI ,BTOPCNV ,
BTOPSTF ,FENL1 ,MDUGNI ,MDPSINI/
S,N,LOADFAC/S,N,CONV/S,N,RSTEP/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NE
WK/
S,N,POUTF/S,N,NSKIP/LGDISP/S,N,NLFLAG/S,N,ITER
ID/
S,N,KMATUP/S,N,LSTEP/S,N,KTIME/S,N,SOLCUR/TABS
/
S,N,KFLAG/S,N,NBIS/NORADMAT/S,N,LASTCNMU/SIGMA
/
S,N,ARCLG/S,N,ARCSIGN/S,N,TWODIV/LANGLE/S,N,IT
OPT/
S,N,ITSEPS/ITSMAX/S,N,PLSIZE/IPAD /IEXT /
S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/S,N,NBCONT/GPFORCE/GNLSTN /
UNUSED/K6ROT $
Input Data Blocks:

CNVTST Convergence test matrix.
PLMAT Initial and final load matrices for subcase.
YSMAT Initial and final enforced displacement matrices.
KAAL Element stiffness matrix for linear elements only reduced to a-set.
KELMNL Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear elements.
LLLT Lower triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material,
slideline, and differential stiffness effects.
Main Index
1190 NLITER

MGG Radiation matrix in g-size.
SLT1 Table of static loads updated for nonlinear analysis.
RDEST Radiation element summary table.
RECM Radiation exchange coefficient matrix.
KGGNL Stiffness matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only.
ULLT Upper triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material,
FENL Strain energy and grid point force at every element from the previous
load step in nonlinear matrix format.
PCOMPT Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from
the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
SLTNL SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both
the current and last load step.
Output Data Blocks:
UGNI Displacement matrix at converged step in the g-set.

FGNL Nonlinear element force matrix from the last iteration.
ESTNLH Nonlinear element summary table at converged step.
CIDATA Miscellaneous data for controlled increment method.
QNV Quasi-Newton sweeping vectors.
FFGH Follower force for OLOAD output.
MUGNI Displacement matrix for stiffness update.
Main Index
NLITER 1191
MESTNL Nonlinear element summary table at current step.

DUGNI Incremental displacement matrix between the last two converged
steps.
BTOPOCNV Updated contact regions input information table.
BTOPOSTF Updated contact regions topological information table.
FENL1 Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the current load
step in nonlinear matrix format.
MDUGNI Matrix of incremental displacements with respect to the last converged
step (UI - U0), to be used for LANGLE=3 or for the new
CQUADR/CTRIAR elements.
MDPSINI Table of incremental rotation parameters with respect to the last
converged step to be used for LANGLE=3.
Parameters:
LOADFAC Input/output-complex-no default. Load factor. The real part is the load factor
for the current iteration, having a fractional value between 0 and 1.
CONV Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag.
On input:
0 Initialization.
On output:
-1 Convergence has not been achieved.
1 Convergence has been achieved.
RSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Controlled increments counter.
NEWP Input/output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.
-1 Current subcase has not been completed.
1 Current subcase has been completed.
NEWK Output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag.
-1 Do not update stiffness.
1 Update stiffness.
2 Update stiffness, the solution is diverging and MAXBIS has been reached.
POUTF Output-integer-default=1. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if intermediate
output is not requested.
Main Index
1192 NLITER
NSKIP Input/output-integer-no default.
On input: Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
On output: Set to -2 if run is to be fatally terminated.

LGDISP Input-integer-no default. Large displacement and follower force flag.
-1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered.
1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be considered.
2 Only large displacement effects will be considered.
NLFLAG Output-integer-default=0.
ITERID Input/output-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis iteration count.
KMATUP Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness matrix update count within the
increment.
LSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Load step. The current iteration step at the
subcase level for static solutions.
KTIME Input/output-real-no default. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then
KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no
stiffness update was done since the last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds
the negative of the stiffness update time from the last stiffness update.
SOLCUR Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear loop identification number.
KFLAG Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag. Set to -1 to update
stiffness before starting bisection. It reflects the NEWK and CONV status at the
last converged solution or stiffness update. See Remark 6.
NBIS Input/output-integer-default=0. Current bisection counter.
NORADMAT Input-integer-default=0. Radiation flag.
-2 No radiation.
-1 Initial radiation.
1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity.
2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity.
3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity.
LASTCNMU Input/output-real-default=0.0. Last converged value of the arc-length load
factor.
SIGMA Input-real-default=1.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute
radiant heat flux.
ARCLG Input/output-real-default=1.0. The arc length at the last converged step.
Main Index
NLITER 1193
ARCSGN Input/output-integer-default=1. The sign of PDD P at the beginning of the

subcase. This is used in restarts in the post-buckling region.
TWODIV Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis divergence flag.
0 No previous divergence on this load step.
1 One previous divergence on this load step.
1 Gimbal angle.
2 Rotation vector.
ITOPT Input-integer-default=0. Preconditioner method for iterative solver. See the
SOLVIT, 1428 module description.
ITSEPS Input/output-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon
for iterative solution method. On output, set to 0 for convergence and 1 for no
convergence.
method.
PLSIZE Input/output-integer-default=0. Size of the load matrix. Compared to the size of
load matrix in the previous subcase in order to detect boundary condition
changes in the current subcase. Boundary condition changes are not allowed in
the arc-length method.
IPAD Input-integer-default=0. Padding level for reduced incomplete Cholesky
factorization. See the SOLVIT, 1428 module description.
IEXT Input-integer-default=0. Extraction level for reduced incomplete Coolest
factorization. See the SOLVIT, 1428 module description.
ADPCON Input-real-default=0.0. Contact penalty value. Scale factor for adjusting penalty
values on restart. Update penalty values if positive.
PBCONT Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact flag.
NBCONT Output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to slideline contact.
GPFORCE Input-integer-default=-1. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less
than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.
GNLSTN Input-integer-default=0. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user
parameter.
0 Small strain.
1 Green strain.
K6ROT Input-real-default=0.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and
CTRIA3 elements.
Main Index
1194 NLITER
Remarks:
1. NLITER updates the displacement vector for as many iterations as are necessary to attain an
equilibrium between the applied loads and the forces. NLITER calculates nonlinear forces and
follower forces which are used to obtain new displacements until a converged solution is found,
or a new stiffness matrix is necessary, or a bisection of the load step is necessary.
2. KGGNL is needed for the reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization in the iterative solver only.
Otherwise it may be purged.
3. MGG, RDEST, RECM are only required for heat transfer analysis. Otherwise they may be
purged.
4. ULLT is required only for unsymmetric stiffness. Otherwise it may be purged.
5. TABS is required for creep analysis.
6. KFLAG is further explained below:
-1 Solution had converged, but no stiffness update had been made or solution had
not converged, and a stiffness matrix update had been made. A new stiffness
matrix is required before starting bisection.
1 Solution had converged and a stiffness update had been made. No new stiffness
matrix is required before starting bisection.
Main Index
NLRSLOOP 1195
Prepare data for nonlinear restarts.
NLRSLOOP Prepare data for nonlinear restarts.
Format:
NLRSLOOP CASECC,NLRSMAP0/
NLRSMAP/RSSUBC/RSSTEP/RSTIME/
S,N,SOLCURR/S,N,STEPCUR/S,N,SUBCUR/
S,N,STEPCURL/S,N,STIMER/S,N,NSKIPR/
S,N,SOLPREL/S,N,LOOPIDL/S,N,NEWSTEP/
S,N,STIMES $
Input Data Blocks:

NLRSMAP0 Nonlinear restart map from the previous run.
Output Data Blocks:
NLRSMAP Nonlinear restart map from the restart step.
Parameters:
RSSUBC Input-integer-no default. Identification nunber of the previously executed subcase.

RSSTEP Input-integer-no default. Identification nunber of the previously executed step.
RSTIME Input-real-no default. Load factor (or time) of a previously executed load increment
in static analysis (or time step in transient analysis).
SOLCURR Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the output time step at the restart
point.
STEPCUR Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart
point.
SUBCUR Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the SUBCASE at the restart
point.
STEPCURL Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the previous STEP case from
the restart point.
STIMER Output-real-no default. Load factor (or time) at the restart point.
NSKIPR Output-integer-no default. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart
point.
Main Index
1196 NLRSLOOP
SOLPREL Output-integer-no default. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case.

LOOPIDL Output-integer-no default. Last output loop identification number.
NEWSTEP Output-integer-no default. STEP case flag.
1 New STEP case.
0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0.
STIMES Output-real-no default. Start time of the current STEP case.
Main Index
NLRSMAP 1197
Creates the nonlinear restart map
NLRSMAP Creates the nonlinear restart map
Creates the nonlinear restart map.
Format:
NLRSMAP CASEXX,NLRSMAP0/
NLRSMAP/UNUSED/UNUSED/
STIMER/SOLCURR/STEPCUR/SUBCUR/
NSKIPR/SOLPREL/NEWSTEP/STIMES $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEXX Subset of CASECC for current STEP case.

NLRSMAP0 Nonlinear restart map from the previous run.
Output Data Blocks:
NLRSMAP Nonlinear restart map from the restart step augmented with the current
output time step.
Parameters:
UNUSED Input-integer-no default. Unused and may be unspecified.

STIMER Input-real-no default. Load factor (or time) at the restart point.
SOLCURR Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the output time step at the restart
point.
STEPCUR Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart point.
SUBCUR Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the SUBCASE at the restart
point.
NSKIPR Input-integer-no default. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart
point.
SOLPREL Input-integer-no default. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case.
NEWSTEP Input-integer-no default. STEP case flag.
1 New STEP case.
0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and time=0.0.
STIMES Input-real-no default. Start time of the current STEP case.
Main Index
1198 NLSOLV
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
NLSOLV Solves nonlinear static and transient response
Solves nonlinear static and transient response with an adaptive time increment for a given iteration.
Format:
NLSOLV CASEXX ,PPN ,YS ,ELDATA ,KELMNL ,

KPP ,GMNE ,MPT ,DIT ,KFEFE ,
DLT1 ,CSTM ,BGPDT ,SIL ,USETD ,
BFEFE ,MFEFE ,NLFT ,RDEST ,RECM ,
BPP ,GPSNT ,DITID ,DEQIND ,DEQATN ,
MPP ,MBSP ,MBFEP ,MMP ,GMFE ,
GMS ,RSPTQS ,RMPTQM ,GEOM4 ,KTPP ,
YVELO ,YACCE ,GPTT1 ,EPT ,TMLDS ,
ROTORT ,BGPP* ,KVCPP* /
UPN ,IFS ,ESTNLH ,IFP ,OESNL ,
PPL ,TEL ,MUPVNL ,MESTNL ,BTOPCNV ,
BTOPSTF ,OESNLB1 ,FMV ,QPV ,DUPV ,
RPV ,GEOM4CN ,KFRIC ,UNUSED1 ,UNUSED2 ,
UNUSED3 ,UNUSED4 ,LTF ,UTF ,PNLT ,
IFST ,PPLT ,UPNT ,FMVT ,ESTNL0 ,
MESTNL0 ,UPNL0 ,FENL1 /
KRATIO /S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWS/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP/S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITER
ID/
ITIME0
/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUP/S,N,NOGONL/S,N,NBIS/
MAXLP /TSTATIC /LANGLE /NDAMP /TABS /
SIGMA /NORADMAT
/S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/S,N,NBCONT/
CONT3D
/S,N,MNEWK/S,N,NLOFLAG/NLATYPE/FKSYMFAC/
RSTFLG /NLPACK /GPFORCE /GNLSTN /MSCHG /
K6ROT /WTMASS /TSTATIC $
Input Data Blocks:
CASEXX Subset of CASECC for current STEP case.

PPN Applied load vectors for nonlinear analysis in the p-set.
KPP Stiffness matrix for the p-set, linear elements only.
GMNE Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by ne-set.
Main Index
NLSOLV 1199

KFEFE Tangential stiffness in fe-set.
USETD Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set.
BFEFE Damping matrix in the fe-set (or nonlinear tangential heat capacitance
matrix) for both linear and nonlinear elements in the fe-set.
MFEFE Mass (or radiation) matrix for the fe-set.
BPP Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the p-set for linear elements
only.
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN.
MPP Mass matrix in the p-set.
MBSP Updated mass matrix (s-set).
MBFEP Updated mass matrix (fe-set by p-set).
MMP Mass matrix (m-set by p-set).
GMS Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by s-set.
RSPTQS Matrix of updated initial SPCforces.
RMPTQM Matrix of updated initial MPCforces.
KTPP Tangential Stiffness of p-set.
YVELO Matrix of enforced velocities.
YACCE Matrix of enforced accelerations.
GPTT1 Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis only).
TMLD Table of loads for nonlinear transient analysis.
Main Index
1200 NLSOLV
ROTORT Table of rotordynamics user input for transient analysis.

BGPP* Family of coriolis matrices - p-set.
KCVPP* Family of gyroscopic matrices - p-set.
Output Data Blocks:
UPN Solution matrix from nonlinear analysis in the p-set.

IFS Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output
time steps.
IFP Matrix of element forces at the previous time step.
PPL Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended from each
output time step.
TEL Transient response time output list appended from each subcase.
MUPN Solution matrix from nonlinear response analysis in the p-set for
matrix update.
MESTNL Nonlinear element summary table for matrix update.
OESNLB1 Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 format.
FMV Nonlinear element forces at m-set.
QPV Nonlinear constraint forces.
DUPV Displacment increment at the final iteration before exit.
RPV Load matrix (two columns) at the final iteration before exit.
GEOM4CN Updated constraints for 3D contact.
KFRIC Frictional stiffness for 3D contact.
UNUSEDi Unused and may be unspecified.
LTF Lower triangular file of the solution matrix UPN.
UTF Upper triangular file of the solution matrix UPN.
PNLT Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step (for
transient analysis only).
IFST Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output
time steps (for transient analysis only).
PPLT Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended appended from
each output time step (for transient analysis only).
Main Index
NLSOLV 1201
UPNT Solution matrix from nonlinear analysis appended from each output
time step (for transient analysis only).
FMVT Nonlinear element forces at m-set appended from each output time
step (for transient analysis only).
ESTNL0 Nonlinear element summary table from previous time step.
MESTNL0 Initial nonlinear element summary table at each STEPcase.
UPNL0 Initial solution matrix from nonlinear analysis at each STEPcase.
FENL1 Matrix of strain energy and grid point force at every element at the last
converged load step
Main Index
1202 NLSOLV
Parameters:
KRATIO Input/output-complex-default=(1.,0.). Stiffness ratio to be used for time step

adjustment.
CONV Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. On input:
0 Initialization.
On output:
1 convergence has been achieved.
STIME Input/output-real-default=0.0. On inital input, starting time step and on output,
accumulated time used for restarts.
NEWS Output-integer-default=0. New STEP case flag.
-1 Current STEP case has not been completed.
1 Current STEP case has been completed.
NEWK Input/output-integer-default=0. Stiffness update flag.
>0 Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time steps
which have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the solution
process is terminated.
OLDDT Input/output-real-default=0.0. Time step increment used in the previous iteration
or time step to be used after the matrix update or subcase switch.
NSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for the current STEP
case, set to 0 at the beginning of the STEP case.
LGDISP Input-integer-default=0. Large displacement and follower force flag.
CONSEC Input/output-integer-default=0. A composite number equal to 10*(value of
NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number of consecutive time
steps which have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is
terminated.
ITERID Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis iteration count.
ITIME0 Input-real-default=0.0. Initial time step at the beginning of a current STEP case.
KTIME Input/output-integer-default=0. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then
stiffness update was done since the last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the
negative of the stiffness update time from the last stiffness update.
Main Index
NLSOLV 1203
LASTUPD Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last stiffness update
at:
> Previous converged solution.
< At an intermediate iteration of the current time step.
=1 At the last iteration.
NOGONL Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue or -1 to
terminate.
MAXLP Input-integer-default=0. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation iteration
and the material subincrement processes.
TSTATIC Input-integer-default=-1. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and
damping forces.
1 Gimbal angle.
2 Left rotation vector.
3 Right rotation vector.
NDAMP Input-real-default=0.0. Numerical damping.
heat flux.
-2 No radiation.
NBCONT Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to slideline contact.
CONT3D Input-integer-default=-1. 3D contact flag.
<0 No.
>-0 Yes.
MNEWK Input/output-integer-default=1. Matrix update flag for 3D contact.
Main Index
1204 NLSOLV
NLOFLAG Input/output-integer-default=0. Output control flag.
On input:
<0 Print the title lines for iteration message and/or print the output-only
information before exiting.
>=0 Do not print the title lines for iteration message.
On output--output exit:
=0 No
>=1 Yes
NLATYPE Input-character-default=' '. Type of nonlinear analysis.

'NLTR' Nonlinear transient
'NLST' Nonlinear statics
'LNST' Linear statics
FKSYMFAC Input-real-default=1.0. Follower stiffness symmetry actor tolerance. Usually
input by user parameter.
RSTFLG Input-integer-default=-1. Restart flag.

<=0 Cold start
=1 Restart
NLPACK Input-integer-default=-1. Nonlinear transient analysis append flag.
<=0 Append all output time steps together in each STEPcase before processing
the output procedure.
>0 Append the value of NLPACK output time steps together in each
STEPcase before output procedure.
GPFORCE Input-integer-no default. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less
than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.
GNLSTN Input-integer-no default. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user
parameter.
0 Small strain
1 Green strain
MSCHG Input-integer-default=-1. Boundary condition change flag.
damping forces.
Main Index
NLTRD 1205
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NLTRD Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices

and tables
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to dynamic structural
analysis only.
Format:
NLTRD CASECC,MESTNL,PDT,YS,KRDD,
ELDATA,KELMNL,LAM1DD,GM,MPT,
DIT,UAM1DD,DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT,
SIL,USETD,AM2,AM3,NLFT,
KSGG,DITID/
ULNT,IFG,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1,
PNL,TEL/
BETA/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP/S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITER
ID/
S,N,MU/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/
S,N,NOTIME/MAXLP/UNUSED17/UNUSE18/UNUSE19/
TABS/LANGLE $
Input Data Blocks:

PDT Dynamic load vectors for transient analysis in the d-set.
YS Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures.
KRDD Combined linear and material nonlinear stiffness matrix in the d-set.
LAM1DD Lower triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.
UAM1DD Upper triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.
Main Index
1206 NLTRD

AM2 Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements multiplied by the
negative of the time step delta.
AM3 Combined mass and damping matrix multiplied the square of the
reciprocal of the time step delta and the reciprocal of twice the time
step delta, respectively.
KSGG S-set by f-set matrix and s-set by s-set partitions of the material
nonlinear stiffness matrix and expanded to g-set size.
Output Data Blocks:
ULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set.
IFG Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the output time
steps.
IFD Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output
time steps.
PNL Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step.
Parameters:
BETA Input-complex-default=(.33333,0.0). Integration parameter.

On input:
0 Initialization.
On output:
STIME Input/output-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and on output,
NEWP Output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.
Main Index
NLTRD 1207

>0 Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time steps which
have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the solution process is
terminated.
NSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at
the beginning of the subcase.
terminated.
MU Input/output-real-default=0.0. The magnitude of the last g-set displacement
matrix.
LASTUPD Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last stiffness update.
Set to 0 if the stiffness update is performed due to the CGAP element during the
iteration.
terminate.
NOTIME Output-integer-default=0. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left for further
iterations but enough time to perform data recovery.
Main Index
1208 NLTRD

1 Gimbal angle.
2 Rotation vector.
Remarks:
1. NLTRD supports only METHOD="AUTO" and "TSTEP" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry.
NLTRD2 supports only METHOD="ADAPT".
2. NLTRD does not support heat transfer, slideline contact, or shell normals. Use NLTRD2.
3. ULNT contains only displacement and velocity vectors at converged time steps during the direct
integration. However, upon completion of the subcase it also contains acceleration for the output
time steps.
Main Index
NLTRD2 1209
NLTRD2 Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices

and tables
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to dynamic structural or
transient heat transfer analysis.
Format:
NLTRD2 CASECC,PDT,YS,ELDATA,KELMNL,
KDD,GM,MPT,DIT,KBDD,
DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,USETD,
BRDD,MDD,NLFT,RDEST,RECM,
BDD,GPSNT,DITID,DEQIND,DEQATN,
ROTORT,BGDD*,KCVDD*,TMLD,UNUSED1,UNUSED2,RDG,P
SFL/ ULNT,IFS,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1,
PNL,TEL,MULNT,MESTNL,BTOPCNV,
BTOPSTF,OESNLB1,MPTTC,LTF,UTF/
KRATIO/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP
/S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITERID/
ITIME/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/S,N,NBI
S/ MAXLP/TSTATIC/LANGLE/NDAMP/TABS/
SIGMA/NORADMAT/S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/
S,N,NBCONT/FKSYMFAC/WTMASS/NOUDCMP $
Input Data Blocks:

PDT Dynamic load vectors for transient analysis in the d-set.
KDD Stiffness matrix for the d-set, linear elements only.
KBDD Tangential stiffness in d-set.
Main Index
1210 NLTRD2

BRDD Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements only or heat
capacitance matrix for both linear and nonlinear elements in the d-set.
MDD Mass (or radiation) matrix for the d-set
BDD Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for linear elements
only.
BGDD* Family of coriolis matrices.
KCVDD* Family of gyroscopic matrices.
UNUSED1 Unused and may be unspecified.
UNUSED2 Unused and may be unspecified.
RDG Reduction matrix from g-set to d-set (transposed).
PSFL Loads due to enforced motion on linear elements in nonlinear transient
analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
ULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set.
IFS Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output
time steps.
time steps.
MULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set
from the previous subcase.
Main Index
NLTRD2 1211

MPTTC MPT table updated for thermal control mechanisms.
LTF Lower triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT.
UTF Upper triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT.
Parameters:
KRATIO Input/output-complex-default=(1.,0.). Stiffness ratio to be used for time step

adjustment.
On input:
0 Initialization.
On output:
STIME Input/output-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and on output,
NEWP Output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.
>0 Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time steps which
have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the solution process is
terminated.
NSTEP Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at
the beginning of the subcase.
Main Index
1212 NLTRD2

terminated.
ITIME Input-real-default=0.0. Initial time step at the beginning of a subcase.
LASTUPD Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last stiffness update.
Set to 0 if the stiffness update is performed due to the CGAP element during the
iteration.
terminate.
damping forces.
1 Gimbal angle.
2 Rotation vector.
NDAMP Input-real-default=0.0. Numerical damping.
heat flux.
-2 No radiation.
Main Index
NLTRD2 1213
NBCONT Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to slideline contact.

FKSYMFAC Input-real-default=0.0. Follower stiffness symmetry factor tolerance. Usually
NOUDCMP Input-integer-default=-1. Solution matrix decomposition flag. Usually input by
user parameter.
-1 Solution matrix will be decomposed.
1 Solution matrix will not be decomposed.
Remarks:
1. NLTRD2 utilizes an automatic method of time integration to compute solutions to nonlinear
transient problems (METHOD="ADAPT" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry). NLTRD2
performs the time increment and the vector iteration steps until convergence has been attained.
NLTRD2 uses line search and quasi-Newton vector techniques when appropriate.
2. NLTRD2 supports only METHOD="ADAPT". NLTRD supports only METHOD="AUTO" and
"TSTEP" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry.
3. ULNT contains only displacement and velocity vectors at converged time steps during the direct
integration. However, upon completion of the subcase it also contains acceleration for the output
time steps. For thermal analysis, the displacements, velocity and accelerations are temperature,
enthalpy, and the enthalpy time derivative.
Main Index
1214 NLTRLG
Produces time independent load vector
NLTRLG Produces time independent load vector
Produces time independent components of the nonlinear transient load vector.
Format:
NLTRLG CASECC,USETD,DLT,SLT,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,TRL,DIT,GM
D,GOD,
PHDH,EST,MPT,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,EN
FMOTN/
PDT,TMLD,DLT1/TABS $
Input Data Blocks:

ne-set.
GOD Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, o-
set by d-set.
PHDH Transformation matrix from d-set to h-set (modal).
ENFLODK Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness
effects
damping effects
Main Index
NLTRLG 1215
Produces time independent load vector
ENFLODM Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass

effects
Output Data Blocks:
PDT Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output time steps.
Parameter:

Main Index
1216 NORM
Normalize a matrix
NORM Normalize a matrix
To normalize a matrix, each column by its largest element or compute the square root of the sum of the
squares for each row of a matrix (SRSS).
Format:
NORM A/ANORM/S,N,NCOL/S,N,NROW/S,N,XNORM/IOPT/
S,N,XNORMD/PRTSWM $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
ANORM Normalized matrix.
Parameters:
NCOL Number of columns in A.

NROW Integer-output-default=0. Number of rows in A.
XNORM Real-output-default=0.0. Maximum absolute normalizing value over all columns.
IOPT Integer-input-default=1. Normalization option.
1 Normalize by largest element.
2 Compute SRSS.
XNORMD Real double precision-output-default=0.D0. Same as XNORM except in double
precision.
PRTSWM Logical-input-default=TRUE. If PRTSUM=FALSE, System Warning Message
6991 is suppressed. This message is printed when the maximum term exceeds the
single precision limit for the machine type. When it is TRUE the message is printed.
Remarks:
1. If IOPT=1 then ANORM is the same as A except each column has been normalized by its
maximum absolute value.
2. If IOPT=2 then ANORM is a column vector where the i-th row is the sum of the magnitudes of
the terms in the i-th row of A.
Main Index
NORM 1217
Normalize a matrix
Examples:
1. Normalize PHIG so that the maximum deflection is 1.0 (or -1.0):
NORM PHIG/PHIG1 $
2. Compute complex eigenvectors that have been normalized such that the product
T
 CPHG   CPHG  produces a square matrix with off-diagonal terms of computational zero, and
complex diagonal terms whose magnitude is unity.
TRNSP CPHG/CPHGT $
NORM CPHGT/CX2////2 $
MATMOD CX2,,,,,/INORM22,/28 $ DIAGONALIZE
DIAGONAL INORM22/NORM22/'WHOLE'/-1.0 $ INVERT
MPYAD CPHG,NORM22,/CPHGNORM $ NORMALIZE
MPYAD CPHGNORM,CPHGNORM,/N22/1 $ SHOULD BE IDENTITY IN
MAGNITUDE
DIAGONAL N22/N22MAG/'WHOLE'/1.0 $ FIND MAGNITUDES
Main Index
1218 NSMEPT
Modifies element properties
NSMEPT Modifies element properties
Modifies element properties table from the NSML and NSML1 records.
Format:
NSMEPT ECT,EPT,BGPDT/NEWEPT/S,N,NEWEPT $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
NEWEPT EPT updated from the NSML and NSML1 records.
Parameters:
NEWEPT Output-integer-default=0. NEWEPT creation flag.

0 No.
-1 Yes.
Main Index
OFP 1219
Output file processor
OFP Output file processor
To output (print or punch) data blocks prepared by other modules in user-oriented, self-explanatory
formats.
Format:
OFP OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,
CSTM,BGPDTVU,ERROR1,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,UNUSED//
UNUSED/ODCODE/PVALID/OCID $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table suitable for processing by the OFP module. See Remark
2.
BGPDTVU Basic grid point definition table for a superelement and related to
geometry with view-grids added.
ERROR1 Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity
loop.
DIT Table of TABLEDi Bulk Data entry images.
UNUSED Unused and may be left unspecified.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Main Index
1220 OFP
Parameters:
UNUSED Input/output-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified.

ODCODE Input-integer-default=-1. Output device code override. See Remark 4. ODCODE
overrides the code stored in the DBi's according to the following table:
ODCODE Output Directed to:
1 Print
2 Plot
3 Print and Plot
4 Punch
5 Print and Punch
6 Plot and Punch
7 Print, Plot, and Punch
PVALID Input-integer-default=0. p-element adaptivity loop identification number.

OCID Input-integer-default=0. Print flag for coordinate system identification number
in grid point output. The following bits in OCID are set to 1 based on user output
requests.
1 Displacements.
2 Applied loads.
3 Apcforces and mpcforces.
7 Eigenvectors.
10 Velocities.
11 Accelerations.
Remarks:
1. Any or all data blocks may be purged.
2. DMAP modules READ (LAMA, OEIGS, LAMX, CLAMX), CEAD (CLAMA and OCEIGS),
and LAMX (LAMB) are matrix operation modules that prepare OFP formatted data blocks.
Modules SDR2, SDR3, VDR, ADR, CURV, DDRMM, DRMH3, ELFDR, GPFDR, GPWG,
LAMX, MDATA, SDRCOMP, SDRX, and SDRHT also prepare OFP formatted data blocks.
3. Parameter ODCODE is not honored by data blocks LAMA, OEIGS, LAMX, CLAMA, and
OGPWG, which are created by READ, CEAD, LAMX, and GPWG.
4. CSTM, EHT, BGPDTVU, and ERROR1 are required if p-elements are specified and only for data
recovery; i.e., displacement, stress, strain, etc.
Main Index
OFP 1221
5. CSTM, DEQATN, DEQIND, and DIT are required if the CORD3G Bulk Data entry is present
and only for element data recovery; i.e., displacement, stress, strain, etc.
Example:
Print the OUG1 table from the SDR2 module:
OFP OUG1/ $
Main Index
1222 OPTGP0
p-element analysis preprocessor
OPTGP0 p-element analysis preprocessor
Preprocesses the input design optimization shape basis vectors for p-element analysis.
Format:
OPTGP0 GEOM1M,GEOM2M,MEDGE,EDOM,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UNUSE
D7,
DEQATN,DEQIND/
EDOMM/
DELG $
Input Data Blocks:
GEOM1M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for
the current p-level.
GEOM2M Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points and updated for the current p-level.
optimization.
Output Data Block:
EDOMM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and

optimization updated for p-element analysis.
Parameter:
DELG Input-real-default=0.1. Scale factor on perturbed length.
Main Index
OPTGP0 1223
p-element analysis preprocessor
Remark:
OPTGP0 preprocesses the shape basis vectors defined at the p-element geometry level for both the
GMCURV or POINT option and generates DVGRID entry images at the grid-n points (a point on an
FEEDGE, FEFACE or FEBODY entity with variable number of degrees-of-freedom).
Main Index
1224 ORTHOG
Generates orthonormal set of vectors
ORTHOG Generates orthonormal set of vectors
Generates an orthonormal set of vectors from a given set of vectors. For example, orthogonalize with
respect to an identity matrix or mass matrix.
Format:
ORTHOG A,M/
Q,R/
ORTHOPT/ORTHCON/S,N,ORTHEPS/ORTHREPT/ORTHTOL $
Input Data Blocks:
A Rectangular matrix of m columns (vectors) by n rows to be

orthogonalized where m<n.
M Weighting matrix: symmetric and positive definite.
Output Data Blocks:
Q Rectangular matrix of orthogonalized vectors.

R Rectangular matrix whose m by m upper triangle contains an
intermediate factor of the process.
Parameters:
ORTHOPT Input-integer-default=1. Orthogonalization method.

1 and M is purged, then perform Householder Orthogonalization.
2 or M is not purged, then perform Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt method.
If ORTHOPT=2 and M is purged then an identity matrix will be created for
M.
ORTHCON Input-integer-default=1. Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt termination flag or
Householder partitioning vector generation flag.
For Householder:
0 R contains the upper triangular matrix.
1 R contains the partitioning vector.
For Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt termination:
0 Exit the program if M is not at least a positive semi-definite matrix.
R is not used and may be purged.
Main Index
ORTHOG 1225
Generates orthonormal set of vectors
1 Let R ii = – R ii and continue if M is not at least a positive semi-definite

matrix. R contains the partitioning vector
ORTHEPS Output-real-no default. Level of orthogonality. ORTHEPS is the largest lower
triangular term of the matrix R and is computed with the Householder method.
ORTHREPT Input-real-default=0.707. Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt algorithm repeat flag.
The default is approximately the square root of 0.5.
ORTHTOL Input-real-default=0.0. Linear dependence tolerance. By default, ORTHTOL is
set to the square root of the minimum machine value.
Remark:
1. ORTHOG generates an orthonormal set of vectors  Q  from a given set of vectors [A] such that:
 A =  Q  R
T
and if  M  ] is not given:  Q   M   Q  =  I 
T
or if  M  is not given:  Q   Q  =  I 
where  I  is an identity matrix.
2. ORTHOG cannot orthogonalize complex matrices. If a complex matrix is input then a fatal
message is issued. SubDMAP ONORM can orthogonalize complex matrices which is described
under "General Enhancements for Orthogonalizing Complex Vectors" on page 149 of the
MSC.Nastran 2004 Release Guide.
Main Index
1226 OUTADF
Output Frequency Response Result to ADF Format File
OUTADF Output Frequency Response Result to ADF Format File
Output the frequency response functions and participation factors to ADF format file.
Format:
OUTADF OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,UNITS,BGPDT,CASECC//IPRINT $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table suitable for processing. See Remark 2.

CASECC Table of Case Control command images. See Remark 3.
Output Data Blocks:
None
Parameters:
IPRINT Input-integer-default=0. Message print control flag. If IPRINT<>0, then the

detailed output message is printed; 0, otherwise.
Remarks:
1. This module support the output table block of OUGx, OSMPF1, OAFMPF1, OASMPF1,
OAPMPF1, OAPPF1, OAGPF1 and OSPPF1 (TCODE=1, 10, 11 and 61 to 67).
2. OFPi may be purged.
3. If CASECC is purged, all supported result data in OFPi will output.
4. See the parameter POSTADF for the other information.
Main Index
OUTPRT 1227
Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors
OUTPRT Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery

partitioning vectors
Constructs partitioning vectors to be used in sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery.
Format:
OUTPRT CASECC,ECT,BGPDT,SIL,XYCDB,DYNAMIC,MATPOOL,PG,
VGFD,
CASEDS,TABEVP,TABEVS,MMCDB,OINT,PELSET,EDT/
PVGRID,PVSPC,PVMPC,PVLOAD,PVMCFR/
S,N,SDRMETH/NOSE/SDROVR/SDRDENS/ADPTINDX/ADPTE
XIT $
Input Data Blocks:

MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer
radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.
VGFD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom
connected to frequency-dependent elements.
TABEVP Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and design variable
TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and design variable
element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. This module is
processes MONPNT3 and SET1 records only.
Main Index
1228 OUTPRT
Output Data Blocks:
PVGRID Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-

freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the following
Case Control commands:
DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY, ACCELERATION, FORCE,
STRESS, STRAIN, SPCFORCE, MPCFORCE, MPRES, GPFORCE,
ESE, EKE, EDE, GPKE.
PVSPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the SPCFORCE
PVMPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MPCFORCE
PVLOAD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom at which static and dynamic loads are applied.
freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the
MCFRACTION Case Control command.
Parameters:
SDRMETH Output-integer-no default. Data recovery method flag:

-1 Sparse data recovery.
0 Full (or standard) data recovery.
1 No data recovery is requested or required.
NOSE Input-integer-default=0.
Set to -1 if there are no superelements; 0 otherwise. Superelement presence
flag.
SDROVR Input-character-default='AUTO'. Override for data recovery method flag,
SDR:
AUTO Choose full or sparse data recovery based on SDRDENS.
FULL Choose full data recovery.
SPARSE Choose sparse data recovery.
SDRDENS Input-integer-default=0. Sparse data recovery ceiling density. If the density of
PVGRID is greater than SDRDENS divided by 100, then choose full data
recovery.
Main Index
OUTPRT 1229
ADPTINDX Input-integer-default=-1. P-version analysis adaptivity index.

ADPTEXIT Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop.
Main Index
1230 OUTPUT2
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
Writes a table or matrix data block(s) onto a binary or "compressed ASCII" (or “neutral”) file for user
postprocessing or for subsequent input (via INPUTT2) into another MSC Nastran run.
Format:
OUTPUT2 DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,CASECC//
ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/
NDDLNAM1/NDDLNAM2/NDDLNAM3/NDDLNAM4/NDDLNAM5/
HNAME1/HNAME2/HNAME3/HNAME4/HNAME5/PROCID $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi Any data block (table or matrix) name to be output. DBi cannot be a
factor matrix (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15). Any or all of the input
data blocks may be purged.
CASECC Table of Case Control command images, specifically for POST
command processing.
Parameters:
ITAPE Input-integer-default=0. ITAPE is used to select the file positioning option as

follows:
+n Skip forward n data blocks before writing (only used if file has no label).
0 Data blocks are written starting at the current position. If this is the first
use, no label is written.
-1 Rewind IUNIT before writing and label file.
-3 Rewind IUNIT, print data block names and then write after the last data
block on IUNIT (file must have a label).
-9 Write a final EOF on IUNIT (must be used before -3 option and as last
I/O use of unit) then rewind IUNIT.
IUNIT Input-integer-no default. IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number on which the
data blocks are to be written. IUNIT=0 is not recommended. See Remark 7.
LABL Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. LABL is used for file identification.
The label is written only if ITAPE=-1 and is checked only if ITAPE=-3.
MAXR Input-integer-default=2 * BUFFSIZE words. Maximum physical record size.
(See Remarks.)
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1231
NDDLNAMi Input-character-default=blank. NDDL names corresponding to DB1 through

DB5. If DBi is a matrix, then the corresponding NDDLNAMi is 'MATRIX'.
(See Remarks.)
HNAMEi Output-character-default=’ ‘. Data block name to written into the header for
DBi on the FORTRAN unit.
PROCID Input-integer-default=1. Processor ID which is authorized to write to IUNIT.
Used only in distributed memory parallel (DMP) runs.
Remarks:
1. A data block (table or matrix) consists of logical records:
• In matrices, each column is contained in one logical record. Each record begins with the row
position of the first nonzero term in the column followed by the first through the last nonzero
term in the column.
• In tables, the contents of logical records vary according to the table but are described in Data
Blocks (Ch. 2).
2. The FORTRAN binary file consists of physical records of data from the data block and KEYs that
are provided to assist in the reading of the file. Each physical record of data is separated by one-
word records called KEYs. The KEYs will indicate one of the following depending on its location
in the binary file:
KEY Description
The length of the next physical record. It may also indicate the start of a new
>0
logical record.
0 End-of-File (data block) (EOF) or End-of-Data (EOD).
End-of-Logical record (EOR) or a null column. The absolute value indicates
<0
the logical record number.
3. The End-of-Data (EOD) follows the last end-of-file (data block) written to the binary file.
4. If possible, each logical record of the data block will be written to one physical record of the
FORTRAN binary file. However, the length of a logical record may exceed the maximum length
of a physical record (see MAXR parameter). If this occurs, then the logical record will span more
than one physical record. In other words, the logical record will be written to the first physical
record followed by a positive KEY record, which indicates a continuation of the logical record
and the length of the subsequent second physical record.
5. The OUTPUT4 module performs similar operations on matrices, but not tables. It is simpler to
use and is the recommended method for matrix output.
6. Tables and matrices may be processed as sequential data blocks.
Main Index
1232 OUTPUT2
7. The ASSIGN (p. 42) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide FMS statement is recommended
for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Selection of a proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent.
Refer to the Making File Assignments (p. 88) in the MSC Nastran 2012 Installation and
Operations Guide.
8. No physical record will exceed the value specified by the parameter MAXR which has a default
that is two times BUFFSIZE words. Furthermore, the value specified for MAXR should not
exceed the maximum allowable record size for the receiving disk device. See the Keywords and
Environment Variables (p. 45) in the MSC Nastran 2012 Installation and Operations Guide for
the maximum allowable values.
9. When the neutral format option is selected via FORM=FORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS
statement (associated with OUTPUT2 parameter IUNIT), then MAXR and NDDLNAMi are
interpreted as follows:
MAXR Represents the maximum physical record size (in words) on the target
machine(s) for the machine binary-formatted file after it has been
converted from neutral to binary via the MSC-supplied conversion
utility RCOUT2.
NDDLNAMi Correlates the DMAP data block name with the corresponding NDDL-
defined name. If this parameter is left blank, then the corresponding
DMAP name (DB1 through DB5) is assumed to be the NDDL-defined
name.
The following is a partial list of the table data block names available for OUTPUT2 neutral file
formatting. For a more complete list see the NDDL.
AXIC GEOM1 GPLS OEIGS OESNL2 OQG2

CASES GEOM1Q LAMA OEP OESNLX OSTR1
CLAMA GEOM2 MATPOOL OES1 OGPWG OSTR2
CSTMS GEOM2S MPT OES1C OGS1 OUGV1
DIT GEOM3 MPTS OES1X OPG1 OUGV2
DYNAMICS GEOM3S OEF1 OES1X1 OPG2 PSDF
EPT GEOM4 OEF1X OES2 OPNL1 PVT
EPTS GEOM4S OEF2 OESNL1 OQG1 USET
FOL GPDTS
In addition, all matrices defined with a TYPE DB, may also be neutral formatted. If a matrix is
not an NDDL data block, then the NDDLNAMi='MATRIX' should be used. For example, to write
the matrix MYMATRIX use
OUTPUT2 MYMATRIX,,,,//ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/'MATRIX' $
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1233
Note and the neutral format is a machine-neutral format that allows the transfer of the OUTPUT2-
generated files between different machine types. See RCOUT2 (p. 223) in the MSC Nastran 2012
Installation and Operations Guide for a discussion of this transfer process and the MSC-supplied
conversion utility RCOUT2.
10. The following formats describe each physical record. Note that the following formats depend on
the value of system cell 403 (NASTRAN statement keyword OP2NEW).
Format for Table and Matrix Labels (written only if ITAPE=-1)
Physical
Record
Number Length Contents Description
1 1 KEY = 3
Date (3 words, month-day-year) --
2 KEY
integer
3 1 KEY = 7
NASTRAN Header (7 words*, One Logical Record
4 KEY
Character-A4)
*Word 1 = NAST, Word 2 = RAN, Word 3 = FORT, Word 4 = TAP, Word 5 = EID, Word 6 = COD,
Word 7 = E
5 1 KEY = 2
LABEL (2 words, Character-A4 =
6 KEY
LABL)
If OP2NEW = 0:
7 1 KEY = -1 (EOR)
8 1 KEY = 0 (EOF) End of Label
If OP2NEW = 1:
7 1 KEY = 3
Nastran Program Version (3 words,
8 KEY
Major, Minor, Round, Character A4)
9 1 KEY = -1 (EOR)
10 1 KEY = 0 (EOF)
Main Index
1234 OUTPUT2
Format for Tables and Matrices if OP2NEW = 0

‘
Physical
Record
9 1 KEY = 2
Data Block Name (2 words, Character- Header: Logical. Record1 of
10 KEY
A4) Data Block
11 1 KEY = -1 (EOR)
12 1 KEY = 7
13 KEY NASTRAN Trailer (7 words, integer) Trailer: Logical
14 1 KEY = -2 (EOR)
Record 2 of Data Block
15 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record)
16 1 KEY = 0
17 1 KEY = 2. Logical Record
Data Block Name (2 words, Character-
18 KEY 3 of Data Block
A4) and data (if any)
19 1 KEY=-3 (EOR).
Format for Tables and Matrices if OP2NEW = 1
Physical
Record
11 1 KEY = 2
12 KEY Data Block Name (2 words, Character-A4) Header: Logical. Record1 of
13 1 KEY = 3 Data Block
Nastran Program Version (3 words, Major,

14 KEY
Minor, Round, Character A4)
15 1 KEY = -1 (EOR)
16 1 KEY = 7
17 KEY NASTRAN Trailer (7 words, integer) Trailer: Logical
18 1 KEY = -2 (EOR)
Record 2 of Data Block
19 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record)
20 1 KEY = 0
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1235
Physical
Record
21 1 KEY = 2. Logical Record
Data Block Name (2 words, Character-A4)
22 KEY 3 of Data Block
and data (if any)
23 1 KEY=-3 (EOR).
Format for Tables (Records 20 through n)
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
0 1 Length Contents Description
20 24 1 KEY=1 (Start new logical record) Logical Record 4
21 25 KEY Next Logical Record Type=0 for table record of Table
22 26 1 KEY > 0
23 27 KEY Data
24 28 1 KEY < 0 (EOR)***
25 29 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record) Logical Record 5
26 30 KEY Next Logical Record Type = 0 of Table
27 31 1 KEY > 0
28 32 KEY Data
29 33 1 KEY < 0 (EOR)**
. . Repeat Physical Records 25-29 (or 29-33) Additional Records
for Additional Records in Table of Table
. .
. .
n-7 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record) Last Logical
n-6 KEY Next Logical Record Type = 0 Record of Table
n-5 1 KEY > 0

n-4 KEY Data
n-3 1 KEY < 0 (EOR)**
Main Index
1236 OUTPUT2
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
n-2 1 KEY = 1 (Start new logical record) If Last “Next
n-1 KEY Next Logical Record Type = 0 Logical Record
Type" = 0, then
n 1 KEY = 0 (EOF) End-of-Table
**If more data exists for the column or logical record, then KEY>0 and the physical records 22, 23,
and 24 (or 26, 27, and 28) will be repeated as many times as necessary to complete the column or
logical record.
Format for Matrices (Records 20 or 24 though n)
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
20 24 1 KEY=1 (Start new logical record)
Next Logical Record Type Logical Record 4 of
Matrix=first column
21 25 KEY 1 : matrix column (string records)
2 : factor matrix
3 : factor matrix
KEY > 0 Number of non-zero terms in First Column First
22 26 1
next string in word unit String Record
First non-zero row, followed by non-zero
23 27 KEY+1
terms
KEY > 0 Number of non-zero terms in First Column Second
24 28 1
terms.
25 29 KEY+1
Repeat String Records 22-23 for
Additional Strings in Column
KEY > 0 Number of non-zero terms in First Column Last
n-2 1
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1237
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
n-1 KEY+1
terms.
n 1 KEY<0 (EOR) End of First Column
Repeat Column/String Records 20
through n for additional columns in
matrix if a column is null there is no
String Record for that column
n 1 KEY=1 (Start new logical record) Null Column
Main Index
1238 OUTPUT2
Physical Record
Next Logical Record Type
n+1 KEY
(See Record 21 above)
n+2 1 KEY<0 (EOR) End of Null Column
KEY > 0 Number of non-zero terms in Last Column Last
m-5 1
m-4 KEY+1
terms
m-3 1 KEY<0 End of Last Column
m-2 1 KEY=1 (Start new logical record)TD>
Next Logical Record type=0 If Last "Next Logical
m-1 KEY
Record Type" = 0
m 1 KEY = 0 (EOF) End of Matrix
Format for Tables and Matrix-End-of-Data
Physical
Record
Number Length Contents
n+1 1 If No Data Blocks Follow, KEY = 0 (EOD) End-of-Data
11. OUTPUT2 files may be read using three utility subroutines provided in the utility ("util")
directory; see Building and Using TABTST (p. 254) in the MSC Nastran 2012 Installation and
Operations Guide.
IOPEN Once per FORTRAN unit.

IHEADR Once per data block.
IREAD As many times as desired.
These routines in a file called tabtst.f (or.for). These routines are coded in machine-independent
FORTRAN.
Major benefits that result in using this standard interface are:
• Easier initial usage of OUTPUT2. Most users make several errors while becoming familiar with
the formats.
• User code is not burdened/concerned with physical record boundaries.
• Data can be processed in logical groups rather than in a "blast" read mode.
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1239
Major limitations include:

• Matrices cannot be processed in this manner.
• Multiple FORTRAN units cannot be simultaneously processed.
• BACKSPACE operations are not permitted.
Following are descriptions and use of the three OUTPUT2 service routines.
Entry Point Description

Initializes an OUTPUT2 file and read the label (MSC Nastran).
Format:
CALL IOPEN(IUN,L)
where IUN = An input integer which specifies the unit number to be read.
IOPEN L = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the label written on the unit (L
comes from the third parameter in the DMAP call).
Method:
IOPEN rewinds IUN and reads in the data, title, and label. The keys are checked.
A key check failure results in the message IOPEN BAD KEYX = XXXX.
Processes the data block name and trailer.
Format:
CALL IHEADR(IUN,NAM,T)
where IUN = As described in IOPEN.
NAM = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the data block trailer in words
IHEADR two through seven. Word one contains the location in the DMAP call (101,102,
etc.)
Method:
IHEADR reads the name and trailer. It checks KEY lengths. It also skips the data
block header (which unfortunately may contain data for some/few data blocks).
IHEADR must be called for each data block either immediately after IOPEN or
after IREAD signifies an end-of-file.
12. Starting with MSC.Nastran 2004 the OUTPUT2 file transport format has been enhanced to better
delineate the content to allow external applications to identify version and stride values for IFP
class datablocks. The new MSC Nastran keyword for either the NASTRAN statement or RC file
inclusion is OP2NEW and is linked to system cell 403. This is an integer value with a default of
one (1), indicating that the new transport format is used. A value of zero (0) removes all version
information and IFP locate word changes from the transport file. Modification for version occurs
both in the Label Record and within the Data Block Name record. For more details, see
Modifications to OUTPUT2 (INPUTT2) Transport Formats (p. 570) in the ‘ and this guide.
Main Index
1240 OUTPUT2
Entry Point Description

Supplies data to the calling program in a logical (as opposed to a physical) manner.
Format:
CALL IREAD(IUN,ARRY,NARY,IMETH,NT,IRTN)
where IUN is as described in IOPEN.
ARRY is the array into which a record is transmitted.
NARY is an integer input that requests the number of words to be transmitted. If

NARY is zero, no words will be transmitted. If NARY is negative, the words will
be skipped but not transmitted. If (NARY is greater than the number of words
remaining, the remaining words are processed (skipped or transmitted) and NT is
set to this number and IRTN is set to 1.
IMETH is an integer input that specifies how to proceed through the logical record.
If IMETH = 0, the current logical record is continuously processed until an end-of-
record return (IRTN =1) is given. If IMETH = 1, the remaining data (if any) at the
IREAD conclusion of IREAD, in the current logical record, is skipped.
NT is an integer output value which contains the number of words transmitted or

skipped if IRTN is 1 on return from IREAD.
IRTN is an integer output value which indicates the status on return from IREAD.
IRTN = 0 Normal return.
IRTN = 1 End of logical record hit while trying to process NARY words.
IRTN = 2 End-of-file hit for this data block.
Method:
OUTPUT2 physical records are read into a buffer area. These records are, at most,
2 * BUFFSIZE words long. The current position is maintained and data is
transmitted (or skipped) from the buffer to the ARRY array. If the MSC Nastran
logical record spans several physical FORTRAN records these are transparent (no
end-of-record returns) to the user.
Main Index
OUTPUT4 1241
Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file
OUTPUT4 Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file
Write matrices in ASCII or binary format onto a FORTRAN readable file.
Format:
OUTPUT4 M1,M2,M3,M4,M5//ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3/BIGMAT/DIG
ITS $
Input Data Blocks:
Mi Matrices. Mi cannot be a factor matrix (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15).
Main Index
1242 OUTPUT4
Parameters:
ITAPE Input-integer-default = -1. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before OUTPUT4
starts to write any matrices as follows:
ITAPE ACTION
0 None.
-1 Rewind IUNIT before Write.
-2 End File and Rewind IUNIT after Write.
-3 Both.
IUNIT Input-integer-no default. The absolute value of IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number
on which the matrices will be written. If IUNIT is negative, the sparse output option
will be used, which means only nonzero items in the matrix are written to the unit.
IUNIT = 0 is not recommended. See Remark 1.
BIGMAT Input-logical-default=FALSE. BIGMAT is applicable only when

IUNIT < 0. BIGMAT=FALSE selects the format that uses a string
header as described under Remark 1. But, if the matrix has more than
65535 rows, then BIGMAT will automatically be set to TRUE
regardless of the value specified.
DIGITS Input-integer-default = 9. DIGITS is the requested number of digits for
the fractional part of the real values written for the ASCII format
option (FORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement). The
FORTRAN Format Specification used internally by OUTPUT4 to
write real values will be formed as follows:
FORTRAN Format Specification: P,rEw.d

d = DIGITS
w=d+7
r = 80/w (integer portion)
For example, if
DIGITS = 9 then the format will be 1P,5E16.9

or if DIGITS = 16 then the format will be 1P,3E23.16
Remarks:
1. Each matrix will be written on IUNIT as follows:
Main Index
OUTPUT4 1243
• Record 1:
Word Number Type Meaning

1 Integer Number of columns (NCOL).
2 Integer Number of rows (NR, if BIGMAT=TRUE then NR < 0).
3 Integer Form of matrix (NF). See Remark 11.
4 Integer Type of matrix (NTYPE). See Remark 11.
5 and 6 Character Name of matrix (2A4 format).
If ASCII format, then this is the FORTRAN format
7 Character specification based on DIGITS parameter value. If binary
format, then this is blank.
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and binary format, (IUNIT > 0 and binary format) and
repeated for each nonzero column, i=ICOL through NCOL.

1 Integer Column number (ICOL).
2 Integer Row position of first nonzero term (IROW).
3 Integer Number of words in the column (NW). See Remark 3.
4 through Real or Column element values, single or double precision.
(NW+3) Complex
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and ASCII format, (IUNIT > 0), are repeated for each nonzero
column, ICOL through NCOL. Records 3, 4, etc., are also repeated for each group of r values
(see DIGITS parameter).
Record Word
Number Number Type Meaning
2 1 Integer Column number (ICOL).
Row position of first nonzero term
2 Integer
(IROW).
Number of words in the column
3 Integer
(NW). See Remark 3.
Column element values, single or
3, 4, etc. 1 through NW Real or Complex
double precision.
Main Index
1244 OUTPUT4
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and string header format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
FALSE).

2 Integer Zero.
3 Integer Number of words in the column (NW). See Remark 3.
Integer String header (IS)*.
4 through
(NW+3) Real or A string of nonzero values, single or double precision.
Complex
*IS = IROW + 65536(L + 1) where IROW is the row position of the first term in the string and L
is the length of the string, see Remark 3. For example, a string of six words (see Remark 3)
beginning in row 4 has IS=458756. L and IROW may be derived from IS by:
L = INT(IS/65536) - 1
IROW = IS - 65536(L + 1)
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
TRUE).

2 Integer Zero.
Number of words in the column (NW). See
3 Integer
Remark 3.
Integer Length of string, L, plus 1. See Remark 3. Repeated for
4 through Integer Row position of first term in string (IROW). each string.
(NW+3) Real or A string of nonzero values, single or double
complex precision.
Main Index
OUTPUT4 1245
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and string header format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
FALSE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3 and 4 are repeated for each string, and
record 4 is also repeated for each group of r values (see DIGITS parameter).
Record Word
2 Integer Zero.
2
Number of words in the column (NW).
3 Integer
See Remark 3.
3 1 Integer String header (IS)*.
Real or A string of nonzero values, single or
4 1 through NW
Complex double precision.
• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
TRUE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3 and 4 are repeated for each string and
record 4 is also repeated for each group of r values (see DIGITS parameter).
Record Word
2 Integer Zero.
2
Number of words in the column (NW).
3 Integer
See Remark 3.
Length of string, L, plus 1. See Remark
1 Integer
3.
3
Row position of first term in string
2 Integer
(IROW).
Real or A string of nonzero values, single or
4 1 through NW
Complex double precision.
2. A record with the last column number plus +1 and at least one value in the next record will be
written on IUNIT.
Main Index
1246 OUTPUT4
3. The number of words in the column, NW (or string, L), is the number of elements in the column
(or string) times the number of words per type. Number of words per type is given in the table
below. For example, a column with seven real double precision elements is 14 words long.
Number of
Type Words
1 -- Real single precision 1
2 -- Real double precision 2
3 -- Complex single precision 2
4 -- Complex double precision 4
4. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit (see the MSC
Nastran Quick Reference Guide). Selection of a proper value for IUNlT is machine dependent.
See Making File Assignments (p. 88) in the MSC Nastran 2012 Installation and Operations Guide.
5. If the nonsparse format (IUNIT > 0) is selected, zero terms will be explicitly present after the first
nonzero term in any column until the last nonzero term.
6. Null columns will not be output.
7. An entire column must fit in memory.
8. The FORTRAN binary file option (FORM = UNFORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement)
is the preferred method when the file is to be used on the same computer. The ASCII format
FORM = UNFORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement allows use of the file on another
computer type.
9. The output format of these files can be read by the INPUTT4 module.
10. OUTPUT4 files may be read using a utility FORTRAN subroutine called GETIDS, which is
provided in the utility directory. (See Building and Using MATTST (p. 248) in the MSC Nastran
2012 Installation and Operations Guide.) GETIDS is in the file called mattst.f or mattst.for.
The program must be modified if the ASCII format is desired.
The program is designed to read matrices less than 65536 rows. (BIGMAT = FALSE).
11. Sparse factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15) cannot be processed by OUTPUT4.
Main Index
PARAML 1247
Sets parameters from a data block
PARAML Sets parameters from a data block
Sets parameters from a data block.
Format:
PARAML DB/DBNAME/P1/S,N,P2/S,N,P3/S,N,P4/S,N,P5/S,N,P
6/
S,N,SET1/S,N,F1/S,N,SET2/S,N,F2/
S,N,SET11/S,N,F11/S,N,SET12/S,N,F12 $
Input Data Block:
DB Any matrix or table.
Output Data Block:
DBNAME Any data block. Used only when P1 = ‘NAME’; otherwise DBname
must not be specified.
Parameters:
P1 Input-character-no default. Only the first 4 characters are required

except for options beginning with ’DTI2’, ’COMP’, ’TABI’, and
’TABR’. For example, ‘PRES’ and ‘PRESENCE’ are equivalent.
P2 Input/output-integer-default = 1.
P3 Input/output-integer-default = 1.
P4 Output-real-default = 0.0.
P5 Output-integer-default = 0.
P6 Output-real-default = 0.0.
SETi Input/output-character-default = ' '.
Fi Output-integer-default = 0.
The following describes the various options and their formats. The meaning and usage of parameters P2
through P6, SETi, and Fi depend on the value of P1. Under all options P5 will be set to -1, if the input
data block does not exist, and no other parameters will be set.
Main Index
1248 PARAML
Option P1 = ‘BULK’
Check for the presence of Bulk Data entry records by examining the trailer bits of its IFP module related
table.
Format:
PARAML IFPDB//'BULK'//////
BULKNM1/S,N,BULKFG1/BULKNM2/S,N,BULKFG2/
BULKNM11/S,N,BULKFG11/BULKNM12/S,N,BULKFG12 $
Input Data Block:
IFPDB Table with trailer bits indicating existence of Bulk Data entry records.
Parameters:
BULKNMi Input-character. Name of Bulk Data entry.

BULKFGi Output-integer. Set to -1 if Bulk Data entry exists.
Remark:
To determine which table contains BULKNMi, see Data Blocks (Ch. 2).
Example:
Check for the presence of the rigid elements.
PARAML GEOM4//'BULK'//////'RBE1'/S,N,RBE1/'RBE2'/S,N,
RBE2/
'RBE3'/S,N,RBE3/'RROD'/S,N,RROD/'RBAR'/S,N,RBA
R/
'RTRPLT'/S,N,RTRPLT/'RSPLINE'/S,N,RSPLINE $
Option P1=’COMPVEND’, ‘COMPMODL’, ‘COMPOS’, and ‘COMPOS1’

Extract the computer and operating system information.
Main Index
PARAML 1249
Formats:
Extract the computer’s vendor name:
PARAML //’COMPVEND’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
Extract the computer’s model name:
PARAML //’COMPMODL’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Extract the computer’s operating system:
PARAML //’COMPOS ’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//

Extract any additional operating system information:
PARAML //’COMPOS1 ’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//

Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameter:
:
CHARi Output-character. Up to 32 characters are extracted into CHARi the

values which when concatenated form the complete label.
Remarks:
1. The CHARi values may be best displayed with:
MESSAGE //CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4 $
Option P1 = ‘DMI’
Extract an element from a matrix.
Main Index
1250 PARAML
Format:
PARAML MAT//’DMI’/ICOL/IROW/S,N,REAL/
S,N,NROW/S,N,IMAG $
Input Data Block:
MAT Any matrix. (Real or complex).
Parameters:
ICOL Input-integer-default=1. Column number of matrix element.

IROW Input-integer-default=1. Row number of matrix element.
REAL Output-real. Real part of matrix element.
IMAG Output-real. Imaginary part of matrix element, if element is complex.
Remark:
1. If IROW is greater than the number of rows in the matrix, then NROW will be set to the number
of rows and REAL and IMAG will be set to zero.
Example:
Obtain the value in column 6, row 11 of matrix KGG and save in parameter TERM.
PARAML KGG//’DMI’/6/11/S,N,TERM/S,N,NOKGG $
Option P1 = ‘DTI’
Extract a real, integer, complex, or character value from a table.
Format:
PARAML TAB//’DTI’/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/
S,N,REAL/S,N,INTGR/S,N,IMAG/S,N,CHAR/
S,N,RECNEW//S,N,INTNEW $
Input Data Block:
TAB Any table.
Main Index
PARAML 1251
Parameters:
RECNUM Input/output-integer. Record number of value.

WRDNUM Input/output-integer. Word number of value.
REAL Output-real. Real part of value.
INTGR Output-integer. Integer value.
IMAG Output-real. Imaginary part of value.
CHAR Output-character. Character value. The first four characters in CHAR
contain the table value. The second four characters are blank.
RECNEW Output-integer. Record number in which table value at WORDNM-th
word is nonzero for RECNUM=-1 or changes for RECNUM=-2.
INTNEW Output-integer. Nonzero (RECNUM=-1) or changed (RECNUM=-2)
value of WORDNM-th word in RECNEW-th record.
Remark:
1. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in table, then RECNUM is set to -1. All other
parameters remain unchanged.
2. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then WRDNUM is set to
-1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
3. If RECNUM = -1, then the WRDNUM-th word in all records will be scanned for a nonzero value.
If any exist, then INTGR will be set to -1.
4. If RECNUM = -2, then all records will be scanned for changes in the value of the WRDNUM-th
word. If the value changes then INTGR will be set to -1.
Examples:
1. Extract the frequencies from FRL.
TYPE PARM,,I,,KNT $
TYPE PARM,,LOGI,,LPFLG=TRUE $
DO WHILE ( LPFLG ) $
KNT=KNT+1 $
PARAML FRL//'DTI'/1/S,N,KNT/S,N,FREQ $
IF ( KNT>-1 ) THEN $
MESSAGE //' FREQ='/FREQ $
.
.
.
ELSE
LPFLG=FALSE $
ENDIF $
ENDDO $
2. Test for an SPCFORCE Case Control command in any subcase. According to Data Blocks
(Ch. 2), SPCFORCE requests are declared in word 135 of the CASECC data block.
PARAML CASECC//’DT1’/-1/135//S,N,SPCREQ $
Main Index
1252 PARAML
Option P1 = ‘DTI2’
Extract double precision load factor stored in two consecutive words of the ESTNL data block and
truncate to single precision.
Format:
PARAML ESTNL//'DTI2'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL $
Input Data Block:
ESTNL Material nonlinear element summary table.
Parameters:

WRDNUM Input/output-integer. First word number of value.
REAL Output-real. Real part of value.
Remarks:
1. This option is so far only applicable to the load factor stored in the ESTNL data block.
3. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then WRDNUM is set to
-1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
Example:
Extract load factor in words 5 and 6 of the header record.
PARAML ESTNL//'DTI2'/0/5/S,N,FACT $ LOAD FACTOR
Option P1 = ‘DTI2C’
Extract character value stored in two consecutive words.
Format:
PARAML TAB//'DTI2C'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM//
S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR2 $
Input Data Block:
TAB Any table.
Main Index
PARAML 1253
Parameters:

WRDNUM Input/output-integer. First word number of value.
INTGR Output-integer. Integer value and search flag when RECNUM<0.
CHAR2 Output-character. Character value concatenated from the values in the
WRDNUM and (WRDNUM+1)-th position.
Remarks:
2. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in the RECNUM-th record, then WRDNUM
is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
3. If RECNUM = -1, then the WRDNUM-th word in all records will be scanned for a nonzero value.
If any exist, then INTGR will be set to -1.
4. If RECNUM = -2, then all records will be scanned for changes in the value in the WRDNUM-th
word. If the value changes, then INTGR will be set to -1.
Example:
Extract the K2PP Case Control DMIG name specification words 139 and 140 of the Case Control data
block.
PARAMLCASECC//'DTI2C'/1/139////S,N,K2PP $
Option P1 = ‘IMATCH’
Search for a specific integer value in a table record.
Format:
PARAML TAB//'IMATCH'/RECNUM/IVALUE/S,N,FOUND $
Input Data Block:
TAB Any table.
Parameter:
RECNUM Input-integer. Record number for search.

IVALUE Input-integer. Value to search.
FOUND Output-integer. Set to -1 if value is found, set to +1 otherwise.
Main Index
1254 PARAML
Example:
Search for value of HINDEX in record 1 of KVAL table.
HINDEX = HINDEX +1 $
PARAMLKVAL//'IMATCH'/HINDEX//S,N,NOKVAL $
Option P1 = ‘NAME’
Return the name and purge status of a data block.
Format:
PARAML /DBNAME/'NAME'////S,N,NODB//S,N,NAME $
Input Data Block:

None.
Output Data Block:
DBNAME Any data block.
Parameters:
NODB Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block is purged, and +1 if the data
block is present.
NAME Output-character. Name of the data block. Set to blank if data block is
purged.
Remarks:
1. This option is useful for checking to see if the data block is purged on the CALL statement(s) in
the calling subDMAP(s).
2. If DBNAME is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, then NAME is the name appearing on the
corresponding CALL statement. This process is repeated until the DBNAME no longer appears
on a SUBDMAP statement.
Example:
Check the name and purge status of the MAA matrix.
PARAML/MAA/'NAME'////S,N,NOMAA//S,N,MAANAM $
Option P1 = ‘NULL’
Test for a null matrix.
Main Index
PARAML 1255
Format:
PARAML MAT//'NULL'//S,N,FULLMAT//S,N,NULLMAT $
Input Data Block:
MAT Any matrix.
Parameters:
FULLMAT Output-integer. Flag to indicate whether matrix is full or not.

1 full
0 not full
NULLMAT Output-integer. Set to -1 if matrix is null.
Example:
Determine if data block PG is null.
PARAML PG//'NULL'////S,N,NOPG $
Option P1='PARAM'
Check for the presence of a parameter PVT table.
Format:
PARAML PVT//'PARAM'/////
PARAM1/S,N,NOPARM1/PARAM2/S,N,NOPARM2/
PARAM11/S,N,NOPARM11/PARAM12/S,N,NOPARM12 $
Input Data Block:
PVT Parameter value table.
Main Index
1256 PARAML
Parameters:
PARAMi Input-character. Parameter name.

NOPARMi Output-integer. If parameter exists then NOPARMi=-1, otherwise,
+1.
Remark:
1. The PVT table is output by the IFP and PVT modules.
Example:
Check for the presence of PARAM,AUTOSPC.
PARAML PVT//'PARAM'//////'AUTOSPC'/S,N,NOAUTOSP $
Option P1 = ‘PRESENCE’
Test for the presence (existence) of a data block.
Format:
PARAML DB//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NODB $
Input Data Block:
DB Any data block.
Parameter:
NODB Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block does not exist.
Remark:
See DBSTATUS, 707 module description for alternative options.
Example:
Test for the existence of the KGG data block.
PARAML KGG//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NOKGG $
Option P1='SET'
Extract elements of a SET defined in Case Control.
Main Index
PARAML 1257
Format:
PARAML CASECC//'SET'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL/
S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR/S,N,SETKNTR $
Input Data Block:
CASECC Table of Case Control selections.
Parameters:
RECNUM Input/output-integer. Record number.

WRDNUM Input/output-integer. Word number of Case Control command
selection which references the desired set.
REAL Output-real. Real part of value in the set.
INTGR Output-integer. Integer value in the set.
IMAG Output-real. Imaginary part in the set.
CHAR Output-character. Character value in the set.
SETKNTR Input/output-integer. Pointer to desired member in set; e.g., 1 means
first member in set, 2 means second member, etc. If the set is exhausted
then SETKNTR is reset to -1.
Example:
Extract the members of the sample Case Control command:
K2GG=MATA MATB MATC
(Word 338 in CASECC contains the internal set identification number for K2GG.)
PARAML CASECC//'SET'/1/338////S,N,MATNAM/S,N,SETKNTR
$
Option P1=’TABDEL’
Delete a group of words in a record, the trailing portion of a record, or the entire record in a table.
Format:
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABDEL’/
RECNUM/WORDNUM//NWORDS $
Main Index
1258 PARAML
Input Data Block:
TABIN Any table.
Output Data Block:
TABOUT Modified TABIN.
Parameters:
RECNUM Input-integer. Record number. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records
in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error. (RECNUM=0 refers to the header record of
TABIN.)
WORDNUM Input-integer. Word number.
>0 A total of NWORDS entries starting from word number. WORDNUM (and
going forward) are deleted from record number RECNUM. If NWORDS is
not specified, it is internally assumed to be 1.
=0 Delete the entire record RECNUM. NWORDS is ignored in this case.
<0 Delete the trailing portion of record RECNUM starting from word number
ABS(WORDNUM). NWORDS is ignored in this case.
NWORDS Input-integer. Number of words to delete.
Remark:
1. The usage implies that the use of WORDNUM=0 and WORDNUM=-1 will both result in the
deletion of the entire record number RECNUM.)
Option P1=’TABINSR’, ‘TABINSI’, ‘TABINSC’, and ‘TABINS2C’

Insert a new value in a record or insert a new record after an existing record in a table.
Format for P1=’TABINSR’:

Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by real number REAL.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINSR’/
RECNUM/WORDNUM/REAL $
Main Index
PARAML 1259
Format for P1=’TABINSI’:

Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by integer INTEG.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINSI’/
RECNUM/WORDNUM//INTEG $
Format for P1=’TABINSC’:

Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by four character string CHAR.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINSC’/
RECNUM/WORDNUM////CHAR $
Format for P1=’TABINS2C’:

Insert the WORDNUM-th and WORDNUM+1-th words in the RECNUM-th record by two 4-character
values comprising the character parameter CHAR.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINS2C’/
Input Data Block:
TABIN Any table.
Output Data Block:
Parameters:
RECNUM Input-integer. Record number. If RECNUM is greater than the number of

records in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error. (RECNUM=0 refers to the header
record of TABIN.)
WORDNUM Input-integer. Word number.
>0 The new value is inserted AFTER word number WORDNUM in record
number RECNUM.
<0 The new value is inserted BEFORE word number ABS(WORDNUM)
in record number RECNUM.
Main Index
1260 PARAML
=0 A new record containing the new value is inserted AFTER record

number RECNUM.
REAL Input-real. New real value to be inserted in TABIN.
INTEG Input-integer. New integer to be inserted value in TABIN.
CHAR Input-character. New character value to be inserted in TABIN.
Option P1=’TABREPR’, ‘TABREPI’, ‘TABREPC’, and ‘TABREP2C’

Replace any value in any record of a table.
Format for P1=’TABREPR’:

Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by real number REAL.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREPR’/
RECNUM/WORDNUM/REAL $
Format for P1=’TABREPI’:

Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by integer INTEG.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREPI’/
RECNUM/WORDNUM//INTEG $
Format for P1=’TABREPC’:

Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by four character string CHAR.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREPC’/
Format for P1=’TABREP2C’:

Replace the WORDNUM-th and WORDNUM+1-th words in the RECNUM-th record by two 4-
character values comprising the character parameter CHAR.
PARAML TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREP2C’/
Input Data Block:
TABIN Any table.
Main Index
PARAML 1261
Output Data Block:
Parameters:
RECNUM Input-integer. Record number. If RECNUM is greater than the number

of records in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error. (RECNUM=0 refers
to the header record of TABIN.)
WORDNUM Input-integer. Word number. If this is non-zero, its absolute value
references a word number in record RECNUM. If this value is greater
than the number of words in record no. RECNUM, it will result in a
fatal error.
REAL Input-real. Replacement real value in TABIN.
INTEG Input-integer. Replacement integer value in TABIN.
CHAR Input-character. Replacement character value in TABIN.
Remarks:
1. It is the programmer’s responsibility to ensure that the type of word that is being replaced is the
same as the type of word that is replacing it. The program does not check for this condition.
Option P1 = ‘TRAILER’
Extract a value from the trailer of a data block or set information from USET.
Format for all data blocks except USET:
PARAML DB//'TRAILER'/WRDNUM/S,N,TVALUE/S,N,REAL/
S,N,NODB $
Format for USET table:
PARAML USET//'TRAILER'////S,N,NOSET//SETNAME $
Input Data Block:
DB Any data block.

Main Index
1262 PARAML
Parameter:
WRDNUM Input-integer. Word number of trailer.

TVALUE Output-integer. Trailer value. See Table in Remark 1.
REAL Output-real. Trailer value as a real number. Used only if
WRDNUM=6. See Remark 2.
NODB Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block does not exist.
NOSET Output-integer. USET flag for existence for the set specified by
SETNAME. NOSET will be set to -1 if the set does not exist.
SETNAME Input-character. Degree-of-freedom set name.
Remarks:
1. Meaning of TVALUE:
WRDNUM Meaning of TVALUE

1 Number of columns in matrix
2 Number of rows in matrix
3 Form of the matrix
4 Type of matrix
5 Largest number of nonzero words among all columns
6 Density of the matrix multiplied by 10000
7 Size in blocks
8 Maximum string length over all strings
9 Number of strings
10 Average bandwidth
11 Maximum bandwidth
12 Number of null columns
2. If WRDNUM=6, the density of a matrix is returned as an integer value times 10000 in TVALUE
and also as a real value in REAL. If the density is greater than 99.999%, but not actually full, then
TVALUE will be 10000, which is misleading if one is checking for the “fullness” of a matrix. It
is recommended that either the REAL parameter be checked or the FULLMAT parameter be
checked under P1=’NULL’.
Examples:
1. Extract the second word of the trailer from the SILS table and save in LUSETS:
PARAML SILS/'TRAILER'/2/S,N,LUSETS//S,N,NOSILS $
Main Index
PARAML 1263
2. Check for the presence of single-point constraints (s-set):

PARAML USET//’TRAILER’////S,N,SINGLE//’S’ $
Option P1 = ‘USET’
Search for a specific integer value in a table record.
Format:
PARAML USET//'USET'//////
SET1/S,N,NOSET1/SET2/S,N,NOSET2/
SET11/S,N,NOSET11/SET12/S,N,NOSET12 $
Input Data Block:
Parameter:
SETi Input-character. Degree-of-freedom Set name.

NOSETi Output-integer. Degree-of-freedom Set existence flag. NOSETi = -1 if
set does not exist. NOSETi = number of degrees of freedom in the set
if the set exists.
Remark:
See TRAILER option for allowable set names.
Example:
Check for the existence of multipoint constraints (MPCs), rigid elements, and single-point constraints
(SPCs).
PARAMLUSET//’USET’//////’M’/S,N,NOMSET/’S’/S,N,NOSSET $
Option P1=’VERSID’, ‘VERSID1’, ‘VERSID2’, ‘VERSID3’, ‘VERSID4’, and ‘VERSDATE’

Extract the program version information as shown in f06 title page banner.
Main Index
1264 PARAML
Formats:
Extract the program version id number; e.g., ‘2004.0.0’:
PARAML //’VERSID’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Extract the program version label 1; e.g., ‘MSC Nastran -- Tier 2’:
PARAML //’VERSID1’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Extract the program version label 2; e.g., ‘Customer Funded Project’:
Extract the program version label 3; e.g., ‘Evalulation System’:
Extract the program version label 4:
Extract the program build date:
PARAML //’VERSDATE’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Main Index
PARAML 1265
Parameter:
CHARi Output-character. Up to 32 characters are extracted into CHARi the

values which when concatenated form the complete label.
Remarks:
1. The CHARi values may be best displayed with:
MESSAGE //CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4 $
Option P1='XYCDB'
Check for the presence of a response types specified on xy plotting commands: XYPAPLOT, XYPEAK,
XYPLOT, XYPRINT and XYPUNCH.
Format:
PARAML XYCDB//'XYCDB'/////
RESP1/S,N,NORESP1/RESP2/S,N,NORESP2/
RESP11/S,N,NORESP11/RESP12/S,N,NORESP12 $
Input Data Block:
XYCDB Table of x-y plotting commands. Response type.
Parameters:
RESPi Input-character. The valid names are:

DISP VELO ACCE SPCF OLOA
VG STRE FORC SDIS SVEL
SACC NFOR PRES BOUT STRA
MPCF FPRE FMPF SMPF PMPF
LMPF GMPF
Main Index
1266 PARAML
See X-Y PLOT Commands (p. 608) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide for a description of the
types.
NORESPi Output-integer. If the response type was is specified on an xy plotting

command then NORESPi=1, otherwise, -1.
Example:
Check for the presence of the MPCF response type.
PARAML XYCDBS//'XYCDB'//////'MPCF'/S,N,NOMPCF $
Main Index
PARTN 1267
Matrix partition
PARTN Matrix partition
To partition [A] into [A11], [A12], [A21] and [A22]:
CP
A11 A12 = 0
 A   RP
A21 A22  0
= 0 ""  0
Format:
PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/SYM/TYPE/Fll/F2l/F12/F
22 $
Input Data Blocks:
A Matrix to be partitioned.
RP Row partitioning vector -- single precision column vector.
CP Column partitioning vector -- single precision column vector.
Output Data Blocks:
Aij Matrix partitions. See Remarks below.
Parameters:
SYM Input-integer-default=-1. SYM chooses between a symmetric partition

and one unsymmetric partition. If SYM < 0, {CP} is used as {RP}, and
{RP} must be purged. If SYM  0 , {CP} and {RP} are distinct.
TYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of output matrices. If TYPE = 0, the type
of the output matrices will be the type of the input matrix  A  .
Fij Input-integer-default=0. Form of  A ij  . See Remarks.
Main Index
1268 PARTN
Matrix partition
Remarks:
1. The operation of PARTN is dependent upon the partitioning vectors, CP and RP, and the
symmetry flag, SYM. The following describes the operations:
Let NC = number of nonzero terms in {CP}.

NR = number of nonzero terms in {RP}.
NROWA = number of rows in [A].
NCOLA = number of columns in [A].
Case 1: {CP} is purged and SYM  0 :
PARTN A,,RP/A11,A21,,/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix.
[A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix.
[A22] is not written.  A   A11
A21
Case 2: (RP) is purged and SYM  0 :
PARTN A,CP,/A11,,A12,/1 $
[A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix.  A   A11 A12
Case 3: {RP} is purged and SYM  0 :
PARTN A,CP,/A11,A21,A12,A22 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NC by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A22] is a NC by NC matrix.
 A   A11 A12
A21 A22
Case 4: Neither {CP} nor {RP} are purged and SYM  0 :
PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA -- NR) by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NR by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix
[A22] is a NR by NC matrix.
 A   A11 A12
A21 A22
Main Index
PARTN 1269
Matrix partition
2. Any or all output data blocks may be purged.

3. If [A] is purged, PARTN will cause all output data blocks to be purged.
4. If {CP} is purged, [A] is partitioned as follows:
 A   A11
A21
5. If {RP} is purged and SYM  0 , [A] is partitioned as follows:
6. If {RP} is purged and SYM  0 , [A] is partitioned as follows:
 A   A11 A12
A21 A22
where {CP} is used as both the row and column partitioner.
7. {RP} and {CP} cannot both be purged.
8.  A   A11 A12
A21 A22
Let [A] be an m by n matrix, {CP} be an nx1 vector containing q zero elements; and {RP} be a
mx1 vector containing p zero elements.
Partition [A11] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = RPi = 0.0 in the same order
as they appear in [A].
Partition [A12] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj  0.0 and RPi = 0.0 in the
same order as they appear in [A].
Partition [A21] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = 0.0 and RPi  0.0 in the
same order as they appear in [A].
9. The default action for F11, F21, F12, and F22 allows the program to automatically select the
appropriate form.
Examples:
1. Let [A], {CP} and {RP} be defined as follows:
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

 A  = 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
Main Index
1270 PARTN
Matrix partition
 1.0 
 
 0.0 
 CP  =  
 1.0 
 1.0 
 
0.0
 RP  = 0.0
1.0
Then, the DMAP instruction
PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
will create the real matrices:
 A11  = 2.0  F11 = 2  A12  = 1.0 3.0 4.0  F12 = 2

6.0 5.0 7.0 8.0
 A21  = 10.0  F11 = 2  A22  = 9.0 11.0 12.0  F22 = 2

PARTN A,CP,/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $ RP,CP distinct
the resulting matrices would be
2.0 1.0 3.0 4.0

 A11  = 6.0  A12  = 5.0 7.0 8.0
10.0 9.0 11.0 12.0
 A21  = purged  A22  = purged

PARTN A, ,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
Main Index
PARTN 1271
Matrix partition
the resulting matrices would be
 A12  = purged
 A11  = 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0
5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
 A21  = 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0  A22  = purged
1 2 3
4. If  A  = 5 6 7 and the DMAP instruction was written as
9 10 11
PARTN A,RP,/A11,A21,A12,A22/-1 $
then the resulting partitions would be
1 2 3
A11 A12
5 6 7 
A21 A22
9 10 11
Main Index
1272 PCOMB
Combines static loads from upstream superelements
PCOMB Combines static loads from upstream superelements
Combines static loads from upstream superelements and the residual structure based on the CLOAD Bulk
Data entry.
Format:
PCOMB CASECC,EDT,SLT,PGUP,PJ/
CVECT,PG1/
NSKIP/S,N,NVECT/MODE $
Input Data Blocks:

PGUP Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure due to static
loads in upstream superelements only.
PJ Static load matrix for the g-set of the residual structure and applied to
its interior points only.
Output Data Blocks

:
CVECT Load combination factor matrix.

PG1 Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure.
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-default=0. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.

NVECT Output-integer-default=0. Number of columns in CVECT and PG1.
MODE Input-character-no default. Boundary condition change ignore flag. See Remark
2.
NONLINEAR Ignore boundary condition changes.
STATICS Do not ignore boundary condition changes.
Main Index
PCOMB 1273
Combines static loads from upstream superelements
Remarks:
1. Any input data block except CASEXX may be purged.
2. If MODE='STATICS' all records of CASECC, beginning at the NSKIP-th record, are processed
until a boundary change occurs.
Main Index
1274 PCOPY
Tests parallel copy
PCOPY Tests parallel copy
Tests parallel copy in a parallel GINO environment on a multiprocessing machine.
Format:
PCOPY INDB/
OUTDB1,OUTDB2,OUTDB3,OUTDB4,OUTDB5,OUTDB6,OUTD
B7,
OUTDB8/
PCOPY1/PCOPY2 $
Input Data Blocks:
INDB Any table or matrix.
Output Data Blocks:
OUTDBi Copies of INDB.
Parameters:
PCOPY1 Input-integer-default=-1. Execute parallel copy flag.

< Perform copy.
0
> Do not perform copy.
0
PCOPY2 Input-integer-default=1. Parallel copy method.
> Perform standard copy using CPYFIL.
0
< Perform copy using single buffer for input and output.
0
Remark:
PCOPY is a reserved for MSC development purposes and should not be used.
Main Index
PFCALC 1275
Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications
PFCALC Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications
Computes the modal contribution factors (MCF) for the structure or the modal participation factors for
the fluid based upon PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID Case Control commands.
Format:
PFCALC CASECC,BGPDT,OL,RXS,UXFS,LAMAS,LAMAF,UXFF,MFXX,BFXX,KF
XX,PNLLST,RWXS,RXF,AXX,AXW,VGW,ABEH*,
PFXF,UBRS,UBRF,UBWS,APXW*,MSXX,BSXX,KSXX,PXS,
UBWF,APYW*, QFRQV*,QSXX*,QFXX*,QAXX*,QABEH*,QABEF*,
QABES*,QAXW*/ SMPF,SMPFD,OSMPF1,AFMPF,AFMPFD,OAFMPF1,
ASMPF,ASMPFD, OASMPF1,APMPF1,APMPFD,OAPMPF1,APPF,
APPFD,OAPPF1,AGPF, AGPFD,OAGPF1,SPPF,SPPFD,OSPPF1/
FS/APP/SOLTYPS/SOLTYPF/NOACTRM $
Input Data Blocks:

OL Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transientresponse time output list or
frequency responsefrequency output list.
RXS Transformation matrix from h-set or d-set to physical responseson the structure.
Only contains the rows corresponding to those selected on the PF* Case Control
command.
UXFS Solution matrix from dynamic analysis in d- or h-set on the structure.
LAMAS Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of the model.
LAMAS Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the model.
UXFF Solution matrix from dynamic analysis in d- or h-set on the fluid.
MFXX Fluid mass matrix in the h-set or d-set.
BFXX Fluid damping matrix in the h-set or d-set.
KFXX Fluid stiffness matrix in the h-set or d-set.
PNLLST Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL qualifier values.
RWXS Transformation matrix of structure relating displacements of wetted surface to
solution set results.
RXF Transformation matrix of fluid relating displacements at response degrees-of-
freedom to solution set results.
AXX Fluid-structure coupling matrix in the h-set or d-set.
Main Index
1276 PFCALC
AXW Fluid-structure coupling matrix with columns corresponding to degrees-of-freedom

of the wetted surface only.
VGW G-set size partitioning vector with non-zero values at rows corresponding to
structural degrees-of-freedom of the wetted surface.
ABEH* Family of signed modally reduced area matrices.
PFXF Matrix of fluid loads in the h-set or d-set.
UBRS Contribution of the base motion to the displacements at the response degrees of
freedom
UBRF Contribution of the base motion to the pressure at the response degrees of freedom
UBWS Contribution of the base motion to the displacements of the wetted surface on
structure
APXW* Family of panel fluid-structure coupling matrices (family of panel axw matrices for
fluid response)
MSXX Structure mass matrix in the h-set or d-set.
BSXX Structure damping matrix in the h-set or d-set.
KSXX Structure stiffness matrix in the h-set or d-set.
PXS Matrix of structural loads in the h-set or d-set.
UBWF Contribution of the base motion to the displacements of the wetted surface on fluid.
APYW* Family of panel fluid-structure coupling matrix with columns corresponding to
degree-of-freedom of the wetted surface only for structure response.
QFRQV* Family of frequency vectors of ACTRIM.
QSXX* Family of ACTRIM matrices on structure domain.
QFXX* Family of ACTRIM matrices on fluid domain.
QAXX* Family of ACTRIM matrices on fluid-structure coupling domain.
QABEH* Family of ACTRIM panel fluid-structure coupling matrices.
QABEF* Family of ACTRIM contribution of the base motion to the displacements of the
wetted surface on fluid.
QABES* Family of ACTRIM contribution of the base motion to the displacements of the
wetted surface on structure.
QAXW* Family of ACTRIM fluid-structure coupling matrix with columns corresponding to
degree-of-freedom of the wetted surface only.
Output Data Blocks:
SMPF Matrix of structural modal participation factors.

SMPFD SMPF dictionary table.
Main Index
PFCALC 1277
OSMPF1 Table of structural modal participation factors in SORT1 format.

AFMPF Matrix of acoustic fluid modal participation factors.
AFMPFD AFMPF dictionary table.
OAFMPF1 Table of acoustic fluid modal participation factors in SORT1 format.
4ASMPF Matrix of acoustic structural modal participation factors.
ASMFPD ASMPF dictionary table.
OASMPF1 Table of acoustic structural modal participation in SORT1 format.
APMPF Matrix of acoustic panel modal participation factors.
APMPFD APMPF dictionary table.
OAPMPF1 Table of acoustic panel modal participation factor in SORT1 format.
APPF Matrix of acoustic panel participation factors.
APPFD APPF dictionary table.
OAPPF1 Table of acoustic panel participation in SORT1 format.
AGPF Matrix of normalized acoustic grid participation factors.
AGPFD AGPF dictionary table.
OAGPF1 Table of normalized acoustic grid participation factors in SORT1 format.
SPPF Matrix of structure panel participation factors.
SPPFD SPPF dictionary table.
OSPPF1 Table of structure panel participation in SORT1 format.
Parameters:
FS Input-logical-default=TRUE. Fluid-structure existence flag.

APP Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Analysis type.
'CEIGEN' Complex eigenvalue
SOLTYPS Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Solution method for the structure:
'MODAL', 'DIRECT' or 'NONE'
SOLTYPF Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Solution method for the fluid: 'MODAL',
'DIRECT' or 'NONE'
NOACTRM Input-integer-default=0. Number of ACTRIMs selected.
Remarks:
1. The response degrees-of-freedoms are the degrees-of-freedoms of which the participation factors
are requested (setdof on right-hand side of PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID commands).
Main Index
1278 PFCALC
2. Acoustic and structural modal participation factors are supported in modal frequency response
(SOL 111), modal transient response (SOL 112) and modal complex eigenvalue analysis (SOL
110)
3. Acoustic panel and grid participation factors are supported in a coupled modal or direct frequency
response analysis (SOL 108 and SOL 111).
4. All other acoustic participation factors are supported in a coupled modal frequency response
analysis (SOL 111) only.
Main Index
PFOFP 1279
Output File Processor for Participation Factors
PFOFP Output File Processor for Participation Factors
To output (print or punch) data blocks prepared by PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID.
Format:
PFOFP OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5//ODCODE/APP $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table suitable for processing by PFCALC module. See Remark 1.
Output Data Blocks:
None
Parameters:
ODCODE Input-integer-default=-1. Output device code override. ODCODE overrides the

code stored in the DBi's according to the following table:
ODCODE Output Directed to:
1 Print
2 Plot
4 Punch
5 Print and Punch
APP Input-Integer-default=''. Analysis type.
‘FREQRESP’ Frequency response.
‘TRANRESP’ Transient response.
Remarks:
1. Any of the data blocks may be purged.
Main Index
1280 PLOT
Creates a table of plot instructions
PLOT Creates a table of plot instructions
Creates a table of plot instructions for undeformed and deformed shapes and then writes the table to
Fortran unit 14.
Format:
PLOT PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET,CASECC,BGPDT,
 PUGS   PUGD   GPECT   OES1 
  ,  ,  , /
 USET   ECT     
PLOTMSG/
NGP/LUSET/JPLOT/DEFORMED/S,N,PLTNUM $
Input Data Blocks:
PLTPAR Table of plot parameters and plot control.

ELSET Table of element plot set connections.
PUGS Matrix of translational displacements in static analysis.
PUGD Matrix of translational displacements in dynamic analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
PLOTMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the plot

process.
Main Index
PLOT 1281
Creates a table of plot instructions
Parameters:
NGP Input-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure.
g-set. If LUSET=0 then its value will be extracted from the trailer of BGPDT.
JPLOT Input-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none.
DEFORMED Input-integer-default=1. Deformed plot request flag.
1 Plot undeformed shapes.
-1 Plot deformed shapes.
Remarks:
1. If GPECT, OES1, PUGS, and PUGD are purged then only undeformed shapes may be drawn.
2. If either PUGS or PUGD is purged, that type of deformed shape will not be drawn.
3. If GPECT or OES1 are purged, contour plots or outlines will not be drawn.
4. The plot instructions are written to Fortran unit 14.
5. If USET and ECT are input, then the plot will label the grid points with numbers indicating the
degrees-of-freedom constrained to zero. For example, a label of 126 indicates the grid is
constrained in the first and second translational and third rotational degrees-of-freedom. Also, the
elements will be labeled with their property identification numbers. These features are only
available in undeformed plotting only.
Main Index
1282 PLTHBDY
Supports plotting of CHBDYi elements
PLTHBDY Supports plotting of CHBDYi elements
Updates the geometry and connectivity tables to support plotting of CHBDYi elements.
Format:
PLTHBDY GEOM2,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,CSTM/
PECT,PBGPDT/
S,N,NHBDY/MESH $
Input Data Blocks:
scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
PECT Element connectivity table updated to support plotting CHBDYi

elements.
PBGPDT Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting CHBDYi
elements.
Parameters:
NHBDY Output-integer-no default. Number of CHBDYi elements. Set to -1 if

none exist.
MESH Input-character-no default. Shading summary print flag. Set to 'YES' to
print summary; 'NO' otherwise.
Main Index
PLTSET 1283
Generates element sets for plotting
PLTSET Generates element sets for plotting
Generates element sets for plotting.
Format:
/
PLTSET   PBGPDT   PECT  
 PCDB,  ,  
  BGPDT   ECT  
 
 POSTCDB, , GEOM2 
 ELSET 
3/6(706* 3/73$5 *36(76  /
 PELSET 
S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT/ECTYPE $
Input Data Blocks:

POSTCDB Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) Section of Case
Control.
PBGPDT Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting CHBDYi
elements.
elements.
scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the definition

of element plot sets.
Main Index
1284 PLTSET
Generates element sets for plotting

Parameters:
NGP Output-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure.
JPLOT Output-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none.
ECTYPE Input-integer-default=0. Type of element connectivity input and plot set output:
0 ECT and ELSET.
1 GEOM2 and ELSET.
2 ECT and PELSET.
Remark:
PCDB may be purged if ECTYPE>0.
Examples:
1. For p-elements in subDMAP IFPS1, ELSET is required by GP0.
PLTSET POSTCDB,,GEOM2/X1,X2,X3,ELSET/0/0/1 $
2. For undeformed plotting in subDMAP SEPLOT:
PLTSET PCDB,PBGPDT,PECT/
PLTMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSETS/
S,N,NSILS/S,N,JPLOT $
Main Index
PNCHGRP 1285
For multi-level DMP, changes the active group set from a parent to a child group or from a child to a
parent group.
PNCHGRP For multi-level DMP, changes the active group set from a
parent to a child group or from a child to a parent group.
Format:
PNCHGRP //FROMLABL/TOLABEL/IBELONG $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
FROMLABL Input-character-no default. The label associated with the present group
set.
TOLABEL Input-character-no default. The label associated with the new group
set.
IBELONG Input-integer-default=1. A zero value of this parameter indicates that
the processor does not belong to any of the subgroups associated with
the TOLABEL label.
Remarks:
1. If a processor does not belong to any of the groups associated with TOLABEL then IBELONG
will be zero and PNCHGRP will not change the parallel processing environment for that
processor. If a processor does belong to a group associated with TOLABEL, then IBELONG will
be one.
2. PNCHGRP can only change groups from a parent to a child or from child to a parent.
3. PNCHGRP redefines system cell 231 (NPROCS) and system cell 265 (the processor ID) to be
their local values within the new group.
Main Index
1286 PNMKGRP
For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more (sub)groups.
PNMKGRP For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more

(sub)groups.
Format:
PNMKGRP //PLABEL/NSUBGP/GRPSIZ/PIDINI/
INCPID/INCGRP/GPLABEL $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
PLABEL Input-character-default=’WORLD’. The label associated with the

parent group set.
NSUBGP Input-integer-default=1. The number of subgroups to create in the new
set.
GRPSZ Input-integer-default=1. The number of processors in each subgroup.
PIDINI Input-integer-default=1. The first processor id of the parent group
which will be included in the first new subgroup.
INCPID Input-integer-default=1. The stride from one processor identification
number of the parent group which is included in a given subgroup, to
the next processor identification number of the parent group which is
included in the same group.
INCGRP Input-integer-default=1. The stride from the first processor
identification number of the parent group that is included in a given
subgroup, to the processor identification number of the parent group
that corresponds to the first processor identification number that is
included in the next subgroup.
GPLABEL Input-character-no default. The label associated with the new set of
subgroups.
Main Index
PNMKGRP 1287
Remarks:
1. The parent group set identified by the first parameter must be the ’active’ group when the child
group set is created. The default active group is the ’WORLD’ group. A child group is made active
using the PNCHGRP module.
2. If there are more than one groups (NSUBGP > 1), then all the groups must have the same number
of processors.
Examples:
1. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set of 5 subgroups with processor identification
numbers {1,2,3,4}, {5,6,7,8}, {9,10,11,12}, {13,14,15,16}, {17,18,19,20}:
PNMKGRP //’world’/5/4/1/1/4/’mygroup1’
2. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set of 5 subgroups with processor identification
numbers {1,6,11,16}, {2,7,12,17}, {3,8,13,18}, {4,9,14,19}, {5,10,15,20}:
PNMKGRP //’world’/5/4/1/5/1/’mygroup2’
3. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set 1 subgroup with processor identification
numbers {1,5,9,13,17}:
PNMKGRP //’world’/1/5/1/4//’masters1’
Main Index
1288 PRESOL
Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution
PRESOL Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution
Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution using the domain decomposition method.
Format under PRSLOPT=0:
PRESOL GEQMAP,USET,SIL,PARFIL,PFA,PJXL/
EQMAP,GAPAR,,PFA1,/
NOFSETL/S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH/NMATDOM $
PRESOL MAT1,MAT2,,,,/
QMAPD,GAPAR,PARTF,LOCALP,GRDRM//
S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH $
PRESOL MAT1,MAT2,EQMAPD0,,,/
AT1N,MAT2N,,,//
S,N,PRSLOPT
PRESOL MAT1,MAT2,,,,/
COLOR,,,,//
S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH/NMATDOM $
Input Data Blocks:
GEQMAP Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides
on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition.
MAT1 Square symmetric matrix 1 to be paritioned.
MAT2 Square symmetric matrix 2 to be paritioned.
PARTVEC Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to
degrees-of-freedom that are locally constrained.
PFA Static load matrix with partial boundary loads in the a-set.
Main Index
PRESOL 1289
PJXL Static load matrix for boundary load contribution from the residual
structure.
EQMAPD0 EQMAPD from a prior call to PRESOL.
Output Data Blocks:
EQMAP Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain

decomposition.
GAPAR Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local a-set
displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains a 1 at
each row which does not have a contribution from the current
processor and zero if it does.
PARTVEC1 Updated PARTVEC indicating for all constraints; local and boundary.
PFA1 Updated PFA with complete boundary loads.
EQMAPD Similar to EQMAP but on a degree-of-freedom basis.
MAT1N Local filtered matrix 1.
MAT2N Local filtered matrix 2.
COLOR Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MATi. The i-th
entry corresponds to the uperelement identification number (tip
superelement or collector or 0 (residual)) to which the i-th degree-of-
freedom belongs.
Parameters:
UNUSEDi Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.

PRSLOPT Input/output-integer-default=0. PRESOL Processing option. On input the following
options are available.
0 Prepare for partial and distributed decomposition.
1 Partition the matrices into as many domains as there are processors. All
outputs are created.
2 It is assumed that PRESOL has been called before with PRSLOPT=1. Under
PRSLOPT=2, local a-set terms are filtered out of local matrices that are kept
on other processors.
3 Partition the matrices into NMATDOM domains. PARTMETH
automatically uses MSCMLV (PARTMETH=11), because Extreme
(PARTMETH=9) is not available for this option. Only one output is created,
COLOR. On output for PRSLOPT>0, if any error occurs then PRSLOPT is
negated.
Main Index
1290 PRESOL
PARTMETH Input-integer-default=0. PRESOL partitioning method.

9 Extreme.
11 MSCMLV.
NMATDOM Input-integer-default=0. Number of matrix domains into which the matrices are
divided. NMATDOM is used only with PRSLOPT=3 and must be a power of 2. The
default will be set to the number of processors.
Main Index
PROJVER 1291
Set or query project identification numbers
PROJVER Set or query project identification numbers
Set or query project and version identification numbers on the database.
Format:
PROJVER //PRJVEROP/S,N,PROJNO/S,N,VERSION/S,N,EXISTS $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
PRJVEROP Input-character-no default. Operation name.

'GET' Get current project and version.
'NEXT' Get next non-deleted project and version.
'SET' Set current project and version.
'LAST' Get the last (bottom) project and version.
'RESTART' Get restart project and version.
PROJNO Input/output-integer-no default. Project number.
VERSION Input/output-integer-no default. Version number.
EXISTS Output-character-no default. Project and version status.
'EXISTS' If project and version exists.
'DELETED' If project and version is deleted.
'NONE' If project and version never existed.
Main Index
1292 PRTMSG
Prints plotting information messages
PRTMSG Prints plotting information messages
Prints user information messages related to plot set definition and plotting.
Format:
 PLOTMSG 
PRTMSG   35'06*
 PLSETMSG 
Input Data Blocks:

process.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameter:
PDRMSG Input-integer-default=1. Message print flag. Set to 0 to suppress

printout.
Main Index
PRTPARM 1293
Parameter and DMAP message printer
PRTPARM Parameter and DMAP message printer
Prints non-NDDL parameter values and DMAP messages. For NDDL parameters (see TYPE statement),
use the MESSAGE statement.
Format:
PRTPARM //PRTPOPT/PNAME/PRTPSORT/SUBDMAP $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
PRTPOPT Input-integer-default=0. PRTPOPT=0 requests the print of a single

parameter value or all parameter values. PRTPOPT>0 requests the
print of diagnostic messages 4401 through 4425.
PNAME Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. Name of a parameter
enclosed by single quotation marks. See Remark 1.
PRTPSORT Input-integer-default=0. If PRTPSORT=1, then parameters will be
sorted alphabetically.
SUBDMAP Input-character-default=blank. The name of a subDMAP.
Remarks:
1. As a parameter printer, use PRTPOPT = 0. There are two options:
• If PNAME is equal to a parameter name enclosed by quotation marks, then the value of that
parameter in the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP is printed. PNAME must be a non-NDDL
parameter (see TYPE statement).
Example:
3573$50 /86(7
• If PNAME = 'XXXXXXXX' then the values of all variable and constant parameters in the
Variable Parameter Table of the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP are printed.
Examples:
3573$50 8QVRUWHG
3573$50 6RUWHG
Main Index
1294 PRTPARM
Parameter and DMAP message printer
If no value is entered for SUBDMAP, the parameter value or values (depending on PNAME) will
be for the current subDMAP. Otherwise, the value or values will be for the subDMAP identified
by SUBDMAP.
2. As a DMAP message printer, parameter PRTPOPT is nonzero.
3. Meaningless values of PRTPOPT, PNAME, and SUBDMAP will result in diagnostic messages
from PRTPARM.
Main Index
PURGEX 1295
Explicit data block purge
PURGEX Explicit data block purge
Flags a data block as empty.
Format:
PURGEX /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/PARM $
Output Data Blocks:
DBi Any data block.
Parameter:
PARM Input-integer-default=0.
<0 The data blocks are deleted and marked empty.
<0 No action is taken.
Remark:
PURGEX is an executive operation module intended for restart purposes only. If at execution time a data
block has been previously output from a module, then any existing data will be deleted and the data block
will be marked as empty. If the data block has not been previously output from a module, it will simply
be marked as empty. A purged data block is equivalent to a data block not generated with the exception
that the NES "remembers" for restart purposes that it has been previously output. If no restart is involved,
purge is entirely equivalent to a data block not generated.
Example:
Flag data block MGGX as empty so as to avoid execution of EMA module on restart.
PURGEX/MGGX,,,,/NOMGGX $
Main Index
1296 PVT
Sets parameter values
PVT Sets parameter values
Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data Sections.
Format:
PVT PVT,CASECC/PVTS/LOADFLT $
Input Data Blocks:
PVT Parameter value table from IFP module. (Bulk Data PARAM entries)
CASECC Table of Case Control Command images.
Output Data Block:
PVTS Parameter Variable Table from Case Control merged with the Bulk
Data input parameters.
Parameter
:
LOADFLT Logical-input-default=TRUE. If LOADFLT = TRUE then all

parameters that appear in the Parameter Defaults Table, but do not
appear in the PVT or CASECC data block, are added to the PVTS data
block. See Remark 4.
Remarks:
1. The PVT module is primarily used to resolve parameter values specified in the Case Control and
Bulk Data Sections. These parameters must have Y authorization.
2. Either one or both input data blocks may be purged. If the input data block is purged, the user input
parameter settings will not contain parameters from the input. If both input data blocks are purged,
and LOADFLT is FALSE, then no values are entered.
3. The output data block may be purged. The PVT module will always internally update the user
input parameters. The output data block is primarily used for restart purposes.
• First, the default parameters are added if requested.
• Second, the PVT user input parameters from the Bulk Data Section are set.
• Third, the CASECC user input parameters from Case Control above the subcase level override
any settings of Bulk Data parameters of the same name. Any additional Case Control above the
subcase level parameters are set.
Main Index
PVT 1297
Sets parameter values
• Fourth, the CASECC user input parameters for the current subcase override any settings of Bulk
Data parameters or above subcase level parameters of the same name. Any additional current
subcase parameters are set.
4. The Parameter Defaults Table is an internal table that contains the default value for all parameters
resolved between the Case Control, Bulk Data, NDDL, and the main and current subDMAP.
Main Index
1298 RANDOM
Computes functions from frequency response data
RANDOM Computes functions from frequency response data
Computes power spectral density functions and autocorrelation functions from frequency response data.
Format:
RANDOM XYCDB,DIT,PSDL,OUG2,OPG2,OQG2,OES2,OEF2,CASECC,
OSTR2,OQMG2,RCROSSL,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2M,OLMPF2M,OPMPF2M,
OGPMPF2M,OVG2,OAG2, CSIG,CEPS,CFAI,CSRS/
PSDF,AUTO,
OUGPSD2,OUGATO2,OUGRMS1,OUGNO1,OUGCRM2,
OPGPSD2,OPGATO2,OPGRMS1,OPGNO1,OPGCRM2,
OQGPSD2,OQGATO2,OQGRMS1,OQGNO1,OQGCRM2,
OEFPSD2,OEFATO2,OEFRMS1,OEFNO1,OEFCRM2,
OEEPSD2,OEEATO2,OEERMS1,OEENO1,OEECRM2,
OQMPSD2,OQMATO2,OQMRMS1,OQMNO1,OQMCRM2,
OCPSDF,OCCORF,
OVGPSD2,OVGATO2,OVGRMS1,OVGNO1,OVGCRM2,
OAGPSD2,OAGATO2,OAGRMS1,OAGNO1,OAGCRM2,
OCSPSD2,OCSATO2,OCSRMS2,OCSNO2,OCSCRM2,
OCAPSD2,OCAATO2,OCARMS2,OCANO2,OCACRM2,
OCFPSD2,OCFATO2,OCFRMS2,OCFNO2,OCFCRM2,
OCRPSD2,OCRATO2,OCRRMS2,OCRNO2,OCRCRM2 /
S,N,NORAND/RMSINT/DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

PSDL Power spectral density list.
OPG2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format.
OQG2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format.
OEF2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format.
OSTR2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format.
OQMG2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format.
RCROSSL Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images.
OFMPF2M Table of fluid modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.
OSMPF2M Table of structural modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.
Main Index
RANDOM 1299
OLMPF2M Table of load modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.
OPMPF2M Table of panel modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.
OGPMPF2M Table of panel grid modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.
OVG2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format.
OAG2 Table of accelerations in SORT2 format.
CSIG Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format.
CEPS Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format.
CFAI Table of lamina failure indices in SORT2 format.
CSRS Table of lamina strength ratios in SORT2 format.
Output Data Blocks:
PSDF Power spectral density table.

AUTO Autocorrelation function table.
OUGPSD2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OUGATO2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OUGRMS1 Table of displacements in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OUGNO1 Table of displacements in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OUGCRM2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OPGPSD2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OPGATO2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OPGRMS1 Table of applied loads in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OPGNO1 Table of applied loads in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OPGCRM2 Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OQGPSD2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OQGATO2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
function.
OQGRMS1 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OQGNO1 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OQGCRM2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross correlation.
OESPSD2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OESATO2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OESRMS1 Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OESNO2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function.
Main Index
1300 RANDOM
OESCRM2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCSPSD2 Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCSATO2 Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCSRMS1 Table of lamina stresses in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCSNO2 Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCSCRM2 Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCAPSD2 Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCAATO2 Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCARMS1 Table of lamina strains in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCANO2 Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCACRM2 Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCFPSD2 Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCFATO2 Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCFRMS1 Table of failure indices in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCFNO2 Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCFCRM2 Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCRPSD2 Table of strength ratios format for the PSD function.
OCRATO2 Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCRRMS1 Table of strength ratios in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCRNO2 Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCRCRM2 Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OEFPSD2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OEFATO2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OEFRMS1 Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OEFNO1 Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OEFCRM2 Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OEEPSD2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OEEATO2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OEERMS1 Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OEENO1 Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OEECRM2 Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OQMPSD2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OQMATO2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
function.
Main Index
RANDOM 1301
OQMRMS1 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OQMNO1 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OQMCRM2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
function.
OCPSDF Output table of cross-power-spectral-density functions.
OCCORF Output table of cross-correlation functions.
OVGPSD2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OVGATO2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OVGRMS1 Table of velocities in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OVGNO1 Table of velocities in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OVGCRM2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OAGPSD2 Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OAGATO2 Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OAGRMS1 Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OAGNO1 Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OAGCRM2 Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCSPSD2 Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCSATO2 Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCSRMS1 Table of lamina stresses in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCSNO2 Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCSCRM2 Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCAPSD2 Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCAATO2 Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCARMS1 Table of lamina strains in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCANO2 Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCACRM2 Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCFPSD2 Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OCFATO2 Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCFRMS1 Table of failure indices in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OCFNO2 Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the NO function.
OCFCRM2 Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCRPSD2 Table of strength ratios format for the PSD function.
OCRATO2 Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
OCRRMS1 Table of strength ratios in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
Main Index
1302 RANDOM
OCRNO2 Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the NO function.

OCRCRM2 Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
Parameters:
NORAND Output-integer-default=-1. Set to -1 if no random analysis is requested; 0

otherwise.
RMSINT Input-character-default='LINEAR'. Power-spectral-density function
interpolation option. A log-log option may be selected with
RMSINT='LOGLOG'.
DVAFLAG Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations are
contained in separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow suit.
-1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG2.
1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG2 and OAG2.
Method:
Overview
The Random Analysis Module calculates power spectral density functions, autocorrelation functions and
mean deviations for selected displacements, loads, forces of single-point constraint, and element forces
and stresses.
Module Initialization
1. The XYCDB must be present or RANDOM returns.
2. A set of RANDPS Bulk Data entries from PSDL must be selected in CASECC or RANDOM
returns.
3. The frequency list is extracted from the first non-empty data file.
4. The RANDPS Bulk Data entry defines the function
S ab  f  =  x + iy F K  f  (5-22)
where:
a = subcase ID of the excited load set.
b = subcase ID of the applied load set  a  b  .
x y = complex number such that if a = b , then y must be 0.0.
K = table identification number of a TABRND1 Bulk Data entry that defines
F  f  , a power spectral density as a tabular function of frequency.
The power spectral density for gust turbulence can also be supplied on a TABRNDG entry.
Main Index
RANDOM 1303
2
2 2L 1 + 2  p + 1   kwL  U 
S ab  f  = Wg -----
- -------------------------------------------------------
- (5-23)
U 2 p+32
 1 +  kwL  U  
2
where W g , L , U , p , and k are user-supplied data and W = 2f .
If a  b on any RANDPS entry, the equations are called coupled; otherwise, they are called
uncoupled.
The following eight steps are accomplished:
a. The XYCDB is read for a list of requested points.
b. Compute S aa  f  at each load change.
c. Read in the data from the SORT2 data block and compute
2
S ja  f  = U j  f  S aa  f  (5-24)
where U j  f  is the response of the j-th point at frequency f .

d. These are summed over all loads to form the power spectral density function
S ja  f  =  Sja  f  (5-25)
a
where a runs over all subcase identification numbers on the RANDPS entries.
e. When all subcases for the points have been processed, the mean response q j is calculated for
each point j :
N–1
1---
2    Sj  fi  + Sj  fi + 1     fi + 1 – fi  (5-26)
i=1
where N = number of frequencies.
The mean response is output with both the PSDF and the autocorrelation function.
The zero positive crossing N 0 is also computed and output with the mean response q j . N 0 is
defined by
 
1- 2
-----
2 w S J  w  dw   S J  w  dw (5-27)
0 0
The number of zero crossings with positive slope per unit time is a weighted average
frequence equal to the square root of the ratio of the integral of the PSD times frequency
squared to the integral of the PSD.
The integral in the denominator is already calculted and is related to the "mean square
response"
Main Index
1304 RANDOM

2
qj = Rj  0  =  Sj  f  df (5-28)
0
thus the numerator must be integrated. Compute

2 2
rj = f S j  f  df
0
N–1
1---
rj =
2   Sj  fi  + Sj  fi + 1    fi + 1 – fi  (5-29)
i=1
2 2
 =  3f i + 2f i f i + 1 + f i + 1   6
2 2
 =  f i + 2f i f i + 1 + 3f i + 1   6
Note that if  and  are 1.0, the sum for rj would become the formula for qj . Then
N 0 = r j  q j is the quantity to be output.
f. If PSDF for point j is requested, one identification number and data record are written on the
PSDF data block.
g. If an autocorrelation function is requested for point j , the S j  f  are transformed to the time
domain to give the autocorrelation function:
N–1
 1 Sj  fi + 1  – Sj  fi 
Rj  m  =  - --------------------------------------  cos  2 m f i + 1  – cos  2 m f i  
 --------------
 4  m
2 2 fi + 1 – fi
i=1 (5-30)
1 
+ -------------  S j  f + 1  sin  2 m f i + 1  – S j  f i  sin  2 m f i   
2 m 
where:
i = index of the frequencies.
N = highest frequency.
 m = is defined by
m
 m =  0 + -----   max –  0  (5-31)
M
Main Index
RANDOM 1305
where:
 0 = starting time lag.
M = number of time lag intervals.
 max = maximum time lag  0   0   m 
all of which are defined on a RANDT1 Bulk Data entry. Note that if, in (5-30),  m = 0 , then
2
r  m  = qj
The Coupled Case
The following six steps are accomplished:
1. A list of unique subcase identification numbers are extracted from the RANDPS entries.
2. The XYCDB is read for a list of requested points.
1 1
3. For each RANDPS entry S j  f  is looked up for all f , For each point S j  f  is computed:
1
S j  f  = H ja  f S ab  f H jb  f  (5-32)
where H ja  f  denotes the value of point j for subcase a .

1
The bar over the third factor in (5-32) denotes the complex conjugate. These S j  f  are summed
over all entries to form S j  f  :
Sj  f  =   Hja  f Hjb  f  (5-33)

a b
Note that S ba = S ab , the complex conjugate.
4. The mean response and autocorrelation functions are computed as in (5-30), (5-31), and .
Remarks:
1. RANDOM calculates power spectral density functions, autocorrelation functions and mean
deviations for selected displacements, loads, forces of single-point constraints, and element forces
and stresses.
2. DIT cannot be purged if PSDL references TABLEDi records in DIT.
Main Index
1306 RBMG3
Computes rigid body information
RBMG3 Computes rigid body information
Computes the rigid body transformation matrix, rigid body error ratio, and strain energy matrix.
Format:
RBMG3 LLL,ULL,KLR,KRR/
DM $
Input Data Blocks:
LLL Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL.

ULL Upper triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL.
KLR Stiffness matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from KTT.
KRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from KTT.
Output Data Block:
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. The rigid body transformation matrix is computed from:
–1
DM = – K ll K lr (5-34)
2. The rigid body error ratio, e, is computed from:

T
K rr + K lr DM
----------------------------------------------------- (5-35)
K rr
Note: The absolute value is the square root of the sum of the squares (this is not a
determinant). The strain energy matrix for the rigid body modes is computed.
Main Index
RBMG3 1307
Computes rigid body information
T
DM K ll DM + K rr (5-36)
3. ULL may be purged if KLL is symmetric.
Main Index
1308 RBMG4
Computes rigid body mass matrix
RBMG4 Computes rigid body mass matrix
Computes the rigid body mass matrix.
Format:
RBMG4 DM,MLL,MLR,MRR/
MR $
Input Data Blocks:

MLL Mass matrix reduced to the l-set.
MLR Mass matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from MTT.
MRR Mass matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT.
Output Data Blocks:
MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set).
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
The rigid body mass matrix is computed from:
T T T
MR = M rr + DM M lr + M lr DM + DM M ll DM (5-37)
Main Index
READ 1309
Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
Extracts eigenvaules from a real symmetric system.

To solve the following equations for eigenvalues and their associated eigenvectors:
  K  –   M    u  = 0 for vibration analysis (5-38)
d
  K  –   K    u  = 0 for buckling analysis (5-39)
Format:
READ KAA,MAA,MR,DAR,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,
 VACOMP   INVEC   LLL 

PARTVEC,SIL,   ,   ,  
 SPCCOL   EQMAP   VFO1 
 EQEXIN   
  ,   /
   GAPAR 
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,LAMMAT,OUTVEC/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/SETNAME/SID/METH/
F1/F2/NE/ND/MSGLVL/MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/PRTSUM/
MAXRATIO/MDLGDEF $
Input Data Blocks:
KAA K matrix in (5-38).

MAA M matrix in (5-38) or Kd matrix in (5-39).
MR Rigid body mass matrix
DAR Rigid body transformation matrix.
DYNAMIC Eigenvalue Extraction Data (output by IFP module).
CASECC Case Control Data Table (selects EIGR, EIGRL, or EIGB entries,
output by IFP module).
degrees of freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain
KAA and MAA. Required for maximum efficiency. See SETNAME
parameter description below.
Main Index
1310 READ
SIL Scalar index list. Required for maximum efficiency.

VACOMP Partitioning vector of size of a-set with a value of 1.0 at the rows
corresponding to r-set degrees-of-freedom. The USET table may be
specified here as well. If VACOMP is purged and DAR does not have
the same number of rows as KAA, then the partitioning vector will be
determined from the size of MR.
SPCCOL Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local boundary's s-set
degrees-of-freedom. Required only for geometric domain decomp.
INVEC Starting vector(s) for Lanczos method only.
decomposition. Required only for geometric domain decomp.
LLL Lower triangular factor from decomposition of KAA. Use to enhance
shift logic for buckling eigenvalue extraction.
VFO1 VFO zero-partition by SPCCOL. VFO is the local f-size partitioning
vector with 6 values of 1.0 for every grid in the local residual. Required
only for geometric domain decomp.
EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal grid identification numbers.
Required for maximum efficiency.
GAPAR Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local a-set
displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains a 1 at
each row which does not have a contribution from the current
processor and zero if it does. Required only for geometric domain
decomp.
Main Index
READ 1311
Output Data Blocks:

OEIGS Real eigenvalue extraction report.
MI Modal mass matrix.
LAMMAT Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal.
OUTVEC Last vector block (Lanczos only).
Parameters:
FORMAT Input-Character-no default. If FORMAT  MODES , READ will solve a

d
buckling problem, i.e.,   K  +   K   using EIGB Bulk Data. But it is the
d
DMAP writer’s responsibility to multiply K by -1 before entering the
READ module.
NEIGV Output-integer-no default. NEIGV is the number of eigenvectors found.
0 No eigenvectors found.
>0 NEIGV eigenvectors found.
<0 NEIGV eigenvectors found but there was an error encountered
during the extraction.
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. The method used by READ is taken from the NSKIP
record of CASECC.
FLUID Input-logical-default=FALSE. If FLUID = TRUE, then the EIGRL or EIGR entry
is selected from METHOD(FLUID) Case Control command.
SETNAME Input-character-default='A'. For maximum efficiency, the rows and columns KXX
and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of the displacement set specified by
SETNAME. If KAA and MAA are a partition then PARTVEC must be specified.
Main Index
1312 READ
If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the METHOD command
in CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries in DYNAMIC.
If SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL is
selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values (METH, F1,
etc.) are ignored.
If SID=-1, then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL
entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) will be
If SID=-2, then take action similar to SID=0 except fields on the Case Control
selection of EIGR/EIGRL may be overridden by parameters F1 through NORM
described below.
METH Input-character-default='LAN'. If SID<0, then METH specifies the method of
eigenvalue extraction.
LAN Lanczos.
INV Inverse power.
SINV Inverse power with Sturm sequence.
GIV Givens (tridiagonalization).
MGIV Modified Givens.
HOU Householder.
MHOU Modified Householder.
AGIV Automatic selection of GIV or MGIV.
AHOU Automatic selection of HOU or MHOU.
F1 Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency bound.
F2 Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency bound. The default value of 0.0
indicates machine infinity.
NE Input-integer-default=20. The number of estimated eigenvalues for non-Lanczos
methods only. For the Lanczos method, NE is the problem size which the QL
Householder method is used.
Note: NE default changed from 0 to 20.
ND Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues.
Main Index
READ 1313
MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method
only.
0 No output.
1 Warning and fatal messages.
2 Summary output.
3 Setailed output on cost and convergence.
4 Setailed output on orthogonalization.
MAXSET Input-integer-default=0. Vector block size for Lanczos method only.
SHFSCL Input-real-default=0.0. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL
must be greater than 0.0.
NORM Input-character-default=' '. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default (or
NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' selects
normalization by maximum displacement.
PRTSUM Inpput-logical-default=TRUE. Lanczos eigenvalue summary print flag.
MAXRATIO Input-real-default=1.0E7. Minimum value of factor diagonal ratio which causes
termination of decomposition.
MDLGDEF Input-integer-default=8000. Minimum number of degrees-of-freedom that activates
special ACMS DECOMP/FBS method in READ module for buckling problems
(FORMAT<>"MODES").
Remarks:
1. In the solution sequences the eigensolution control parameters are selected by the METHOD or
METHOD(FLUID) command which are defined in the CASECC data block and selects a EIGR
or EIGRL Bulk Data entry record defined in the DYNAMIC or EED data block. EED is a subset
of and interchangeable with the DYNAMIC for this application. There are alternate formats as
shown below where the Case Control commands and/or the EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entries
are replaced with optional parameters SID, METH, F1, etc.
• SID=0 -- DYNAMIC and CASECC data blocks must be specified. METHOD command and
EIGR, or EIGRL, entries must be specified in the input file.
5($' .$$ 0$$ '<1$0,& &$6(&&
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV $
• SID>0 -- Only DYNAMIC data block must be specified. The EIGR or EIGRL entry is selected
by the SID parameter. The CASECC data block may be purged and is ignored.
5($' .$$ 0$$ '<1$0,&
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
Main Index
1314 READ
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV////SID $
• SID<0 -- DYNAMIC and CASECC are not required. SID=-1 and METH through NORM
parameters are specified. For more detailed information on parameters F1 through NORM,
please refer to the descriptions of Bulk Data entries EIGR, 1807 and EIGRL (p. 1811) in the MSC
Nastran Quick Reference Guide. The CASECC and DYNAMIC data blocks may be purged and
are ignored.
5($' .$$ 0$$
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV////-1//
F1/F2/NE/ND/MSGLVL/MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM $
2. In the READ module, the most memory-intensive part of the calculations is involved with
symbolic decomposition of the mass or shifted stiffness matrix. Two methods of internal
resequencing are available. When the USET, SIL, EQEXIN, and PARTVEC data blocks and
SETNAME parameter are available, the resequencing is done in a grid point basis. These data
blocks allow correlation of row numbers in the a-set with grid point numbers. When any of these
data blocks are missing the resequencing is done on a degree-of-freedom basis, potentially 6 times
larger in size and requiring the square of this quantity for memory. The grid point option requires
less memory and is appreciably faster than the degree-of-freedom option.
3. In all eigensolution methods READ will calculate rigid body modes accurately without the
presence of SUPORTi entries in the Bulk Data Section. The SUPORTi entries define the r-set, the
reference set for rigid body modes. If all of the input blocks associated with the r-set are input
properly, the static shapes input in the DAR data block are used to compute rigid body modes. If
the calculated frequencies associated with these modes are small numbers, they are reset to binary
zero.
• Modern r-set introduced in Version 70.5:
DXR has the same number of rows as KXX and both are partitioned from DAR and KAA using
PARTVEC. DAR is the motion of the a-set variables due to unit motion of each r-set point,
successively, as calculated by static analysis and ignoring mass effects. Linear combinations of
these shapes are used for rigid body mode shapes that are orthogonal with respect to the mass
matrix.
5($' .;; 0;; 05 ';5 '<1$0,& 86(7 &$6(&& 3$579(& 6,/
,,LLL,EQEXIN/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $
• Obsolete r-set processing as in Version 70:
Main Index
READ 1315
DMX and VACOMP are used for special r-set processing based on the r-set rows being added to
DMX in the READ module. DMX is partitioned from DM in the way KXX is partitioned from
KAA. In other words, the same degrees-of-freedom are partitioned for both KXX and DMX. The
modern method uses DAR instead, with the r-set rows included in DAR.
5($' .;; 0;; 05 '0; '<1$0,& 86(7 &$6(&& 3$579(& 6,/
VACOMP,,LLL,EQEXIN/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $
Use of this obsolete format is no longer recommended, and provisions for it may be removed
from the code in a future version. Refer to old documentation for a description of this obsolete
form.
4. For the Lanczos and INV methods KAA may be indefinite and MAA must be at least positive
semidefinite. For the unmodified tridiagonal methods (for example, HOU) KAA may be
indefinite, but MAA must be non-singular. For the modified and auto tridiagonal methods (for
example, MHOU and AHOU) MAA may be singular when [KAA + lambda*MAA] is non-
singular. Lambda is an internally calculated shift. The matrix sum will be singular or approach
singularity only when the system contains massless mechanisms. A shaft model made with bar
elements using point masses is an example of a system with a massless mechanism. The torsion
DOFs are not constrained to ground, and the point masses provide no rotary inertia. See the
MODERS subDMAP for the auto-omit DMAP steps used to remove rows and columns with null
mass for the tridiagonal methods. This makes the modified methods more efficient, and removes
some (but not all) possible causes of singularity in the mass matrix.
5. For the Lanczos and Sturm Inverse methods, LAMA and PHA may also be input if the APPEND
mode is being used.
6. LAMA and OElGS are suitable for OFP output.
7. MI may not be purged.
8. Parallel processing in this module (Householder method only) is selected with the NASTRAN
statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)), see the <emphasis>MSC Nastran Quick
Reference Guide, Section 1.
9. If an r-set is present and special processing of rigid body modes is desired then it is recommended
that DAR have the same number of rows as KAA. If not, then either MR, USET, or VACOMP
should be specified.
10. For more detailed information on parameters F1 through NORM, please refer to the descriptions
of the EIGR and EIGRL Bulk Data entries in the <emphasis>MSC Nastran Quick Reference
Guide.
11. For the Lanczos method:
• By default, the Lanczos method uses sparse matrix methods. To use regular matrix methods
specify SPARSE = 1 on the NASTRAN statement or specify PUTSYS (126,1) just prior to the
READ module.
Main Index
1316 READ
• In vibration analysis MAA must be positive semidefinite. In buckling analysis, KAA must be
positive semidefinite. For either type of analysis, the other input matrix may be indefinite.
• Performance-enhancing options may be requested on system cells 193 through198. Use the
NASTRAN statement or the PUTSYS DMAP statement. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical
Methods User’s Guide.
• The Lanczos method was updated in Version 70.5 with several enhancements related to shift
logic. However, if the Lanczos method in Version 70 is desired then specify NASTRAN
SYSTEM(273)=1 in the File Management Section or PUTSYS(1,273) in the DMAP before the
READ module.
• For maximum efficiency in the Lanczos method, it is recommended that USET, SIL, and
EQEXIN data blocks and SETNAME parameter are specified. If the size of KAA is not the same
as the size of the set indicated by SETNAME, then PARTVEC should also be specified.
12. If SID=-2, then NE is used to modify the ND parameter. ND is modified accordingly:
ND*(1+NE/100)
13. For the Lanczos (METH='LAN') and Householder (METH='HOU', 'MHOU', and 'AHOU')
methods, if the problem can fit into memory then a "QL" Householder eigensolution will be
performed. If the problem cannot fit in memory then the old method is used because the "QL"
method does not have spill capability.
The criterion for switching from the requested method to the "QL" method is controlled system
cell 359 and the NE parameter. The default value for system cell 359 is 1 which means:
• if METH='LAN' is requested, the program wil automatically switch to AHOU when the size of
the problem less than or equal to NE.
• if METH='HOU', 'MHOU', and 'AHOU' then the program will automatically switch to the "QL"
solution if the problem will fit in memory.
Examples:
1. Suppose the user has a matrix  A  for which he or she wishes to extract eigenvalues via the
classical equation  A – I   u  = 0 . Presuming  A  is input via DMI Bulk Data entries and
there is an EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry that is selected in Case Control (METHOD), the
following DMAP sequence will be sufficient:
PARAML A//’TRAILER’/1/S,N,NCOLA $
MATGEN ,/IDEN/1/NCOLA $
READ A,IDEN,,,DYNAMICS,,CASECC,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI,
OEIGS,/’MODES’/S,N,NEIGS/1 $
OFP LAMA,OEIGS//$
IF(NEIGS>-1) MATPRN VECTOR// $
2. Suppose that the user wishes to now calculate 5 modes of the equation [[A] - lambda [I]]{phi} =
0 in a subDMAP where the DYNAMICS and CASECC data blocks are not available:
$ GENERATE IDEN AS SHOWN IN THE PRIOR EXAMPLE
READ A,IDEN,,,,,,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI,
OEIGS/'MODES'/S,N,NEIGS////-1////5 $
OFP LAMA,OEIGS//$
IF (NEIGS > -1) MATPRN VECTOR// $
Main Index
RESMOD 1317
Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations
RESMOD Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector

calculations
Format:
RESMOD I1,I2,I3,I4,I5/
O1,O2,O3,O4,O5/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Block:
Ii Input data blocks. I1 is required. The presence of I2 through I5

depends on P1.
Output Data Block:
Output data blocks. The presence of Oi depends on P1.

Oi
Parameters:
P1 Input-character-no default. Option selection described in the table below.

P1 Description
'ATBC' Performs the matrix multiplication [I1]T [I2][I3] if [I3] is present;
[I1] [I2][I1] otherwise.
'MPART' Partitions stiffness, mass, and eigenvector matrices based on mass
content
'LININD' Find linearly independent and dependent vectors of a matrix
'LDSWEEP' Sweeps "modal" loads for load vectors
'USWEEP' Sweeps a matrix for small vectors
P2,P3,P4 Input-integer-default=0. Integer parametric data depending on P1.
P5,P6 Input-real-default=0.0. Real parametric data depending on P1.
Option P1 = 'ATBC'
T T
Performs the matrix multiplication  I1   I2   I3  if  I3  is present;  I1   I2   I1  otherwise.
Main Index
1318 RESMOD
Format:
RESMOD I1,I2,I3,,/O1,,,,/'ATBC' $
Input Data Block:
Ii Matrix data block.
Output Data Block:
O1 Matrix product.
Remark:
[I2] is assumed to be symmetric.
Example:
T
Compute the product D = A BC
RESMOD A,B,C,,/D,,,,/'ATBC' $
Option P1 = 'MPART'
Partitions stiffness, mass, and eigenvector matrices based on mass content.
Format:
RESMOD PHI,K,M,,/PHI0,K0,PHI1,M1,K1/
'MPART'////ZROSTIFF/ZROMASS $
Input Data Blocks:
PHI Eigenvector matrix.

K Stiffness matrix associated with PHI.
M Mass matrix associated with PHI.
PHI0 Massless eigenvectors.
K0 Stiffness associated with PHI0.
PHI1 Eigenvectors which contain mass.
Main Index
RESMOD 1319
M1 Mass associated with PHI1.

K1 Stiffness associated with PHI1.
Parameters:
ZROSTIFF Input. Null stiffness filter criteria.

ZROMASS Input. Null mass filter criteria.
Remarks:
1. PHI, K, and M must be real.
2. If ZROSTIFF is null then 1.E-08 will be assumed.
3. If ZROMASS is null then 1.E-16 will be assumed.
Option P1 = 'LININD'
Partitions a matrix into linearly independent and dependent sets.
Format:
RESMOD U,M,,,/U0,U1,,,/'LININD'////ZROVEC $
Input Data Blocks:
U Any real matrix.

M Mass matrix associated with U.
Output Data Blocks:
U0 Linearly dependent vector set from U.

U1 Linearly independent vector set from U.
Parameter:
ZROVEC Input. Null filter criteria.
Remarks:
1. If ZROVEC is null then 1.E-06 is used.
2. If M is purged then an identity matrix is assumed.
3.  U0  and  U1  should satisfy the following conditions:
Main Index
1320 RESMOD
T
 I0   M   U0  = computational zeros
T
 U1   M   U1   0.0
4. U and M must be real.
Option P1 = 'LDSWEEP'
Sweeps modal loads for load vectors.
Format:
RESMOD LD,PHI,MXX,MQQ,/LDIND,,,,/
'LDSWEEP'/NORMFLG $
Input Data Blocks:
LD Load matrix
PHI Eigenvector matrix
MXX Mass matrix, physical degrees of freedom.
MQQ Mass matrix, modal degrees of freedom.
Output Data Block:
LDIND Filtered load vectors.
Parameter:
NORMFLG Input. Normalization flag. Set to -1 to unit normalize load vectors.
Remarks:
1. The filtered load vectors are:
T –1 T
 LDIND  =  LD  –  M   PHI     PHI   M   PHI     PHI   LD 
2. LD, PHI, MXX, and MQQ must be real.
Option P1 = 'USWEEP'
Sweeps a matrix for small vectors.
Format:
RESMOD U,PHI,MXX,MQQ,/UIND,,,,/'USWEEP'/NORMFLG $
Main Index
RESMOD 1321
Input Data Blocks:
U A set of vectors.
PHI Modal vectors.
MXX Mass matrix, physical degrees of freedom.
MQQ Mass matrix, modal degrees of freedom.
Output Data Block:
UIND Filtered vectors.
Parameter:
NORMFLG Input. Normalization flag. Set to -1 to unit normalize input vectors.
Remarks:
1. The filtered vectors are:
T –1
 UIND  =  U  + –   PHI   MQQ   PHI  
2. U, PHI, MXX, and MQQ must be real.
Main Index
1322 RESTART
Data block comparison
RESTART Data block comparison
Compares two data blocks and invokes dependencies.
Format:
RESTART DB1,DB2,DLSTIN/DLSTOUT/
INVOKE/SPEXP/DPEXP/NDDLNAM/PRTUNIT $
Input Data Blocks:
DBi Data blocks to be compared.

DLSTIN A list of data blocks and the associated pathnames. DLSTIN was built as
DLSTOUT during prior executions of the RESTART module. DLSTIN is used to
invoke the same restart dependencies, but with different qualifiers, as done during
previous RESTART comparisons.
Output Data Block:
DLSTOUT A list of data blocks and associated pathnames defined from DB1 that were deleted
during this execution of the RESTART module. If DLSTOUT is designated as an
APPEND file, then DLSTOUT contains the list of data blocks deleted (or marked
for deletion during this) from prior executions of the module.
Main Index
RESTART 1323
Parameters:
INVOKE Input-logical-default=FALSE. If INVOKE = TRUE then restart deletions are

performed. If INVOKE = FALSE (default) then no deletions are performed, but
data blocks are marked within DLSTOUT.
SPEXP Input-integer-default=6. Single-precision tolerance exponent. Two single-precision
numbers x and y are considered equal if
– SPEXP
x – y  10
DBEXP Input-logical-default=12. Double-precision tolerance component. Two double-
precision numbers, x and y are considered equal if
– DBEXP
x – y  10
NDDLNAM Input-character-default=' '. NDDL is the name of the DATABLK statement to
use for a description in the comparison that overrides the name of DB1.
PRTUNIT Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit flag to print differences betwee DB1 and
DB2.
=0 Print to f04.
<>0 Print to f06.
Remarks:
1. Any or all input data blocks may be purged.
2. If DLSTIN is not purged, the DB1 and DB2 must be purged.
3. If DBI and DB2 are not purged, the DLSTIN must be purged.
4. If INVOKE = TRUE then RESTART also deletes data blocks according to the data dependencies
(see DEPEN (Ch. 3)). Only data blocks with the current values of qualifiers for the path given by
DBi are deleted. If the paths of DBi and the path of the data block to be deleted differ, then all
intersecting qualifiers use the current value and the remaining nonintersecting qualifiers use the
wildcard (*) to determine deletion.
Example:
In this example, GEOM1 and GEOM2 are compared to the restart versions defined in the DBVIEW
statement. Changes are marked within the HIST file. Deletions are performed after SEID is set.
FILE HIST=APPEND $
PROJVER //’RESTART’/S,N,RESPRJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXIST $
DBVIEW GEOM1R = GEOM1 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $
DBVIEW GEOM2R = GEOM2 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $
RESTART GEOM1,GEOM1R,/HIST/ $
Main Index
1324 RESTART
RESTART GEOM2,GEOM2R,/HIST/ $
SEID = SEDWN $
RESTART,,,HIST//TRUE $
Main Index
RMDUPBLK 1325
Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data
RMDUPBLK Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data
Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data.
Format:
RMDUPBLK /BULK/S,N,NEWBULK $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Output Data Blocks:
BULK Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries.
Parameters:
NEWBULK Output-logical-default=FALSE. NEWBULK creation flag.

FALSE No
TRUE Yes
Remarks:
1. BULK is both and input and output data block and therefore must be declared as an append file
on the FILE statement. For example:
FILE IBULK=APPEND $
RMDUPBLK /IBULK $
2. The actions taken by this module and tolerance for defining duplicate real numbers are both
specified in system cell 402:
< 0.0 Nothing is done and no entries are deleted.

> 0.0 Tolerance checking will be done to determine if the entries are deletable.
= 0.0 No tolerance checks will be performed; only physically identical records will be
deleted.
3. Only the CORD2C, CORD2R, CORD2S, and GRID Bulk Data entries are checked and
candidates for deletion.
Main Index
1326 RMG2
Processes radiation exchange coefficients
RMG2 Processes radiation exchange coefficients
Processes radiation exchange coefficients to produce temperature heat flux transfer matrices.
Format:
RMG2 EST,MPOOL,MUGNI,KGGNL,MPT,DIT,BGPDT,SIL,USET/
RDEST,RECM,RGG,KGGNL1/
TABS/SIGMA/S,N,NORADMAT/LUSET $
Input Data Blocks:

MPOOL Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry images
MUGNI Temperature matrix for stiffness update.
KGGNL Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only.
Output Data Blocks:

RGG Radiation transfer matrix in the g-set.
KGGNL1 Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only and
updated for radiation.
Parameters:

radiant heat flux.
NORADMAT Input/output-integer-default=-1. Radiation flag.
Main Index
RMG2 1327
Processes radiation exchange coefficients
2 No radiation.
g-set.
Remark:
If KGGNL is not purged then LUSET is determined from KGGNL.
Main Index
1328 ROTOR
Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input
ROTOR Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input
Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input.
Format:
ROTOR BGPDT,DYNAMIC,DIT,CSTM,VDA,EDOM/
ROTOR,ROTORT/
CONFAC/APP/ROTPRNT/ROTTFLG $
Input Data Blocks:

VDA Partitioning vector--d-set size--with 1.0's at extra point degrees-of-
freedom. May be purged if no extra points are specified.
EDOM Table of Bulk Data entries that contain the DDVAL entries referenced
by RSPINR records in DYNAMIC.
Output Data Blocks:
ROTOR Table of rotordynamic parameters.

Parameters:
CONFAC Input-real-default=1.0E-5.
'STATICS' Statics.
ROTPRNT Input-integer-default=1. Rotor summary print flag.
<>0 Print.
=0 Do not print.
Main Index
ROTOR 1329
Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input
ROTTFLG Input-integer-default=0. Rotordynamics transient solution sequence flag for

extra point processing.
1: SOL 400
0: SOL 129
Main Index
1330 ROTRDR1
Creates coriolis and circulation matrices
ROTRDR1 Creates coriolis and circulation matrices
Creates coriolis and circulation matrices based on rotordynamics user input and also drives DMAP rotor
loop.
Format:
ROTRDR1 BGPDT,CSTM,ROTOR,MG6,ROTORT/
BCGG,TI,VGROT/
S,N,RECNUM/S,N,ROTORID/CONFAC/WTMASS/
S,N,METHSID/S,N,SDAMPSID/S,N,KDAMP/APP/ROTPRNT
$
Input Data Blocks:

ROTOR Table of rotordynamics user input.
MG6
Output Data Blocks:
BCGG
TI
VGROT
Main Index
ROTRDR1 1331
Creates coriolis and circulation matrices
Parameters:
RECNUM Input/output-integer-default=1.
ROTORID Input/output-integer-default=0.
CONFAC Input-real-default=1.0E-5.
METHSID Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue extraction entry set
SDAMPSID Output-integer-default=0. Modal damping (TABDMP1) entry set
KDAMP Output-integer-default=0. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to -1,

then viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will be
included in the stiffness matrix as structural damping:
1 Yes
2 No
''TRANRESP' Transient response.
'STATICS' Statics.
<>0 Print.
=0 Do not print.
Main Index
1332 ROTRDR2
Set parameters for rotordynamic looping
ROTRDR2 Set parameters for rotordynamic looping
Set parameters for rotordynamic looping.
Format:
 CASECC   ROTOR 
ROTRDR2     //
 DIT   ROTORT 
 FREQ 
S,N,RECNUM/APP/   /S,N,ROTORID/S,N,SYNFLAG/
 TIME 
 S,N,RSCALE0   S,N,RSCALE1 
 /  /S,N,GR/S,N,RAVG/
 S,N,OMEGA   S,N,OMEGADOT 
S,N,ALPHAR1/S,N,ALPHAR2 $
Input Data Blocks:

DIT Table of TABLEi, entry images.
ROTOR
ROTORT
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
RECNUM Input/output-integer-default=1.
APP Input-character-default=' '.
FREQ Input-real-default=0.0.
TIME Input-real-default=0.0.
ROTORID Output-integer-default=0.
SYNFLAG Output-integer-default=0.
RSCALE0 Output-real-default=0.0.
OMEGA Output-real-default=0.0.
Main Index
ROTRDR2 1333
Set parameters for rotordynamic looping
RSCALE1 Output-real-default=0.0.
OMEGADOT Output-real-default=0.0.
GR Output-real-default=0.0.
RAVG Output-real-default=0.0.
ALPHAR1 Output-real-default=0.0. Rayleigh damping coefficient for the rotor.
ALPHAR2 Output-real-default=0.0. Rayleigh damping coefficient for the rotor.
Main Index
1334 ROTRUTL
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
ROTRUTL Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
Format:
ROTRUTL I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2,O2/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Input Data Block:
Ii Input data blocks. I1 is required. The presence of I2 through I5 depends

on P1.
Output Data Block:
Oi Output data blocks. The presence of Oi depends on P1.
Parameters:
P1 Input-integer-default=0. Option selection described in below.

P2 Input-integer-default=0. Integer parametric data depending on P1.
P3 Input-real-default=0.0. Real parametric data depending on P1.
P5 Input-character-default=blank. Character parametric data depending
on P1.
Option IOPT = 1
Format:
ROTRUTL FINRL,BGPDT,,,,/MINRL,,/1 $
Input Data Blocks
FINRL G-set by 6 matrix of inertial forces due to unit accelerations in 6

directions.
Main Index
ROTRUTL 1335
Output Data Block:
MINRL G-set square mass matrix that would produce these forces where
MINRL is block diagonal with 3x3 blocks.
Option IOPT = 2
Format:
ROTRUTL CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/
NHFRL,NHOUT,/2/S,N,NHARM/S,N,NHSUBFAC/S,N,NLHI
C $
Input Data Blocks:

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics. NLHARM, NLFREQ,
NLFREQ1, and NLHOUT records are read.
Output Data Blocks:
NHFRL Frequency response list similar to FRL.

NHOUT
Parameters:
NHARM Output.
NHSUBFAC Output.
NLHIC Ouptut.
Option IOPT = 3
Format:
ROTRUTL CASECC,ROTOR,,,,/ROTORX,,/3//SPEED $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control command selections. Read RGYRO selection.

Main Index
1336 ROTRUTL
Output Data Block:
ROTORX Updated ROTOR so that the referenced RGYRO record reads

"ASYNC" and "FREQ" and SPEED is also written to the RGYRO
record.
Parameter:
SPEED Input. Speed.
Option IOPT = 4
Format:
ROTRUTL EPT,,,,,/EPTX,,/4/PID/DDVALUE/FID/ITYPE $
Input Data Block:
EPT Element property table.
Output Data Block:
EPTX Element property table updated with Campbell parameters.
Parameters:
PID Input. Property or material identification number.

DDVAL Input. Campbell parameter.
FID Input. Campbell parameter.
ITYPE Input. Campbell parameter.
Option IOPT = 5
Format:
ROTRUTL ROTOR,,,,/,,/5/IRGYRO//S,N,REFROTR $
Input Data Block:
Main Index
ROTRUTL 1337
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
IRGYRO Input. RGYRO record identification number.

REFROTR Output. Reference rotor ID on the RGYRO.
Remark:
If the ROTOR table does not exist REFROTR is output as 0 (zero). If IRGYRO is not found in ROTOR
then REFROTR is set to -1.
Option IOPT = 6
Format:
ROTRUTL DYNAMIC,,,,,/SEROT,,/6/S,N,NROTOR//S,N,NROTORS
E $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
SEROT Table of Bulk Data entries related to dynamics.
Parameters:
NROTOR Output. Number of ROTOR entries.

NROTORSE Output. Number of ROTORSE entries.
Option IOPT = 7
Add ROTORG entries into DYNAMIC based on the SEPART and SEROT .
Format:
ROTRUTL DYNAMIC,SEPART,SEROT,BGPDT,,/DYNAMICX,,/7 $
Main Index
1338 ROTRUTL
Input Data Block:

SEPART Partitioning vector.
SEROT Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics.
Output Data Block:
DYNAMICX DYNAMIC updated with SEPART and SEROT data.
Parameters:
None.
Option IOPT = 8
Processes forces for nonlinear harmonic response
Format:
ROTRUTL DYNAMIC,CASECC,BGPDT,EVEC,USETD,DIT/
NLFTAB,NLPART,/8/S,N,UVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

EVEC D-set partitioning vector indicating extra point locations.
Output Data Blocks:
NLFTAB Nonlinear data from NLRGAP, NLRSFD, NOLINi records.

NLPART Nonlinear forces degrees-of-freedom for d-set.
Main Index
ROTRUTL 1339
Parameter:
UVAFLAG Output. Bit pattern indication force term association with U (disp),
V(vel) or A (acce).
Option IOPT = 9 or -9
Format:
ROTRUTL U,,,,,/UAVG,,/9/NHARM/FREQ/CONDIV//ISUBFAC $
Input Data Block:
U Solution matrix in d-set.
Output Data Block:
UAVG Converged solution matrix of Fourier components.
Parameters:
NHARM Input.
FREQ Input.
CONDIV Input.
ISUBFAC Input.
Option IOPT = 10
Format:
ROTRUTL ,,,,,/MFCDISP,MFCVELO,/10/NHARM//NHPLUS $
Input Data Blocks:

None.
Main Index
1340 ROTRUTL
Output Data Blocks:
MFCDISP Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time

domain displacements.
MFCVELO Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time
domain velocities.
Parameters:
NHARM Input.
NHPLUS Input.
Option IOPT = 11
Format:
ROTRUTL U,PTVEC,MFCDISP,MFCVELO,,/UT,VT,/11 $
Input Data Blocks:
U Solution matrix.
PTVEC Partitioning vector.
MFCDISP Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time
domain displacements.
MFCVELO Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time
domain velocities.
Output Data Blocks:
UT Matrix of displacements in time but only for the degrees-of-freedom

specified in PTVEC.
VT Matrix of velocities in time but only for the degrees-of-freedom
specified in PTVEC.
Option IOPT = 12
Convert U (fourier components of d-set) into TIC records to be used in a transient response analysis
Main Index
ROTRUTL 1341
Format:
ROTRUTL DYNAMIC,BGPDT,EVEC,U,,/,,/12/TICID/FREQ/NHARM
$
Input Data Blocks:

EVEC D-set partitioning vector indicating extra point locations
U Solution matrix.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
TICID Input.
FREQ Input.
NHARM Input.
Option IOPT = 13
Format:
ROTRUTL DIT,,,,,/,,/13/SDAMP/S,N,TR/S,N,INFOR $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
SDAMP Input.
TR Output.
INFOR Output.
Main Index
1342 ROTRUTL
Option IOPT = 14
Determine convergence and line search in nonlinear harmonic response analysis.
Format:
ROTRUTL RESU0,RESU1,,,,/HISTAB,,/14/S,N,ICODE/NLHTOL $
Input Data Blocks:
RESU0 Iterate matrix before DECOMP/FBS (= Au-P-F(u))

RESU1 Iterate matrix after DECOMP/FBS with 0.0 < LAMC <= 1.0
Output Data Block:
HISTAB
Parameters:
ICODE Output. Convergence code.

NLHTOL Input. Convergence tolerance.
Main Index
RSPEC 1343
Converts transient response motion for plotting
RSPEC Converts transient response motion for plotting
Converts transient response motion to response spectra output suitable for plotting.
Format:
RSPEC FRL,OUG2,SPSEL,OVG2/
OXRESP/
S,N,SPSELREC/DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

OUG2 Table of displacements in SORT1 format from transient response
analysis.
SPSEL Table of response spectra generation correlation selections.
Output Data Blocks:
OXRESP Table of response spectra in SORT2 format.
Parameters:
SPSELREC Input/output-integer-default=0. Last record number processed in SPSEL. Set to -

1 when processing last record.
DVAFLAG Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities are contained in separate data
blocks and any associated outputs follow suit.
-1 Velocities are contained in OUG2.
1 Velocities are contained in OVG2
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR:
DO WHILE ( RECORD<>-1 ) $
RSPEC FRL,OUGV2,SPSEL/OXRESP/S,N,RECORD $
IF ( RECORD>=0 ) THEN $
IF ( RSPRINT>=0 ) OFP OXRESP//S,N,CARDNO $
XYTRAN XYCDBDR,OXRESP,,,,/XYPLTSS/'RSPEC'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYPLT/TABID $
IF ( NOXYPLT>=0 ) XYPLOT XYPLTSS// $
Main Index
1344 RSPEC
Converts transient response motion for plotting
ENDIF $ RECORD>=0
ENDDO $ RECORD<>-1
Main Index
SCALAR 1345
Matrix element extractor
SCALAR Matrix element extractor
Extracts a specified element from a matrix for use as a parameter.
Format:
SCALAR A//S,N,NROW/S,N,NCOL/S,N,VALUED $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
IROW Input/output-integer-default=1. Row number of element to be

extracted from [A]. See Remark 4.
ICOL Input/output-integer-default=1. Column number of element. See
Remark 4.
VALUED Output-complex double precision-default=(0.D0,0.D0). Contents of
element at IROW-th row and ICOL-th column in matrix [A].
Remarks:
1. If the input is purged, the module returns with a VALUE = (0.,0.).
2. See also PARAML A//’DMI’ option.
3. Prior to Version 2001, VALUED was a single precision parameter. To convert an old DMAP that
uses the pre-Version 2001format, see Example 2.
4. If IROW (or ICOL) is greater than the umber of rows (or columns) in A then IROW or (ICOL)
will reset to -1 and CDVALUE remains unchanged from its value prior to calling SCALAR.
Examples:
1. Extract the matrix element in row 1 and column 2 of matrix A and assigns it to the parameter
VALUE.
SCALAR A//1/2/S,N,VALUE $
2. Convert a pre-Version 2001 SCALAR module call to the current version.
SCALAR A//1/2/S,N,CDVALUE $
$ Add following statements
Main Index
1346 SCALAR
Matrix element extractor
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CSVALUE $
CSVALUE = SINGL(CDVALUE) $
3. Read the values from a matrix V of unknown length into a parameter.
TYPE PARM,,I,N,II $ LOOP COUNTER
TYPE PARM,,I,N,VI=1 $ SELECTS COLUMN TO SEARCH
DO WHILE (II>=0) $ STOP WHEN II NEGATIVE
II = II + 1 $
SCALAR V//1/S,N,II/S,N,VI $ II RESET TO -II WHEN AT END OF
MATRIX.
IF (II>0) MESSAGE //'INDEX'/II/'VALUE'/VI $
ENDDO $
Main Index
SDP 1347
Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives
SDP Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives
Calculates and prints the nondimensional stability and control derivatives and the intercepts of the quasi-
steady stability derivatives.
Format:
SDP CASEA,AECTRL,AERO,CSTMA,EDT,
AEDBUXV,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPARV,MPAERV,MPAEUV,
MPSRV,MPSERV,MPSIERV,MPSEUV,MPSIEUV,UXTRIM,AED
BINDX,PRBDOFS/
STBDER,UXDIFV/
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/LPRINT $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records.
AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor points.
MONITOR Structural monitor points.
MPARV Rigid monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPAERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPAEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.
MPSRV Rigid splined monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSIRV Inertial restrained monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model.
MPSIUV Inertial unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model.
UXTRIM UX vector at trim.
Main Index
1348 SDP
Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives

PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the
"inactive". Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected
to the SUPORT degrees-of-freedom.
Output Data Block:
STBDER Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for a single subcase.

UXDIFV Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF.
Parameters:
MACH Input-real-default=no default. Mach number.

Q Input-real-default=no default. Dynamic pressure.
LPRINT Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for stability derivatives.
Remark:
Each stability derivative has four forms based on:
• The aerodynamic model without any consideration of the structural model.
• The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure but before any elastic effects
are computed.
• The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and elastic deformations have
been included. It is assumed that the model is restrained at the support points for this derivative.
• The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and elastic deformations have
been included. Movement of the supported degrees of freedom is included in this derivative.
Main Index
SDR1 1349
Computes solution and single-point forces
SDR1 Computes solution and single-point forces
Computes and appends the solution (displacements, velocities, acceleration) and single-point forces of
constraint at the g-set for each boundary condition. Also appends applied loads.
Format:
SDR1 USET,PG,UL,UOO,YS,GOA,GM,PS,KFS,KSS,QR,KGG/
UG,PGT,QG/
NSKIP/APP/NOQG $
Input Data Blocks:

UL Displacement matrix in l-set.
UOO Displacement matrix in o-set due to applied loads on the o-set with the
a-set fixed (set to zero).
PS Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set.
KFS Stiffness matrix partition (f-set by s-set) from KNN.
KSS Stiffness matrix partition (s-set by s-set) from KNN.
QR Matrix of determinate support forces.
KGG Stiffness matrix in g-set which is used to compute the Lagrange
multiplers.
Output Data Blocks:
UG Displacement matrix in the g-set appended for all boundary conditions.

PGT Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all boundary
conditions.
QG Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set
appended for all boundary conditions.
Main Index
1350 SDR1
Parameters:
NSKIP Input-integer-no default. The first subcase of the current boundary condition.
Allowable values:
'STATICS' Statics.
'MMREIG' Normal modes for matrix method.
'BKL0' Pre-buckling (statics).
'BKL1' Buckling.
'DYNAMIC' Dynamics.
NOQG Input-integer-default=0. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag.
computation.
Method:
Static Analysis
In the case of static analysis, SDR1 recovers dependent displacements
 ul 
    ua  (5-40)
 ur 
 ua 
    uf  (5-41)
 uo 
where
 u o  =  G oa
t u  + u o
a o (5-42)
Enforced displacements are combined with u f
 uf 
    un  (5-43)
 Ys 
Main Index
SDR1 1351
 un 
    ug  (5-44)
 um 
where
 u m  =  G mn   u n  (5-45)
and recovers single point forces of constraint
T
 q s  =  K fs   u f  +  K ss   Y s  –  P s  (5-46)
Eigenvalue Analysis
In the case of eigenvalue analysis SDR1 recovers dependent components of the eigenvectors
  o  =  G oa    a  (5-47)
 a 
-  =  f 
 ---- (5-48)
 o 
 f 
-  =  n 
 ---- (5-49)
 s 
  m  =  G mn    n  (1)
 n 
-  =  g 
 ----- (5-50)
 m 
and single-point forces of constraint
T
 q s  =  K fs    f  (5-51)
If PARAM,DYNSPCF,NEW (default) then the single-point forces are computed as follows:
 q s  =   K sf  –  2  M sf     f  (5-52)
Remarks:
1. If NSKIP is greater than 1 and the outputs are declared APPEND on the FILE statement than the
outputs will be appended to outputs from prior executions of SDR1.
2. PG, YS, QR, and PS may be purged.
Main Index
1352 SDR1
3. If PG is present, PGT must be present.

4. UOO must be present if the o-set exists and APP is equal to 'STATICS' or 'BLK0'.
5. GM must be present if the m-set exists.
6. KFS must be present if the s-set exists and QG is present.
7. KSS must be present if YS is present, the s-set exists, and QG is present.
8. UOO, KSS and YS are ignored if APP is not equal to 'STATICS' or 'BLK0'.
9. See Section 9.4.11 of the MSC Nastran Reference Manual for further discussion of the matrix
operations in SDR1.
10. SDR1 can also process matrices with extra points.
Main Index
SDR2 1353
Creates data recovery output tables
SDR2 Creates data recovery output tables
Creates tables based on output requests for forces of single-point and multipoint forces of constraint,
applied loads, displacements, velocities, accelerations, element stresses, element strains, and element
forces. These output tables are suitable for printing, plotting, and various other postprocessing.
Format:
 EQEXIN 
SDR2 CASECC, CSTM ,MPT ,DIT ,  ,
 EQDYN 
 SIL 
  , ETT ,OL ,BGPDT ,PG ,
 SILD 
QG ,UG ,EST ,XYCDB ,OINT ,
PELSET ,VIEWTB ,GPSNT ,DEQATN ,DEQIND ,
DITID ,PCOMPT ,GPKE ,EDT ,VG ,
AG ,QMG ,MMCDB /
OPG ,OQG ,OUG ,OES ,OEF ,
PUG ,OVG ,OAG ,OQMG ,OGPKE1 ,
OSTR ,OMM /
APP /S,N,SORTFLAG/NOCOMP/ACOUSTIC/DVAFLAG/
HTFLOW /GPF /ACOUT /PREFDB /TABS /
SIGMA /ADPTINDX/ADPTEXIT/BSKIP /W3 /
W4 /LANGLE /OMID /G /S,N,OCID $
Input Data Blocks:

identification numbers. See Remark 5.
identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data.)
SILD Scalar index list for the p-set. See Remark 5.
Main Index
1354 SDR2

QG Single-point (or mutipoint-QMG) constraint forces of constraint
matrix in the g-set.
UG Displacement matrix in g-set. For the DSVG1 module and transient
analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration.
PELSET p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by
PLTSET.
GPKE Matrix of grid point kinetic energies.
VG Velocity matrix in g-set.
AG Acceleration matrix in g-set.
Output Data Blocks:
OPG Table of applied loads in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OQG Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
PUG Matrix of translational displacements for plotting purposes.
OVG Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
Main Index
SDR2 1355
OAG Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OQMG Table of multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OGPKE1 Table of grid point kinetic energies in SORT1 format.
OSTR Table of element strains in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OMM Table of maximum/minimum in SORT1 or SORT2 format
Parameters:

'STATICS' Statics.
'FREQRESP' Fequency response.
'MMREIG' Normal modes for matrix method.
'BKL0' Pre-buckling (statics).
'BKL1' Buckling.
'NLST' Nonlinear statics.
'GNST' Geometric nonlinear statics.
SORTFLAG Input/Output-Default=1. SORT1/SORT2 format flag.
If 1 on input then:
The columns of UG, QG, and QMG correspond to frequencies, time steps,
or eigenvalues, etc., depending on APP and output will be in SORT2 format
Then on output:
set to 1 if (1) SORT2 format is requested or XYCDB exists, or (2)
APP=’TRANRESP’ with no SORT1 requests; -1 otherwise.
If 2 on input then:
The rows of UG, QG, and QMG correspond to frequencies, time steps, or
eigenvalues, etc., depending on APP and output will be in SORT2 format.
If APP = ’TRANRESP’ then UG, VG, and AG must be input separately.
Then on output:
set to -1 if XYCDB does not exist and (1) SORT1 format is requested or (2)
APP<>’TRANRESP’ with no SORT2 requests; 1 otherwise.
NOCOMP Input-Integer-Default=1.
0 Compute stresses for all elements.
Main Index
1356 SDR2
1 Compute stresses for non-composite elements only.

2 Compute element forces and strain curvatures ofr
composite elements in the set referenced by STRESS=sid.
3 Compute element forces and strain curvatures ofr
composite elements using the set referenced by STRAIN=sid.
ACOUSTIC Input-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag. If set to 2 then acoustic
pressure is computed for fluid elements.
DVAFLAG Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations will
be output in separate data blocks.
-1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG.
1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG and OAG.
HTFLOW Input-integer-default=-1. Heat flow output flag.
-1 Do not compute heat flow.
1 Compute heat flow.
GPF Input-integer-default=-1. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
ACOUT Input-character-default='PEAK'. Type of acoustic pressure output in fluid-
structural analysis.
'RMS' Root-mean-square.
'PEAK' Peak.
PREFDB Input-real-default=1.0. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in units of dB
or dBA.
radiant heat flux.
ADPTINDX Input-integer-default=-1. P-version analysis adaptivity index.
ADPTEXIT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if this is the final
BSKIP Input-logical-default=TRUE. Pre-buckling subcase skip flag. If TRUE, then
skip the first subcase in CASECC.
W3 Input-real-default=0. Scale factor denominator for including stiffness in viscous
damping for transient analysis. Usually input by user parameter.
W4 Input-real-default=0. Scale factor denominator for including non-uniform
structural damping in viscous damping for transient analysis. Usually input by
user parameter.
Main Index
SDR2 1357

1 Gimbal angle.
2 Rotation vector.
OMID Input-character-default='NO' Material output coordinate system flag. If
OMID='YES' then stresses, strains, and forces are output in the material
coordinate system of CQUAD4, CTRIA3, CQUAD8, and CTRIA6 elements.
G Input-real-default=0. Uniform structural damping coefficient. Usually input by
user parameter.
OCID Output-integer-default=0. Print flag for coordinate system identification number
in grid point output. The following bits in OCID are set to 1 based on user output
requests.
1 Displacements.
2 Applied loads.
3 spcforces and mpcforces.
7 Eigenvectors.
10 Velocities.
11 Accelerations.
Remarks:
1. Any output may be purged.
2. CSTM may be purged if no coordinate systems are referenced, or if stresses and/or forces are not
requested.
3. MPT and EST may be purged if there are no requests for element stresses, strains, or forces.
4. DIT may be purged if no stress or force requests are present or if no temperature dependent
materials are referenced.
5. SDR2 can also process p-set matrices (UP, QP, and PP instead of UG, QG, and PG) as long as
EQDYN and SILD are specified. Otherwise, SILD may be purged.
6. ETT may be purged if no thermal loading exists, or there are no requests for stresses or forces.
7. EDT may be purged if there are no element requests for forces or stresses, or if there are no
enforced element deformations in the problem.
8. BGPDT may be purged if all displacement (global) coordinate systems are in the basic coordinate
system and if there are no requests for element stresses, strains, or forces exist. However, PUG
will not be computed.
9. LAMA or CLAMA may not be purged if an eigenvalue or frequency response problem exists.
10. EQEXIN and XYCDB may be purged.
11. If SORT2 format is desired for the outputs then the parameter SORTFLAG must be set to 2 and
the input data blocks UG, QG, and QMG must be in their transposed form.
Main Index
1358 SDR3
Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format
SDR3 Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or

SORT1) format
Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format.
Format:
SDR3 OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6/
OFP1X,OFP2X,OFP3X,OFP4X,OFP5X,OFP6X $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPi Output table in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.
Output Data Block:
OFPiX Output table in SORT2 (or SORT1) format.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
The SORT1 format created by modules like SDR2 is sorted accordingly:
element type
subcase ( or time step, frequency, etc.
element identification number
But the SORT1 format which has been reordered from SORT2 inputs by SDR3 is sorted accordingly:
subcase ( or time step, frequency, etc.
element type
element identification number
Main Index
SDRCOMP 1359
Calculates laminar stresses
SDRCOMP Calculates laminar stresses
Calculates laminar stresses, or strains, and failure indices in composite elements.
Format:
SDRCOMP CASECC,MPT,EPT,ETT,EST,OES1A,OEF1A,DIT,BGPDT,PCOMPT/
OES1C,OEFIT,OEF1AA,OPLYSR,OGPLYSS,OGPLYFI,OGPSR/
STRNFLG/DESOPT/LOADFAC/SRCOMPS/APPFLAG/SRTFLAG
Input Data Blocks:

OES1A Table of element strain/curvatures in SORT1 format for the composite
elements only.
OEF1A Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the composite elements
only.
Output Data Blocks:
OES1C Table of composite element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.

OEFIT Table of composite element failure indices.
OEF1AA Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the non-composite
elements only.
OPLYSR Table of ply strength ratios.
OGPLYSS Table of global ply stresses/strains.
OGPLYFI Table of global ply failure indices.
OGPSR Table of global ply strength ratios.
Main Index
1360 SDRCOMP
Calculates laminar stresses
Parameters:
LSTRN Input-integer-default=0. Laminar strain flag.

0 Compute laminar stresses.
1 Compute laminar strains.
DESOPT Input-integer-default=0. Non-composite element force flag. If set to 1, then the
non-composite element forces are extracted form OEF1A and copied to
OEF1AA.
LOADFACR Input-real-default=0.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis.
SRCOMPS Input-character-default=’NO’. Flag to request output of table of ply strength
ratios (OPLYSR).
APPFLAG Input-character-default='STATICS'. Approach flag to indicate the type of
analysis, viz.STATICS, FREQRESP, TRANRESP etc.
SORTFLAG Input-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether SORT1 ( <= 0 ) or
SORT2 ( >0 )
Remarks:
1. ETT may be purged. However temperature effects will not be included.
2. OEF1AA may be purged if DESOPT=0.
3. LOADFACR is only required for including its value in the header record of OES1C for nonlinear
static analysis. This is necessary for proper processing by the DBC module.
Main Index
SDRHT 1361
Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements
SDRHT Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of
other elements
Combines the heat flow for the CHBDYi elements with the heat flux for other elements.
Format:
SDRHT UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,RDEST,RECM,DLT,OEFNL1,MPT,
BGPDT,
CSTM,SIL,USET,CASECC,OESNLH,APPLOD/
HOEF1,HOES1/
TABS/SIGMA/NORADMAT $
Input Data Blocks:
UG Temperature matrix in g-set.

OEF1 Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format.
OEFNL1 Table of nonlinear element fluxes in SORT1 format.
OESNLH Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format for nonlinear elements
Main Index
1362 SDRHT
Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements
Output Data Block:
HOEF1 Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format updated for CHBDYi

elements.
HOES1 Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format combined for linear and
nonlinear elements.
Parameters:

radiant heat flux.
NORADMAT Input-integer-default=-1. Radiation flag.
-2 No radiation.
-1 Initial radiation (default).
HOES1
Remarks:
1. For linear steady state heat transfer, OEF1 is also specified for OEFNL1 and RDEST, RECM, and
DLT may be purged.
SDRHT UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,,,,
OEF1,MPTS,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,USET,CASECC/
HOEF1/TABS/SIGMA/-1 $
2. In transient heat transfer UG also contains the enthalpy.
Main Index
SDRNL 1363
Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements
SDRNL Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements
Performs the stress data recovery for nonlinear elements.
Format:
SDRNL CASECC,ESTNL,ELDATA,UNUSED4,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UN
USED7,
CSTM,UGNI,BGPDT/
OESNL1,OESNLB1,UNUSED3/
NLTYPE/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/NSKIP/LINC/UNUSED6/UNUS
ED7/
UNUSED8 $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:

Parameters:
NLTYPE Input-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis type.

0 Statics.
1 Transient response.
Main Index
1364 SDRNL
Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements

NSKIP Input-integer-no default. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
LINC Input-integer-no default. Number of load increments for this subcase.
UNUSED6 Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused.
Main Index
SDRP 1365
Computes data for p-elements
SDRP Computes data for p-elements
Computes displacements, element forces, element stresses, and element strains of

p-elements at the view-grid points and merges with corresponding output for
h-elements.
Format:
SDRP CASECC,EST,VIEWTB,UG,OUG1,
OES1,OSTR1,OEF1,DEQATN,DEQIND,
DIT,MPT,MPT,CSTM,ETT,OINT,
PELSET,BGPDT,BGPDT,OL,GPSNT,ERROR1,
RSQUERY,OVG1,OAG1/
OUG1VU,OES1VU,OEE1VU,OEF1VU,STATDATA,
RSLTSTAT,RSLTDATA,GLBTAB,GLBRSP,
OVG1VU,OAG1VU/
ADPTEXIT/ALTSHAPE/APP/SDRPOPT/PVALID/
DESCYCLE/ADPTINDX/ODESMAX/OADPMAX/SEID/
DVAFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration.
OES1 Table of element stresses in SORT1 format.
Main Index
1366 SDRP

ERROR1 Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity
loop.
RSQUERY Table of results state query.
Output Data Blocks:
OUG1VU Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids.

OES1VU Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for view elements.
OSTR1VU Table of element strains in SORT1 format for view elements.
OEF1VU Table of element forces in SORT1 format for view elements.
STATDATA Table of state information when system cell 297=1.
RSTLSTAT Table of result-state information when system cell 297=2.
RSLTDATA Table of actual results data when system cell 297=3.
GLBTAB Table of global responses when system cell 297=-1.
GLBRSP Matrix of global responses when system cell 297=-1.
OVG1VU Table of velocities in SORT1 format for view grids.
OAG1VU Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for view grids.
Main Index
SDRP 1367
Parameters:
ADPTEXIT Input-logical-no default. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop.
ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-element
analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product
Space set.
'STATICS' Statics.
'TRANSNT' Transient response.
SDRPOPT Input-character-no default. Principal stress/strain computation selection:
'SDRP' Compute in SDRP.
'OFP' Compute in OFP.
PVALID Input-integer-no default. p-value set identification number.
DESCYCLE Input-integer-no default. Design cycle analysis counter.
ADPTINDX Input-integer-no default. p-version analysis adaptivity index.
ODESMAX Input-integer-no default. Total number of design cycles performed.
OADPMAX Input-integer-no default. Total number of adaptivity cycles performed.
DVAFLAG Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations will be

output in separate data blocks.
-1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG.
1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG and OAG.
Remarks:
1. If disk space is critical then SDRPOPT may set to 'OFP' to delay computation of principal stresses
and strains to the OFP module.
2. The scope of SDRP processing depends on the value system cell 297:
0 Traditional NASTRAN data recovery.
1,2,3 On-the-fly data recovery (MSC.Optima, MSC.Ultima).
-1 Global Response (i.e. find min/max values of certain data recovery quantities).
Main Index
1368 SDRX
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results
SDRX Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to CBARAO and
PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station output. Applicable to static and normal
modes analysis only.
Format:
SDRX CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,
BGPDT,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/
S,N,NOXOUT $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
OEF1X Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids.

OES1X Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads
and intermediate station output.
OSTR1X Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented with strains for
1-D elements.
Main Index
SDRX 1369
Parameter:
NOXOUT Output-integer-no default. SDRX update flag.

0 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated.
-1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR:
SDRX
CASEDR,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,EST,CSTMS,MPTS,DIT,BGPDTS,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/S,N,NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OEF1/OEF1X/NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OES1/OES1X/NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OSTR1/OSTR1X/NOXOUT $
Main Index
1370 SDRXD
SDRXD Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to CBARAO and
PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station output. Applies to transient and
frequency response analysis only.
Format:
SDRXD CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,
UG,DLT,OL,BGPDT,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/
S,N,NOXOUT/APP/COUPMASS $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
OL Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency
output list.
Output Data Blocks:
OEF1X Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids.
Main Index
SDRXD 1371
OES1X Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads
and intermediate station output.
OSTR1X Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented with strains for
1-D elements.
Parameters:
NOXOUT Output-integer-no default. SDRX update flag.

0 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated.
-1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated.
-1 Lumped.
0 Coupled.
Example:
SDRX CASEDR,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,EST,CSTMS,MPTS,
DIT,BGPDTS,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/S,N,NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OEF1/OEF1X/NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OES1/OES1X/NOXOUT $
EQUIVX OSTR1/OSTR1X/NOXOUT $
Main Index
1372 SDSA
Partitions design model to superelements
SDSA Partitions design model to superelements
Partitions the design model (i.e., the design optimization Bulk Data entries) to superelements.
Format:
SDSA EDOM,EPTS,EQEXINS,SEMAP,MPTS,SGPDTS/
EDOMS/
SEID/PEID/S,N,OBJSID/DESOBJ/S,N,DESVAR/
S,N,DRESP/S,N,TWGTFL/S,N,TVOLFL $
Input Data Blocks:

optimization.
EPTS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the
superelement specified by SEID.
EQEXINS Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar
identification numbers for the superelement specified by SEID.
MPTS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the
current superelement.
SGPDTS Superelement basic grid point definition table for the current
superelement.
Output Data Block:
EDOMS Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and

optimization for the superelement specified by SEID.
Parameters:

PEID Input-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification number.
OBJSID Output-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number
associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user
specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase.
DESOBJ Input-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set
Main Index
SDSA 1373
Partitions design model to superelements
DESVAR Output-integer-default=0. Retained DVPRELi or DVGRID entry flag

for superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design variable
perturbations.
DRESP Output-integer-default=0. Retained DRESP1 entry flag for
superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design responses.
TWGTFL Output-integer-default=0. Total weight flag.
TVOLFL Output-integer-default=0. Total volume flag.
Remark:
SDSA is intended to be executed in a superelement DMAP loop driven by SEP2DR. See subDMAP
DESINIT for an example.
Main Index
1374 SDSB
Generates superelement processing list
SDSB Generates superelement processing list
Generates the superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response sensitivity
calculations.
Format:
SDSB SLIST,EDOM*,CASECC,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/
DSLIST/
S,N,DMRESD/S,N,NOSEDV/S,N,NOSERESP $
Input Data Blocks:

SLIST Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and
reduction.
EDOM* Family of EDOM tables for all superelements.
Output Data Block:
DSLIST Superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response

sensitivity calculations.
Parameters:
DMRESD Output-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the

design model is limited to the residual structure.
NOSEDV Output-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag based on the
SEDV Case Control command. Set to -1 if pseudo-loads are not
requested for any superelement.
NOSERESP Output-integer-default=0. Response sensitivity calculation flag based
on the SERESP Case Control command. Set to -1 if response
sensitivities are not requested for any superelement.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP DESINIT:
DBVIEW EDOMF=EDOMS WHERE (wildcard) $
Main Index
SDSB 1375
Generates superelement processing list
IF ( NOT(RSONLY) AND NOEDOM>0

) SDSB SLIST,EDOMF,CASEXX,,/DSLIST/S,N,DMRESD/
S,N,NOSEDV/S,N,NOSERESP $
Main Index
1376 SDSC
Prints correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
SDSC Prints correlation table for normalized design sensitivity

coefficient matrix
Prints the correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Format:
SDSC DSCMCOL//
OBJSID/DESOBJ/UNUSED3/EIGNFREQ $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
OBJSID Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number associated with

DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies the DESOBJ command in a
particular superelement subcase.
DESOBJ Input-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification number.
Main Index
SECONVRT 1377
SECONVRT Modifies Bulk Data entry records
Modifies those Bulk Data entry records which define coordinate systems, orientation vectors, and load
vectors by grid point identification number; e.g., CORD1j to CORD2j, FORCEi to FORCE, MOMENTi
to MOMENT, replace GO on CBAR, CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP with X1, X2, X3.
Format:
SECONVRT BGPDT,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3/
GEOM1N,GEOM2N,GEOM3N $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1N Modified GEOM1 with CORD1j records converted to CORD2j

records.
GEOM2N Modified GEOM2 with GO replaced by X1, X2, and X3 on CBAR,
CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP records.
GEOM3N Modified GEOM3 with FORCEi and MOMENTi records converted to
FORCE and MOMENT records.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
1. System cell 350 controls execution of the SECONVRT module.
-1 No converson.
0 Convert and echo all converted entries in the f06.
>0 Convert and echo the first n converted entries in the f06 where n is the value of system cell
350.
Main Index
1378 SEDR
Partitions tables for superelements
SEDR Partitions tables for superelements
Partitions the solution matrix, Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement.
Format:
SEDR SEMAP,CASECC,PCDB,DRLIST,XYCDB,SLT,ETT,
MAPS*,UGD,BGPDTD,GDNTAB,VGD,AGD/
UA,CASEDR,PCDBDR,XYCDBDR,VA,AA/
APP/SEID/S,N,NOUP/S,N,NOSORT1/S,N,NOUG/
S,N,NOOUT/S,N,NOPLOT/S,N,NOXYPLOT/QUALNAM/NCUL
/
SORTP $
Input Data Blocks:

DRLIST Superelement processing list for data recovery.
MAPS* Family of MAPS (superelement upstream to downstream boundary
coordinate system, secondary (mirror, identical, and repeated), and
release transformation matrix).
UGD Displacement matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
VGD Velocity matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
AGD Acceleration matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
Output Data Blocks:
UA Solution matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement

(identification number equal to output value of SEID).
CASEDR Table of Case Control command images for the superelement
Main Index
SEDR 1379
Partitions tables for superelements
PCDBDR Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for the
superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).
XYCDBDR Table of x-y plotting commands for a superelement (identification
number equal to output value of SEID).
VA Velocity matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement
AA Acceleration matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement
Parameters:

'STATICS' Statics.
 STATICSNot statics.
NOUP Output-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are
no superelements connected upstream from the current superelement.
NOSORT1 Output-integer-default=0. SORT1 format flag. Set to -1 if SORT1 format is
not requested for current superelement.
NOUG Output-integer-default=0. UG presence flag. Set to -1 if UG already exists
for the current superelement.
NOOUT Output-integer-default=0. Output request flag. Set to -1 if no output requests
are specified for the current superelement.
NOPLOT Output-integer-default=0. Plot request flag. Set to -1 if no deformed plot
requests are specified for the current superelement.
NOXYPLOT Output-integer-default=0. X-Y plot request flag. Set to -1 if no x-y plot
requests are specified for the current superelement.
QUALNAM Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting
MAPS.
NCUL Input-integer-no default. Number of columns desired in the solution matrix
for the residual structure. Usually determined by the PARAML module.
SORTP Input-integer-default=1. Transpose flag for UGD, VGD, and AGD.

1 Columns correspond to time steps or frequencies.
2 Rows correspond to time steps or frequencies.
Main Index
1380 SEDRDR
Drives superelement data recovery loop
SEDRDR Drives superelement data recovery loop
Drives superelement data recovery loop.
Format:
SEDRDR DRLIST,SEMAP//
S,N,LASTSE/S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,NODR/
NOSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/S,N,SCNDRY/S,N,EXTRN/
SEDRCNTL/NOPGHD $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:

None.
Main Index
SEDRDR 1381
Parameters:
LASTSE Output-integer-default=0. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current

superelement is the last to process.
SEID Input/output-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number and
initialization flag.
On input:
-1 Initialization.
-2 Same as -1 except do not print UIM 7321.
>0 Previous superelement identification number.
On output:
>0 Current superelement identification number.
PEID Output-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification number.

SEDWN Output-integer-default=0. Downstream superelement identification number.
NODR Output-integer-default=0. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no
data recovery requested for any superelement.
NOSE Input-integer-default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no
superelements.
SETYPE Output-character-default=' '. Superelement type as specified on the
SEBULK Bulk Data entry.
'REPEAT' Repeated.
'MIRROR' Mirror.
'COLLTR' Collector.
'EXTRNA' External.
'PRIMARY' Primary.
RSEID Output-integer-default=0. Repeated superelement identification number as
specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry.
SCNDRY Output-integer-default=0. Secondary (identical or mirror) superelement flag.
Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with
PEID>0.
EXTRN Output-integer-default=0. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement
is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0.
SEDRCNTL Input-character-default=' '. Processing list selection.
Main Index
1382 SEDRDR
' ' All superelements will be processed (default).

'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be
processed.
NOPGHD Input-integer-default=0. Page header superelement label print control.

0 Print page header and UIM 7321.
-1 Do not print page header and UIM 7321.
-2 Same as -1 and do not print .f04 label.
-3 Same as -2 and do not print superelement label in SUBTITLE line of
page header.
Remark:
SEDRDR processes each superelement, specified in DRLIST, in the order of data recovery; i.e.,
downstream to upstream or residual structure to tip superelements.
Example:
Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the residual structure and ending with the
tips.
PARAML SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $
LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $
IF ( NOSE<0 ) THEN $
LPFLG=-1 $
ELSE $
SEDRDR DRLIST//
S,N,LPFLG/S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,NODR $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
SEEFMBND 1383
Generates band information for EFM
SEEFMBND Generates band information for EFM
Generates the partitioning vectors and band information for energy flow modeling (EFM).
Format:
SEEFMBND CASECC,DYNAMIC,DIT,LAMA,EFMDMP/
BANDPV,BANDLIST/EFMMASS $
Input Data Blocks:

EFMDMP Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and frequency-
dependent damping criteria for all superelements for which energy
flow modeling calculations are to be performed.
Output Data Blocks:
BANDPV Matrix of partitioning vectors for all non-trivial bands.

BANDLIST Table of mode information for all bands.
Parameters:
EFMMASS Input-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow
modeling calculations are to be performed.
Main Index
1384 SEEFMCLF
Calculates EFM values for a band
SEEFMCLF Calculates EFM values for a band
For energy flow modeling (EFM), calculates for the current band: total modal energy for each subsystem,
energy influence coefficients for rain-on-the-roof excitation, average power input, energy factors matrix,
and coupling loss factors.
Format:
SEEFMCLF DIT,EFMLIST,EFMDMP,BANDLIST,BANDPV,MQE*/
ENEMAT,APIMAT,EFMMA,SCLFMAT,CLFMAT/
IBAND/EFMMASS/QUALNAM/EFMDIAG $
Input Data Blocks:

EFMLIST Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow modeling
calculations are to be performed.
BANDPV Matrix of partitioning vectors for all non-trivial bands.
MQE* Family of superelement modal mass matrices.
Output Data Blocks:
ENEMAT Matrix of modal energy.

APIMAT Diagonal matrix of average power input values.
EFMMAT Matrix of energy factors.
SCLFMAT Matrix of simple coupling loss factors.
CLFMAT Matrix of coupling loss factors.
Parameters:
IBAND Input-integer-no default. Current band indentification number.

EFMMASS Input-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow
Main Index
SEEFMCLF 1385
Calculates EFM values for a band
QUALNAM Input-character-default=' '. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting MQE

matrices.
EFMDIAG Input-integer-default=0. EFM diagnostic printout flag.
Main Index
1386 SEEFMDMP
Generates parameters for EMF
SEEFMDMP Generates parameters for EMF
Generates mass values, damping loss factors, and frequency-dependent damping criteria for energy flow
modeling (EFM).
Format:
SEEFMDMP CASECC,DYNAMIC,EFMLIST,OGPWG*/
EFMMCOL,EFMDMP/
S,N,EFMMASS/QUALNAM $
Input Data Blocks:

OGPWG* Family of superelement grid point weight generator tables.
Output Data Blocks:
EFMMCOL Column matrix of EFM superelement mass values.

Parameters:
EFMMASS Output-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow
QUALNAM Input-character-default=' '. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting MQE
matrices.
Main Index
SEEFMLST 1387
Generates superelement list for EFM
SEEFMLST Generates superelement list for EFM
Generates list of superelements for which energy flow modeling (EFM) calculations are to be performed.
Format:
SEEFMLST CASECC,GEOM1,SLIST/EFMLIST $
Input Data Blocks:

SLIST Superelement processing list for matrix generation, assembly, and
reduction.
Output Data Blocks:
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1388 SEEFMNOR
Generates partitioning vector and shell normals for EFM
SEEFMNOR Generates partitioning vector and shell normals for EFM
Generats the partitioning vector for extracting the grid point translational DOFs from all the DOF in the
superelement as well as to generate a matrix of superelement grid point shell normal vectors.
Format:
SEEFMNOR BGPDT,USET,GPSNT/
PVGT,SNORMM $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
PVGT Partitioning vector for extracting the grid point translational DOFs.
SNORMM Matrix of superelement grid point shell normal vectors.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
GPSNT and SNORMM may be purged if only PVGT is desired.
Main Index
SEEFMOUT 1389
Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis
SEEFMOUT Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis
Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis.
Format:
SEEFMOUT EFMLIST,EFMASMTT,EXCITEFX,BANDLIST,
MNRGYMTF,APIMATT,RESMATFT/ $
Input Data Blocks:
EFMASMTT Matrix of mass values for all EFM superelements.
EXCITEFX Matrix of power or force input for all EFM superelements.
MNRGYMTF Matrix of modal energy values for all EFM superelements for all
bands.
APIMATT Matrix of average power input per unit force for all EFM
superelements for all bands.
RESMATFT Matrix of average velocity respons for all EFM superelements for all
bands.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1390 SEEFMXIT
Computes superelement power for EFM
SEEFMXIT Computes superelement power for EFM
Computes superelement power and force input values for energy flow modeling (EFM).
Format:
SEEFMXIT CASECC,DYNAMIC,EFMLIST/EXCITP,EXCITF $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
EXCITP Matrix of EFM superelement power input values.

EXCITF Matrix of EFM superelement force input values.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
SELA 1391
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements
SELA Assembles static load matrices from upstream

superelements
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements into the current superelement.
Format:
SELA PJ,SLIST,SEMAP,BGPDTS,PA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/
PG/
SEID/QUALNAM/S,N,LDSEQ/S,N,NOPG/PRTUIM $
Input Data Blocks:
PJ Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied
to its interior points only.
reduction.
PA* Family of static load matrices (PA) applied on the boundary (a-set) of
all upstream superelements.
Output Data Block:
PG Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement including
loads from upstream superelements.
Parameters:

QUALNAM Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in
selecting MAPS and PA.
LDSEQ Input/output-integer-default=0. PG column number. On input, last
column number of PG on previous SELA execution. On output, last
column number of PG on current execution.
Main Index
1392 SELA
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements
NOPG Output-integer-default=0. Upstream load presence flag. Set to -1 if

there are no loads due to upstream superelements.
PRTUIM Input-logical-default=TRUE. UIM 4570 print control flag in SELA
module.
Remark:
PJ may be purged.
Example:
DBVIEW PAUP = PA WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $
DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $
SELA PJ,SLIST,EMAP,BGPDTS,PAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/
PG/
SEID/'SEID'/0/S,N,NOPG $
EQUIVX PJ/PG/NOPG $
Main Index
SEMA 1393
Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements
SEMA Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream

superelements
Assembles square symmetric matrices (e.g., stiffness, mass, damping) from upstream superelements into
the current superelement.
Format:
SEMA BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,XJJ,XAA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/
XGG/
SEID/LUSETS/QUALNAM/UPFM $
Input Data Blocks:
reduction.
XJJ Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied to
its interior points only.
XAA* Family of reduced square matrices in a-set pertaining to the upstream
superelements.
Output Data Block:
XGG Square matrix in g-set including contributions from upstream

superelements.
Parameters:

LUSETS Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the
g-set of the current superelement.
Main Index
1394 SEMA
Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements

selecting MAPS and PA.
UPFM Input-integer-default=0. UFM 4252 print flag. Set to -1 to print UFM
4252 and set NOGO=-1 if there are missing upstream boundary
matrices.
Remark:
XJJ may be purged.
Example:
Assemble stiffness matrix KGG and exit if there are missing upstream stiffness matrices.
DBVIEW KAAUP = KAA WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=* and WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=*) $
SEMA BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,KJJ,KAAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/
KGG/
SEID/LUSETS/'SEID'/-1 $
IF ( NOGO=-1 ) EXIT $
Main Index
SEP1 1395
Constructs superelement map table
SEP1 Constructs superelement map table
Constructs the superelement map table.
Format:
SEP1 GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,CASECC,SET
REE/
SEMAP,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/LST2REC $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
SETREE Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data
entry.
Output Data Block:

SCSTM Table of global transformation matrices for superelements.
Parameters:
NOSE Output-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if

there are no superelements.
Main Index
1396 SEP1
CONFAC Input-integer-default=1.E-5. Image superelement congruence

tolerance for the location of boundary grid points and displacement
coordinate systems.
LST2REC Input-integer-default=TRUE. Last two records write flag. Set to TRUE
to write last two records.
Remarks:
1. SEP1 is the initial superelement processor. It builds the superelement map table which defines the
relationships between grid points and superelements. The map includes the superelement type
(primary, secondary, mirror image, etc.), the exterior grid points, the structural and rigid elements,
and for certain secondary superelements, sequencing information.
2. SEP1 only supports superelements defined by the SESET Bulk Data entry, CSUPER Bulk Data
entry or on the SEID field on the GRID Bulk Data entry; i.e., grid-list superelements. SEP1X is a
more recently developed module intended for superelements defined in separate Bulk Data
Sections; i.e., partitioned superelements.
Main Index
SEP1X 1397
SEP1X Constructs superelement map table
Constructs the superelement map table and "corrects" the grid point locations at RSSCON element
connections. The format has not changed but the SEP1XOVR parameter is now an output parameter
which must be passed into SEP2X. Also additional options are available in SEP1XOVR.
Format:
SEP1X SELIST,GEOM1*,GEOM2*,GEOM4*,SETREE,SGPDTS*,BND
FIL/
SEMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/QUALNAM/QUALVAL/S,N,RSFLAG/
NQSET/EXTNAME/S,N,SEP1XOVR/NQMAX/SEBULK/TOLRSC
/
S,N,SWCHECK/ATQSET/S,N,RUNSEP2X $
Input Data Blocks:
SELIST Table containing the list of partitioned superelements defined in

separate Bulk Data Sections.
GEOM1* Family of GEOM1 tables for all partitioned superelements defined in
SETREE Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data
entry.
SGPDTS* Family of SGPDTS tables created in previous runs.
BNDFIL Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given
by extreme for domain decomposition.
Output Data Blocks:

SGPDT Global superelement basic grid point definition table including
RSSCON grid point location corrections.
Main Index
1398 SEP1X
Parameters:
NOSE Output-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no

superelements. Set to number of superelements if superelements exist.
CONFAC Input-real-default=1.E-5. Image superelement congruence tolerance for the
location of boundary grid points and displacement coordinate systems.
QUALNAM Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting
GEOM1, GEOM2, GEOM4, and SGPDT.
QUALVAL Input-integer-default=-1. QUALNAM value assigned to the main Bulk Data
Section.
RSFLAG Output-logical-default=FALSE. Main Bulk Data superelement presence flag. Set
to TRUE if superelements are defined in the main Bulk Data Section.
NQSET Input-integer-default=0. Number of automatic q-set degrees-of-freedom (auto-q-
set). Each superelement will have NQSET number of q-set degrees-of-freedom.
EXTNAME Input-character-default='XEID'. Name of the qualifier used to identify External
Superelements. Note linkage to the SEBULK data entry.
SEP1XOVR Input-integer-default=0. Over-ride bits for module processing. See Remark 3.
Bit(s) Value(s) Description
1-3 1-5 Override Search Algorithm Selection.
Disable Automatic Main Bulk Scalar Linkages via
4 8
internal SECONCT entries.
5 16 Print RSSCON old/new locations.
6 32 Print Boundary Search Sequence.
7 64 SEP1X "Diag 30" Debugging Output.
Auto-SET in Residual place in OSET when other sets
8 128
present in the Residual.
9 256 CHKRUN flag for spot welds.
10 512 CHKRUN=2 flag for spot welds.
NQMAX Input-integer-default=3000. Maximum number of auto-q-set's allowed per
partitioned superelement. See NQSET.
SEBULK Input-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement presence flag. Set to
TRUE if partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER is specified for
the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command. If TRUE then superelement
processing is to be performed. Otherwise, only the RSSCON element corrections
are performed.
TOLRSC Input-real-default=1.0E-4. RSSCON element alignment tolerance factor.
SWCHECK Output-logical-default=FALSE. Spot weld check exit flag indicating that bit 256
is on in CHKRUN.
Main Index
SEP1X 1399
ATQSET Input-logical-default=FALSE. Automatic q-set generation flag. If TRUE,

automatic q-set will not be generated here but in the MODQSET module.
RUNSEP2X Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag to run SEP2X. Set to TRUE for models that
contain certain types of weld elements.
Example:
1. Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0:
DBVIEW GEOM1F=GEOM1QS WHERE ( PEID<>0 ) $
DBVIEW SGPDTF=SGPDTS WHERE ( PEID<>0 ) $
OVRIDE = SEP1XOVR $
SEP1X SELIST,GEOM1F,GEOM2F,GEOM4F,SETREE,SGPDTF,BNDFIL/
EMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/'PEID'//S,N,PARTRS/NQSET/'XEID'/
S,N,OVRIDE//SEBULK/TOLRSC/S,N,SWCHECK/ATQSET/
S,N,XSEP2X $
2. Perform RSSCON correction only. Excerpt from subDMAP SOL1:
SEP1X ,,GEOM1q,GEOM2,GEOM4,,/
EMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/' '//S,N,PARTRS/NQSET/'XEID'///
false/TOLRSC $
3. The SEP1X module checks the residual part and bit 8 on the SEP1XOVR parameter to determine
a-set membership at the residual level. The default action is to place all upstream q-set in the a-
set in the residual when any ASETi, BSETi, CSETi, QSETi or OMITi records are detected in the
residual based upon user specifications. Otherwise, SEP1X changes the SEP1XOVR parameter
to indicate to SEP2X not to generate ASET records for the q-set boundary dofs and then let the
left-over logic of GP4 assign to a-set or o-set. Note that the user can set bit 8 to indicate that no
ASET records will be created. The current SEP2X rule for user set specifications is to copy the
supplied record from the main GEOM4 to the residual's GEOM4S.
Main Index
1400 SEP2
SEP2 Partitions tables for each superelement
Partitions tables for each superelement.
Format:
SEP2 GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT,
SLIST,SEMAP,CASES,DYNAMIC,GPSNT/
GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS,
MAPS,UNUSED8,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,GPSNTS/
SEID/METHCMRS
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
reduction.
CASES Table of Case Control commands for the current superelement.
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current
superelement.
GEOM2S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points for the current superelement.
GEOM3S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for
Main Index
SEP2 1401
GEOM4S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-

freedom membership and rigid element connectivity for the current
superelement.
MAPS Superelement boundary transformation matrix for secondary
superelements (mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary
resequencing and releases.
DYNAMICS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current
superelement.
GPSNTS Grid point shell normal table for the current superelement.
Parameters:

METHCMRS Input-integer-default=0. Residual structure METHOD set
identification (SID) override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value
specified in CASES.
Main Index
1402 SEP2CT
Partitions Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement
SEP2CT Partitions Case Control and Plot Control tables for each
superelement
Partitions the Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement.
Format:
SEP2CT SLIST,CASECC,PCDB,UNUSED4,XYCDB/
CASES,PCDBS,XYCDBS/
APP/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:

reduction.
Output Data Blocks:
CASES Table of Case Control command images for the current superelement
PCDBS Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for the
current superelement (identification number equal to output value of
SEID).
XYCDBS Table of x-y plotting commands for the current superelement
Parameters:

'STATICS' Statics.
 STATICS Not statics.
Main Index
SEP2DR 1403
Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop
SEP2DR Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop
Drives the superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop. Also drives the pseudo-load
generation loop.
Format:
SEP2DR
 SLIST  ,6(0$3
 
 DSLIST 
S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,LASTSE/S,N,NOM
AT/
S,N,NOASM/S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOUP/S,N,S
CNDRY/
S,N,EXTRN/S,N,NOMR/SEP2CNTL/S,N,NOPSLG/NOPGHD/
S,N,PARTSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/NSENQSET $
Input Data Blocks:

reduction.
sensitivity calculations.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Main Index
1404 SEP2DR
Parameters:
SEID Input/output-integer-default=0. Superele ment identification number and

initialization flag.
On input:
-1 Initialization
-2 Same as -1 except do not print UIM 7321
>0 Previous superelement identification number
On output:
>0 Current superelement identification number
PEID Output-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification number.

SEDWN Input-output-integer-default=0. Downstream superelement identification
number. SEDWN is input if CNTL <> 'SEDWN' and output if CNTL =
'SEDWN'.
LASTSE Output-integer-default=0. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current
superelement is the last to process.
NOMAT Output-integer-default=0. Matrix generation flag. Set to -1 if no matrix
generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEMG or
SEALL Case Control commands.
NOASM Output-integer-default=0. Matrix assembly flag. Set to -1 if no matrix assembly
and reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the SEKR or
SEALL Case Control commands.
NOLOAD Output-integer-default=0. Load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation is
requested for the current superelement based on the SELG or SEALL Case
Control commands.
NOLASM Output-integer-default=0. Load assembly flag. Set to -1 if no load assembly and
reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the SELR or SEALL
Case Control commands.
NOUP Output-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no
superelements connected upstream from the current superelement.
SCNDRY Output-integer-default=0. Secondary (identical or mirror) superelement flag. Set
to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID>0.
EXTRN Output-integer-default=0. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement
is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0.
NOMR Output-integer-default=0. Mass and damping assembly flag. Set to -1 if no mass
and damping assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement
based on the SEMR or SEALL Case Control commands.
Main Index
SEP2DR 1405
SEP2CNTL Input-character-default='SLIST'. Processing list selection.

'ALL' All superelements will be processed.
'PSLGDV' Only superelements specified on the SEDV Case Control
commands.
'DSLIST' Only superelements specified on the SERESP Case Control
commands.
'PSLDSL' Union of superelements specified on the SEDV and SERESP
commands.
'SLIST' Only superelements specified on the SEALL, SEMG, SEKR,
SELG, SELR, or SEMR Case Control commands.
'SEDWN' All superelements that have SEDWN as their downstream
superelement.
'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be
processed.
NOPSLG Output-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load
generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV or
SERESP Case Control commands.
NOPGHD Input-integer-default=0. Page header and eject flag.

0 Print page header in f06 and label in f04.
-1 Do not print page header in f06.
-2 Do not print page header in f06 and label in f04
PARTSE Output-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement flag. Set to TRUE if the

current superelement is a partitioned superelement.
SETYPE Output-character-default=' '. Superelement type as specified on the SEBULK
Bulk Data entry.
'REPEAT' Repeated.
'MIRROR' Mirror.
'COLLTR' Collector.
'EXTRNA' External a-set.
'EXTRNG' External g-set.
'PRIMARY' Primary.
Main Index
1406 SEP2DR
RSEID Output-integer-default=0. Repeated superelement identification number as specified

on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry.
NSENQSET Output-integer-default=0. Number of SENQSET degrees-of-freedom allocated to
Remarks:
1. SEP2DR processes each superelement, specified in SLIST or DSLIST, in the order of matrix
generation; i.e., upstream to downstream or tip superelements to the residual structure.
2. If SEP2CNTL='PSLGDV' or 'DSLIST' then DSLIST must be specified as the first input;
otherwise, 'SLIST' is specified.
Example:
Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the tips and ending with the residual
structure.
PARAML SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $
LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( LPFLG<>-1 ) $
IF ( NOSE<0 ) THEN $
LPFLG=-1 $
ELSE $
SEP2DR SLIST,SEMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID//S,N,LPFLG/
////////'ALL'//-1 $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
SEP2X 1407
SEP2X Partitions tables for each superelement
Partitions tables for each superelement.
Format:
SEP2X GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT,SLIST,SEMAP,CA
SES,
DYNAMIC,UNUSED11,SGPDT,SCSTM,MATPOOL/
GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS,
MAPS,SGPDTS,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,MATPOOLS,UNUSED12
/
SEID/METHCMRS/SEP1XOVR $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
reduction.
CASES Table of Case Control commands for the current superelement.
Main Index
1408 SEP2X
Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current
superelement.
GEOM2S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points for the current superelement.
GEOM3S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for
GEOM4S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-
superelement.
MAPS Superelement boundary transformation matrix for secondary
superelements (mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary
resequencing and releases.
superelement.
DYNAMICS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current
superelement.
MATPOOLS MATPOOL table for the current superelement.
Parameters:

METHCMRS Input-integer-default=0. Residual structure METHOD set
identification (SID) override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value
specified in CASES.
SEP1XOVR Input-integer-default=0. Over-ride bits for module processing and
computed in SEP1X. Checks bit 8 to determine upstream q-set
processing in the residual. See Remark 3 under the SEP1X module
description.
Main Index
SEP3 1409
Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing
SEP3 Examines Case Control and determines superelement

processing
Examines Case Control and determines which superelements are to be processed for generation,
assembly, and reduction of stiffness, mass, and damping, and load matrices.
Format:
SEP3 CASECC,EMAP/
SLIST/
S,N,NOSECOM/S,N,SEID/NOSE/S,N,NOMAT/S,N,NOASM/
S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOMR/UNUSED9 $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Block:
SLIST Superelement processing list for matrix generation, assembly, and

reduction.
Parameters:
NOSECOM Output-integer-default=0. Superelement Case Control command flag.

Set to -1 if there are no SEALL, SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or
SEMR commands specified in CASECC.
SEID Output-integer-default=0. Initialization flag. If there are
superelements, then SEID is set to -1 to initialize SEP2DR; otherwise
0.
NOSE Input-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there
are no superelements.
NOMAT Output-integer-default=0. Matrix generation flag. If there are no
superelements, NOMAT is set to -1 if no SEMG and no SEALL Case
Control commands are specified.
NOASM Output-integer-default=0. Matrix assembly flag. If there are no
superelements, then NOASM is set to -1 if no SEKR and no SEALL
Case Control commands are specified.
Main Index
1410 SEP3
Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing
NOLOAD Output-integer-default=0. Load generation flag. If there are no

superelements, then NOLOAD is set to -1 if no SELG and no SEALL
NOLASM Output-integer-default=0. Load assembly flag. If there are no
superelements, then NOLASM is set to -1 if no SELR and no SEALL
NOMR Output-integer-default=0. Mass and damping assembly flag. If there
are no superelements, then NOMR is set to -1 if no SEMR and no
SEALL Case Control commands are specified.
Remark:
If there are no superelements, then SLIST is not created and may be purged.
Main Index
SEP4 1411
Examines table and data base information for superelement processing
SEP4 Examines table and data base information for superelement

processing
Examines the Case Control and Plot Control tables, queries the data base for existing solution matrices,
and determines which superelements are to be processed for data recovery.
Format:
SEP4 CASECC,PCDB,EMAP,XYCDB,UG*,PUG*,QG*,MMCDB/
DRLIST/
UNUSED1/QUALNAM/S,N,NODR/S,N,SEID/S,N,NOSEPLOT/
SEP4CNTL $
Input Data Blocks:

UG* Family of displacement matrices in g-set for all superelements.
PUG* Family of matrices of translational displacements for all
superelements.
QG* Family of single-point constraint forces of constraint matrices in the
g-set for all superelements.
Output Data Block:
Parameters:
UNUSED1 Input-character-no default. Specify ' '.

QUALNAM Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting UG,
PUG, and QG.
NODR Output-integer-default=0. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no data
recovery requested for any superelement.
SEID Input-integer-default=0. Initialization flag. If there are superelements, then SEID
is set to -1 to initialize SEDRDR; otherwise 0.
Main Index
1412 SEP4
Examines table and data base information for superelement processing
NOSEPLOT Output-integer-default=0. SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT request flag. Set to

-1 if there are no SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT commands specified in the
OUTPUT(PLOT) Section.
SEP4CNTL Output-integer-default=' '. Processing list selection.
'ALL' All superelements will be processed
 ALL Only superelements specified on the SEDR Case Control command
Example:
DBVIEW UGF =UG WHERE (WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW PUGF=PUG WHERE (WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW QGF =QG WHERE (WILDCARD) $
SEP4 CASECC,PCDB,EMAP,XYCDB,UGF,PUGF,QGF/
DRLIST/
' '//S,N,NODRALL/S,N,SEID/S,N,NOUPL $
Main Index
SEPLOT 1413
Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements
SEPLOT Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements
Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements based on the SEPLOT and SEUPPLOT
commands.
Format:
SEPLOT PCDB,SEMAP,SCSTM,BGPDT*,ECT*,PUG*/
BGPDTX,PUGX,PLSETMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET/
QUALNAM/QUALNAMP/S,N,PLTCNT/S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT
$
Input Data Blocks:

BGPDT* Family of basic grid point definition tables for all superelements.
ECT* Family of element connectivity tables for all superelements.
superelements.
Output Data Blocks:
BGPDTX BGPDT assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or

SEUPPLOT command.
PUGX PUG assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or
SEUPPLOT command.
Main Index
1414 SEPLOT
Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements
Parameters:
QUALNAM Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting BGPDT

and ECT.
QUALNAMP Input-character-default='PEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting PUG.
PLTCNT Input/output-integer-no default. SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command counter.
On input:
0 Initialization.
On output:
>0 Current SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command.
NGP Output-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in the
BGPDTX.
JPLOT Output-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are
none.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP SUPER3:
DBVIEW BGPDTF=BGPDTS WHERE (PEID=* AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
DBVIEW ECTF=ECTS WHERE (PEID=* AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $
DO WHILE ( PLTCNT>-1 ) $
SEPLOT PCDB,EMAP,scstm,BGPDTF,ECTF,PUGF/
BGPDTX,PUGX,PLTXY,PLTPARY,GPSETSY,ELTSETSY/
'PEID'/'SEID'/S,N,PLTCNT/S,N,NSILS/S,N,JPLOT $
PRTMSG PLTXY//PDRMSG $
IF ( JPLOT>=0 ) THEN $
PLOT PLTPARY,GPSETSY,ELTSETSY,CASECC,BGPDTX,
PUGX,PUGX,gpect,oes1x/
PLOTY2/NSILS/0/JPLOT/-1/S,N,PFILE $
PRTMSG PLOTY2//PDRMSG $
ENDIF $ JPLOT>=0
ENDDO $ PLTCNT>-1
Main Index
SEPR1 1415
Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections
SEPR1 Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections
Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections.
Format:
SEPR1 BULK*/
SELIST/
QUALNAM/S,N,SEFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
BULK* Family of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections
Output Data Blocks:
SELIST List of partitioned superelement identification numbers.
Parameters:

selecting BULK.
SEFLAG Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if partitioned
superelements are present.
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP IFPL:
DBVIEW IBULKSF = IBULK WHERE (SEID>0 AND PEID=*) $
SEPR1 IBULKSF/SELIST//S,N,SELIST $
Main Index
1416 SEQP
Resequencing processor
SEQP Resequencing processor
Generates SEQGP entries or a mapping matrix for use in resequencing matrices for efficient matrix
decomposition.
Format 1: Geometry Table input
SEQP GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EPT,MATPOOL,DYNAMIC,CASECC/
GEOM1Q,TIMSIZ,GEQMAP,BNDFIL,SPCPART,LGPART,GEO
M2X,
GEOM4X/
SEQOUT/SEQMETH//SUPER/FACTOR/
MPCFLG/START/MSGLVL/PEXIST/PSEQOPT/S,N,NTIPS/A
PP/
S,N,ZCOLLCT/S,N,TIPSCOL/ACMS/S,N,FLUIDSE/ATQSE
T/ PARTMEM $
Format 2: Matrix input
SEQP MAT,GPL,USET,SIL/SEQMAP,,,,,/
SEQOUT/SEQMETH/SETNAME $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints,
degree-of-freedom membership, and rigid element connectivity.
transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries. Required
for DMIG and virtual mass partitioning with domain solver
ACMS='YES'.
DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Grid points on
DPHASE, DELAY, TIC, and DAREA records will be assigned to the
residual structure if ACMS='YES'.
CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Required for MFLUID set
MAT Matrix. Must be square and symmetric.
Main Index
SEQP 1417

Output Data Blocks:
GEOM1Q Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records have been
added and any pre-existing SEQGP records are removed.
TIMSIZ Table of CPU and disk space estimation parameters.
on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition.
BNDFIL Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given
by extreme for domain decomposition.
SPCPART Partitioning vector for domain decomposition.
SEQMAP Mapping matrix for resequencing.
LGPART Same as SPCPART except it includes disjoint grid points.
GEOM2X GEOM2 table augmented with fluid data and SPOINTS if
ACMS='YES'.
GEOM4X GEOM4 table augmented with new RBE1 and RBE2 records (because
all RBE1 and RBE2 elements are split so that each one contains only
one m-set grid) for ACMS='YES'. Also augmented with SEQSET1
records for ACMS='YES'.
Main Index
1418 SEQP
Parameters:
SEQOUT Input-integer-default=0. Output options:

0 No output.
1 Print a formatted table of the internal versus external grid identification
number.
2 Write the SEQGP entries to the punch file (.pch).
3 Combines 1 and 2.
SEQMETH Input/output-integer-default=3. Resequencing method:
-1 No resequencing is performed.
1 Active/passive.
2 Band.
3 For the active/passive and the band options select the option giving the lowest
RMS value of the active columns for each group of grid points. (Default)
4 Wavefront (Levy).
5 Gibbs-King. See Remark 4.
6 Automatic nested dissection. See Remark 4.
7 Multiple Minimum Degree of Freedom. See Remarks 3 and 4.
8 Semiautomatic selection. See Remark 5.
On output SEQMETH is set to -1 if new sequence results in a lower decomposition
time estimate. Otherwise it is set to 0.
SETNAME Input-character-default='G'. Degree-of-freedom set name corresponding to the size
of MAT (Format 2 only).
SUPER Input-integer-default=0. Selects coupled or uncoupled sequencing or special
handling of multipoint constraints.
FACTOR Input-integer-default=0. Factor in the computation of the sequenced identification
number (SEQID) on the SEQGP. See Remark 7.
MPCFLG Input-integer-default=0. Controls whether the grid point connectivity created by
multipoint constraint Bulk Data entries (MPC, MPCADD, and MPCAX and the
rigid element entries; e.g., RBAR) is considered during resequencing.
-1 Do not consider.
0 Consider. (Default)
>0 Consider only the MPC, MPCADD, and MPCAX entries with a set
identification number equal to this parameter's value as well as the of the rigid
element entries.
START Input-integer-default=0. The number of the grid points at the beginning of the input
sequence. See Remark 8.
Main Index
SEQP 1419
MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. Diagnostic output flag.

0 No.
>0 Yes.
PEXIST Input-logical-default=FALSE. If set to TRUE then it specifies the existence of
p-elements.
PSEQOPT Input-character-default=' '. Specifies append (default) or insert option for p-
elements. See Remark 9.
NTIPS Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of domains (tip superelements to be

created automatically when ACMS='YES'. If NTIPS=0, then the number of
domains will be set equal to the number of processors.
APP Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. Allowable values:
'STATICS' Statics.
ZCOLLCT Input/output-integer-default=-1. The absolute value is the number of collectors in
the last level of a multilevel tree (see ACMS='YES). If ZCOLLCT<0, then a single
final collector will be added.
TIPSCOL Input/output-integer-default=-1. The number of tip superelements upstream of
each downstream collector superelement. See ACMS='YES'.
ACMS Input-character-default=' '. Automatic component mode synthesis flag. If
ACMS='YES', then the model will be automatically partitioned into superelements
according to NTIPS, TIPSCOL, and ZCOLLCT.
FLUIDSE Output-integer-default=0. Fluid superelement identification number. Set to a value
greater than zero if ACMS='YES' and fluid elements are present.
ATQSET Input-logical-default=FALSE. Q-set generation flag for ACMS=’YES’.

FALSE Generate a fixed number of q-set dofs for each domain.
TRUE Generate a single q-set dof for the residual structure and the fluid
superelement. Usually set indirectly by user parameter.
PARTMEM Input-integer-default=0. Partitioning memory allocation control.
Main Index
1420 SEQP
Remarks:
1. In the geometry table option, SEQP generates SEQGP Bulk Data entries to be appended to the in
the GEOM1 data block and/or written to the punch file.
2. In the matrix option, GPL, USET, and SIL are required for SEQOUT>0 and may be purged if
SEQOUT=0.
3. SEQMETH=7 is recommended for sparse decomposition and sparse forward-backward
substitution only. The assembly of stiffness, mass, and damping matrices by the EMA module
may be less efficient under this option. Also, if there is insufficient memory available to perform
sparse decomposition, then regular decomposition will be performed and regular decomposition
is inefficient under this option.
4. SEQMETH=5, 6, or 7, resequencing will be performed even if the CPU estimate is higher than
for no resequencing.
5. For SEQMETH=8, the estimates will be computed for two sequencing methods that are suitable
for the decomposition method selected by the PARALLEL and SPARSE keywords on the
NASTRAN statement and select the sequencing method with the lowest estimate. The following
table shows the suitable methods for each decomposition method.
Suitable
Decomposition Method SEQMETH
non-sparse and non-parallel 1 and 4
parallel 2 and 5
sparse 6 and 7
6. Description of SUPER:
• If PARAM,SUPER=0, all grid points from the connection table that are not part of the group
currently being processed are deleted. This option provides for sequencing only the interior
points of a superelement. If any superelements are present, the residual structure is not
resequenced. If all of the grid points are in the residual structure, they are resequenced.
• If PARAM,SUPER=0 or 1, all grid points in the connection table are considered. This option
provides for the recognition of passive columns.
• If PARAM,SUPER=2, then all points that are connected to multipoint constraints (via MPC
entries) or rigid elements (e.g., the RBAR entry) are placed in a special group at the end of the
sequence. This option also forces SEQMETH=6 and may not be selected with other values of
SEQMETH. This option is intended primarily for models that have many active columns due to
MPCs or rigid elements; e.g., a model with disjoint structures connected only by MPCs or rigid
elements. See Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics (Ch. 3) in the MSC.Nastran
Numerical Methods User’s Guide for a further discussion of sequencing operations.
7. FACTOR is used as follows:
SEQID = FACTOR * GRP + SEQ
where SEQ generated sequence number and GRP group sequence number.
Main Index
SEQP 1421
If GRP=0, use GRP(MAX)+1 where GRP(MAX) is the largest group sequence number
previously processed.
8. START specifies the input sequence will be the sorted order of the grid point numbers including
the effect of any SEQGP entries input by the user. A single SEQGP entry can be input to select
the starting point for the new sequence. Otherwise, the first point of lowest connectivity will be
used as the starting point
9. PSEQOPT has the following values and actions:
• PSEQOPT='APPEND'. The list of all p-element grids at the bottom after all the regular grids.
APPEND is intended for p-element analysis with p-version preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH =
5, 6 or 7.
• PSEQOPT='INSERT'. Insert the p-element grids in appropriate locations immediately after the
regular grid point to which they are associated which is the default in p-element analysis.
INSERT is intended for p-element analysis without p-version preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH
= -1, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Example:
The following example will generate a mapping matrix (SEQMAP) to resequence the matrix KAA. The
following SMPYAD module will resequence the rows and columns of KAA. Following the
decomposition of the resequenced matrix (KAAX), the MPYAD will resequence the right-hand side (PA)
and FBS will perform the forward/backward substitution on the resequenced right-hand side (PAX). The
final MPYAD operation will return the solution (UAX) to the original sequence (UA).
SEQP KAA,,,/SEQMAP,//METHOD $
SMPYAD SEQMAP,KAA,SEQMAP,,,/KAAX/3////1////6 $
DECOMP KAAX/LAA,/ $
MPYAD SEQMAP,PA,/PAX/1 $
FBS LAA,, PAX/UAX/ $
MPYAD SEQMAP,UAX,/UA/ $
Main Index
1422 SHPCAS
Appends primary model’s case control based on boundary shapes
SHPCAS Appends primary model’s case control based on boundary

shapes
Appends the primary model's case control based on auxiliary or geometric model loads (boundary
shapes) and construct a vector for partitioning the primary model's solution matrices that correspond to
the boundary shapes.
Format:
SHPCAS CASECC,YGBNDR/
CASECC1,CVEC $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the primary model.
YGBNDR Boundary shape matrices appended for all auxiliary or geometric
models.
Output Data Blocks:
CASECC1 Primary model Case Control table appended with extra subcases to
account for the boundary shapes.
CVEC Partitioning vector for separating the primary model solutions from
boundary shape induced solutions.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
SMA3 1423
Assembles global stiffness based on general elements in GENEL Bulk Data entry
SMA3 Assembles global stiffness based on general elements in

GENEL Bulk Data entry
Assembles the global stiffness based on general elements as defined on the GENEL Bulk Data entry and
optionally adding to stiffness from regular elements.
Format:
SMA3 GEI,KGG/
KGG1/
LUSET/NOGENL/NOSIMP $
Input Data Blocks:
GEI Table of general element data.

KGG Stiffness matrix in g-set with general elements.
Output Data Block:
KGG1 Matrix. The type (complex or real and single or double precision) of
[X] is the maximum of the types of [A], [B], , and . The size of [X]
is the size of [A] if [A] is present. Otherwise, it is the size of [B].
Parameters:

g-set.
NOGENL Input-integer-no default. The number of general elements.
NOSIMP Input-integer-no default. The number of simple elements. Set to -1 if
there are no elements.
Remark:
KGG may be purged.
Main Index
1424 SMPYAD
Matrix series multiply and add
SMPYAD Matrix series multiply and add
Multiplies a series of matrices together:
 X  =  A   B   C   D   E   F 
Format:
SMPYAD A,B,C,D,E,F/
X/
NMAT/SIGNP/SIGNF/PREC/TA/TB/TC/TD/FORM
Input Data Blocks:
A, B, C, D, E Matrices multiplied from left to right. (Real or complex).

F Matrix to be added to the above product. (Real or complex).
Output Data Block:
X Resultant matrix.
Parameters:
NMAT Integer-input-no default. Number of matrices involved in the product;

i.e., [A][B][C][D][E].
SIGNP Integer-input-default=1. Sign of the product matrix (i.e., [A] [B] [C]
[D] [E]): -1 for minus.
SIGNF Integer-input-default=1. Sign of the matrix. [F], to be added to the
product matrix: -1 for minus.
PREC Integer-input-default=0. Output precision of the final result: 0 for
choose proper precision, 1 for single precision, 2 for double precision.
TA, TB, TC, TD Integer-input-default=0. Transpose indicators for the [A] [B] [C] and
[D] matrices: 1 if transposed matrix to be used in the product, 0 if
untransposed. The last nonpurged matrix must be untransposed.
FORM Integer-input-default=0. Form of the X matrix. If FORM is zero, the
form of [X] will be 1 if the result is square, 2 otherwise. If [X] is known
to be symmetric from physical principles, FORM may be set to 6.
Remarks:
1. Except for the final product, all intermediate matrix products are compute in machine precision.
Main Index
SMPYAD 1425
Matrix series multiply and add
2. The matrices are postmultiplied together from right to left; i.e., the first product calculated is the
product of matrix n-1 and matrix n. This implies that all purged inputs must be to the right. If the
transpose flag is set for the last unpurged matrix, it is ignored without warning.
3. If the input matrices are incommensurate (for example, if the number of columns in A is not equal
to the number of rows in B) or incompatible, then the User Fatal Message 5423 “ATTEMPT TO
MULTIPLY INCOMPATIBLE MATRICES” is issued.
4. The method used by this module is the same as for the MPYAD module except in case of a triple
product, where  B  and  F  are symmetric and  A  =  C  and TA = 1 ; i.e.,
T
 X  =  A   B   A    F  ], then a method that is more efficient than two equivalent MPYAD
operations will be employed. See Example 3. However, two equivalent MPYAD operations will
be selected automatically if two MPYADS are more efficient. (Two MPYADs can be forced by
setting system cell 129 to 1, with PUTSYS(1,129) specified just before the SMPYAD module.)
5. If any of the matrices involved in the product do not exist, then the module does not create any
output.
Examples:
T
1. Compute  X  =  A   B   C  –  F  .
SMPYAD A,B,C,,,F/X/3/1/-1/0/0/1 $
T T T T
2. Compute  Z  = –  U   V   W   X   Y  [Z].
SMPYAD U,V,W,X,Y,/Z/5/-1/0/0/1/1/1/1 $
T
3. Compute     M     .
SMPYAD PHI,MAA,PHI, ,,/X/3////1////6 $
Main Index
1426 SOLVE
Linear system solver
SOLVE Linear system solver
T T
Solves the matrix equation  A   X  =   B  or the left-hand solution  X   A  =   B  .
Format:
SOLVE A,B,SIL,USET,PARTVEC/
X/
SYM/SIGN/SETNAME $
Input Data Blocks:
A Square, symmetric or unsymmetric, matrix (real or complex).

B Rectangular matrix (real or complex).
PARTVEC Partitioning vector which is specified when A and B are the zero-th
partitions of the set specified by SETNAME.
Output Data Block:
X Rectangular matrix. See Remark 1.
Parameters:
SYM Input integer default = 0 selects solution method.

0 Use either symmetric or unsymmetric method consistent with symmetric or
unsymmetric  A  .
1 Use symmetric method.
-1 Use unsymmetric method.
T
2 Solve left-hand solution for  X  .
3 Compute inverse of  A  . See Remark 2.
SIGN Input integer default = 1. Sign of right-hand side flag.
1 Solve  A   X  =  B  .
-1 Solve  A   X  =  – B  .
SETNAME Input-character-default = ‘H.’ Degree-of-freedom set name corresponding to A
and B.
Main Index
SOLVE 1427
Linear system solver
Remarks:
1.  X  is a rectangular matrix with the same dimensions as  B  and the maximum type of  A  and
B .
2. If SYM = 3, then  B  is ignored.
If SYM  3 and  B  is purged, then  X  will be purged; or if  B  is a null matrix, then  X  will
be a null matrix.
3. By default, the SOLVE module uses sparse matrix methods. See Remark 1 under the DECOMP
module description.
4. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement
keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force parallel processing, also specify
“NASTRAN FBSOPT = -2 SPARSE = 0”.
5. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are required for the most
efficient method of decomposition. PARTVEC is only required if A is not the same size as
SETNAME.
Examples:
1. Solve a system of equations  A   X  =  P  .
SOLVE A,P,,,/X/ $
2. Invert  A  .
SOLVE A,,,,/AINV/3 $
T T
3. Solve  X   A  =  P  .
SOLVE A,P,,,/X/2 $
Main Index
1428 SOLVIT
Iterative solver
SOLVIT Iterative solver
Solves the matrix equation  A   X  =   B  ] for  X  using a preconditioned conjugate gradient method.
Format for Non-p-version Analysis:
SOLVIT A,B,XS,PC,USET,KGG,GM,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASECC,EQ
MAP,
BGPDT,CSTM,PG,YS,KDICT,KELM,EST,MPT,DIT/
X,R,PC1,EPSSE/
SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/
NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID
EBSOPT/CVMEM/CASPIV/SET $
Format for p-version Analysis:
SOLVIT A,B,XS,PS,USET,USET0,SIL0,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASEC
C,
EQMAP,,,,,,,,,/
X,R,PG,EPSSE/
SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/
NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID $
Input Data Blocks:
A Square matrix (real or complex, symmetric or unsymmetric).

B Rectangular matrix (real or complex), the right-hand side.
XS Optional starting vector, same type as B (may be purged).
PC Optional stepwise preconditioner, same type as A (may be purged).
USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table. See Remark 3.
KGG Stiffness matrix -- g-set. See Remark 3.
GM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix. See Remark 3.
USET0 USET table from previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.
SIL0 SIL table from previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.
identification numbers. Required for p-version preconditioning only.
iterative solver.
Main Index
SOLVIT 1429
Iterative solver
CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Required if SMETHOD Case

Control command is used and NSIP=-1.
decomposition.
BGPDT Basic grid point definition table. Only used for element based solver
methods.
CSTM Table of coordinate system transportation matrices. Only used for
element based solver methods.
PG Static load matrix applied to the g-set. Only used for the element based
solver methods.
YS Matrix of enforced displacements. Only used for element based solver
methods.
KDICT KELM dictionary table. Only used for element based solver methods.
KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness. Only used for element based
solver methods.
EST Element summary table. Only used for element based solver methods.
MPT Material property table. Only used for element based solver methods.
DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images. Only used for element
based solver methods.
Output Data Blocks:
X Solution matrix. Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions and

type as  B  .
R Residual matrix. Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions and
type as  B  , the residual  R  =  B  –  A   X  .
PC1 Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix. See Remark 6.
Main Index
1430 SOLVIT
Iterative solver
Parameters:
SIGN Input-integer-default = 0. Sign flag for  B  .

0 + B
1 - B
ITSOPT Input-integer-default = 0. Preconditioner flag.
0 Choose optimal method based on type of problem:
ITSOPT Type of problem
6 p-version and real  A  and  B  .

10 complex [  A  and/or  B  .
11 non p-version and real  A  and  B  .
1 Jacobi preconditioning (default) for real, complex, symmetric and
unsymmetric A.
2 Incomplete Cholesky preconditioning or user-given preconditioner.
3 Reduced incomplete Cholesky preconditioning. preconditioner (available for
real symmetric A only).
4 User supplied for real, complex, symmetric A.
5 Incomplete geometric, Jacobi hierarchic for real symmetric A.
6 Complete geometric, Jacobi hierarchic for real symmetric A.
7 Complete geometric, incomplete hierarchic for real symmetric A.
10 Block incomplete Cholesky for well-conditioned real symmetric A (default
for real A).
11 Block incomplete Cholesky for well-conditioned complex symmetric A
(default for complex A).
<0 Same as above with diagonal scaling.
ITSEPS Input-real-default = 1.0E-6. Convergence parameter epsilon.
ITSMAX Input-integer-default = 0. Maximum number of iterations. The default value
implies N/4 (N = dimension of [A]).
IPAD Input-integer-default = 0 (see table below). Padding level for reduced or block
incomplete Cholesky factorization (0, 1, 2, ...). See Remarks 1 and 2.
Model Type of
IPAD Method ITSOPT type A
0 reduced incomplete Cholesky 3 all real
2 block incomplete Cholesky 10,11 3-D real
Main Index
SOLVIT 1431
Iterative solver
Model Type of
IPAD Method ITSOPT type A
3 block incomplete Cholesky 10,11 2-D or real
mixed
5 block incomplete Cholesky 10,11 all complex
IEXT Input-integer-default = 0. Extraction level in reduced or block

incomplete Cholesky factorization. See Remarks 1 and 2.
IEXT Reduced Block

0 0 solid bodies, no rigid elements. Requires USET and SIL.
1 1 shells only. Heuristic block structure. (Default)
2 2 mixed including rigid elements. Not applicable.
ADPTINDX Input-integer-default=0. P-version analysis adaptivity index. See Remark 7.

NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in CASECC and used
only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry which
specifies values for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC
is not required and the values are taken from the module specification of the
values.
MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. Message level output.
0 minimal; i.e., UIM 6447 (default).
1 UIM 6447, convergence ratios, and residual norms.
PREFONLY Input-integer-default=0. Preface execution only. If set to -1 then SOLVIT
is terminated after the preface information is computed and printed.
ITSERR Output-integer-default=0. Iterative solver return code.
1 No convergence.
2 Insufficent memory.
EBSOPT Input-integer-default=0. Element-based solver option.
=-2 Determine whether element-based solver is selected for use.
=-1 Determine whether any element-based solver restrictions have been
violated.
>0 A combination of bit values used to select solver options as follows:
Main Index
1432 SOLVIT
Iterative solver
Bit Value Option

0 0 Run solver with all defaults.
1 1 Use CASI solver.
2 2 Use VKI solver.
3 4 Reserved.
4 8 Reserved.
5 16 Reserved.
6 32 Reserved.
7 64 Use open core for solver memory.
8 128 Generate intermediate diagnostics.
9 256 Use alternate pcg method.
10 512 Reduce I/O (CASI solver only).
11 1024 Adapt PCG (CASI solver only).
12 2048 Do not use implicit elements (CASI solver only)
CVMEM Input-integer-default=16000. CASI virtual memory. Available if heap is used.

CASPIV Input-real-default-1.0E-10. Pivot threshold for CASI PCG factorization.
SET Input - character, default = "H" = dof set for the input matrices. Used in identifying dof
when a problem occurs.
Remarks:
1. If ITSOPT = 3, the IPAD level is recommended to be 0, 1, or 2 (IEXT = 0) and should be increased
when IEXT is increased.
2. The amount of memory needed for ITSOPT = 3, 10, and 11 increases with the increase of the
parameters IPAD and IEXT.
3. For ITSOPT = 1 or 2, the input data blocks USET, KGG, and GM may be purged. For
ITSOPT = 3, USET must be specified. KGG and GM are necessary only if IEXT = 2.
4. If the message “ *** USER FATAL MESSAGE 6288 (SITDRV): UNABLE TO CONVERGE
WITH ITERATIVE METHOD” is issued, then results will still be printed but may be inaccurate.
5. The system cell SYSTEM (69) is equivalent to the SOLVE keyword and controls some special
options for the module:
Main Index
SOLVIT 1433
Iterative solver
SOLVE Action
2 Suppresses the user information message at each iteration.
8 Use alternative convergence criterion (less conservative than default).
6. If data block PC1 is specified, the CPU time will increase slightly.
7. If SOLVIT is to be used for p-element analysis and ADPTINDX>1, then XS and PC must be the
solution matrix and pre-conditioner from the previous adaptivity p-level. Also, the USET and SIL
from the previous p-level are specified for U and KGG and the USET and SIL from the current
p-level are specified for GM and SIL.
8. For frequency response analysis with ITSOPT=10 or 11 (block incomplete Cholesky), IEXT=0
is not available and IEXT=1 is used automatically.
Examples:
1. Solve  A   X  =  B  with Jacobi pre-conditioning with convergence established at 1.E-4 and
maximum allowed iterations at 55 specified for the module parameters.
SOLVIT A,B,,,,,,,,,/X,,//1/1.E-4////-1 $
2. Same as 1 except parameters are obtained from the SMETHOD command and ITER entry.
SOLVIT A,B,,,,,,,,EDT,CASECC,,,,,,,,,,/X,, $
3. Same as 2 except for p-version analysis.
DBVIEW SIL0 = SILS (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
DBVIEW UL0 = UL (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
DBVIEW USET0 = USET (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
DBVIEW PRECON0 = PRECON (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
SOLVIT KLL,PLI,UL0,PRECON0,USET,USET0,SIL0,SILS,
EQEXINS,EDT,CASES/
UL,RUL,PRECON///////ADPTINDX/NSKIP $
Main Index
1434 SSG1
Computes static load matrix
SSG1 Computes static load matrix
Computes the static load matrix based on static loads, thermal loads, and enforced deformation loads or
heat transfer loads. Also the generates acceleration matrix due to inertial loads for design sensitivity
analysis.
Format:
SSG1 SLT,BGPDT,CSTM,MEDGE,EST,MPT,ETT,EDT,MGG,CASEC
C,
DIT,UG,DEQATN,DEQIND,GPSNT,CSTM0,SCSTM,GEOM4,E
STL,
SLTNL0,KGG,USET/
 PG 
  , PTELEM,SLTH,SLTNL,PGRV/
 AG 
LUSET/NSKIP/DSENS/APP/ALTSHAPE/TABS/SEID/
COMBMETH/LGDISP/NONLNR/OGRAV $
Input Data Blocks:

MGG Mass or radiation matrix in g-set.
Main Index
SSG1 1435
CSTM0 Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual

structure.
freedom membership and rigid element connectivity. Required for
selected SPCD existence checks.
ESTL Linear element summary table.
SLTNL0 SLTNL from a prior execution of SSG1.
Output Data Blocks:

AG Acceleration matrix due to inertial loads in the g-set. See DSENS.
SLTH Table of static loads updated for heat transfer analysis.
the current and last load step.
PGRV Static load matrix applied to the g-set but due to gravity loads only.
Main Index
1436 SSG1
Parameters:

g-set
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC corresponding to the first
DSENS Input-integer-default=-1. Acceleration matrix creation flag. Set to 1 to generate AG,
accelerations due to inertial loads.
'STATICS' Generate loads for current boundary condition only.
'BUCK' Generate loads for first subcase only.
'NLST' Generate loads for nonlinear static or steady state heat transfer
analysis.
'ALL' Generate loads for all subcases.
Product Space set.
COMBMETH Input-integer-default=0 Combine method selection.

0 Automatic.
1 Single term.
2 Scaled column.
3 Multiple/add kernels.
<0 Same as above with diagnostic print.
LGDISP Input-Integer-default=-1. Large displacement and follower force flag.
NONLNR Input-logical-default=FALSE. Nonlinear solution sequence flag. Set to TRUE if
nonlinear solution sequence is being executed.
OGRAV Input-integer-default=-1. PGRV output flag.
>0 Compute PGRV.
<0 Do not compute PGRV.
Main Index
SSG1 1437
Remarks:
1. One static load is built for each CASECC record starting with NSKIP + 1 as long as the boundary
conditions are constant. IF SKIP  0 , it is set to zero.
2. In SLTH the heat transfer loads REFERENCING ELEMENTS (QVOL, QBDY1, QBDY2,
QBDY3 and QVECT Bulk Data entries) have been converted to applied load factors and
connected grid points.
3. SLT and BGPDT cannot be purged if external static loads or LOAD Bulk Data entries are selected
in CASECC.
4. CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point or load references a coordinate system other than basic.
5. EST and MPT cannot be purged if thermal or element deformation loads are selected.
6. ETT cannot be purged if thermal loads are applied.
7. EDT cannot be purged if element deformation loads are selected.
8. MGG cannot be purged if GRAV or RFORCE loads are applied.
9. DIT cannot be purged if temperature-dependent materials are present.
10. UG may be purged, but geometric nonlinear effects will be ignored.
11. PTELEM may be purged.
12. CSTM0 and SCSTM are required to support the MB=-1 on the GRAV and RFORCE Bulk Data
entries.
Main Index
1438 SSG2
Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices
SSG2 Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices
Reduces the static load and enforced displacement matrices.
Format:
SSG2 USET,GM,YS,KFS,GOA,DM,PG,KGG/
QR,PO,PS,PA,PL $
Input Data Blocks:

KGG Stiffness matrix in g-set, for computation of thermal load for nonlinear
rigid elements using elimination method.
Output Data Blocks:

PO Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set.
PS Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set.
PA Static load matrix reduced to the a-set.
PL Static load matrix reduced to the l-set.
Parameters:
None.
Method:
The constraints are applied to the static load vectors by SSG2 (Static Solution Generator -- Phase 2) in
subDMAP SELR as follows:
Main Index
SSG2 1439
 Pn 
 Pg  =   (5-53)
 Pm 
T
 P n  =  P n  +  G mn   P m  (5-54)
 Pf 
 Pn  =   (5-55)
 Ps 
 P f  =  P f  –  K fs   Y s  (5-56)
 Pa 
 Pf  =   (5-57)
 Po 
T
 P a  =  P a  +  G oa   P o  (5-58)
If PARAM,ALTRED,YES is specified, the diagonal extracted from  L oo    Doo 
If PARAM,ALTRED,YES is specified, the diagonal extracted from  L oo    Doo 
and the reduced load matrix is computed from
 P a  =  P a  –  L ao   D oo   u ox  (5-59)
where  u ox  is obtained on a forward pass from the equation
 L oo D oo   u ox  =  P o  (5-60)
for PARAM,ALTRED,NO.
Remarks:
1. GM cannot be purged if the m-set is present.
2. DM cannot be purged if the r-set and l-set are present.
3. PO cannot be purged if the o-set is present.
4. PS cannot be purged if the s-set is present.
5. QR and PL may be purged.
6. If there is no m-set, s-set, o-set, or r-set. then no outputs are produced.
7. If QR or PS are computed to be null then QR or PS will be purged.
8. If there is no r-set and PL is specified then PA will be copied to PL.
Main Index
1440 SSG2
9. If KFS or YS is purged then the outputs will not include the effect of enforced displacements.
Main Index
SSG3 1441
Computes static solutions
SSG3 Computes static solutions
Computes the static solutions.
Format:
SSG3 LLL,UNUSED2,KLL,PL,LOO,UNUSED6,KOO,PO,LSEQ/
UL,UO,RUL,RUO,EPSSE/
NOOSET/UNUSED2/NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/S,N,EXTWORK/SEID
$
Input Data Blocks:

KLL Stiffness matrix reduced to the l-set.
LOO Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the o-set from KOO.
KOO Stiffness matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of KLL in
DCMP.
Output Data Blocks:
UL Displacement matrix in l-set.

UO Displacement matrix in o-set.
RUL Residual matrix for the l-set.
RUO Residual matrix for the o-set.
Parameters:
NOOSET Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or

UNUSED2 Input-integer-no default. Not used but specify 0.
Main Index
1442 SSG3
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC

corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
EPSI Output-integer-default=1. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the
error ratio is greater than 1.E-3.
EXTWORK Output-real-default=0.0. External work.
Method:
The SSG3 module (Static Solution Generation -- Phase 3) solves the equation
 K oo   u oo  =  P o  (5-61)
for  u oo  , the displacements of the omitted coordinates.
SSG3 also calculates the residual vector, P o , and the residual vector error ratio,  o , for the omitted
coordinates
 P o  =  K oo   u oo  –  P o  (5-62)
T
 u oo   P o 
 o = ------------------------------
- (5-63)
T
 P o   u oo 
Except for round-off error, the error ratio  o should be zero. Large values of these error ratios usually
indicate singularities in the stiffness matrix. The residual load vector, RUOV, may be output by use of
PARAM,IRES,1.
The quantity
T
1  2  Po   uo  (5-64)
is calculated by the SSG3 module and printed under the heading “External Work.” This component of
strain energy includes effects of thermal loads, element deformations, and enforced displacements that
may be subtracted later in the solution process. For example, an enforced displacement that causes zero
strain will result in external work.
Remarks:
1. KLL may be purged if RUL is purged.
2. LOO, PO and UO may be purged if NOOSET<0.
3. KOO may be purged if NOOSET<0 or RUO is purged.
4. LLL or LOO may be purged.
Main Index
SSG3 1443
5. PO or PL may be purged.
6. RUL and RUO may be purged.
Main Index
1444 SSG4
Updates static loads with inertial loads
SSG4 Updates static loads with inertial loads
Updates the static loads with inertial loads.
Format:
SSG4 PL,QR,PO,MR,MLR,DM,MLL,MOO,MOA,GOA,USET/
PLI,POI/
NOOSET $
Input Data Blocks:

MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set).
MOO Mass matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
MOA Mass matrix partition (o-set by a-set) from MFF.
Output Data Blocks:
PLI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the l-set.
POI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the o-set.
Parameter:
NOOSET Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or

Remarks:
1. SSG4 computes rigid body accelerations based on the reactions on the fictitious supports. The
inertia loads on the structure are proportional to these accelerations.
Main Index
SSG4 1445
Updates static loads with inertial loads
2. All input and output matrices must be present if their corresponding degree-of-freedom set is
present. If PLI is purged, then PL, MLR, and MLL may be purged.
Main Index
1446 ST2DYN
Transforms IFP data from nonlinear static to transient analysis
ST2DYN Transforms IFP data from nonlinear static to transient

analysis
Transforms CASECC and several IFP data blocks from the nonlinear static analysis format to nonlinear
transient response format.
Format:
ST2DYN CASECC,MPT,DYNAMIC,GEOM3,DIT,GEOM4/
CASENT,MPTNT,DYNAMNT,GEOM3NT,DITNT/
S,N,NBNLST/S,N,NBLSEQ $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
CASENT CASECC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.

MPTNT MPT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
DYNAMNT DYNAMIC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
GEOM3NT GEOM3 transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
DITNT DIT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
Parameters:
NBNLST Output-integer-default=0. Number of nonlinear static records.

NBLSEQ Output-integer-default=0. Number of new LSEQ entries created.
Main Index
STATICS 1447
Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix
STATICS Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix
Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix using the iterative or direct methods for the
solution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for constraint processing. Also designed and implemented
to take advantage of distributed memory parallelism (DMP) or networked computers.
Format:
STATICS KGG,PG,YS,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,PC,XS,EDT
/
UG,PC1,RUG,QG,QMG/
STATOPT/SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSMAX/ITSEPSR/
NSKIP/NOSPC/NOQMG/EPSNUM $
Input Data Blocks:

XS Optional starting vector, same as PG.
PC Optional stepwise preconditioner, same as KGG.
EDT Table which contains ITER Bulk Data entries. Required for NSKIP=-
1 only.
Output Data Blocks:

PC1 Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix.
RUG Residual matrix for the g-set.
Main Index
1448 STATICS
Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix
Parameters:
STATOPT Input-character-no default. Static solution method.

'DRCT' Direct.
'ITER' Iterative.
SIGN Input-integer-default=1. Sign of right hand side matrix, PG.

1 Positive.
-1 Negative.
ITSOPT Input-integer-default=1. Preconditioner flag. See the SOLVIT, 1428 module.
method.
ITSEPSR Input-real-default=1.E-6. Convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution
method.
NSKIP Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in CASECC and
used only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry which
specifies values for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then
CASECC and EDT are not required and the values are taken ITSOPT,
ITSMAX, and ITSEPSR.
NOQG Input-integer-default=1. Single-point forces of constraint matrix creation flag.
computation.
NOQMG Input-integer-default=1. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation flag.
computation.
EPSNO Input-integer-default=-1. Number of solutions to check and the quantity of
error checking output. If left at its default value, only the highest epsilon for the
first ten solutions (whichever is less) are printed. If EPSNO is greater than zero,
the epsilons for the first EPSNO are printed.
Remarks:
1. See the SOLVIT, 1428 module for further discussion related to the iterative method.
2. PC, XS, PC1, and RUG may be purged.
3. CASECC and EDT may be purged if NSKIP=-1.
4. ITSOPT, ITSMAX, and ITSEPSR are ignored if NSKIP>0.
Main Index
STDCON 1449
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points
STDCON Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid

points
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points.
Format:
STDCON CASECC,EGPSF,EQEXIN,OES1,EGPSTR,ECT/
OEDS1,OGDS1,ELDCT,GPDCT/
S,N,NOEDS1/S,N,NOGDS1/S,N,NOELDCT/S,N,NOGDCT/A
PP $
Input Data Blocks:

EGPSTR Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC
module.
Output Data Blocks:
OEDS1 Table of element stress discontinuities.

OGDS1 Table of grid point stress discontinuities.
ELDCT Table of element stress discontinuities for post-processing in the DBC
module.
GPDCT Table of grid point stress discontinuities for post-processing in the
DBC module.
Parameters:
NOEDS1 Output-integer-default=-1. OEDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OEDS1 is

generated.
NOGDS1 Output-integer-default=-1. OGDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OGDS1 is
generated.
Main Index
1450 STDCON
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points
NOELDCT Output-integer-default=-1. ELDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if ELDCT is

generated.
NOGPDCT Output-integer-default=-1. GPDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if GPDCT is
generated.
APP Input-character-default='STATICS. Analysis type. Allowable values:
'STATICS' Statics.
Main Index
STRSORT 1451
Filters and sorts element data recovery tables
STRSORT Filters and sorts element data recovery tables
Filters and sorts element data recovery tables (e.g., stresses, strains, and forces).
Format:
STRSORT OFPE,INDTA/
OFPES/
NUMOUT/BIGER/SRTOPT/SRTELTYP/SRTTYP $
Input Data Blocks:
OFPE Element data recovery table in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

INDTA Table of element stress/strain or force item code overrides.
Output Data Blocks:
OFPES Filtered and sorted element data recovery table.
Parameters:
NUMOUT Input-integer-default=-1. Output element quantity flag.

>0 Number of element quantities per element type to be output.
0 Output all quantities for elements in a group if the absolute value of one or
more elements is greater than BIGER.
-1 Output sorted quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.
-2 Output filtered quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.
BIGER Input-real-default=0.0. Minimum absolute value of element quantity to be output.
SRTOPT Input-integer-default=0. Filter/sort option based on NUMOUT and BIGER.
0 Maximum magnitude.
1 Minimum magnitude.
2 Maximum algebraic.
3 Minimum algebraic.
SRTELTYP Input-integer-default=0. Element type to be filtered and sorted. By default, all
element types will be filtered and sorted.
SRTTYP Input-integer-default=0. Item code 1 sort flag. Set to 1 to perform an integer sort on
item code 1 which is usually an integer quantity.
Main Index
1452 STRSORT
Filters and sorts element data recovery tables
Remarks:
1. For further discussion see the DTI,INDTA and PARAM,S1 descriptions in the <emphasis>MSC
Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
2. SRTTYP=1 is used primarily to sort slideline element output by slave grid point identification
number.
Main Index
TA1 1453
Combines element data into tables
TA1 Combines element data into tables
Combines all of the element data (geometry, connection, and properties) into a table(s) convenient for
generation of the element matrices (stiffness, mass, etc.) and output quantities (stress, force, etc.).
Format:
TA1 MPT,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,SIL,ETT,CSTM,DIT,ECTA,EHT,N2M/
EST,ESTNL,GEI,GPECT,ESTL,VGFD,DITID,NFDICT,ESTNSM/
LUSET/S,N,NOESTL/S,N,NOSIMP/NOSUP/S,N,NOGENL/SEID/
LGDISP/NLAYERS/S,N,FREQDEP/PSHLDAMP/
S,N,MGEFLAG/NSMSID/xESTM/MultiPhy/LGDISPU/Texist $
Input Data Blocks:

N2M Nastran-2-Marc element-type conversion table
Output Data Blocks:

GEI Table of general element data.
ESTL Linear element summary table.
VGFD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom
connected to frequency-dependent elements.
Main Index
1454 TA1
NFDICT Nonlinear element energy/force index table.

ESTNSM NON-STRUCTURAL MASS ELEMENT SUMMARY TABLE
Parameters:

g-set.
NOESTL Output-integer-no default. ESTL generation output flag. Set to 1 if ESTL is
NOSIMP Output-integer-no default. The number of elements exclusive of general elements.
Set to -1 if there are no simple elements.
NOSUP Input-integer-no default. Element summary table request flag.
1 Generate EST only (usually for linear analysis).
2 Form EST, ESTNL and ESTL (usually for nonlinear analysis).
NOGENL Output-integer-no default. The number of general elements.
Set to -1 if there are no general elements.
LGDISP Input-integer-default=1. Large displacement and follower force flag.
NLAYERS Input-integer-default=6. Number of layers to integrate through the thickness of
CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements in nonlinear analysis.
FREQDEP Output-logical-default=FALSE. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set to TRUE
if frequency-dependent elements are present.
PSHLDAMP Input-character-default=’SAME’. Structural damping default flag for MID2,

MID3, and MID4 on the PSHELL entry. Usually input by user parameter.
= 'SAME' Structural damping properties for MID2, MID3, and MID4 are
assumed to be the same as MID1.
<>'SAME' Each MIDi may have it’s own structural damping properties.
Main Index
TA1 1455
MGEFLAG Output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag for PSHELL and

PBUSH property entries. See Remark 6.
0 All PSHELL entries have uniform GE values across MIDi or the user
parameter SHLDAMP=’SAME’ has been specified. Also all of the PBUSH
and PBUSHT entries have uniform values for Gi and TGEIDi.
1 CBUSH elements require special handling.
2 Shell elements require special handling.
3 Both 1 and 2.
NSMSID Input-integer-default=0. Set identification number from the NSM Case Control
command.
XESTM Input, logical, default=FALSE. Set to True to create ESTM instead of EST.
MultiPhy Input, Integer, default=0. Flag for Multi-Physics
LGDISPU Input, Integer, default=0. Large Displacement flag input by user
Texist Input, Integer, default=0. Temperature Load flag determined by checking CASECC
Remarks:
1. MPT, ESTL, and ESTNL may be purged if NOSUP=1.
2. ECTA and EHT may be purged if p-elements or interface elements are not present.
3. GEI, ESTL, ESTNL, and DITID may be purged as long as EST is purged.
4. VGFD may be purged.
5. DITID may be purged as long as DIT is purged.
6. MGEFLAG is set on output according to the following conditions and the new value is used on
input to EMG.
a. PSHELL If SHLDAMP= ‘SAME’, then MIDi fields on the PSHELL entry will be
searched and the referenced MATi entries will be compared. If any are
different MGEFLAG is set to 2.
b. PBUSH Check the GE2 through GE6 values and if they are not uniform with respect
to GE1 exist then MGEFLAG is set to 1.
c. PBUSHT Check the TGEID2 through TGEID6 values and if they are not uniform
with respect to TGEID1 exist then MGEFLAG is set to 1.
d. If both a. and b. or c., then set MGEFLAG to 3.
Main Index
1456 TA1M
Map bulk data to advanced nonlinear data structures
TA1M Map bulk data to advanced nonlinear data structures
Maps material, geometry, nodal and element information from bulk data-blocks into advanced nonlinear
data structures used for SOL400
Format:
TA1M MPTS, EPTS , BGPDTS, ETT, CSTMS, DIT, ESTM, ECTS,GPDM

MCHK,PCOMPT,EDTS,CONTACT,ESTNL,GPECT,HRMSP/ ESTMG,
GRPSTM, MTSTM, MTSTM1, MTSTM2, MTSTM3, MTSTM4, MMTX,
MMTXR, MMTX1, NLVECM, VCCTM, GCOMM, GPECTH / LUSETS/
LGDISP0/ NLAYERX /FOLLOWK/ COMPMATT/ COUPMASS/
S,N,ICHKRESX/ S,N,XGPECT/K6ROT $
Input Data Blocks:
MPTS Material Property Table

EPTS Element Property Table
BGPDTS Basic Grid Point Data
ETT Element Temperature Table
CSTMS Coordinate Systems
DIT Dynamic Table Input
ESTM Advanced Non-Linear Element Summary Table
ECTS Element Connectivity Table
GPDM Grid Ponit Data for Advanced Nonlinear Elements
PCOMPT Supplemental table for PCOMP and PCOMPG entries
EDTS EDT Table, used to get SET3 card
CONTACT Table of bulk data images related to contact
ESTNL Non-Linear Element summary table
GPECT Grid point connectivity
HRMSP Internal grid/scalar information for Herrmann or Heat shell element (with
Linear/Quadratic) nodal temperature
Output Data Blocks:
ESTMG Element Summary Table for Advanced Nonlinear Elements : follows ESTM
GRPSTM Group Summary Table for Advanced Nonlinear Elements
Main Index
TA1M 1457
Map bulk data to advanced nonlinear data structures
MTSTM ummary table – contains offset data for advanced nonlinear elements and MATM
(advanced composites) data
MTSTM1, Material summary table – contains pointers, sizing and control parameters for
MTSTM2, materials associated with the advanced nonlinear elements
MTSTM3,
MTSTM4
MMTX, Element Data Tables for advanced nonlinear elements
MMTX1
NLVECM Non-Linear Vector Data including nodal temperatures, coordinate systems, tables,
orientations, beam section data
VCCTM Virtual Crack Closure Technique Data Table
GCOMM Global Common Block Data Table
GPECTH updated GPECT for Herrmann and Heat Shell Elements
Parameters:
LUSETS Input-Integer. Length of the problem set vector.

LGDISP0 Input-Integer, Large Displacement Flag
NLAYERX Input-Integer, Number of Layers for Shells
FOLLOWK Input-Integer, follower force stiffness parameter
COMPMATT Input-Integer, composite smear parameter
COUPMASS Input-Integer, lumped matrix parameter
XGPECT Output-Integer, flag to indicate updated GPECT (herrmann or heat shell)
K6ROTX Input-Integer, rotational stiffness parameter for shells
Remarks:
1. TA1M is used in SOL 400 to map bulk data blocks into data structures for advanced nonlinear
elements. The nonlinear elements are triggered by the supplemental property cards PSLDN1,
PSHLN1, PSHLN2, PRODN1, PBARN1, PBEMN1 and PSHEARN.
Main Index
1458 TABEDIT
Performs editing operations on table data blocks
TABEDIT Performs editing operations on table data blocks
Edits an existing table data block according to user-input directives. String-formatted records are
generally not acceptable. Three types of editing operations are possible:
1. Delete, add, or replace entire records. New records come from the IFP module or from user input.
2. Delete, add, or replace word strings to a specified record. New data come from user input.
3. Merge-edit two records of fixed-length word groups such as would be generated by IFP.
Format:
TABEDIT TOLD,CONTROL,TA,TB,TC/TNEW/
MSGLVL/DUPWG/UNUSED3/UNUSED4 $
Input Data Blocks:
TOLD Table data block to be edited. May not be purged, and in general,
contain string-formatted records.
CONTROL Table data block containing directives that control the editing process
as described under Remarks (it will usually come from DTI input). If
CONTROL is purged, TNEW will be copied from TOLD.
TA,TB,TC Secondary tables to be merged into TOLD. May be purged.
Output Data Block:
TNEW Updated table data block from the edit process. May not be purged.
Parameters:
MSGLVL Input-integer-default=0. Print activity option.

<0 Print information messages and trace editing process.
=0 Print information messages only.
>0 No print activity will occur.
DUPWG Input-integer-default=0. Duplicate word group option and applicable only to
the Merge-Edit option.
=0 Duplicate word groups will be dropped from TOLD.
=1 Duplicate word groups will be added after TOLD version.
Main Index
TABEDIT 1459

Remarks:
1. The input data block CONTROL contains the directives that control the activity of the editing
process. One record of CONTROL contains one directive of the form:
dir (,parameters)
where “dir” is one of the directive codes from the table below and “parameters” represents the
parametric values that vary with the directive.
TABEDIT Directives
Directive Remarks
ER End Record-Edit processing by copying rest of TOLD to TNEW. This
directive is optional.
QR, i Quit Record-Edit processing by copying rest of TOLD onto TNEW
through record i and exiting.
DR, i or DR ,i ,j Delete Record i (or records i through j) from TOLD after copying up to
record i.
IR, i Insert Records from TOLD after copying up to record i.
CR, i, options Correct Record i (after copying up to record i) by deleting, adding or
replacing word groups according to the options as described in Remark 2.
KRA,n Kopy n Records from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW.
KRB,n
KRC,n
SRA,n Skip n Records forward on TA, TB, or TC. Used to position secondary
SRB,n data block TA, TB, or TC for a subsequent KR* operation.
SRC,n
MEA,i,n Merge-Edit the next record on TA, TB, or TC into record i according to
MEB,i,n IFP specifications for fixed-length word groups of length n.
MEC,i,n
INT Interrogate TOLD for number of records and number of words in each
record. Also print the first three words of each record.
Main Index
1460 TABEDIT
2. The CR directive requires at least one subdirective from the table below:
CR Subdirectives
Sub-Directive Remarks
QW, i Quit after copying Word i. Record specified by CR directive is copied
through word i and the rest of the record is ignored.
DW, i, j, n, Delete Words i through j of the record specified by the CR directive and
n words replace by the n words that follows on the CR directive record.
IW, i, n, Insert after Word i of the record specified by the CR directive the n words
n words that follow on the CR directive record.
KWA,n Kopy n Words from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW.
KWB,n
KWC,n
SWA,n skip n words forward on TA, TB, or TC. Used to position secondary data
SWB,n block TA, TB or TC for a subsequent KW* operation.
SWC,n
AWA,n Append n Words from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW after copying the rest of
AWB,n the record specified by the CR directive.
AWC,n
KRA,n Kopy the Remaining contents of the current record from TA, TB, or TC
KRB,n onto TNEW.
KRC,n
ARA Append the Remaining contents of the current record from TA, TB, or TC
ARB onto TNEW after copying the rest of the record specified by the CR
ARC directive.
3. TABEDIT copies the name of the input data block to the output data block. Since the name is part
of record 0, it can also be changed by TABEDIT commands.
Examples:
Let GEOM1 generated by a previous run have a third record consisting of the five GRID entries.
GRID,10,0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,20,0,1.0,1.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.5,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,40,0,3.0,3.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,50,0,4.0,4.0,0.0,0,3456,0
Main Index
TABEDIT 1461
A printout of GEOM1 using the TABPRT module (with OPT3=1) will show the following for record 1:
TABLE GEOM1
RECORD NO. 0 HEADER

NAME NAME
1) GEOM 1
END
OF 2 WORD RECORD.
RECORD NO. 1 GRID
H1 H2 H3 ID CP X1 X2
X3 CD PS
1) 4501 45 1120001 10 0 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0 3456
SEID ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD
PS SEID ID
11) 0 20 0 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0
3456 0 30
CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID
ID CP X1
21) 0 2.00000E+00 2.50000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 0
40 0 3.00000E+00
X2 X3 CD PS SEID ID CP
X1 X2 X3
31) 3.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 0 50 0
4.00000E+00 4.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
CD PS SEID
41) 0 3456 0
END
OF 43 WORD RECORD.
RECORD NO. 2
END OF FILE
TRAILER WORD1 = 0 WORD2 = 0 WORD3 = 8 WORD4 = 0 WORD5 = 0 WORD6 =
1. Note that the GRID entry for grid point 30 has an error in the y-location coordinate, which should
be 2.0 instead of 2.5. Make this correction without going through the conventional XSORT-IFP
process by using TABEDIT. Assume GEOM1 was saved on a user tape on the previous run as
GEOM1C.
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CONTROL,,,,,,,,, $
INPUTT2 /GEOM1C,,,,/-1 $
TABEDIT GEOM1C,CONTROL,,,/GEOM1X $
EQUIVX GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $
END$
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CONTROL,1,CR,1,DW,23,23,1
,2.0
DTI,CONTROL,2,ER,ENDREC
ENDDATA
2. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was saved on a previous run, by using record substitution.
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $
TABEDIT XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
END $
Main Index
1462 TABEDIT
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CON,1,DR,1,ENDREC
DTI,CON,2,KRA,1,ENDREC
(all GRID entries, including the correction)
ENDDATA
3. Repeat Example 2 by using word substitution.
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $
TABEDIT XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CON,1,CR,1,DW,20,26,0
,SWA,3,KWA,7
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0,3456,0
ENDDATA
4. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was written onto a user file during the previous run, by
using the merge-edit feature.
DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/C,,,,,,,,, $
INPUTT2 GEOM1OLD,,,,/-1 $
TABEDIT GEOM1OLD,C,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,C,1,MEA,1,8,ENDREC
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0.0,0,3456,0
ENDDATA
Main Index
TABPRT 1463
Formatted table printer
TABPRT Formatted table printer
Formatted print of selected table data blocks.
Format 1:
TABPRT TABLE//KEY/OPT1//OPT3 $
Format 2: (KEY=’USET’)
g-set
TABPRT USET,BGPDT//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2//
SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $
or
TABPRT USET,EQEXIN,SIL//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2//
p-set
TABPRT USETD,EQDYN,SILD//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2//
ks-set
TABPRT AEUSET,AEBGPDT//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2//
Format 3: (KEY=’SEMAP’)
TABPRT SEMAP,ESTDATA,TIMSIZ,SGPDT//
’SEMAP’/OPT1/OPT2 $
Input Data Blocks:
TABLE Table data block.

Main Index
1464 TABPRT

SILD Scalar index list for p-set.
AEUSET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for ks-set.
AEBGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the ks-set.
ESTDATA Table of superelement estimation data overrides.
TIMSIZ Table of CPU and disk space estimation parameters.
Parameters:
KEY Input-character-default=‘FINDIT’. Identifies the generic name of the

data block.
OPTi Input-integer-default=0. Print control parameters.
SETSTRi See Format 2.
Format 1:
OPT1 Input-integer-integer-default=0.
OPT1=0 No blank lines between entries.
OPT  0 One blank line between each entry.
Input-integer-default=0. Set selection flag for the row sort (OPT1=0 or 10).
There are two table print options controlled by OPT3.

If OPT3=0 (default);
TABPRT TABLE//KEY/OPT1 $
then format statements built into TABPRT are used to print TABLE, as selected by KEY. These formats
are limited to only those values of KEY listed in the table below.
TABLE KEY TABLE KEY TABLE KEY

BGPDT BDPDT ETT ETT GPTT GPTT
CSTM CSTM GPDT GPDT SEMAP SEMAP
Main Index
TABPRT 1465
EQDYN EQEXIN GPL GPL any FINDIT

EQEXIN EQEXIN GPLD GPLD USET USET
If OPT3  0 ;
TABPRT TABLE//NDDLNAME/OPT1//OPT3 $
then the printout is identical to the TABPT module printout with the addition on NDDL item name labels
appearing above each value. NDDLNAME must be any data block name listed on the DATABLK
statement in the NDDL sequence. If NDDLNAME is not found in the NDDL sequence, then the printout
will contain no item name labels.
OPT3 Input-integer-default=0. If OPT30, then the table is printed in a format similar to

the TABPT module with the following options:
1 Print with labels defined under the DATABLK statement for data block name
specified for parameter KEY.
2 Same as OPT3=1 and any data with an undefined format will be printed as
"???".
3 Same as OPT3=2 except only print records with undefined formats.
-1 Print without labels.
Main Index
1466 TABPRT
Format 2: (KEY=’USET’):
OPT1 Input-integer-default=0.
Controls the tabular printout of the degree of freedom sets.
Sequence Print USETPRT

None None(default) -1
Row sort only 0
Internal Column sort only 1
Row and column sort 2
Row sort only 10
External Column sort only 11
Row and column sort 12
The degrees of freedom can be listed in ascending order according to their internal
or external sequence number, but not both. The external sequence number is the grid,
scalar, or extra point identification number. The internal sequence number is the
number assigned after resequencing.
For a given sequence there are two types of tables that may be printed: row sort and
column sort. For row sort, a table is printed for each set selected by USETSEL. Here
is an example of row sort (USETPRT = 0 or 10):
U S E T D E F I N I T I O N T A B L E ( I N T E R N A L S E Q U E N C E , R O
W S O R T )
A DISPLACEMENT SET
-1- -2- -3- -4- -5- -6- -7- -8- -
9- -10-
1= 2-1 2-2
Main Index
TABPRT 1467
For column sort, a single table is printed for the following sets: SB, SG,
L, A, F, N, G, R, O, S, M, E. Here is an example of column sort
(USETPRT = 1 or 11):
U S E T D E F I N I T I O N T A B L E ( I N T E R N A L S E Q U E N C E , C O L U
M N S O R T )
EXT GP. DOF INT DOF INT GP. SB SG L A F N G R O S

M E
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------
1 - 1 1- 1 G 1 1 1 1
- 2 2- 2 2 2 2
- 3 3- 1 3 3 3
- 4 4- 2 4 4 4
- 5 5- 3 5 5 5
- 6 6- 4 6 6 6
OPT2 Input-integer-default = 0. Specifies the sets that will be printed in the

row sort (OPT1 = 0 or 10). In order to select specific sets to be printed,
you must sum their corresponding decimal equivalent numbers. For
example, sets A, L, and R are selected with OPT2 = 128+256+8 = 392.
OPT2 Sets printed

-1 All sets in the following table.
0 Mutually exclusive sets only, as shown in the table below.
Selected sets according to the sum of their decimal equivalent numbers in the
>0
following table.
Decimal Decimal
Set Equivalent Set Equivalent
Name Number Name Number
Q 4194304 SB 1024
LM 2097152 SG 512
C 1048576 MR 16
J 524288 R 8
K 262144 O 4
Main Index
1468 TABPRT
Decimal Decimal
Set Equivalent Set Equivalent
Name Number Name Number
SA 131072 B 2
E 2048 MP 1
SETSTRi Input-character-default=' '. Set name string for the row sort (OPT1 = 0 or
10). SETSTR1 through SETSTR4 form a single string of set name(s) and is 32
characters in length. For example, SETSTR1='M R N SG' and SETSTR2='A Q'
specifies the m, r, n, sg, a, and q sets be printed.
Format 3 (KEY = 'SEMAP'
OPT1 Input-integer-default = 0.
If OPT2=0, 2, 3, or 5, OPT1 chooses a subset of record 2 for printing as follows:
OPT1 Value Selection within Record 2

0 All parts (GRID list and summaries of GRID list).
1 Only GRID List.
2 Only Summaries of GRID List.
GRID List for Pattern Starting with Entry GRID identification number
-g
= G (if any).
10X+0 Same as 0 or 2 but with Summary List.
10X+2 Selection based on X.
X = 0, 1, 3, 5, or 7 -- 1st Summary (sorted by 1st GRID).
X = 0, 2, 3, 6, or 7 -- 2nd Summary (sorted by count).
X = 0, 4, 5, 6, or 7 -- 3rd Summary (sorted by superelement).
100+X List all point IDs for any unique connection list produced by X.
Same as 100+X except that additional pure interior points will not be
200+X
listed.
Same as 200+X except that additional nonresidual points will not be
300+X
listed.
400+X Same as 100+X except that additional scalar points will not be listed.
Main Index
TABPRT 1469
OPT1 Value Selection within Record 2

If OPT2=4, OPT1 chooses CSUPER entry as follows:
OPT1 Value Meaning

>0 Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for superelement OPT1.
0 Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for residual structure but give SEID = -
OPT1.
OPT2 Integer-default = 0. Print/punch selection as follows:
OPT2 Value Meaning of Selection

-1 No output (1, 2 and a record for each superelement).
Print contents of all records (1, 2 and a record for each superelement) of
0
SEMAP except last two.
1 Print only Record 1 contents.
Print contents of Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0) and 2 (see OPT1 for
2
selection options within Record 2).
Print contents of Records 1, 2 and a record for each superelement giving a
list of internal points, a list of external points, a list of elements, and
3 estimation data for the superelement. The third part of each superelement
record (containing the lists of primary superelement points to which a
secondary superelement is connected) is omitted.
4 Punch CSUPER entries according to OPT1 (see Remarks).
Print only Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0), 2 (see OPT1 for selection
5
options within Record 2), and estimation data for each superelement.
Remarks:
1. If OPT2 = 4, then CSUPER entries are written on the punch file according to OPT1. Field 2
(SEID) is selected by OPT1. Field 3 will be 0. All other data fields contain the sorted list of grid
points for either the selected superelement (OPT1 > 0) or the residual structure ( OPT1  0 ).
Continuation mnemonics are generated in the form +xxxxyyy where xxxx is the left-adjusted
SEID and yyy is a right-adjusted record count. Two examples are shown below.
Main Index
1470 TABPRT
TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/1/4 $
TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/-100/4 $
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CSUPER 1 0 11 13 14
CSUPER 100 0 1 3 4 11 13 14
21 24 31 34 51 53 54 61
64 71 74 230 330 630 730
2. If OPT2 = 0,3 or 5 and TIMSIZ is supplied, then TABPRT will produce an estimation printout
for each superelement except the residual structure. The equations used along with the
semiempirical constants are printed as well as dominant CPU time estimates, space estimates, and
wall clock estimates. The user is cautioned that these estimates will be valid only for “large”
superelements and should be adjusted for anomalous characteristics.
Estimate totals are also provided at the end of the SEMAP printout. If ESTDATA is also supplied,
then the constants of the estimating equations are adjusted. This technique is described on the
Bulk Data entry DTI,ESTDATA.
3. Under Format 1, the generic data block name is used, but the actual DMAP name for the same or
equivalent information is also acceptable. For example, in the superelement solution sequence
data blocks BGPDTS, CSTMS, EQEXINS, and GPLS are created and may be printed with
TABPRT. If ‘FINDIT’ (default) is specified, the KEY will be taken from the header of the data
block.
Examples:
1. Print coordinate system transformation matrix table.
TABPRT CSTM//’CSTM’ $
2. Print grid point list table.
TABPRT GPL//’GPL’ $
3. Print basic grid point definition table.
TABPRT BGPDT// $
4. Print GEOM3X table with labels taken from DATABLK statement in the NDDL.
TABPRT GEOM3X//’GEOM3’///1 $
5. Print USET list for g-set and s-set in internal order using row sort.
TABPRT USET,BGPDT//’USET’/0/18 $
6. Print USET for the mutually exclusive sets in internal order using column sort.
TABPRT USET,BGPDT//’USET’/1 $
7. Print all SEMAP information except the grid list and secondary superelement boundary
sequencing list.
TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/2/3 $
Main Index
TABPRT 1471
8. Punch CSUPER entries for the residual structure with SEID field set to 100.
TABPRT EMAP//’SEMAP’/-100/4 $
9. Print only estimation data for all superelements.
TABPRT EMAP,,TIMSIZ//’SEMAP’/-99999999/5 $
Main Index
1472 TABPT
Table printer
TABPT Table printer
Prints table or matrix data blocks.
Format:
TABPT TAB1,TAB2,TAB3,TAB4,TAB5//PRTFORM/UNUSED $
Input Data Blocks:
TABi Data block name.
Output Data Blocks:

None.
Parameters:
PRTFORM Character-input-default-' '. Real number print precision.

LONG 12 significant digits.
SHORT 4 significant digits.
UNUSED Input-logical-default=TRUE.
Remarks:
1. Each input data block is treated as a table and its contents are printed on the system output file via
a prescribed format. Each word of the table is identified by the module as to type (real, character,
integer) and an appropriate format is used (10 items per line).
2. The trailer data items for the table are also printed.
3. A warning message is issued if all TABi do not exist.
4. TABPT may be used to print matrices.
5. TABPT may occasionally misidentify real numbers or character values. The TABPRT module
with OPT3  0 will properly identify real numbers and character values.
6. The TABPRT module with OPT3  0 will also print tables like TABPT with labels above each
item.
Examples:
TABPT GEOM1/ $
TABPT GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4/ $
Main Index
TAFF 1473
Creates tables for follower force stiffness
TAFF Creates tables for follower force stiffness
Creates tables for follower force stiffness.
Format:
TAFF SLT,BGPDT/
ESTF,GPECTF/
LUSET/LOADID/LOADIDP/LOADFACR/NBLOCK $
Input Data Blocks:

Output Data Blocks:
ESTF Element summary table for follower force stiffness.

GPECTF Grid point element connection table for follower force stiffness.
Parameters:

g-set.
LOADID Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the current
subcase.
LOADIDP Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the
previous subcase.
LOADFACR Input-real-default=0.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis.
NBLOCK Input-integer-default=10. Number of spill blocks to form if “out-of-
memory” algorithm is used.
Main Index
1474 TAHT
Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table
TAHT Adds records to element summary and grid point element

connection table
Adds to the element summary table and the grid point element connection table appropriate records for
loads with control nodes on QVOL, QVECT, and QBDY3 Bulk Data entries.
Format:
 SLTH 
  (37 6,/ (671/ *3(&7 ',7
TAHT  DLTH 
ESTNL1,GPECT1/
LUSET/S,N,NOSIMP/LSETID/RSTIME $
Input Data Blocks:
SLTH Table of static loads updated for heat transfer analysis.

DLTH Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis.
Output Data Blocks:
ESTNL1 Nonlinear element summary table updated for heat transfer analysis.
GPECT1 Grid point element connection table for heat transfer analysis.
Parameters:

g-set.
NOSIMP Output-integer-no default. The number of elements exclusive of
general elements. Set to -1 if there are no simple elements.
LOADID Input-integer-no default. Load set identification number for the current
subcase.
STIME Input-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and on
output, accumulated time used for restarts.
Main Index
TAHT 1475
Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table
Remark:
DIT may be purged if DLTH does not reference tables in DIT.
Main Index
1476 TASNP1
Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary
TASNP1 Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's

boundary
Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary.
Format:
TASNP1 BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS/
SNORMS $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDTS Basic grid point definition table for a superelement.

GPECTS Grid point element connection table for a superelement.
GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for a
superelement.
CSTMS Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a
superelement.
Output Data Block:
SNORMS Table of shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary.
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
TASNP1 is intended to be executed for each superelement if partitioned superelements are present.
Main Index
TASNP2 1477
Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries
TASNP2 Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement

boundaries
Computes the grid point shell normal vectors and if superelements are present then process shell normals
at superelement boundaries.
Format Without or Ignoring Superelements:
TASNP2 BGPDT,GPECT,GEOM1,CSTM,SEMAP,SCSTM,SNORM*/
GPSNT/
SNORM/SNORMPRT/-1/’ ’/EFMFLG $
Format for Superelement:
TASNP2 BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS,SEMAP,SCSTM,SNORM*/
GPSNTS/
SNORM/SNORMPRT/SEID/QUALNAM $
Input Data Blocks:

BGPDTS Basic grid point definition table for a superelement.
GPECTS Grid point element connection table for a superelement.
GEOM1S Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for a
superelement.
CSTMS Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a
superelement.
SNORM* Family of shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries.
Output Data Blocks:

GPSNTS Grid point shell normal table for a superelement.
Main Index
1478 TASNP2
Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries
Parameters:
SNORM Input-real-no default. Maximum angle between grid point normal and shell normal.
If angle is less than SNORM then grid point normal will be computed.
SNORMPRT Input-integer-no default. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag.
0 No print or punch
1 Punch
2 Print only
3 Print and punch
SEID Input-character-no default. Superelement identification number.
QUALNAM Input-integer-no default. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting SNORMS.
EFMFLG Input-integer-default=0. Processing flag for how shell normals are computed on
superelement boundary points.
0 Compute the average all of the shell normals
1 Compute the resultant of all of shell normals
Remark:
If there are partitioned superelements present then TASNP1 needs to be executed for all superelements.
Then in a separate superelement loop TASNP2 is executed for all superelements.
Main Index
TIMETEST 1479
Provide timing data
TIMETEST Provide timing data
Provides timing data for various unit operations that may be used to compare and evaluate computer and
compiler performance.
Main Index
1480 TIMETEST
Provide timing data
Format:
TIMETEST TIMTS,A,B,C/TOUT,/N/M/T/OPT/CASE $
Option 1: I/O timing
TIMETEST ,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $
Option 2: Arithmetic timing
TIMETEST ,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $
Option 3: Matrix timing
TIMETEST TIMTS3,,,/T3OUT,/N/M/T/3 $
Option 4: Kernel timing
TIMETEST TIMTS4,,,/T4OUT,/N/M/T/4 $
Option 5: MPYAD timing for CASE=1
TIMETEST TIMTS5,,,/TOUT5,/N/5/1 $
MPYAD timing CASE=2 (new)
TIMETEST TIMTS5,A,B,C/TOUT5,/N/M/T/5/2 $
Option 6: KERNBD generation
TIMETEST T3OUT,T4OUT,T7OUT,T8OUT/TOUT6,/ / /
/6/CASE $
Option 7: Sparse kernel timing
TIMETEST TIMTS3,,,,/TOUT7,/N/M/ /7 $
Option 8: Element timing
TIMETEST TIMTS8,,,/TOUT8,/ / / /8/CASE $
Main Index
TIMETEST 1481
Provide timing data
Input Data Blocks:
TIMTS3 Table created with DTI entries as follows:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TIMT
DTI IREC CASE M N P
S3
CASE = Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered by
tens for convenience in making changes) IREC.
CASE = “L” normal case definition.
“K” indicates last case to be used in least squares solution for timing
constants.
Note: If no case value of K is found by the time the 10th case value is read then the 10th
case is treated as the last case to be used in the least squares solution for timing
constants.)
M = Number of terms in inner loop.

N = Number of terms in outer loop.
P = Number of times kernel is called.
TIMTS4 Table created with DTI entries as follows:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TIMT ROW
DTI IREC CASE COLS DENS STRL
S4 S
IREC Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered by
tens for convenience in making in making changes).
CASE “A” normal case definition.
“B” indicates last case to be used in least squares solution for timing
constants.
Note: If no case value of B is found by the time the 10th case value is read, then the
10th case is treated as the last case to be used in the least squares solution for
timing constants.
Main Index
1482 TIMETEST
Provide timing data
ROWS Number of rows the matrix is to have.

COLS Number of columns the matrix is to have.
DENS Density to be used in building the matrix.
STRL String length to be used in building the matrix.
TIMTS5 (for CASE=1 only) Table created with DTI entries as follows:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TIMT
DTI IREC CASE ROWS COLS DENS TYPE STRL
S5
TIMTS5 (for both cases) Table created with DTI entries as follows:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TIMT METHO
DTI IREC CASE T CORE D
S5
IREC Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered by
tens for convenience in making in making changes).
CASE “CASE” normal case definition.
“END” indicates last case to be used.
Note: The T, CORE, and METHOD field are not filled in when this form of the case
is used.
T Value to be used.
CORE Size of the core to be used.
METHOD Method to be used.
TlMTS8 Element generation and assembly timing.
Main Index
TIMETEST 1483
Provide timing data
Output Data Blocks:
TOUT, TOUTi Timing results.

N Options 1 and 2: n* - Default = 50. External loop index.
Options 3, 4, and 5: Scale Factor.
Negative value means scale down.
Value 0 or 1 means do not change.
Positive value means scale up.
Options 6 and 8: Not used.

M Options 1 and 2: m* - Default = 200. Internal loop index.
Options 3, 4, and 7: Size -- Contains the size of various needed arrays.
(Recommended value range: 128 to 1024).
(e.g., Workstation machines: 128.
Low-End Minicomputer (VAX): 256.
High-End Minicomputer (CONVEX): 512.
Super Computer (CRAY): 1024).
Options 5, 6, and 8: Not used.
T Options 1 and 2: Default = 2. Data item type (1 = RSP, 2 = RDP, 3 = CSP, 4 = CDP).
Options 3-8: Not used.
OPT All Options: Type of timing data required.
1 Input/Output Operations. (Default) (old).
2 Arithmetic Operations (old)
3 Matrix Timing Operations. (new)
4 Kernel Timing Operations. (new)
5 MPYAD Timing Operations CASE = 1 (new) (uses data in DTI file).
MPYAD Timing Operations CASE = 2 (new) (uses data defined by
remaining arguments).
6 KERNDB Data Block Generation. (new)
7 Sparse Kernel Timing. (new)
8 Element Timing. (new)
CASE Options 1 and 2: Default = 0. Code indicating which unit operations are to be tested.
If OPT = 1, then CASE means:
1 WRITE
2 READ
4 READ BACKWARDS
8 BLDPK
16 INTPK
32 PACK
Main Index
1484 TIMETEST
Provide timing data
64 UNPACK
128 PUTSTR
256 GETSTR
If OPT = 2, then CASE means:
1 RSP
2 RDP
4 CSP
8 CDP
Options 3 and 4: Not used.
Option 5: If CASE = 1, then use the DTI table.
If CASE = 2, then use the data defined by the remaining arguments.
Option 6: Number of elements.
Option 7: Not used.
Option 8: If CASE = 0, then the T8OUT data block is initialized.
If CASE = 1,then record the cumulated CPU time on the T8OUT data block. Set
CASE = 1 before executing the EMG module.
If CASE = 2, then record the cumulated CPU time on the T8OUT data block. Set
CASE = 2 after executing the EMA module.
Main Index
TOLAPP 1485
Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery
TOLAPP Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery
Appends nonlinear output time or load factor lists and Case Control for data recovery.
Format:
Format for nonlinear transient analysis (TOLAPPF=0):
TOLAPP CASEXX,MPT,TEL/
TOL,,TOL1/
TOLAPPF/NSOUT $
Format for nonlinear statics analysis (TOLAPPF=1):
TOLAPP CASECC,MPT,ESTNL/
OLF,CASECCR,/
TOLAPPF//S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NEWP/S,N,POUTF $
Input Data Blocks:

CASEXX Subset of CASECC for current loop.
Output Data Blocks:
TOL Transient response time output list for all subcases.

OLF Nonlinear load factors for all subcases.
TOL1 Transient response time output list for the current subcase.
CASECCR Table of Case Control command images for data recovery.
Parameters:
TOLAPPF Input-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis type:

0 Nonlinear transient.
1 Nonlinear statics.
Main Index
1486 TOLAPP
Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery
NSOUT Input-integer-default=0. Number of time steps to output. By default all time

steps are output.
NSKIP Input/output-integer-default=1. CASECC record counter or nonlinear
transient loop identification number.
NEWP Input/output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag.
POUTF Output-integer-default=1. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if intermediate
output is not requested.
Remarks:
1. If TOLAPPF=0, TOLAPP reads the time values from TEL, takes every NSOUT-th one, and
appends these to TOL. The last time value from TEL is appended regardless of the value of
NSOUT. If NSOUT>0 then a maximum of NSOUT time values are written to TOL.
2. If TOLAPPF=1, TOLAPP reads a record from CASEXX, modifies it, and appends it to
CASECCR. If output has been requested (INTOUT field on the NLPARM Bulk Data entry) for
this load factor TOLAPP appends the current load factor from ESTNL to OLF.
Main Index
TRD1 1487
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity,

and acceleration solution
Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution.
Format:
TRD1 CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,SILD,USETD
,
PARTVEC,PXT0,ROTORT,BGDD*,KCVDD*,RDG,PXTDV,PDX
DVO/
UXT,PNL/
SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/SETNAME/
NSOLT,NOTRLDFM/WTMASS $
Input Data Blocks:

PXT Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset
of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX
represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
KXX, etc. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric
decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the d-set
(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the h-
set. See SETNAME parameter description below.
PXT0 PXT from a cold start run.
Main Index
1488 TRD1

PDXDVO PDXDVD from a cold start run.
PXTDV Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set combined
from two executions of TRLG: one with DVFLAG=0 and the other of
DVFLAG=1.
Output Data Blocks:

Main Index
TRD1 1489
Parameters:

'MODAL' Usually for h-set matrices
'DIRECT' Usually for d-set matrices
'IC' Initial conditions for nonlinear transient analysis
NOUE Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points.
Set to -1 if there are no extra points.

NONCUP Input-integer-default=0. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests
uncoupled algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are
diagonal. NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms
of KXX, BXX, and MXX will be ignored.
NCOL Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of time steps in the solution matrix
UXT prior to execution of TRD1.
FAC3 Input-complex-default=(1.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time step
increment.
the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of
the displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition
then PARTVEC must also be specified.
NSOLT Input-integer-default=0. Column number in solution of previous from which
the integration in a restart run.
NOTRLDFM Input-integer-default=0. Fatal message flag when there the loads are null. See Remark
3.
0 Issue fatal message.
>0 Do no issue fatal message.
Method:
The solution for the response is performed in TRD1 (Transient Response Solution). In the case of a direct
formulation the following equation is integrated over the time periods specified via the TSTEP Bulk Data
entry:
 M dd p 2 + B dd p + K dd
x   u  =  P  +  P nl 
d d d (5-65)
in order to determine the displacement velocity and acceleration response.
Main Index
1490 TRD1
In the case of a modal formulation
 M hh p 2 + B hh p + K hh   u h  =  P h  +  P hnl  (5-66)
Solution of the Coupled Equations

The matrix
1 1 1
 D  =  -------2-  M  + ---------  B  + ---  K  (5-67)
t 2t 3
is formed and decomposed. The matrix
2 1
 C  =  -------2-  M  – ---  K  (5-68)
t 3
is formed and saved. The matrix
–1 1 1
 E  =  -------2-  M  + ---------  B  – ---  K  (5-69)
 2t 3 
t
is formed and saved.
The solution loops then proceed until a time step change occurs. The initial conditions are brought in and
the starting equation
1 1 1 1
 D   u 1  = ---  P – 1 + P 0 + P 1  +  N 0  +  C   u 0  +  E   u – 1  (5-70)
3
is solved for  u 1  , where  u 0  is the starting displacement vector;
1
 u –1  =  u 0  –  u· 0 t (5-71)
 u· 0  is the starting velocity vector;
 P 01  =  K   u 0  +  B   u· 0  (5-72)
 N 0  is the nonlinear load calculated from  u 0  ; and
 P –11  =  K   u –11  +  B   u· 0  =  P 01  – t  K   u· 0  (5-73)
Main Index
TRD1 1491
Note that the load computed at u = 0 is never used but is replaced by  P 01  .  u 2  through  u n  are
now computed from the general equation:
1
 D   U I + 2  = ---  p I + p I + 1 + p I + 2  +  N I + 1  +  C   u I + 1  +  E   u i  (5-74)
3
If nonlinear loads are selected, they are evaluated directly at the solution points for a time step by the
following process. NOLIN1 loads are computed as
P i  t  = ST  u j  t   (5-75)
where:
T = the user-selected table

i = the loaded solution point
j = the deflecting point
uj = the previously computed displacement or velocity at point j
NOLIN2 loads are computed as
P i  t  = Su j  t u k  t  (5-76)
where i , j , u , and k are as in NOLIN1 loads.


 S  u j  t  A if u j  t   0
Pi  t  =  (5-77)
 0 if u j  t   0


 – S  – u i  t  A if u i  t   0
Pi  t  =  (5-78)
 0 if u i  t   0

The NOLIN5 loads are computed as
Main Index
1492 TRD1
  –1  4 
 P ga  t   A a – F ab Aa – F ab  1 –  a   E a A a  U a + TABS  
  = –   (5-79)
 P gb  t   – F ab A b – F ab  1 –  a  Ab  E A  U + TABS  4 
   b b b 
where A a A b F ab E a E b  a and  b are from the NOLIN5 cards and
 = the Stefan-Boltzmann constant

TABS = the module parameter (to TRHT)
Ua = the average temperature for the points at Area A
Ub = the average temperature for the points for Area B
The load P ga is applied to all points at A and the load P gb is applied to all points at B .
The user specifies the set of times at which data are to be saved. If the current time is an output time, the
displacement vector for time t = t i is output.
The velocity vector given by
1
 u· i  = ---------   u i + 1  –  u i – 1   (5-80)
2t
is output.
The acceleration vector is given by
1
 u· i  = -------2-   u i + 1  +  u i – 1  – 2  u i   (5-81)
t 1
is output.
If the time step is scheduled to change at t i + 1 from t 1 to t 2 , the displacement for time i + 1 has been
calculated.  u i – 1  ,  u i  , and  u i + 1  are saved along with  P i + 1  . The matrices are formed and
decomposed as in (5-67), (5-68) and (5-69) for t = t 2 .
(5-82) is used for computing  u i + 2  ,
1
 D   u i + 2  = ---  P i1 + P i + 1 + P i + 2  +  N i + 1  +  C   u i + 1  +  E   u i1  (5-82)
3
The vectors  P i1  and  u i1  in (5-82) are calculated as follows. Define
Main Index
TRD1 1493
1
 u· i + 1  = --------   u i + 1  –  u i   (5-83)
t 1
1
 u·· i + 1  = -------2-   u i + 1  – 2  u i  +  u i – 1   (5-84)
t 1
 u· i1  =  u· i + 1  –  u·· i + 1 t 2 (5-85)
then
t 22
 u i1  =  u i + 1  – t 2  u i + 1  + --------  u·· i + 1 
· (5-86)
2
 P i1  =  M   u·· i + 1  +  B   u· i1  +  K   u i1  (5-87)
If the continue mode is set, TRD1 will extract the displacement  u n  , velocity  u· n  , and acceleration  u·· n 
from the column number specified by NOL. u 1 (the first displacement of the continued run) is computed
as follows:
1
 D   u i  = ---  P –11 + P 0 + P 1  +  P 0  +  C   u n  +  E   u –11  (5-88)
3
where
 P 0  =  K   u n  +  B   u· n  +  M   u·· n  (5-89)
2
t
 u –11  =  u n  – t  u· n  + --------  u·· n  (5-90)
2
 u· –11  =  u· n  –  u·· n t (5-91)
 P –11  =  M   u·· n  +  B   u· 11  +  K   u –11  (5-92)
Solution of Uncoupled Modal Equation

If the method of matrix formulation is modal and no transfer functions or direct input matrices are used,
the equations may be solved in a more accurate, more direct manner. The diagonal terms of MHH, BHH,
Main Index
1494 TRD1
and KHH are stored. The following data are necessary to solve the transient behavior of a modal
coordinate   i  .
m i = modal mass of mode (MHH)
bi = modal damping coefficient (BHH)

ki = modal stiffness (KHH)
12
 oi =  k i  m i  (5-93)
bi
 i = --------
- (5-94)
2m i
2 2 2
 i =  oi –  (5-95)
tj = time of the j-th time step

hj = time increment after the j-th time
f ij = applied load on coordinate i at the j-th time
–5
The following coefficients are generated for each distinct time increment. There are four cases (  = 10
and the subscript i is implied.)
2 2
1. If  o   +  (underdamped):
– h 
F = e cos h + ---- sin h (5-96)

1
G = ---- e sin h (5-97)

2 2
1  –h   –  -  2  
A = ----------  e  ----------------- - + h cos h + 2
 – h sin h –  ---------- -----------  (5-98)
hk   o  2
  2o  o 
2
1  –h   2 –  2 2- 2- 

B = ----------  e - sin h + ----------
 – ----------------- cos h h ----------
2 
+ – (5-99)
hk   o 
2
o
2
o 
Main Index
TRD1 1495
2
–  o – h
F' = --------- e sin h (5-100)

– h  - sin h
G' = e cos h – --- (5-101)
  
1 – h 2
A' = ----------  e    + h o  sin mh +  cos h  –   (5-102)
hk
1 – h
B' = ----------  – e   sin h +  cos h  +   (5-103)
hk
2 2
2. If  o +    (critically damped):
– h
F = e  1 + h  (1)
– h
G = he (5-104)
1 1 –h
A = ------ --2- – --- e  2 + 2h + h  
2 2
(5-105)
hk  
1 – h
B = ---------  – 2 + h – e  2 + h   (5-106)
hk
2 – h
F' =  he (5-107)
– h
G' = e  1 + h  (5-108)
1 –h 2 2
A' = ------  e  1 + h + h   – 1  (5-109)
hk
1 – h
B' = ------  1 – e  h + 1   (5-110)
hk
2 2
3. If  o   –  (over damped):
– h  - 
 cosh h +  sinh h
F = e --- (5-111)
1 –h
G = ---- e sinh h (5-112)

Main Index
1496 TRD1
1  – h   +    2 
2 2

A = ----------  e  – ------------------ - + h cosh  h + 2
– h sinh h –  ---------- -----------  (5-113)
hk   o
2    2  o 
2
o
1 -  –h  2 +  2 
B = ---------  e – ------------------ sinh h + 2
----------- + cosh h + h – 2
-----------  (5-114)
hk  
2

2
 
2
o o o
2
 –h
F' = – -----o- e sinh h (5-115)

– h  - sinh h
 cosh h – ---
G' = e (5-116)
 
1 – h 2
A' = ----------  e    + h o  sinh h +  cosh  h  –   (5-117)
hk
1 – h
B' = ----------  e   sinh h +  cosh h  +   (5-118)
hk
4. If  o =    (undamped):
F = 1 (5-119)
G = H (5-120)
2
A = h   3m  (5-121)
2
B = h   6m  (5-122)
F' = 0 (5-123)
G' = 1 (5-124)
A' = h   2m  (5-125)
B' = h   2m  (5-126)
The equations for each displacement, velocity, and acceleration in terms of the applied loads and previous
displacement and velocity are:
 i j + 1 = F i  i j + G i  i j + A i f i j + B i f i j + 1 (5-127)
 i j + 1 = F' i  i j + G' i  i j + A' i f i j + B' i f i j + 1 (5-128)
Main Index
TRD1 1497
·
·· P i j + 1 b i  i j + 1 K i  i j + 1
 i j + 1 = --------------- – ------------------- – -------------------- (5-129)
m1 m1 mi
Remarks:
1. NLFT and PNLD1 cannot be purged if nonlinear loads are selected in CASEXX.
2. NCOL>0 indicates a restart.
3. By default, if all of the following quantities are null:
a. Nonlinear loads.
b. Initial conditions.
c. Applied loads.
d. Equivalent loads due to enforced motion then UFM 3046 is issued. The fatal termination may
be avoided by specifying NOTRLDFM=1. This is needed in the relative enforced motion
formulation.
Main Index
1498 TRD2
TRD2 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity,

and acceleration solution
Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution for
design optimization.
Format:
TRD2 CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,DSPT1,SILD
,
USETD,PARTVEC/
UXT,PNL,TOL/
SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/TRD2OPT/SETNA
ME $
Input Data Blocks:

PXT Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset
of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX
represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the d-set
(SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the h-
set. See SETNAME parameter description below.
Main Index
TRD2 1499
Output Data Blocks:

Parameters:

'MODAL' Modal; usually for h-set matrices
'DIRECT' Direct; usually for d-set matrices
'IC' Initial conditions for nonlinear transient analysis
NOUE Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra
points.
NONCUP Input-integer-default=0. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled
algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal.
NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms of KXX, BXX,
and MXX will be ignored.
NCOL Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of time steps in the solution matrix UXT
prior to execution of TRD1.
FAC3 Input-complex-default=(1.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time step
increment.
TRD2OPT Input-integer-default=1. TRD2 output option.

1 Output based on TSTEP Bulk Data entry
2 Output based on every time step
the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of
the displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition
then PARTVEC must also be specified.
Remarks:
1. TRD2 is intended for design optimization.
2. NLFT and PNLD1 cannot be purged if nonlinear loads are selected in CASEXX.
3. NCOL>0 indicates a restart.
Main Index
1500 TRLG
Generates applied loads in transient analysis
TRLG Generates applied loads in transient analysis
Generates applied loads in transient analysis.
Format:
TRLG CASECC,USETD,DLT,SLT,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,TRL,DIT,
 GMD   GOD   PHDH   
  ,   ,   ,EST,MPT,MGG,  ,
     RPX   V01P 
APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
 PPT   PST   PDT   PDT1   PHT 

  ,  ,  , ,   ,TOL,DLTH,
 PPT  
YPT,YPO,TOLR/       PXT 
S,N,NOSET/S,N,PDEPDO/IMETHOD/STIME/BETA/
S,N,FAC1/S,N,FAC2/S,N,FAC3/TOUT/TABS/
STIME/S,N,NCOLT/S,N,NSOLT/DVFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:

ne-set.
o-set by d-set.
RPX Reduction matrix from p-set to h-set (modal) or d-set.
Main Index
TRLG 1501

MGG Mass or radiation matrix in g-size.
V01P Partitioning vector for sparse load reduction.
ENFLODK Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness
effects
damping effects
effects
Output Data Blocks:
PPT Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output time steps.
PST Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output time steps.
PDT1 Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time steps.
PHT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for all time steps.
PXT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for all time
steps only when RPX is input and TOUT=2.
DLTH Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis.
YPT Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set.
YPO Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set and for the
output time steps.
TOLR Updated TOL table for restarts requested by user parameter
STIME>0.0.
Parameters:
NOSET Output-integer-default=-1. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if

freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries); +1 otherwise
PDEPDO Output-integer-default=-1. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry.
0 Skip factor is >1.
-1 Skip factor is 1.
Main Index
1502 TRLG
IMETHOD Input-integer-default=0. Nonlinear transient analysis flag.

0 Linear analysis.
-1 AUTO or TSTEP method (NLTRD module).
2 ADAPT method (NLTRD2 module).
STIME Input-real-default=0.0. Accumulated time used for restarts.
BETA Input-complex-default=(.33333,0.0). Integration parameter.
FAC1 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Square of the reciprocal of the time step
increment. Imaginary part is always zero.
FAC2 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Reciprocal of twice the time step increment.
Imaginary part is always zero.
FAC3 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time step
increment. Imaginary part is always zero.
TOUT Input-integer-default=-1. Processing flag.
< Use NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry.
1
1 All time steps.
2 Same as <1 except RPX is input.
STIME Input-real-default=0.0 Starting time step if the run is a restart. Usually input by a
user parameter.
NCOLT Output-integer-default=0. Column number in output of previous run from which
the integration is to be continued.
NSOLT Output-integer-default=0. Column number in solution of previous run that
corresponds to NCOL.
DVFLAG Input-integer-default=0. Enforced motion processing flag for both the large mass
and direct methods of specification.
= Process only applied loads and excitations due to enforced accelerations
0 (default)
> Process only excitations due to enforced displacements and velocities.
0
Remarks:
1. PPT, PST, PDT, PDT1, PHT, PXT, and DLTH may be purged except in the following cases:
If TOUT<2 and PST, PDT, and PDT1 are specified then PPT must be present. Also, GMD must
be present if the m-set exists and GOD must be present if the o-set exists. If PHT is specified then
PHDH must be present.
Main Index
TRLG 1503
If TOUT=2 and PXT is specified then PPT, RPX, and V01P must be present. GMD, GOD, PST,
PDT, and PDT1 may be purged.
2. MGG and MPT may be purged if there are no GRAV or RFORCE and PLOAD1 records in SLT,
respectively or SLT is purged.
3. DLTH and SLT may be purged.
4. If LSEQ entries exist, then SLT should be purged in order to avoid doubling of the LSEQ loads.
Main Index
1504 TRNSP
Matrix transpose
TRNSP Matrix transpose
T
Computes  X  =  A  .
Format:
TRNSP A/X $
Input Data Block:
A Matrix  A  .
Output Data Block:
X Matrix transpose of  A  .
Remarks:
1. Transposition of matrices for matrix multiplications can also be requested with the transpose
option in MPYAD and SMPYAD.
2. If  A  is purged,  X  will be purged.
Main Index
TYPE 1505
Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.
TYPE Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.
The TYPE DMAP statement performs three different functions, depending on its format:
1. Identifies NDDL data blocks.
2. Specifies the type and authorization of NDDL parameters, qualifiers, and location parameters.
3. Specifies the type and authorization of local parameters.
The TYPE statement is a nonexecutable statement, but must appear before any NDDL data block,
parameter, qualifier, or location parameter; or any local parameter that relies on the TYPE statement to
identify its type and authorization.
The TYPE statement has the following formats:
Formats:
1. Data blocks:
7<3( '% GEOLVW
2. NDDL parameters, qualifiers and location parameters:
7<3( 3$50 1''/ SW\SH N SUPOLVW

3. Local parameters:
Y
7<3( 3$50 SW\SH N SUPOLVW >GHIDXOW@

Y
Main Index
1506 TYPE
Describers:
dblist A list of NDDL data blocks. Each data block must be separated by a
comma or a space.
ptype Parameter type. Possible parameter types are as follows:
Description ptype
integer I
real single precision RS
real double precision RD
complex single precision CS
complex double precision CD
character CHARi, where i = 1-80
logical LOGICAL
N, Y Parameter authorization. Y allows user input of the parameter value via

the PARAM Bulk Data entry or Case Control command. N disallows
PARAM input. If neither N nor Y is specified, then authorization or
user override of the parameters contained in the prmlist are determined
at DMAP compilation time by the parameter’s first appearance in a
DMAP Module.
prmlist A list of parameters. Each parameter must be separated by a comma or
a space.
default In Format 3 only, parameters may be assigned a default value. This
value overrides the MPL default value if any. Character values must be
enclosed in single quotation marks.
NDDL Keyword that identifies parameters or qualifiers defined in the NDDL.
Remarks:
1. Within any subDMAP, parameters are typed at first occurrence in either a TYPE statement or a
DMAP module. Parameters occurring in Assignment(=) statements must be defined in a previous
DMAP module or TYPE statement.
2. A TYPE statement is required for a parameter if it appears first in one of the following
instructions:
Main Index
TYPE 1507
CALL
MESSAGE
Assignment
Conditional (IF and DO WHILE)
DBVlEW module (WHERE clause if its not a qualifier)
3. Default values for NDDL parameters and qualifiers are specified on the PARAM and QUAL
NDDL statements and, if specified on the TYPE statement, result in a warning message.
4. With the exception of parameters declared as QUALifiers through the QUAL NDDL statement,
all NDDL parameters are stored immediately in the database on completion of a DMAP
assignment statement or the module S option.
5. As described under CALL DMAP statement, the (S,) option to save control and QUALifier
parameters is necessary to facilitate parallel and recursive processing.
6. Only the ptype is used on the TYPE PARM for parameters passed through a subDMAP argument
list. Also, default values are ignored.
7. It is recommended that all TYPE statements in a SUBDMAP appear immediately after the
SUBDMAP statement.
8. If NDDL data blocks passed through a SUBDMAP argument list are referenced on a TYPE DB
statement, then a fatal error will occur.
9. If data blocks not defined in the NDDL appear in a TYPE DB statement, then a fatal error will
occur.
10. If the parameter type and authorization specified on a TYPE statement do not match those
specified in a DMAP module, then a fatal error will occur.
11. If the parameter type specified on a TYPE statement does not match the type required by a DMAP
module, then a fatal error will occur.
12. Character parameters which appear on TYPE statements and also module instructions must be
defined with ptype CHAR8. For example:
TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,MAJOR,SETJ,COMP='COMP' $
MAJOR='G' $
SETJ='A' $
VEC USET/VGACOMP1/MAJOR/SETJ/COMP $
Use of other lengths, such as CHAR4, results in fatal termination.
Examples:
The following TYPE PARM statements show how parameters are typed in a subDMAP. Note the use of
comments.
$
$ QUALS
TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,MODEL,SOLlD,SElD,BASE $
$ IFP PARAMETERS
TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,ERROR,NOTRED,ASING,MODACC,FIXEDB,
BAILOUT $
TYPE PARM,NDDL,RS,,MAXRATIO $
Main Index
1508 TYPE
$ LOCAL PARAMETERS PASSED IN OR OUT

TYPE PARM,,I,,GO,NOSSET,NOOSET,UNSYM=6,NORC,NOQSET,
DONOGO,LOOPERR,NOTSET,ERRNO,RESlD,ACON,NOASM,
NORSET,NOLSET $
$ LOCAL PARAMETERS TO THIS SUB DMAP
TYPE PARM,,I, ,NOKFF,QNOTNULL,NOKQQl $
TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,APP,F=’F’ $
$
A typical TYPE DB statement is as follows:
TYPE DB A,B,C,D,
U,V,W,X,Y,Z $
Main Index
UEIGL 1509
Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems
UEIGL Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric

eigenvalue problems
Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems.
Format:
UEIGL KXX,QXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,SVEC,BP,APL,APU/
PHX,ULAMA,PHXL,XORTH,LAMMAT,CLAMMAT,LAMA/
S,N,NEIGV/SID/F1/F2/ND/EPS $
Input Data Blocks:
KXX Stiffness matrix in any set.

QXX Aerodynamic matrix in any set for the linear unsymmetric
eigensolution.
MXX Mass matrix in any set for the quadratic unsymmetric eigensolution.
SVEC Starting "random" eigenvector matrix.
BP Null space B matrix.
APL Lower triangular factor of null space A matrix.
APU Upper triangular factor of null space A matrix.‘
Output Data Blocks:
PHX Right eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only.

ULAMA Unsymmetric eigenvalue summary table.
PHXL Left eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only.
XORTH Cross-orthogonality matrix.
LAMMAT Diagonal matrix with real eigenvalues on the diagonal.
Main Index
1510 UEIGL
Parameters:
NEIGV Output-integer-no default. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -

1 if none were found.
If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the

UMETHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGUL
Bulk Data entry in DYNAMIC.
If SID>0, then UMETHOD command is ignored and the EIGUL entry

is selected by this parameter's value. All subsequent parameter values
(F1, F2, etc.) are ignored.
If SID<0, then both the UMETHOD command and all EIGUL entries
are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (F1, F2, etc.) will be
F1 Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency/eigenvalue bound.
F2 Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency/eigenvalue bound. The
ND Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues.
EPS Input-real-default=0.0. Convergence criterion. By default EPS will be
set to N/10000 where N is the size of KXX, etc.
Remarks:
1. In certain MSC Nastran applications the eigenvalue problem presented contains real,
unsymmetric matrices. One such application, the direct structural acoustic problem is formulated
as:
2
 K aa +  M aa  = 0
where the stiffness and mass matrices are both real unsymmetric, containing coupled blocks of
structural and fluid matrices. Another case of unsymmetric but real eigenvalue problem is given
in the aeroelastic divergence solution posed as:
 K ll + Q ll  = 0
where Kll is the structural stiffness matrix, real, symmetric positive definite, however, the Q ll
divergence matrix is real, unsymmetric.
2. The left-handed solutions of the two problems presented before are:
T 2
  K aa +  M aa  = 0
for acoustics and
Main Index
UEIGL 1511
T
  K ll + Q ll  = 0
for aeroelastic divergence.
Based on the physical principals of above problems, the eigenvectors are real and the eigenvalues
are either real (aeroelastic divergence) or pure imaginary (acoustics).
3. QXX is required if MXX is purged and vice versa.
4. XORTH, CLAMMAT, SVEC, BP, APL and, APU may be purged.
Main Index
1512 UGVADD
Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition would yield erroneous results
UGVADD Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition would

yield erroneous results
Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition based on small angle theory would yield erroneous
results. For old geometric nonlinear analysis only.
Format:
UGVADD UGNI,DUGNI,SIL/
UGNT $
Input Data Blocks:

steps.
Output Data Block:
UGNT Total displacement matrix in the g-set.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. SIL may not be purged.
2. If either UGNI or DUGNI is null, the addition will be done directly.
3. UGVADD is used only in SOL 4.
Main Index
UMERGE 1513
Merges two matrices based on USET
UMERGE Merges two matrices based on USET
Merge two matrices with the same number of columns and with the rows based on degrees-of-freedom
sets defined in the USET table into a single matrix.
A11   A 
A21
Format:
UMERGE USET,A11,A21/A/MAJOR/SET1/SET2 $
Input Data Blocks:
USET USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from
DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics).
Aij Matrix partitions.
Output Data Block:
A Assembled matrix.
Parameters:
MAJOR Character-input-no default. Major degree-of-freedom set name. See

Remarks.
SETi Character-input-default='COMP'. Subset degree-of-freedom names.
See Remarks.
Main Index
1514 UMERGE
Remarks:
1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions.
sets supersets
mp
m
mr
sb
sg s
o
g
q p
ne
r n
c a d f
t fe
b l
lm
e
k
ks
sa
js
j
2. SET1 or SET2, but not both, may be set to 'COMP' (or blank) which means that one set is the
complement of the other. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='COMP' (or blank)
then SET2 is assumed to be those degrees-of-freedom in the g-set that are not in the a-set.
3. If SET1 and SET2 are unique subsets of MAJOR but their union does not comprise all of the
degrees-of-freedom in the MAJOR set, then the SET2 partition is assumed to be SET2='COMP'.
For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='S' then SET2 is assumed to be 'COMP' (See
Remark 2) and not just the s-set.
4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set names separated by
a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character indicates a union and the minus (-)
character an exclusion. For example, 'a-b+m' indicates the a-set without the b-set and then this
resultant set is then unioned with the m-set.
5. USET and A may not be purged.
6. A11 or A21 may be purged, in which case, they are assumed to be null.
Examples:
To merge four matrices into a single matrix based on degrees-of-freedom sets.
1. Append PHO to PHA.

a. UMERGE USET,PHA,PHO/PHF/'F'/'A' $
b. UMERGE USET,PHO,PHA/PHF/'F'//'O' $
Main Index
UMERGE 1515
2. Expand PHA to g-set size.

a. UMERGE USET,PHA,/PHG/'G'/'A' $
b. UMERGE USET,,PHA/PHG/'G'//'A' $
3. Expand PHRC with rows corresponding to the r and c-set to the union of the t, o, and m-sets.
a. UMERGE USET,PHRC,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C' $
Main Index
1516 UMERGE1
Merges up to four matrices based on USET
UMERGE1 Merges up to four matrices based on USET
Format:
UMERGE1 USET,A11,A21,A12,A22/A/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
Aij Matrix partitions with rows and columns that correspond to degrees-
of-freedom in the USET table.
Output Data Block:
A Assembled matrix.
Parameters:

Remarks.
See Remarks.
IOPT Integer-input-default = 0. IOPT chooses between square and
rectangular.
IOPT = 0 IOPT = 1 IOPT = 2

A11 A12   AA11
  A A11 A12   A 
A21 A22 A21
Main Index
UMERGE1 1517
Remarks:
1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:
sets supersets
mp
m
mr
sb
sg s
o
g
q p
ne
r n
c a d f
t fe
b l
lm
e
k
ks
sa
js
j
5. USET and A may not be purged.
6. If an input matrix is purged, then it is assumed to be null.
Examples:
1. Merge submatrices of KFF.

a. UMERGE1 USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'/'A' $
b. UMERGE1 USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'//'O' $
c. UMERGE1 USET,KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/KFF/'F'/'O' $
Main Index
1518 UMERGE1
2. Expand PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, to PHTOM, with rows
corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets.
a. UMERGE1 USET,PHRC,,,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $
Main Index
UPARTN 1519
Partitions a matrix based on USET
UPARTN Partitions a matrix based on USET
Partition matrix based on degrees of freedom defined in the USET table.
Format:
UPARTN USET,A/A11,A21,A12,A22/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $
Input Data Blocks:
A Any matrix with rows or columns that correspond to
degrees-of-freedom in the USET table.
Output Data Blocks:
Aij Matrix partitions
Parameters:

Remarks.
See Remarks.
IOPT Integer-input-default = 0. IOPT chooses between a symmetric partition
and a vector partition. A vector partition is performed if IOPT = 1 or 2.
IOPT = 0 IOPT = 1 IOPT = 2

 A   A11 A12
 A   A11  A   A11 A12
A21 A22 A21
Main Index
1520 UPARTN
Remarks:
sets supersets
mp
m
mr
sb
sg s
o
g
q p
ne
r n
c a d f
t fe
b l
lm
e
k
ks
sa
js
j
5. USET may not be purged.
6. A may be purged, in which case UPARTN will simply return, causing the output matrices to be
purged.
7. Any or all output data block(s) may be purged.
Examples:
1. Partition KFF into its submatrices.

a. UPARTN USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'/'A' $
b. UPARTN USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'//'O' $
c. UPARTN USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $
Main Index
UPARTN 1521
2. Extract PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, from PHTOM, with
rows corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets.
a. UPARTNUSET,PHTOM/PHRC,,/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $
3. Partition [KGG] into the q-set and its complement, columns only:
 K gg   K gq K gcomp
a. UPARTN USET,KGG/KGQ,,KGCOMP,/’G’/’Q’//2 $
Main Index
1522 UREDUC
Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set
UREDUC Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d-

and/or h-set
Reduces rectangular matrices of displacements or loads from the p-set (or g-set) to the d- and/or h-set.
Format:
 XP   USETD   GMD   GOD   PHDH 

    ,  ,   
 XG   USET   GM   GOA   PHA 
UREDUC XD,XH,XS $
Input Data Blocks:
XP Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set

XG Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the g-set
ne-set.
o-set by d-set.
Output Data Blocks:
XD Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set.

XH Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the h-set (modal).
XS Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the s-set.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. If PHDH is purged PH will not be output.
Main Index
UREDUC 1523
Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set
2. GM (or GMD) and GOA (or GOD) may not be purged unless their m-set and
o-set degrees-of-freedom do not exist.
3. The method of reduction is equivalent to a combination of the DMAP modules UPARTN,
UMERGE1, MPYAD, and MCE2.
Main Index
1524 VDR
Creates tables based on solution set output requests
VDR Creates tables based on solution set output requests
Creates tables based on solution set output requests for displacements, velocities, accelerations, and
nonlinear loads.
Format:
 EQDYN   USETD 
&$6(&&,     8;< 2/ ;<&'% 31/ 02
'6(/7  EQEXIN   USET 
VDR
OUXY1,OPNL1/
APP/SOLTYP/S,N,NOSORT2S/S,N,NOSOUT/S,N,NOSDR2/
FMODE/S,N,NOSORT2 $
Input Data Blocks:

UXY Solution matrix from dynamic analysis (transient, frequency, normal
or complex modes) in the d- or h-set.
parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If FLUID=TRUE, then
MODSELT is based on the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control
command and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and
HFREQFL.
Main Index
VDR 1525
Creates tables based on solution set output requests
Output Data Blocks:
OUXY1 Table of displacements in SORT1 format for h-set or d-set.

OPNL1 Table of nonlinear loads in SORT1 format for the h-set or d-set.
Parameters:

'MODAL' Modal.
'DIRECT' Direct.
NOSORT2S Output-integer-no default. Solution set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2
format or x-y plotting is requested for the solution set; -1 otherwise.
NOSOUT Output-integer-default=0. Solution set (d- or h-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any
solution set output is requested; -1 otherwise.
NOSDR2 Output-integer-no default. Physical set (g-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any
physical set output is requested in CASECC or XYCDB; -1 otherwise.
FMODE Input-integer-no default. The lowest mode number resulting from LMODES or
LFREQ and HFREQ.
NOSORT2 Output-integer-default=0. Physical set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2
format is requested or XYCDB is present; -1 otherwise.
Remarks:
1. PP may be purged only if UDV is purged.
2. PNL, XYCDB, OUXY1, and OPNL1 may be purged.
Main Index
1526 VEC
Creates partitioning vector based on USET
VEC Creates partitioning vector based on USET
To create a partitioning vector based on degree-of-freedom sets. The vector may be used by the MERGE
and PARTN modules.
Format:
VEC USET/CP/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/UNUSED4/SET3 $
Input Data Block:
Output Data Block:
CP Partitioning vector.
Parameters:

Remarks.
See Remarks.
UNUSED4 Integer-input-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.
SET3 Character-input-default=' '.
Main Index
VEC 1527
Remarks:
sets supersets
mp
m
mr
sb
sg s
o
g
q p
ne
r n
c a d f
t fe
b l
lm
e
k
ks
sa
js
j
2. If MAJOR = 'BITID', then SET1 and SET2 are ignored and the set name specified for SET3
corresponds to the zeros in CP and MAJOR corresponds to G or P for USET and USETD,
respectively. Those degrees-of-freedom not in SET3 correspond to ones in CP.
3. If SET1 (or SET2, but not both) is set to 'COMP' (or left blank) then SET1 (or SET2) is assumed
to be the complement of SET2 (or SET1).
5. USET may not be purged.
Examples:
1. To partition  K ff  into a- and o-set based matrices, use
VEC USET/V/'F'/'O' $
PARTN KFF,V,/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA $
Note that the same thing can be done in one step by
UPARTN USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $
2. Example 1 could be accomplished by
VEC USET/V/'F'/'O' $
or
VEC USET/V/'F'/'A' $
3. Example 1 could also be accomplished by
Main Index
1528 VEC
VEC USET/V/'BITID'////'A' $
Main Index
VECPLOT 1529
Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices
VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices
Performs utility functions on g-set size matrices, including computation of resultants, transformation
from one coordinate system to another, and generation of rigid body matrices.
Format:
 LAMA 
VECPLOT XG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,CASECC,   ,
 USET 
MEDGE,X66P,VGQ,RBF/
XOUT,RESMAX,HEADCNTL,X66/
S,N,GRDPNT/COORID/IOPT/TITLE1/TITLE2/TITLE3/
ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/SEID/SETNAM/RBFAIL $
Format for IOPT=11:
VECPLOT PGRES,BGPDT,,,CASECC,,,QGRES,QMGRES/
XOUT,,,,/GRDPNT//11 $
Input Data Blocks:
XG Any matrix with rows corresponding to the g-set or p-set in the global
coordinate system. An example is a displacement or load matrix.
X66P Previous output of X66, usually at g-set. Used by IOPT=9, when
setnam<>'g', as a baseline to compare against the non-g-set results in
X66.
VGQ Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at rows corresponding to
degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
RBF Rigid body force matrix.
PGRES Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when PG
is input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.
Main Index
1530 VECPLOT
QGRES Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when QG

is input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.
QMGRES Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when
QMG is input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.
Output Data Block:
XOUT Output matrix or table as described in Remark 1.

RESMAX Resultant or maxima matrix that is printed out with IOPT=1 or 5.
HEADCNTL List of integer codes for header print control in the DISUTIL module
under IOPT=1 or 5.
X66 Triple-product of XG with rigid body modes for IOPT=9 or 10.
Parameters:
GRDPNT Input/output-integer-default=0. Identification number of the grid point

about which resultant moments will be computed. If GRDPNT = 0 or
the grid point does not exist, then the origin of the basic coordinate
system will be used and GRDPNT=-1 will be output from the module.
COORID Input-integer-default=-1. Identification number of the coordinate
system into which XG will be transformed. The default (-1 or 0)
indicates the basic coordinate system. Used only with IOPT = 1 and 5.
IOPT Input-integer-default=-1. Output option. See Remark 1.
IOPT=9 is intended for processing of the WEIGHTCHECK Case
Control command. Similar to IOPT=7 except:
XG is a mass matrix:
1) Allows other sets.
2) Compares X66 (for non-g-set) with X66p.
IOPT=10 is intended for processing of the GROUNDCHECK Case
Control command. Similar to IOPT=7 except:
XG is a stiffness matrix:
1) Allows other sets.
2) Prints UIM indicating strain energy in each rigid body direction.
TITLEi Input-character. Title which appears above the printed output. See
Remark 1.
TITLE1 default = 'VECTOR'

TITLE2 default = 'RESULTAN'
TITLE3 default = 'T'
Main Index
VECPLOT 1531
ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Set of displacement functions in p-element

analysis. See Parameters (p. 691) in the MSC Nastran Quick
Reference Guide.
WTMASS Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. Used
only in IOPT=7. See Parameters (p. 691) in the MSC Nastran Quick
Reference Guide.
SETNAM Input-character-default='g'. Degree-of-freedom set name used by
IOPT=9 and 10.
RBFAIL Output-logical-default='false'. Set to TRUE if grounding check does
not pass strain energy threshold used by IOPT=10.
Remarks:
1. The table below describes the contents of XOUT and the printed output for each IOPT.
IOPT Contents of XOUT Printed Output

Displacement vector file suitable for input to the None.
<0
PLOT module.
XG converted to the coordinate system specified by Resultants of the input
1 COORID. vectors about GRDPNT in
the basic coordinate system.
Same as IOPT=1 and for each grid point, Same as IOPT = 1.
u' x = u' y = ' x = ' y = ' z = 0 and

2
u' z = u x + u y + u z +  x +  y +  z ,
where u i and  i are the translations and rotations of
XG.
XG is converted to the basic coordinate system. None.
Then the coordinate locations (x, y, z) in BGPDT
converted to a matrix and translated by XG:
x' = u x + x
3 y' = u y + y
z' = u z + z
where u x , u y , u z are the translations of XG in the
basic coordinate system. BGPDT contains the
location of each grid point in the basic coordinate
system. COORID is ignored.
Main Index
1532 VECPLOT

A six rows by g-column rigid body matrix where None.
each row represents the motion, in the global
coordinate system, of all grid points due to the unit
motion of the grid point listed on
PARAM,GRDPNT. Grid point GRDPNT is given a
4
unit translation or rotation in each direction of the
basic coordinate system. XOUT represents the rigid
body modes of the structure with no mechanisms.
The motion is output in the global coordinate
system. XG and COORID are ignored.
5 Same as IOPT=1.
A g-row by 6-column rigid body matrix where each None.
column represents the motion of all grid points due
6 to a unit motion of an r-set degrees of freedom (see
SUPORTi Bulk Data entries).
T –1
 XOUT  =  XOUT4   DRR 
where [XOUT4] is the rigid body matrix generated
under PLOTFORM = 4, and  DRR  is the
partition of  XOUT4  corresponding to the six
r-set degrees of freedom defined in the USET table.
There must be six and only six r-set degrees of
freedom which completely describe the six rigid
body modes. The r-set degrees of freedom may be
defined on more than one grid point. If the r-set
degrees of freedom belong to a single grid point,
then the result is the same as IOPT=4, except that the
unit motions of the grid point listed on PARAM,
GRDPNT are in its global, rather than basic
coordinate system.
Grid point weight generator summary table suitable None.
7 for printing by the OFP module. Same as GPWG
module.
Same as IOPT=1. Same as IOPT=1 except
output includes
8
contributions from each
direction.
9 Same as IOPT=7. None.
Main Index
VECPLOT 1533

Same as IOPT=7. User Information Message
7570, which shows
10
grounding check strain
energies and pass/fail report.
A table suitable for processing by OFP. The table None.
consists of a single line for each type of force
resultants (OLOADs, SPCForces, and MPCForces)
11 present as well as a line that represents the total sum
of the force resultants. The results are summed about
the grid point specified in the EQUILIBRIUIM Case
Control command if specified.
2. If displacement coordinate systems exist, or COORID = 0, then CSTM may not be purged and
SCSTM may not be purged if partitioned superelements are present.
3. CASECC and LAMA may be purged.
4. BGPDT and XOUT may not be purged.
5. XG may be purged if IOPT=3, 4, or 6.
6. MEDGE may be purged if p-elements are not present.
7. USET may be purged except for IOPT=6, 9, and 10.
8. IOPT=11 processes, but does not require, the EQUILIBRIUM Case Control command and
requires the previous executions of VECPLOT to compute resultants of PG, QG, and QMG with
IOPT=1 or 8. It is assumed that the resultants, PGRES, QGRES, and QMGRES were computed
with the same value of GRDPNT.
Examples:
1. Convert a displacement vector in a global coordinate system that is cylindrical to the basic system,
and print it.
VECPLOT UG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/UGBASIC/0/0/1 $
MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,UGBASIC//’H’/’G’ $
2. Given a free-free model with no mechanisms, compute its rigid body modes in the global and
basic coordinate systems.
VECPLOT ,,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/RBGLOBAL///4 $
TRNSP RBGLOBAL/RBT $
VECPLOT RBT,BGPDT,,CSTM,,,,/RBBASIC///1 $
3. Convert a load matrix to the basic coordinate system, and print out the maximum load at any grid
point for each load vector.
VECPLOT PG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/PGBASIC//0/5 $
MATPRN PG,PGBASIC//$
Main Index
1534 VIEW
Computes heat transfer radiation view factors
VIEW Computes heat transfer radiation view factors
Computes heat transfer radiation view factors.
Format:
VIEW EST,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EPT,EDT,MATPOOL/
MPOOL $
Input Data Blocks:

EDT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation.
Required only for differential stiffness generation.
Output Data Block:
MPOOL Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry images.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
VIEWP 1535
Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery
VIEWP Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data

recovery
Generates geometry tables for the view mesh in p-element data recovery.
Format:
VIEWP GEOM1,GEOM2,EST,CASECC,OINT,EDT,EPT,
PELSET,BGPDT,EQEXIN,CSTM,PVAL0/
ELEMVOL,GEOM1VU,GEOM2VU,VIEWTB/
S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/
VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/
S,N,VUEXIST $
Input Data Blocks:

scalar points.
OINT p-element output control table.
iterative solver.
PVAL0 p-value table generated by the ADAPT module in a previous run or
superelement.
Main Index
1536 VIEWP
Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery
Output Data Blocks:
ELEMVOL Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value
dependencies of each p-element grid, edge, face and body.
GEOM1VU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry with view-grids
added.
GEOM2VU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points p-elements removed and view-elements added.
Parameters:
VUGNEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next

view-grid.
VUENEXT Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next
view-element.
VUGJUMP Input-integer-default=100. Delta between view-grid identification
numbers.
VUELJUMP Input-integer-default=100. Delta between view-element identification
numbers.
VUHEXA Input-character-default='VUHEXA'. Name for VUHEXA element.
VUPENTA Input-character-default='VUPENTA'. Name for VUPENTA element.
VUTETRA Input-character-default='VUTETRA'. Name for VUTETRA element.
VUQUAD4 Input-character-default='VUQUAD4'. Name for VUQUAD4 element.
VUTRIA3 Input-character-default='VUTRIA3'. Name for VUTRIA3 element.
VUBEAM Input-character-default='VUBEAM'. Name for VUBEAM element.
VUEXIST Output-logical-default=FALSE. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if
view-elements exist.
Main Index
WEIGHT 1537
Calculates model's volume and/or weight
WEIGHT Calculates model's volume and/or weight
Calculates the model's volume and/or weight.
Format:
WEIGHT VELEM,EST,MPT,DIT,OPTPRM,OGPWG,DESTAB,XINIT/
WMID,WGTM/
WGTVOL/S,N,VOLS/S,N,FRMS/SEID/DOFRMASS $
Input Data Blocks:

OGPWG Grid point weight generator table in weight units.
Output Data Blocks:

WGTM Table of the 6x6 rigid body mass matrix.
Parameters:
WGTVOL Input-integer-default=0. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any

retained response.
1 Weight only.
2 Volume only.
3 Weight And volume.
VOLS Output-real-default=0.0. Total volume of analysis model.
FRMASS Output-real-default=0.0. Fractional mass of designed structure.
Main Index
1538 WEIGHT
Calculates model's volume and/or weight

DOFRMASS Input-integer-default=0. Fractional mass flag.
Main Index
XSORT 1539
Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section
XSORT Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section
Reads and sorts the Bulk Data Section.
Format:
XSORT FORCE,BULKOLD/
BULK,UBULK/
S,N,NOGOXSRT/S,N,QUALNAM/S,N,NEXTID/S,N,LASTBU
LK/
S,N,EQVBLK $
Input Data Blocks:
FORCE Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands.

BULKOLD Bulk table from a prior run, to be merged into BULK.
Output Data Block:

Parameter:
NOGOXSRT Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE an error is detected in

the Bulk Data.
QUALNAM Output-character-default=' '. Keyword which appears on the
BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data Section; usually
SUPER or AUXMODEL.
NEXTID Input/output-integer-default=0. Identification number which appears
on the BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data Section; usually
indicates superelement or auxiliary model identification number.
Main Index
1540 XSORT
Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section
LASTBULK Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag to indicate the current Bulk Data

Section is the last section in the input file.
EQVBLK Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Copy/equivalence flag of
BULKOLD to BULK. If on input EQVBLK=FALSE, and no new
Bulk Data then copy BULKOLD to BULK. If on input and output
EQVBLK=TRUE and no new Bulk Data, then BULKOLD must be be
equivalenced to BULK in a subsequent EQUIVX statement. If there
are any new Bulk Data then EQVBLK will be set to FALSE on output.
Remarks:
1. XSORT does not stop on error detection; therefore, the following statement should appear after
the module:
IF (NOGOXSRT) EXIT $
2. If BULKOLD is purged or empty, then the current Bulk Data is sorted and copied into BULK.
3. XSORT must be specified after the IFP1 module.
Examples:
1. Read the Bulk Data Section in a cold start.
XSORT ,,/IBULK/S,N,NOGOXSRT $
2. Read multiple Bulk Data Sections in a loop and cold start. Each Bulk Data Section is prefaced
with BEGIN SUPER=SEID and qualified by SEID.
DO WHILE ( NOT LASTBULK ) $
XSORT ,,/IBULK/
S,N,NOGOXSRT//S,N,NEXTID/S,N,LASTBULK $
SEID=NEXTID $
ENDDO $
Main Index
XYPLOT 1541
Writes plot information to plot file (.plt)
XYPLOT Writes plot information to plot file (.plt)
Writes plot information to the plot file (.plt).
Format:
XYPLOT XYPLOT// $
Input Data Blocks:
XYPLOT Table of x-y plot control values.
Output Data Block:

None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1542 XYTRAN
Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots
XYTRAN Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots
Creates a table of plot instructions for x-y plots.
Format for SDR2 Outputs:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OPG2,OQG2,OUG2,OES2,OEF2,OSTR2,OQMG2,
OVG2,OAG2,OESC2,OSTC2,OEFC2,OSRC2/
XYPLOT/
APP/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/
S,N,TABID/DVAFLAG $
Format for RPSEC Output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OXRESP,,,,,,,,/
XYPOLT/
‘RSPEC’/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
Format for MODEPOUT Outputs:
 OFMPF2M   OSMPF2M   OPMPF2M 

XYTRAN XYCDB,  OFMPF2E  ,  OSMPF2E  ,  OPMPF2E 
     
 OLMPF2M  ,  OGPMF2M  ,,,,/XYPLOT/
 OLMPF2E   OGPMPF2E 
   
‘MODE’ 
‘RESP’  /’PSET’/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/
 
S,N,NOXYPLOT/S,N,TABID $
Format for VDR Outputs:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OUXY2,OPNL2,,,,,,,/
XYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
Main Index
XYTRAN 1543
Format for RANDOM Outputs:
XYTRAN XYCDB,PSDF,AUTO,,,,,,,/
XYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
Input Data Blocks:

PSDF Power spectral density table.
AUTO Autocorrelation function table.
OVG Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves.
OXRESP Table of response spectra in SORT2 format.
OESC2 Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format.
OSTC2 Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format.
OEFC2 Table of failure indices in SORT2 format.
OSRC2 Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format.
OUXY2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for h-set or d-set.
OFMPF2M Table of fluid mode participation factors by normal mode.
OFMPF2E Table of fluid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OSMPF2M Table of structure mode participation factors by normal mode.
OSMPF2E Table of structure mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OPMPF2M Table of panel mode participation factors by normal mode.
OPMPF2E Table of panel mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OLMPF2M Table of load mode participation factors by normal mode.
OLMPF2E Table of load mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
OGMPF2M Table of grid mode participation factors by normal mode.
OGMPF2E Table of grid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.
Output Data Block:
XYPLOT Table of x-y plot control values.
Main Index
1544 XYTRAN
Parameters:
APP Input-character-default='TRANRESP'. Analysis type. Allowable values are:

'VG' Aeroelastic V-g or V-f data.
'CONTACT' Slideline contact.
'RAND' or Process all random results excluding acoustic modal ‘RANDOM’
‘RANDOM’ participation factor outputs from MODEPOUT.
‘RANDSDVA’ Process only VDR module outputs which are requested with the
SDISP, SVELO , SACCEL Case Control commands.
‘RANDOMS’ Process all random results except VDR outputs.
‘RANDMPF’ Process only MODEPOUT outputs.
'SET1' Abscissa points are specified on SET1Bulk Data entries
'RSPEC' Response spectra.
XYSET Input-character-default='SOL'. Degree-of-freedom set type.
'SOL' Solution set (d-set or h-set).
'DSET' d-set.
'HSET' h-set.
'PSET' p-set.
UNUSED Unused.
NOXYPLOT Output-integer-default=1. Set to 1 if XYPLOT is created; -1 otherwise.
TABID Input/output-integer-default=0. TABLED1 punch flag. If IDTAB is greater than
zero, all requests for XYPUNCH will produce TABLED1 Bulk Data entries for the
curve. The table identification number will start at TABID and increase by one for
each table punched.
DVAFLAG Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations are contained

in separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow suit.
-1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG2
1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG2 and OAG2
Main Index
XYTRAN 1545
Remarks:
1. OFPi2 may be element stresses, displacements, element forces, single-point forces of constraint,
applied loads, slideline contact stresses, nonlinear loads in p-set,
h-set, or d-set.
2. OFPi2 may be specified in any order.
3. If APP='RAND' then PSDF and AUTO must be specified.
4. If APP='RSPEC' then OXRESP must be specified.
5. If APP='VG' then OVG must be specified.
Examples:
1. Modal frequency response solution set (h-set) output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OUDVC2,,,,/XYPLTFA/'FREQ'/'HSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $
2. Direct transient response physical set (p-set) output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OPP2,OQP2,OUPV2,OES2,OEF2/XYPLTT/'TRAN'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $
3. Random response output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,PSDF,AUTO,,,/XYPLTR/'RAND'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLTR $
4. Response spectra output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OXRESP,,,,/XYPLTSS/'RSPEC'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP/S,N,TABID $
5. Aerodynamic V-g curve output:
XYTRAN XYCDB,OVG,,,,/XYPLTCE/'VG'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $
6. Grid point output; i.e., grid points on the abscissa:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,OEF2X/XYPLTT/'SET1'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $
7. Slideline contact output:
XYTRAN XYCDBS,OESNLBP2,,,,/XYPLTB1/'CONT'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYP $
Main Index
Glossary
Glossary

Data Block Glossary

Parameter Glossary
Main Index
Glossary 1547
Data Block Glossary
Data Block Glossary

The Data Block Glossary lists the names and a brief description of all data blocks shown in the module
descriptions in Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 589. If the data block is
described in Data Block Descriptions, 66, then the generic name is also shown. Naming conventions
appear at the end of the glossary.
Chapter 4 Chapter 2
Name Name Description
A Square matrix to be decomposed by DCMP, DECOMP, SOLVE, and
SOLVIT. Rectangular matrix to be processed by the DIAGONAL
and SCALAR modules. Rectangular matrix formed from partitions.
Output by MERGE, UMERGE, and UMERGE1. Rectangular
matrix to be used in MPYAD and SMPYAD module product.
Rectangular matrix to be used in NORM module.
AA Acceleration matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement
(identification number equal to output value of SEID). Output by
SEDR.
AAP Sparse partial reduced matrix in update matrix format when
KSYM=3. Output by DCMP.
ABESF* Family of a-set size panel area matrices.
ACPT Aerodynamic connection and property table. Output by APD.
ADBINDX Table of the aerodynamic database contents. (one entry for each of
the NV instances created). Output by ADG.
ADELUF Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for frequency response.
ADELUS Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for static analysis.
ADELX Matrix of adjoint sensitivities. Output by DSADJ.
ADJG Adjoint sensitivity displacement matrix in the g-set or
p-set.
ADJGT Transposed adjoint solution matrix specified on first pass through
DSADJ. Output by DSADJ.
ADJGT0 ADJGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second
pass through DSADJ.
ADRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set. Output by DOPR3.
ADRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes. Output by DOPR3.
AEBGPDT* BGPDT Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables. Output by
APD.
AEBGPDTI Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set
interference degrees-of-freedom.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 4 Chapter 2
AEBGPDTI* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the interference js-set
aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom.
AEBGPDTJ Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set degrees-
of-freedom.
AEBGPDTJ* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the js-set
AEBGPDTK Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ks-set degrees-
of-freedom.
AEBGPDTK* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the ks-set
AEBOX Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by APD as
BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AECMPOLD Previously generated AECOMP.
AECOMP Aerodynamic component definition table. Output by APD.
AECSTMHG Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices
that only contains the hinge moment referenced coordinates systems
if not null. Output by MKCNTRL.
AECTRL Table of aerodynamic model's control definition. Output by ADG.
AEDBIDX Index table consisting of the triples. Output by MAKAEFS.
AEDW Matrix of downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries
referenced by the AEDW entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEDWIDX Index to the AEDW tables. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEECT* GEOM2 Family of aerodynamic element connection tables. Output by APD.
AEFIDX Index to the AEFORCE tables. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEFRC Matrix of force vectors contained on DMIK Bulk data entries
referenced by the AEFORCE entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEGRID BGPDT Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output
by APD as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AEIDW Matrix of interference downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk
Data entries referenced by the AEDW entries. Output by
MAKAEFA.
AEIPRE Matrix of interference pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data
entries referenced by the AEPRESS entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEMONOLD Table of HM monitor points.
Main Index
Glossary 1549
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 4 Chapter 2
AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table. Output by MAKAEMON and
MAKMON.
AEPRE Matrix of pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries
referenced by the AEPRESS entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
AEPRSIDX Index to the AEPRESS tables. Output by MAKAEFA.
AERO Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis. Output by
APD.
AEROCOMP Table of aerodynamic components when MESH='AERO'. Output by
MAKCOMP.
AEUSET* USET Family of aerodynamic USET tables. Output by APD.
AG Acceleration matrix in g-set.
AGD Acceleration matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
AGG Fluid/structure coupling matrix at all points or for a structural panel.
Output by GP5.
AGX Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the
central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration. Output by
SSG1.
AH Signed global modally reduced area matrix
Aij Matrix partitions. Output by PARTN and UPARTN.
AJJT Aerodynamic influence matrix. Output by AMG.
AM2 Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements multiplied by the
negative of the time step delta
AM3 Combined mass and damping matrix multiplied the square of the
reciprocal of the time step delta and the reciprocal of twice the time
step delta, respectively.
AMLIST List of auxiliary model identification numbers. Output by AXMPR1.
AMSPLINE Table of aerodynamic splines for display. Converted from forces and
pressures computed on AEBGPDT grid points, (box centroidal
points) to AEGRID grid points (box corner points). Output by APD.
ANORM Normalized matrix. Output by NORM.
APART Partitioning vector for panel coupling matrix when
PNLPTV=TRUE.
APIMAT Diagonal matrix of average power input values. Output by
SEEFMCLF.
APIMATT Matrix of average power input per unit force for all EFM
superelements for all bands.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 4 Chapter 2
APL Lower triangular factor of null space A matrix.
APPLOD Matrix of applied load amplitudes. Output by DPD.
APU Upper triangular factor of null space A matrix.
ARVEC Residual vector matrix based on adjoint loads. Output by DOPR3.
AUG1 Displacement matrix in g-set for aerostatic analysis. Output by
DSAD.
AUTO Autocorrelation function table. Output by RANDOM.
AUXTAB Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers,
displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments for
all subcases.
AXIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to conical shell, hydro
elastic, and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP.
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
B Output matrix from the DIAGONAL module. Right hand side of a
system of equations input to the FBS, SOLVE, and SOLVIT
modules. Rectangular matrix to be used in MPYAD and SMPYAD
module product.
B2DD Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements and the B2PP
Case Control command and reduced to the d-set. In transient
response analysis, B2DD may also include structural damping
effects.
B2GG Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the
B2GG Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
B2PP Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the
B2PP Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
BAA Viscous damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
BACK Transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components.
Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only. Output by
CYCLIC1.
BANDLIST Table of mode information for all bands. Output by SEEFMBND.
BANDPV Matrix of partitioning vectors for all non-trivial bands. Output by
SEEFMBND.
BASVEC Auxiliary displacement matrix.
BASVEC0 Auxiliary displacement matrix. Optional user input.
Main Index
Glossary 1551
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Output by DOPR1.
BCONXI Matrix relating beam library constraints to the independent design
variables. Output by DOPR1.
BD3X3 3x3 diagonal strip for boundary degrees-of-freedom from KGG for
parallel domain decomposition. Output by GPSP.
BDD Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for linear
elements only.
BDIAG Diagonal matrix of buckling divided by buckling generalized
differential stiffness matrix. Output by DSAH.
BDPOOL Hydroelastic boundary matrices in DMIG Bulk Data entry format.
Output by BMG.
BDICT KDICT BELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
BELM KELM Table of element damping or heat capacity matrices. Output by
EMG.
BFEFE Damping matrix in the fe-set (or nonlinear tangential heat
capacitance matrix) for both linear and nonlinear elements in the fe-
set.
BFHH Fluid partition of modal damping matrix BHH.
BGPDT* BGPDT Family of basic grid point definition tables (BGPDT) qualified by
LOADID and LOADNAME and associated with PG*. Output by
EXPORTLD.
BGPDT BGPDT Basic grid point definition table. Output by GP1.
BGPDTD BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for a downstream superelement.
BGPDTFB* Family of BGPDT tables associated with FBLPG. One instance
defines the grids for one given freebody subsystem. Output by
FBDODYLD.
BGPDTM BGPDT Basic grid point definition table and updated for the current p-level.
Output by GP1 with GEOM1M and GEOM2M as inputs.
BGPDTN BGPDT New BGPDT table based on displaced grid locations. Output by
MATMOD option 11.
BGPDTS BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for a superelement. Output by GP1.
BGPDTX BGPDT BGPDT assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or
SEUPPLOT command. Output by SEPLOT.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
BGPDVB BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the backward perturbed
configuration. Output by DSAM.
BGPDVP BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central)
perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM.
BGPDVX BGPDT Basic grid point definition table for the central, forward, or
backward perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM.
BGPECT GEOM2 Boundary grid point element connection table. Output by BGP.
BGPP* Family of coriolis matrices - p-set.
BHH Generalized (modal) damping matrix
BHH1 Modified generalized (modal) damping matrix. Output by FA1.
BKDICT KDICT BKELM dictionary table.
BKK Viscous damping matrix in cyclic components. Output by
CYCLIC3.
BLAMA LAMA Buckling eigenvalue summary table. Output by READ.
BLAMA* LAMA Family of buckling eigenvalue summary tables.
BMODAL Matrix of modal damping values from selected TABDMP1 Bulk
Data entry in DIT. Output by GKAM.
BNDFIL Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order
given by extreme for domain decomposition. Output by SEQP.
BP Null space B matrix.
BPP Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the p-set for linear
elements only.
BRDD Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements only or heat
capacitance matrix for both linear and nonlinear elements in the d-
set.
BTOPO Contact regions topological information table. Output by BGP.
BTOPOCNV Updated contact regions input information table. Output by
NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
BTOPOSTF Updated contact regions topological information table. Output by
BULKINDX Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries with indices. Output by
INDXBULK.
BXX Viscous damping matrix in any set. Usually h-set or d-set in CEAD,
FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
BUG* Family of buckling eigenvector matrices in the g-set
Main Index
Glossary 1553
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
BUX Matrix of damping multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.
BULK Table of all Bulk Data entries. Output by XSORT and RMDUPBLK.
BULK* Family of auxiliary model or superelement Bulk Data sections.
BULKOLD BULK table from a prior run.
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
C Rectangular matrix to be used in MPYAD module addition and
SMPYAD module product.
CASADJ CASECC Case Control table associated with adjoint method. Output by
DSAD.
CASDSN CASECC Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted,
excluding static aeroelastic subcases. Output by DSAD.
CASDSX CASECC Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase deleted
CASE CASECC Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and
superelement.
CASEA CASECC A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis.
Output by AELOOP.
CASEBK CASECC Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record for every
column in BACK. Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only.
Output by CYCLIC1.
CASEBUCK CASECC Case Control table for buckling analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=BUCK. Output by MDCASE.
CASECC CASECC Table of Case Control command images. Output by IFP1.
CASECC* CASECC Family of auxiliary model Case Control tables.
CASECC1 CASECC Primary model Case Control table appended with extra subcases to
account for the boundary shapes. Output by SHPCAS.
CASECCP Selected records of CASECC assigned to local processor. Output by
DMPCASE.
CASECCU CASECC Table of Case Control command images originally output by IFP1.
Used when first CASECC is replaced by one of the CASECC
outputs from a prior call to MDCASE.
CASECCBO CASECC Updated CASECC for contact region data recovery operations.
Output by BGCASO.
CASECCP CASECC subsetted for current selection of Fortran unit. Output by
MODCASE.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
CASECCR CASECC Table of Case Control command images for data recovery. Output by
TOLAPP.
CASECEIG CASECC Case Control table for modal or direct complex eigenvalue analysis
and based on ANALYSIS=MCEIG or DCEIG. Output by
MDCASE.
CASEDM CASECC Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.
CASEDMF CASECC Case Control for all load-cases for all design variables for the
perturbed configuration for modes. Output by DSAH.
CASEDR CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the superelement
SEDR.
CASEDS CASECC Case control table for the data recovery of design responses. Output
by DOPR3 and DSTA.
CASEDSF CASECC Case Control table for all load cases and all design variables for the
perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.
CASEDVRG CASECC Case Control table for aerostatic divergence analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=DIVERG. Output by MDCASE.
CASEFLUT CASECC Case Control table for flutter and based on ANALYSIS=FLUTTER.
Output by MDCASE.
CASEFR CASECC Updated Case Control table for static loads generation and solution
in cyclic symmetry analysis. One record for every distinct load set
identification number. Output by CYCLIC1.
CASEFREQ CASECC Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis
and based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ. Output by
MDCASE.
CASEHEAT CASECC Case Control table for heat transfer analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=HEAT. Output by MDCASE.
CASEMODE CASECC Case Control table for normal modes analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=MODES. Output by MDCASE.
CASEMTRN CASECC Case Control table for modal transient analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=MTRAN. Output by MDCASE.
CASENT CASECC CASECC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
Output by ST2DYN.
CASEP CASECC Residual superelement Case Control table for plotting basis vectors.
Output by DOPR2. Case Control table with number of basis vectors
in the DESVEC as the number of Case Control records. Output by
DSAJ.
Main Index
Glossary 1555
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
CASER Table of Case Control command images loaded with SET
id=GRIDSET. Output by MATMOD option 36.
CASERS CASECC Case Control table for the residual structure and a given analysis
type.
CASES CASECC Table of Case Control command images for the current
superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).
Output by SEP2CT.
CASESADV CASECC Combined Case Control table which includes CASESAER or
CASEDVRG. Output by MDCASE.
CASESAER CASECC Case Control table for aerostatic analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=SAERO. Output by MDCASE.
CASESMEM CASECC Case Control table for electromagnetic analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=ELEC. Output by MDCASE.
CASESMST CASECC Case Control table for structural analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=STRU. Output by MDCASE.
CASESNMB CASECC Combined Case Control table which includes CASESTAT,
CASEMODE, CASEBUCK, CASESAER, CASEDVRG, and
CASEFLUT. Output by MDCASE.
CASESTAT CASECC Case Control table for static analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=STATICS. Output by MDCASE.
CASESX CASECC Expanded Case Control table. Output by LCGEN.
CASEUNIT Table of Case Control parameters requesting to a unit displacements.
In addition, the monitor points will be expressed as various sets of
output depending on what is being monitored. Output by ILMP1.
CASEUPSE CASECC Case Control table for upstream superelements only. Output by
MDCASE.
CASEVEC CASECC Table of Case Control command images with the PARTN command
referencing all of auxiliary model's grid identification numbers.
Output by AXMPR2.
CASEXX CASECC Subset of CASECC for current loop. Output by CASE.
CASEYY CASECC Appended Case Control table in flutter analysis. Output by FA2.
CCPOS Table of Case Control record locations. Output by AELOOP and
AEMODEL.
CCPOS1 Table of Case Control record locations. Output by AELOOP and
AEMODEL.
CDELB Triple matrix product for flutter damping sensitivity
CDELK Triple matrix product for flutter stiffness sensitivity
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
CDELM Triple matrix product for flutter mass sensitivity
CFSAB Matrix of spectral densities--weighting factors for RMS
calculations. Output by DOPRAN.
CIDATA Miscellaneous data for controlled increment method. Output by
NLITER.
CLAMA LAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table. Output by CEAD.
CLAMA1 LAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis. Output by
CEAD.
CLAMA2 LAMA Appended complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis.
Output by FA2.
CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal. Output
by CEAD, LAMX, and UEIGL.
CLFMAT Matrix of coupling loss factors. Output by SEEFMCLF.
CMAT Complex matrix.
CMBXPHG Matrix of component modes transformed to the basic coordinate
system and row-ordered in external grid id sequence.
CMLAMA Component modal eigenvalue summary table.
CMSEQ Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all components.
Output by CMSENGY.
CMSQE Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the component.
CMSTEQ Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all components.
Output by CMSENGY.
CMSTQE Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the component.
CNTABR CONTAB Table of retained constraint attributes. Output by DSAD.
CNTABRG CONTAB Table of retained constraint attributes.
CNTABXE CNTABXM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records. Output
by DSADX.
CNTABXM Merged CNTABX associated with unresolved DRESP2 and
DRESP3 records.
CNVTST Convergence test matrix.
CONTABX Table of constraint attributes with respect to RESP12X.
COELEM Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element
responses. Output by DSAH.
COGRID Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement
responses. Output by DSAH.
Main Index
Glossary 1557
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
COLOR Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MAT. The i-
th entry corresponds to the superelement identification number (tip
superelement or collector or 0 (residual)) to which the i-th degree-
of-freedom. belongs. Output by PRESOL.
COMP Merged table of components. Output by MRGCOMP.
COMPi Table of aerodynamic or structural components
CON Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design
coordinates. Output by DOPR2.
CONS1T Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and
independent design variables. Output by DOPR1.
CONSBL Matrix of constant property values. Output by DOPR1.
CONSBL* Family of matrices of constant property values. Output by DOPR1.
CONTAB CONTAB Table of constraint attributes. Output by DOPR3.
CONTACT Table of Bulk Data entries related to contact regions. Output by IFP.
CONTROL Table of editing directives for the TABEDIT module.
CONTVDIF Derivative interpolation factor matrix (NV rows by NX columns).
Output by NDINTERP.
CONTVX Controller vector used to interpolate UXV (NX rows)
CONTVXV Assemblage of all controller vectors (NX rows by NV columns)
COORD Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values, COORDO or
COORDN.
COORDN Updated (optimized) COORDO. Output by DOM11.
COORDO Matrix of initial designed coordinate values at the beginning of each
design cycle. Output by DOPR2.
CP Column partitioning vector. Output by VEC and MATMOD option
17.
CPERM Table of column permutations under KSYM=4. Output by
DECOMP.
CPH1 Complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis. Output by
CEAD.
CPH2 Appended complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis.
Output by FA2.
CPHFL Left flutter eigenvector - h-set. Output by DSFLTE.
CPHP Complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
CPHFR Left flutter eigenvector - h-set. Output by DSFLTE.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
CPHX Complex eigenvector matrix in the d-set or h-set. Output by CEAD.
CPHL Complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set. Output by CEAD.
CSNMB CASECC Case Control table for a given superelement and all analysis types.
CSTM CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices. Output by GP1.
CSTMi CSTM Tables of coordinate system transformation matrices; either
aerodynamic or structural.
CSTMi* Family of CSTM tables.
CSTM0 CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual
structure.
CSTMA CSTM Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for
g-set + ks-set grid points. Output by APD.
CSTMD CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a
downstream superelement.
CSTMM CSTM Merged table of coordinate system transformation matrices. Output
by MKCSTMA.
CSTMS CSTM Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a
superelement.
CSTMX Merged table of CSTMi. Output by MRGCSTM.
CVAL Matrix of constraint values, CVALO or CVALRG.
CVALO Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values. Output by DOM9.
CVAL Matrix of retained constraint values. Output by DSAD.
CVALR Matrix of retained constraint values. Output by DSAD.
CVALXE CVALRG with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records Output by
DSADX.
CVEC Partitioning vector for separating the primary model solutions from
boundary shape induced solutions. Output by SHPCAS.
CVECT Load combination factor matrix. Output by PCOMB.
CYCD Table of constraints in harmonic components. Output by CYCLIC2.
Main Index
Glossary 1559
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
D Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module product.
Diagonal matrix extracted from LD. Output by MATMOD option
21.
D1JE Real part of downwash matrix due to extra points.
D1JK Real part of downwash matrix. Output by AMG.
D2JK Imaginary part of downwash matrix. Output by AMG.
DAR Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the
a-set. Formed from the merge of DM and an l-set size identity matrix.
DBCOPT DBCOPT Design optimization history table for post-processing. Output by
DOM12.
DB Data block.
DBi Data block to be processed by the DBC, INPUTT2, and OUTPUT2
modules. Data blocks to be compared in the RESTART module. Data
block declared on the FILE statement. Data block to be purged by
PURGEX module. Any data block to be broadcast from the master
to the slave processors.
DBMLIB Table of designed beam library data. Output by DOPR1.
DBNAME Data block for 'NAME' option of PARAML module. Output by
PARAML.
DBOUTi DBi received on the slave processor. Output by MDISUTIL.
DBP Primary data block.
DBS Secondary data block. Output by EQUIVX.
DBUG Buckling eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed
(active) eigenvalues. Output by DSAH.
Output by DOPR2.
DCPHL Complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues
extracted from the real part of eigenvectors associated with the
divergence eigenvalues. Output by CEAD.
DEFUSET Table of DEFUSET Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.
DELB1 Matrix of delta buckling load factor for all design variables.
DELBSX Updated DELBSH where the numerical zero terms are replaced by a
prescribed small value. Output by DOPR5.
DELCE Matrix of delta complex eigenvalue for all design variables
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
DELDV Matrix of divergence sensitivity. Output by DSDVRG.
DELF1 Matrix of delta eigenvalue for all design variables.
DELFL Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables. Output by
DSFLTF.
DELGM Matrix of delta generalized masses for all design variables.
DELGS Matrix of delta generalized stiffnesses for all design variables.
DELS Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables.
DELS1 Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables
for a single trim subcase. Output by DSARSN.
DELTGM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix for the perturbed
configuration. Output by DSVGP4.
DELVS Matrix of delta volume for all design variables. Output by DSAW.
DELWS Matrix of delta weight for all design variables. Output by DSAW.
DELX Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables.
DELX1 Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables for a
single trim subcase. Output by DSARSN.
DEQATN Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.
DEQIND Index table to DEQATN data block. Output by IFP.
DESELM Table of designed elements. Output by DOPR3.
DESGID Table of designed grid coordinate attributes. Output by DOPR2.
DESNEW Update table of design variable attributes. Output by DOM12.
DESTAB DESTAB Table of design variable attributes. Output by DOPR1.
DESVCP Global shape basis vector matrix with incorporation of DLINK
relations with extra columns for property/dummy variables. Output
by DOPR2.
DESVEC Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from
DVGRID Bulk Data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix.
Its components are defined in the basic coordinate system.
DESVECP Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from
DVGRID bulk data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix
its components are expressed in the global coordinate system.
DFFDNF Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect
to natural frequencies. Output by FRLGEN.
DGEOM2 GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points for the perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.
Main Index
Glossary 1561
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
DGEOM3 GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for the
perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.
DGMVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized mass for
normal modes analysis from that of the union set. Output by DSAH.
DGSVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized stiffness
for normal modes analysis from that of the union set. Output by
DSAH.
DGTAB Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation
table of internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed
configuration. Output by DOPR6.
DISTAB Table of discrete optimization value sets. Output by DOPR1.
DIT DIT Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.
DITID Table of identification numbers in DIT. Output by TA1.
DITNT DIT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis. Output by
ST2DYN.
DIVDAT Table of divergence data. Output by DIVERG.
DJX Downwash matrix. Downwash at the j-point due to the x
aerodynamic extra point. Output by ADG.
DLCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence
eigenvalues extracted from the real part of left-handed eigenvectors
associated with the divergence eigenvalues. Output by DIVERG.
DLSTIN List of data blocks and their paths. Output in a previous execution of
RESTART.
DLSTOUT List of data blocks and their paths. Output by RESTART.
DLT Table of dynamic loads. Output by DPD.
DLT1 Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis. Output by
NLCOMB and NLTRLG.
DLTH Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis. Output by
TRLG.
DM Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the
l-set. Output by RBMG3.
DMATCK Table of designed material consistency check. Output by DOPR1.
DMI Table of all matrices specified on DMI Bulk Data entries. Output by
IFP.
DMIi Matrix data blocks created from DMI. Output by DMIIN.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
DMINDX Index into DMI. Output by IFP.
DNODEL Table of designed and non-designed locations. Output by DOPR2.
DNVVPT Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural frequencies
for eigenvector optimization from that of the union set. Output by
DSAH.
DPHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with
designed (active) eigenvalues. Output by DSAH.
DPLDXI Matrix of coefficients in the property to independent design variable
relationship. Output by DOPR1.
DPLDXI* Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to independent
design variable relationship. Output by DOPR1.
DPLDXT Matrix transpose of DPLDXI.
DRDUG Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set. Output by DSAD.
DRDUGM Modified matrix of adjoint loads. Output by ADJMOD.
DRDUTB Table of adjoint load attributes. Output by DSAD.
DRDUTBM Modified table of adjoint load attributes. Output by ADJMOD.
DRLIST Superelement processing list for data recovery. Output by SEP4.
DRMSVL Table of the RMS response values with respect to the design
variables. Output by DSAMRG.
DRSTBL Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase
for each of the response types. Output by DSAD.
DRSTBLG Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase
for each of the response types.
DRUT Processed version of DRDUTB specified on first pass through
DSADJ. Output by DSADJ.
DRUT0 DRUT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second
pass through DSADJ.
DSCM Design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output by DSAL.
DSCM2 Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output by DOM6.
DSCMCOL DCSMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient
matrix. Output by DSTAP2.
DSCMR Old combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Output by
DSMA.
Main Index
Glossary 1563
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
DSCOLL Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity
matrix, DSCMR. Output by DSTA.
DSCREN Table of constants from the DSCREEN Bulk Data entry. Output by
DOPR1.
DSDIV Matrix of delta divergence speed for all design variables.
DSEDV Partitioning vector for retained divergence responses. Output by
DSAH.
DSEGM Old design sensitivity eigenvalue gradient matrix.
DSESM Design sensitivity eigenvector selection matrix - Boolean operator to
select eigenvectors which are referenced by constraints (buckling
and normal modes only). Output by DSTA.
DSGRID Table of identification numbers for those grid points in the design
model automatic superelement optimization feature. Output by
DSGRDM.
DSIDLBL Table of design response labels. Output by DSTAP2.
sensitivity calculations. Output by SDSB.
DSPT1 Design sensitivity processing table. Output by DSAN and DSTA.
DSPT2 Old Design sensitivity processor table two. Output by DSTA.
DSROWL Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix,
DSCMR. Output by DSTA.
DSTABR Matrix of restrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.
DSTABU Matrix of unrestrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.
DTB Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry. Output by
DOPR1.
DTI Table of all matrices specified on DTI Bulk Data entries. Output by
IFP.
DTIi Table data blocks created from DTI. Output by DTIIN.
DTINDX Index into DTI. Output by IFP.
DTOS2 Design variable/property cross reference table. Same as DTOS2K
except that the PREF in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI
element and the corresponding design variable value. Output by
DOPR5.
DTOS2* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the
PREF in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the
corresponding design variable value. Output by DOPR5.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
DTOS2J Table identifying independent design variables and property values.
Output by DOPR1.
DTOS2J* Family of tables identifying independent design variables and
property. Output by DOPR1.
DTOS2K Same as DTOS2J except that the dvid in each entry refers to the
position of an internal design variable identification number in the
first TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4.
DTOS2K* Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid
in each entry refers to the position of an internal design variable
identification number in the first TABDEQ record. Output by
DOPR4.
DTOS4 Table relating design variable to grid perturbation. Same as DTOS4K
except that the last three words in each entry contains the product of
those in DTOS4K and the shape step size. Output by DOPR5.
DTOS4J Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system. Output
by DOPR2.
DTOS4K Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each five-
word entry is the position of an internal design variable identification
number in the first TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4.
steps. Output by NLITER.
DUPV Displacment increment at the final iteration before exit. Output by
NLSOLV.
DUX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements for the perturbed
configuration. Output by ASG.
DVIDS List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the
boundary DVGRID option. Output by DSAJ.
DVPTAB DVPTAB Table of attributes of the designed properties by internal property
identification number order. Output by DOPR1.
DVPTAB* DVPTAB Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal
property identification number order. Output by DOPR1.
DVSLIS List of design variables affected by shape variations. Output by
DSVGP4.
DXDXI Matrix relating linked and independent design variables. Output by
DOPR1.
DYNAMIC DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Output by IFP.
Main Index
Glossary 1565
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
DYNAMICB Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without
DAREA entry images. Output by GP1.
DYNAMICS DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current
superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
DYNAMNT DYNAMIC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
Output by ST2DYN.
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
E Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module product.
ECT GEOM2 Element connectivity table. Output by GP2.
ECT* GEOM2 Family of element connectivity tables for all superelements.
ECTA GEOM2 Secondary element connectivity table. Output by GP2.
EDITVEC Vector with zeros in rows to be removed under usetop='filter'.
optimization. Output by IFP.
EDOM* Family of EDOM tables for all superelements.
EDOMM Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and
optimization updated for p-element analysis. Output by OPTGP0.
EDOMS Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and
optimization for a superelement. Output by SDSA.
iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries. Output by IFP.
EDT0 Table of archived set of MONPNT2 records to be merged into
EDTM.
EDTM Archival of EDT containing just the monitor records. Output by
ILMP1.
EED DYNAMIC Table of eigenvalue extraction parameters. Output by DPD.
EFMASMTT Matrix of mass values for all EFM superelements
EFMMCOL Column matrix of EFM superelement mass values. Output by
SEEFMDMP.
flow modeling calculations are to be performed. Output by
SEEFMDMP.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
EFMLIST Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow
modeling calculations are to be performed. Output by SEEFMLST.
EFMMAT Matrix of energy factors. Output by SEEFMCLF.
EGK Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to
stiffness. Output by DSVG1P.
EGM Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to mass.
Output by DSVG1P.
EGPSF EGPSF Table of element to grid point interpolation factors. Output by
GPSTR1.
EGPSTR EGPSTR Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC
module. Output by GPSTR2.
EGTX Pseudo-load matrix (variation in equilibrium) due to changes in the
thermal load/design variables for the central, forward, or backward
perturbed configuration. Output by DSVG2.
EGVREC Table of eigenvector record for sensitivity computation. Output by
DSAH.
EGX Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to
stiffness, mass, viscous damping or structural damping. Output by
DSVG1P.
EHT Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.
EHTA Secondary element hierarchical table. Output by GP0.
ELDATA Table of combined nonlinear information data. Output by
NLCOMB.
ELDCT ELDCT Table of element stress discontinuities for post-processing in the
DBC module. Output by STDCON.
ELEMVOL Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value
dependencies of each p-element grid, edge, face and body. Output
by VIEWP.
ELSET Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST), SETS
DEFINITION, or OUTPUT(PLOT) sections of Case Control.
Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.
EMAT Matrix of editing parameters.
EMM Effective mass matrix. Output by EFFMAS.
ENEMAT Matrix of modal energy. Output by SEEFMCLF.
ENFLODB Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to
viscous damping effects. Output by DPD.
Main Index
Glossary 1567
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
ENFLODK Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to
stiffness effects. Output by DPD.
effects. Output by DPD.
ENFMOTN Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes. Output by DPD.
EPSSE Table of epsilon and external work. Output by SSG3, SOLVIT, and
DISUTIL.
EPT EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.
Output by IFP and IFP6.
EPTT EPT updated for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.
EPTA EPT Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to element
properties.
EPTC EPT Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent
PSHELL records. Output by IFP6, CMPZPR, and DSTA.
EPTN EPT Updated (optimized) EPT. Output by DOM11.
EPTS EPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for a
EPTTAB EPT Table of designed property attributes. Output by DOPR1.
EPTTAB* EPT Family of tables of designed property attributes. Output by DOPR1.
EPTX EPT EPT with design variable perturbations. Output by DSABO. Copy
of EPT except PBCOMP records are replaced by equivalent
PBEAM records. Output by IFP7. Copy of EPT except PBARL and
PBEAML records are replaced by equivalent PBAR and PBEAM
records. Output by IFP9. Copy of EPT except PACABS and
PACABR entries are updated with TABLEij references.
Output by MKMNTIFP: EPT updated to track monitor points
Output by MODGM2: Copy of EPT updated for converted
CSHEAR elements.
EQACST Equivalence table between internal fluid grid points and internal
structural grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary.
Output by GP5.
EQDYN EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra
point identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point
data). Output by DPD.
EQEXIN EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar
identification numbers. OUTPUT by GP1.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
EQEXINS EQEXIN Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar
identification numbers for a superelement. Output by SEP2 and
SEP2X.
decomposition. Output by PRESOL.
EQMAPD Similar to EQMAP but on a degree-of-freedom basis. Output by
PRESOL.
EQMAPD0 EQMAPD from a prior call to PRESOL.
ERHM Matrix of dimensional unsplined restrained elastic hinge moment
data
ERROR0 ERROR Error estimate table generated by ADAPT module in previous
superelement or adaptivity loop.
ERROR1 ERROR Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity
loop. Output by ADAPT.
EST Element summary table. Output by TA1.
ESTDATA Table of superelement estimation data overrides. Output by DTIIN.
ESTL Linear element summary table. Output by TA1.
ESTDCN Element summary table which incorporates combined constraints
and design variables. Output by DSAF and DSTA.
ESTDV2 Merged EST with grid and element property design variable
perturbations. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbation.
Output by DSAE.
ESTDVB Element summary table for the backward perturbed configuration.
Required only if CDIF='YES'.
ESTDVM EST EST with updated material property identification numbers. Output
by DSABO.
ESTDVP EST with element property design variable perturbations. Output by
DSABO and DSTA.
ESTDVS EST with grid design variable perturbations. Output by DOPR6.
ESTF Element summary table for follower force stiffness. Output by
TAFF.
ESTNL Nonlinear element summary table. Output by TA1.
ESTNL1 Nonlinear element summary table updated for heat transfer analysis.
Output by TAHT.
ESTNL0 Nonlinear element summary table from previous time step. Output
by NLSOLV.
Main Index
Glossary 1569
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
ESTNLH Nonlinear element summary table at converged step. Output by
NLITER, NLTRD, NLTRD2, and NLSOLV.
ESTR EST table with reduced records. Output by MATMOD option 38.
ETT Element temperature table. Output by GP3.
ETTDCN Table of design variable and constraint internal identification
numbers for the effects of temperature. Output by DSAF and DSTA.
ETTDV Element temperature table where the original element identification
numbers have been converted to new design variable identification
numbers. Output by DSAN and DSTA.
EUHM Matrix of dimensional unsplined unrestrained elastic hinge moment
data.
EXCITEFX Matrix of power or force input for all EFM superelements
EXCITF Matrix of EFM superelement force input values. Output by
SEEFMXIT.
EXCITP Matrix of EFM superelement power input values. Output by
SEEFMXIT.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
F Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module addition.
F2J Matrix of strain energy on DMIG Bulk Data entries referenced by
the K2GG Case Control command. Must be qualified by qualifier
named by DMIGFN.
FENL Strain energy and grid point force at every element from the previous
load step in nonlinear matrix format.
FENL1 Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the current load
step in nonlinear matrix format. Output by NLITER.
FFAJ Matrix of pressures at aerodynamic boxes.
FFGH Follower force for OLOAD output. Output by NLITER.
FG Element forces due to large displacements. Output by GNFM.
FGNL Nonlinear element force matrix from the last iteration. Output by
NLITER.
FLUTABK Flutter summary table for K and KE methods. Output by FA2.
FLUTABP Flutter summary table for all methods except K and KE. Output by
FA1.
FMPF Matrix of fluid mode participation factors. Output by MODEPF.
FMV Nonlinear element forces at m-set. Output by NLSOLV.
FMVT Nonlinear element forces at m-set appended from each output time
step (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.
FN Matrix of natural frequencies (mass normalized stiffness).
FOL FOL Frequency response frequency output list. Output by FRLG.
FOL1 FOL Frequency response frequency output list truncated by the OFREQ
Case Control command. Output by MODACC.
FOLMAT Matrix of frequencies in radian units. Output by MATMOD Option
33.
FOLR Retained frequency response frequency output list. Output by
DSAD.
FOLT FOL Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency
truncated if first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated.
Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.
OUTPUT(CARDS) section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH
field information. Output by IFP1.
Main Index
Glossary 1571
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
FORE Transformation matrix from physical to cyclic components. Output
by CYCLIC1.
FREQMASS Matrix of frequencies and generalized masses.
FRL Frequency response list. Output by FRLGEN.
FRL1 Frequency response list for the current processor if distributed
processing is requested. Output by FRLGEN.
FRLI Frequency response list for a single frequency. Output by FRQDRV.
FRLR Retained frequency response list. Output by DSAD.
Output by DSAW.
FRQRMF FRQRPR table for frequency response.
FRQRSP Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response
type per frequency or time step. Output by DOPR3.
FRQRPR Table containing the number of first level (direct) retained responses
per response type and per frequency or time step. Output by DSAD.
FRQRPRG Table containing the number of first level (direct) retained responses
per response type and per frequency or time step.
FSAVE Flutter storage save or answer table. Output by FA1.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
GAMMAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [C].
GAPAR Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local
a-set displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains
a 1 at each row that does not have a contribution from the current
processor and zero if it does. Required only for geometric domain
decomp.
GC Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components
and solution set components. Output by CYCLIC3.
GDGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-
set to g-set. Output by GI.
GDKI Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-
set to h-set.
GDKSKS Matrix relation of the corner to the centroidal displacements. Output
by GIC2C.
GDNTAB Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis. Output by
GP0.
GEG Element displacement interpolation matrix. Output by MGEN.
GEI Table of general element data. Output by TA1.
GEOM1 GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry. Output by IFP.
GEOM1* GEOM1 Family of GEOM1 tables for all partitioned superelements defined
in separate Bulk Data sections.
GEOM1A GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to
an auxiliary model. Output by IFP.
GEOM1C GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and merged
from GEOM1 and GEOM1A. Output by AXMPR2.
GEOM1EX GEOM1 GEOM1 table containing records which define an external
superelement. Specifically, it contains CORD1j, CORD2j, EXTRN,
and GRID Bulk Data records. Output by BDRYINFO.
GEOM1M GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for
the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM1N GEOM1 Updated (optimized) GEOM1. Output by DOM11. Modified
GEOM1 with CORD1j records converted to CORD2j records.
Output by SECONVRT.
GEOM1P GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry updated for p-
elements and superelements. Output by MODGDN.
Main Index
Glossary 1573
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
GEOM1Q GEOM1 Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records have been
added and any pre-existing SEQGP records are removed. Output by
SEQP.
GEOM1R GEOM1 GEOM1 table with reduced GRID record. Output by MATMOD
option 36.
GEOM1S GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current
GEOM1VU GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry with view-grids
added. Output by VIEWP.
GEOM1W GEOM2 GEOM1 augmented with dummy GRID entries to represent the fluid
superelement modes. Output by MODQSET.
GEOM1X GEOM1 GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic,
and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP3, IFP4, and IFP5.
GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic,
acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis. Output by
MODGM2.
Output by MKMNTIFP: New GEOM1 table updated to track

monitor points
GEOM2 GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points. Output by IFP.
GEOM2A GEOM2 Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element
connectivity and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM2DCW GEOM2 GEOM2 table containing the deleted CWELD elements. Output by
MODGM2.
superelement. Specifically, it PLOTEL and SPOINT Bulk Data
records. Output by BDRYINFO.
GEOM2M GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM2N GEOM2 Updated (optimized) GEOM2. Output by DOM11. Modified
GEOM2 with GO replaced by X1, X2, and X3 on CBAR, CBEAM,
CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP records. Output by SECONVRT.
GEOM2R GEOM2 GEOM2 table with reduced element record. Output by MATMOD
option 37.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
GEOM2S GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and
SEP2X.
GEOM2T GEOM2 GEOM2 updated for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.
GEOM2VU GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and
scalar points p-elements removed and view-elements added. Output
by VIEWP.
GEOM2W GEOM2 GEOM2 augmented with SPOINT entries to represent all of the non-
fluid superelement component modes. Output by MODQSET.
and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP3, IFP4, and IFP5.
GEOM2 table augmented with fluid data and SPOINTS if
ACMS='YES'. Output by SEQP.
GEOM3 GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
Output by IFP.
GEOM3B GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
with DAREA entry images converted to equivalent FORCE and
MOMENT entry images. Output by GP1.
GEOM3M GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM3N GEOM3 Updated GEOM3 for cyclic symmetry analysis. Output by
CYCLIC1. Modified GEOM3 with FORCEi and MOMENTi
records converted to FORCE and MOMENT records. Output by
SECONVRT.
GEOM3NT GEOM3 GEOM3 transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
Output by ST2DYN.
GEOM3S GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
GEOM3T GEOM3 GEOM3 table with new or modified temperatures. Output by
MATMOD option 18.
and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP3.
GEOM4 GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-
freedom membership and rigid element connectivity. Output by IFP.
GEOM4CN GEOM4 Updated constraints for 3D contact. Output by NLSOLV.
Main Index
Glossary 1575
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
superelement. Specifically, ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data records.
Output by BDRYINFO.
GEOM4M GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-
freedom membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for
the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM4P GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints and updated
for the constraints applied by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or
SPCD Bulk Data entries. Output by MODGM4.
GEOM4S GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-
GEOM4W GEOM4 GEOM4 augmented with dummy SEQSET1 entries to represent the
fluid superelement modes and QSET1 for all other non-fluid
superelement component modes. Output by MODQSET.
GEOM4X GEOM4 GEOM4 table related to axisymmetric conical shell and hydroelastic
Output by IFP3 and IFP4. GEOM4 table augmented with new RBE1
and RBE2 records (because all RBE1 and RBE2 elements are split
so that each one contains only one m-set grid) for ACMS='YES'.
Also augmented with SEQSET1 records for ACMS='YES'. Output
by SEQP.
GETNUMPN Logical. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get
number of panels flag only and do not compute panel static loads.
on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition. Output
by SEQP.
GLBRSP Matrix of global responses when system cell 297=-1. Output by
SDRP.
GLBRSPDS Global results matrix
GLBTAB Table of global responses when system cell 297=-1. Output by
SDRP.
GLBTABDS Global results correlation table
GLERR Table of global error estimates from previous iteration. Output by
ADAPT.
GLERR1 Table of global error estimates for current iteration. Output by
ADAPT.
GM Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by
n-set. Output by MCE1.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
GMD Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set
by ne-set. Output by UMERGE1.
GMNE Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by ne-set.
GMS Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by s-set.
Output by FBS.
o-set by d-set. Output by UMERGE1.
GPDCT Table of grid point stress discontinuities for post-processing in the
DBC module. Output by STDCON.
GPDT GPDT Grid point definition table. Output by GP1.
GPECT Grid point element connection table. Output by TA1.
GPECT1 Grid point element connection table for heat transfer analysis.
Output by TAHT.
GPECTDCN GPECT which incorporates combined constraints and design
variables. Output by DSAF.
GPECTF Grid point element connection table for follower force stiffness.
Output by TAFF.
GPFLBL Labels for GPFMAT rows. Output by ILMPGPF.
GPFMAT Matrix of monitor point force data where each column is a subcase
and each row is one component of the monitored forces. Output by
ILMPGPF.
GPFORCE Integer. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than or
equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.
GPGK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to g-set.
Output by GI.
GPKH Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to h-set.
GPIK Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the h-set to k-set.
GPKE Matrix of grid point kinetic energies.
GPL GPL External grid/scalar point identification number list. Output by GP1.
GPLD External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL
appended with extra point data). Output by DPD.
GPMPF Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors. Output by
MODEPF.
GPSETS Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets. Output by
PLTSET and SEPLOT.
Main Index
Glossary 1577
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
GPSNT Grid point shell normal table. Output by TASNP2.
GPSNTN Grid point shell normal table updated due to the interaction with
RSSCON elements. Output by GP4.
GPSNTS Grid point shell normal table for the current superelement. Output by
SEP2 and TASNP2.
GPSPRT Table of grid point singularity created on the first call to GPSP when
the MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case Control
command and DONSET=0. Output by GPSP.
GPSPRT0 GPSPRT from a previous call to GPSP and required when
DONSET=-1.
GPTT1 Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis only). Output
by NLCOMB.
GRIDFMP Integer. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids that
will be output.
GRIDMP Integer. Case Control set identification number for a set of fluid
grids.
GRIDSET Integer. SET Case Control command identification number which
contains a list grid point identification numbers.
GRDRM Permutation matrix. Output by PRESOL.
GS Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and
solution set components. Output by CYCLIC3.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
HARM Table of harmonic indices. Output by CYCLIC1.
HDRLBLi Character. Header with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered
at the top of each page.
HEADCNTL List of integer codes for header print control in the DISUTIL module
under VECPLOT options IOPT=1 or 5. Output by VECPLOT.
HIS HIS Table of design iteration history.
HISADD HIS Table of design iteration history for current design cycle. Output by
DOM12.
HMKT Matrix used to compute hinge moments for each AESURF entry.
Output by ADG.
HOEF1 OEF Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format updated for CHBDYi
elements. Output by SDRHT.
HOES1 Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format combined for linear
and nonlinear elements. Output by SDRHT.
Main Index
Glossary 1579
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Ii Inputs to MATMOD and MATPCH module.
IEF OEF Table of element forces due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or
SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3.
IES OES Table of element stresses or strains due to unit modal displacement
in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3.
IFACT Interpolation factor vector (NV rows). Output by NDINTERP.
time steps. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.
IFG Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the output time
steps. Output by NLTRD.
IFP Matrix of element forces at the previous time step. Output by
NLSOLV.
IFPDB Table data block with IFP module table attributes.
IFS Matrix of total element forces and their rate of change. Output by
NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.
IFST Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output
time steps (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.
IMAT Matrix containing imaginary part of CMAT. Output by MATMOD
option 34.
IMATG Pesudo identity g-set matrix.
INDTA Table of element stress/strain or force item code overrides.
INVEC Starting vector(s).
IQG OQG Table of single point forces of constraint due to unit modal
displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or
SDR3.
IUG OUG Table of displacements due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or
SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3.
IUNITSOL Integer. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being supplied. If
IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being supplied.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
K2DD Stiffness matrix contribution from the K2PP Case Control command
and reduced to the d-set. In frequency response analysis, K2DD may
also include structural damping effects.
K2GG Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the
K2GG Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
K2PP Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the
K2PP Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
K4AA Structural damping matrix in a-set or d-set.
K4KK Structural damping matrix in cyclic components. Output by
CYCLIC3.
K4XX Structural damping matrix in any set. Usually h-set or
d-set in FRRD1.
KAA Stiffness matrix in a-set or d-set.
KAAL Element stiffness matrix for linear elements only reduced to a-set.
KBDD Tangential stiffness in d-set.
KCVPP* Family of gyroscopic matrices - p-set.
KDD Stiffness matrix for the d-set, linear elements only.
KDDICT KDICT KDELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
KDELM KELM Table of element matrices for differential stiffness. Output by EMG.
KDICT KDICT KELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
KDICT1 KDICT KELM1 dictionary table. Output by GNFM.
KDICTDCN KELM dictionary table. which incorporates combined constraints
and design variables. Output by DSAF.
KDICTDS Perturbed element stiffness matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES'
then this is the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary. Output
by EMG.
KDICTNL KDICT KELMNL dictionary table. Output by EMG.
KDICTX KDICT Baseline element stiffness matrix dictionary table for
h-elements or p-elements. Output by EMG.
KELM KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential
stiffness, or follower stiffness. Output by EMG.
KELM1 KELM Table of element matrices for incremental stiffness. Output by
GNFM.
Main Index
Glossary 1581
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
KELMDCN KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential
stiffness, or follower stiffness which incorporates combined
constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF.
KELMDS KELM Table of perturbed element stiffness matrices. If CDIF='YES' then
this is the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary. Output by
EMG.
KELMNL KELM Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear elements.
KFEFE Tangential stiffness in fe-set.
KFHH Fluid partition of modal stiffness matrix KHH.
KFRIC Frictional stiffness for 3D contact. Output by NLSOLV.
KGG1 Stiffness matrix in g-set with general elements. Output by SMA3.
KGGNL Stiffness (or heat conduction) matrix in g-set for material nonlinear
elements only.
KGGNL1 Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only and
updated for radiation. Output by RMG2.
KGGT Total structural stiffness matrix in g-size (sum of linear, nonlinear
and differential matrices).
KHH1 Modified generalized (modal) stiffness matrix. Output by FA1.
KKK Stiffness matrix in cyclic components. Output by CYCLIC3.
KLL Stiffness matrix reduced to the l-set.
KLR Stiffness matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from KTT.
KMM Stiffness matrix in m-set (partition of KGG).
KNN Stiffness matrix in n-set; after multipoint constraint reduction.
KOO Stiffness matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
KPP Stiffness matrix for the p-set, linear elements only.
KRDD Combined linear and material nonlinear stiffness matrix in the d-set.
KRFGG Stiffness matrix due to follower rotational forces in g-set. Output by
EMAKFR.
KRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from KTT.
KRZX Matrix of restrained dimensional elastic derivatives.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
KSAZX Matrix of dimensional rigid stability derivatives that includes the
effect of splines.
KSGG S-set by f-set matrix and s-set by s-set partitions of the material
nonlinear stiffness matrix and expanded to g-set size.
KSS Stiffness matrix partition (s-set by s-set) from KNN.
KTPP Tangential Stiffness of p-set.
KTTP Sparse partial decomp update matrix.
KTTS KTTP converted to standard matrix format. Output by MATMOD
option 46.
KUX Matrix of stiffness multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.
KVAL Table of harmonic indices for analysis. Output by CYCLIC1.
KXWAA Stiffness matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid id
KXX Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually v-set in READ. Usually h-set or
d-set in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
Main Index
Glossary 1583
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
L Lower triangular decomposition factor. Output by MATMOD option
21.
LAM1DD Lower triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.
LAMA LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table. Output by READ,
LANCZOS, MODACC, and UEIGL.
LAMA* LAMA Family of normal modes eigenvalue summary tables.
LAMA1 LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table updated for mode
tracking. Output by MODTRK.
LAMAF LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the
model.
LAMAM Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalues for subspace iteration. Output by
DSAH.
LAMAS LAMA Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion
of the model. Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalue shifts for subspace
iteration. Output by DSAH.
LAMASEL LAMA table containing only those modes defined by MODSELT.
Output by GKAM.
LAMAX LAMA Modified LAMA table. Output by LAMX.
LAMMAT Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal. Output by
READ, LANCZOS, and UEIGL.
LAO Sparse partial decomposition factor when KSYM=3. Output by
DCMP.
LBTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained buckling
eigenvalue responses. Output by DSAH.
LCDVEC Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is the same
number of columns in UGX and ones for columns which are retained
in UGX1. LCDVEC is intended for partitioning of analysis results
related to inertia relief and SPCforces. Output by DSAD.
LCOLLBLi Character. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed left-justified
in upper left corner of each page.
LCPHL Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set. Output by
CEAD.
LCPHP Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.
LCPHX Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the d-set or h-set. Output
by CEAD.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
LD Lower triangular factor/diagonal. Output by DECOMP and DCMP.
LFTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal
mode eigenvalue responses. Output by DSAH.
LGPART Same as SPCPART except LGPART includes grid points not
connected to any element. Output by SEQP.
LISET Integer. Size of interference js-set extracted from the AEBGPTI
table. Output by MTRXIN.
LJSET Integer. Size of js-set extracted from the AEBGPTJ table. Output by
MTRXIN.
LKSET Integer. Size of ks-set extracted from the AEBGPTK table. Output
by MTRXIN.
LLLT Lower triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material,
LMAT Normal modes eigenvalue summary table converted to a matrix.
Output by LAMX.
LMTROWS Integer. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A matrix.
These rows are excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP
module.
LMPF Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors. Output by
MODEPF.
LOCVEC Vector containing grid locations in the basic coordinate system.
LOO Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the o-set from KOO. Output by
DCMP.
LSCM Schur complement matrix based on internal partitioning of A.
Output by DCMP.
LSEQ Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of KLL.
Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
LTF Lower triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT. Output by
NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.
LVTAB Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal
mode eigenvector responses for all subcases. Output by DSAH.
LVTABI Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal
mode eigenvector responses per subcase. Output by DSAH.
LXX Lower triangular factor/diagonal of shifted stiffness matrix.
Main Index
Glossary 1585
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
M2DD Mass matrix contribution from the M2PP Case Control command
and reduced to the d-set.
M2GG Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the
M2GG Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
M2PP Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the
M2PP Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
M9I Table of the nine mass invariants. Output by ADAMSMNF.
MA Rigid body mass matrix for the a-set. Output by EFFMAS.
MAA Mass matrix in a-set or d-set.
MABXWGG Mass matrix for the a-set, expanded to g-set, transformed to the basic
coordinate system, row-ordered in external grid identification
number sequence, and divided by WTMASS.
MAPS Superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate system
transformation matrix output by GENTRAN. Superelement
boundary transformation matrix for secondary superelements
(mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary resequencing and
releases output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
MAR Table of virtual mass element areas. Output by MGEN.
MAT Matrix. Output by MATGEN.
MATi Input matrices.
MAT1 Square symmetric matrix 1 to be partitioned.
MAT1N Local filtered matrix 1. Output by PRESOL.
MAT2 Square symmetric matrix 2 to be partitioned.
MAT2N Local filtered matrix 2. Output by PRESOL.
MATIi Matrices defined on DMIJI Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.
MATGi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the g-
set. Output by MTRXIN.
MATJi Matrices defined on DMIJ Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.
MATKi Matrices defined on DMIK Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.
MATNAMi Character. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and DMIJI
Bulk Data entries.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
MATPi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the p-
set. Output by MTRXIN.
MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary,
heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.
MATPOOLS MATPOOL table for the current superelement. Output by SEP2X.
MATPOOLX MATPOOL table related to hydroelastic analysis. Output by IFP4.
MATS Any matrix on slave processors.
MATM Any matrix on master processor. Output by DISUTIL.
MBODY Body table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.
MBSP Updated mass matrix (s-set)
MCEIGCC Logical. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to
TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG command was found in
CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the output list. Output by
MDCASE.
MCHI Matrix relating displacements to source strengths. Output by
MGEN.
MCHI2 Secondary matrix relating displacements to source strengths. Output
by MGEN.
MDD Mass (or radiation) matrix for the d-set
MDICT MELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.
MDUGNI Matrix of incremental displacements with respect to the last
converged step (UI - U0), to be used for LANGLE=3 or for the new
CQUADR/CTRIAR elements. Output by NLITER.
MEA Matrix of element forces per unit motion of the a-set.
MEDGE Edge table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.
MEF Matrix form of element force output table. Output by DRMH1 and
DRMS1.
MEM Modal effective mass matrix. Output by EFFMAS.
MEMF Modal effective mass fraction table. Output by EFFMAS.
MES Matrix form of element stress or strain output table. Output by
DRMH1 and DRMS1.
MELM KELM Table of element mass matrices. Output by EMG.
MESH Mesh type for aerodynamic or structural components: 'AERO' or
'STRU'.
Main Index
Glossary 1587
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
MESTNL Nonlinear element summary table at current step. Output by
MESTNL0 Initial nonlinear element summary table at each STEPcase. Output
by NLSOLV.
MEW Modal effective weight matrix. Output by EFFMAS.
MFACE Face table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.
MFEFE Mass (or radiation) matrix for the fe-set.
MFHH Fluid partition of modal mass matrix MHH.
MGG Mass or radiation matrix in g-size.
MGG* Family of MGG (g-set mass) matrices.
MGGCOMB Combined mass matrix. Output by MASSCOMB.
MHH Generalized (modal) mass matrix
MHH1 Modified generalized (modal) mass matrix. Output by FA1.
MI Modal mass matrix. Output by READ and LANCZOS.
Mi Matrix data block. Output by INPUTT4 and input to MATPRN and
OUTPUT4.
MIDLIS Table of pairs of user-supplied material property identification
numbers (MIDs) and internal baseline MIDs. Output by DSABO.
MKK Mass matrix in cyclic components. Output by CYCLIC3.
MKLIST Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs. Output by
GETMKL.
MKNRGY Matrix of modal kinetic energy. Output by MODENRGY.
MLAM Matrix relating element forces to source strengths. Output by
MGEN.
MLAM2 Secondary matrix relating element forces to source strengths. Output
by MGEN.
MMCDB Table of MAXMIN(DEF) specifications. Output by IFP1.
MMP Mass matrix (m-set by p-set)
MNRGYMTF Matrix of modal energy values for all EFM superelements for all
bands.
MOA Mass matrix partition (o-set by a-set) from MFF.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
MODRPR Table indicating the number of initial responses per response type
per mode. Output by DSAD.
MODRPRG Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type
per mode.
MODRSP Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and mode. Output
by DOPR3.
MODRSPR MODRSP for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If FLUID=TRUE,
then MODSELT is based on the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case
Control command and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL,
and HFREQFL. Output by GKAM.
MODSELT1 Subset of MODSELT as selected by the MODALSE and
MODALKE Case Control commands. Output by MODENRGY.
MODSELTF Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of the
MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control command and user
parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL. Output by
GKAM.
MODSELTS Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of the
parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. Output by GKAM.
MODSELV Partitioning vector equivalent of MODSELT. Output by GKAM.
MOFPi Matrix form of the i-th output table. Output by DRMH1 and
DRMS1.
MON Merged monitor table. Output by MRGMON.
MONi Monitor tables
MONDISP Monitor points table for displacements. Output by MAKMON.
MONITOR Structural monitor point table. Output by MAKAEMON and
MAKMON.
MOO Mass matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.
MP2S Table of MONPNT2 responses at trim.
MPAERP Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim
due to static applied loads.
MPAERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model
Main Index
Glossary 1589
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
MPAEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model
MPART Partitioning vector based on a permutation vector. Output by
MATGEN option 13.
MPARV Rigid monitor point loads on aerodynamic model
MPFEM Modal participation factors for effective mass. Output by EFFMAS.
Output by MODEPF.
MPJN2O Mapping matrix to map j-set data from new order to old order.
Output by APD.
MPOOL Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry
images. Output by VDR.
MPP Mass matrix in the p-set
MPSER Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim
MPSERP Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static
applied loads.
MPSERV Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model
MPSEUV Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model
MPSIRV Inertial restrained monitor point loads on structural model
MPSIUV Inertial unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model
MPSR Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim
MPSRV Rigid splined monitor point loads on structural model
MPT MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.
MPTC MPT Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent
MAT2 records. Output by IFP6, CMPZPR, and DSTA.
MPTN MPT Updated (optimized) MPT. Output by DOM11.
MPTNT MPT MPT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis. Output
by ST2DYN.
MPTS MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the
current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
MPTT MPT MPT updated for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.
MPTTC MPT MPT table updated for thermal control mechanisms. Output by
NLTRD2.
MPTX MPT MPT with design variable perturbations. Output by DSABO. Copy
of MPT except MATHP records are updated to include referenced
TABLES1 Bulk Data entry information. Output by IFP8.
Output by MKMNTIFP: MPT updated to track monitor points
Output by MODGM2: Copy of MPT updated for converted
CSHEAR elements.
MQE* Family of superelement modal mass matrices.
MQG Matrix form of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint output table.
Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set). Output by RBMG4.
MRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT.
MSNRGY Matrix of modal strain energy. Output by MODENRGY.
MTRAK Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to
the new mode numbering. Output by MODTRK.
MUG Matrix form of displacement output table. Output by DRMH1 and
DRMS1.
MUGNI Displacement (or temperature) matrix for stiffness (or heat
conduction) update. Output by NLITER.
MULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-
set from the previous subcase. Output by NLTRD2.
MUPN Solution matrix from nonlinear response analysis in the p-set for
matrix update. Output by NLSOLV.
MUX Matrix of mass multiplied by displacements or eigenvectors.
MXWAA Mass matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid id sequence
and divided by WTMASS.
MXX Mass matrix in any set. Usually v-set in READ. Usually h-set or d-
set in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
MZZ Generalized mass matrix based on PHZ.
Main Index
Glossary 1591
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
NAMEi Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.
NEWDBi Input table in Version 69 (or greater) format. Output by MAKENEW.
NEWEPT EPT updated from the NSML and NSML1 records. Output by
NSMEPT.
NFDICT Nonlinear element energy/force index table. Output by TA1.
NLFT Nonlinear Forcing function table. Output by DPD.
NLRSMAP Nonlinear restart map from the restart step. Output by NLRSLOOP.
NLRSMAP0 NLRSMAP from the previous run.
NORTAB Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural
grids which lie within the acoustic face. Output by GP5.
NSMEST NSM Bulk Data entries in EST format. Output by TA1.
NWCASE CASECC associated with beta response. Output by DOPR1.
NWEDOM EDOM modified for random design variables. Output by DOPR1.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
OAG OUG Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2.
OAG1VU OUG Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for view grids. Output by
SDRP.
OAG2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format. Output by SDR3.
OAGATO2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
function. Output by RANDOM.
OAGCRM2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
OAGNO2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output
by RANDOM.
OAGPSD2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
Output by RANDOM.
OAGRMS2 OUG Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the RMS function.
Output by RANDOM.
OBJTAB OBJTAB Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement.
Objective attributes with retained response identification number.
Output by DOPR3.
OBJTABX Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement
with respsect to RESP12X. Output by DOPR3.
OBJTBG OBJTAB Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response
OBJTBM Merged OBJTBR associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3
records
OBJTBR OBJTAB Table of design objective attributes with retained response
identification number. Output by DSAD.
OBTABXE OBJTABM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records. Output by
DSADX.
OCCORF Output table of cross-correlation functions. Output by RANDOM.
OCEIG Complex eigenvalue extraction report. Output by CEAD.
OCPSDF Output table of cross-power-spectral-density functions. Output by
RANDOM.
OEDE1 OEE Elemental energy loss. Output by GPFDR.
OEDS1 OES Table of element stress discontinuities. Output by STDCON.
OEEATO2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
Main Index
Glossary 1593
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
OEECRM2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
OEENO2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the NO function.
Output by RANDOM.
OEEPSD2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
Output by RANDOM.
OEERMS2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the RMS function.
Output by RANDOM.
OEF OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by
DDRMM.
OEF1 OEF Table of element forces (or fluxes) in SORT1 format. Output by
SDR2 or DRMH3.
OEF1A OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the composite elements
only. Output by SDR2.
OEF1AA OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the non-composite
elements only. Output by SDRCOMP.
OEF1DS OEF Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in
SORT1 format for design responses.
OEF1VU OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format for view elements. Output
by SDRP.
OEF1X OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1
loads and intermediate station output. Output by SDRX and
SDRXD.
OEF2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format.
OEFATO2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
OEFCRM2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
OEFD1M OEF Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses and
appended for all normal modes solutions.
OEFDSN OEF Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in
SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.
OEFDSNM OEF Table of element forces from normal modes analysis for the
OEFIT OEF Table of composite element failure indices. Output by SDRCOMP.
OEFITDS OEF Table of composite element failure indices for design responses.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
OEFITDSN OEF Table of composite element failure indices for the perturbed
configuration.
OEFNL1 OEF Table of nonlinear element fluxes in SORT1 format. Output by
SDR2.
OEFNO2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the NO function.
Output by RANDOM.
OEFPSD2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
Output by RANDOM.
OEFRMS2 OEF Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the RMS function.
Output by RANDOM.
OEIG Real eigenvalue extraction report. Output by READ.
OEKE1 Elemental kinetic energy. Output by GPFDR.
OELOPDSN Table of element forces on adjacent elements.
OELOP1DS Table of element-oriented forces for design responses.
OEP Table of element pressures due to virtual mass in SORT1 or SORT2
format. Output by MDATA.
OES OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
Output by DDRMM.
OES1 OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format. Output by
SDR2 or DRMH3. OES1A Table of element strain/curvatures in
SORT1 format for the composite elements only. Output by SDR2.
OES1C OES Table of composite element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.
Output by SDRCOMP.
OES1CDS OES Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design
responses.
OES1DS OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.
OES1M OES Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format in the element's
material coordinate system defined on the MAT1 entry. Output by
CURV.
OES1G OES Grid point stress or strain table in SORT1 format and interpolated
from the centroidal stress table, OES1M. Output by CURV.
OES1VU OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for view elements.
Output by SDRP.
OES1X OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1
loads and intermediate station output. Output by SDRX and
SDRXD. Table of linear and nonlinear element stresses in SORT1
and linear element format. Output by MERGEOFP.
Main Index
Glossary 1595
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
OES2 OES Table of element stresses or strains in SORT2 format.
OES2GX OES Table of grid point stresses in SORT2 format. Output by
CURVPLOT.
OESATO2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
OESCDSN OES Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for the
OESCRM2 Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
OESD1M Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses and
OESDSN OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed
configuration
OESDSNM Table of element stresses from normal modes analysis for the
perturbed configuration
OESNL1 OES Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format. Output by
NLTRD, NLTRD2, NLSOLV, and SDRNL.
OESNLB1 OES Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 format. Output
by NLTRD2, NLSOLV, and SDRNL.
OESNLH Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format for nonlinear elements.
OESNLXR OES Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format and appended
for all subcases (OESNLX from SDRNL).
OESNO2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function.
Output by RANDOM.
OESPSD2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
Output by RANDOM.
OESRMS2 OES Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the RMS function.
Output by RANDOM.
OFMPF2M Table of fluid modal participation factors by natural modes in
SORT2 format. Output by RANDOM.
OFPE Element data recovery table in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
OFPES Filtered and sorted element data recovery table. Output by
STRSORT.
OFPi Output table suitable for processing by the OFP module.
OFPi1 Output table in SORT1 format usually created by, but not limited to,
the SDR2 module.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
OFPi2 Output table in SORT2 format.
OFPiX Output table in SORT2 or SORT1 format. Output by SDR3.
OGDS1 Table of grid point stress discontinuities. Output by STDCON.
OGPFB1 OGF Table of grid point forces. Output by GPFDR.
OGPFB1DS OGF Table of grid point forces for design responses.
OGPFDSN OGF Table of grid point forces for the perturbed configuration.
OGPKE1 Table of grid point kinetic energies in SORT1 format. Output by
SDR2.
OGPLYFI Table of global ply failure indices. Output by SDRCOMP.
OGPLYSS Table of global ply stresses/strains. Output by SDRCOMP.
OGPMPF2M Table of panel grid modal participation factors by natural modes in
OGPSR Table of global ply strength ratios. Output by SDRCOMP.
OGPWG Grid point weight generator table in weight units. Output by GPWG
or VECPLOT (option 7).
OGPWG* Family of superelement grid point weight generator tables
OGPWGBW Grid point weight generator table transformed to the basic coordinate
system divided by WTMASS.
OGS1 OGS Table of grid point stresses or strains in SORT1 format. Output by
GPSTR2.
OGSTR1 OGS Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.
Oi Outputs of MATMOD module.
OINT p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data
entries. Output by IFP.
OINTDS p-element output control table for constrained elements. Output by
DOPR3.
OINTDSF p-element output control table for the perturbed configuration.
Output by DSAH.
output list or frequency response frequency output list. Output by
CEAD, READ, TRLG, and FRLG.
OL1 In MODACC, OL truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME Case Control
command. In MODENRGY, subset of OL selected by the
MODALSE and MODALKE Case Control commands. Output by
MODACC and MODENRGY.
Main Index
Glossary 1597
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
OLDDBi Output table in pre-Version 69 format. Output by MAKEOLD.
OLF Nonlinear static load factor list.
OLMPF2M Table of load modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2
format. Output by RANDOM.
OMAT1 MAT in OFP-suitable table in SORT1 format. Output by MATOFP.
OMCF1 Table of modal contribution factors in SORT1 format. Output by
MCFRAC.
OMM Table of maximum/minimum in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output
by SDR2.
ONRGD1M OEE Table of element strain energies for design responses and appended
ONRGDSNM OEE Table of element strain energies from normal modes analysis for the
ONRGY1 OEE Table of element strain energies and energy densities. Output by
GPFDR.
ONRGYDS OEE Table of element strain energies in SORT1 format for design
responses. Output by GPFDR.
ONRGYDSN OEE Table of element strain energies and energy densities in SORT1
format for design responses for the perturbed configuration.
OPG1 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT1 format. Output by SDR2.
OPG2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format.
OPG2X OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format. Output by CURVPLOT.
OPGATO2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
OPGCRM2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
OPGNO2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output
by RANDOM.
OPGPSD2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
Output by RANDOM.
OPGRMS2 OPG Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the RMS function.
Output by RANDOM.
OPLYSR Table of ply strength ratios. Output by SDRCOMP.
OPMPF2M Table of panel modal participation factors by natural modes in
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Output by VDR.
OPTPRM OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters.
OPTPRMG OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters.
OPTNEW Updated table of optimization parameters. Output by DOM12.
OQG OQG Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or
SORT2 format. Output by DDRMM.
OQG1 OQG Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format.
Output by SDR2 or DRMH3.
OQG1DS OQG Table of single point forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for
design responses.
OQG2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format.
OQG2X OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format. Output
by CURVPLOT.
OQGATO2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the
autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.
OQGCRM2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the
cross correlation. Output by RANDOM.
OQGDSN OQG Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design
responses for the perturbed configuration.
OQGNO2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the
NO function. Output by RANDOM.
OQGPSD2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the
PSD function. Output by RANDOM.
OQGRMS2 OQG Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the
RMS function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMATO2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the
autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMCRM2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the
cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMG OQG Table of multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format.
Output by SDR2.
OQMG2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format.
OQMNO2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the NO
Main Index
Glossary 1599
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
OQMPSD2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the
PSD function. Output by RANDOM.
OQMRMS2 OQG Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the
RMS function. Output by RANDOM.
OSMPF2M Table of structural modal participation factors by natural modes in
OSTR OES Table of element stresses in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by
SDR2.
OSTR1CDS OEE Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for design
responses.
OSTR1DS OEE Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses.
OSTR1G OEE Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format. Output by CURV.
OSTR1VU OEE Table of element strains in SORT1 format for view elements. Output
by SDRP.
OSTR1X OES Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented with strains for
1-D elements. Output by SDRX and SDRXD.
OSTR2 OEE Table of element strains in SORT2 format.
OSTR2GX OEE Table of grid point strains in SORT2 format. Output by CURVPLOT.
OSTRCDSN OEE Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for the
OSTRD1M OES Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses and
OSTRDSN OEE Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed
configuration
OSTRDSNM OES Table of element strains from normal modes analysis for the
OTMT Transpose of the output transformation matrix. Each column of the
matrix will be associated with a single ILMP (and labeled in
RLABEL). The rows will be the partition of g-set size dofs which are
contributing (CP defined). Ouptut by ILMP2.
OUG OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by
DDRMM.
OUG1 OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format. Output by SDR2 or
DRMH3.
OUG1DS OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
OUG1VU OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids. Output by
SDRP.
OUG2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format.
OUG2X OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format. Output by CURVPLOT.
OUGATO2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
OUGCRM2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
OUGD1M OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses and
OUGDSN OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses for the
OUGDSNM OUG Table of eigenvectors for design responses for the perturbed
configuration.
OUGNO2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the NO function.
Output by RANDOM.
OUGPSD2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
Output by RANDOM.
OUGRMS2 OUG Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the RMS function.
Output by RANDOM.
OUTVEC Last vector block (Lanczos only). Output by READ.
OUXY1 OUG Table of displacements in SORT1 format for h-set or
d-set. Output by VDR.
OVG Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves. Output by
FA2.
OVG OUG Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2.
OVG1VU Table of velocities in SORT1 format for view grids. Output by
SDRP.
OVGATO2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.
Output by RANDOM.
OVGCRM2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
OVGNO2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output by
RANDOM.
Main Index
Glossary 1601
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
OVGPSD2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the PSD function Output by
RANDOM.
OVGRMS2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the RMS function. Output
by RANDOM.
OXRESP Table of response spectra in SORT2 format. Output by RSPEC.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
P2G Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the
P2G Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.
PA Static load matrix reduced to the a-set. Output by SSG2.
PA* Family of static load matrices (PA) applied on the boundary (a-set)
of all upstream superelements.
PAK Aerodynamic forces at aerodynamic boxes.
PANSLT Panel static load table. Output by GP5.
degrees-of-freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain
decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the
d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX
represents the h-set. See SETNAME parameter description below.
PBGPDT BGPDT Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting
CHBDYi elements. Output by PLTHBDY.
PBRMS Table of intermediate arbitrary beam data. Output by IFP9.
PBRMSD Table of arbitrary beam data. Output by DOPR1.
PBRMSN Updated (optimized) PBRMSD. Output by DOM11.
PBYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity for the g-
set.
PC Optional stepwise preconditioner in SOLVIT and STATICS, same as
A and KGG respectively.
PC1 Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix. Output by SOLVIT and
STATICS.
Output by IFP1.
PCDBS Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for
the current superelement (identification number equal to output
value of SEID). Output by SEP2CT.
PCDBDR Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for
the superelement (identification number equal to output value of
SEID). Output by SEDR.
PCOMPTC Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from
the PCOMP Bulk Data entry. Output by IFP6.
Main Index
Glossary 1603
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
PCOMPTX PCOMPT with design variable perturbations. Output by DSABO.
PD Dynamic load matrix for the d-set.
PD1 Equivalent load vector for mode acceleration computations for the
a-set. Output by DDR2.
PDF Frequency response load matrix in the d-set. Output by FRLG.
Output by TRLG and NLTRLG.
PDT1 Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time steps. Output
by TRLG.
elements. Output by PLTHBDY.
PELSDSF p-element set table for the perturbed configuration. Output by
DSAH.
PELSET p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by
PLTSET.
PELSETDS p-element set table for constrained elements. Output by DOPR3.
PFHF Fluid partition of frequency response modally reduced load matrix.
PFP Frequency response load matrix in the p-set combined with gust
loads. Output by GUST.
PG Static load matrix applied to the g-set. In superelement analysis and
output by SELA, PG includes the loads from upstream
superelements. Output by SSG1 and SELA.
PG* Family of PG matrices vectors qualified by LOADID and
LOADNAME. One matrix is created per EXPORTLD request.
Output by EXPORTLD.
PG1 Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual
structure. Output by PCOMB.
PGFB* Family of PG matrices. Output by FBDODYLD.
PGG Force matrix in g-set for all processors (global). Output by
DISUTIL.
PGRV Static load matrix applied to the g-set but due to gravity loads only.
Output by SSG1.
PGT Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all boundary
conditions. Output by SDR1.
PGUP Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure due to
static loads in upstream superelements only.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
PGVST Static load vector matrix (g-set). Output by MAKAEFS.
PHA Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set. Output by READ.
PHA1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for mode
PHAREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for
mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.
PHASH2 Structural partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH. Also
PHDFH Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH.
PHDH Transformation matrix from d-set to h-set (modal). Output by
GKAM.
PHF Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal). Output by
FRLG.
PHF1 Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal) combined with
gust loads. Output by GUST.
PHG Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set. Output by READ and
LANCZOS.
PHG* Family of normal modes eigenvector matrices in the
g-set.
PHG1 Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for mode
PHGREF Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set from the
prior design cycle output of MODTRK. Output by MODTRK.
PHGREF1 Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for
mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.
PHIDLL Retained left divergence eigenvector responses.
PHIDRL Retained right divergence eigenvector responses.
PHT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for all time steps.
Output by TRLG.
PHX Right eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only. Output by
UEIGL.
PHXL Left eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only. Output by UEIGL.
PHZ Generalized degree-of-freedom transformation matrix. Output by
DYNREDU.
Main Index
Glossary 1605
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
PIj Any matrix with the same number of columns as there are
eigenvalues, frequencies, or time steps in OL. The rows of the
matrix may correspond to any degree-of-freedom set size.
PIj1 PIj truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME Case Control command.
Output by MODACC.
PJ Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and
applied to its interior points only.
PKF Matrix of k-set forces per frequency.
PKYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced displacement for
the g-set.
PL Static load matrix reduced to the l-set. Output by SSG2.
PLI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the l-set. Output
by SSG4.
PLIST2 Table of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.
Output by DOPR1.
PLIST2* Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data
entries. Output by DOPR1.
PLMAT Initial and final load matrices for subcase.
process. Output by PLOT.
PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the
definition of element plot sets. Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.
PLTPAR Table of plot parameters and plot control. Output by PLTSET and
SEPLOT.
PMPF Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode
participation factors. Output by MODEPF.
PMYG Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced acceleration for the
g-set.
PNL Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step. Output
by NLTRD, NLTRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
PNLLST Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL
qualifier values
PNLT Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step. (for
transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.
PO Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set. Output by SSG2.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
POI Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the o-set. Output
by SSG4.
POSTCC Table containing POST command selections. Output by
MODCASE.
POSTCC0 POSTCC computed from previous execution of MODCASE
(POSTCFLG=1)
POSTCDB Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) section of Case
Control. Output by IFP1.
PPF Frequency response load matrix in the p-set. Output by FRLG.
PPL Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended from each
output time step. Output by NLSOLV.
PPLT Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended appended
from each output time step (for transient analysis only). Output by
NLSOLV.
PPN Applied load vectors for nonlinear analysis in the p-set.
PPT Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output time steps.
Output by TRLG.
PVPERQ Partitioning vector for the V columns of PGVST into those to be
scaled by Q (=1) and those that are absolute (=0). Output by
MAKAEFS.
PPVR Partitioning vector for random responses. Output by DOPRAN.
PRBDOFS Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the
"inactive". Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are
connected to the SUPORT degrees-of-freedom. Output by
MAKETR.
PROPI Matrix of initial property values. Output by DOPR1.
PROPI* Family of matrices of initial property values. Output by DOPR1.
PROPO Matrix of final (optimized) property values. Output by DOM9.
PS Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set. Output by SSG2.
PSDF Power spectral density table. Output by RANDOM.
PSDL Power spectral density list. Output by DPD.
PSF Frequency response load matrix in the s-set. Output by FRLG.
PSFL Loads due to enforced motion on linear elements in nonlinear
transient analysis.
PSI Modal partitioning factor matrix.
Main Index
Glossary 1607
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
PST Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output time steps.
Output by TRLG.
PTELEM Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system. Output by
SSG1.
PTELEM0 Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system from prior
subcase. Output by SSG1.
PTELMDCN Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system which
incorporates combined constraints and design variables. Output by
DSAF.
PTELMDSX Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the
central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration. Output by
SSG1.
PUG Matrix of translational displacements. Output by SDR2.
superelements.
PUGD Matrix of translational displacements in dynamic analysis. Output
by SDR2.
PUGS Matrix of translational displacements in static analysis. Output by
SDR2.
PUGX PUG assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or
SEUPPLOT command. Output by SEPLOT.
PVAL0 P-value table generated by the ADAPT module in previous
superelement, adaptivity cycle, or run.
PVAL1 P-value table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop.
Output by ADAPT.
PVEC Partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom specified on
CYSUP Bulk Data entry. Output by CYCLIC3.
PVGRID Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the following
Case Control commands: DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY,
ACCELERATION, FORCE, STRESS, STRAIN, SPCFORCE,
MPCFORCE, MPRES, GPFORCE, ESE, EKE, EDE, GPKE.
Output by OUTPRT.
PVGT Partitioning vector for extracting the grid point translational DOFs.
Output by SEEFMNOR.
PVLOAD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom at which static and dynamic loads are applied. Output by
OUTPRT.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
MCFRACTION Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.
PVMPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
MPCFORCE Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.
PVSBIT1 Partitioning vector from all modes to subspace iteration modes.
Output by DSAH.
PVSBIT2 Partitioning vector from subspace iteration modes to constrained
modes. Output by DSAH.
PVSPC Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
SPCFORCE Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.
PVT Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entry
images. Output by IFP.
PVTS Table containing parameter values which are resolved from values
in PVT, CASECC, and, optionally, the NDDL. Output by PVT.
PX Inertial or pseudo-load matrix. Output by DSAP.
PXA Matrix of modally reduced static loads.
PXT Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or
d-set. Output by TRLG.
PXTDV Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set combined
from two executions of TRLG: one with DVFLAG=0 and the other
of DVFLAG=1.
PXT1 Reduced transient response load matrix analysis. Output by DSAR.
PZ Reduced aerostatic loads matrix.
Main Index
Glossary 1609
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
Output by LANCZOS, STATICS, and SDR1.
QHH Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by h-set. Output by AMP.
QHHL Aerodynamic matrix list
QHJ Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by j-set. Output by AMP.
QHJK Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets. Output by GUST.
QHJL Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets.
QKGUST* Family of j-set downwashes (normal washes) matrices qualified by
reduced frequency, mach number, and gust rotation.
QKH Aerodynamic matrix of size k- by h-set. Output by AMP.
QKHL Aero transformation matrix between h and k sets.
QLL Aerodynamic matrix for divergence analysis.
QMG Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the
g-set. Output by LANCZOS and STATICS.
QMPF Multipoint forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency
response.
QMPFM Merged QMPF. Output by DSAD.
QNV Quasi-Newton sweeping vectors. Output by NLITER.
QPF Single-point forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency
response.
QPFM Merged QPF. Output by DSAD.
QPV Nonlinear constraint forces. Output by NLSOLV.
QR Matrix of determinate support forces. Output by SSG2.
QXX Aerodynamic matrix in any set.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
R Residual matrix. Output by SOLVIT.
R1MAPR R1MAP Table of mapping from original first level (direct) retained
responses. Output by DSAD.
R1TAB Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
Output by DOPR3.
R1TABR Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry)
attributes. Output by DSAD.
R1VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) responses.
Output by DSAD.
R1VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first level (direct)
responses. Output by DOM9.
R1VALR Matrix of retained type one responses. Output by DSAD.
R2MAPR Table of mapping from original second level (synthetic) retained
R2VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic)
R2VALO Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level (synthetic)
responses. Output by DOM9.
R2VALR Matrix of retained second level (synthetic) responses.
R2VALRG Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic)
responses.
R2VALXE R2VALRG with resolved DRESP2 records. Output by DSADX.
R3VAL Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses. Output
by DSAD.
R3VALO Matrix of final values of the third level responses. Output by DOM9.
R3VALR Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses. Output
by DSAD.
R3VALXE R3VALRG with resolved DRESP3 records. Output by DSADX.
RBF Rigid body force matrix. Output by VECPLOT and MKRBVEC.
RCROSSL Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images. Output by DPD.
RDEST Radiation element summary table. Output by RMG2.
Main Index
Glossary 1611
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
RECM Radiation exchange coefficient matrix. Output by RMG2.
RESMATFT Matrix of average velocity response for all EFM superelements for
all bands.
RESMAX Resultant or maxima matrix. Output by VECPLOT.
RESMAX0 Resultant or maxima matrix for residual structure. Output by
VECPLOT.
RESP12X RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses from than one
superelement. Output by DOPR3.
RESP12XM Merged table of second level (synthetic) responses from all
superelements.
RESP12XR RESP12X for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
RESP3 Table of third level responses. Output by DOPR3.
RESP3R Table of retained third level responses in RESP3. Output by DSAD.
Output by DOPR3.
RESP3XE RESP3XM with resolved DRESP3 records. Output by DSADX.
RESP3XM Merged table of third level responses from all superelements.
RESP3XR RESP3X for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
RESP12 RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses. Output by DOPR3.
RGG Radiation transfer matrix in the g-set. Output by RMG2.
RHMCF Matrix of dimensional rigid unsplined hinge moment data
RLABEL Monitor point label for each column in OTMT. Ouptut by ILMP2.
RMAT Matrix containing real part of CMAT. Output by MATMOD option
34.
RMATG Rectangular matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and may
have an arbitrary number of columns but g-set rows, similar to P2G.
Output by MTRXIN.
RMG Multipoint constraint equation matrix. Output by GP4.
RMG1 Updated RMG matrix when MPC option is selected on the
AUTOSPC Case Control command. Output by GPSP.
RMPTQM Matrix of updated initial MPCforces.
RMSTAB Table of RMS responses. Output by DOPRAN.
RMSTABR Table of retained RMS responses in RMSTAB. Output by DSAD.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
RMSTBR Table of retained RMS responses.
RMSVAL Matrix of initial RMS values. Output by DSARME.
RMSVALR Matrix of initial values of the retained RMS responses in RMSVAL.
Output by DSAD.
RMSVLR Matrix of retained RMS values.
ROTORT Table of rotordynamics user input for transient analysis. Output by
ROTOR module.
RP Row partitioning vector.
RPERM Table of row permutations under KSYM=4. Output by DECOMP.
RPH Transformation matrix from h-set to p-set.
RPV Load matrix (two columns) at the final iteration before exit.
RPX Reduction matrix from p-set to h-set (modal) or d-set.
RQA Matrix of spawned generalized stiffness and mass indices. Output by
DSTAP2.
RQATAB Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation. Output by DOPR3.
RQATABR Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained eigenvalues.
RQATABRG Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained
eigenvalues.
Output by DSAD.
RR2IDXE RR2IDR with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records. Output by
DSADX.
RSLTDATA Table of actual results data when system cell 297=3. Output by
SDRP.
RSLTSTAT Table of result-state information when system cell 297=2. Output by
SDRP.
RSP12R RESP12 Table of retained second level (synthetic) responses in RESP12.
Output by DSAD.
RSP1CT Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase
in R1TAB. Output by DOPR3.
RSP2RG RESP12 Table of attributes of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.
RSP2XE RSP2RXM with resolved DRESP2 records. Output by DSADX.
RSP2XM Merged RSP2X with unresolved DRESP2 records
RSPTQS Matrix of updated initial SPCforces.
Main Index
Glossary 1613
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
RSQUERY Table of results state query.
RSTAB Matrix of dimensional rigid stability derivatives generated directly
from the aerodynamic model.
RUG Residual matrix for the g-set. Output by STATICS.
RUL Residual matrix for the l-set. Output by SSG3.
RUO Residual matrix for the o-set. Output by SSG3.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
SCLFMAT Matrix of simple coupling loss factors. Output by SEEFMCLF.
SCSTM Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned
superelements. Output by SEP1 and SEP1X.
SELIST Table containing the list of partitioned superelements defined in
separate Bulk Data sections. Output by SEPR1.
SEMAP SEMAP Superelement map table. Output by SEP1 or SEP1X.
SEQMAP Mapping matrix for resequencing. Output by SEQP.
SET SET Table of combined sets. Output by NASSETS.
SETREE Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk
Data entry.
SGPDT Superelement basic grid point definition table. Output by SEP1X.
superelement. Output by SEP2X.
SGPDTS* Family of SGPDTS tables created in previous runs.
SHPVEC Matrix of basis vectors - coefficients relating designed grid
coordinates and design variables. Output by DOPR2.
SIL Scalar index list. Output by GP1.
SIL0 SIL table from a previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.
SILD Scalar index list for the p-set. Output by DPD.
SKJ Integration matrix. Output by AMG.
reduction. Output by SEP3.
SLT Table of static loads. Output by GP3.
SLTF Table of static loads with follower forces only. Output by DLT2SLT.
SLT1 Table of static loads updated for nonlinear analysis. Output by
NLCOMB.
SLTH Table of static loads updated for heat transfer analysis. Output by
SSG1.
the current and last load step. Output by SSG1.
SLTNL0 SLTNL from a prior execution of SSG1.
SMPF Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation
factors. Output by MODEPF.
SNORM* Family of shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries.
Main Index
Glossary 1615
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
SNORMM Matrix of superelement grid point shell normal vectors. Output by
SEEFMNOR.
SNORMS Table of shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary. Output
by TASNP1.
SORTBOOL Square matrix containing unity at a row position in the column
associated with the sorted row terms. Output by MATMOD option
35.
SORTLIST Vector consisting of the row numbers of the original positions of the
sorted terms. Output by MATMOD option 35.
SPCCOL Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local boundary's s-
set degrees-of-freedom. Required only for geometric domain
decomp.
SPCPART Partitioning vector for domain decomposition. Output by SEQP.
SPECSEL Response spectra input correlation table.
SPLINE Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with
external grid identification numbers. Output by MKSPLINE.
SPSEL Table of response spectra generation correlation selections.
SRKS Matrix of monitor point rigid body vectors. Output by MONVEC.
SRKT Matrix used to sum the forces and moments acting on the k-set
degrees-of-freedom to the reference point. Output by ADG.
STATDATA Table of state information when system cell 297=1. Output by SDRP.
STBDER Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for a single subcase. Output
by SDP.
STBTAB Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for all subcases.
STRUCOMP Table of structural components when MESH='STRU'. Output by
MAKCOMP.
SVEC Starting "random" eigenvector matrix.
SYSE Matrix of (strain or kinetic) energy in the residual structure a-set.
SZR Merged monitor matrices. Output by MRGMON.
SZRi Associated monitor matrices
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
T Table information to support MATGEN module options. Diagonal
from symmetric decomposition. Output by MATMOD option 21.
TA Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW.
TAB Table.
TABi Tables.
TABDEQ Table of unique design variable identification numbers. Output by
DOPR4.
TABECN Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of
constraints in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.
Output by DSAF.
TABEVP Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and
design variable identification numbers. Output by DSABO.
TABEVS Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and
design variable identification numbers. Output by DOPR6.
TABEV2 Merged cross reference table of TABEVP and TABEVS. Output by
DSAE.
TB Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW.
TC Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW.
TEF Directory table for MEF. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
TEMF Total effective mass fraction table. Output by EFFMAS.
TES Directory table for MES. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
TFPOOL Table of TF Bulk Data entry images. Output by DPD.
TIMSIZ Table of CPU and disk space estimation parameters. Output by
SEQP.
TKNRGY Table of modal kinetic energy. Output by MODENRGY.
TMINIT Table of initial design variable values for topology with
manufacturing constraints. Output by DOPR1.
TMLD Table of loads for nonlinear transient analysis. Output by NLTRLG.
TNEW Table data block to be edited by TABEDIT.
TOFPi Directory table for MOFPi. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
TOL TOL Transient response time output list. Output by IFT, TOLAPP, TRD2
and TRLG.
Main Index
Glossary 1617
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
TOL1 TOL Transient response time output list reduced by the OTIME Case
Control command or for the current nonlinear transient subcase.
Output by MODACC and TOLAPP.
TOLD Table data block to be edited by TABEDIT.
TOLR Updated TOL in restarts requested by user parameter STIME>0.0.
Output by TRLG.
TOPELE Element list for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.
TOPMC Topology member size control table. Output by DOPR1.
TOPMC2 Topology member size control table for manufacturing constraints.
Output by DOPR1.
TOPOLE Table of topology pole parameters (used only for topology
manufacturing constraints). Output by DOPR1.
TOPTAB Table of topology designed properties with design variable
identification numbers. Output by DOPR1.
TOPTAB0 Table of topology designed properties. Output by IFP10.
TOUT DRMH1 directory table in table data block or DTI format.
TPRELE Table of topology pole vs. element ids (used only for topology
manufacturing constraints). Output by DOPR1.
TQG Directory table for MQG. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
TR Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the
aerodynamic reference point. Output by MAKETR.
TRANTR Transpose of TR where the number of columns of TR matches the
URDDUXV states of TRX. Both are reduced to just the active origin
rigid body degrees-of-freedom. Output by MAKETR.
TRL Transient response list. Output by DPD.
TRX Boolean matrix to select accelerations from the list of aerodynamic
extra points. Output by ADG.
TSNRGY Table of modal strain energy. Output by MODENRGY.
TUG Directory table for MUG. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.
TXY DRMH1 directory table in DTI or table data block format. Output by
DRMH1.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
U Upper triangular factor. Output by DECOMP and DCMP.
UA Displacement or eigenvector matrix in the a-set or solution matrix on
the boundary (a-set) of the superelement (identification number
equal to output value of SEID).
UACCE Reduced acceleration solution matrix from transient response
analysis. Output by DSAR.
UAM1DD Upper triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.
UBULK Table of all unsorted Bulk Data entries. Output by XSORT.
UD Solution matrix for the d-set. Displacements only in frequency
response. Displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient
response.
UD1 Improved solution matrix for the d-set. Output by DDR2.
UDISP Reduced displacement solution matrix from transient response
analysis. Output by DSAR.
UE Improved solution matrix for the e-set (extra points). Output by
DDR2.
analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration. Output by
SDR1 and STATICS. Velocity matrix in g-set.
UGD Displacement matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
UGDS Displacement matrix in g-set due to pseudo-loads.
UGDS1 Displacement matrix in g-set for the total variation. Output by
DSVG3.
UGG Displacement matrix in g-set for all processors (global). Output by
DISUTIL.
UGNI Displacement matrix at converged step in the g-set. Output by
NLITER.
UGNT Total displacement matrix in the g-set. Output by UGVADD.
UGT Updated temperature matrix in g-set. Output by MATMOD option
19. Transposed regular solution matrix specified on first pass
through DSADJ. Output by DSADJ.
UGT0 UGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second
pass through DSADJ.
Main Index
Glossary 1619
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
UGX1 Copy of UGX matrix with null columns in place of the deleted
UH Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-of-freedom). Modal
UHF Modal displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.
UHFF Fluid partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also partitioned
column-wise according to parameter FLUIDMP.
UHFM Merged UHF. Output by DSAD.
UHFS Structural partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also
UHR Modal displacement vector for spectral analysis. Output by
INTERR.
UI Solution matrix where the columns correspond to eigenvalues,
frequencies, or time steps in OL. The rows of the matrix may
correspond to any degree-of-freedom set size.
UI1 UI truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME. Case Control command.
Output by MODACC.
UL Displacement matrix in l-set. Output by SSG3.
ULAMA Unsymmetric eigenvalue summary table. Output by UEIGL.
ULL Upper triangular factor for the l-set from KLL.
ULLT Upper triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material,
ULNT Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-
set. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.
UNITDISP Unit displacement matrix where each row represents a unit
displacement at a degree-of-freedom. Only degrees-of-freedom
which participate in the union of all monitor points will contain a
unit displacement. UNITDISP has LUSET number of columns.
Output by ILMP1.
UNITPV Partitioning vector (g-set) with 1.0 at each grid where a unit
displacement is requested. (All 6 degrees-of- freedom will be
assumed to contribute). Output by ILMP1.
UO Displacement matrix in o-set. Output by SSG3.
UOO Displacement matrix in o-set due to applied loads on the o-set with
the a-set fixed (set to zero).
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
UPFM Merged UPF. Output by DSAD.
UPNL0 Initial solution matrix from nonlinear analysis at each STEPcase.
Output by NLSOLV.
UPNT Solution matrix from nonlinear analysis appended from each output
time step (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.
UPSDT Table of transfer function data needed for RMS calculations.
UPSDTR UPSDT for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.
URDDIDX An instance of an ADBINDX that describes the acceleration entries.
Output by MAKETR.
URDDUXV UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of TRX that
are non-null. Null rows occur either because the USER didn't define
AESTAT, URDDi, OR because the associated URDDi is invalid for
this symmetry condition (e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for
antisymmetric analysis). Output by MAKETR.
USET USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set. Output by GPSP.
USET0 USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set usually prior to
Auto-SPC update in GPSP. Output by GP4. USET table from a
previous adaptivity index in
p-version analysis.
USET1 USET USET updated with constraints from upstream superelements.
Output by BNDSPC.
USETD USET Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set. Output by DPD.
USETM USET Modified degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set. Output
by MODUSET.
USETN USET with updated set membership. Output by NEWUSET.
UTF Upper triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT. Output by
NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.
UVELO Reduced velocity solution matrix from transient response analysis.
Output by DSAR.
UX Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements. Output by ASG.
UXDAT Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers,
displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments.
Output by ASG.
UXDIFV Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF. Output by
ASG and SDP.
Main Index
Glossary 1621
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
UXF Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in
d- or h-set. Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.
UXR Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the
sensitivity of restrained stability derivatives. Output by DSARLP.
Output by TRD1, TRD2, and IFT.
UXT1 Reduced solution matrix from transient response analysis. Output by
DSAR.
UXTRIM UX vector at trim.
UXU Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the
sensitivity of unrestrained stability derivatives. Output by DSARLP.
UXV Control state matrix for ADB or AEDB
UXVBRL Controller state matrix for WJVBRL downwash vectors. UXVBRL
has NX rows and NV columns. Output by ADG.
UXVF Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEFORCE Bulk Data
entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
UXVP Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEPRESS Bulk Data
entries. Output by MAKAEFA.
UXVST Aerodynamic extra point displacement matrix. Output by
MAKAEFS.
UXVW Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEDW Bulk Data entries.
Output by MAKAEFA.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
V01P Partitioning vector for sparse load reduction.
VA Velocity matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement
SEDR.
VDA Partitioning vector--d-set size--with 1.0’s at extra point dofs. May be
purged if no extra points are specified. Output by VEC.
VDXC Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null columns
in KDD, BDD, and MDD.
VDXR Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null rows in
KDD, BDD, and MDD.
VELEM Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes. Output by ELTPRT.
VELEMDCN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes which incorporates
combined constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF.
VELEMN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed
configuration. Output by ELTPRT.
VFO1 VFO zero-partition by SPCCOL. VFO is the local f-size partitioning
vector with 6 values of 1.0 for every grid in the local residual.
Required only for geometric domain decomp.
VG Left-handed displacement matrix in g-set. Divergence and flutter
analysis only. Velocity matrix in g-set.
VGD Velocity matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.
VGDM Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design
response is required if SPDM=-1. Output by OUTPRT.
VGF Fluid/structure partitioning vector with ones at the rows
corresponding to fluid degrees-of-freedom. Output by GP1.
VGFD Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-
freedom connected to frequency-dependent elements. Output by
TA1.
VGQ Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at rows corresponding to
degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
VIEWTB VIEWTB View information table, contains the relationship between each p-
element and its view-elements and view-grids. Output by VIEWP.
Main Index
Glossary 1623
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
VIEWTBDS VIEWTB View information table, contains the relationship between each p-
element and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed
model. Output by DVIEWP.
VTQU Table of flutter sensitivity data. Output by DSFLTE.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
WETFACES Table of wetted structure element and face identification numbers
found for each individual open fluid face.
WGTM Table of 6x6 rigid body mass matrix. Output by WEIGHT.
WJ Gust matrix. Output by GUST.
Output by WEIGHT.
WRJVBRL Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns). Downwash at the j-
points due to the linear, angle/rate rigid body aerodynamic extra-
points and linear control surfaces. Output by ADG.
WSKJF Weighted integration matrix.
WTCRID Table of retained weight responses with column and row numbers in
rigid mass matrix. Output by DSAW.
WTDSCP Partitioning vector for weight. Output by DSAW.
Main Index
Glossary 1625
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
X Solution of the equation [A][X]=[B]. Output by FBS, SOLVE, and
SOLVIT. Matrix product. Output by MPYAD and SMPYAD. Matrix
transpose. Output by TRNSP.
X66 Triple-product of XG with rigid body modes for IOPT=9 or 10.
Output by VECPLOT.
X66P Previous output of X66, usually at g-set. Used by IOPT=9, when
setnam<>'g', as a baseline to compare against the non-g-set results in
X66.
XAA Reduced square matrix in a-set. Output by MATREDU.
XAA* Family of reduced square matrices in a-set pertaining to the upstream
superelements.
XD Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set. Output by
UREDUC.
XDD Reduced square matrix in d-set. Output by MATREDU.
XDICT KDICT Baseline element matrix dictionary table.
XDICTB Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.
XDICTDS KDICT Perturbed element matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this
is the forward or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
XDICTX KDICT Baseline element matrix dictionary table or backward perturbed
element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.
XELM KELM Baseline element matrices. Output by EMG.
XELMB Backward perturbed element matrices if CDIF='YES'
XELMDS KELM Table of perturbed element matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the
forward or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary.
XELMX KELM Baseline element matrices or backward perturbed element matrices
if CDIF='YES'.
XG Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the
g-set.
XGG Square matrix in g-set. In superelement analysis, XGG includes
contributions from upstream superelements. Output by EMA and
SEMA.
XGGi Square matrices in g-set. Output by EMA and SEMA.
XH Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the h-set (modal).
Output by UREDUC.
XINIT Matrix of initial values of the design variables. Output by DOPR1.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
XJJ Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied
to its interior points only.
XNENEi Square matrix in ne-set. Output by MCE2.
XNNi Square matrices in n-set. Output by MCE2.
XORTH Cross-orthogonality matrix. Output by CEAD and UEIGL.
XOUT Resultant to table output. Output by VECPLOT.
XP Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set
XPP Square matrix in p-set.
XPPi Square matrix in p-set.
XS Optional starting vector, same type as B and PG in SOLVIT and
STATICS, respectively. Rectangular matrix of displacements or
loads in the s-set. Output by UREDUC.
XSF S-set by f-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint
constraint elimination and reduction. Output by MATREDU.
XSS S-set by s-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint
constraint elimination and reduction. Output by MATREDU.
XYCDB Table of x-y plotting commands. Output by IFP1.
XYCDBDR Table of x-y plotting commands for a superelement (identification
number equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEDR.
XYCDBS Table of x-y plotting commands for the current superelement
SEP2CT.
XYPLOT Table of x-y plot control values. Output by XYTRAN.
XZ Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to
independent design variable linking relationship. Output by DOPR1.
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
YACCE Matrix of enforced accelerations.
YGBNDR Boundary shape matrices appended for all auxiliary or geometric
models.
YPF Frequency response enforced motion matrix in the p-set. Output by
FRLG.
Main Index
Glossary 1627
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
YPO Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set and for the
output time steps. Output by TRLG.
YPT Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set. Output by
TRLG.
YS Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures. Output by GPSP.
YS0 Matrix of enforced displacements temperatures usually prior to
Auto-SPC update in GPSP. Output by GP4.
YS1 YS updated with enforced displacements from upstream
superelements. Output by BNDSPC.
YSD Accumulated matrix of enforced displacements from upstream
superelements.
YSD1 YSD updated with enforced displacements from upstream and
current superelements to be passed to downstream superelements.
Output by BNDSPC.
YSMAT Initial and final enforced displacement matrices.
YVELO Matrix of enforced velocities.
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3 Chapter 2
ZETAH Mass-normalized damping.
Z1ZX Matrix of unrestrained dimensional elastic derivatives
ZZX Reduced aerostatic solution matrix.
Data Block Naming Conventions

Stiffness, Damping, and Mass:
K_____ Stiffness
KD____ Differential stiffness
B_____ Viscous damping
K4____ Structural damping (See GE field on MATi entries)
__2DD Stiffness in dynamic formulation
M____ Mass
___JJ Stiffness, damping, and mass matrices without upstream superelement
contributions. Exception: __AJJ_ is the aerodynamic influence matrix.
L__, U__ Lower and upper triangular decomposition factors
Note: Some of the above names may be prefixed with a "C" to indicate a complex matrix.
Superelements:
CM____ Superelement (component) modes

_____S Assigned only to SEP2 and GP1 module outputs
__LIST Superelement processing list; for example, SLIST, DRLIST, and DSLIST
MAPS Superelement boundary grid map
SEMAP Superelement map
Loads and Solutions:
A_____ Aeroelastic or aerostatic

B_____ Buckling
Main Index
Glossary 1629
Data Block Glossary
C_____ Complex modes

CY____ Cyclic symmetry
F_____ Flutter
_____F Frequency response
_____T Transient response
___NL_ Nonlinear static or transient response; for example, USETNL, ESTNL and
OESNLX
_____NI Nonlinear static or transient response generated in a nonlinear loop.
___PH__ Eigensolution
PH____ Normal modes eigenvector matrix; for example, PHG (g-set) and PHA(a-set)
CPH___ Complex modes eigenvector matrix; for example, CPHD (d-set) and CPHL (l-set).
BPH___ Buckling eigenvector matrix; for example, BPHA (a-set)
Solutions:
___U___ Static and dynamics (except eigen-) solution; for example, CYUG is the cyclic
static solution g-set
___Q___ Single point forces of constraint in statics and dynamics solution; for example, QG,
QPT, and CYQG. Also aerodynamic matrices; for example, QHH, QKHL, and
QLL
___QM__ Multipoint forces of constraint in statics and dynamics solution; for example,
QMG, QMPT, and CYQMG
CMPH___ Component modes eigenvector matrices.
__LAMA Eigenvalue summary table; for example, LAMA, BLAMA (buckling), CLAMA
(complex), and CMLAMA (component modes)
__UH__ Dynamic solution at modal degrees-of-freedom; for example, AUHF is the
Aeroelastic solution h-set
__OL__ Dynamic output list; for example, FOL (frequency) and TOL (transient).
___NT__ Nonlinear transient response; for example, UPNT and ULNTH
_____N Nonlinear static solution appended for all loops; for example, UGN and QGN
Loads:
P_____ Dynamic and static loads

Y___ Enforced displacement
PA Static loads a-set
PJ Static loads g-set (no upstream loads)
Main Index
Data Block Glossary
PG Static loads g-set

PP____ Dynamic loads p-set
PH____ Dynamic loads h-set
__PPF_ Dynamic loads p-set, frequency response
__PPT_ Dynamic loads p-set, transient response
__UH__ Dynamic solution at modal degrees-of-freedom
__UG__ Static solution g-set; for example, UGN is the nonlinear solution at the g-set.
__UL__ Static or dynamic solution l-set; for example, ULN is the nonlinear solution at the
g-set.
__UP__ Dynamic solution p-set; for example, UPN is the nonlinear transient solution at the
p-set.
Solution Output Tables:
O__ES__ Element stresses (STRESS=n)

O__GPS__ Grid point stresses (GPSTRESS=n)
O__GPF__ Grid point forces (GPFORCE=n)
O__NRG__ Element strain energy (ESE=n)
O__EF__ Element forces (FORCE=n)
O__EE__ Element strains (STRAIN=n)
O__STR__ Element strains (STRAIN=n)
O__UG__ Static solution (DISP=n)
O__UP__ Dynamic solution (DISP=n)
O__QG__ Static spcforces (SPCF=n)
O__QMG_ Static mpcforces (MPCF=n)
O__QP__ Dynamic spcforces (SPCF=n)
O_____1 Sort 1 format
O_____2 Sort 2 format
Miscellaneous:
__CASE__ Case Control section tables; for example, Outputs from IFP1, SEP2 and SEDRDR
are CASECC, CASES, and CASEDR.
___CDB_ Control data blocks from the OUTPUT(XY_____), OUTPUT(PLOT), and
OUTPUT(POST) sections; for example, Outputs from IFP1, SEP2, and SEDRDR
are POSTCDB, PCDBS, and PCDBDR.
Main Index
Glossary 1631
Data Block Glossary
GEOM__ Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry, connectivity, static loads,
and degree-of-freedom set membership.
USET__ Degree-of-freedom set; for example, USET0 (from GP4), USET (from GPSP),
and USETD (from DPD).
_GPDT_ Grid point definition tables; for example, BGPDT and GPDT.
CSTM_ Coordinate Systems Transformation matrix tables; for example, CSTM, CSTMS,
CSTMA
O_____ Solution output tables; for example, OCYES1 is cyclic statics, element stresses,
and Sort 1. OCPHQP1 is complex modes, SPCForces, and Sort 1. OUG2 is statics,
displacements, and Sort 2.
_EST__ Element summary table; for example, Outputs from TA1 are named EST and
ESTL. Output from NLITER and NLTRD is named ESTNL.
_DICT_ Dictionary table for element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KDICT (linear),
KDDICT (differential), KDICTNL (material nonlinear), MDICT (mass)
_ELM_ Element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KELM (linear), KDELM (differential),
MELM (mass)
_____1 MODACC module outputs. (OTIME and OFREQ); for example, ULF1, FOL1
_____1X SDRX and SDRXD module outputs; for example, OES1X, OEF1X
Inconsistent Names:
BUG Buckling eigenvector matrix; should be renamed to BPHG.

GM Transformation between m-set and n-set; should be renamed to GMN.
POS Static loads on the o-set; should be renamed to PO.
PSS Static loads on the s-set; should be renamed to PS.
DM Transformation between l-set and r-set; should be renamed to DLR.
MR Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set); should be renamed to MRR.
MRR Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT; should be renamed to MRR1.
__V__ Obsolete designation indicating "vector"; for example, OUGV1, UGVS, UHVF.
__PHI__ Obsolete designation indicating eigensolution; for example, PHIDH (should be
PHDH)
PHDH Transformation from d-set to h-set; should be renamed to PHD.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary
Parameter Glossary
The parameter Glossary lists the names and a brief description of all parameters shown in the module
descriptions in Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 589. Naming conventions
appear at the end of the glossary.
Name Type and Description

AADJCOL Integer. On input, summation of columns in DRDUG for all previously processed
superelements. On output, summation of columns in DRDUG including current
superelement. Output by ADJMOD.
ACMS Character. Automatic Component Mode Synthesis flag. If ACMS='YES', then the
model will be automatically partitioned into superelements according to NTIPS,
TIPSCOL, AND ZCOLLCT.
ACON Integer. B-set constraint flag. If ACON<0, then b-set degrees-of-freedom will be
constrained if AUTOSPC='YES'.
ACOUSTIC Integer. Fluid-structure analysis flag. Output by GP2.
0 No fluid elements exist
1 Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exist
2 Fluid/structure coupling exists
ACOUT Character. Type of acoustic pressure output in fluid-structural analysis.
'RMS' Root-mean-square
'PEAK' Peak
ACTFREQ Integer. Active frequency processing flag. Output by DSAD.
ADELRF Integer. Counter for adjoint responses in frequency response analysis. Output by
DSAL.
ADELRS Integer. Counter for adjoint responses in static analysis. Output by DSAL.
ADJFLG Integer. Adjoint sensitivity flag. Output by DSAD.
0 No adjoint sensitivity
1 Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis
2 Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis
ADJMETH Integer. Triple matrix product method in DSADJ.
0 the program automatically selects the best of ADJMETH=1 or 2.
1 holds the full g-size solution vector and is recommended if disk space is
limited
Main Index
Glossary 1633
Parameter Glossary

2 holds only the active solution vectors
ADPCON Real. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if
positive.
ADPTEXIT Logical. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop. Output by ADAPT.
ADPTINDX Integer. P-version analysis adaptivity index.
AECONFIG Character. Aerodynamic configuration. Output by AEMODEL.
AEQRATIO Real. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio. Output by AELOOP and
DSARLP.
AERTYP Character. Aerodynamic analysis type:
'STATICS' Aerostatic
'DYNAMICS' Flutter and aeroelastic
'STADYN' All aerodynamic analysis types
ALPHAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [A].
ALPHAJ Real. Real part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method.
ALTSHAPE Integer. Set of displacement functions in p-element analysis.
0 MacNeal set
1 Full product space set
AMLFLG Logical. Set to TRUE if AMLIST if generated. Output by AXMPR1.
APP Character. Analysis type.
Output by FRLG. Dynamic load type.
Set to 'FREQ', if RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entries are referenced.
Set to 'TRAN', if TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 entries are referenced.

ARCLG Real. The arc length at the last converged step. Output by NLITER.
ARCSGN Integer. The sign of PDD P at the beginning of the subcase. This is used in restarts
in the post-buckling region. Output by NLITER.
ASMUNIT Integer. Fortran unit number for the .asm file to be generated if the ASMBULK
option is specified on the EXTSEOUT Case Control command.
ATQSET Logical. Q-set generation flag for ACMS=’YES’.
FALSE generate a fixed number of q-set DOFs for each domain
TRUE generate a single q-set DOF for the residual structure and
the fluid superelement. Usually set indirectly by user
parameter.
In G4:
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

If no ASET, ASET1, QSET, and QSET1 entries are present, then all
unspecified degrees of freedom will be included in the:
a-set if AUTOQSET=.FALSE.
o-set if AUTOQSET=.TRUE.
In SEP1X:
Automatic q-set generation flag. If .TRUE., automatic q-set will not be
generated here but in the MODQSET module.
AUNIT Logical. If TRUE then unit solutions are assumed.
AUNITS Real. Used to convert accelerations expressed in gravity units to units of length per
time squared.
AUTOADJ Character. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. If set to 'YES', then adjoint
sensitivity will be automatically selected if appropriate. Usually input via user
parameter.
AUTOMSET Character. Auto m-set selection flag. If YES, then the dependent degree-of-freedom
specifications on MPC and rigid element Bulk Data entries will be rearranged to
avoid exclusive DOF set conflicts. Usually input by user parameter.
AUTOSE Character. Automatic superelement optimization flag. Values are 'YES' or 'NO' as
specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by DSGRDM.
AUTOSPC Character. Automatic constraint flag. If set to 'YES', then singularities will be
constrained.
AUXMFL Logical. Auxiliary model loop control flag. Output by AXMDRV. Set to FALSE
when processing the last auxiliary model.
AUXMID Integer. Auxiliary model identification number. Output by AXMDRV.
BADMESH Logical. Bad geometry was detected.
BAILOUT Integer. Decomposition maximum ratio exit flag.
BC Integer. BC Case Control command set identification number specified in the 257-
th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
BCFLAG Logical. Set to FALSE at the last boundary condition.
BCKCOL Integer. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the
STATSUB(BUCKLE) subcase identification number. BCKCOL also corresponds to
the column number of static solution vector. Output by GETCOL.
BCLBL Integer. f06 file page header control.
-1 Clear page header
0 Initialize page header without page eject
1 Initialize page header with page eject
Main Index
Glossary 1635
Parameter Glossary

BEGSUP BEGIN SUPER flag. Set to TRUE if BEGIN SUPER is specified for the first Bulk
Data section. Output by IFP1.
BETA Complex. Integration parameter.
BETAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [B].
BIGER Real. Minimum absolute value of element quantity to be output.
BIGMAT Logical. Big matrix (>65535 rows) format flag.
BITID Integer. Bit position of a degree-of-freedom set.
BOV Real. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency. Value calculated by
REFC/(2.*VELOCITY). Output by APD.
BOXIDF Integer. Box corner point identification flag. Output by APD.
0 Points have unique identification numbers starting with the aerodynamic
component identification number.
-1 Points identification numbers are incremented by 1, to avoid an overlap if
they were started with the aerodynamic component identification
numbers. No display of the corner points is possible.
BSKIP Logical. Pre-buckling subcase skip flag. If TRUE, the skip first subcase in
CASECC.
BTBRS Real. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
BUCKCC Logical. Buckling analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=BUCK command was found in CASECC and CASEBUCK is
specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
BULKFGi Integer. Bulk Data entry record existence flag. Set to -1 if Bulk Data entry record
exists. Output by PARAML.
BULKNMi Integer. Bulk Data entry name.
CARDNO Integer. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is incremented by one for each line
written to the punch file and is also written into columns 73-80 of each line. Output
by XYTRAN.
CASCOMi Character. Case Control command names.
CASEID Integer. Subcase identification number for SOL 400. Output by CASE.
CCSET Integer. Case Control set identification number which specifies a set of grids to be
used for the N1,N2... list of the COARSEN option. (Reserved for possible future
implementation).
CFDFLG Integer. Central finite difference flag.
1 Forward
-1 Backward
CDIF Character. Finite difference scheme.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

'YES' Central
'NO'
Forward
CDOM Integer. Coordinate system ID of the origin of the motion.(0=basic coordinate
system).
CFDIAGP Character. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of CFAST element deletion. Usually
CFRANDEL Real. Rate (percentage) at which CFAST elements are removed from the model.
Usually input by user parameter.
CHAR Character. Character value of table element. Output by PARAML.
CHAR2 Character. Character value of table element concatenated from the values in the
WRDNUM and WRDNUM-th position. Output by PARAML.
APPEND module: Character value in the same record as CHAR1 and following
CHAR1.
CHARi Character. Character value for PRGNAME.
CHOLSKY Integer. Cholesky decomposition flag.
CLOSE Real. Close natural frequency scale factor. Under the OPTION='ABS' method, close
natural frequencies will be summed if the natural frequencies satisfy:
f i + 1  CLOSE  f i
CLOSEOPT Integer. FORTIO close options.

1 Rewind (leaves file open, if open)
2 Close/keep (default)
3 Close/delete
CMDEREQ Integer. Component modal damping energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 means
yes. Output by CMSENGY.
CMEOUT Integer. Module processing flag.
-2 Query the Case Control CMSENERGY request
-1 Print/punch accumulated results
0 Integer. Compute results tables for the current superelement.
CMERTYPE Type of response of input matrices.
1 free vibrations
2 modal frequency
3 modal transient
CMETYPE Integer. Type of energy of input matrices.
Main Index
Glossary 1637
Parameter Glossary

1 strain energy
2 kinetic energy
3 damping energy
CMFREREQ Integer. Component modal forced response energy request flag. -1 means no and 0
yes. Output by CMSENGY.
CMFVEREQ Integer. Component modal free vibration energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes.
Output by CMSENGY.
CMKEREQ Integer. Component modal kinetic energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes.
Output by CMSENGY.
CMPX Complex. Complex value in the next record.
CMPXD Complex double precision. Complex double precision value in the next record.
CMPXi Complex. Complex value for PRGNAME.
CMSEREQ Integer. Component modal strain energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes. Output
by CMSENGY.
CNCNT Integer. Counter for constraints in CONTAB. Output by DOPR3.
CNVFLG Integer. Design optimization convergence flag. Output by DOM12.
0 No convergence is achieved
1 Soft convergence is achieved
2 Hard convergence is achieved
COLADJ Integer. Number of columns of DRDUG for the current superelement.
COLINC Integer. Column increment. Extract every COLINC'th column between STARTCOL
and ENDCOL.
COLNAM Character. Degree-of-freedom set name for labeling matrix rows MATGPR output.
COLNUM Integer. Selects the column number of the input matrix that will be sorted to produce
SORTLIST and SORTBOOL. Default selects the first column.
COMBMETH Integer. Combine method selection in SSG1 module.
0 Automatic
1 Single term
2 Scaled column
3 Multiple/add kernels
<0 Same as above with diagnostic print
COMPNAME Character. Name of a component defining the set of points participating in the rigid
body motion.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

COMPRPLC Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be copied from
COMP1 into COMP.
CONFAC Integer. Image superelement congruence tolerance for the location of boundary grid
points and displacement coordinate systems.
CONSEC Integer. A composite number equal to 10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS
was reached) + (the number of consecutive time steps which have reached
MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is terminated. Output by NLTRD,
NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
CONT3D Integer. 3D contact flag.
<0 No
>-1 Yes
CONV Integer. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV,
NLTRD, and NLTRD2.
On input:
0 Initialization
On output:
-1 Convergence has not been achieved
COORID Integer. Coordinate system identification number.
COUPMASS Integer. Coupled mass generation flag.
-1 Lumped
0 Coupled
CP Integer. DBC module control parameter. Output by DBC.
CRTPOS Integer. CCPOS1 creation flag.
>0 Create CCPOS1
<=0 Do not create CCPOS1
CSDIAGP Character. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of CWSEAM element deletion.
CSRANDEL Real. Rate (percentage) at which CWSEAM elements are removed from the model.
CSTRN Integer. Composite lamina strain constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output
by DSPRM.
CSTRES Integer. Composite lamina stress constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output
by DSPRM.
CTYPE Character. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data entry. Output
by CYCLIC1.
Main Index
Glossary 1639
Parameter Glossary

'ROT' Rotational
'AXI' Axisymmetric
'DIH' Dihedral
CVTYP Integer. Type of convergence test.
1 Soft convergence is to be checked
2 Hard convergence is to be checked
3 Final iteration histories are to be printed
CWDIAGP Character. CWELD deletion diagnostic flag. ’YES’ means print. diagonistics.
CWRANDEL Real. Rate (percentage) at which CWELD elements are removed from the model.
CYCLIC Logical or integer. Set to TRUE or -1 for cyclic symmetry models.
DATAREC Integer. Data recovery flag. If DATAREC>0, then DPD will not perform UFM 2071
checks for DELAY and DPHASE which are not need in data recovery.
DBCPATH Integer. Dummy variable parameter to allow passing of qualifiers from the
NASTRAN database to the DBC database.
DBKNT Integer. Total number of data blocks found on IUNIT. DBKNT is only computed
under ITAPE= -3 or -13. Output by INPUTT2.
DCEIGCC Logical. Direct complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least
one ANALYSIS=DCEIG command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is
DEBUG Integer. Passive column logic control flag in DCMP and DECOMP.
DECOMP Integer. DCMP and DECOMP module error termination flag.
DEFORMED Integer. Deformed plot request flag.
1 Plot undeformed shapes
-1 Plot deformed shapes
DEFRMID Integer. Element deformation set identification number. Usually obtained from the
DEFORM Case Control command. Required for use in stress recovery of
differential stiffness.
DELG Real. Scale factor on perturbed length.
DELTAB Real. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on the DOPTPRM Bulk
Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block.
DELTAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [D].
DESCYCLE Integer. Design cycle analysis counter or flag.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

DESGLB Integer. DESGLB Case Control command set identification number. Output by
DOPR3 and MDCASE.
DESITER Integer. Design optimization iteration number.
DESMAX Integer. Maximum allowed design optimization iteration number.
DESOBJ Integer. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification number. Output by
DOPR3 and MDCASE.
DESOPT Integer. Non-composite element force flag. If set to 1, then the non-composite
element forces are extracted for68m OEF1A and copied to OEF1AA.
DESPCH Integer. Punch control for updated DESVAR, DREPS1 and GRID Bulk Data entries.
See DESPCH (p. 718) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DESVAR Integer. Retained DVPRELi or DVGRID entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to -
1 if there are retained design variable perturbations. Output by SDSA.
DET Complex. Scaled value of the determinant of a matrix. Output by DCMP and
DECOMP.
DETER Complex. Shift value. Output by DYCNTRL.
DFREQ Real. Duplicate frequency threshold. Two frequencies, f 1 and f 2 , are considered
duplicates if
f 1 – f 2  DFREQ  f max – f min
where f max and f min are the maximum and minimum frequencies across all
FREQi Bulk Data entries.
DFRQCC Logical. Direct frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=DFREQ command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is
DIGITS Integer. Number of digits for the fractional part of values written by the OUTPUT4
module.
DISCYC Logical. Discrete design cycle flag. TRUE if this is a discrete design cycle.
DISMETH Integer. Method of processing in DISUTIL module.
DISVAR Logical. Discrete optimization variable flag. Set to TRUE if discrete optimization
design variables are specified. Output by DOPR1.
DLOAD1 Integer. Dynamic load set identification number in the first frequency subcase.
Output by DSAD.
DMIGFN Character. Qualifier name for F2J matrices.
DMPYIN Logical. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to input matrices from master processor to
slave processor(s).
DMPYOUT Logical. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to X matrix from slave processor(s) to
master processor.
Main Index
Glossary 1641
Parameter Glossary

DODMP Integer. Distributed memory parallel flag.
0 Compute in serial (default)
1 Compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
2 Compute in distributed memory parallel method 1
DMRESD Integer. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is limited to the
residual structure. Output by SDSB.
DOANALY Integer. Any analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
DOBUCK Integer. Buckling constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.
DOCEIG Integer. Complex eigenvalue response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response.
DOCSTRAT Integer. Composite stress ratio flag. Set to >0 if any composite stress ratio. Output
by DSPRM.
DOEIGV Integer. Set to >0 if any eigenvector constraints. Output by DSPRM.
DOELOP Integer. Set to >0 if any element oriented force responses. Output by DSPRM.
DODIVG Integer. Divergence analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
response. Output by DSPRM.
DOESE Integer. Static analysis retained element strain energy response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response. Output by DSPRM.
DOFLUT Integer. Flutter analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
DOFREQ Integer. Frequency response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
DOFRMASS Integer. Fractional mass flag. Set to >0 if any fractional mass. Output by DSPRM.
DOFSPC Integer. Frequency response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any
DOGPF Integer. Set to >0 if any grid point force responses. Output by DSPRM.
DOMODES Integer. Normal modes constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by
DSPRM.
DOMTRAN Integer. Transient response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
DONSET Integer. Flag to execute GPSP again for automatic MPC processing. Output by
GPSP.
-1 Execute GPSP again to process the n-set stiffness matrix (KNN).
0 Do not execute GPSP again.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

DOPT Integer. Scaling method between grid points on the abscissa for the CURVPLOT
module.
DORMS Integer. RMS response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
DOSAERO Integer. Aerostatic trim or stability derivative retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
DOSASTAT Integer. Statics or aerostatic retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
DOSSPCF Integer. Static analysis retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
DOSTAT Integer. Statics constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.
DOSTCOMP Integer. Static compliance flag. Set to >0 if any static compliance. Output by
DSPRM.
DOTSPC Integer. Transient response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
DOWGHT Integer. Weight retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by
DSPRM.
DPEPS Real. Tolerance for design model override of analysis model properties. See further
description in Parameters (p. 691) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DPHFLG Integer. Flag to select Nelson’s method or subspace iteration for eigenvector
sensitivities. Usually input via user parameter.
0 Nelson’s method
1 Subspace iteration
DRATIO Real. Design grid ratio as specified on the DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by
DSGRDM.
DRESP Integer. Retained DRESP1 entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are
retained design responses. Output by SDSA.
DSAPRT Logical. DSAPRT Case Control command print flag.
DSENS Integer. Acceleration matrix creation flag. Set to 1 to generate AG, accelerations due
to inertial loads.
DSFLAG Logical. Design sensitivity flag. Set to TRUE for design sensitivity job.
DSNOKD Real. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling design sensitivity
analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter.
DSVGF Integer. Specifies scaling of solution vector by eigenvalue.
0 No scaling
1 Scale
Main Index
Glossary 1643
Parameter Glossary

DSZERO Real. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the absolute value of the
coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient will be printed.
DTMi Integer. Mode acceleration based displacement matrix flag. If DTMi<>0, then
MOPFi is a mode acceleration based displacement matrix and, therefore, velocities
and accelerations will not be output to OFPi. For APP='TRANRESP', MOFPi must
have only one column per time step instead of the usual three.
DUPWG Integer. Duplicate word group option in the TABEDIT module.
DVAFLAG Integer. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations are contained in separate data
blocks and any associated outputs follow suit.
-1 Velocities and accelerations are contained in OUGi.
1 Velocities and accelerations are contained in OVGi and OAGi.
DVFLAG Integer. Enforced motion processing flag for both the large mass and direct
methods of specification.
=0 Process only applied loads and excitations due to enforced accelerations.
>0 Process only excitations due to enforced displacements and velocities.
DVGRDN Character. Flag for skipping basis vector components associated with all GRIDNs in
DESVCP. If DVGRDN='YES', then components will be skipped.
DVRGCC Logical. Aerostatic divergence analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=DIVERG command was found in CASECC and CASEDVRG is
EIGNFREQ Integer. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag. Output by DOPR3.
ECTYPE Integer. Type of element connectivity input and plot set output:
0 ECT and ELSET
1 GEOM2 and ELSET
2 ECT and PELSET
EDT1FLG Integer. EDT1 creation flag. Output by GP5.
-1 EDT1 was created.
0 EDT1 was not created.
EFMDIAG Integer. EFM diagnostic printout flag.
EFMFLG Integer. Processing flag for how shell normals are computed on superelement
boundary points.
0 Compute the average all of the shell normals
1 Compute the resultant of all of shell normals
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

EFMMASS Real. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations
are to be performed. Output by SEEFMDMP.
EIGRFLD Character. Field name of EIGR or EIGRL entry. EIGRFLD is also an output if the
field value is a character string. Output by MATMOD option 23.
EIGRVALI Integer. Extracted integer value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry. Output by
MATMOD option 23.
EIGRVALR Real. Extracted real value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry. Output by MATMOD
option 23.
ELEMSET Integer. SET Case Control command identification number that contains a list
element point identification numbers.
ENDCOL Integer. Ending column number to extract from I1.
EPPRT Real. Singularity print parameter. Singularities greater than EPPRT will not be
printed if PRGPST='YES'.
EPS Real. Convergence criterion. By default EPS will be set to N/10000 where N is the
size of KXX, etc.
EPSBIG Real. Large number for tuning.
EPSI Integer. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the error ratio is greater than 1.E-
3. Output by SSG3 and DISUTIL.
EPSLND Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [E].
EPSMALC Real. Small number for tuning.
EPSNO Integer. Number of eigensolutions to check and the quantity of error checking
output. If left at its default value, only the highest epsilon for the first ten or NEIGV
modes (whichever is less) are printed. If EPSNO is greater than zero, the epsilons
for the first EPSNO are printed.
EPZERO Real. Singularity test parameter. Singularities greater than EPZERO will not be
constrained.
EQVBLK Logical. Copy/equivalence flag of BULKOLD to BULK. If on input
EQVBLK=FALSE, and no new Bulk Data then copy BULKOLD to BULK. If on
input and output EQVBLK=TRUE and no new Bulk Data, then BULKOLD must be
equivalenced to BULK in a subsequent EQUIVX statement. If there are any new
Bulk Data then EQVBLK will be set to FALSE on output. xsort.
ERR Integer. Excessive factor diagonal ratio flag. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
ERROR Integer. Duplicate element identification flag. Output by ELTPRT.
EXISTS Character. Project and version status. Output by PROJVER.
'EXISTS' If project and version exists
'DELETED' If project and version is deleted
'NONE' If project and version never existed
Main Index
Glossary 1645
Parameter Glossary

EXTNAME Character. Name of the qualifier used to identify External Superelements. Note
linkage to the SEBULK data entry.
EXTRN Integer. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the
CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
EXTWORK Real. External work. Output by SSG3.
F1 Real. The lower frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ and UEIGL.
Tolerance for treating small values as zero during decomposition in DCMP and
DECOMP. Maximum value to print in MATGPR output.
F2 Real. The upper frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ and UEIGL. The
F6CNTR Integer. Fortran unit loop counter.
F6SUFFIX Character. Suffix name assigned to Fortran unit physicalvnames. Output by
MODCASE.
F6UNIT Integer. Current Fortran unit number. Output by MODCASE.
FAC1 Complex. Square of the reciprocal of the time step increment. Imaginary part is
always zero. Output by TRLG.
FAC2 Complex. Reciprocal of twice the time step increment. Imaginary part is always
zero. Output by TRLG.
FAC3 Complex. Negative of the reciprocal of the time step increment. Imaginary part is
always zero. Output by TRLG.
FACTOR Integer. Factor in the computation of the sequenced identification number (SEQID)
in the SEQP module.
FAILI Integer. Composite failure index constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output
by DSPRM.
FBREST Integer. Internal restart flag.
FBTYP Integer. Forward or backward pass selection.
FCSENS Integer. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag.
Fij Integer. Form of output matrix partitions.
FILTERF Real. Filter for fluid factor matrices.
FILTERS Real. Filter for structure factor matrices.
FIRSTBA Logical. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE if first frequency is truncated.
Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.
FKQRTR Logical. Follower stiffness generation flag. If TRUE, follower stiffness will be
generated. Usually based on user parameter FOLLOWK.
FKSYMFAC Real. Follower stiffness symmetry factor tolerance. Usually input by user parameter.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

FLOOP Integer. Flutter eigenvalue analysis loop counter. Set to zero for initial entry and
incremented by one for each loop until the last loop then set to -1. Output by FA1.
FLUID Logical. Fluid processing flag.
GKAM If TRUE, then modal damping set identification number is
obtained from the SDAMPING(FLUID) Case Control
command.
READ and METHOD command option (FLUID or STRUCTURE). If
LANCZOS FLUID=TRUE, the EIGRL entry is selected from
METHOD(FLUID) Case Control command.
FLUIDMP Integer. Number of fluid modes to use in computing factors. If FLUIDMP>0 then
compute factors for the first FLUIDMP modes.
FLUIDSE Integer. Fluid superelement identification number. Set to a value greater than zero if
ACMS='YES' and fluid elements are present. Output by SEQP.
FLUTCC Logical. Flutter analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=FLUTTER command was found in CASECC and CASEFLUT is
specified in the output list.
FMODE Integer. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user parameter input of
LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case
Control input. Output by GKAM.
FMODEF Integer. The lowest fluid mode number resulting from user parameter input of
LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL and also MODESELECT(FLUID) Case
Control input. Output by GKAM.
FMPFEPS Real. Threshold for filtering out small fluid factor magnitudes.
FORM Integer. Form of output matrix.
FORMAT Character. Eigenvalue problem type. Must specify 'MODES'. Buckling problems are
not supported.
FOUND Integer. Integer value search flag. Set to -1 if integer value is found by PARAML.
Output by PARAML.
FOURIER Integer. Fourier transform. Set to 1 if TLOADi Bulk Data entries are referenced by
the DLOAD set identification number in CASECC. Output by FRLG.
FREQ1 Integer. Frequency set identification number in the first frequency subcase. Output
by DSAD.
FREQ345 Logical. Flag indicating presence of FREQ3, FREQ4, and FREQ5 Bulk Data
entries.
FREQDEP Logical. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set to TRUE if frequency-dependent
elements are present or to be processed. Output by TA1.
FREQINDX Integer. Frequency or time step index. Selects frequency associated with UA.
FREQTYP Character. Frequency dependent element processing mode:
Main Index
Glossary 1647
Parameter Glossary

'ESTF' Compute frequency dependent stiffness
'ESTNF' Compute nominal frequency dependent stiffness
FREQVAL Real. Frequency value for frequency dependent element generation. Output by
FRQDRV.
FREQWA Real. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
FRM Real. Fractional mass for designed structure.
FRMASS Real. Fractional mass of designed structure.
FROMLABL Character. The label associated with the present group set.
FRQLOOP Integer. Frequency loop counter. On input, FRQLOOP should be initialized to 0
before the loop. On output, FRQLOOP is incremented by one and at the last
frequency, FRQLOOP is negated. For example, if the fifth frequency is the last then
FRQLOOP is output as -5. Output by FRQDRV.
FSDCYC Logical. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to TRUE if this is a fully stressed
design cycle.
G Real. Uniform structural damping coefficient. Usually input by user parameter.
GAMMAD Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [C].
GDRTYP Character. Solution type.
DIRECT NOYSET is obtained from DYNRED Bulk Data entry
ODAL NOYSET is estimated
GEOMU Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes geometric
information.
GETNUMPN Logical. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get number of panels flag
only and do not compute panel static loads.
GMAFLG Integer. Test control flag for changes in the set identification numbers specified for
the SDAMPING, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, and TFL commands.
GNLSTN Integer. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user parameter.
0 Small strain
1 Green strain
GPF Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
GPFNAM Character. NDDL name of the OGPF1.
GPFORCE Integer. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than or equal to zero
then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.
GPLABEL Character. The label associated with the new set of subgroups.
GPSOPT Integer. GPSTR2 output option bits numbered right to left.
Bit Description
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

1 Requests that direct stresses/strains for volume always be output. (This is
an MSC.ADAMS MNF requirement).
2 Requests that principal stresses/strains for volume always be output
3 Set device code bit in OGS1’s Id record to indicate plot only for direct
stress/strain for volume
4 Set device code bit in OGS1’s Id record to indicate plot only for principal
stress/strain for volume.
GRDPNT Integer. Reference grid point identification number. Inertias are computed
GRDPNT. If GRDPNT=-1 then the origin of the basic coordinate system is used.
Output by VECPLOT.
GRIDFMP Integer. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids that will be output.
GRIDMP Integer. Case Control set identification number for a set of fluid grids.
GRIDSET Integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a list grid
point identification numbers.
GRPSZ Integer. The number of processors in each subgroup.
GUSTAERO Integer. QHJ computed only if GUSTAERO<0.
GUST2ID Integer. GUST2 Bulk Data identification number.
HDRLBLi Character. Header with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of
each page.
HEATCC Logical. Heat transfer analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=HEAT command was found in CASECC and CASEHEAT is specified
in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
HFREQ Real. Upper frequency limit of modes to use in modal transformation.
HINDEX Integer. Harmonic index.
HNAMEi Character. For INPUTT2, HNAMEi is the data block name found in the header of
DBi on the Fortran unit. For OUTPUT2, HNAMEi is data block name to written into
the header for DBi on the Fortran unit. Output by INPUTT2.
HPFLAG Integer. Element type processing flag.
1 h-element
2 p-element
IAPP Integer. Analysis type. Allowable values are:
1 Statics, aerostatic, frequency, or transient response
2 Buckling or normal modes
3 Flutter or divergence
IBAND Integer. Current band identification number.
Main Index
Glossary 1649
Parameter Glossary

IBLK Integer. Initial block size.
ICCOL Integer. Column number of static solution matrix as derived from the IC(STATSUB)
Case Control command specification. Output by GETCOL.
ICOL Integer. Column number of a matrix element.
IEXT Integer. Extraction level for reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization. See the
IFRMAS Integer. Fractional mass response type.
IFTM Integer. Fourier transform method.
0 Constant
1 Piecewise linear (default)
2 Cubic spline
IMACHNO Integer. Mach number (MACH) multiplied by 1000 and specified as an integer.
IMAG Real. Imaginary part of matrix or table element. Output by PARAML.
IMETHOD Integer. Nonlinear transient analysis flag. Input and output by CASE.
IBELONG Integer. A zero value of this parameter indicates that the processor does not belong
to any of the subgroups associated with the TOLABEL label.
INCGRP Input. The stride from the first processor identification number of the parent group
which is included in a given subgroup, to the processor identification number of the
parent group which corresponds to he first processor identification number which is
included in the next subgroup.
INCPID Integer. The stride from one processor identification number of the parent group that
is included in a given subgroup, to the next processor identification number of the
parent group which is included in the same group.
INDDOF Integer. If INDDOF<>0 then CLASS=DISP path is taken using RBE3D code with
Ci=INDDOF
INTGR Integer. Integer value of table element. Output by PARAML.
INTi Integer. Integer value for PRGNAME.
INVA Integer. Inversion flag of A. In INVA=-1 then invert A.
INVOKE Logical. Restart deletion invocaton flag.
IOPT Integer. LOADSET Case Control command processing flag. If IOPT=0, then the
LOADSET command is ignored and all LSEQ entries will be used to expand
CASECC. If IOPT=1, then only those LSEQ entries selected by the LOADSET
command will be used. Integer. Case Control command selection flag for the
MTRXIN module.
Integer. Normalization method.
Integer. Matrix partition or merge option.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

Integer. VECPLOT module output option.
IOSTAT Integer. FORTIO status return code. Output by FORTIO. For OPERATN='OPEN' or
'CLOSE':
0 Successful
1 Unsuccessful
For OPERATN='EXISTS':
0 Assigned physical file exists
1 Assigned physical file does not exist
IP1 Integer. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
IP2 Integer. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
IPAD Integer. Padding level for reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization. See the
IPANEL Integer. The number of records to skip to get the required data in the PANSLT table.
IROW Integer. Row number of a matrix element. Output by PARAML.
IRTN Integer. External program return code. Output by ISHELL.
ISENS Integer. Set to 1 if a sensitivity analysis is to be performed in the ASG module.
ISKIP Integer. Counter to update penalty values in BGP; updates on first pass and no
update later.
ISOFLG Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
ITAPE Integer. MACOFP module Fortran unit positioning option.
0 No action before write
-1 Rewind before write
-1 A new unit is mounted before write and rewind at end
-3 Rewind at start and end
-4 Dismount old unit and mount new unit
INPUTT2/OUTPUT2 module Fortran unit positioning option.
+n Skip forward n data blocks before reading/writing
0 No action before reading/writing
-1 Rewind before reading/writing
-3 Print data blocks and then rewind before reading/writing
-9 Write a final EOF (OUTPUT2 only)
INPUTT4/OUTPUT4 module Fortran unit positioning option.
0 No action before reading/writing
-1 Rewind before reading/writing
Main Index
Glossary 1651
Parameter Glossary

-2 Rewind after reading/writing
-3 Rewind before and after reading/writing
ITERID Integer. Nonlinear analysis iteration count. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and
NLTRD2.
ITIME Real. Time instant at which the dynamic loads are evaluated and converted to static
loads.
ITIME0 Real. Initial time step at the beginning of a current STEP case.
ITOPT Integer. Preconditioner method for iterative solver. See the SOLVIT, 1428 module
description.
ITSEPS Integer. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution
method. On output, set to 0 for convergence and 1 for no convergence.
ITSEPSR Real. Convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution method.
ITSERR Integer. Iterative solver return code. Output by SOLVIT.
1 No convergence
2 Insufficient memory
ITSMAX Integer. Maximum number of iterations for iterative solution method.
ITSOPT Integer. Preconditioner flag for STATICS and SOLVIT module.
IUNIT Integer. Fortran unit number.
IUNITi Integer. Fortran unit number.
IUNITSOL Integer. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being supplied. If IUNITSOL>0, then
IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being supplied.
IVALUE Integer. Integer value to search for in a table.
JPLOT Integer. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by PLTSET
and SEPLOT.
K6ROT Real. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements.
KBAR Real. Reduced frequency.
KDAMP Integer. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to -1, then viscous modal
damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will be included in the stiffness
matrix as structural damping.
KDGEN Integer. Differential stiffness matrix generation flag. Usually the column number in
UG to use in differential stiffness matrix generation.
KEY Character. Generic or NDDL name of a data block.
KFLAG Integer. Stiffness update flag. Set to -1 to update stiffness before starting bisection.
It reflects the NEWK and CONV status at the last converged solution or stiffness
update. Output by NLITER.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

KGTH Integer. Set to -1 if all harmonic identification numbers (in analysis set) have been
processed. Output by CYCLIC3.
KMATUP Integer. Stiffness matrix update count within the increment. Output by NLITER.
KRATIO Complex. Stiffness ratio to be used for time step adjustment. Output by NLTRD2
and NLSOLV.
KSTEP Integer. Frequency of solve in complex eigenvalue analysis.
KSYM Integer. Symmetric decomposition flag. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
KTIME Real. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then KTIME is the time remaining
at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the
last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the stiffness update time
from the last stiffness update. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, NLTRD, and
NLTRD2.
LABL Character. Label on the Fortran unit identified by IUNIT.
LANGLE Integer. Large rotation calculation method:
1 Gimbal angle
2 Rotation vector
LASTBULK Logical. Flag to indicate the current Bulk Data section is the last section in the input
file. Output by XSORT.
LASTCC Integer. Last auxiliary model Case Control section flag. Output by IFP1.
LASTCNMU Real. Last converged value of the arc-length load factor. Output by NLITER.
LASTSE Integer. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current superelement is the last to
process. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
LASTUPD Integer. The time step number of the last stiffness update. Set to 0 if the stiffness
update is performed due to the CGAP element during the iteration. Output by
NLTRD and NLTRD2.
LCOLLBLi Character. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed left-justified in upper left
corner of each page.
LDSEQ Integer. PG column number. On input, last column number of PG on previous SELA
execution. On output, last column number of PG on current execution. Output by
SELA.
LFREQ Real. Lower frequency limit of modes to use in modal transformation.
LGDISP Integer. Large displacement and follower force flag.
Main Index
Glossary 1653
Parameter Glossary

LINC Integer. Number of load increments for this subcase.
LISET Integer. Size of interference js-set extracted from the AEBGPTI table. Output by
MTRXIN.
LJSET Integer. Size of js-set extracted from the AEBGPTJ table. Output by MTRXIN.
LKSET Integer. Size of ks-set extracted from the AEBGPTK table. Output by MTRXIN.
LMFACT Real. Lagrange multiplier scale factor. Usually input by user parameter and
overrides system cell 374.
LMODES Integer. The number of lowest modes to use in modal transformation. All outputs
will have LMODES number of columns.
LMTROWS Integer. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A matrix. These rows are
excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP module.
LOAD Integer. LOAD Case Control command set identification number specified in the
fourth word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
LOADFAC Complex. Load factor. The real part is the load factor for the current iteration, having
a fractional value between 0 and 1. Output by NLITER.
LOADFACR Real. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as LOADFAC except real).
LOADID Integer. Load set identification number for the current subcase.
LOADIDF Integer. Load set identification number of the newly created static load set of
follower forces. Output by DLT2SLT.
LOADIDP Integer. Load set identification number for the previous subcase.
LOADU Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes static load
information.
LOOPIDL Output-integer. Last output loop identification number. Output by NLRSLOOP.
LPFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another CASEA record to process. Set to -
1 for the last subcase and Mach number. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.
LPRINT Logical. Print flag for divergence analysis (DIVERG), flutter analysis (FA1), and
stability derivatives (SDP).
LSEQ Integer. LOADSET Case Control command set identification number specified in
the 205-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
LST2REC Integer. Last two records write flag. Set to TRUE to write last two records.
LSTEP Integer. Load step. The current iteration step at the subcase level for static solutions.
LSTRN Integer. Laminar strain flag.
0 Compute laminar stresses
1 Compute laminar strains
LUMPB Real. Lumping factor for electromagnetic damping.
LUMPM Real. Lumping factor for electromagnetic mass.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

LUSET Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set. Output by GP1 or
PARAML.
LUSETD Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the p-set. Output by DPD.
LUSETS Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set of the current superelement.
Output by GP1.
M36OPT Integer. Suboption of MATMOD Option 36.
MACH Real. Mach number. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.
MACH0 Real. Previously processed Mach number. Output by AMG.
MAJOR Character. Name of the major degree-of-freedom set.
MASSQUAL Character. Name of the qualifier used to qualify the MGG*.
MASSETID Integer. Identification number of the MASSSET Case Control command.
MATCH Integer. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching. Output by GP5.
0 Matching mesh
1 Non-matching mesh
MATCPX Integer. Complex material properties flag for electromagnetic elements.
MATIDXi Integer. Index to the current name in the SET containing the DMIG names.
MATNAMi Character. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and DMIJI Bulk Data
entries.
MATTYPE Character. Input matrix type flag.
Value Input Matrix Description
’MONDSP1’ X1=Displacement matrix X2 thru X4 are ignored and may
be purged
’MONPNT1’ X1=Inertia loads matrix
X2=External Loads matrix
X3=Flexible Increments matrix
X4=Rigid Gust loads matrix
MAXBLK Integer. Maximum block size.
MAXLP Integer. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation iteration and the material
subincrement processes.
MAXNUSE Integer. Absolute maximum number of states to use for the interpolation.
MAXR Integer. Maximum physical record size.
MAXRAT Real. Maximum value of factor diagonal ratio. Output by DECOMP.
MAXRATIO Real. Minimum value of factor diagonal ratio which causes termination of
decomposition.
Main Index
Glossary 1655
Parameter Glossary

MAXSET Integer. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. The actual value of block size
may be reduced depending on available memory and problem size.
MBCFLG Logical. Multiple boundary condition in static analysis flag. Set to TRUE if multiple
boundary conditions are specified in static analysis.
MCEIGCC Logical. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least
one ANALYSIS=MCEIG command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is
MDCEQV Integer. MODACC equivalence flag. If MDCEQV=-1 on output then no output
truncation occurred and a subsequent EQUIVX statement may be used to
equivalence the inputs to the outputs. Output by MODACC.
MDLGDEF Integer. Minimum number of dofs which activates special ACMS DECOMP/FBS
method in READ module for buckling problems (FORMAT<>"MODES").
MDOPT Integer. Option selection number as described below.
MDTRKFLG Integer. Mode tracking status flag.
0 Mode tracking was successful
1 Mode tracking was unsuccessful
MESH Character. Shading summary print flag. Set to 'YES' to print summary; 'NO'
otherwise. Mesh type for aerodynamic or structural components: 'AERO' or 'STRU'.
MESHSET Integer. MSGMESH set processing flag. If nonzero, then combine mesh sets defined
in the MSGMESH punch file.
METH Character. Method of real eigenvalue extraction.
METHCMRS Integer. Residual structure METHOD set identification (SID) override.
METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value specified in CASES.
METRIK Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.
MINDIAG Real. Norm of the minimum diagonal term in U. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
MFACT Complex. Scale factor for hydroelastic boundary mass matrix. Output by BMG.
MFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another Mach number to process in the
current subcase. Set to 0 for the last Mach number in the subcase. Output by
AELOOP.
MGEFLAG Integer. Multiple structural damping flag for PSHELL, PBUSH, and PBUSHT
property entries. Output by TA1 and EMG.
MINNUSE Integer. Absolute minimum number of states to use for the interpolation.
MINVAR Character. Type of coupling for output of nine mass invariants, M9I:
’CONSTANT’ 1, 2, 6 AND 7 only
’PARTIAL ’ All except 5 and 9
’FULL’ All
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

’NONE’ None
MFRQCC Logical. Modal frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=MFREQ command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is
MKERRCHK Logical. MAKMON error check flag.
TRUE Perform check
FALSE Do not perform check
MNEWK Integer. Matrix update flag for 3D contact. MNEWK < 0 means no and MNEWK >
0 means yes. Output by NLSOLV.
MNFOUT Character. Output control of modal neutral file and nine mass invariants, M9I:
’MNF’ Modal neutral file only
’NINEMAI’ M9I only
’BOTH’ Modal neutral file and M9I
MODE Character. Boundary condition change ignore flag.
'NONLINEAR'Ignore boundary condition changes
'STATICS'Do not ignore boundary condition changes
MODECC Logical. Normal modes analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=MODES command was found in CASECC and CASEMODE is
MODEPT Logical. Analysis model element property modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates
that the design model is overriding element properties in the analysis model. Output
by DOPR1.
MODETRAK Integer. Mode tracking request flag.
0 Mode tracking was not requested.
>0 Mode tracking is requested.
MODGEOM2 Logical. Analysis model connectivity modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates that
the design model is overriding connectivity in the analysis model. Output by
DOPR1.
MODGM4 Logical. GEOM4P update flag. Set to TRUE if GEOM4M is updated. Output by
MODGM4.
MODMPT Logical. Analysis model material property modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates
that the design model is overriding material properties in the analysis model. Output
by DOPR1.
MONRPLC Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be copied from
MON1 into MON.
MONTYPE Character. Monitor point type.
Main Index
Glossary 1657
Parameter Glossary

’STRUCTURAL ’ Structural monitor points
’AERODYNAMIC’ Aerodynamic monitor points
MPC Integer. MPC Case Control command set identification number specified in the
second word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
MPCF2 Integer. Multipoint constraint set identification number change flag. Set to 1 if the
current subcase contains a different multipoint constraint set from the previous
subcase. Set to -1, otherwise, or if there are no multipoint constraints in the current
subcase. Output by GP4.
MPCFLG Integer. Controls whether the grid point connectivity created by multipoint
constraint Bulk Data entries (MPC, MPCADD, and MPCAX and the rigid element
entries; e.g., RBAR) is considered during resequencing.
MPCMETH Character. Multipoint constraint processing method. Also indicates the type of
matrix in the second input position: 'RG' for RMG and 'KMM' for KMM.
MPFSORT Integer. Sort flag. A value in the first table is added to a value in the second table.
MPNFLG Integer. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist. Output by GP5.
MSCHG Integer. Boundary condition change flag in. In nonlinear static analysis only. Output
by CASE.
MSGINP1 Integer. Optional integer input.
MSGINP2 Integer. Optional integer input.
MSGLVL Integer. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method only.
0 No output
1 Warning and fatal messages
2 Summary output
3 Detailed output on cost and convergence
4 More detailed output on orthogonalizations and some extra arithmetic to
check on orthogonality
Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the SEQP module.
0 No
1 Yes
Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the SOLVIT module.
0 Minimal; i.e, UIM 6447
1 UIM 6447, convergence ratios, and residual norms
Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the TABEDIT module.
MSGNUM Integer. Message number.
MSGOUT Integer. Optional integer output. Output by MSGHAN.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

MTRNCC Logical. Modal transient response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=MTRAN command was found in CASECC and CASEMTRN is
MU Real. The magnitude of the last g-set displacement matrix. Output by NLTRD.
NAME Character. Name of a data block. Output by PARAML.
NASOUT Logical. Print flag for fluid/structural mesh matching summary.
NBCONT Integer. Number of bisections due to slideline contact. Output by NLITER,
NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
NBIS Integer. Current bisection counter. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
NBLOCK Integer. Number of spill blocks to form if “out of memory” algorithm is used.
NBLSEQ Integer. Number of new LSEQ entries created. Output by ST2DYN.
NBNLST Integer. Number of nonlinear static records. Output by T2DYN.
NBRCHG Integer. Number of negative terms on the diagonal. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
NBSORT2 Integer. Contact region output sort format flag. Output by BGCASO.
1 If SORT2 format is requested for printing
2 If x-y plotting is requested
NCASE Integer.
NCNOFFST Integer. Counter for retained constraints. The value is initialized to 1 in and is
incremented by the number of records in CNTABR. Output by DSAD and DSADX.
NCOL Integer. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, time steps or frequencies)
desired in the output matrices. By default, all data records will be converted into the
output matrices. If NCOL is less than the number of data records in the input table,
then the first NCOL records are converted and the remaining records are ignored.
Output by TRD1 and TRD2. Integer. Number of columns. Output by NORM.
NCOLMNP2 Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom associated with the MONPNT2 entries.
NCOLT Integer. Column number in output of previous run from which the integration is to
be continued. Output by TRLG.
NCUL Integer. Number of columns desired in the solution matrix for the residual structure.
Usually determined by the PARAML module.
ND Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues.
ND1 Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues in first complex region.
NDAMP Real. Numerical damping.
NDDLNAME Character. NDDL name of the OGPFB1 data block.
NDDLNAMi Character. NDDL name of the DBi-th data block.
NDES Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues. If the last mode is repeated, then nDes
+ m (where m is the multiplicity of the last mode) solutions are found.
Main Index
Glossary 1659
Parameter Glossary

NDJ Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues in j-th complex region. for pre-Version
70.5 Lanczos method.
NDVTOT Integer. Number of unique referenced design variables.
NE Integer. Number of estimated eigenvalues. Integer. The number of estimated
eigenvalues for non-Lanczos methods only. For the Lanczos method, NE is the
problem size which the QL Householder method is used.
NEIG Integer. Number of eigenvalues to keep.
0 Keep all eigenvalues
>0 Keep first NEIG-th eigenvalues
NEIGV Integer. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1 if none were found. Output by
CEAD, READ, LANCZOS, and UEIGL.
NEWBULK Output-logical-default=FALSE. NEWBULK creation flag. FALSE means no and
TRUE yes. Output by RMDUPBLK.
NEWCASE Integer. CASECCBO output flag. Set to 1 if CASSECBO is generated. Output by
BGCASO.
NEWEPT Integer. NEWEPT creation flag. 0 means no and -1 yes. Output by NSMEPT.
NEWGPSNT Logical. Updated shell normal table flag. If the GPSNTN table is created (shell
normal table is updated due to the interaction with RSSCON elements), then the flag
is set TRUE. Output by GP4.
NEWK Integer. Stiffness update flag. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, NLTRD, and
NLTRD2.
1 Update stiffness.
2 Update stiffness, the solution is diverging and MAXBIS has been reached.
NEWMSIZ Integer. Only the first NEWMSIZ entries in CPERM are turned on.
NEWNAMi Character. The generic name of the corresponding input table; e.g., NEWNAM3
corresponds to NEWDB3, etc.
NEWP Integer. New subcase flag. Output by NLITER, NLTRD, NLTRD2, and TOLAPP.
NEWS Integer. New STEP case flag.
-1 Current STEP case has not been completed.
1 Current STEP case has been completed.
NEWSTEP Integer. STEP case flag. Output by NLRSLOOP.
-1 Not a new STEP case
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

1 New STEP case
0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0
NEXTID Integer. Identification number which appears on the BEGIN BULK command of the
next Bulk Data section; usually superelement or auxiliary model identification
number. Output by XSORT.
NFEXIT Logical. Termination flag. If FALSE do not issue User Fatal Message 2070 and do
not terminate the module if the matrix is not found.
NFREQ Integer. Number of frequencies for frequency response analysis. Output by
CYCLIC1.
NGERR Integer. Error flag. If errors are encountered, then NGERR is set to -1; otherwise +1.
Output by GPSP.
NGP Integer. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure. Output by PLTSET
and SEPLOT.
NHBDY Integer. Number of CHBDYi elements. Set to -1 if none exist. Output by PLTHBDY.
Ni Character. Continuation entry prefix.
NINPTPS Integer. Approximate number of surrounding independent element interpolation
points to be considered when interpolating at a grid point for a given material
coordinate system.
NJ Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in j-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by
APD.
NK Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in k-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by
APD.
NKEYS Integer. Duplicate value sort option specification.
NLAM Integer. Number modes to create in LAMAX.
NLATYPE Character. Type of nonlinear analysis.
’NLTR’ Nonlinear transient
’NLST’ Nonlinear statics
’LNST’ Linear statics
NLAYERS Integer. Number of layers to integrate through the thickness of CQUAD4 and
CTRIA3 elements in nonlinear analysis.
NLFLAG Integer. Output by NLITER.
NLOADS Integer. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect to the MPC and SPC
command in the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
NLOFLAG Integer. Output control flag. Output by NLSOLV.
On input:
Main Index
Glossary 1661
Parameter Glossary

< 0 Print the title lines for iteration message and/or print the output-only
information before exiting.
> 0 Do not print the title lines for iteration message.
On output--output exit:
= 0 No
> 1 Yes
NLPACK Integer. Nonlinear transient analysis append flag.
<=0 Append all output time steps together in each STEPcase before processing
the output procedure
> 0 Append the value of NLPACK output time steps together in each
STEPcase before output procedure
NLRIGID Integer. Nonlinear rigid element flag. Overrides system cell 377. Output by
MODGM2.
<0 No nonlinear rigid element exists; use linear elimination.
=0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the Lagrange multiplier method is used
to obtain the solution.
>0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the elimination method is used to
obtain the solution.
NLSTRAIN Logical. Nonlinear strain data recovery, otherwise flag at word 11 of OES1 takes
precedence. Set to TRUE if nonlinear strains are to be processed.
NLTYPE Integer. Nonlinear analysis type.
0 Statics
1 Transient response
NMASS Integer.
NMAT Integer. Number of matrices.
NMATDOM Integer. Number of matrix domains into which the matrices are divided.
NMATDOM is used only with PRSLOPT=3 and must be a power of 2. The default
will be set to the number of processors.
NMK Integer. Number of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs. Output by
GETMKL.
NNDEGV Integer. Number of new natural frequencies related to eigenvector sensitivity.
Output by DSAH.
NNDFRQ Integer. Number of forcing frequencies which depend upon natural frequencies.
NNDGM Integer. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized mass. Output by
DSAH.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

NNDGS Integer. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized stiffness. Output by
DSAH.
NNEWM Integer. The number of new m-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by GPSP.
NNEWS Integer. The number of new s-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by GPSP.
NOA Integer. Constraint and omit set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, and
NOOSET=-1; otherwise the number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set. Output by
GP4 and GPSP.
NOABFL Integer. Matrix ABFL existence flag; 0 if ABFL exists and -1 otherwise. Output by
BMG.
NOASET Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set.
NOASM Integer. Matrix assembly flag. Set to -1 if no matrix assembly and reduction is
requested for the current superelement based on the SEKR or SEALL Case Control
commands. Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOCSTMX Integer. CSTMX creation flag. Output by MRGCSTM.
0 CSTMX not created
1 CSTMX created
NOB2 Integer. B2GG or B2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if B2GG or B2PP is generated; -
1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.
NOBGG Integer. Same as NOKGG except for BELM and BDICT. Output by EMG.
NOBKGG Integer. Slideline contact stiffness generation flag. Set to 1 to generate slideline
contact stiffness.
NOBSET0 Integer. Number of null columns in PHZ in front of non-null columns. Output by
DYNREDU.
NOCEAD Integer. Complex eigenvalue analysis flag. Set to 1 if complex eigenvalue analysis
needs to be performed, otherwise, set to -1. Output by FA1.
NOCHAR Integer. Number of character value inputs.
NOCMPX Integer. Number of complex value inputs.
NOCOMP Integer. Composite stress/strain flag.
-5 Forces of composites in STRAIN=sid
-2 Forces of composites in STRESS=sid
-1 Stresses for all elements (same as 0 except in DMAP)
0 Stresses for all elements
1 Stresses for non-composites only
2 Strain/curvature and forces of composites in STRESS=sid
3 Strains for all elements and MPCForces
Main Index
Glossary 1663
Parameter Glossary

4 Strains for non-composites only
5 Strain/curvature of composites in STRAIN=sid
NODLT Integer. Set to 1 if dynamics loads Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1
also means DLT is created. Output by DPD.
NODR Integer. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no data recovery requested
for any superelement. Output by SEDRDR and SEP4.
NOEDS1 Integer. OEDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OEDS1 is generated. Output by
STDCON.
NOEED Integer. Set to 1 if eigenvalue extraction Bulk Data entries are processed, -1
otherwise. 1 also means EED is created. Output by DPD.
NOEGPSF Integer. EGPSF creation flag. Set to zero if EGPSF is created.
NOEGPSTR Integer. EGPSTR creation flag. Set to 0 if EGPSTR is created. Output by GPSTR2.
NOELDCT Integer. ELDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if ELDCT is generated. Output by
STDCON.
NOEPT Integer. EPTX generation flag. Output by MODGM2.
0 generated
-1 not generated
NOEST Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 38.
NOESTL Integer. ESTL generation output flag. Set to 1 if ESTL is generated; -1 otherwise.
Output by TA1.
NOFORT Integer. OUTPUT4 flag. Set to 0 if FORT is requested on the SENSITY Case
Control command. Output by DSTA.
NOFREQ Integer. Number of excitation frequencies.
NOFRL Integer. FRL generation flag. Set to -1 if FRL is not generated. Output by FRLGEN.
NOGDS1 Integer. OGDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OGDS1 is generated. Output by
STDCON.
NOGEOM1 Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 36.
NOGEOM2 Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 37.
NOGEOM3 Integer. GEOM3N creation flag. Set to 1 if GEOM3N is created, otherwise set to -
1. Output by CYCLIC1.
NOGENL Integer. The number of general elements. Set to -1 if there are no general elements.
NOGOIFP Logical. IFP module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected. Output
by IFP.
NOGOIFPi Logical. IFPi module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected. Output
by IFPi.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

NOGOMEPT Logical. MODEPT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected.
Output by MODEPT.
NOGOMGM2 Logical. MODGM2 module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error is found.
Output by MODGM2.
NOGONL Integer. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue or -1 to terminate. Output by
NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.
NOGOXSRT Logical. XSORT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected.
Output by XSORT.
NOGPDCT Integer. GPDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if GPDCT is generated. Output by
STDCON.
NOGRAV Integer. Gravity load existence flag. Set to -1 if no GRAV Bulk Data entry images,
+1 otherwise. Output by GP3.
NOGUST Integer. Gust load flag. Set to -1 if no gust loads exist; otherwise set to 1. Output by
GUST.
NOINT Integer. Number of integer value inputs for PRGNAME.
NOK2 Integer. K2GG or K2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if K2GG or K2PP is generated; -
1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.
NOK4GG Integer. Differential stiffness or structural damping generation flag. Output by EMG.
On input:
>3 Compute geometric nonlinear effects
<3 Do not compute geometric nonlinear effects
On output:
1 If structural damping coefficient (GE) is detected on material property
Bulk Data entry records
-1 Otherwise
NOKGG Integer. KELM and KDICT generation flag. Output by EMG.
On input:
0 Generate
-1 Do not generate
On output:
0 Generated
-1 Not generated
NOKBFL Integer. Matrix KBFL existence flag; 0 if KBFL exists and -1 otherwise. Output by
BMG.
NOKVAL Integer. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX (K) is not in the analysis set of harmonic
identification numbers. Output by CYCLIC3.
Main Index
Glossary 1665
Parameter Glossary

NOL Integer. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degrees-of-freedom belong to m-set, s-set,
o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the degrees-of-freedom in the l-set. Output by GP4.
NOLASM Integer. Load assembly flag. Set to -1 if no load assembly and reduction is requested
for the current superelement based on the SELR or SEALL Case Control commands.
Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOLOAD Integer. Static load existence flag. Set to -1 if no static loads and SLT is not created,
+1 otherwise. Output by GP3.
NOLOADF Integer. Number of load cases per excitation frequency.
NOLOOP Integer. Looping test flag. Output by CASE.
NOM2 Integer. M2GG or M2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if M2GG or M2PP is generated;
-1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.
NOMAT Integer. Matrix generation flag. Set to -1 if no matrix generation is requested for the
current superelement based on the SEMG or SEALL Case Control commands.
Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOMATi Integer. Generation flag. Set to +1 if MAT* is generated; 1 otherwise. Output by
MTRXIN.
NOMGEN Integer. Fluid mass existence flag. Set to the MFLUID set identification number if
MFLUID is specified in CASECC. Output by MGEN.
NOMGG Integer. Same as NOKGG except for MELM and MDICT. Output by EMG.
NOMPF2E Integer. Flag to generate O*MPF2E data blocks.
NOMPT Integer. MPTX generation flag. Output by MODGM2.
0 generated
-1 not generated
NOMR Integer. Mass and damping assembly flag. Set to -1 if no mass and damping
assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the
SEMR or SEALL Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOMSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the m-set or multipoint constraint and
rigid element flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.
NOMSGSTR Integer. MSGSTRES execution flag. Set to -1 if MSGSTRES execution is not
desired.
NONAMEi Integer. NAMEi generation flag. Set to +1 if NAMEi is generated; -1 otherwise.
Output by MTRXIN.
NONCUP Integer. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled algorithm if
SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal. NONCUP=-2,
requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms of KXX, BXX, and MXX will
be ignored. GKAM: If K2DD, B2DD, and M2dd are purged. then the model is
considered uncoupled and NONCUP is set to -1.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

NONLFT Integer. Set to 1 if nonlinear forcing function Bulk Data entries are processed, -1
otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. Output by DPD.
NONLHT Integer. Nonlinear heat transfer flag. Set to -1 if nonlinear heat transfer elements are
detected. Output by EMG.
NONLNR Logical. Nonlinear solution sequence flag. Set to TRUE if nonlinear solution
sequence is being executed.
NOOGS1 Integer. OGS1 creation flag. Set to 0 if OGS1 is created. Output by GPSTR2.
NOOPT Integer. FRLGEN reexecution flag. Set to -1 for no reexecution. Output by
FRLGEN.
NOOSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or omitted degree-of-freedom
flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.
NOOUT Integer. Output request flag. Set to -1 if no output requests are specified for the
current superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOP2G Integer. P2G generation flag. Set to +1 if P2G is generated; -1 otherwise. Output by
MTRXIN.
NOPG Integer. Upstream load presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no loads due to upstream
superelements. Output by SELA.
NOPGHD Integer. Page header and eject flag.
0 Print page header in f06 and label in f04.
-1 Do not print page header in f06.
-2 Do not print page header in f06 and label in f04.
NOPLOT Integer. Plot request flag. Set to -1 if no deformed plot requests are specified for the
current superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOPNLT Integer. Penalty function flag for electromagnetic elements.
NOPRT Integer. Print flag. Set to 1 if PRINT is requested on the SENSITY Case Control
command. Output by DSTA.
NOPSDL Integer. Set to 1 if random analysis Bulk Data entries are processed,
-1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. Output by DPD.
NOPSLG Integer. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation is requested for
the current superelement based on the SEDV or SERESP Case Control commands.
Output by SEP2DR.
NOQG Integer. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests
computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.
NOQMG Integer. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests
computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.
NOQSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
NOQSETF Integer. Number of component modes in the fluid superelement.
Main Index
Glossary 1667
Parameter Glossary

NOQSETT Integer. Total number of component modes computed for all superelements
including the residual structure.
NORADMAT Integer. Radiation flag. Output by RMG2.
-2 No radiation
-1 Initial radiation
1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity
2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity
3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity
NORAND Integer. Set to -1 if no random analysis is requested; 0 otherwise. Output by
RANDOM.
NOREAL Integer. Number of real value inputs.
NORM Character. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default (or NORM='MASS'),
MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' selects normalization by
maximum displacement.
NORMEV Integer. Eigenvalue normalization flag. Output by DOPR3.
0 Mass normalized
1 Maximum deflection normalized
NORQA Logical. Presence flag for RQA data block. Output by DSTAP2.
NORSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the r-set. or supported degree-of-freedom
flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.
NOSASET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set of the structure.
NOSAVE Integer. Data base store flag. Set to 0 if SAVE is requested on the SENSITY Case
Control command. Output by DSTA.
NOSDR2 Integer. Physical set (g-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any physical set output is
requested in CASECC or XYCDB; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.
NOSE Integer. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements; 0
otherwise. In SEP1X only, set to number of superelements if superelements exist.
Output by SEP1 and SEP1X.
NOSECOM Integer. Superelement Case Control command flag. Set to -1 if there are no SEALL,
SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR commands specified in CASECC. Output
by SEP3.
NOSEDV Integer. Pseudo-load generation flag based on the SEDV Case Control command.
Set to -1 if pseudo-loads are not requested for any superelement. Output by SDSB.
NOSEPLOT Integer. SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT request flag. Set to -1 if there are no SEPLOT or
SEUPPLOT commands specified in the OUTPUT(PLOT) section. Output by SEP4.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

NOSERESP Integer. Response sensitivity calculation flag based on the SERESP Case Control
command. Set to -1 if response sensitivities are not requested for any superelement.
Output by SDSB.
NOSET Integer. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if
freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries); +1 otherwise.
Output by GP4, GPSP, and TRLG.
NOSETi Integer. Degree-of-freedom set existence flag. Set to positive integer if set i exists.
Output by PARAML.
NOSIMP Integer. The number of elements exclusive of general elements. Set to -1 if there are
no simple elements. Output by TA1 and TAHT.
NOSORT1 Integer. SORT1 format flag. Set to -1 if SORT1 format is not requested for current
superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOSORT2 Integer. SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format is requested. Output by
MDATA, SDR2, and VDR.
NOSORT2S Integer. Solution set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format or
x-y plotting is requested for the solution set; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.
NOSOUT Integer. Solution set (d- or h-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any solution set output is
requested; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.
NOSSET Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. or single point constraint flag.
Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.
NOSUP Integer. Element summary table request flag.
1 Generate EST only (usually for linear analysis).
2 Form EST, ESTNL and ESTL (usually for nonlinear analysis).
NOTEMP Integer. Thermal load existence flag. Set to -1 if no TEMP or TEMPD Bulk Data
entry images in GEOM3 and ETT is not created, +1 otherwise. Output by GP3.
NOTFL Integer. The number of transfer function Bulk Data entries. Set to -1 if no sets are
defined. Output by DPD.
NOTIME Integer. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left for further iterations but enough
time to perform data recovery. Output by NLTRD.
NOTRACK Logical. Mode tracking success flag. Set to TRUE if mode tracking was successful.
Output by MODTRK.
NOTRL Integer. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter Bulk Data entries are processed, -1
otherwise. 1 also means TRL is created. Output by DPD.
NOUDCMP Integer. Solution matrix decomposition flag. Usually input by user parameter.
-1 Solution matrix will be decomposed.
1 Solution matrix will not be decomposed
Main Index
Glossary 1669
Parameter Glossary

NOUE Integer. The number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra points. Output by
DPD or PARAML.
NOUG Integer. UG presence flag. Set to -1 if UG already exists for the current
superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOUGD Integer. Flag for external input of auxiliary model displacement matrix. If
NOUGD>0, then matrix exists.
NOUNIT Integer. Number of Fortran input units.
NOUP Integer. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements
connected upstream from the current superelement. Output by SEP2DR and SEDR.
NOXGG Integer. XGG existence flag. Set to -1 if XGG does not exist. Output by MATREDU.
NOXOUT Integer. SDRX update flag. Output by SDRX and SDRXD.
0 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated
-1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated
NOXPLZER Integer. Explicit zero existence flag. Set to -1 if no explicit zeros are found. Output
by MATMOD option 39.
NOXPP Integer. XPP existence flag. Set to -1 if XPP does not exist. Output by MATREDU.
NOXYPLOT Integer. X-Y plot request flag. Set to -1 if no x-y plot requests are specified for the
current superelement. Output by SEDR and XYTRAN.
NOYSET Integer. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom with non-null columns in PHZ.
NOZSET Integer. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom. Also number of columns in
PHZ.
NPROC Integer. Total number of processors.
NQMAX Integer. Maximum number of auto-q-set's allowed per partitioned superelement. See
NQSET.
NQSET Integer. Number of automatic q-set degrees-of-freedom (auto-q-set). Each
superelement will have NQSET number of q-set degrees-of-freedom.
NR1OFFST Integer. Counter for retained type 1 responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is
incremented by the number of records in R1TABR. Output by DSAD.
incremented by the number of records in RSP12R. Output by DSAD and DSADX.
incremented by the number of records in RESP3R. Output by DSAD and DSADX.
NRANVAR Integer. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data entries processed. Output by DOPR1.
NROW Integer. Number of rows. Output by NORM.
NSEG Integer. Number of cyclic segments as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data entry.
Output by CYCLIC1.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

NSENQSET Integer. Number of SENQSET degrees-of-freedom allocated to the current
superelement.
NSKIP Integer. Record number in CASECC with special meanings in the following
applications. Output by GP4, CASE, and BCDR. GP4, BCDR, and SDR1: The first
CASE The first subcase of the current boundary condition
(nonlinear statics only) or current FREQ, K2PP, M2PP,
B2PP, TFL, or SDAMP condition (frequency response or
complex eigenvalue analysis).
AELOOP Trim subcase counter.
DSARLP Trim subcase counter.
FRRD1 and SOLVIT Record number of current subcase in CASECC and used
only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk
Data entry which specifies values for the desired iteration
parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC is not required and
the values are taken from the module specification of the
values.
GETCOL Subcase record number to read in CASEBUCK for the
STATSUB subcase identification number.
GNFM Loop counter in old geometric nonlinear analysis (SOL 4).
READ and Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the
LANCZOS METHOD set identification number.
LCGEN Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the
LOADSET set identification number.
NLCOMB, Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
PCOMB, and SDRNL
NLITER and On input: Subcase record number to read in CASECC. On
TOLAPP output: Set to -2 if run is to be terminated.
NSKIPR Output-integer. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart point. Output
by NLRSLOOP.
NSMSID Integer. Set identification number from the NSM Case Control command.
NSOLT Integer. Column number in solution of previous run that corresponds to NCOL.
Output by TRLG.
NSOUT Integer. Number of time steps to output. By default all time steps are output.
NSTEP Integer. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at the beginning of the
subcase. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.
NSUBGP Integer. The number of subgroups to create in the new set.
Main Index
Glossary 1671
Parameter Glossary

NSWELM Integer. Current spot weld element identification number. Output by MODGM2 and
MODGM4.
NSWPPT Integer. Current spot weld projection point identification number.
NTIPS Integer. The number of domains (tip superelements to be created automatically when
ACMS='YES'. If NTIPS=0, then the number of domains will be set equal to the
number of processors. Output by SEQP.
NULLMAT Integer. Null matrix flag. Set to -1 if MAT is null.
NULLROW Integer. Flag to insert null rows in the output matrices for nonlinear quantities.
0 Insert null rows, which is compatible with DRMS1 output format
NUMDB Integer. Number of data blocks to broadcast.
NUMDIV Integer. Number of domains assigned to the part of the model which will not be
designed as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by DSGRDM.
1 Do not insert null rows, which is required for DRMH3 processing
NUMHDOF Integer. The number of modes.
NUMOUT Integer. Output element quantity flag.
>0 Number of element quantities per element type to be output
0 Output all quantities for elements in a group if the absolute value of one
or more elements is greater than BIGER.
-1 Output sorted quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.
-2 Output filtered quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.
NUNIQF6 Integer. Number of unique Fortran units requested on POST command. Output by
MODCASE.
NUMPAN Integer. Number of panels. Output by GP5.
NVECT Integer. Number of columns in CVECT and PG1. Output by PCOMB.
NX Integer. Number of extra aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom. Output by ADG.
OADPMAX Integer. Total number of adaptivity cycles performed.
OBJIN Real. Initial objective value.
OBJOUT Real. Final objective value. Output by DOM9.
OBJSID Integer. Superelement identification number associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for
all cases unless the user specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular
superelement subcase. Output by MDCASE.
OBJVAL Real. Objective value. Output by DSAD and DSADX.
OCID Integer. Print flag for coordinate system identification number in grid point output.
The following bits in OCID are set to 1 based on user output requests.
1 displacements
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

2 applied loads
3 spcforces and mpcforces
7 eigenvectors
10 velocities
11 accelerations
Output by SDR2.
ODESMAX Integer. Total number of design cycles performed.
OG Integer. CURV module's grid point processing flag. If set to 0, then grid point
stresses or strains are computed.
OGRAV Integer. PGRV output flag.
> 0 Compute PGRV
<=0 Do not compute PGRV.
OGSTR1 Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.
OLDDT Real. Time step increment used in the previous iteration or time step to be used after
the matrix update or subcase switch. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
OLDNAMi Character. The generic name of the corresponding output; e.g., OLDNAM3
corresponds to OLDDB3, etc.
OMEGAJ Real. Imaginary part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method.
OMID Character. Material output coordinate system flag. If OMID='YES' then stresses,
strains, and forces are output in the material coordinate system of CQUAD4,
CTRIA3, CQUAD8, and CTRIA6 elements.
OPERATN Character. FORTIO operation.
'EXISTS' Check for assigned physical file existence
'OPEN' Open file
'CLOSE' Close file
OPT Character. DIAGONAL module processing option.
'COLUMN' Extract diagonal to a column matrix and raise all elements
to POWER
'SQUARE' Extract diagonal to a square matrix and raise all elements to
POWER
'WHOLE' Raise all elements to POWER
OPTi Integer. Print control parameters in the TABPRT module.
OPTEXIT Integer. Design optimization termination option. See the OPTEXIT (p. 904) in the
MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
Main Index
Glossary 1673
Parameter Glossary

OPTFLG Integer. DSVG1P application method:
1 Statics
2 Normal modes
3 Ncceleration load
OPTION Character. Response summation method for scaled response spectra analysis.
Possible values are:
'ABS' Absolute
SRSS' Square root of the sum of the squares
'NRL' Naval Research Laboratory (new)
'NRLO' Naval Research Laboratory (old)
ORIGDT Real. Original delta-t for SOL 400. Output by CASE.
ORIGID Integer. Offset for rigid element Lagrange multiplier identification numbers. Usually
OSTEP Integer. Restart step number.
OSWELM Integer. Offset for spot weld element identification numbers.
OSWPPT Integer. Offset for spot weld projection point identification numbers.
OUTFMP Integer. Number of fluid modes to output.
OUTGS1 Character. Output control of OGS1 to modal neutral file.
OUTGSTR1 Character. Output control of OGSTR1 to modal neutral file.
OUTOPT Integer. CURV module's output option.
OUTSMP Integer. Number of structure modes to output.
OVRWRT Character. DBC database overwrite flag.
PANAME Character. The name of the panel whose coupling matrix is created. Output by
ACMG.
PANELMP Integer. Flag to compute panel participation factors.
PARCOMi Character. Names of user PARAMeters to be processed under the APP=’COMM’
option along with the CASCOMi names.
PARM Integer. Equivalence flag on the EQUIVX module. Purge flag on the PURGEX
module.
PARMi Logical. Output data block presence flag. Output by DMIIN and DTIIN.
PARTMETH Integer. PRESOL partitioning method.
9 Extreme
11 MSCMLV
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

PARTSE Logical. Partitioned superelement flag. Set to TRUE if the current superelement is a
partitioned superelement. Output by SEP2DR.
PATH Character. Direction of cyclic transformation:
'FORE' Forward (analysis)
'BACK' Backward (data recovery)
PBCONT Integer. Slideline contact flag.
PCHSET Integer. Punch flag. If PCHSET=1, then the set generated will be written to the
punch file in Case Control command SET format.
PDEPDO Integer. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry. Output by TRLG.
0 Skip factor is >1.
-1 Skip factor is 1.
PEID Integer. Primary superelement identification number. Output by SEP2DR and
SEDRDR.
PENFAC Real. Penalty factor for electromagnetic elements.
PENFN Real. Lagrange multiplier penalty function. Usually input by user parameter and
overrides system cell 375.
PEXIST Logical. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present.
Pi Character. Generic name of the data block DBi to be processed by the DBC module.
Integer. Inputs to the MATGEN, MATMOD, and PARAML module. Any type.
Inputs to MESSAGE module.
PIDINI Integer. The first processor identification number of the parent group which will be
included in the first new subgroup.
PLABEL Character. The label associated with the parent group set.
PLSIZE Integer. Size of the load matrix. Compared to the size of load matrix in the previous
subcase in order to detect boundary condition changes in the current subcase.
Boundary condition changes are not allowed in the arc-length method. Output by
NLITER.
PLTCNT Integer. SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command counter. Output by SEPLOT.
On input:
0 Initialization
On output:
>0 Current SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command
PLTNUM Output. Plot frame counter. Output by PLOT, MSGSTRES, and XYTRAN.
PNLPTV Logical. Panel participation/partition vector flag. If TRUE, then generate a
partitioning vector APART which may be used to partition the g-set size coupling
matrix to obtain the panel's coupling matrix.
Main Index
Glossary 1675
Parameter Glossary

PNQALNAM Character. Name of qualifier for panels.
POSTCFLG Integer. POSTCC processing flag.
1 Generate POSTCC
2 POSTCC is specifed as an input
POSTU Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes data recovery
information.
POUTF Integer. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if intermediate output is not requested.
Output by NLITER and TOLAPP.
POWER Integer. Power of 10 to be multiplied by DET in DCMP and DECOMP. Exponent to
which the real part of each element in A is raised in the DIAGONAL module.
PREC Integer. Precision of output matrix.
0 Machine-precision
1 Single
2 Double
PRECOL Integer. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the
STATSUB(PRELOAD) subcase identification number. PRECOL also corresponds
to the column number of static solution vector. Output by GETCOL. In
ADAMSMNF, PRECOL is the column number of preload vector in PXA and if
PREOL<=0 then there is no preload.
PREFDB Real. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in units of dB or dBA.
PREFONLY Integer. Preface execution only flag in SOLVIT module.
PRESORT Integer. Pre-sort flag. Set to -1 if column is already sorted. Output by MATMOD
option 35.
PRGNAME Character. Name of external program called by ISHELL module.
PRGPST Character. Singularity summary print flag. If set to 'YES', then the summary is
printed.
PRNTOPT Character. MATGPR module print options.
PRJVEROP Character. Operation name.
'GET' Get current project and version
'NEXT' Get next non-deleted project and version
'SET' Set current project and version
'LAST' Get the last (bottom) project and version
'RESTART' Get restart project and version
PROCID Integer. Local processor ID.
PROGRAM Character. DBC database format flag.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

'XL' MSC.Patram
'GRASP' MSC.Access
PROJ Integer. Project number. Output by PROJVER.
PROPOPT Integer. Property optimization flag. Set to 1 if element properties are defined as
design variables. Output by DSABO.
PROPTN Integer. In order to support a pre-Version 68 capability, if
PROPTN=-1 then an EPT data block which is based on the values and the property
to design variable relations will be produced.
PROTYP Integer. Designed property type code. Output by DOPR1.
1 DVPRELi entries exist
2 DVCRELi entries exist
4 DVMRELi entries exist
>0 For combinations add above values
PROUT Integer. Print control for the ELTPRT module.
PRSLOPT Integer. PRESOL Processing option. Output by PRESOL.
PRTOPT Specifies how the results are to be printed:
0 Print a page header identifying the output as coming from this module
before printing the results.
1 Print the results without a page header.
2 Do not print anything. Results are returned in SUM (normally only used
with a single input matrix).
PRTSWM Logical. UWM 6991 print control flag in NORM module.
PRTUIM Logical. UIM 4570 print control flag in SELA module.
PSEQOPT Character. p-element append flag. Specifies append (default) or insert option for p-
elements in the SEQP module.
PSETID Integer. Plot set identification number in GPSETS and ELSET record. If GPSET or
ELSET is not found then it is set identification number defined in CASECC which
specifies a collection of GPSETS and ELSET set IDS which in turn DEFINE a set
of nodes and elements to MSC.Adams:
-1 All grids and element plot sets present in GPSET and ELSET sets.
0 None; no plot set is used to restrict element and grid output; all grids and
elements will be output >0 : All grids and element plot sets present in
SET=PSETID.
PSHLDAMP Character. Structural damping default flag for MID2, MID3, and MID4 on the
PSHELL entry. Usually input by user parameter.
Main Index
Glossary 1677
Parameter Glossary

= SAME Structural damping properties for MID2, MID3, and MID4
are assumed to be the same as MID1.
<>SAME Each MIDi may have it’s own structural damping
properties.
PVALNEW Integer. New p-value set identification number. Output by ADAPT.
QKGUSTL Logical. QKGUST* creation flag. Output by GUSTLDW.
TRUE QKGUST* was created.
FALSE QKGUST* was not created.
Q Real. Dynamic pressure. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.
QSETID Integer. Starting q-set identification number for QSETREC=-2.
QSETREC Integer. Records to use in defining the q-set degrees-of-freedom:
>=0 No records are written.
=-1 SENQSET record to GEOM1W
=-2 SPOINT record to GEOM2W and QSET1 record to GEOM4W
QUALNAM Character. Name of qualifier to be varied when selecting MAPS from MAPS* in
SEMA, SELA, and SEDR modules. Character. Keyword which appears on the
BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data section; usually AUXMODEL or
SEID. Output by XSORT.
QUALNAMP Character. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting PUG.
QUALVAL Integer. QUALNAM value assigned to the Main Bulk Data section.
R1CNT Integer. Counter for type 1 responses in data block R1TAB. Output by DOPR3.
R2CNT Integer. Counter for type 2 responses in data block RESP12. Output by DOPR3.
R3CNT Integer. Counter for type 3 responses in the RESP3 table. Output by DOPR3.
RBFAIL Logical. Set to TRUE if grounding check does not pass strain energy threshold used
by IOPT=10. Output by VEPCLOT.
RCOLLBLi Character. If RCOLLBLi is blank then 'COLUMN' will be printed. Label with up to
32 characters to be printed right-justified in upper right corner of each page.
RCOLLBLi is then followed by column number.
RCONFIG Character. Configuration name for rigid aero. Output by AELOOP.
REACT Integer. For zero-th and first harmonic, set to -1 if no support degrees-of-freedom;
+1 if support degrees-of-freedom exist. For harmonics greater than 1, REACT is
always -1. Output by CYCLIC3.
REAL Real. Real part of matrix or table element. Output by PARAML.
REALD Real double precision. Real value in the next record.
REALi Real. Real value for PRGNAME.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

RECNUM Integer. Record number of table element. Output by PARAML.
RECVCODE Integer. Receiving processor identification code.
= 0 All non-sending processors are receivers
< 0 Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single receiver
> 0 Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to left
REFC Real. Output by PARAML of AERO data block.
REFi Real. Location of point in the i-th coordinate direction of COORID about which
moments will be computed.
REPEAT Integer. Last boundary condition flag. Set to -1 at the last boundary condition; +1
otherwise. Output by GP4.
RESFLG Integer. Residual vector eigenvalue subheading print flag to be used by the OFP
module.
RESID Integer. Residual structure flag. -1 means residual structure. Used only in SOLs 106
and 400.
RESPi Character. Response type.
RESTYP Integer. Optimization results flag.
RGDEXIST Logical. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there are rigid elements that need further
processing in MODGM4.
RGSENS Logical. Rigid element sensitivity flag. Output by DOPR5 or DSVGP4.
RIGID Character. Sub-method type for the combined Lagrange and elimination method,
’LAGR’, ’LGEL’, or ’LNEI’. Usually input by user parameter. Output by
MODGM2.
ROWNAM Character. Degree-of-freedom set name for labeling matrix rows in MATGPR
output.
RP1 Real. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
RP2 Real. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.
RSEID Integer. Repeated superelement identification number as specified on the SEBULK
Bulk Data entry. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
RSFLAG Logical. Main Bulk Data superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if superelements
are defined in the main Bulk Data section. Output by SEP1X.
RSSTEP Integer. Identification number of the previously executed step.
RSSUBC Integer. Identification number of the previously executed subcase.
RSTEP Integer. Controlled increments counter. Output by NLITER.
RSTFLG Integer. Restart flag.
<=0 cold start
Main Index
Glossary 1679
Parameter Glossary

= 1 restart
RSTIME Real. Load factor (or time) of a previously executed load increment in static analysis
(or time step in transient analysis).
RUNIFPi Logical. IFPi module execution flag. Set to TRUE if IFPi module execution is
required. Output by IFP.
RUNMEPT Logical. MODEPT module execution flag. Set to TRUE if MODEPT module
execution is required. Output by IFP.
SAERCC Logical. Aerostatic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=SAERO command was found in CASECC and CASESAER is
SCNDRY Integer. Secondary (identical or mirror) superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement
is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID>0. Output by SEP2DR and
SEDRDR.
SDFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active stability derivative
response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1
indicates an active response. Output by DSARLP.
SDRDENS Integer. Sparse data recovery ceiling density. If the density of PVGRID is greater
than SDRDENS divided by 100, then choose full data recovery.
SDRMETH Integer. Data recovery method flag. Output by OUTPRT.
SDROVR Character. Override for data recovery method flag.
SDRPOPT Character. Principal stress/strain computation selection:
'SDRP' Compute in SDRP
'OFP' Compute in OFP
SEBULK Logical. Partitioned superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if partitioned
superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER is specified for the first BEGIN BULK
SEDRCNTL Character. Processing list selection.
' ' All superelements will be processed (default).
'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be processed.
SEDWN Integer. Downstream superelement identification number. Output by SEP2DR and
SEDRDR.
SEFLAG Logical. Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present. Output by SEPR1.
SEID Integer. Superelement identification number. On output from SEP3 and SEP4, SEID
is an initialization flag; i.e., if there are superelements, then SEID is set to -1 to
initialize SEP2DR and SEDRDR; otherwise 0. Output by SEP2DR, SEDRDR,
SEP3, and SEP4.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary

SENDID Integer. Sending processor identification number. Allowable values are 1 to the
number of processors.
SEP1XOVR Integer. Over-ride bits for module processing.
Bit(s) Value(s) Description
1-3 1-5 Override Search Algorithm Selection.
4 8 Disable Automatic Main Bulk Scalar
Linkages via internal SECONCT entries.
5 16 Print RSCON old/new locations.
6 32 Print Boundary Search Sequence.
7 64 SEP1X "Diag 30" Debugging Output.
8 128 Auto-SET in Residual place in OSET when other sets
present in the Residual.
9 256 CHKRUN flag for spot welds
10 512 CHKRUN=2 flag for spot welds
SEP2CNTL Character. Processing selection.

'PSLGDV' Only superelements specified on the SEDV Case Control
commands
'DSLIST' Only superelements specified on the SERESP Case Control
commands
'SLIST' Only superelements specified on the SEALL, SEMG, SEKR,
SELG, SELR, or SEMR Case Control commands.
'SEDWN' All superelements that have SEDWN as their downstream
superelement.
'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be processed.
SEP4CNTL Integer. Processing list selection.
<>'ALL' Only superelements specified on SEDR Case Control command
SEPRTN Logical. SUPER command processing flag. Set to TRUE to ignore SUPER command.
SEQMETH Integer. Resequencing method.
SEQOUT Integer. SEQP module output options.
Main Index
Glossary 1681
Parameter Glossary
SETi Character. Degree-of-freedom set name.

SETKNTR Integer. Pointer to desired member in set; e.g., 1 means first member in set, 2 means
second member, etc. If the set is exhausted then SETKNTR is reset to -1. Output by
PARAML SET option.
SETNAM Character. Degree-of-freedom set name used by IOPT=9 and 10.
SETNAME Character. Degree-of-freedom set name. SOLVIT, DCMP, READ: For maximum
efficiency, the rows and columns of the input matrices must correspond to or be a
partition of the degree-of-freedom specified by SETNAME.
SEQP Specifies size of MAT in SEQP module.
SETYPE Character. Superelement type as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry. Output
by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
'REPEAT' Repeated
'MIRROR' Mirror
'COLLTR' Collector
'EXTRNA' External
'PRIMARY' Primary
SHAPEOPT Integer. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape optimization is activated. Output by
DSAM.
SHAPES Logical. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence flag. Must be TRUE if
DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data entries are present.
SHFSCL Real. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL must be greater than
0.0.
SID Integer. Alternate set identification number. If SID=0, the set identification number is
obtained from the METHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGR,
EIGB, or EIGRL entries in DYNAMIC. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC. If
SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL is
selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.)
are ignored. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC for Lanczos method only. If SID<0,
then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries are ignored
and the subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) will be used to control the
eigenvalue extraction. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC for Lanczos method only.
SIGMA Real The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant heat flux.
SIGN Integer. Sign of right hand side matrix, PG in STATICS or B in SOLVIT.
1Positive
Main Index
Parameter Glossary
-1Negative
SIGNAB Integer. Sign of matrix product in MPYAD.

1Positive
-1Negative
SIGNP Integer. Sign of matrix product in SMPYAD.

1Positive
-1Negative
SIGNC Integer. Sign of matrix addition in MPYAD.

1Positive
-1Negative
SIGNF Integer. Sign of matrix addition in SMPYAD.

1Positive
-1Negative
SING Integer. Singularity flag. If singularities are found, then SING will be set to -1;
otherwise +1. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
SKPMTX Integer. If SKPMTX<>0, then KELM1 and KDICT1 will be generated.
SMEMCC Logical. Electromagnetic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=ELECT command was found in CASECC and CASESAER is specified
in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
SMPFEPS Real. Threshold for filtering out small structure factor magnitudes.
SMSTCC Logical. Structural analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=STRUCT command was found in CASECC and CASESMST is
SNORM Real. Maximum angle between grid point normal and shell normal. If angle is less
than SNORM then grid point normal will be computed.
SNORMPRT Integer. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag.
0No print or punch
1Punch
2Print only
3Print and punch
SOFFSET Real. Stiffness ratio for equivalent CBEAM generated for the offsets.
Main Index
Glossary 1683
Parameter Glossary
SOLADJC Integer. Flag to select solving adjoint load vectors along with applied load vectors
> 0Yes (generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3)
< 0No (do not generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3)
Usually input via user parameter.

SOLAPP Character. Design optimization analysis type.
SOLCUR Integer. Nonlinear loop identification number.
SOLCURR Integer. Identification number of the output time step at the restart point. Output by
NLRSLOOP.
SOLPREL Integer. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case. Output by NLRSLOOP.
SOLTYP Character. Solution method.
'MODAL' Modal
SORTFLAG Integer. SORT1/SORT2 format flag. Output by SDR2.
SORTNLFT Logical. Sort flag for NLFT records. Usually set to TRUE in nonlinear solution
sequences to improve numerical conditioning.
SORTOPT Integer. Sort option specification.
'DIRECT' Direct
SORTP Integer. Transpose flag for displacements, velocities and acceleration matrix inputs
and outputs.
1columns correspond to time steps
2rows correspond to time steps
SPC Integer. SPC Case Control command set identification number specified in the third
word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
SPCGEN Integer. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0, then singularities identified by
this module are written to the PUNCH file as SPC Bulk Data entries.
SPDM Integer. Sparse design model flag. Output by OUTPRT. If -1, then VGDM must be
supplied.
-1Yes
0No
SPSELREC Output. Last record number processed in SPSEL. Set to -1 when processing last
record. Output by RSPEC.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary
SRCOMPS Character. Flag to request output of table of ply strength ratios (OESRT). Usually
SRTELTYP Integer. Element type to be filtered and sorted. By default, all element types will be
filtered and sorted.
SRTOPT Integer. Filter/sort option based on NUMOUT and BIGER.
0Maximum magnitude
1Minimum magnitude
2Maximum algebraic
3Minimum algebraic
SRTTYP Integer. Item code 1 sort flag. Set to 1 to perform an integer sort on item code 1 which
is usually an integer quantity.
START Integer. Number of the grid points at the beginning of the input sequence in the SEQP
module.
STARTCOL Integer. Starting column number to extract from I1.
STATCC Logical. Static analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=STATICS command was found in CASECC and CASESTAT is
STATIC Integer. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static analysis and one for dynamic
analysis.
STATOPT Character. Static solution method.
'DRCT' Direct
'ITER' Iterative.
STATSUB Integer. STATSUB Case Control command set identification number specified in the
256-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
STEPCUR Integer. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart point. Output by
NLRSLOOP.
STEPCURL Integer. Identification number of the previous STEP case from the restart point.
Output by NLRSLOOP.
STEPRR Logical. STEP Case Control command flag. Set to TRUE if the STEP command is
allowed in the current solution sequence.
STFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active static response (DISP,
STRAIN,STRESS, FORCE, CSTRAIN, CSTRESS, or CFORCE on the DRESP1
Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. Output by
DSARLP.
Main Index
Glossary 1685
Parameter Glossary
STIME Real. On initial input, starting time step and on output, accumulated time used for
restarts. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
STIMER Real. Load factor (or time) at the restart point. Output by NLRSLOOP.
STIMES Real. Start time of the current STEP case. Output by NLRSLOOP.
STOL Real. State matching tolerance.
STPSCL Real. Shape step size scaling factor.
STRUCTMP Integer. Number of structure modes to use computing factors.
SUBCUR Integer. Identification number of the SUBCASE at the restart point. Output by
NLRSLOOP.
SUPAERO Character. Method for supersonic aero; 'ZONA' or 'CPM'.
SUPER Integer. Selects coupled or uncoupled sequencing or special handling of multipoint
constraints in the SEQP module.
SUPORT Integer. SUPORT Case Control command set identification number specified in the
255-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
SWCHECK Logical. Spot weld check exit flag indicating that bit 256 is on in CHKRUN. Output
by SEP1X.
SWEXIST Logical. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to TRUE if spot weld elements exist.
Output by MODGM2.
SYM Integer. Symmetric partition or merge flag.
0Symmetric; i.e., CP is used for RP
<>0Asymmetric; i.e., CP and RP are distinct
SYMFLG Complex. Scale factor.

SYMXY Integer. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag. Output by AEMODEL.
SYMXZ Integer. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag. Output by AEMODEL.
SYS66 Integer. System cell 66 override for matrix multiply.
T Integer. Transpose flag for first matrix input to MPYAD.
1Transpose
0Do not transpose
TABID Integer. TABLED1 punch flag. If IDTAB is greater than zero, all requests for
XYPUNCH will produce TABLED1 Bulk Data entries for the curve. The table
identification number will start at TABID and increase by one for each table punched.
Output by XYTRAN.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary
TABS Real. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying
temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.
TADJCOL Integer. Accumulated column count for adjoint load vector, for supporting adjoint
load method for multiple superelements. Output by DOPR3 and DSAD.
TCOLADJ Integer. Total number of columns of DRDUG for all superelements.
TEMPSID Integer. Temperature set identification number. Usually obtained from the
TEMPERATURE Case Control command. Required for use in stress recovery of
differential stiffness.
TESTNEG Integer. Load increment method flag in nonlinear static analysis. Output by CASE.
TFLG Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active trim responses (TRIM
on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active
response. Output by DSARLP.
TFLID Integer. Transfer function set identification number. TFLID is ignored if IOPT=3, 4,
5, 13, 14, or 15.
THRESH Integer. Exponent of 10 which defines the pivoting threshold for unsymmetric
decomposition.
Ti Integer. Transpose flag for first four matrices input to SMPYAD.
1Transpose
0Do not transpose
2Perform [A][B] where [A] is the complex conjugate of A. Only meaningful

when A is complex.
3Perform [A] [B] where [A] is the complex conjugate of A. Only meaningful
when [A] is complex.
TINY Real. Small element strain energy value. Element strain energies less than TINY will
not be printed.
TIPSCOL Integer. The number of tip superelements upstream of each downstream collector
superelement. See ACMS='YES'. Output by SEQP.
TITLEi Character. Titles for VECPLOT module printed output.
TOLABEL Character. The label associated with the new group set.
TOLAPPF Integer. Nonlinear analysis type:
1Nonlinear transient
0Nonlinear statics
TOLRSC Real. RSSCON element alignment tolerance factor.
Main Index
Glossary 1687
Parameter Glossary
TOTALK Integer. Total number of harmonics. Output by CYCLIC1.

TOUT Integer. TRLG processing flag.
<1Use NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry
1All time steps
2Same as <1 except RPX is input
TRD2OPT Integer. TRD2 output option.

1Output based on TSTEP Bulk Data entry
2Output based on every time step
TRL5Ti Integer. Specifies value for the fifth word in TOFPi's trailer.
TSTART Integer. CPU clock time at entry to FA1. Output by FA1 and FA2. On output from
FA2, set to -1 if there is insufficient time for another DMAP loop.
TSTATIC Integer. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping forces.
TVALUE Integer. Trailer value. Output by PARAML and SCALAR.
TVOLFL Integer. Total volume flag. Output by SDSA.
TWGTFL Integer. Total weight flag. Output by SDSA.
TWODIV Output. Nonlinear analysis divergence flag.
0No previous divergence on this load step.
1One previous divergence on this load step.
TYPE Integer. Type of output matrix.

UNCOUP Logical. Setting UNCOUP to TRUE results in a special sparse FBS which is optimal
for uncoupled systems. (Unsymmetric FBS only.)
UNITNO Integer. Specifies FORTRAN unit number.
UNSYMF Character. Unsymmetric stiffness generation for slideline contact stiffness. If set to
'YES' then stiffness matrix will be unsymmetric for slideline contact.
UPFM Integer. UFM 4252 print flag. Set to -1 to print UFM 4252 and set NOGO=-1 if there
are missing upstream boundary matrices.
UPSECC Logical. Superelement analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if SUPER=ALL or
SUPER>0 in CASECC. and CASEUPSE is specified in the output list. Output by
MDCASE.
USETBIT Integer. Decimal equivalent of bit position of a degree-of-freedom set. Output by
PARAML.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary
USETADD Integer. USET length extension. Extend the size of the USET by this amount.
USETOP Character. Name of desired operation.
VALUED Complex double precision. Contents of element at IROW-th row and ICOL-th column
in matrix [A]. Output by SCALAR.
VERS Integer. Version number. Output by PROJVER.
VOLS Real. Total volume of analysis model. Output by WEIGHT.
VREF Real. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.
VUBEAM Character. Name for VUBEAM element.
VUELJUMP Integer. Delta between view-element identification numbers.
VUENEXT Integer. Starting identification number for next view-element. Output by DVIEWP
and VIEWP.
VUEXIST Logical. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if view-elements exist. Output by DVIEWP
and VIEWP.
VUGJUMP Integer. Delta between view-grid identification numbers.
VUGNEXT Integer. Starting identification number for next view-grid. Output by DVIEWP and
VIEWP.
VUHEXA Character. Name for VUHEXA element.
VUPENTA Character. Name for VUPENTA element.
VUQUAD4 Character. Name for VUQUAD4 element.
VUTETRA Character. Name for VUTETRA element.
VUTRIA3 Character. Name for VUTRIA3 element.
W3 Real. Scale factor denominator for including stiffness in viscous damping for transient
analysis. Usually input by user parameter.
W4 Real. Scale factor denominator for including non-uniform structural damping in
viscous damping for transient analysis. Usually input by user parameter.
WGTS Real. Total weight of analysis model. Output by WEIGHT.
WGTVOL Integer. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
WRDNUM Integer. Word number of table element. Output by PARAML.
WTMASS Real. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.
Main Index
Glossary 1689
Parameter Glossary
WVFLG Integer. Weight/volume response flag. If CASECC does not contain any subcases for
statics, normal modes, or buckling subcase then set to 1 if there is a weight or volume
response specified on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry image in EDOM. Output by
MDCASE.
XFLAG Integer. Strain energy method selection.
0Elemental force
1Cross displacement
XNORM Real. Maximum absolute normalizing value over all columns. Output by NORM.
XNORMD Real-double precision. Same as XNORM except in double precision.
XTYPE Integer. Type of element matrix data:
0Stiffness
1Damping
2Mass
XYSET Character. Degree-of-freedom set type.

'SOL' Solution set (d-set or h-set)
'DSET' d-set
'HSET' h-set
'PSET' p-set
XYUNIT Integer. FORTRAN unit number to which the DOM12 module writes design
optimization x-y plot data.
YOUNGM Real. Young's modulus.
Main Index
Parameter Glossary
ZCOLLCT Integer. The absolute value is the number of collectors in the last level of a
multilevel tree (see ACMS='YES). If ZCOLLCT<0, then a single final collector
will be added. Output by SEQP.
ZFREQ Integer. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 then the zero frequency, if
any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.
Parameter Naming Conventions

LUSET "Length of USET"; i.e., number of degrees-of-freedom in the
g-set. For example, LUSETD (d-set), LUSETS (superelement) Sometimes, and
more rightly, called NOGSET.
NO__SET Number of degrees-of-freedom in the __-set (=-1 if none)
NORC Set to -1 if there is no c-set and no r-set.
NO_____ "no" _____ (e.g.; no data block) exists or can be found
ALWAYS Initialized and always assumed to be -1
NEVER Initialized and always assumed to be 0
NP Local usage or dummy
NOGO Hidden parameter set by module (no "S,N,NOGO" on module call) Must be trapped
immediately.
Main Index
MSC.Fatigue Quick Start Guide
Index
A Executive modules
Arithmetic operators, 9 description summary, 587
list of, 581
Expressions and operators
C arithmetic operators, 9
Character operator (&), 9
character operator (&), 9
logical operators, 10
D relational operators, 9
Data block
automatic deletion of, 38
basic definition of, 2
F
File management statements, 2
local, definition of, 14
Functions, intrinsic, 19
permanent, definition of, 14
rules for, 38
scratch, definition of, 14 L
states of, 14 Logical operators, 10
DATABLK NDDL statement, 563, 564
DBset, 13 M
DEPEN NDDL statement, 573 MATPRN DMAP module, 1089
DMAP Matrix modules
general rules, 3 description summary, 585
last time used (LTU) instruction, 38 list of, 580
output from previous module" rule, 37 Matrix trailer, 12
DMAP control statements
conditional branching, 30
DO WHILE DMAP statement, 33
N
NDDL (Nastran Data Definition Language)
looping, 32
DMAP modules
DATABLK NDDL statement, 564
basic definition, 2
DEPEN NDDL statement, 573
description summary, by category, 580
PARAM NDDL statement, 575
detailed descriptions of,, see also specific
PATH NDDL statement, 577
module name
purpose of, 562
list of, by category, 580
QUAL NDDL statement, 578
obsolete, 588
summary of statements, 562
DO WHILE DMAP statement, 33
syntax of descriptions, 563
E O
Errors, see also user errors
Obsolete modules, list of, 588
OFP DMAP module, 1219
Main Index
ii MSC Nastran DMAP Programmer’s Guide
Operators,, see also expressions and operators

OUTPUT2 DMAP module, 1230
OUTPUT4 DMAP module, 1241
P
PARAM NDDL statement, 575
Parameters
PATH NDDL statement, 577
Preface modules, 39
PRTPARM DMAP module, 1271
Q
QUAL NDDL statement, 578
R
Relational operators, 9
S
SCRATCH data block
automatic deletion of, 38
special rules for, 38
SOLution 100, 39
Solution sequences, definition of, 2
SubDMAP
DBFETCH, 41
DBMGR, 41
DBSTORE, 41
U
Upward compatibility in Version 68,, see also
V68 DMAP changes
User errors, processing of, 40
User fatal message 1126,, see also DMAP
output from previous module" rule
Utility modules
description summary, 586
list of, 581
Main Index

MSC Nastran 2012: DMAP Programmer's Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MSC Nastran 2012: DMAP Programmer's Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MSC Nastran DMAP Programmer’s Guide

MSC Nastran 2012

DMAP Programmer’s Guide

Revision 0. November 15, 2011

About This Book

List of MSC Nastran Books

Installation and Release Guides

Support Center (www.simcompanion.mscsoftware.com)

1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

The MSC Nastran DMAP Language

Parameters Scalar quantities used to control the flow of DMAP

The basic syntax of the DMAP language is:

Type Description Example(s)

Type No. of words

The type of a parameter must be declared in at least one of three ways:

Constant Inherent in its specification or construction

s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)

snn.ddEsee for single precision

s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-)

Value of a Variable Parameter

TYPEd and NDDL TYPEd and Not NDDL Not TYPEd

Predefined Variable Parameters

NAME VALUE TYPE

Recommended Parameter Type Specification

and the following is not recommended:

IF( FLAG ) PARAMR //'COMPLEX'//BETA/GAMMA/S,Y,ALPHA $

Expressions and Operators

• In the right hand side of an assignment (=) statement

Operator Operation Sample Expressions

Operator Relation Tested Expression

Form is defined as one of the following:

Type is defined as one of the following:

Data Block Type and Status

Permanent NDDL Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned to a permanent

Scratch NDDL Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned to the

Generated The data block has been created.

Listing 1-1 Module Properties List

116 78 1854 PARAML 1 1 1 0 2

In addition, trailing commas can be left unspecified:

Parameters can be specified on a module as:

Returned values for character functions can be processor dependent.

COS  x  cosine cos  x  I,R to R, C to C

GETDIAG  x  get DIAG cell I to I

Complex arguments of (a,b) form return a b results.

Conditional Execution -- IF Statement

Unconditional Branching -- JUMP and LABEL Statements

Conditional Branching -- IF ( ) THEN Statement

. DMAP executed if expression is TRUE

. DMAP executed if expression is TRUE

. DMAP executed if expression is FALSE

. DMAP executed if expression 1 is TRUE

ELSE IF(expression 2)THEN $

. DMAP executed if expression 1 is FALSE and expression 2 is

ELSE IF(expression n)THEN $

. DMAP executed if expression 1 through expression n-1 are

. DMAP executed if expression 1 through expression n are

Looping -- DO WHILE ( ) Statement

Calling SubDMAP Operations -- SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN Statements

SUBDMAP TEST X,Y,Z/L,M,N/A1/A2/A3 $

CALL MYDMAP A,B//PAR1 $

Suspension -- HALT statement

Termination -- EXIT and END statements

Data Base Function Statement